LA700 Series AC Drive for Elevator Applications Technical Manual
Technical reference for LA700 Series AC Drive for Elevator Applications Technical Manual with 757 pages, 1331 tables, safety notices, searchable navigation and precise source-page references.
- Chapters
- 1
- Pages
- 757
- Language
- English
- Format

Complete web edition
The complete manual in one reading flow
Pages follow the exact source order. Searchable text is also available for every page.
Complete document
Pages 1 to 757
Source page
Page 1
LA700 Series
AC Drive for Elevator Applications
Technical Manual
Model: CIPR-LA70Cxxxxxxxx Type: 200 V Class, Three-Phase Input: 3.7 to 110 kW 400 V Class, Three-Phase Input: 4.0 to 160 kW
Source page
Page 2
This Page Intentionally Blank
2 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 3
Table of Contents
i. Preface and General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1. Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.3 Features and Advantages of Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 2. Mechanical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 2.2 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 2.3 Installation Position and Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Install Single Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 External Heatsink Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.4 Moving the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Using the Hanging Brackets to Move the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Instructions on Drive Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 2.5 Drive Watt Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Drive Watt Loss (without Built-in EMC Filter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Drive Watt Loss (with Built-in EMC Filter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.6 Remove and Reattach the Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Remove the Keypad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Reattach the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Connect the Keypad from a Remote Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Remove the Front Cover (Models: 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4188) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Install the Front Cover (Models: 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4188) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Remove the Front Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Reattach the Front Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Remove the Terminal Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Reattach the Terminal Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 2.9 Installation Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Standard Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 3
Source page
Page 4
External Heatsink Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3. Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Motor and Main Circuit Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Wire Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Protection of Main Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Wire the Main Circuit Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 3.6 Control I/O Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Set Sinking Mode/Sourcing Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Set Input Signals for MFAI Terminals A1 to A3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Set MFAI Terminal A3 to PTC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Set Output Signals for MFAO Terminals FM, AM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Switch ON Termination Resistor for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . 92 3.7 Connect the Drive to a PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 3.8 Braking Resistor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Install a Braking Resistor Unit: LKEB-Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Install a Braking Unit: CDBR-Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Connect Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Dynamic Braking Option Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 3.9 Drive Wiring Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Installing a Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device (RCM/RCD). . . . . . . . . . 101 Installing a Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) or Residual Current Monitor/ Residual Current Device (RCM/RCD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 3.10 Dynamic Braking Option, Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Installing an Electromagnetic Contactor (MC) at the Input Side of the Drive . . . . . . . . . . 102 Installing a Thermal Overload Relay on the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3.11 Improve the Power Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Connect an AC Reactor or a DC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 3.12 Prevent Switching Surge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 3.13 Decrease Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Connect a Noise Filter to the Input Side (Primary Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Connect a Noise Filter to the Output Side (Secondary Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 3.14 Protect the Drive during Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Factory-Recommended Branch Circuit Protection for UL Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 3.15 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 3.16 Motor Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Precautions for Existing Standard Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 4. Startup Procedure and Test Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 4.2 Keypad Components and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
4 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 5
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Indicator LEDs and Drive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Keypad Mode and Menu Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 4.3 LED Indicator Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 4.4 Start-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Flowchart A: Connect and Run the Motor with Minimum Setting Changes . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Sub-Chart A-1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Sub-Chart A-2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Check before Energizing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Check after Energizing the Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Make the Initial Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Control Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Setting the Motor Rotation Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Setting the Encoder (Pulse Generator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Keypad Display Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 4.6 Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Home Screen Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Examine User Custom Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Change Parameter Setting Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Check Modified Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Restore Modified Parameters to Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Show Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Show the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Set Custom Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Show Custom Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Start Data Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Configuring the Data Log Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Set Backlight to Automatically Turn OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Show Information about the Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Save a Backup of Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Write Backed-up Parameters to the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Verify Keypad Parameters and Drive Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Delete Parameters Backed Up to the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Set the Keypad Language Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Set the Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Set Parameters Using the Setup Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Disable the Initial Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Write Automatically Backed-up Parameters to the Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 4.7 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Auto-Tuning for Motor Parameters for PM Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Precautions before Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Speed Reference Selection and Up/Down Command Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Multi-Function Terminal Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Accel/Decel Ramp and Jerk Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Elevator Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Inspection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Brake Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Brake Torque Check Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Adjustments for Elevator Ride Comfort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Brake Response Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 5
Source page
Page 6
Short Circuit Braking Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 4.9 Improve Ride Comfort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 4.10 Test Run Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
5. Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 5.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 5.2 European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 EMC Directive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 5.3 United Kingdom Conformity Assessed Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
5.4 UL Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Area of Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Wire the Main Circuit Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 UL Standards Compliance for DC Power Supply Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Drive Motor Overload and Overheat Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 5.5 China RoHS Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Information on Hazardous Substances in This Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 5.6 对应中国RoHS指令 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 本产品中含有有害物质的信息 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 5.7 Safe Disable Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Safe Disable Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Using the Safe Disable Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 5.8 No Motor Contactor Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
6. Network Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 6.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
6.2 Field Bus Network Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Configure Master/Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Communication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Communication with the PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 MEMOBUS/Modbus Drive Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Examples of Messages for Commands/Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Communications Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 7. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 7.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 7.2 Types of Faults, Minor Faults, Alarms, and Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 7.4 Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 7.6 Parameter Setting Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 7.8 Backup Function Operating Mode Display and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
7.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Fault and Power Loss Occur at the Same Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
6 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 7
Fault Occurs Without Power Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Typical Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 The Parameter Settings Will Not Change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 The Motor Does Not Rotate After Entering Up/Down Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 The Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Up/Down Command . . . . . . . . . . 344 The Motor Is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 The Correct Auto-Tuning Mode Is Not Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Encoder Offset Set During Auto-Tuning Consistently Differs by 30 Degrees or More . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 oPE02 Error Occurs When Decreasing the Motor Rated Current Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 The Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Accel/Decel Ramp Is Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 The Drive Speed Reference Is Different than the Controller Speed Reference Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 There Is Too Much Motor Oscillation and the Rotation Is Irregular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Deceleration Takes Longer than Expected when You Enable Dynamic Braking . . . . . . . 347 The Elevator Car Rolls Back when You Apply or Release the Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 There Is Audible Noise from the Drive or Motor Cables when You Energize the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 The Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device (RCM/RCD) Trips During Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 The Motor Rotation Causes Oscillation or Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Starting Torque Is Not Sufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Motor Rotates after the Drive Output Is Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Output Speed Is Lower Than the Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Motor Speed Is Not Stable when You Use a PM Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Motor Is Making an Audible Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 8. Periodic Inspection and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 8.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 8.2 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Recommended Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Recommended Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 8.3 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Replaceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Part Replacement Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Monitors that Display the Lifespan of Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Related Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans by Drive Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Fan Replacement (Procedure A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Fan Replacement (Procedure B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Fan Replacement (Procedure C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Fan Replacement (Procedure D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Fan Replacement (Procedure E). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Fan Replacement (Procedure F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 8.5 Replace the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 About the Control Circuit Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Drive Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 8.6 Replace the Keypad Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 8.7 Storage Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 9. Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
9.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 9.2 Disposal Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 7
Source page
Page 8
10.Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 10.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
10.3 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 10.4 Drive Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 10.5 Drive Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Carrier Frequency Settings and Rated Current Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Altitude Derating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 IP20/UL Open Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
11. Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 11.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
11.2 How to Read the Parameter List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 11.3 Parameter Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 11.4 A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 11.5 b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 b1: Operation Mode Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 b2: Magnetic Flux Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 b4: Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 b7: Droop Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 11.6 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 C1: Accel & Decel Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 C2: Jerk Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 C4: Torque Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 11.7 d: References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 d1: Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 d6: Field Forcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 11.8 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 E4: Motor 2 Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 11.9 F: Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 F1: Encoder Option Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 F3: Digital Input Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 F4: Analog Output Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 F5: Digital Output Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 F6: Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 11.10 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 H1: Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433 H1-xx: MFDI Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 H2: Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 H2-xx: MFDO Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 H3: Analog Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
8 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 9
H3-xx: MFAI Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 H4: Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 H5: Serial Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 11.11 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 L1: Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 L2: Undervoltage Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 L4: Speed Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 L5: Automatic Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 11.12 n: Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 n6: Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 n8: PM Motor Control Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 nA: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 o1: Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 o2: Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 o3: Copy Keypad Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 o4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 o5: Log Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 11.14 S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 S1: Brake/Contactor Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 S2: Elevator Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 S3: Start/Stop Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 S4: Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 S5: Elevator Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 S6: Elevator Error Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 11.15 T: Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 T0: Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 11.16 U: Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 U2: Fault Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 U3: Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 U4: Maintenance Monitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 U6: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 U9: Fault Trace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 11.17 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491 11.18 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 11.19 Defaults by Drive Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494 11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 12.Parameter Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
12.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505 A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509 12.3 b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 9
Source page
Page 10
b1: Operation Mode Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511 b2: Magnetic Flux Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 b4: Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516 b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517 b7: Droop Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518 b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 12.4 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 C1: Accel & Decel Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 C2: Jerk Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528 C4: Torque Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 12.5 d: References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 d1: Speed Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 d6: Field Forcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 12.6 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 E2: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547 E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 E4: Motor 2 Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551 E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553 12.7 F: Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556 F1: Encoder Option Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556 F3: Digital Input Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 F4: Analog Monitor Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570 F5: Digital Output Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 F6: Communication Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 12.8 H: Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 H1: Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 MFDI Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 H2: Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592 MFDO Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594 H3: Analog Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 MFAI Setting Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611 H4: Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613 H5: Serial Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 12.9 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 L1: Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 L2: Undervoltage Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 L4: Speed Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627 L5: Automatic Fault Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635 12.10 n: Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642 n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 n6: Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 n8: PM Motor Control Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 nA: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 o1: Keypad Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 o2: Keypad Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658 o3: Copy Keypad Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 11
o4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 o5: Log Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 S1: Brake/Contactor Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 S2: Elevator Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676 S3: Start/Stop Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677 S4: Rescue Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682 S5: Elevator Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684 S6: Elevator Error Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695 12.13 T: Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 T0: Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Revision History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 11
Source page
Page 12
12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 13
Preface and General Precautions
This chapter gives information about important safety precautions for the use of this product. Failure to obey these precautions can cause serious injury or death, or damage to the product or related devices and systems. Yaskawa must not be held responsible for any injury or equipment damage as a result of the failure to observe these precautions and instructions.
i.1 Receiving....................................................................................................................14
i.2 Using the Product Safely........................................................................................15 i.3 Warranty Information ..............................................................................................21
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 13
Source page
Page 14
i.1 Receiving
i.1 Receiving
These instructions contain the information necessary to use the product correctly. Read and understand the safety information and precautions before you start to use the product.
◆ Glossary
Phrase Definition CLV ClosedLoopVectorControl CLV/PM ClosedLoopVectorControlforPermanentMagnetMotors
Drive YASKAWAACDriveLA700 EDM ExternalDeviceMonitor IPMmotor InteriorPermanentMagnetMotor MFAI Multi-FunctionAnalogInput MFAO Multi-FunctionAnalogOutput
MFDI Multi-FunctionDigitalInput MFDO Multi-FunctionDigitalOutput OLV OpenLoopVectorControl PMmotor PermanentMagnetSynchronousMotor(genericnameforIPMmotorsandSPMmotors) SIL SafetyIntegrityLevel
SPMmotor SurfacePermanentMagnetMotor V/f V/fControl ■ Icons to Identify Screw Shapes
Table i.1 Icons to Identify Screw Shapes Icon ScrewShape Icon ScrewShape
Phillips/slotcombo(+/-) Hexself-lockingnut Slotted(-) Hexsocketcap(WAF:5mm)
Minus(-) Hexsocketcap(WAF:6mm) Hexbolt(cross-slotted) Hexsocketcap(WAF:8mm)
Hexbolt(slotted)
◆ About Registered Trademarks • CANopen is a registered trademark of CAN in Automation (CIA).
• EnDat is a trademark of Heidenhain Corporation. • HIPERFACE is a trademark of SICK STEGMANN GmbH & Co., KG. • Other company names and product names in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective companies.
14 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Phrase | Definition |
|---|---|
| CLV | ClosedLoopVectorControl |
| CLV/PM | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPermanentMagnetMotors |
| Drive | YASKAWAACDriveLA700 |
| EDM | ExternalDeviceMonitor |
| IPMmotor | InteriorPermanentMagnetMotor |
| MFAI | Multi-FunctionAnalogInput |
| MFAO | Multi-FunctionAnalogOutput |
| MFDI | Multi-FunctionDigitalInput |
| MFDO | Multi-FunctionDigitalOutput |
| OLV | OpenLoopVectorControl |
| PMmotor | PermanentMagnetSynchronousMotor(genericnameforIPMmotorsandSPMmotors) |
| SIL | SafetyIntegrityLevel |
| SPMmotor | SurfacePermanentMagnetMotor |
| V/f | V/fControl |
| Icon | ScrewShape |
|---|---|
| Phillips/slotcombo(+/-) | |
| Slotted(-) | |
| Minus(-) | |
| Hexbolt(cross-slotted) | |
| Hexbolt(slotted) |
| Icon | ScrewShape |
|---|---|
| Hexself-lockingnut | |
| Hexsocketcap(WAF:5mm) | |
| Hexsocketcap(WAF:6mm) | |
| Hexsocketcap(WAF:8mm) |
Source page
Page 15
i.2 Using the Product Safely
i.2 Using the Product Safely
◆ Explanation of Signal Words
These identifier words categorize and emphasize important safety precautions in these instructions.
This signal word identifies a hazard that can cause death or serious injuries if you do not prevent it.
This signal word identifies a hazard that can cause minor or moderate injuries if you do not prevent it. NOTICE
This signal word identifies a property damage message that is not related to personal injury.
◆ Section Safety
General Precautions • Some figures in the instructions include options and drives without covers or safety shields to more clearly show the inside of the drive. Replace covers and shields before operation. Use options and drives only as specified by the instructions. • The figures in this manual are examples only. All figures do not apply to all products included in this manual. • Yaskawa can change the products, specifications, and content of the instructions without notice to make the product and/or the instructions better. • If you damage or lose these instructions, contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office on the rear cover of the manual, and tell them the document number on the front cover to order new copies.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 15
| WARNING |
|---|
| Readandunderstandthismanualbeforeyouinstall,operate,ordomaintenanceonthedrive. Installthedriveasspecifiedbythismanualandlocalcodes. Thesymbolsinthissectionidentifysafetymessagesinthismanual.Ifyoudonotobeythesesafetymessages, thehazardscancauseseriousinjury,death,ordamagetotheproductsandrelatedequipmentandsystems. |
| DANGER |
|---|
| Thissignalwordidentifiesahazardthatwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathifyoudonotprevent it. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Thissignalwordidentifiesahazardthatcancausedeathorseriousinjuriesifyoudonot preventit. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Thissignalwordidentifiesahazardthatcancauseminorormoderateinjuriesifyoudonot preventit. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Thissignalwordidentifiesapropertydamagemessagethatisnotrelatedtopersonalinjury. |
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. |
Source page
Page 16
i.2 Using the Product Safely
Crush Hazard Test the system to make sure that the drive operates safely after you wire the drive and set parameters. If you do not test the system, it can cause damage to equipment or serious injury or death. Sudden Movement Hazard Before you do a test run, make sure that the setting values for virtual input and output function parameters are correct. Virtual input and output functions can have different default settings and operation than wired input and output functions. Incorrect function settings can cause serious injury or death.
Always turn OFF the Up/Down command before you change b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1], d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode], or H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection]. If the Up/Down command is ON when you change these parameter settings, the motor can unexpectedly start to run and cause serious injury or death. Remove all personnel and objects from the area around the drive, motor, and machine and attach covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before you energize the drive. If personnel are too close or if there are missing parts, it can cause serious injury or death. Make sure that the elevator is not occupied when you do elevator test operations or drive setup. If the elevator test operations or drive setup are incorrect, it can cause serious injury or death if the elevator car does not stop correctly. Make sure that these parameters are set correctly and tested before operating an occupied elevator: • Speed ratio parameters (o1-18 [Speed of Elevator Car] and o1-19 [Elevator Motor Speed]) or mechanical parameters (o1-20 [Sheave Diameter], o1-21 [Roping Ratio], and o1-22 [Mechanical Gear Ratio]) • S5-11 [Deceleration Distance@High Speed] and S5-12 [Up Stopping Distance] If you do not set up these parameters correctly, it can cause serious injury or death if the elevator car does not stop correctly. Make sure that all units and values set for o1-20 [Sheave Diameter], S5-11 [Deceleration Distance@High Speed], and S5-12 [Up Stopping Distance] are correct before you use Stop Distance Control. Incorrect settings can cause serious injury or death from elevator overrun. Verify the maximum drive output frequency before you apply an Up/Down command. The drive can run the motor at high speeds. If the maximum drive output frequency is incorrect, it can cause serious injury or death. Make sure that b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop] before you apply an Up/ Down command. If b1-03 ≠ 0 when you apply an Up/Down command, it can cause serious injury or death from elevator free-fall when you remove the Up/Down command.
Correctly set an Emergency Stop ramp to C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp] to make sure that the motor stops quickly and safely when you use the Emergency Stop function. Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. If the drive detects the overvoltage fault, the drive output shuts off and the motor coasts. This uncontrolled motor state can cause serious injury or death. Do not use the Automatic Fault Reset function in lifting applications. Incorrect application of the function can cause serious injury or death. Use the MFDO signal set for H2-xx = 61 [Pole Position Detection Complete] to interlock the brake to make sure that the drive completes Pole Position Detection before it releases the brake. If the drive releases the brake too soon, the pull of the counterweight can move the elevator and cause serious injury or death.
16 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| WARNING |
|---|
| Crush Hazard Testthesystemtomakesurethatthedriveoperatessafelyafteryouwirethedriveandset parameters. Ifyoudonottestthesystem,itcancausedamagetoequipmentorseriousinjuryordeath. Sudden Movement Hazard Beforeyoudoatestrun,makesurethatthesettingvaluesforvirtualinputandoutputfunction parametersarecorrect.Virtualinputandoutputfunctionscanhavedifferentdefaultsettings andoperationthanwiredinputandoutputfunctions. Incorrectfunctionsettingscancauseseriousinjuryordeath. AlwaysturnOFFtheUp/Downcommandbeforeyouchangeb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection 1],d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode],orH1-xx[MFDIFunctionSelection]. IftheUp/DowncommandisONwhenyouchangetheseparametersettings,themotorcanunexpectedlystartto runandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Removeallpersonnelandobjectsfromtheareaaroundthedrive,motor,andmachineand attachcovers,couplings,shaftkeys,andmachineloadsbeforeyouenergizethedrive. Ifpersonnelaretoocloseoriftherearemissingparts,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Makesurethattheelevatorisnotoccupiedwhenyoudoelevatortestoperationsordrivesetup. Iftheelevatortestoperationsordrivesetupareincorrect,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathiftheelevatorcar doesnotstopcorrectly. Makesurethattheseparametersaresetcorrectlyandtestedbeforeoperatinganoccupied elevator: • Speedratioparameters(o1-18[SpeedofElevatorCar]ando1-19[ElevatorMotorSpeed])or mechanicalparameters(o1-20[SheaveDiameter],o1-21[RopingRatio],ando1-22 [MechanicalGearRatio]) • S5-11[DecelerationDistance@HighSpeed]andS5-12[UpStoppingDistance] Ifyoudonotsetuptheseparameterscorrectly,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathiftheelevatorcardoesnot stopcorrectly. Makesurethatallunitsandvaluessetforo1-20[SheaveDiameter],S5-11[Deceleration Distance@HighSpeed],andS5-12[UpStoppingDistance]arecorrectbeforeyouuseStop DistanceControl. Incorrectsettingscancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelevatoroverrun. VerifythemaximumdriveoutputfrequencybeforeyouapplyanUp/Downcommand. Thedrivecanrunthemotorathighspeeds.Ifthemaximumdriveoutputfrequencyisincorrect,itcancause seriousinjuryordeath. Makesurethatb1-03=0[StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop]beforeyouapplyanUp/ Downcommand. Ifb1-03≠0whenyouapplyanUp/Downcommand,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelevatorfree-fall whenyouremovetheUp/Downcommand. CorrectlysetanEmergencyStopramptoC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]tomakesurethatthe motorstopsquicklyandsafelywhenyouusetheEmergencyStopfunction. Rapiddecelerationcantriggeranovervoltagefault.Ifthedrivedetectstheovervoltagefault,thedriveoutput shutsoffandthemotorcoasts.Thisuncontrolledmotorstatecancauseseriousinjuryordeath. DonotusetheAutomaticFaultResetfunctioninliftingapplications. Incorrectapplicationofthefunctioncancauseseriousinjuryordeath. UsetheMFDOsignalsetforH2-xx=61[PolePositionDetectionComplete]tointerlockthe braketomakesurethatthedrivecompletesPolePositionDetectionbeforeitreleasesthe brake. Ifthedrivereleasesthebraketoosoon,thepullofthecounterweightcanmovetheelevatorandcauseserious injuryordeath. |
Source page
Page 17
i.2 Using the Product Safely
Use S1-12 [Output Contactor During Autotune] to enable and disable automatic switching of the Motor Contactor Control output signal during Auto-Tuning. Before you set S1-12 = 1 or 2 [Enable or Enabled during A-Tuning and STo], make sure that you correctly wire the MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = 51 [MFDO Function Selection = Motor Contactor Control] and make sure that they are in the correct state. Incorrect setting procedures can cause serious injury or death. Electrical Shock Hazard Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death.
Remove the insulation from the connection wire ends to the length shown in “Wire Stripping Length”. If you pinch the insulation in the wire terminals, it can cause serious injury or death from fire. Make sure that there are no loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core after wiring is complete. Loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core can create a short circuit and cause serious injury or death from electrical shock or fire.
Tighten terminal cover screws and hold the case safely when you move the drive. If the drive or covers fall, it can cause moderate injury.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 17
| WARNING |
|---|
| UseS1-12[OutputContactorDuringAutotune]toenableanddisableautomaticswitchingofthe MotorContactorControloutputsignalduringAuto-Tuning.BeforeyousetS1-12=1or2 [EnableorEnabledduringA-TuningandSTo],makesurethatyoucorrectlywiretheMFDO terminalssetforH2-xx=51[MFDOFunctionSelection=MotorContactorControl]andmake surethattheyareinthecorrectstate. Incorrectsettingprocedurescancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Electrical Shock Hazard Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotremovecoversortouchcircuitboardswhilethedriveisenergized. Ifyoutouchtheinternalcomponentsofanenergizeddrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. AfterthedriveblowsafuseortripsanRCM/RCD,donotimmediatelyenergizethedriveor operateperipheraldevices.Waitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelataminimumand makesurethatallindicatorsareOFF.Thencheckthewiringandperipheraldeviceratingsto findthecauseoftheproblem.Ifyoudonotknowthecauseoftheproblem,contactYaskawa beforeyouenergizethedriveorperipheraldevices. Ifyoudonotfixtheproblembeforeyouoperatethedriveorperipheraldevices,itcancauseseriousinjuryor death. Damage to Equipment Donotapplyincorrectvoltagetothemaincircuitofthedrive.Operatethedriveinthespecified rangeoftheinputvoltageonthedrivenameplate. Voltagesthatarehigherthanthepermittednameplatetolerancecancausedamagetothedrive. Fire Hazard Installsufficientbranchcircuitshortcircuitprotectionasspecifiedbyapplicablecodesandthis manual.Thedriveissuitableforcircuitsthatsupplynotmorethan100,000RMSsymmetrical amperes,240Vacmaximum(200VClass),480Vacmaximum(400VClass). Incorrectbranchcircuitshortcircuitprotectioncancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Removetheinsulationfromtheconnectionwireendstothelengthshownin“WireStripping Length”. Ifyoupinchtheinsulationinthewireterminals,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfire. Makesurethattherearenoloosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecoreafterwiringis complete. Loosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecorecancreateashortcircuitandcauseseriousinjuryordeath fromelectricalshockorfire. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Crush Hazard Tightenterminalcoverscrewsandholdthecasesafelywhenyoumovethedrive. Ifthedriveorcoversfall,itcancausemoderateinjury. |
Source page
Page 18
i.2 Using the Product Safely
NOTICE
Use an inverter-duty motor or vector-duty motor with reinforced insulation and windings applicable for use with an AC drive. If the motor does not have the correct insulation, it can cause a short circuit or ground fault from insulation deterioration. Damage to Equipment When you touch the drive and circuit boards, make sure that you observe correct electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures. If you do not follow procedures, it can cause ESD damage to the drive circuitry. Do not do a withstand voltage test or use a megohmmeter or megger insulation tester on the drive. These tests can cause damage to the drive.
Do not energize and de-energize the drive more frequently than one time each 5 minutes (48 times/day maximum). If you frequently energize and de-energize the drive, it can cause drive failure. Do not use the Rescue Operation function for long lengths of time. The low DC bus voltage during Rescue Operation can stop the internal cooling fans of the drive. If you use the Rescue Operation function for a long length of time, it can trigger an oH [Heatsink Overheat] fault and can cause damage to the drive. Do not operate a drive or connected equipment that has damaged or missing parts. You can cause damage to the drive and connected equipment.
Do not use steam or other disinfectants to fumigate wood for packaging the drive. Use alternative methods, for example heat treatment, before you package the components. Gas from wood packaging fumigated with halogen disinfectants, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine or DOP gas (phthalic acid ester), can cause damage to the drive. When the drive is using the Rescue Operation power supply, wait at least 5 s after you change parameter settings before you turn OFF the power supply. If you turn OFF the power supply too soon, it can corrupt the parameter settings and cause incorrect drive performance. You must initialize the drive to resolve the problem.
18 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Useaninverter-dutymotororvector-dutymotorwithreinforcedinsulationandwindings applicableforusewithanACdrive. Ifthemotordoesnothavethecorrectinsulation,itcancauseashortcircuitorgroundfaultfrominsulation deterioration. Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. Donotdoawithstandvoltagetestoruseamegohmmeterormeggerinsulationtesteronthe drive. Thesetestscancausedamagetothedrive. Donotenergizeandde-energizethedrivemorefrequentlythanonetimeeach5minutes(48 times/daymaximum). Ifyoufrequentlyenergizeandde-energizethedrive,itcancausedrivefailure. DonotusetheRescueOperationfunctionforlonglengthsoftime. ThelowDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperationcanstoptheinternalcoolingfansofthedrive.Ifyouusethe RescueOperationfunctionforalonglengthoftime,itcantriggeranoH[HeatsinkOverheat]faultandcan causedamagetothedrive. Donotoperateadriveorconnectedequipmentthathasdamagedormissingparts. Youcancausedamagetothedriveandconnectedequipment. Donotusesteamorotherdisinfectantstofumigatewoodforpackagingthedrive.Use alternativemethods,forexampleheattreatment,beforeyoupackagethecomponents. Gasfromwoodpackagingfumigatedwithhalogendisinfectants,forexamplefluorine,chlorine,bromine,iodine orDOPgas(phthalicacidester),cancausedamagetothedrive. WhenthedriveisusingtheRescueOperationpowersupply,waitatleast5safteryouchange parametersettingsbeforeyouturnOFFthepowersupply. IfyouturnOFFthepowersupplytoosoon,itcancorrupttheparametersettingsandcauseincorrectdrive performance.Youmustinitializethedrivetoresolvetheproblem. |
Source page
Page 19
i.2 Using the Product Safely
Figure i.2 and Table i.3 explain the meaning of each pictogram.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 19
Source page
Page 20
i.2 Using the Product Safely
Figure i.2 Type of Pictograms Table i.3 Descriptions of Each Pictogram Pictogram Description
20 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Pictogram | Description |
|---|---|
| A | WARNING |
| B | Readthemanualbeforeyouinstallthedrive. |
| C | Riskofelectricshock. Wait5minutesforcapacitordischargeafterremovingpowerandopeningthemanualswitchbetweenthedriveandmotor. |
| D | Hotsurfaces.Topandsidesurfacesmaybecomehot.Donottouch. |
Source page
Page 21
i.3 Warranty Information
i.3 Warranty Information
◆ Exclusion of Liability
• This product is not designed and manufactured for use in life-support machines or systems. • Contact a Yaskawa representative or your Yaskawa sales representative if you are considering the application of this product for special purposes, such as machines or systems used for passenger cars, medicine, airplanes and aerospace, nuclear power, electric power, or undersea relaying.
When you use this product in applications where its failure could cause the loss of human life, a serious accident, or physical injury, you must install applicable safety devices. If you do not correctly install safety devices, it can cause serious injury or death.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 21
| WARNING |
|---|
| Injury to Personnel Whenyouusethisproductinapplicationswhereitsfailurecouldcausethelossofhumanlife,a seriousaccident,orphysicalinjury,youmustinstallapplicablesafetydevices. Ifyoudonotcorrectlyinstallsafetydevices,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
Source page
Page 22
i.3 Warranty Information
22 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 23
Receiving
This chapter gives information about the different drive models and features, and how to examine the drive when you receive it.
1.1 Section Safety ...........................................................................................................24 1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate..........................................................25 1.3 Features and Advantages of Control Methods.................................................28
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 23
Source page
Page 24
1.1 Section Safety
1.1 Section Safety
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.
24 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. |
Source page
Page 25
gnivieceR 1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate 1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate ◆ When Receiving the Drive Please examine these items after receiving the drive: • Examine the drive for damage. Immediately contact the shipping company if the drive is damaged. The Yaskawa warranty does not cover damage from shipping. • Verify the drive model number to make sure that you received the correct model. Verify the model number in the “MODEL” section of the drive nameplate to make sure that you received the correct model. • If you received a product different than you ordered or a product with a defect, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative. ◆ Nameplate 1 A - Hardware revision G - Protection design B - Weight H - Serial number C - Drive software version I - Lot number D - The address of the head office of J - Output specifications Yaskawa Electric Corporation K - Input specifications E - Accreditation standards L - Drive model F - Surrounding air temperature Figure 1.1 Nameplate Information Example ◆ Model Number Use the information in Figure 1.2 and Table 1.1 to read the drive model numbers.
Figure 1.2 Drive Model
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 25
Source page
Page 26
1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate
Table 1.1 Model Number Details No. Description 1 Drive 2 Productseries
3 Regioncode • A:Japan • C:Europe • T:Asia(Singapore,Taiwan,Korea,andIndia) • U:Americas 4 Inputpowersupplyvoltage • 2:Three-PhaseAC200VClass • 4:Three-PhaseAC400VClass 5 50%EDoutputcurrent Note: Refertothetablesfortheratedoutputcurrentbymodel. 6 EMCnoisefilter • A:NointernalEMCfilter • C:InternalcategoryC2EMCfilter 7 Enclosureprotectiondesign B:IP20/ULOpenType 8 Environmentalspecification A:Standard 9 Designrevisionorder 10 Controlcircuitterminalboard(Reserved) 11 Option(connectorCN5-A)(Reserved) 12 Option(connectorCN5-B)(Reserved) 13 Option(connectorCN5-C)(Reserved) 14 Keypad(Reserved) 15 Specialapplications(Reserved) ◆ Rated Output Current Table 1.2 and Table 1.3 give the rated output current values.
Note: •These output current values are applicable for drives that operate at standard specifications. •Derate the current in applications that increase the carrier frequency. Table 1.2 Three-Phase AC 200 V Class MaximumApplicableMotorOutput ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent*1 50%EDOutputCurrent*1 Model kW A A 2022 3.7 15.3 21.9 2031 5.5 21.9 31.3 2041 7.5 28.9 41.3 2059 11 41.1 58.8 2075 15 52.5 75.0 2094 18.5 65.6 93.8 2110 22 77.0 110.0 2144 30 100.6 143.8 2181 37 126.9 181.3
2225 45 157.5 225.0 2269 55 188.1 268.8 2354 75 247.6 353.8 2432 90 302.4 432.0 2519 110 363.2 518.8 *1 These values assume there is no carrier frequency derating.
26 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Description |
|---|---|
| 1 | Drive |
| 2 | Productseries |
| 3 | Regioncode • A:Japan • C:Europe • T:Asia(Singapore,Taiwan,Korea,andIndia) • U:Americas |
| 4 | Inputpowersupplyvoltage • 2:Three-PhaseAC200VClass • 4:Three-PhaseAC400VClass |
| 5 | 50%EDoutputcurrent Note: Refertothetablesfortheratedoutputcurrentbymodel. |
| 6 | EMCnoisefilter • A:NointernalEMCfilter • C:InternalcategoryC2EMCfilter |
| 7 | Enclosureprotectiondesign B:IP20/ULOpenType |
| 8 | Environmentalspecification A:Standard |
| 9 | Designrevisionorder |
| 10 | Controlcircuitterminalboard(Reserved) |
| 11 | Option(connectorCN5-A)(Reserved) |
| 12 | Option(connectorCN5-B)(Reserved) |
| 13 | Option(connectorCN5-C)(Reserved) |
| 14 | Keypad(Reserved) |
| 15 | Specialapplications(Reserved) |
| Model | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent*1 A | 50%EDOutputCurrent*1 A |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 3.7 | 15.3 | 21.9 |
| 2031 | 5.5 | 21.9 | 31.3 |
| 2041 | 7.5 | 28.9 | 41.3 |
| 2059 | 11 | 41.1 | 58.8 |
| 2075 | 15 | 52.5 | 75.0 |
| 2094 | 18.5 | 65.6 | 93.8 |
| 2110 | 22 | 77.0 | 110.0 |
| 2144 | 30 | 100.6 | 143.8 |
| 2181 | 37 | 126.9 | 181.3 |
| 2225 | 45 | 157.5 | 225.0 |
| 2269 | 55 | 188.1 | 268.8 |
| 2354 | 75 | 247.6 | 353.8 |
| 2432 | 90 | 302.4 | 432.0 |
| 2519 | 110 | 363.2 | 518.8 |
Source page
Page 27
gnivieceR 1.2 Verifying the Drive Model and Nameplate Table 1.3 Three-Phase AC 400 V Class MaximumApplicableMotorOutput ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent*1 50%EDOutputCurrent*1 Model kW A A 4012 4.0 8.1 11.5 4019 5.5 13.0 18.5 4023 7.5 15.8 22.5 4030 11 21.0 30.0 4039 15 27.1 38.8 4049 18.5 34.1 48.8 4056 22 39.4 56.3 4075 30 52.5 75.0 4094 37 65.6 93.8 4114 45 79.6 113.8 4140 55 98.0 140.0 4188 75 131.3 187.5 4225 90 157.5 225.0 4270 110 189.0 270.0 4325 132 227.5 325.0 4380 160 266.0 380.0 *1 The values assume there is no carrier frequency derating. 1
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 27
| Model | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent*1 A | 50%EDOutputCurrent*1 A |
|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 4.0 | 8.1 | 11.5 |
| 4019 | 5.5 | 13.0 | 18.5 |
| 4023 | 7.5 | 15.8 | 22.5 |
| 4030 | 11 | 21.0 | 30.0 |
| 4039 | 15 | 27.1 | 38.8 |
| 4049 | 18.5 | 34.1 | 48.8 |
| 4056 | 22 | 39.4 | 56.3 |
| 4075 | 30 | 52.5 | 75.0 |
| 4094 | 37 | 65.6 | 93.8 |
| 4114 | 45 | 79.6 | 113.8 |
| 4140 | 55 | 98.0 | 140.0 |
| 4188 | 75 | 131.3 | 187.5 |
| 4225 | 90 | 157.5 | 225.0 |
| 4270 | 110 | 189.0 | 270.0 |
| 4325 | 132 | 227.5 | 325.0 |
| 4380 | 160 | 266.0 | 380.0 |
Source page
Page 28
1.3 Features and Advantages of Control Methods
1.3 Features and Advantages of Control Methods
This drive has 4 available control methods from which you can select for different applications. Table 1.4 gives information about the features of each control method. Table 1.4 Features and Advantages of Control Methods
Con S t e ro le l c M ti e o t n hod OpenLoo ( p V/ V f) /fControl OpenL (O oo LV p ) Vector Closed ( L C o L o V p ) Vector PMClo ( s C C e L d o V n L / t P o ro o M l p ) Vector Notes
Co M n o tr t o o l r led InductionMotor PMMotor -
A1-02=2 ParameterSettings A1-02=0 A1-02=3 A1-02=7 - (Default) BasicControl V/f O Co p n en tro L l oopCurrentVector C C l o o n s t e r d ol LoopCurrentVector P V co M e n c t t C r o o r l l o l C e s o e r) d nt L ro o l o ( p w C it u h r s re p n e t ed -
MainApplications G sp e e n e e d ra c l o - n p t u r r o p l osevariable • • G s A h n m p i e e p g a e c n p c h e e e h l d s i p r i s c a n e c a a l e r o r - t f y i n p o e o t u n w r n r m r c o s p i o l t a o i h d n n s o e c e w u r e s v t h i a i s r c i h able V c E sp o x e e n r a e y t m r d o h p c l i l g o w e h n : i - t t H r p h o e ig l m r , f h t o o - o r t p r o m r q r e u a c e n e i n s c l c i e i o o m n d i e ts rs V m e E sp n x e o e c r a t e o y m o d d r h p e c c i r l g o o e s h n : n - t H t r p r o o e ig l l r , f h w t o - o r p i r m t r q h e u a c m n e is c o l i e i t o m o P n r i M ts -
PGOptionCard Notnecessary Notnecessary N X e 3 c ) essary(PG-B3orPG- N PG ec - e F s 3 s , a o ry rP (P G G -E -B 3 3 ) ,PG-X3, - M Fr a e x q i u m en u c m y Output 200Hz 200Hz 200Hz 200Hz -
Thisistherangeofvariable control. S R p a e n e g d e Control 1:40 1:200 1:1500 1:1500 Whenyouconnectandoperate motorsinthismode,thinkabout theincreaseinmotortemperature. Thisisthemotortorquethatthe drivecansupplyatlowspeed duringstart-upandtherelated outputfrequency(rotationspeed). StartingTorque 150%/3Hz 200%/0.3Hz*1 200%/0min-1*1 200%/0min-1*1 Whenalargequantityoftorqueis necessaryatlowspeed,youmust thinkaboutdrivecapacityand motorcapacity. Auto-Tuning*2 R (u o s t u a a t l i l o y na n l o a t n n d ec S e t s a s t a io ry n ) ary RotationalandStationary RotationalandStationary S E t n a c t o io d n e a r r , y a , n Z d -p R h o a t s a e ti , onal A m u o t t o o m rp a a ti r c a a m ll e y te tu rs n . eselectrical Controlsmaximummotortorqueto TorqueLimits*2 No Yes Yes Yes preventdamagetomachinesand loads. Automaticallyadjuststhevoltage A sa u v t i o n m g a C ti o c n E tr n o e l r * g 2 y- No No No Yes(IPMmotorsonly) t t h o a m tt a h x e im dr i i z v e e m ap o p to li r e e s f t f o ic t i h en e c m y o f t o o r r smallandlargeloads. F C e o e n d tr F o o l r * w 2 ard No No Yes Yes C i p n r o e e m r c t i i p s a i e o t n o n sa i w n te c h s r e e n e a f s t f h e e e c t t h l s o e o a s f d p t e c h e h e d a s n y g s e te s. m D S P t o C a s r i t I t n i a o j n e n d c L t S i o o t c o n k p a / t s Y (D t e a C s rta in n j d ec s t t i o o p n ) brakingat Y ( s D t e a C s rt i a n n j d ec s t t i o o p n ) brakingat Y (P e o s sitionLock) Y (P e o s sitionLock) B i t r n h e u l e o e il e a r d d l s e s e e v d r u a p t a t o o t m r p st o r w a e t r o h v t r e e a n n t n o t t d r h m q e a u o p b e v p r e d l a m i u k e r e d e i n n i a s t g t o s s f t t o o p p . T C o o r m qu p e ensation No No Yes Yes P a c n e r l e a l v lo c e o g n n t s s n ig e ro c n t l a e l l d b f a r t o o ck m th a a e t n s d t e r a i x r v t t e e u . r s n i a n l g lo th a e d AntiRollBack No No Yes Yes a P n re y v e e x n t t e s rn ro a l l l l b o a a c d k s a ig t n s a ta l. rtwithout Adjuststhelevelingspeed SlipCompensation No Yes Yes No referenceinordertoimprovethe stoppingaccuracy. Optimizesthestoppingtimeat ShortFloor Yes Yes Yes Yes rideswherethenominalspeedis notreached. *1 Select the drive capacity and motor capacity correctly for the application. *2 When you can decouple (remove rope from traction sheave) the motor and machine for a test run, use Rotational Auto-Tuning. You must make adjustments to the control in the range where there is no vibration in the machine after Rotational Auto-Tuning.
28 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ControlMethod Selection | OpenLoopV/fControl (V/f) | OpenLoopVector (OLV) | ClosedLoopVector (CLV) | PMClosedLoopVector Control (CLV/PM) | Notes |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Controlled Motor | InductionMotor | PMMotor | - | ||
| ParameterSettings | A1-02=0 | A1-02=2 (Default) | A1-02=3 | A1-02=7 | - |
| BasicControl | V/f | OpenLoopCurrentVector Control | ClosedLoopCurrentVector Control | PMClosedLoopCurrent VectorControl(withspeed controller) | - |
| MainApplications | General-purposevariable speedcontrol | • General-purposevariable speedcontrol • Applicationsinwhich highperformanceis necessarywithout machineencoders | Veryhigh-performance controlwithmotorencoders Example:High-precision speedcontrol,torquelimits | Veryhigh-performancePM motorcontrolwithmotor encoders Example:High-precision speedcontrol,torquelimits | - |
| PGOptionCard | Notnecessary | Notnecessary | Necessary(PG-B3orPG- X3) | Necessary(PG-B3,PG-X3, PG-F3,orPG-E3) | - |
| MaximumOutput Frequency | 200Hz | 200Hz | 200Hz | 200Hz | - |
| SpeedControl Range | 1:40 | 1:200 | 1:1500 | 1:1500 | Thisistherangeofvariable control. Whenyouconnectandoperate motorsinthismode,thinkabout theincreaseinmotortemperature. |
| StartingTorque | 150%/3Hz | 200%/0.3Hz*1 | 200%/0min-1*1 | 200%/0min-1*1 | Thisisthemotortorquethatthe drivecansupplyatlowspeed duringstart-upandtherelated outputfrequency(rotationspeed). Whenalargequantityoftorqueis necessaryatlowspeed,youmust thinkaboutdrivecapacityand motorcapacity. |
| Auto-Tuning*2 | RotationalandStationary (usuallynotnecessary) | RotationalandStationary | RotationalandStationary | Stationary,Z-phase, Encoder,andRotational | Automaticallytuneselectrical motorparameters. |
| TorqueLimits*2 | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Controlsmaximummotortorqueto preventdamagetomachinesand loads. |
| AutomaticEnergy- savingControl*2 | No | No | No | Yes(IPMmotorsonly) | Automaticallyadjuststhevoltage thatthedriveappliestothemotor tomaximizemotorefficiencyfor smallandlargeloads. |
| FeedForward Control*2 | No | No | Yes | Yes | Compensateseffectsofthesystem inertiatoincreasethespeed precisionwhentheloadchanges. |
| DCInjectionat StartandStop/ PositionLock | Yes (DCinjectionbrakingat startandstop) | Yes (DCinjectionbrakingat startandstop) | Yes (PositionLock) | Yes (PositionLock) | Buildsupmotortorqueduringstop inordertopreventmovementof theelevatorwhenthebrakeis releasedatstartandappliedatstop. |
| Torque Compensation | No | No | Yes | Yes | Preventsrollbackatstartusingthe analogsignalfromanexternalload cellconnectedtothedrive. |
| AntiRollBack | No | No | Yes | Yes | Preventsrollbackatstartwithout anyexternalloadsignal. |
| SlipCompensation | No | Yes | Yes | No | Adjuststhelevelingspeed referenceinordertoimprovethe stoppingaccuracy. |
| ShortFloor | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Optimizesthestoppingtimeat rideswherethenominalspeedis notreached. |
Source page
Page 29
Mechanical Installation
This chapter gives information about the correct environment and clearances to install the drive.
2.1 Section Safety ...........................................................................................................30 2.2 Installation Environment........................................................................................32 2.3 Installation Position and Clearances ..................................................................33 2.4 Moving the Drive.......................................................................................................35
2.5 Drive Watt Loss.........................................................................................................37 2.6 Remove and Reattach the Keypad.......................................................................39 2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device...............................40 2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers.............................................................................45 2.9 Installation Methods................................................................................................50
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 29
Source page
Page 30
2.1 Section Safety
2.1 Section Safety
Electrical Shock Hazard Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death.
Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user. Fire Hazard Do not put flammable or combustible materials on top of the drive and do not install the drive near flammable or combustible materials. Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material. Flammable and combustible materials can start a fire and cause serious injury or death. When you install the drive in an enclosure, use a cooling fan or cooler to decrease the temperature around the drive. Make sure that the intake air temperature to the drive is 50 °C (122 °F) or less for IP20/UL Open Type drives. If the air temperature is too hot, the drive can become too hot and cause a fire and serious injury or death. Crush Hazard
Only approved personnel can operate a crane or hoist to move the drive. If unapproved personnel operate a crane or hoist, it can cause serious injury or death from falling equipment. Before you hang the drive vertically, use screws to correctly attach the drive front cover and other drive components. If you do not secure the front cover, it can fall and cause minor injury. When you use a crane or hoist to lift the drive during installation or removal, prevent more than 1.96 m/s2 (0.2 G) vibration or impact. Too much vibration or impact can cause serious injury or death from falling equipment.
When you lift the drive during installation or removal, do not try to turn the drive over and do not ignore the hanging drive. If you move a hanging drive too much or if you ignore it, the drive can fall and cause serious injury or death. Use a crane or hoist to move large drives when necessary. If you try to move a large drive without a crane or hoist, it can cause serious injury or death.
Crush Hazard Tighten terminal cover screws and hold the case safely when you move the drive. If the drive or covers fall, it can cause moderate injury.
NOTICE
Do not let unwanted objects, for example metal shavings or wire clippings, fall into the drive during drive installation. Put a temporary cover over the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before start-up. Unwanted objects inside of the drive can cause damage to the drive. Damage to Equipment When you touch the drive and circuit boards, make sure that you observe correct electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures. If you do not follow procedures, it can cause ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
30 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Fire Hazard Donotputflammableorcombustiblematerialsontopofthedriveanddonotinstallthedrive nearflammableorcombustiblematerials.Attachthedrivetometalorothernoncombustible material. Flammableandcombustiblematerialscanstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Whenyouinstallthedriveinanenclosure,useacoolingfanorcoolertodecreasethe temperaturearoundthedrive.Makesurethattheintakeairtemperaturetothedriveis50°C(122 °F)orlessforIP20/ULOpenTypedrives. Iftheairtemperatureistoohot,thedrivecanbecometoohotandcauseafireandseriousinjuryordeath. Crush Hazard Onlyapprovedpersonnelcanoperateacraneorhoisttomovethedrive. Ifunapprovedpersonneloperateacraneorhoist,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfallingequipment. Beforeyouhangthedrivevertically,usescrewstocorrectlyattachthedrivefrontcoverand otherdrivecomponents. Ifyoudonotsecurethefrontcover,itcanfallandcauseminorinjury. Whenyouuseacraneorhoisttoliftthedriveduringinstallationorremoval,preventmorethan 1.96m/s2(0.2G)vibrationorimpact. Toomuchvibrationorimpactcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfallingequipment. Whenyouliftthedriveduringinstallationorremoval,donottrytoturnthedriveoveranddonot ignorethehangingdrive. Ifyoumoveahangingdrivetoomuchorifyouignoreit,thedrivecanfallandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Useacraneorhoisttomovelargedriveswhennecessary. Ifyoutrytomovealargedrivewithoutacraneorhoist,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Crush Hazard Tightenterminalcoverscrewsandholdthecasesafelywhenyoumovethedrive. Ifthedriveorcoversfall,itcancausemoderateinjury. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Donotletunwantedobjects,forexamplemetalshavingsorwireclippings,fallintothedrive duringdriveinstallation.Putatemporarycoveroverthedriveduringinstallation.Removethe temporarycoverbeforestart-up. Unwantedobjectsinsideofthedrivecancausedamagetothedrive. Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. |
Source page
Page 31
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.1 Section Safety NOTICE Install vibration-proof rubber on the base of the motor or use the frequency jump function in the drive to prevent specific frequencies that vibrate the motor. Motor or system resonant vibration can occur in fixed speed machines that are converted to variable speed. Too much vibration can cause damage to equipment. You can use the drive with an explosion-proof motor, but the drive is not explosion-proof. Install the drive only in the environment shown on the nameplate. If you install the drive in a dangerous environment, it can cause damage to the drive. Do not lift the drive with the covers removed. If the drive does not have covers, you can easily cause damage to the internal parts of the drive. 2
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 31
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Installvibration-proofrubberonthebaseofthemotororusethefrequencyjumpfunctioninthe drivetopreventspecificfrequenciesthatvibratethemotor. Motororsystemresonantvibrationcanoccurinfixedspeedmachinesthatareconvertedtovariablespeed.Too muchvibrationcancausedamagetoequipment. Youcanusethedrivewithanexplosion-proofmotor,butthedriveisnotexplosion-proof.Install thedriveonlyintheenvironmentshownonthenameplate. Ifyouinstallthedriveinadangerousenvironment,itcancausedamagetothedrive. Donotliftthedrivewiththecoversremoved. Ifthedrivedoesnothavecovers,youcaneasilycausedamagetotheinternalpartsofthedrive. |
Source page
Page 32
2.2 Installation Environment
2.2 Installation Environment
The installation environment is important for the lifespan of the product and to make sure that the drive performance is correct. Make sure that the installation environment aligns with these specifications.
Environment Conditions AreaofUse Indoors PowerSupply OvervoltageCategoryIII IP20/ULOpenType:-10°Cto+50°C(14°Fto122°F) Su T r e ro m u p n e d r i a n t g ur A e ir • Whenyouinstallthedriveinanenclosure,useacoolingfanorairconditionertokeeptheinternalairtemperatureinthepermittedrange. • Donotletthedrivefreeze. 95%RHorless Humidity Donotletcondensationformonthedrive. StorageTemperature -20°Cto+70°C(-4°Fto+158°F)(short-termtemperatureduringtransportation) Pollutiondegree2orless Installthedriveinanareawithout: • Oilmist,corrosiveorflammablegas,ordust • Metalpowder,oil,water,orotherunwantedmaterials SurroundingArea • Radioactiveorflammablematerials. • Harmfulgasorfluids • Salt • Directsunlight Keepwoodandotherflammablematerialsawayfromthedrive. 1000m(3281ft)Maximum Note: Deratetheoutputcurrentby1%foreach100m(328ft)toinstallthedriveinaltitudesbetween1000mto4000m(3281ftto13123ft). Altitude Itisnotnecessarytoderatetheratedvoltageintheseconditions: •Whenyouinstallthedriveat2000m(6562ft)orlower •Whenyouinstallthedrivebetween2000mto4000m(6562ftto13123ft)andgroundtheneutralpointonthepowersupply. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeifyouwillnotgroundtheneutralpoint. • 10Hzto20Hz:1G(9.8m/s2,32.15ft/s2) • 20Hzto55Hz: Vibration*1 - 2022to2225,4012to4188:0.6G(5.9m/s2,19.36ft/s2) - 2269to2519,4225to4380:0.2G(2.0m/s2,6.56ft/s2) InstallationOrientation Installthedriveverticallyforsufficientairflowtocoolthedrive. *1 This drive passed the vibration test with a logarithmic sweep as specified by EN 60068-2-6 and JIS C60068-2-6. If the internal components of the drive vibrate too much, it can cause damage to the drive even when the vibration frequency is in the specification. If the drive components vibrate, improve the installation environment to decrease vibration. To improve the installation environment for vibration, you can put the motor on a rubber pad or reinforce the structure of the installation. NOTICE: Do not let unwanted objects, for example metal shavings or wire clippings, fall into the drive during drive installation. Put a temporary cover over the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before start-up. Unwanted objects inside of the drive can cause damage to the drive. Note: Do not put drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive. Shield the drive from electrical interference if components must be near the drive. Electrical interference can cause the drive or devices around the drive to function incorrectly.
32 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Environment | Conditions |
|---|---|
| AreaofUse | Indoors |
| PowerSupply | OvervoltageCategoryIII |
| SurroundingAir Temperature | IP20/ULOpenType:-10°Cto+50°C(14°Fto122°F) • Whenyouinstallthedriveinanenclosure,useacoolingfanorairconditionertokeeptheinternalairtemperatureinthepermittedrange. • Donotletthedrivefreeze. |
| Humidity | 95%RHorless Donotletcondensationformonthedrive. |
| StorageTemperature | -20°Cto+70°C(-4°Fto+158°F)(short-termtemperatureduringtransportation) |
| SurroundingArea | Pollutiondegree2orless Installthedriveinanareawithout: • Oilmist,corrosiveorflammablegas,ordust • Metalpowder,oil,water,orotherunwantedmaterials • Radioactiveorflammablematerials. • Harmfulgasorfluids • Salt • Directsunlight Keepwoodandotherflammablematerialsawayfromthedrive. |
| Altitude | 1000m(3281ft)Maximum Note: Deratetheoutputcurrentby1%foreach100m(328ft)toinstallthedriveinaltitudesbetween1000mto4000m(3281ftto13123ft). Itisnotnecessarytoderatetheratedvoltageintheseconditions: •Whenyouinstallthedriveat2000m(6562ft)orlower •Whenyouinstallthedrivebetween2000mto4000m(6562ftto13123ft)andgroundtheneutralpointonthepowersupply. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeifyouwillnotgroundtheneutralpoint. |
| Vibration*1 | • 10Hzto20Hz:1G(9.8m/s2,32.15ft/s2) • 20Hzto55Hz: - 2022to2225,4012to4188:0.6G(5.9m/s2,19.36ft/s2) - 2269to2519,4225to4380:0.2G(2.0m/s2,6.56ft/s2) |
| InstallationOrientation | Installthedriveverticallyforsufficientairflowtocoolthedrive. |
Source page
Page 33
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.3 Installation Position and Clearances 2.3 Installation Position and Clearances Install the drive vertically for sufficient airflow to cool the drive. Note: Contact Yaskawa or a Yaskawa representative for more information about installing drive models on their side. A - Vertical installation B - Horizontal installation Figure 2.1 Installation Orientation ◆ Install Single Drive Use the clearances specified in Figure 2.2 to install the drive. Make sure that there is sufficient space for wiring and airflow to cool the drive. A - 50 mm (2 in) minimum C - 120 mm (4.7 in) minimum above B - 30 mm (1.2 in) minimum on each and below side D - Airflow direction 2 Figure 2.2 Installation Clearances for One Drive ◆ External Heatsink Installation The optional External Heatsink Installation Kit will let you install the drive with the cooling fins, which are the main heat-dissipating component of the drive, external to the enclosure panel. Table 2.1 shows the model numbers for the drive and the attachment. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to make an order. Table 2.1 External Heatsink Installation Kit (Optional) ExternalHeatsinkInstallationKitModel DriveModel (No.) 2022-2041 900-193-209-001 4012-4023 (100-203-229) 2059 900-193-209-002 4030,4039 (100-203-230) 2075,2094 900-193-209-003 4049,4056 (100-203-231) 2110-2519 *1 4075-4380 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 33
| DriveModel | ExternalHeatsinkInstallationKitModel (No.) |
|---|---|
| 2022-2041 4012-4023 | 900-193-209-001 (100-203-229) |
| 2059 4030,4039 | 900-193-209-002 (100-203-230) |
| 2075,2094 4049,4056 | 900-193-209-003 (100-203-231) |
| 2110-2519 4075-4380 | *1 |
Source page
Page 34
2.3 Installation Position and Clearances
*1 When you install models 2110 to 2519 and 4075 to 4380 with external heatsink installation, use the mounting brackets supplied with the drive. Optional attachments are not necessary. Refer to “External Heatsink Installation Kit Instruction Manual (TOxP C720600 03)” for more information about how to do an external heatsink installation. You can download manuals from the Yaskawa product and technical information website shown on the back cover of this manual.
34 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 35
| DriveWeight | PersonsNecessarytoMovetheDrive |
|---|---|
| <15kg(33lbs.) | 1 |
| ≥15kg(33lbs.) | 2+usingappropriateliftingequipment |
| Model | SuspensionMethod |
|---|---|
| 2110-2519 4075-4380 | VerticalSuspension |
| 2144-2519 4094-4380 | Allowshorizontalsuspension |
Source page
Page 36
2.4 Moving the Drive
2. Use a crane to gradually wind up the wire. Visually make sure that there is sufficient tension in the wire, then lift the drive to its correct location. 3. Prepare the control panel for installation, then lower the drive. Note: When lowering the drive, stop before the drive touches the floor, then slowly lower it the remaining distance. ■ Horizontal Suspension
If a horizontal suspension is required in the installation environment, hang the drive through the following steps. Put the drive on the ground horizontally. Connect wires to the 4 hanging brackets and use a crane to lift the drive. NOTICE: When you attach a horizontal lifting cable or chain to the drive, use a jig or pad between the wire and the drive. The wire can scratch the drive and cause damage to the drive.
A - Hanging bracket (4)
Figure 2.4 Horizontal Suspension
36 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 37
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.5 Drive Watt Loss 2.5 Drive Watt Loss ◆ Drive Watt Loss (without Built-in EMC Filter) ■ Three-Phase 200 V Class Model C O on u t t i p n u u t o C u u s r R re a n te t d CarrierFrequency InteriorUnitLoss CoolingFinLoss TotalLoss A kHz W W W 2022 15.3 8 61 136 197 2031 21.9 8 83 213 296 2041 28.9 8 107 241 348 2059 41.1 8 141 353 494 2075 52.5 8 189 500 689 2094 65.6 8 242 622 864 2110 77.0 8 248 769 1017 2144 100.6 8 374 1056 1429 2181 126.9 5 410 1117 1527 2225 157.5 5 421 1298 1719 2269 188.1 5 518 1648 2167 2354 247.6 5 662 2163 2824 2432 302.4 5 775 2594 3369 2519 363.2 5 846 3089 3936 ■ Three-Phase 400 V Class Model C O on u t t i p n u u t o C u u s r R re a n te t d CarrierFrequency InteriorUnitLoss CoolingFinLoss TotalLoss A kHz W W W 4012 8.1 8 36 70 106 4019 13 8 48 99 147 4023 15.8 8 58 126 183 4030 21 8 79 169 248 4039 27.1 8 95 231 327 2 4049 34.1 8 124 298 422 4056 39.4 8 145 358 503 4075 52.5 8 202 548 750 4094 65.6 5 209 565 774 4114 79.6 5 251 683 934 4140 98.0 5 291 851 1142 4188 131.3 5 408 1079 1487 4225 157.5 5 388 1225 1613 4270 189.0 5 483 1300 1782 4325 227.5 5 586 1760 2346 4380 266.0 5 696 2010 2706 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 37
| Model | ContinuousRated OutputCurrent A | CarrierFrequency kHz | InteriorUnitLoss W | CoolingFinLoss W | TotalLoss W |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 15.3 | 8 | 61 | 136 | 197 |
| 2031 | 21.9 | 8 | 83 | 213 | 296 |
| 2041 | 28.9 | 8 | 107 | 241 | 348 |
| 2059 | 41.1 | 8 | 141 | 353 | 494 |
| 2075 | 52.5 | 8 | 189 | 500 | 689 |
| 2094 | 65.6 | 8 | 242 | 622 | 864 |
| 2110 | 77.0 | 8 | 248 | 769 | 1017 |
| 2144 | 100.6 | 8 | 374 | 1056 | 1429 |
| 2181 | 126.9 | 5 | 410 | 1117 | 1527 |
| 2225 | 157.5 | 5 | 421 | 1298 | 1719 |
| 2269 | 188.1 | 5 | 518 | 1648 | 2167 |
| 2354 | 247.6 | 5 | 662 | 2163 | 2824 |
| 2432 | 302.4 | 5 | 775 | 2594 | 3369 |
| 2519 | 363.2 | 5 | 846 | 3089 | 3936 |
| Model | ContinuousRated OutputCurrent A | CarrierFrequency kHz | InteriorUnitLoss W | CoolingFinLoss W | TotalLoss W |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 8.1 | 8 | 36 | 70 | 106 |
| 4019 | 13 | 8 | 48 | 99 | 147 |
| 4023 | 15.8 | 8 | 58 | 126 | 183 |
| 4030 | 21 | 8 | 79 | 169 | 248 |
| 4039 | 27.1 | 8 | 95 | 231 | 327 |
| 4049 | 34.1 | 8 | 124 | 298 | 422 |
| 4056 | 39.4 | 8 | 145 | 358 | 503 |
| 4075 | 52.5 | 8 | 202 | 548 | 750 |
| 4094 | 65.6 | 5 | 209 | 565 | 774 |
| 4114 | 79.6 | 5 | 251 | 683 | 934 |
| 4140 | 98.0 | 5 | 291 | 851 | 1142 |
| 4188 | 131.3 | 5 | 408 | 1079 | 1487 |
| 4225 | 157.5 | 5 | 388 | 1225 | 1613 |
| 4270 | 189.0 | 5 | 483 | 1300 | 1782 |
| 4325 | 227.5 | 5 | 586 | 1760 | 2346 |
| 4380 | 266.0 | 5 | 696 | 2010 | 2706 |
Source page
Page 38
2.5 Drive Watt Loss
◆ Drive Watt Loss (with Built-in EMC Filter)
■ Three-Phase 400 V Class
Model C O on u t t i p n u u t o C u u s r R re a n te t d CarrierFrequency InteriorUnitLoss CoolingFinLoss TotalLoss A kHz W W W 4012 8.1 8 36 70 106 4019 13 8 48 99 147 4023 15.8 8 58 126 183 4030 21 8 79 169 248 4039 27.1 8 95 231 327 4049 34.1 8 124 298 422
4056 39.4 8 145 358 503
38 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | ContinuousRated OutputCurrent A | CarrierFrequency kHz | InteriorUnitLoss W | CoolingFinLoss W | TotalLoss W |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 8.1 | 8 | 36 | 70 | 106 |
| 4019 | 13 | 8 | 48 | 99 | 147 |
| 4023 | 15.8 | 8 | 58 | 126 | 183 |
| 4030 | 21 | 8 | 79 | 169 | 248 |
| 4039 | 27.1 | 8 | 95 | 231 | 327 |
| 4049 | 34.1 | 8 | 124 | 298 | 422 |
| 4056 | 39.4 | 8 | 145 | 358 | 503 |
Source page
Page 39
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.6 Remove and Reattach the Keypad 2.6 Remove and Reattach the Keypad NOTICE: You must remove the keypad before you remove or reattach the front cover. Before you reattach the keypad, make sure that you attach the front cover into position. If you keep the keypad connected to the drive when you remove the front cover, it can cause an unsatisfactory connection and incorrect operation. ◆ Remove the Keypad 1. Push down the tab on the top of the keypad, then pull the keypad forward and remove it from the drive. Figure 2.5 Remove the Keypad 2. Pull the keypad connector out from the drive horizontally, then put it in the holder. Note: Insert the end of the keypad connector that has the tab. A - Holder C - Keypad connector B - Hook Figure 2.6 Move the Keypad Connector to the Holder ◆ Reattach the Keypad Insert the keypad connector to its initial position. Put the bottom of the keypad into position first, then carefully 2 push on the top of the keypad until the hook clicks into place. Figure 2.7 Reattach the Keypad
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 39
Source page
Page 40
2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device
2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device
◆ Operate the Keypad from a Remote Location
You can remove the keypad from the drive and connect it to a remote control extension cable 3 m (9.8 ft) long to make operation easier when you cannot access the drive. It is not necessary to open or close the panel door to operate a drive that is in a control panel. To order optional accessories, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Name OptionModel IntendedUse WV001:1m(3.3ft) Toconnectthekeypadanddrive. KeypadRemoteCable WV003:3m(9.8ft) ThisoptionisanRJ-45,8-pinstraight-throughUTPCAT5ecable. InstallationSupportSetA 900-192-933-001 Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesscrews. Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesnutclamps. InstallationSupportSetB 900-192-933-002 Usethisoptionwhenweldstudsarelocatedinthecontrolpanel. ◆ Connect the Keypad from a Remote Location Use the information in Table 2.2 to install the keypad in the best location for your application. Table 2.2 Keypad Installation Method InstallationMethod Features NecessaryToolsandInstallationSupportSets
Outsideofthecontrolpanel S su im pp p o l r if t i s e e d ts in a s r t e al n la o t t io n n ec i e s s p s o ar s y s . ible.Separateinstallation Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3) • Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3,M4) • InstallationsupportsetA(formountingwithscrews, model:900-192-933-001) Insideofthecontrolpanel c K o e n y t p ro a l d p d a o n e e s l. notextendfartherthanthefrontofthe • Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3) • Wrench(M4) • InstallationsupportsetB(formountingwithnut clamp,model:900-192-933-002) Note: Installation support sets are sold separately. If there are weld studs inside the control panel, use installation support set B. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to make an order. NOTICE: Do not let unwanted objects, for example metal shavings or wire clippings, fall into the drive during drive installation. Put a temporary cover over the drive during installation. Remove the temporary cover before start-up. Unwanted objects inside of the drive can cause damage to the drive. ■ External Dimensions of Keypad
Figure 2.8 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions Table 2.3 Exterior Dimensions (mm) W H D D1 D2 R*1 W1 W2 H1 d
65 106 16 8.2 1.6 53.8 44 15 78 M3
40 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Name | OptionModel | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| KeypadRemoteCable | WV001:1m(3.3ft) WV003:3m(9.8ft) | Toconnectthekeypadanddrive. ThisoptionisanRJ-45,8-pinstraight-throughUTPCAT5ecable. |
| InstallationSupportSetA | 900-192-933-001 | Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesscrews. |
| InstallationSupportSetB | 900-192-933-002 | Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesnutclamps. Usethisoptionwhenweldstudsarelocatedinthecontrolpanel. |
| InstallationMethod | Features | NecessaryToolsandInstallationSupportSets |
|---|---|---|
| Outsideofthecontrolpanel | Simplifiedinstallationispossible.Separateinstallation supportsetsarenotnecessary. | Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3) |
| Insideofthecontrolpanel | Keypaddoesnotextendfartherthanthefrontofthe controlpanel. | • Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3,M4) • InstallationsupportsetA(formountingwithscrews, model:900-192-933-001) |
| • Phillipsscrewdriver#2(M3) • Wrench(M4) • InstallationsupportsetB(formountingwithnut clamp,model:900-192-933-002) |
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | R*1 | W1 | W2 | H1 | d |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 65 | 106 | 16 | 8.2 | 1.6 | 53.8 | 44 | 15 | 78 | M3 |
Source page
Page 41
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device *1 Minimum bending radius ■ Mount to the Outside of Control Panel 1. Use the dimensions in Figure 2.9 and Table 2.4 to cut an opening in the control panel for the keypad. Figure 2.9 External/Face Mount Enclosure Panel Cut-Out Dimensions Table 2.4 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions mm (in) W H W1 H1 H2 H3 d 22 78 22 29 22 1 3.6 (0.89) (3.07) (0.89) (1.14) (0.89) (0.04) (0.14) 2. Remove the keypad and put the keypad connector in the holder on the front cover. Note: Insert the end of the keypad connector that has the tab. A - Keypad C - Holder B - Keypad connector 2 Figure 2.10 Remove the Keypad 3. Put the keypad on the outside of the control panel. Use M3 screws (6 mm (0.2 in) depth cross-recessed pan head screws) to attach the keypad from the inside. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: • M3 screws: 0.49 N∙m to 0.73 N∙m (4.34 lbf∙in to 6.46 lbf∙in)
A - Keypad C - Enclosure panel B - M3 screws D - Screw mounting holes
Figure 2.11 Mount to the Outside of Control Panel
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 41
| W | H | W1 | H1 | H2 H3 | d |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 22 (0.89) | 78 (3.07) | 22 (0.89) | 29 (1.14) | 22 1 (0.89) (0.0 | 3.6 4) (0.14) |
Source page
Page 42
2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device
4. Use the extension cable to connect the drive to the keypad.
A - Extension cable D - Keypad B - Communications connector E - Cable connector C - Drive
Figure 2.12 Connecting the Drive and Keypad with the Extension Cable ■ Mount to the Inside of Control Panel Installation support sets A or B (sold separately) are necessary for Internal/Flush-Mount installation. To order optional accessories, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Note: •The installation procedure and panel cut-out dimensions are the same for mounting brackets A and B. •Use a gasket between the control panel and the keypad in environments with a large quantity of dust or other unwanted airborne material. 1. Use the dimensions in Figure 2.13 and Table 2.5 to cut an opening in the control panel for the keypad.
Figure 2.13 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions to Attach Inside Control Panel Table 2.5 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions mm (in) W H W1 H1 d 64+0.5 130 45 105+0.5 4.8 (2.52+0.02) (5.12) (1.77) (4.13+0.02) (0.12) 2. Remove the keypad and put the keypad connector in the holder on the front cover.
Note: Insert the end of the keypad connector that has the tab.
42 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| W | H | W1 | H1 | d |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 64+0.5 (2.52+0.02) | 130 (5.12) | 45 (1.77) | 105+0.5 (4.13+0.02) | 4.8 (0.12) |
Source page
Page 43
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device A - Keypad C - Holder B - Keypad connector Figure 2.14 Remove the Keypad 3. Use the screws included with the mounting bracket, and attach the keypad to the mounting bracket. Use the screws included with the installation support set to attach it. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: • M3 screws: 0.49 N∙m to 0.73 N∙m (4.34 lbf∙in to 6.46 lbf∙in) A - Keypad C - M3 screws B - Mounting bracket A D - Screw mounting holes Figure 2.15 Attach Keypad to Mounting Bracket 4. Put the mounting bracket that has the attached keypad in the control panel, and use the screws to attach it from the outside. Use the screws included with the installation support set to attach it. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: 2 • M4 screws: 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 lbf∙in to 11.77 lbf∙in)
A - M4 screws B - Enclosure panel
Figure 2.16 Mount Mounting Bracket to the Interior of the Control Panel
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 43
Source page
Page 44
2.7 Install the Keypad in a Control Panel or Another Device
5. Use the extension cable to connect the drive to the keypad.
A - Extension cable D - Keypad B - Communications connector E - Cable connector C - Drive
Figure 2.17 Connecting the Drive and Keypad with the Extension Cable
44 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 45
◆ Install the Front Cover (Models: 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4188) 1. Wire the drive and other peripheral devices.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 45
Source page
Page 46
2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers
2. Reverse the steps to reattach the cover. Note: •Wire the grounding terminals first, main circuit terminals next, and control circuit terminals last. •Make sure that you do not pinch wires or signal lines between the front cover and the drive before you reattach the cover. •Tighten the screws to a tightening torque of 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 lbf∙in to 11.77 lbf∙in).
Figure 2.21 Install the Front Cover 3. Reattach the keypad to the original position.
◆ Remove the Front Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) 1. Remove the terminal cover, keypad, and keypad connector, then insert the end of the keypad connector that has the tab into the keypad connector holder on the front cover.
A - Keypad C - Connector holder B - Keypad connector Figure 2.22 Remove the Terminal Cover, Keypad, and Keypad Connector 2. Loosen the front cover screws.
Figure 2.23 Loosen the Front Cover Screws
46 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 47
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers 3. Push on the four tabs found on each side of the front cover, then pull the front cover forward to remove it from the drive. A - Pull forward to remove the front B - Unhook the tabs found on the cover. sides of the front cover. Figure 2.24 Pull Forward to Remove the Front Cover 4. Remove the front cover from the drive. Figure 2.25 Remove the Front Cover ◆ Reattach the Front Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) Wire the drive and other peripheral devices then reattach the front cover. Note: Wire the grounding terminals first, main circuit terminals next, and control circuit terminals last. 1. Move the front cover to connect the hooks at the top of the front cover to the drive. 2 A - Hooks Figure 2.26 Reattach the Front Cover 2. Move the front cover until it clicks into position while pushing on the hooks on the left and right sides of the front cover. Note: Make sure that you do not pinch wires or signal lines between the front cover and the drive before you reattach the cover.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 47
Source page
Page 48
2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers
Figure 2.27 Reattach the Front Cover 3. Reattach the keypad to the original position.
◆ Remove the Terminal Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) 1. Loosen the screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
Figure 2.28 Loosen the Terminal Cover Mounting Screws 2. Pull the terminal cover away from the drive.
Figure 2.29 Remove the Terminal Cover
◆ Reattach the Terminal Cover (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380) Wire the drive and other peripheral devices then reattach the terminal cover.
Note: •Wire the grounding terminals first, main circuit terminals next, and control circuit terminals last. •Make sure that you do not pinch wires or signal lines between the wiring cover and the drive before you reattach the cover. •Tighten the screws to a tightening torque of 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 lbf∙in to 11.77 lbf∙in).
48 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 49
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.8 Removing/Reattaching Covers Figure 2.30 Reattach the Terminal Cover
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 49
Source page
Page 50
2.9 Installation Methods
2.9 Installation Methods
The drive installation methods include standard installation and external heatsink installation.
◆ Standard Installation
Refer to Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions on page 396 for more information about external dimensions and installation methods.
◆ External Heatsink Installation Refer to Table 2.7 and Table 2.8 for the panel cut-out dimensions for external heatsink installations. An attachment is necessary to install drives with the heatsink outside of the panel. An attachment is necessary to install drive models smaller than 2094 (200 V class) and 4056 (400 V class) with the heatsink outside of the panel. Note: •The exterior mounting dimensions and installation dimensions for a standard installation are different than the dimensions for an external heatsink installation. •The shaded parts of the panel cut-out dimensions are the gasket dimensions. Make sure that the gasket is not smaller than the specified dimension. Table 2.6 External Heatsink Installation Kit DriveModel Model 2022-2041 900-193-209-001 4012-4023 2059 900-193-209-002 4030,4039 2075,2094 900-193-209-003 4049,4056 2110-2519 - 4075-4380
50 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DriveModel | Model |
|---|---|
| 2022-2041 4012-4023 | 900-193-209-001 |
| 2059 4030,4039 | 900-193-209-002 |
| 2075,2094 4049,4056 | 900-193-209-003 |
| 2110-2519 4075-4380 | - |
Source page
Page 51
noitallatsnIlacinahceM 2.9 Installation Methods
Figure 2.31 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions Table 2.7 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (200 V Class)
Dimensionsmm(in) Model W H D1 D2 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B d1 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 2022*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 2031*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 2041*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 180 329 134 68 140 140 17 3 318 23.5 5 24.5 6 174 270 2059*1 M5 (7.09) (12.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (0.67) (0.12) (12.52) (0.93) (0.20) (0.97) (0.24) (6.85) (10.63) 220 384 140 87 192 192 11 3 371 27 7 25 6 214 319 2075*1 M6 (8.66) (15.12) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (0.43) (0.12) (14.61) (1.06) (0.28) (0.98) (0.24) (8.43) (12.56) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 51
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H D1 D2 W1 | W2 W3 | W4 | H1 | H2 H3 | H4 H5 | A | B | d1 | |
| 2022*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 138 73 102 (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) | 102 16 (4.02) (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 6 (0.91) (0.24) | 26 6 (1.02) (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 2031*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 138 73 102 (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) | 102 16 (4.02) (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 6 (0.91) (0.24) | 26 6 (1.02) (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 2041*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 138 73 102 (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) | 102 16 (4.02) (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 6 (0.91) (0.24) | 26 6 (1.02) (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 2059*1 | 180 (7.09) | 329 134 68 140 (12.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) | 140 17 (5.51) (0.67) | 3 (0.12) | 318 (12.52) | 23.5 5 (0.93) (0.20) | 24.5 6 (0.97) (0.24) | 174 (6.85) | 270 (10.63) | M5 |
| 2075*1 | 220 (8.66) | 384 140 87 192 (15.12) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) | 192 11 (7.56) (0.43) | 3 (0.12) | 371 (14.61) | 27 7 (1.06) (0.28) | 25 6 (0.98) (0.24) | 214 (8.43) | 319 (12.56) | M6 |
Source page
Page 52
2.9 Installation Methods
Dimensionsmm(in) Model W H D1 D2 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B d1 220 384 140 87 192 192 11 3 371 27 7 25 6 214 319 2094*1 M6 (8.66) (15.12) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (0.43) (0.12) (14.61) (1.06) (0.28) (0.98) (0.24) (8.43) (12.56) 240 400 166 114 195 204 14.5 8 385 19.5 7.5 19.5 7.5 224 346 2110 M6 (9.45) (15.75) (6.54) (4.49) (7.68) (8.03) (0.57) (0.32) (15.16) (0.77) (0.30) (0.77) (0.30) (8.82) (13.62) 255 450 166 114 170 210 34.5 8 436 20 8 20 6 239 396 2144 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (8.27) (1.36) (0.32) (17.17) (0.79) (0.32) (0.79) (0.24) (9.41) (15.59) 264 543 186 149 190 220 29 8 527 19.5 8.5 20.5 7.5 248 487 2181 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (8.66) (1.14) (0.32) (20.75) (0.77) (0.34) (0.81) (0.30) (9.76) (19.17) 264 543 186 149 190 220 29 8 527 19.5 8.5 20.5 7.5 248 487 2225 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (8.66) (1.14) (0.32) (20.75) (0.77) (0.34) (0.81) (0.30) (9.76) (19.17) 312 700 260 160 218 263 39 8 675 33 12 32 13 296 610 2269 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (10.35) (1.54) (0.32) (26.56) (1.30) (0.47) (1.26) (0.51) (11.65) (24.02) 312 700 260 160 218 263 39 8 675 33 12 32 13 296 610 2354 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (10.35) (1.54) (0.32) (26.56) (1.30) (0.47) (1.26) (0.51) (11.65) (24.02) 440 800 254 218 370 310 23 12 773 31.5 14 31.5 13 416 710 2432 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (12.20) (0.91) (0.47) (30.43) (1.24) (0.55) (1.24) (0.51) (16.38) (27.95) 440 800 254 218 370 310 23 12 773 31.5 14 31.5 13 416 710 2519 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (12.20) (0.91) (0.47) (30.43) (1.24) (0.55) (1.24) (0.51) (16.38) (27.95) *1 The attachment for external heatsink installation is necessary. Table 2.8 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (400 V Class) Dimensionsmm(in) Model W H D1 D2 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 A B d1 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 4012*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 4019*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 140 294 138 73 102 102 16 3 282 23 6 26 6 134 233 4023*1 M5 (5.51) (11.57) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (0.63) (0.12) (11.10) (0.91) (0.24) (1.02) (0.24) (5.28) (9.17) 180 329 134 68 140 140 17 3 318 23.5 5 24.5 6 174 270 4030*1 M5 (7.09) (12.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (0.67) (0.12) (12.52) (0.93) (0.20) (0.97) (0.24) (6.85) (10.63) 180 329 134 68 140 140 17 3 318 23.5 5 24.5 6 174 270 4039*1 M5 (7.09) (12.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (0.67) (0.12) (12.52) (0.93) (0.20) (0.97) (0.24) (6.85) (10.63) 220 384 140 87 192 192 11 3 371 27 7 25 6 214 319 4049*1 M6 (8.66) (15.12) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (0.43) (0.12) (14.61) (1.06) (0.28) (0.98) (0.24) (8.43) (12.56) 220 384 140 106 192 192 11 3 371 27 7 25 6 214 319 4056*1 M6 (8.66) (15.12) (5.51) (4.17) (7.56) (7.56) (0.43) (0.12) (14.61) (1.06) (0.28) (0.98) (0.24) (8.43) (12.56) 240 400 166 114 195 204 14.5 8 385 19.5 7.5 19.5 7.5 224 346 4075 M6 (9.45) (15.75) (6.54) (4.49) (7.68) (8.03) (0.57) (0.32) (15.16) (0.77) (0.30) (0.77) (0.30) (8.82) (13.62) 255 450 166 114 170 210 34.5 8 436 20 8 20 6 239 396 4094 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (8.27) (1.36) (0.32) (17.17) (0.79) (0.32) (0.79) (0.24) (9.41) (15.59) 255 450 166 114 170 210 34.5 8 436 20 8 20 6 239 396 4114 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (8.27) (1.36) (0.32) (17.17) (0.79) (0.32) (0.79) (0.24) (9.41) (15.59) 264 543 186 149 190 220 29 8 527 19.5 8.5 20.5 7.5 248 487 4140 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (8.66) (1.14) (0.32) (20.75) (0.77) (0.34) (0.81) (0.30) (9.76) (19.17) 264 543 186 149 190 220 29 8 527 19.5 8.5 20.5 7.5 248 487 4188 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (8.66) (1.14) (0.32) (20.75) (0.77) (0.34) (0.81) (0.30) (9.76) (19.17) 312 700 260 160 218 263 39 8 675 33 12 32 13 296 610 4225 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (10.35) (1.54) (0.32) (26.56) (1.30) (0.47) (1.26) (0.51) (11.65) (24.02) 312 700 260 160 218 263 39 8 675 33 12 32 13 296 610 4270 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (10.35) (1.54) (0.32) (26.56) (1.30) (0.47) (1.26) (0.51) (11.65) (24.02) 312 700 260 160 218 263 39 8 675 33 12 32 13 296 610 4325 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (10.35) (1.54) (0.32) (26.56) (1.30) (0.47) (1.26) (0.51) (11.65) (24.02) 440 800 254 218 370 310 23 12 773 31.5 14 31.5 13 416 710 4380 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (12.20) (0.91) (0.47) (30.43) (1.24) (0.55) (1.24) (0.51) (16.38) (27.95) *1 The attachment for external heatsink installation is necessary. 52 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W3 | W4 | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | H5 | A | B | d1 | |
| 2094*1 | 220 (8.66) | 384 (15.12) | 140 (5.51) | 87 (3.43) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 11 (0.43) | 3 (0.12) | 371 (14.61) | 27 (1.06) | 7 (0.28) | 25 (0.98) | 6 (0.24) | 214 (8.43) | 319 (12.56) | M6 |
| 2110 | 240 (9.45) | 400 (15.75) | 166 (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 195 (7.68) | 204 (8.03) | 14.5 (0.57) | 8 (0.32) | 385 (15.16) | 19.5 (0.77) | 7.5 (0.30) | 19.5 (0.77) | 7.5 (0.30) | 224 (8.82) | 346 (13.62) | M6 |
| 2144 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 166 (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 210 (8.27) | 34.5 (1.36) | 8 (0.32) | 436 (17.17) | 20 (0.79) | 8 (0.32) | 20 (0.79) | 6 (0.24) | 239 (9.41) | 396 (15.59) | M6 |
| 2181 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 220 (8.66) | 29 (1.14) | 8 (0.32) | 527 (20.75) | 19.5 (0.77) | 8.5 (0.34) | 20.5 (0.81) | 7.5 (0.30) | 248 (9.76) | 487 (19.17) | M8 |
| 2225 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 220 (8.66) | 29 (1.14) | 8 (0.32) | 527 (20.75) | 19.5 (0.77) | 8.5 (0.34) | 20.5 (0.81) | 7.5 (0.30) | 248 (9.76) | 487 (19.17) | M8 |
| 2269 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 263 (10.35) | 39 (1.54) | 8 (0.32) | 675 (26.56) | 33 (1.30) | 12 (0.47) | 32 (1.26) | 13 (0.51) | 296 (11.65) | 610 (24.02) | M10 |
| 2354 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 263 (10.35) | 39 (1.54) | 8 (0.32) | 675 (26.56) | 33 (1.30) | 12 (0.47) | 32 (1.26) | 13 (0.51) | 296 (11.65) | 610 (24.02) | M10 |
| 2432 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 254 (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 310 (12.20) | 23 (0.91) | 12 (0.47) | 773 (30.43) | 31.5 (1.24) | 14 (0.55) | 31.5 (1.24) | 13 (0.51) | 416 (16.38) | 710 (27.95) | M12 |
| 2519 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 254 (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 310 (12.20) | 23 (0.91) | 12 (0.47) | 773 (30.43) | 31.5 (1.24) | 14 (0.55) | 31.5 (1.24) | 13 (0.51) | 416 (16.38) | 710 (27.95) | M12 |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W3 | W4 | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | H5 | A | B | d1 | |
| 4012*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 (11.57) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 16 (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 (0.91) | 6 (0.24) | 26 (1.02) | 6 (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 4019*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 (11.57) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 16 (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 (0.91) | 6 (0.24) | 26 (1.02) | 6 (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 4023*1 | 140 (5.51) | 294 (11.57) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 16 (0.63) | 3 (0.12) | 282 (11.10) | 23 (0.91) | 6 (0.24) | 26 (1.02) | 6 (0.24) | 134 (5.28) | 233 (9.17) | M5 |
| 4030*1 | 180 (7.09) | 329 (12.95) | 134 (5.28) | 68 (2.68) | 140 (5.51) | 140 (5.51) | 17 (0.67) | 3 (0.12) | 318 (12.52) | 23.5 (0.93) | 5 (0.20) | 24.5 (0.97) | 6 (0.24) | 174 (6.85) | 270 (10.63) | M5 |
| 4039*1 | 180 (7.09) | 329 (12.95) | 134 (5.28) | 68 (2.68) | 140 (5.51) | 140 (5.51) | 17 (0.67) | 3 (0.12) | 318 (12.52) | 23.5 (0.93) | 5 (0.20) | 24.5 (0.97) | 6 (0.24) | 174 (6.85) | 270 (10.63) | M5 |
| 4049*1 | 220 (8.66) | 384 (15.12) | 140 (5.51) | 87 (3.43) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 11 (0.43) | 3 (0.12) | 371 (14.61) | 27 (1.06) | 7 (0.28) | 25 (0.98) | 6 (0.24) | 214 (8.43) | 319 (12.56) | M6 |
| 4056*1 | 220 (8.66) | 384 (15.12) | 140 (5.51) | 106 (4.17) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 11 (0.43) | 3 (0.12) | 371 (14.61) | 27 (1.06) | 7 (0.28) | 25 (0.98) | 6 (0.24) | 214 (8.43) | 319 (12.56) | M6 |
| 4075 | 240 (9.45) | 400 (15.75) | 166 (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 195 (7.68) | 204 (8.03) | 14.5 (0.57) | 8 (0.32) | 385 (15.16) | 19.5 (0.77) | 7.5 (0.30) | 19.5 (0.77) | 7.5 (0.30) | 224 (8.82) | 346 (13.62) | M6 |
| 4094 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 166 (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 210 (8.27) | 34.5 (1.36) | 8 (0.32) | 436 (17.17) | 20 (0.79) | 8 (0.32) | 20 (0.79) | 6 (0.24) | 239 (9.41) | 396 (15.59) | M6 |
| 4114 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 166 (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 210 (8.27) | 34.5 (1.36) | 8 (0.32) | 436 (17.17) | 20 (0.79) | 8 (0.32) | 20 (0.79) | 6 (0.24) | 239 (9.41) | 396 (15.59) | M6 |
| 4140 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 220 (8.66) | 29 (1.14) | 8 (0.32) | 527 (20.75) | 19.5 (0.77) | 8.5 (0.34) | 20.5 (0.81) | 7.5 (0.30) | 248 (9.76) | 487 (19.17) | M8 |
| 4188 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 220 (8.66) | 29 (1.14) | 8 (0.32) | 527 (20.75) | 19.5 (0.77) | 8.5 (0.34) | 20.5 (0.81) | 7.5 (0.30) | 248 (9.76) | 487 (19.17) | M8 |
| 4225 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 263 (10.35) | 39 (1.54) | 8 (0.32) | 675 (26.56) | 33 (1.30) | 12 (0.47) | 32 (1.26) | 13 (0.51) | 296 (11.65) | 610 (24.02) | M10 |
| 4270 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 263 (10.35) | 39 (1.54) | 8 (0.32) | 675 (26.56) | 33 (1.30) | 12 (0.47) | 32 (1.26) | 13 (0.51) | 296 (11.65) | 610 (24.02) | M10 |
| 4325 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 263 (10.35) | 39 (1.54) | 8 (0.32) | 675 (26.56) | 33 (1.30) | 12 (0.47) | 32 (1.26) | 13 (0.51) | 296 (11.65) | 610 (24.02) | M10 |
| 4380 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 254 (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 310 (12.20) | 23 (0.91) | 12 (0.47) | 773 (30.43) | 31.5 (1.24) | 14 (0.55) | 31.5 (1.24) | 13 (0.51) | 416 (16.38) | 710 (27.95) | M12 |
Source page
Page 53
Electrical Installation
This chapter gives how to wire the control circuit terminals, motor, and power supply of the drive.
3.1 Section Safety ...........................................................................................................54 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram .............................................................................56 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring ..................................................................................................59 3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure ................................................75 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring .............................................................................................81
3.6 Control I/O Connections.........................................................................................91 3.7 Connect the Drive to a PC......................................................................................94 3.8 Braking Resistor Installation.................................................................................95 3.9 Drive Wiring Protection ........................................................................................101 3.10 Dynamic Braking Option, Motor Protection ....................................................102 3.11 Improve the Power Factor....................................................................................104
3.12 Prevent Switching Surge......................................................................................105 3.13 Decrease Noise.......................................................................................................106 3.14 Protect the Drive during Failures.......................................................................108 3.15 Wiring Checklist .....................................................................................................110 3.16 Motor Application Precautions........................................................................... 111
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 53
Source page
Page 54
3.1 Section Safety
3.1 Section Safety
Ground the neutral point on the power supply of drive models 4xxxC to comply with the EMC Directive before you turn on the EMC filter. If you turn ON the EMC filter, but you do not ground the neutral point, it can cause serious injury or death. Make sure that the protective ground wire conforms to technical standards and local safety regulations. The IEC/EN 61800-5-1 standard specifies that you must wire the power supply to automatically de-energize when the protective ground wire disconnects. You can also connect a protective ground wire that has a minimum crosssectional area of 10 mm2 (copper wire) or 16 mm2 (aluminum wire). The leakage current of the drive will be more than 3.5 mA in drive models 4xxxC (with built-in EMC filter turned ON). If you do not obey the standards and regulations, it can cause serious injury or death. When there is a DC component in the protective earthing conductor, the drive can cause a residual current. When a residual current operated protective or monitoring device prevents direct or indirect contact, always use a type B Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device (RCM/RCD) as specified by IEC/EN 60755. If you do not use the correct RCM/RCD, it can cause serious injury or death. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when you do work on the drive. Tighten loose clothing and remove all metal objects, for example watches or rings. Loose clothing can catch on the drive and jewelry can conduct electricity and cause serious injury or death. Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death.
Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user. Fire Hazard Remove the insulation from the connection wire ends to the length shown in “Wire Stripping Length”. If you pinch the insulation in the wire terminals, it can cause serious injury or death from fire.
Make sure that there are no loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core after wiring is complete. Loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core can create a short circuit and cause serious injury or death from electrical shock or fire.
54 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotoperatethedrivewhencoversaremissing.Replacecoversandshieldsbeforeyou operatethedrive.Usethedriveonlyasspecifiedbytheinstructions. Somefiguresinthissectionincludedriveswithoutcoversorsafetyshieldstomoreclearlyshowtheinsideofthe drive.Ifcoversorsafetyshieldsaremissingfromthedrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Groundtheneutralpointonthepowersupplyofdrivemodels4xxxCtocomplywiththeEMC DirectivebeforeyouturnontheEMCfilter. IfyouturnONtheEMCfilter,butyoudonotgroundtheneutralpoint,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Makesurethattheprotectivegroundwireconformstotechnicalstandardsandlocalsafety regulations.TheIEC/EN61800-5-1standardspecifiesthatyoumustwirethepowersupplyto automaticallyde-energizewhentheprotectivegroundwiredisconnects.Youcanalsoconnecta protectivegroundwirethathasaminimumcrosssectionalareaof10mm2(copperwire)or16 mm2(aluminumwire).Theleakagecurrentofthedrivewillbemorethan3.5mAindrivemodels 4xxxC(withbuilt-inEMCfilterturnedON). Ifyoudonotobeythestandardsandregulations,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. WhenthereisaDCcomponentintheprotectiveearthingconductor,thedrivecancausea residualcurrent.Whenaresidualcurrentoperatedprotectiveormonitoringdeviceprevents directorindirectcontact,alwaysuseatypeBResidualCurrentMonitor/ResidualCurrent Device(RCM/RCD)asspecifiedbyIEC/EN60755. IfyoudonotusethecorrectRCM/RCD,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotwearlooseclothingorjewelrywhenyoudoworkonthedrive.Tightenlooseclothing andremoveallmetalobjects,forexamplewatchesorrings. Looseclothingcancatchonthedriveandjewelrycanconductelectricityandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotremovecoversortouchcircuitboardswhilethedriveisenergized. Ifyoutouchtheinternalcomponentsofanenergizeddrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Fire Hazard Removetheinsulationfromtheconnectionwireendstothelengthshownin“WireStripping Length”. Ifyoupinchtheinsulationinthewireterminals,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfire. Makesurethattherearenoloosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecoreafterwiringis complete. Loosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecorecancreateashortcircuitandcauseseriousinjuryordeath fromelectricalshockorfire. |
Source page
Page 55
| WARNING |
|---|
| Tightenallterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Connectionsthataretoolooseortootightcancauseincorrectoperationanddamagetothedrive.Incorrect connectionscanalsocausedeathorseriousinjuryfromfire. Tightenscrewsatanangleinthespecifiedrangeshowninthismanual. Ifyoutightenthescrewsatananglenotinthespecifiedrange,youcanhavelooseconnectionsthatcancause damagetotheterminalblockorstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Damage to Equipment Donotapplyincorrectvoltagetothemaincircuitofthedrive.Operatethedriveinthespecified rangeoftheinputvoltageonthedrivenameplate. Voltagesthatarehigherthanthepermittednameplatetolerancecancausedamagetothedrive. Fire Hazard Whenyouinstalladynamicbrakingoption,wirethecomponentsasspecifiedbythewiring diagrams. Incorrectwiringcancausedamagetobrakingcomponentsorseriousinjuryordeath. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Donotletunwantedobjects,forexamplemetalshavingsorwireclippings,fallintothedrive duringdriveinstallation.Putatemporarycoveroverthedriveduringinstallation.Removethe temporarycoverbeforestart-up. Unwantedobjectsinsideofthedrivecancausedamagetothedrive. Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. Selectamotorthatiscompatiblewiththeloadtorqueandspeedrange.When100%continuous torqueisnecessaryatlowspeed,useaninverter-dutymotororvector-dutymotor.Whenyou useastandardfan-cooledmotor,decreasethemotortorqueinthelow-speedrange. Ifyouoperateastandardfan-cooledmotoratlowspeedandhightorque,itwilldecreasethecoolingeffectsand cancauseheatdamage. Obeythespeedrangespecificationofthemotorasspecifiedbythemanufacturer.Whenyou mustoperatethemotoroutsideofitsspecifications,contactthemotormanufacturer. Ifyoucontinuouslyoperateoil-lubricatedmotorsoutsideofthemanufacturerspecifications,itcancausedamage tothemotorbearings. Whentheinputvoltageis440Vorhigher,makesurethatthemotorinsulationvoltageis sufficientoruseaninverter-dutymotororvector-dutymotorwithreinforcedinsulation. Motorwindingandinsulationfailurecanoccur. Beforeyouconnectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive,makesurethatqualifiedpersonnel readandobeytheBrakingUnitandBrakingResistorUnitInstallationManual (TOBPC72060001). Ifyoudonotreadandobeythemanualorifpersonnelarenotqualified,itcancausedamagetothedriveand brakingcircuit. Makesurethatallconnectionsarecorrectafteryouinstallthedriveandconnectperipheral devices. Incorrectconnectionscancausedamagetothedrive. |
Source page
Page 56
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
◆ Section Safety
56 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 57
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
Figure 3.1 Standard Drive Connection Diagram
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 57
Source page
Page 58
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
58 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 59
| ircuit Wiring | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ationaboutthefunctions,specifications,andproceduresnecessaryto ircuitinthedrive. ment.Donotenergizeandde-energizethedrivemorefrequentlythanonetim frequentlyenergizeandde-energizethedrive,itcancausedrivefailure. canbecomelooseovertimeandcauseunsatisfactorydriveperformance. | sa ee | |||||
| Circuit Connections Hazard.DonotconnectterminalsR/L1,S/L2,T/L3,U/T1,V/T2,W onnecttheseterminalstoearthground,itcancausedamagetothe | /T3,-,+1, driveorse | +2 rio |
| Model | ShapeofTerminal*1 |
|---|---|
| 2022-2225,4012-4188 | Europeanterminal |
| 2269-2519,4225-4380 | Screwterminal |
Source page
Page 60
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Figure 3.3 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023)
Figure 3.4 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2059, 4030, 4039)
Figure 3.5 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2075, 2094)
60 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 61
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring Figure 3.6 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (4049)
Figure 3.7 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (4056) 3
Figure 3.8 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2110)
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 61
Source page
Page 62
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Figure 3.9 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (4075)
Figure 3.10 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (4094)
Figure 3.11 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2144, 4114)
62 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 63
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring Note: The terminals are different for different models: •2169, 2211: You cannot use terminal B2. Terminal symbol display “+3/B1” shows terminal +3. •4140, 4168: Terminal symbol display “+3/B1” shows terminal B1. Figure 3.12 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2181, 2225, 4140, 4188) Figure 3.13 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2269, 2354, 4225 - 4325) 3
R/L1 T/L3
Figure 3.14 Configuration of Main Circuit Terminal Block (2432, 2519, 4380)
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 63
| 3.3 Ma |
|---|
| lay“+3/B1”showsterminal+3. B1. cuitTerminalBlock(2181,2225,4140,4188) |
| uitTerminalBlock(2269,2354,4225-4325) |
Source page
Page 64
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
◆ Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Refer to Table 3.2 for the functions of drive main circuit terminals. Table 3.2 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal Name 2022-2094 2110-2144 2181-2519 Function Model 4012-4049 4056-4188 4225-4380 R/L1 S/L2 Maincircuitpowersupplyinput T su o p c p o ly n . nectacommercialpower T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 Driveoutput Toconnectamotor. W/T3 B1 Brakingresistorconnection - b T r o ak co in n g ne re c s t i a st b o r r a u k n in it g . resistoror B2 +2 • a D n C d p -) owersupplyinput(+1 - T ex o a c m o p n l n e e : ctperipheraldevices,for + - 1 • D +2 C ) reactorconnection(+1and DCpowersupplyinput(+1and-) • DCpowersupplyinput(+1 • • D Br C ak p i o n w g e U r n in it put
64 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Terminal | Name | Column | Column | Function |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | 2022-2094 | 2110-2144 | 2181-2519 | |
| 4012-4049 | 4056-4188 | 4225-4380 | ||
| R/L1 | Maincircuitpowersupplyinput | Toconnectacommercialpower supply. | ||
| S/L2 | ||||
| T/L3 | ||||
| U/T1 | Driveoutput | Toconnectamotor. | ||
| V/T2 | ||||
| W/T3 | ||||
| B1 | Brakingresistorconnection | - | Toconnectabrakingresistoror brakingresistorunit. | |
| B2 | ||||
| +2 | • DCpowersupplyinput(+1 and-) • DCreactorconnection(+1and +2) | - | Toconnectperipheraldevices,for example: • DCpowerinput • BrakingUnit • DCreactor Note: Removethejumperbetween terminals+1and+2to connectaDCreactor. | |
| +1 | DCpowersupplyinput(+1and-) | • DCpowersupplyinput(+1 and-) • Brakingunitconnection(+3 and-) | ||
| - | ||||
| +3 | - | |||
| • 200V:Dclassgrounding(groundto100Ωorless) • 400V:Cclassgrounding(groundto10Ωorless) | Togroundthedrive. |
Source page
Page 65
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 4-6 (-) | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 2031 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 4 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 6 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 4-10 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 2041 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 6-10 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) |
Source page
Page 66
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 4-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (10-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-16 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-16 5-5.5 2059 -,+1,+2 16 (10-16) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 4 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-16 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 10-25 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25) 20 M6 (45-49) 6-16 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (16) 20 M6 (45-49) 16-35 5-5.5 2075 -,+1,+2 35 (35) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 6 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 10-25 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25) 20 M6 (45-49) 6-16 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (16) 20 M6 (45-49) 16-35 5-5.5 2094 -,+1,+2 35 (35) 20 M6 (45-49) 4-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 10 (4-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 16-35 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25-35) 27 M6 (71-80) 16-35 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 25 (25-35) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 10-12 2110 -,+1 25 (25-50) 27 M8 (89-107) 4-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 10 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 25-50 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 35-50 10-12 2144 -,+1 50 (50) 27 M8 (89-107) 6-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 16 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 25 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1)
66 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2059 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (10-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 16 | 6-16 (10-16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 10-25 (25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-16 (16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 35 | 16-35 (35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 6 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 10-25 (25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-16 (16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 35 | 16-35 (35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-10 (4-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2110 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 16-35 (25-35) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 25 | 16-35 (25-35) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 25 | 25-50 (25-50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2144 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 50 | 35-50 (50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 25 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 67
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 2181 -,-,+1,+1*3*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 +3*4 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-35 9.0-11 35 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 2225 -,-,+1,+1*3*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 +3*4 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-50 9.0-11 50 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 2269 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 25-150 18-23 95 (-) - M10 (159-204) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 2354 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 3 95-150 18-23 95 (-) - M10 (159-204) 95-150×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-185×2P 35 2432 -,+1 185×2P (185×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 +3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-240 32-40 120 (-) - M12 (283-354) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 67
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2181 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 35 | 25-35 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 2225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 50 | 25-50 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 2269 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 25-150 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 2354 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 95-150 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 2432 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 95-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
Source page
Page 68
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 95-150×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-185×2P 35 2519 -,+1 185×2P (185×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 +3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-240 32-40 120 (-) - M12 (283-354) *1 For IP20 protection, use wires that are in the range of applicable gauges. *2 Remove insulation from the ends of wires to expose the length of wire shown. *3 Terminals - and +1 have two screws. The Recommended Gauge is the wire gauge for one terminal. *4 A junction terminal is necessary to connect a braking unit (CDBR-series) to terminals - and +3. Three-Phase 400 V Class Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 2.5 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 2.3-2.5 4012 -,+1,+2 2.5 (2.5) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 1.2-1.5 2.5*3 (-) - M4 (10.6-13.3) 2.5 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 4019 -,+1,+2 2.5 (2.5-16) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-6) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 2.0-2.5 2.5*3 (-) - M5 (17.7-22.1) 2.5-4 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5-4) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-4 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5-4) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-4 2.3-2.5 4023 -,+1,+2 4 (2.5-4) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-6) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 2.0-2.5 6*3 (-) - M5 (17.7-22.1)
68 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2519 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 120-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 2.5*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 4019 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 2.5*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 4023 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 4 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) |
Source page
Page 69
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 4-10 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 4-10 5-5.5 4030 -,+1,+2 10 (10) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 4-10 5.4-6.0 10 (-) - M6 (44.3-48.7) 4-10 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 4-10 5-5.5 4039 -,+1,+2 10 (10) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-16 5.4-6.0 10 (-) - M6 (44.3-48.7) 4-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-16 2.3-2.5 4049 -,+1,+2 16 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 4 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-16 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 6 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-16 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-35 2.3-2.5 4056 -,+1,+2 10 (6-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 4 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 3 10-16 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 4-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-25 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (4-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-35 2.3-2.5 4075 -,+1 16 (6-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 6 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 69
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4030 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-6 (6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 4-10 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) | ||
| 4039 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-6 (6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) | ||
| 4049 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 16 | 6-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4056 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 2.5-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-35 (6-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-25 (4-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 6 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 70
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 6-25 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 16 (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-25 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 10-25 5-5.5 4094 -,+1 25 (16-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 4-35 2.3-2.5 B1,B2 10 (4-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 25-50 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 35-50 10-12 4114 -,+1 50 (50) 27 M8 (89-107) 6-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 16 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 4140 -,-,+1,+1*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 B1,B2 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 16-25 9.0-11 25 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 4188 -,-,+1,+1*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 B1,B2 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-35 9.0-11 35 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 4225 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 25-150×2P 18-23 50 (-) - M10 (159-204)
70 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 16 | 6-25 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-25 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1 | 25 | 10-25 (16-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-35 (4-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4114 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 50 | 35-50 (50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4140 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 25 | 16-25 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 4188 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 35 | 25-35 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 4225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 50 | 25-150×2P (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) |
Source page
Page 71
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4270 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 70 | 50-240 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4325 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 70-240 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4380 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 95-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
| WiringDistanceBetweentheDriveandMotor | 10m(32ft)MaximumforInternalEMCFilter | 15m(49ft)MaximumforNoInternalEMCFilter |
|---|---|---|
| CarrierFrequency | 15kHzorless | 15kHzorless |
Source page
Page 72
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Figure 3.15 Wiring More than One Drive ■ Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal Block
72 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 73
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.3 Main Circuit Wiring Figure 3.16 Drive Main Circuit Configuration (Models: 2022 to 2094, 4012 to 4049) *1 Drive models 2xxx do not have EMC filter switches or EMC filters.
Figure 3.17 Drive Main Circuit Configuration (Models: 2110 to 2144, 4056 to 4188) *1 Drive models 2xxx and 4075 to 4188 do not have EMC filter switches or EMC filters.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 73
Source page
Page 74
3.3 Main Circuit Wiring
Figure 3.18 Drive Main Circuit Configuration (Models: 2181 to 2519, 4225 to 4380)
◆ Protection of Main Circuit Terminals
When you wire the main circuit terminals, do not let cable ends go near terminals or the drive. If you use crimped terminals, make sure that you also use insulation caps.
74 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 75
Source page
Page 76
3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure
• Remove the correct section of the wiring cover to make wiring easier. • Do not let strain on the wiring cause damage. Use a strain relief near the wiring to release the tension. Refer to Figure 3.21 for an example.
A - Cable clamp
Figure 3.21 Strain Relief Example Table 3.4 Recommended Wiring Tools Bit TorqueDriverModel ScrewSize ScrewShape Adapter TorqueWrench Model Manufacturer (TighteningTorque) TSD-M3NM M4 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,0X4,0-70 PHOENIXCONTACT (1.2-3N∙m N/A (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) WireGauge≤ 25mm2 WireGauge≤ (AWG10): TSD-M3NM 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) M5*1 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT WireGauge≥ WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AW 30 G m 8) m : 2 N/A (36.3 4. ( - 1 A 3 - W 9 4 .8 . G 5 lb 8 N f ) ∙ ∙ : m in)*2 *3 5-9N∙m Bit SF-BIT-HEX5-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (44.3-79.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 M6 3-3.5N∙m Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (26.6-31.0lbf∙in)*2 *3 8-12N∙m M8 Bit SF-BIT-HEX6-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (70.8-106.2lbf∙in)*2 *3 12-14N∙m M10 Bit SF-BIT-HEX8-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (106.2-123.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 *1 When wiring drive models 2059, 4094, and smaller, select the correct tools for the wire gauge. *2 Use 6.35 mm (0.25 in) bit socket holder. *3 Use a torque wrench that can apply this torque measurement range. ■ Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure (Models: 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4188) Remove the keypad and front cover before wiring the main circuit terminal block.
76 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| dure | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|
| akew |
| ScrewSize | ScrewShape | Adapter | Bit | Column | TorqueDriverModel (TighteningTorque) | TorqueWrench |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | Manufacturer | |||||
| M4 | Bit | SF-BIT-SL1,0X4,0-70 | PHOENIXCONTACT | TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | N/A | |
| M5*1 | Bit | SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 | PHOENIXCONTACT | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10): TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A | |
| WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8):N/A | WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8): 4.1-4.5N∙m (36.3-39.8lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |||||
| M6 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX5-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 5-9N∙m (44.3-79.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| Bit | SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 3-3.5N∙m (26.6-31.0lbf∙in)*2 *3 | ||
| M8 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX6-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 8-12N∙m (70.8-106.2lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| M10 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX8-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 12-14N∙m (106.2-123.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 |
Source page
Page 77
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure 1. Pull the wiring cover away from the drive to remove it. A - Wiring cover Figure 3.22 Remove the Wiring Cover 2. Put the end of a prepared wire into the terminal block. Figure 3.23 Install the Electrical Wire Note: If there is a jumper between terminals +1 and +2, loosen the terminal block screws and remove the jumper before wiring the terminals. 3. Tighten the screws to the specified torque. 3 Figure 3.24 Tighten Terminal Block Screws 4. Examine the signal from the wired terminal and use a diagonal-cutting pliers to remove areas of the wiring cover cutaway section. To remove the wiring cover, cut off the portion shown in Figure 3.25.
A - Cutaway sections B - Cut this portion with a diagonal- cutting pliers Figure 3.25 Clip the Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 77
Source page
Page 78
3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure
Note: •Different drive models have different wiring cover shapes. •Only clip the section of the wiring cover that applies to the wired terminal. If you clip areas that do not apply to wired terminals, the protective enclosure will not keep its IP20 protective level. •Tightly hold the cutaway section when removing pieces of the cutaway section. Pieces of the cutaway section can fly out and cause injury. •Make sure that the clipped section does not cause damage to the wires. •If you use wires that are not specified by Yaskawa, the protective enclosure could lose its IP20 protective level, although the wiring cover is correct. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information. 5. Put the wiring cover in its initial position. Put the cables through the holes cut from the wiring cover.
Figure 3.26 Reattach the Wiring Cover 6. Install the front cover and the keypad to their initial positions.
■ Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure (Models: 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380)
Note: •Be sure to use only wires with the correct size, stripped wire length, and tightening torque as specified by Yaskawa. •Use tools that fit the shape of the screw head to tighten and loosen the terminal block screws. •After the wiring, do not twist or shake the electrical wires too much. •Make sure that there are no loose stranded wires or frayed wires after wiring is complete. Remove the terminal cover before wiring the main circuit terminal block. 1. Remove the screws on the terminal block cover and pull the terminal block cover away from the drive. Pull the wiring cover away from the drive to remove the wiring cover after removing the terminal block cover.
A - Terminal block cover B - Wiring cover Figure 3.27 Remove the Wiring Cover 2. Remove the terminal block nut.
A - Nut
Figure 3.28 Remove the Terminal Block Nut
78 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 79
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure 3. Wire the closed-loop crimp terminal to the main circuit terminal block. Figure 3.29 Install the Electrical Wire 4. Tighten the nut to the specified torque. Figure 3.30 Tighten the Terminal Block Nut 5. Examine the signal from the wired terminal and use a diagonal-cutting pliers to remove areas of the wiring cover cutaway section. Cut the areas shown in Figure 3.31. B B A A - Cutaway sections B - Use a diagonal-cutting pliers to clip this area. Figure 3.31 Clip the Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover 3 Note: •Different drive models have different wiring cover shapes. •Clip only the areas from the wiring cover that apply to the wired terminal. If you clip areas that do not apply to wired terminals, the drive will not keep its IP20 protective level. •When you clip pieces of the cutaway section, tightly hold the cutaway section. Pieces of the cutaway section can fly out and cause injury. •Make sure that the clipped section does not cause damage to the wires. •Although the wiring cover is correct, if you use wires that are not specified by Yaskawa, the drive will not keep its IP20 protective level. •When you use the recommended gauge for the electrical wires, it is not necessary to attach the wiring cover of the main circuit power input terminal and the drive output terminal. When you use the applicable gauge for the electrical wires, attach the wiring cover. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 79
Source page
Page 80
3.4 Main Circuit Terminal Block Wiring Procedure
6. Attach the wiring cover and terminal block cover to their initial positions and tighten the screws on the terminal block cover.
Figure 3.32 Reattach the Wiring Cover 7. Put the terminal cover back in its initial position.
80 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 81
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring This section gives information about how to correctly wire the control circuit. ◆ Control Circuit Connection Diagram Wire the drive control circuit as shown in Figure 3.33. 3
Figure 3.33 Control Circuit Connection Diagram *1 Connect a 24 V Control power input supply to terminals PS-AC to operate the control circuit while the main circuit power supply is OFF.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 81
Source page
Page 82
3.5 Control Circuit Wiring
82 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 83
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring Table 3.5 Multi-function Input Terminals Type Terminal Name(Default) Function(SignalLevel) MFDIselection1 S1 (ON:UpCommandOFF:Stop) S2 MFDIselection2 (ON:DownCommandOFF:Stop) • Photocoupler S3 MFDIselection3 • 24V,6mA (NominalSpeed) Note: S4 MFDIselection4 I ( n si s n ta k l i l n t g h / e so w u i r r c e in j g um m p o e d r e sb o e r t i w nt e e e r n na te l/ r e m xt i e n r a n ls al S p C o - w S e P r a s n u d pp S l C y) - . SNtosettheMFDIpowersupply (InspectionOperation) •SinkingMode:InstallajumperbetweenterminalsSCandSP. MFDIselection5 NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Do not close the circuit between S5 (IntermediateSpeed) terminals SC-SN. If you close the circuits between terminals SC- SP and terminals SC-SN at the same time, it will cause damage to MFDIselection6 the drive. S6 (LevelingSpeed) Digital •SourcingMode:InstallajumperbetweenterminalsSCandSN. Inputs S7 MFDIselection7 NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Do not close the circuit between (NotUsed) terminals SC-SP. If you close the circuits between terminals SC- SP and terminals SC-SN at the same time, it will cause damage to MFDIselection8 S8 the drive. (NotUsed) •Externalpowersupply:NojumpernecessarybetweenterminalsSC-SNandterminalsSC-SP. MFDIselection9 S9 (NotUsed) MFDIselection10 S10 (NotUsed) SN MFDIpowersupply0V MFDIpowersupply,24V(maximum150mA) NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Do not close the circuit between SC MFDIselectioncommon terminals SP-SN. If you close the circuits between terminals SC-SP and terminals SC-SN at the same time, it will cause damage to the SP MFDIpowersupply+24Vdc drive. H1 SafeDisableinput1 RemovethejumperbetweenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCtousetheSafeDisableinput. • 24V,6mA • ON:Normaloperation H2 SafeDisableinput2 • OFF:Coastingmotor SafeDisable • Internalimpedance4.7kΩ Input • OFFMinimumOFFtimeof2ms. SafeDisablefunctioncommon HC SafeDisablefunctioncommon NOTICE: Do not close the circuit between terminals HC and SN. A closed circuit between these terminals will cause damage to the drive. +V Powersupplyforfrequencysetting 10.5V(allowablecurrent20mAmaximum) -V Powersupplyforfrequencysetting -10.5V(allowablecurrent20mAmaximum) Voltageinputorcurrentinput MFAI1 SelectthesignallevelwithH3-01[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect]. A1 (SpeedReference) • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) 3 • 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) Voltageinputorcurrentinput SelectterminalA2withDIPswitchS1andH3-09[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect]. MFAI2 A2 • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) Master (NotUsed) Speed • 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) Reference • 4mAto20mA/100%,0mAto20mA/100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) • Voltageinputorcurrentinput SelectthesignallevelwithH3-05[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect]. MFAI3/PTCinput - -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) A3 (NotUsed) - 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) • PTCinput(MotorOverheatProtection) SetDIPswitchS4to“PTC”tosetterminalA3forPTCinput. AC Speedreferencecommon 0V E(G) Connectingshieldedcable - ■ Output Terminals Refer to Table 3.6 and Table 3.7 for a list of Output terminals and functions. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 83
| Type | Terminal | Name(Default) | Function(SignalLevel) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Digital Inputs | S1 | MFDIselection1 (ON:UpCommandOFF:Stop) | • Photocoupler • 24V,6mA Note: InstallthewirejumpersbetweenterminalsSC-SPandSC-SNtosettheMFDIpowersupply (sinking/sourcingmodeorinternal/externalpowersupply). •SinkingMode:InstallajumperbetweenterminalsSCandSP. NOTICE:DamagetoEquipment.Donotclosethecircuitbetween terminalsSC-SN.IfyouclosethecircuitsbetweenterminalsSC- SPandterminalsSC-SNatthesametime,itwillcausedamageto thedrive. •SourcingMode:InstallajumperbetweenterminalsSCandSN. NOTICE:DamagetoEquipment.Donotclosethecircuitbetween terminalsSC-SP.IfyouclosethecircuitsbetweenterminalsSC- SPandterminalsSC-SNatthesametime,itwillcausedamageto thedrive. •Externalpowersupply:NojumpernecessarybetweenterminalsSC-SNandterminalsSC-SP. |
| S2 | MFDIselection2 (ON:DownCommandOFF:Stop) | ||
| S3 | MFDIselection3 (NominalSpeed) | ||
| S4 | MFDIselection4 (InspectionOperation) | ||
| S5 | MFDIselection5 (IntermediateSpeed) | ||
| S6 | MFDIselection6 (LevelingSpeed) | ||
| S7 | MFDIselection7 (NotUsed) | ||
| S8 | MFDIselection8 (NotUsed) | ||
| S9 | MFDIselection9 (NotUsed) | ||
| S10 | MFDIselection10 (NotUsed) | ||
| SN | MFDIpowersupply0V | MFDIpowersupply,24V(maximum150mA) NOTICE:DamagetoEquipment.Donotclosethecircuitbetween terminalsSP-SN.IfyouclosethecircuitsbetweenterminalsSC-SP andterminalsSC-SNatthesametime,itwillcausedamagetothe drive. | |
| SC | MFDIselectioncommon | ||
| SP | MFDIpowersupply+24Vdc | ||
| SafeDisable Input | H1 | SafeDisableinput1 | RemovethejumperbetweenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCtousetheSafeDisableinput. • 24V,6mA • ON:Normaloperation • OFF:Coastingmotor • Internalimpedance4.7kΩ • OFFMinimumOFFtimeof2ms. |
| H2 | SafeDisableinput2 | ||
| HC | SafeDisablefunctioncommon | SafeDisablefunctioncommon NOTICE:DonotclosethecircuitbetweenterminalsHCandSN.A closedcircuitbetweentheseterminalswillcausedamagetothedrive. | |
| Master Speed Reference | +V | Powersupplyforfrequencysetting | 10.5V(allowablecurrent20mAmaximum) |
| -V | Powersupplyforfrequencysetting | -10.5V(allowablecurrent20mAmaximum) | |
| A1 | MFAI1 (SpeedReference) | Voltageinputorcurrentinput SelectthesignallevelwithH3-01[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect]. • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) • 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) | |
| A2 | MFAI2 (NotUsed) | Voltageinputorcurrentinput SelectterminalA2withDIPswitchS1andH3-09[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect]. • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) • 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) • 4mAto20mA/100%,0mAto20mA/100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) | |
| A3 | MFAI3/PTCinput (NotUsed) | • Voltageinputorcurrentinput SelectthesignallevelwithH3-05[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect]. - -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) - 0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) • PTCinput(MotorOverheatProtection) SetDIPswitchS4to“PTC”tosetterminalA3forPTCinput. | |
| AC | Speedreferencecommon | 0V | |
| E(G) | Connectingshieldedcable | - |
Source page
Page 84
3.5 Control Circuit Wiring
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Output Terminals Type Terminal Name(Default) Function(SignalLevel) N.O.output MA (Fault) • Relayoutput FaultRelay N.C.output • 30Vdc,10mAto1A Output MB • 250Vac,10mAto1A (Fault) • Minimumload:5V,10mA(Referencevalue) MC Digitaloutputcommon M1 MFDO • Relayoutput M2 (BrakeControl) • 30Vdc,10mAto1A • 250Vac,10mAto1A MFDO M3 MFDO • Minimumload:5V,10mA(Referencevalue) M4 (OutputContactorControl) Note: DonotsetfunctionsthatfrequentlyswitchON/OFFtoMFDO(M1toM6)becausethiswill M5 MFDO decreasetheperformancelifeoftherelaycontacts.Yaskawaestimatesswitchinglifeat 200,000times(assumes1A,resistiveload). M6 (DriveReady) P1 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput • Photocoupleroutput Multi-function C1 (DuringFrequencyOutput) • 48V,2mAto50mA Photocoupler Note: Output P2 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput ConnectaflywheeldiodeasshowninFigure3.34whenyoudriveareactiveload,for C2 (NotUsed) examplearelaycoil.Makesurethatthedioderatingislargerthanthecircuitvoltage. A - External power, 48 V maximum C - Coil B - Flywheel diode D - 50 mA or less
Figure 3.34 Connecting a Flywheel Diode Table 3.7 Control Circuit Monitor Output Terminals Type Terminal Name(Default) Function(SignalLevel) Analogmonitoroutput1 Voltageoutput FM (Outputfrequency) • 0Vto10V/0%to100% • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100% MonitorOutput AM Analogmonitoroutput2 Note: (Outputcurrent) SelectwithH4-07[TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect]orH4-08[TerminalAMSignalLevel Select]. AC Monitorcommon 0V ■ External Power Supply Input Terminals Refer to Table 3.8 for a list of the functions of the external power supply input terminals. Table 3.8 External Power Supply Input Terminals Type Terminal Name(Default) Function Suppliesbackuppowertothedrivecontrolcircuit,keypad,andoptionboard. PS External24Vpowersupplyinput ExternalPowerSupplyInput 21.6Vdcto26.4Vdc,700mA Terminals AC External24Vpowersupplyground 0V Alarm Display When You Use External 24 V Power Supply When you use an external 24 V power supply, the drive detects an alarm as shown in Table 3.9 if you set o2-23 [External 24V Powerloss Detection] and o2-26 [Alarm Display at Ext. 24V Power] for the main circuit power supply. Set the alarm display as necessary.
84 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Type | Terminal | Name(Default) | Function(SignalLevel) |
|---|---|---|---|
| FaultRelay Output | MA | N.O.output (Fault) | • Relayoutput • 30Vdc,10mAto1A • 250Vac,10mAto1A • Minimumload:5V,10mA(Referencevalue) |
| MB | N.C.output (Fault) | ||
| MC | Digitaloutputcommon | ||
| MFDO | M1 | MFDO (BrakeControl) | • Relayoutput • 30Vdc,10mAto1A • 250Vac,10mAto1A • Minimumload:5V,10mA(Referencevalue) Note: DonotsetfunctionsthatfrequentlyswitchON/OFFtoMFDO(M1toM6)becausethiswill decreasetheperformancelifeoftherelaycontacts.Yaskawaestimatesswitchinglifeat 200,000times(assumes1A,resistiveload). |
| M2 | |||
| M3 | MFDO (OutputContactorControl) | ||
| M4 | |||
| M5 | MFDO (DriveReady) | ||
| M6 | |||
| Multi-function Photocoupler Output | P1 | Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput (DuringFrequencyOutput) | • Photocoupleroutput • 48V,2mAto50mA Note: ConnectaflywheeldiodeasshowninFigure3.34whenyoudriveareactiveload,for examplearelaycoil.Makesurethatthedioderatingislargerthanthecircuitvoltage. |
| C1 | |||
| P2 | Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput (NotUsed) | ||
| C2 |
| Type | Terminal | Name(Default) | Function(SignalLevel) |
|---|---|---|---|
| MonitorOutput | FM | Analogmonitoroutput1 (Outputfrequency) | Voltageoutput • 0Vto10V/0%to100% • -10Vto+10V/-100%to+100% Note: SelectwithH4-07[TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect]orH4-08[TerminalAMSignalLevel Select]. |
| AM | Analogmonitoroutput2 (Outputcurrent) | ||
| AC | Monitorcommon | 0V |
| Type | Terminal | Name(Default) | Function |
|---|---|---|---|
| ExternalPowerSupplyInput Terminals | PS | External24Vpowersupplyinput | Suppliesbackuppowertothedrivecontrolcircuit,keypad,andoptionboard. 21.6Vdcto26.4Vdc,700mA |
| AC | External24Vpowersupplyground | 0V |
Source page
Page 85
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring Table 3.9 Power Supply and Alarm Display o2-23 o2-26 MainCircuitPowerSupply External24VPowerSupply [External24VPowerloss [AlarmDisplayatExt.24V AlarmDisplay Detection] Power] ON ON - - - 0[Disabled] - - ON OFF 1[Enabled] - S L u 2 p 4 p v l [ y L ] ossofExternalPower24 - 0[Disabled] “ q R u e ic a k d l y y ”LEDlightflashes OFF ON - 1[Enabled] E Su P p 2 p 4 l v y] [ExternalPower24V Operation When Using External 24 V Power Supply To operate the drive, de-energize the main circuit power supply and connect an external 24 V power supply to terminals PS-AC. Function Operation Solution Keypad T is h O e N ke . y T p h a e d d o r p iv e e ra w te i s ll t n h o e t s d a e m te e c a t s o w Pr he [ n Ke th y e pa m d a C in o c n i n r e c c u t i i t o p n o F w a e u r l s t] u . pply - DataLog p T o h w e e d r at s a up lo p g ly fu is n O ct N io . noperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuit - CommunicationsbyCommunicationOption Communicationoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpower orMEMOBUS/ModbusCommunication supplyisON. - Terminals MFAI M ON FA . Ioperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis - MFAO M ON FA . Ooperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis - MFDI MFDIdoesnotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyofthe Connecttheexternal24VpowersupplytotheMFDI driveisOFF. selectioncommonterminal(SC).*1 MFDO MFDOoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis Multi-FunctionPhotocouplerOutput ON.*2 - FaultRelayOutputTerminal EncoderOptionSpeedDetection(PG-B3, Encoderoptionsdonotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyof Whenyouuseanencoder,makesurethatthedrivemain 3 PG-X3,PG-F3,PG-E3) thedriveisOFF. circuitpowersupplyisON.*3 AnalogOutputOption(AO-A3) A po n w al e o r g su o p u p tp ly ut is op O ti N o . nsoperatethesameaswhenthemaincircuit - DigitalInputOption(DI-A3) Digitalinputoptionsdonotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpower Connecttheexternal24VpowersupplytotheInput supplyofthedriveisOFF. signalcommonterminal(SC).*1 DigitalOutputOption(DO-A3) D po ig w i e ta r l s o u u p t p p l u y t i o s p O ti N on . soperatethesameaswhenthemaincircuit - *1 When you use MFDI and a Digital Input option (DI-A3), wire the terminals as shown in Wiring MFDI Terminals on page 86 or Wiring Digital Input Option (DI-A3) on page 86. *2 When the main circuit power supply of the drive turns off, and you remove the cause of a fault and do a fault reset from the keypad, the fault relay output terminals and the MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = E, 10E [Fault] will change status. *3 If the motor shaft can rotate while the 24 V control power supply is energized and the main circuit power supply is de-energized, re- energize the 24 V control power supply and energize the main circuit power supply. When you use an external 24 V power supply, if you de-energize the main circuit power supply, the encoder option will not operate, even when you connect the external 24 V power supply to terminals PS-AC. When you use an encoder option, energize the drive main circuit power supply. When the drive is receiving only 24 V power in Standby Mode, make sure that you lock the mechanical brake on the motor shaft. Note: Yaskawa recommends that you use different external power supplies for the external power supply input terminals (PS-AC) and MFDI selection common terminal (SC) / Input signal common terminal (SC). YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 85
| MainCircuitPowerSupply | External24VPowerSupply | o2-23 [External24VPowerloss Detection] | o2-26 [AlarmDisplayatExt.24V Power] | AlarmDisplay |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ON | ON | - | - | - |
| ON | OFF | 0[Disabled] | - | - |
| 1[Enabled] | - | L24v[LossofExternalPower24 Supply] | ||
| OFF | ON | - | 0[Disabled] | “Ready”LEDlightflashes quickly |
| - | 1[Enabled] | EP24v[ExternalPower24V Supply] |
| Function | Operation | Solution |
|---|---|---|
| Keypad | Thekeypadoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupply isON.ThedrivewillnotdetectoPr[KeypadConnectionFault]. | - |
| DataLog | Thedatalogfunctionoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuit powersupplyisON. | - |
| CommunicationsbyCommunicationOption orMEMOBUS/ModbusCommunication Terminals | Communicationoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpower supplyisON. | - |
| MFAI | MFAIoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis ON. | - |
| MFAO | MFAOoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis ON. | - |
| MFDI | MFDIdoesnotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyofthe driveisOFF. | Connecttheexternal24VpowersupplytotheMFDI selectioncommonterminal(SC).*1 |
| MFDO Multi-FunctionPhotocouplerOutput FaultRelayOutputTerminal | MFDOoperatesthesameaswhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyis ON.*2 | - |
| EncoderOptionSpeedDetection(PG-B3, PG-X3,PG-F3,PG-E3) | Encoderoptionsdonotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyof thedriveisOFF. | Whenyouuseanencoder,makesurethatthedrivemain circuitpowersupplyisON.*3 |
| AnalogOutputOption(AO-A3) | Analogoutputoptionsoperatethesameaswhenthemaincircuit powersupplyisON. | - |
| DigitalInputOption(DI-A3) | Digitalinputoptionsdonotoperatewhenthemaincircuitpower supplyofthedriveisOFF. | Connecttheexternal24VpowersupplytotheInput signalcommonterminal(SC).*1 |
| DigitalOutputOption(DO-A3) | Digitaloutputoptionsoperatethesameaswhenthemaincircuit powersupplyisON. | - |
Source page
Page 86
3.5 Control Circuit Wiring
Wiring MFDI Terminals If you de-energize the main circuit power supply, the MFDI terminals will not operate, even when you connect the external 24 V power supply to terminals PS-AC. When you set N.O. functions to H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection], MFDI terminals always deactivate. When you set N.C. functions, MFDI terminals always activate. Connect the external 24 V power supply to the MFDI selection common terminal (SC).
A - External power supply
Figure 3.35 Wiring MFDI Terminals *1 The terminal Sx is one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S10. Wiring Digital Input Option (DI-A3) If you de-energize the main circuit power supply, the Digital Input Option terminals will not operate, even when you connect the external 24 V power supply to terminals PS-AC. When you set N.O. functions to F3-xx [Terminal Dx Function Selection], the input terminals on the digital input option always deactivate. When you set N.C. functions, the input terminals on the digital input option always activate. Connect the external 24 V power supply to the Input signal common terminal (SC).
A - External power supply C - Signal processor B - Photocoupler Figure 3.36 Wiring Digital Input Option (DI-A3)
■ Serial Communication Terminals Refer to Table 3.10 for a list of serial communication terminals and functions.
Table 3.10 Serial Communication Terminals Type Terminal TerminalName Function(SignalLevel) D+ C in o p m ut m /o u u n tp ic u a t t ( io + n ) M Us E e M an O R B S U - S 48 /M 5 o c d ab b l u e s t c o o c m o m nn u e n c i t c t a h ti e o d n r s ive. • RS-485
Note: • MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationprotocol ModbusCommunication D- C ou o t m pu m t u (- n ) ication S te e r t m D in IP ati s o w n it r c e h si S st 2 or to in O t N he t l o as e t n d a r b i l v e e th in e a • Maximum115.2kbps MEMOBUS/Modbusnetwork. AC Shieldground 0V
◆ Control Circuit Terminals ■ Terminal Configuration
The control circuit terminals are in the positions shown in Figure 3.37.
86 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Type | Terminal | TerminalName | Function(SignalLevel) | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ModbusCommunication | D+ | Communication input/output(+) | MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications UseanRS-485cabletoconnectthedrive. Note: SetDIPswitchS2toONtoenablethe terminationresistorinthelastdriveina MEMOBUS/Modbusnetwork. | • RS-485 • MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationprotocol • Maximum115.2kbps |
| D- | Communication output(-) | |||
| AC | Shieldground | 0V |
Source page
Page 87
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.5 Control Circuit Wiring A - Terminal block (TB5) E - Terminal block (TB1) B - Terminal block (TB2-3) F - Terminal block (TB3) C - Terminal block (TB2-2) G - Terminal block (TB4) D - Terminal block (TB2-1) Figure 3.37 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement ■ Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques Use the tables in this section to select the correct wires. Use shielded wire to wire the control circuit terminal block. Use crimp ferrules on the wire ends to make the wiring procedure easier and more reliable. Table 3.11 Control Circuit Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques Tightening BareWire CrimpFerrule TerminalBlock Terminal S S c i r z e e w Torque Recomm.Gauge ApplicableGauge Recomm.Gauge ApplicableGauge N∙m(lbf∙in) mm2(AWG) mm2(AWG) mm2(AWG) mm2(AWG) TB1 S1-S8,SN,SC,SP TB2-1 MA,MB,MC • Strandedwire TB2-2 M1,M2,M5 0.2-1.0 0.75 (24-18) 0.5 0.25-0.5 TB2-3 M3,M4,M6 - - (18) • Solidwire (20) (24-20) 0.2-1.5 TB3 A +V M , , A A C C , , -V P , 1 A ,C 1, 1 A ,S 2 9 ,A3,FM, (24-16) TB4 D E( + G , ) D ,S -, N P , 2 H ,C C 2 , , H S 1 1 , 0 H2,PS,AC, 0.5-1.0 0.5-2 1.25 TB5 E(G) M3.5 - - (4.4-8.9) (20-14) (12) ■ Crimp Ferrules Attach an insulated sleeve when you use crimp ferrules. Refer to Table 3.12 for the recommended external dimensions and model numbers of crimp ferrules. 3 Use the CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool made by PHOENIX CONTACT. Figure 3.38 External Dimensions of Crimp Ferrules Table 3.12 Crimp Ferrule Models and Sizes WireGauge Model L(mm) L1(mm) φd1(mm) φd2(mm) mm2(AWG) 0.25(24) AI0.25-8YE 12.5 8 0.8 2.0 0.34(22) AI0.34-8TQ 12.5 8 0.8 2.0 AI0.5-8WH, 0.5(20) 14 8 1.1 2.5 AI0.5-8OG YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 87
| TerminalBlock | Screw Terminal Size | B Tightening Torque Recomm.Gaug N∙m(lbf∙in) mm2(AWG) | areWire CrimpFerrule | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| e ApplicableGauge Recomm.Gau mm2(AWG) mm2(AWG) | ge ApplicableGauge mm2(AWG) | |||
| TB1 S1-S8 | ,SN,SC,SP B,MC 2,M5 4,M6 - ,-V,A1,A2,A3,FM, C,P1,C1,S9 SN,HC,H1,H2,PS,AC, ,P2,C2,S10 | 0.75 - (18) | • Strandedwire 0.2-1.0 (24-18) 0.5 • Solidwire (20) 0.2-1.5 (24-16) | 0.25-0.5 (24-20) |
| TB2-1 MA,M | ||||
| TB2-2 M1,M | ||||
| TB2-3 M3,M | ||||
| +V,AC TB3 AM,A | ||||
| E(G), TB4 D+,D- | ||||
| TB5 E(G) | M3.5 | 0.5-1.0 0.5-2 (4.4-8.9) (20-14) | 1.25 - (12) | - |
| WireGauge mm2(AWG) | Model L(mm) L1(m | m) φd1(mm) | φd2(mm) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0.25(24) | AI0.25-8YE 12.5 8 | 0.8 | 2.0 |
| 0.34(22) | AI0.34-8TQ 12.5 8 | 0.8 | 2.0 |
| 0.5(20) | AI0.5-8WH, 14 8 AI0.5-8OG | 1.1 | 2.5 |
Source page
Page 88
3.5 Control Circuit Wiring
◆ Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal
A - Drive front C - Temporary placement holes B - LED status ring board
Figure 3.39 Remove the LED Status Ring Board
A - Drive front C - Temporary placement holes B - LED status ring board Figure 3.40 Remove the LED Status Ring Board
88 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 89
Source page
Page 90
3.5 Control Circuit Wiring
3. Put the cable through the clearance in the wiring cover.
Figure 3.44 Control Circuit Wiring 4. Install the LED status ring board, front cover, and the keypad to their initial positions.
◆ Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board
The terminal board has switches to adapt the drive I/Os to the external control signals as shown in Figure 3.45. Set the switches to select the functions for each terminal.
Figure 3.45 Locations of Switches Table 3.13 I/O Terminals and Switches Functions
Position Switch Terminal Function Default A DipswitchS4 A3 SetsMFAIorPTCinput. AI(analoginput) B DIPswitchS1 A2 Setstheinputsignaltype(voltage/current). V(voltageinput)
C DIPswitchS2 - E te n rm ab i l n e a s ti a o n n d r d e i s s i a st b o l r e . stheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications OFF
90 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 91
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.6 Control I/O Connections 3.6 Control I/O Connections This section gives information about the settings for the listed control circuit I/O signals. • MFDI (terminals S1 to S10) • MFAI (terminals A1 to A3) • PTC input (terminal A3) • MFAO (terminals FM, AM) • MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (terminals D+, D-, AC) ◆ Set Sinking Mode/Sourcing Mode Close the circuit between terminals SC-SP and SC-SN to set the sinking mode/sourcing mode and the internal/ external power supply for the MFDI terminals. The default setting for the drive is internal power supply sinking mode. NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Do not close the circuit between terminals SP-SN. If you close the circuits between terminals SC-SP and terminals SC-SN at the same time, it will cause damage to the drive. Mode InternalPowerSupply(TerminalSN-SP) External24VPowerSupply SinkingMode (NPN) SourcingMode (PNP) 3 *1 The terminal Sx is one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S10. ◆ Set Input Signals for MFAI Terminals A1 to A3 Use terminals A1 and A3 to input a voltage signal, and use terminal A2 to input a voltage or a current signal. Set the signal type as shown in Table 3.14. Figure 3.46 Location of DIP Switch S1
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 91
| Mode | InternalPowerSupply(TerminalSN-SP) | Column | External24VPowerSupply |
|---|---|---|---|
| SinkingMode (NPN) | |||
| SourcingMode (PNP) |
Source page
Page 92
3.6 Control I/O Connections
Table 3.14 MFAI Terminals A1 to A3 Signal Settings DIPSwitchSettings Parameter Terminal InputSignal Switch Setting No. SignalLevel 0:0Vto10V/0%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) A1 Voltageinput - - H3-01 1:-10Vto+10V/-100%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) V 0:0Vto10V/0%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) Voltageinput (Default) 1:-10Vto+10V/-100%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) A2 S1 H3-09 2:4mAto20mA/0%to100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) Currentinput I 3:0mAto20mA/0%to100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) AI 0:0Vto10V/0%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) A3 Voltageinput S4 H3-05 (Default) 1:-10Vto+10V/-100%to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) Note: •Set H3-02, H3-10 = 0 [Terminal A1 Function Selection, Terminal A2 Function Selection = Speed Reference] to set A1 and A2 to speed reference. The drive will add the analog input values together to make the speed reference. •Use tweezers or a jig with a tip width of approximately 0.8 mm (0.03 in) to set DIP switches. •Set DIP switch S4 to “AI” to use terminal A3 as an analog input (voltage/current) terminal. The default setting for DIP switch S4 is “AI”. ◆ Set MFAI Terminal A3 to PTC Input Set terminal A3 as an MFAI or as the PTC input for motor overload protection. Use DIP switch S4 to set the input function.
Figure 3.47 Location of DIP Switch S4
Terminal DIPswitchS4 Description FunctionsasanMFAIterminal. SetH3-06[TerminalA3FunctionSelection]tosettheinputfunction. AI SetthesignallevelwithH3-05[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect]: (Default) • 0:0Vto10V/100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) A3 • 1:-10Vto+10V/-100%to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) FunctionsasthePTCinputterminal. PTC SetH3-06=E[MotorTemperature(PTCInput)]. SetH3-05=0[0to10V]. ◆ Set Output Signals for MFAO Terminals FM, AM Use H4-07, H4-08 [Terminal FM Signal Level Select, Terminal AM Signal Level Select] to set the signal level for the voltage output of terminals FM and AM. Parameter Terminal TypesofOutputSignals No. SignalLevel 0:0Vto10V(default) FM Voltageoutput H4-07 1:-10Vto+10V 0:0Vto10V(default) AM Voltageoutput H4-08 1:-10Vto+10V ◆ Switch ON Termination Resistor for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications When the drive is the last slave in a MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, set DIP switch S2 to the ON position. This drive has a built-in termination resistor for the RS-485 interface. 92 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Terminal A1 | InputSignal Voltageinput | DIPSwitchSettings | Column | Parameter |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Switch - | Setting No. 0:0Vto10V/0%to10 - H3-01 1:-10Vto+10V/-100 | SignalLevel 0%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) %to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) | ||
| A2 | Voltageinput | S1 | V 0:0Vto10V/0%to10 (Default) 1:-10Vto+10V/-100 H3-09 2:4mAto20mA/0%t I 3:0mAto20mA/0%t | 0%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) %to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) |
| Currentinput | o100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) o100%(inputimpedance:250Ω) | |||
| A3 | Voltageinput | S4 | AI 0:0Vto10V/0%to10 H3-05 (Default) 1:-10Vto+10V/-100 | 0%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) %to100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) |
| Terminal | DIPswitchS4 FunctionsasanMFAItermin | Description al. |
|---|---|---|
| A3 | SetH3-06[TerminalA3Fun AI SetthesignallevelwithH3- (Default) • 0:0Vto10V/100%(inp • 1:-10Vto+10V/-100% | ctionSelection]tosettheinputfunction. 05[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect]: utimpedance:20kΩ) to+100%(inputimpedance:20kΩ) |
| FunctionsasthePTCinputt PTC SetH3-06=E[MotorTemp SetH3-05=0[0to10V]. | erminal. erature(PTCInput)]. |
| Terminal | TypesofOutputSignals No. | Parameter |
|---|---|---|
| SignalLevel | ||
| FM | Voltageoutput H4-07 | 0:0Vto10V(default) 1:-10Vto+10V |
| AM | Voltageoutput H4-08 | 0:0Vto10V(default) 1:-10Vto+10V |
Source page
Page 93
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.6 Control I/O Connections Figure 3.48 Location of DIP Switch S2 Table 3.15 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Termination Resistor Setting DIPSwitchS2 Description ON Thebuilt-interminationresistorisON. OFF(Default) Thebuilt-interminationresistorisOFF. 3
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 93
Source page
Page 94
3.7 Connect the Drive to a PC
3.7 Connect the Drive to a PC
The drive has a mini-B type USB port. You can use a USB cable (USB 2.0, type: A - mini-B) to connect the drive to a type-A USB port on a PC. After you connect the drive to the PC, you can use Yaskawa DriveWizard software to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings.
C B
A - USB 2.0, type A - mini-B cable C - Type-A connector B - Mini-B type connector D - PC Figure 3.49 Connect to a PC (USB) Yaskawa recommends that you use a USB cable with connectors connected with shielded wires.
Figure 3.50 Recommended USB Cable
94 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 95
| DriveModel | JunctionTerminalModel Manufacturer:MibuDenkiIndustrialCo.,Ltd. |
|---|---|
| 2181,4140,4188 | DTK-200N×2P*1 |
| 2225 | DTK-300N×2P*1 |
Source page
Page 96
3.8 Braking Resistor Installation
Figure 3.52 Install a Braking Unit: CDBR-Type/Braking Resistor Unit: LKEB-Type ■ Braking Unit Connection Wire Gauge (CDBR-Type)
To comply with IP20 when you connect the braking unit (CDBR-type) to drive models 2269 to 2519, 4225 to 4380, refer to Table 3.16 and Table 3.17 to select the wires. Table 3.16 200 V Class BrakingUnit Recomm.Gauge ApplicableGauge DriveModel DriveTerminals Ref. (Qty) (mm2) (mm2) CDBR-2022D +3 6×2P 6-10×2P Figure3.53 (×2) SpecifiedWireGauge - 6×2P 6-10×2P Figure3.53 2269 +3 35×2P 25-70×2P Figure3.54 ApplicableGauge*1 - 35×2P*2 25-70×2P*2 Figure3.54 CDBR-2110D +3 35 35 Figure3.53 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.53 2354 +3 50×2P 25-70×2P Figure3.54 ApplicableGauge*1 - 50×2P*2 25-70×2P*2 Figure3.54 CDBR-2110D +3 35 35 Figure3.55 2432 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.55 CDBR-2110D +3 35 35 Figure3.55 2519 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.55 *1 This is the applicable wire gauge when you use a braking unit other than Yaskawa braking unit (CDBR-type). *2 This is the applicable wire gauge when you use the same wires for terminals - and +3. Table 3.17 400 V Class BrakingUnit Recomm.Gauge ApplicableGauge DriveModel DriveTerminals Ref. (Qty) (mm2) (mm2) CDBR-4045D +3 6×2P 6-10×2P Figure3.53 (×2) SpecifiedWireGauge - 6×2P 6-10×2P Figure3.53 4225 +3 70×2P 25-70×2P Figure3.54 ApplicableGauge*1 - 70×2P*2 25-70×2P*2 Figure3.54 CDBR-4220D +3 35 35 Figure3.53 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.53 4270 +3 70×2P 25-70×2P Figure3.54 ApplicableGauge*1 - 70×2P*2 25-70×2P*2 Figure3.54 CDBR-4220D +3 35 35 Figure3.53 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.53 4325 +3 70×2P 25-70×2P Figure3.54 ApplicableGauge*1 - 70×2P*2 25-70×2P*2 Figure3.54 96 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DriveModel | BrakingUnit (Qty) | DriveTerminals | Recomm.Gauge (mm2) | ApplicableGauge (mm2) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2269 | CDBR-2022D (×2) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 6×2P | 6-10×2P | Figure3.53 |
| - | 6×2P | 6-10×2P | Figure3.53 | ||
| ApplicableGauge*1 | +3 | 35×2P | 25-70×2P | Figure3.54 | |
| - | 35×2P*2 | 25-70×2P*2 | Figure3.54 | ||
| 2354 | CDBR-2110D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 |
| - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 | ||
| ApplicableGauge*1 | +3 | 50×2P | 25-70×2P | Figure3.54 | |
| - | 50×2P*2 | 25-70×2P*2 | Figure3.54 | ||
| 2432 | CDBR-2110D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 |
| - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 | ||
| 2519 | CDBR-2110D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 |
| - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 |
| DriveModel | BrakingUnit (Qty) | DriveTerminals | Recomm.Gauge (mm2) | ApplicableGauge (mm2) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4225 | CDBR-4045D (×2) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 6×2P | 6-10×2P | Figure3.53 |
| - | 6×2P | 6-10×2P | Figure3.53 | ||
| ApplicableGauge*1 | +3 | 70×2P | 25-70×2P | Figure3.54 | |
| - | 70×2P*2 | 25-70×2P*2 | Figure3.54 | ||
| 4270 | CDBR-4220D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 |
| - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 | ||
| ApplicableGauge*1 | +3 | 70×2P | 25-70×2P | Figure3.54 | |
| - | 70×2P*2 | 25-70×2P*2 | Figure3.54 | ||
| 4325 | CDBR-4220D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 |
| - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.53 | ||
| ApplicableGauge*1 | +3 | 70×2P | 25-70×2P | Figure3.54 | |
| - | 70×2P*2 | 25-70×2P*2 | Figure3.54 |
Source page
Page 97
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.8 Braking Resistor Installation BrakingUnit Recomm.Gauge ApplicableGauge DriveModel DriveTerminals Ref. (Qty) (mm2) (mm2) CDBR-4220D +3 35 35 Figure3.55 4380 (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge - 35 35 Figure3.55 *1 This is the applicable wire gauge when you use a braking unit that is not a Yaskawa braking unit (CDBR-type). *2 This is the applicable wire gauge when you use the same wires for terminals - and +3. Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover Examine the terminal symbols on the braking unit and use a nipper to clip the cutaway section of the corresponding wiring cover. A - Cutaway sections B - Use a diagonal-cutting pliers to clip this area. Figure 3.53 Cutaway Sections A - Cutaway sections B - Use a diagonal-cutting pliers to clip this area. Figure 3.54 Cutaway Sections 3 A - Cutaway sections B - Use a diagonal-cutting pliers to clip this area. Figure 3.55 Cutaway Sections ■ Connect a Braking Unit (CDBR-Type) Remove the terminal cover before you connect the braking unit (CDBR-type) to the drive.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 97
| DriveModel | BrakingUnit (Qty) | DriveTermina | Recomm.Gauge Applic ls (mm2) | ableGauge (mm2) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4380 | CDBR-4220D (×1) SpecifiedWireGauge | +3 - | 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 |
| 35 | 35 | Figure3.55 |
Source page
Page 98
3.8 Braking Resistor Installation
1. Remove the screws on the terminal block cover and pull the terminal block cover away from the terminal block. Pull the wiring cover away from the drive to remove the wiring cover after removing the terminal block cover.
A - Terminal block cover B - Wiring cover Figure 3.56 Remove the Wiring Cover 2. Examine the signal from the wired terminal and use a diagonal-cutting pliers to remove areas of the wiring cover cutaway section. Refer to Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover on page 97 for more information. Note: •Different drive models have different wiring covers. •Only clip the section of the wiring cover that applies to the wired terminal. If you clip areas that do not apply to wired terminals, the protective enclosure will not keep its IP20 protective level. •Make sure that you hold the cutaway section tightly when you remove pieces of the cutaway section. Pieces of the cutaway section can fly out and cause injury. •Make sure that the clipped section does not cause damage to the wires. •If you use wires that are not specified by Yaskawa, the protective enclosure could lose its IP20 protective level, although the wiring cover is correct. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information. •When you use the recommended gauge for the electrical wires, it is not necessary to attach the wiring cover of the main circuit power input terminal and the drive output terminal. If you use the applicable gauge for the electrical wires, you must attach the wiring cover.
Figure 3.57 Clip the Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover 3. Put the wires through the holes that you cut out of the wiring cover.
A - Wire Figure 3.58 Lead the Wire through the Wiring Cover 4. Crimp the closed-loop crimp terminal to the wire.
98 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 99
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.8 Braking Resistor Installation 5. Remove the main circuit terminal block nut. A - Nut Figure 3.59 Remove the Terminal Block Nut 6. Wire the closed-loop crimp terminal to the main circuit terminal block. Figure 3.60 Connect the Wire 7. Tighten the nut to the specified torque. 3 Figure 3.61 Tighten the Terminal Block Nut 8. Attach the wiring cover and terminal block cover to their initial positions and tighten the screws on the terminal block cover.
Figure 3.62 Reattach the Wiring Cover 9. Put the terminal cover back in its initial position.
◆ Connect Braking Units in Parallel To connect two or more braking units in parallel, refer to Figure 3.63 for wiring and connector selections.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 99
Source page
Page 100
3.8 Braking Resistor Installation
Braking units have connectors to select master or slave. On the first braking unit, select the master side. On the second unit and all subsequent units, select the slave side.
Figure 3.63 Connect Braking Units in Parallel
◆ Dynamic Braking Option Overload Protection
To prevent overheating the dynamic braking option, set a sequence to de-energize the drive at the trip contacts of the thermal overload relay.
100 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 101
Source page
Page 102
3.10 Dynamic Braking Option, Motor Protection
3.10 Dynamic Braking Option, Motor Protection
◆ Installing an Electromagnetic Contactor (MC) at the Input Side of the Drive
You can use an MC as an alternative to a molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) when: • The protective functions of the drive have been triggered • An emergency stop occurred, and the sequence de-energizes the drive.
Install a thermal overload relay between the drive and motor in these conditions: • When you operate more than one motor with one drive • When you operate the motor directly from the power line with a power line bypass When you operate one motor with one drive, it is not necessary to install a thermal overload relay. The drive has electronic motor overload protection in the drive software. Note: •When you install a thermal overload relay, set parameter L1-01 = 0 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection = Disabled]. •Set up a sequence that will trip an external fault (coast to stop) for the contacts of the thermal overload relay. ■ General Precautions When Using Thermal Overload Relays
When you use a motor thermal overload relay on the drive output to prevent nuisance trips and overheating of the motor at low speeds, be sure to think about these application precautions: • Operation of a low speed motor • When you operate more than one motor with one drive • Length of the motor cables • Nuisance tripping because of high drive carrier frequency
Operation of a Low Speed Motor Usually, you use thermal overload relays on general-purpose motors (standard motors). When a drive drives a general-purpose motor, the motor current is approximately 5% to 10% more than with a commercial power supply. When a motor with a shaft-driven fan operates at low speeds, the cooling capacity decreases. This can cause the motor to overheat when the load current is in the motor rated value. Enable the electronic thermal protection in the drive when possible to prevent this problem. The electronic thermal overload function uses the relation between the speed and heat characteristics in the variable speed control range to simulate the cooling ability of general-purpose motors and forced-vented motors to prevent damage to the motor.
102 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 103
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 103
Source page
Page 104
3.11 Improve the Power Factor
3.11 Improve the Power Factor
◆ Connect an AC Reactor or a DC Reactor
AC reactors and DC reactors decrease surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive. Connect an AC reactor or a DC reactor to the input side (primary side) in the these conditions: • To decrease harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply
• When there is switching of phase advancing capacitor • With a large capacity power supply transformer (600 kVA or more). Note: •You can use an AC reactor and DC reactor together. •When you connect a thyristor converter (for example, a DC drive) to the same power supply system, use an AC reactor. •The main circuit terminal block for the drive and the terminal blocks for the AC and DC reactors come in different shapes. Correctly prepare the ends of the wiring. •Ground the AC and DC reactors (option) on the back of the mounting base. Remove all paint from the mounting surface of the control panel. ■ Connect an AC Reactor
A - Power Supply C - AC reactor B - MCCB D - Drive Figure 3.66 AC Reactor Connection Example
■ Connect a DC Reactor When you install a DC link choke, remove the jumper between terminals +1 and +2. If you will not use a DC link choke, do not remove the jumper. Refer to Figure 3.67 for an example of how to wire the DC reactor.
A - Power supply C - Drive B - MCCB D - DC reactor
Figure 3.67 DC Reactor Connection Example
104 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 105
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.12 Prevent Switching Surge 3.12 Prevent Switching Surge ◆ Connect a Surge Protective Device A surge protective device decreases the surge voltage generated when you switch an inductive load near the drive. Inductive loads include: • Magnetic contactors • Electromagnetic relays • Magnetic valves • Solenoids • Magnetic brakes. Always use a surge protective device or diode with inductive loads. Note: Do not connect a surge protective device to the drive output side. 3
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 105
Source page
Page 106
3.13 Decrease Noise
3.13 Decrease Noise
◆ Connect a Noise Filter to the Input Side (Primary Side)
High-speed switching makes noise in the drive output. This noise flows from the drive to the power supply, and can possibly have an effect on other equipment. Install a noise filter to the input side of the drive to decrease the quantity of noise that flows to the power supply. A noise filter also prevents noise from entering the drive from the power supply. • Use a noise filter specially designed for drives. • Install the noise filter as close as possible to the drive.
A - Power Supply C - Drive B - Input side (primary side) noise D - Other controller filter Note: The input side (primary side) noise filter model is LNFD-xx. Figure 3.68 Example of Connecting the Noise Filter on the Input Side (Primary Side)
◆ Connect a Noise Filter to the Output Side (Secondary Side) A noise filter on the output side of the drive decreases inductive noise and radio frequency interference. Figure 3.69 shows an example of noise filter wiring.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters, or leakage breakers (RCM/RCD) to the motor circuit. If you connect these devices to the output circuits, it can cause damage to the drive and connected equipment.
A - Power supply C - Noise filter on output side B - Drive (secondary side) D - Motor Figure 3.69 Example of Connecting the Noise Filter on the Output Side (Secondary Side) Note: Glossary •Radio frequency interference: Electromagnetic waves radiated from the drive and cables make noise through the full radio bandwidth that can have an effect on nearby devices. •Inductive noise: The noise from electromagnetic induction can have an effect on the signal line and can cause the controller to malfunction. ■ Prevent Inductive Noise In addition to installing a noise filter, you can also run all wiring through a grounded metal conduit to decrease inductive noise occurring at the output side. Put the cables a minimum of 30 cm (11.8 in) away from the signal line to prevent induced noise. Ground the cables to metal conduits.
106 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 107
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.13 Decrease Noise A - Power supply E - Minimum of 30 cm (11.8 in) apart B - Drive F - Controller C - Shielded motor cable G - Signal line D - Motor Figure 3.70 Prevent Inductive Noise ■ Decrease Radio Frequency Interference The drive, input lines, and output lines generate radio frequency interference. Use noise filters on input and output sides and install the drive in a steel box to decrease radio frequency interference. Note: Keep the cable between the drive and motor as short as possible. A - Steel box E - Noise filter B - Power supply F - Shielded motor cable C - Noise filter G - Motor D - Drive Figure 3.71 Decrease Radio Frequency Interference 3
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 107
Source page
Page 108
3.14 Protect the Drive during Failures
3.14 Protect the Drive during Failures
◆ Factory-Recommended Branch Circuit Protection for UL Listing
DriveModel MaximumApplicableMotorOutput InputCurrentRating Semicond R u a c te to d r C P u r r o r t e e n c t tionFuse kW(HP) A Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann FWH-80B 2022 3.7(5) 18.2 FWH-100B*1 2031 5.5(7.5) 26.5 FWH-125B 2041 7.5(10) 35.5 FWH-150B 2059 11(15) 51.2 FWH-200B 2075 15(20) 69 FWH-225A FWH-225A 2094 18.5(25) 84.4 FWH-250A*1 FWH-225A 2110 22(30) 72 FWH-250A*1 FWH-275A 2144 30(40) 97.3 FWH-300A*1 FWH-275A 2181 37(50) 119.2 FWH-350A*1 FWH-325A 2225 45(60) 144.3 FWH-450A*1 2269 55(75) 175.4 FWH-600A 2354 75(100) 237.5 FWH-800A 2432 90(125) 283.9 FWH-1000B 2519 110(150) 345.6 FWH-1000B *1 Yaskawa recommends a fuse with a large rated current for applications with repeated loads. ■ Three-Phase 400 V Class Table 3.19 Factory-Recommended Branch Circuit Protection: 400 V Class DriveModel MaximumApplicableMotorOutput InputCurrentRating Semicond R u a c te to d r C P u r r o r t e e n c t tionFuse kW(HP) A Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann 4012 4.0(5) 10.3 FWH-60B 4019 5.5(7.5) 13.9 FWH-80B 4023 7.5(10) 18.7 FWH-90B 108 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DriveModel | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW(HP) | InputCurrentRating A | SemiconductorProtectionFuse RatedCurrent Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 3.7(5) | 18.2 | FWH-80B FWH-100B*1 |
| 2031 | 5.5(7.5) | 26.5 | FWH-125B |
| 2041 | 7.5(10) | 35.5 | FWH-150B |
| 2059 | 11(15) | 51.2 | FWH-200B |
| 2075 | 15(20) | 69 | FWH-225A |
| 2094 | 18.5(25) | 84.4 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| 2110 | 22(30) | 72 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| 2144 | 30(40) | 97.3 | FWH-275A FWH-300A*1 |
| 2181 | 37(50) | 119.2 | FWH-275A FWH-350A*1 |
| 2225 | 45(60) | 144.3 | FWH-325A FWH-450A*1 |
| 2269 | 55(75) | 175.4 | FWH-600A |
| 2354 | 75(100) | 237.5 | FWH-800A |
| 2432 | 90(125) | 283.9 | FWH-1000B |
| 2519 | 110(150) | 345.6 | FWH-1000B |
| DriveModel | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW(HP) | InputCurrentRating A | SemiconductorProtectionFuse RatedCurrent Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 4.0(5) | 10.3 | FWH-60B |
| 4019 | 5.5(7.5) | 13.9 | FWH-80B |
| 4023 | 7.5(10) | 18.7 | FWH-90B |
Source page
Page 109
noitallatsnIlacirtcelE 3.14 Protect the Drive during Failures DriveModel MaximumApplicableMotorOutput InputCurrentRating Semicond R u a c te to d r C P u r r o r t e e n c t tionFuse kW(HP) A Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann 4030 11(15) 26.9 FWH-150B 4039 15(20) 36.3 FWH-200B 4049 18.5(25) 44.4 FWH-200B 4056 22(30) 37.9 FWH-225A 4075 30(40) 51.2 FWH-250A 4094 37(50) 62.8 FWH-275A 4114 45(60) 75.9 FWH-275A 4140 55(75) 92.3 FWH-300A FWH-325A 4188 75(100) 125 FWH-400A*1 4225 90(125) 149.4 FWH-500A 4270 110(150) 181.9 FWH-600A 4325 132(175) 217.5 FWH-700A 4380 160(200) 262.7 FWH-800A *1 Yaskawa recommends a fuse with a large rated current for applications with repeated loads. 3
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 109
| DriveModel | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW(HP) | InputCurrentRating A | SemiconductorProtectionFuse RatedCurrent Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|---|---|
| 4030 | 11(15) | 26.9 | FWH-150B |
| 4039 | 15(20) | 36.3 | FWH-200B |
| 4049 | 18.5(25) | 44.4 | FWH-200B |
| 4056 | 22(30) | 37.9 | FWH-225A |
| 4075 | 30(40) | 51.2 | FWH-250A |
| 4094 | 37(50) | 62.8 | FWH-275A |
| 4114 | 45(60) | 75.9 | FWH-275A |
| 4140 | 55(75) | 92.3 | FWH-300A |
| 4188 | 75(100) | 125 | FWH-325A FWH-400A*1 |
| 4225 | 90(125) | 149.4 | FWH-500A |
| 4270 | 110(150) | 181.9 | FWH-600A |
| 4325 | 132(175) | 217.5 | FWH-700A |
| 4380 | 160(200) | 262.7 | FWH-800A |
Source page
Page 110
3.15 Wiring Checklist
3.15 Wiring Checklist
Wire the drive, examine these items, then do a test run. Table 3.20 Power Supply Voltage
Checked No. ItemtoCheck 1 Thepowersupplyvoltagemustbeintheinputvoltagespecificationrangeofthedrive. Table 3.21 Main Circuit Wiring
Checked No. ItemtoCheck • Putthepowersupplythroughamolded-casecircuitbreaker(MCCB)beforeitgetstothedriveinput. 1 • ConnectanapplicableMCCB. 2 CorrectlywirethepowersupplytodriveterminalsR/L1,S/L2,andT/L3. Correctlywirethedriveandmotortogether. Themotorlinesanddriveoutputterminalsmustaligntomakethecorrectphaseorder. 3 Note: Ifthephaseorderisincorrect,thedrivewillrotateintheoppositedirection. Use600VheatresistantindoorPVCwireforthepowersupplyandmotorlines. 4 Note: Wiregaugerecommendationsassumeuseof600Vclass2heat-resistantindoorPVCwire. Usethecorrectwiregaugesforthemaincircuit. Note: 5 Whenthewiringdistancebetweenthedriveandthemotorislong,usethisformulaforthevoltagedropinthewire: Motorratedvoltage(V)×0.02≥√3×wireresistance(Ω/km)×wiringdistance(m)×motorratedcurrent(A)×10-3 6 Correctlygroundthedrive. 7 Tightenthemaincircuitandgroundingterminalscrewsofthedrivetoacorrecttighteningtorque. Whenoperatingmorethanonemotorfromonedrive,setupoverloadprotectioncircuits.
A - Power Supply C - oL1, oL2: Thermal B - Drive overload relay Note: SetH1-03=25[TerminalS3FunctionSelection=ExternalFault(NC-Always-Coast)]. Whenyouuseabrakingresistororabrakingresistorunit,installanelectromagneticcontactor(MC). 9 CorrectlyinstalltheresistorandmakesurethatoverloadprotectionusestheMCtoshutoffthepowersupply. 10 Makesureyoudidnotinstallphaseadvancingcapacitors,inputnoisefilters,orELCBs,GFCIs,RCM/RCDsontheoutputsideofthedrive. Table 3.22 Control Circuit Wiring Checked No. ItemtoCheck 1 Usetwisted-paircablesforalldrivecontrolcircuitwiring. 2 GroundtheshieldsofshieldedwiringtoterminalE(G). 3 Correctlyinstallanyoptions. Examinethedriveforotherwiringerrors. 4 Onlyuseamultimetertocheckwiring. 5 Tightenthecontrolcircuitterminalscrewsofthedrivetoacorrecttighteningtorque. 6 Pickupallwireclippings. 7 Makesurethatnoneofthewiresontheterminalblocktouchotherterminalsorconnections. 8 Makesurethatyouisolatethecontrolcircuitwiringfrommaincircuitwiringinthecontrolpanelorinaduct. 9 Makesurethatcontrolcircuitwiringisnotlongerthan50m(164ft). 10 MakesurethatSafeDisableinputwiringisnotlongerthan30m(98ft).
110 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Checked | No. | ItemtoCheck |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Thepowersupplyvoltagemustbeintheinputvoltagespecificationrangeofthedrive. |
| Checked | No. | ItemtoCheck |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | • Putthepowersupplythroughamolded-casecircuitbreaker(MCCB)beforeitgetstothedriveinput. • ConnectanapplicableMCCB. | |
| 2 | CorrectlywirethepowersupplytodriveterminalsR/L1,S/L2,andT/L3. | |
| 3 | Correctlywirethedriveandmotortogether. Themotorlinesanddriveoutputterminalsmustaligntomakethecorrectphaseorder. Note: Ifthephaseorderisincorrect,thedrivewillrotateintheoppositedirection. | |
| 4 | Use600VheatresistantindoorPVCwireforthepowersupplyandmotorlines. Note: Wiregaugerecommendationsassumeuseof600Vclass2heat-resistantindoorPVCwire. | |
| 5 | Usethecorrectwiregaugesforthemaincircuit. Note: Whenthewiringdistancebetweenthedriveandthemotorislong,usethisformulaforthevoltagedropinthewire: Motorratedvoltage(V)×0.02≥√3×wireresistance(Ω/km)×wiringdistance(m)×motorratedcurrent(A)×10-3 | |
| 6 | Correctlygroundthedrive. | |
| 7 | Tightenthemaincircuitandgroundingterminalscrewsofthedrivetoacorrecttighteningtorque. | |
| 8 | Whenoperatingmorethanonemotorfromonedrive,setupoverloadprotectioncircuits. A- PowerSupply C- oL1,oL2:Thermal overloadrelay B- Drive Note: SetH1-03=25[TerminalS3FunctionSelection=ExternalFault(NC-Always-Coast)]. | |
| 9 | Whenyouuseabrakingresistororabrakingresistorunit,installanelectromagneticcontactor(MC). CorrectlyinstalltheresistorandmakesurethatoverloadprotectionusestheMCtoshutoffthepowersupply. | |
| 10 | Makesureyoudidnotinstallphaseadvancingcapacitors,inputnoisefilters,orELCBs,GFCIs,RCM/RCDsontheoutputsideofthedrive. |
| Checked | No. | ItemtoCheck |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Usetwisted-paircablesforalldrivecontrolcircuitwiring. | |
| 2 | GroundtheshieldsofshieldedwiringtoterminalE(G). | |
| 3 | Correctlyinstallanyoptions. | |
| 4 | Examinethedriveforotherwiringerrors. Onlyuseamultimetertocheckwiring. | |
| 5 | Tightenthecontrolcircuitterminalscrewsofthedrivetoacorrecttighteningtorque. | |
| 6 | Pickupallwireclippings. | |
| 7 | Makesurethatnoneofthewiresontheterminalblocktouchotherterminalsorconnections. | |
| 8 | Makesurethatyouisolatethecontrolcircuitwiringfrommaincircuitwiringinthecontrolpanelorinaduct. | |
| 9 | Makesurethatcontrolcircuitwiringisnotlongerthan50m(164ft). | |
| 10 | MakesurethatSafeDisableinputwiringisnotlongerthan30m(98ft). |
Source page
Page 111
Source page
Page 112
3.16 Motor Application Precautions
112 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 113
Startup Procedure and Test Run
4.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................114
4.2 Keypad Components and Functions.................................................................116 4.3 LED Indicator Status..............................................................................................122 4.4 Start-up Procedures ..............................................................................................124 4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive...................................................129 4.6 Keypad Operation ..................................................................................................133 4.7 Auto-Tuning .............................................................................................................160
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications.....................................................166 4.9 Improve Ride Comfort...........................................................................................201 4.10 Test Run Checklist .................................................................................................203
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 113
Source page
Page 114
4.1 Section Safety
4.1 Section Safety
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death. Sudden Movement Hazard Remove all personnel and objects from the area around the drive, motor, and machine and attach covers, couplings, shaft keys, and machine loads before you energize the drive. If personnel are too close or if there are missing parts, it can cause serious injury or death.
When you use a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, you must close the brake if an input terminal triggers the Baseblock command to stop drive output. If you enter the baseblock command, the motor will suddenly coast and the load will slip, which can cause serious injury or death. Make sure that the elevator is not occupied when you do elevator test operations or drive setup. If the elevator test operations or drive setup are incorrect, it can cause serious injury or death if the elevator car does not stop correctly. Make sure that these parameters are set correctly and tested before operating an occupied elevator: • Speed ratio parameters (o1-18 [Speed of Elevator Car] and o1-19 [Elevator Motor Speed]) or mechanical parameters (o1-20 [Sheave Diameter], o1-21 [Roping Ratio], and o1-22 [Mechanical Gear Ratio]) • S5-11 [Deceleration Distance@High Speed] and S5-12 [Up Stopping Distance] If you do not set up these parameters correctly, it can cause serious injury or death if the elevator car does not stop correctly. Use the MFDO signal set for H2-xx = 61 [Pole Position Detection Complete] to interlock the brake to make sure that the drive completes Pole Position Detection before it releases the brake. If the drive releases the brake too soon, the pull of the counterweight can move the elevator and cause serious injury or death. Verify the maximum drive output frequency before you apply an Up/Down command. The drive can run the motor at high speeds. If the maximum drive output frequency is incorrect, it can cause serious injury or death. Make sure that b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop] before you apply an Up/ Down command. If b1-03 ≠ 0 when you apply an Up/Down command, it can cause serious injury or death from elevator free-fall when you remove the Up/Down command. Do not use the Automatic Fault Reset function in lifting applications. Incorrect application of the function can cause serious injury or death.
114 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotoperatethedrivewhencoversaremissing.Replacecoversandshieldsbeforeyou operatethedrive.Usethedriveonlyasspecifiedbytheinstructions. Somefiguresinthissectionincludedriveswithoutcoversorsafetyshieldstomoreclearlyshowtheinsideofthe drive.Ifcoversorsafetyshieldsaremissingfromthedrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotremovecoversortouchcircuitboardswhilethedriveisenergized. Ifyoutouchtheinternalcomponentsofanenergizeddrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Sudden Movement Hazard Removeallpersonnelandobjectsfromtheareaaroundthedrive,motor,andmachineand attachcovers,couplings,shaftkeys,andmachineloadsbeforeyouenergizethedrive. Ifpersonnelaretoocloseoriftherearemissingparts,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Whenyouuseamechanicalholdingbrakewiththedriveinaliftingapplication,youmustclose thebrakeifaninputterminaltriggerstheBaseblockcommandtostopdriveoutput. Ifyouenterthebaseblockcommand,themotorwillsuddenlycoastandtheloadwillslip,whichcancause seriousinjuryordeath. Makesurethattheelevatorisnotoccupiedwhenyoudoelevatortestoperationsordrivesetup. Iftheelevatortestoperationsordrivesetupareincorrect,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathiftheelevatorcar doesnotstopcorrectly. Makesurethattheseparametersaresetcorrectlyandtestedbeforeoperatinganoccupied elevator: • Speedratioparameters(o1-18[SpeedofElevatorCar]ando1-19[ElevatorMotorSpeed])or mechanicalparameters(o1-20[SheaveDiameter],o1-21[RopingRatio],ando1-22 [MechanicalGearRatio]) • S5-11[DecelerationDistance@HighSpeed]andS5-12[UpStoppingDistance] Ifyoudonotsetuptheseparameterscorrectly,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathiftheelevatorcardoesnot stopcorrectly. UsetheMFDOsignalsetforH2-xx=61[PolePositionDetectionComplete]tointerlockthe braketomakesurethatthedrivecompletesPolePositionDetectionbeforeitreleasesthe brake. Ifthedrivereleasesthebraketoosoon,thepullofthecounterweightcanmovetheelevatorandcauseserious injuryordeath. VerifythemaximumdriveoutputfrequencybeforeyouapplyanUp/Downcommand. Thedrivecanrunthemotorathighspeeds.Ifthemaximumdriveoutputfrequencyisincorrect,itcancause seriousinjuryordeath. Makesurethatb1-03=0[StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop]beforeyouapplyanUp/ Downcommand. Ifb1-03≠0whenyouapplyanUp/Downcommand,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelevatorfree-fall whenyouremovetheUp/Downcommand. DonotusetheAutomaticFaultResetfunctioninliftingapplications. Incorrectapplicationofthefunctioncancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
Source page
Page 115
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 115
| WARNING |
|---|
| Whenyouusethedriveinaliftingapplication,youmustalsoinstallexternalsafetycircuitry. Thedrivedoesnothaveprotectionagainstaccidentalloaddropsinliftingapplications.Install electricaland/ormechanicalsafetycircuitmechanismsthatareisolatedfromthedrivecircuitry. Ifyoudonotuseexternalsafetycircuitry,thedrivecoulddroptheloadandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. RemovetheUp/DownCommandbeforeyouresetfaultsoralarms. IfthedrivehasanactiveUp/Downcommandwhenyouresetafaultoralarm,theelevatorcanstartsuddenlyand causeseriousinjuryordeath. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Sudden Movement Hazard DeactivatetheUp/DowncommandbeforeyouswitchfromProgrammingModetoDriveMode. IfyouswitchfromProgrammingModetoDriveModeandthereisanactiveUp/Downcommand,themotorwill rotateandtheequipmentcansuddenlystart. Damage to Equipment DonotusetheRescueOperationfunctionforlonglengthsoftime. ThelowDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperationcanstoptheinternalcoolingfansofthedrive.Ifyouusethe RescueOperationfunctionforalonglengthoftime,itcantriggeranoH[HeatsinkOverheat]faultandcan causedamagetothedrive. WhenthedriveisusingtheRescueOperationpowersupply,waitatleast5safteryouchange parametersettingsbeforeyouturnOFFthepowersupply. IfyouturnOFFthepowersupplytoosoon,itcancorrupttheparametersettingsandcauseincorrectdrive performance.Youmustinitializethedrivetoresolvetheproblem. |
Source page
Page 116
4.2 Keypad Components and Functions
4.2 Keypad Components and Functions
Figure 4.1 Keypad Table 4.1 Keypad Components and Functions Symbol Name Function Illuminatestoshowthatthedriveisoperatingthemotor. TheLEDturnsOFFwhenthedrivestops. Flashestoshowthat: • Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzerospeedcontrol. RUNLED Flashesquicklytoshowthat: A • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEModewhilethedriveisin LOCALMode. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalswhenthedriveisnotinDriveMode. • ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. • Thesafetyfunctionshutoffthedriveoutput. • Youpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. Illuminateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. ALMLED Flasheswhenthedrivedetects: • Alarm B • OperationErrors • AfaultoralarmduringAuto-Tuning Thelightturnsoffduringregulardriveoperation.Therearenoalarmsorfaults. C microSDCardSlot TheinsertionpointforamicroSDcard. FunctionKeys Themenushownonthekeypadsetsthefunctionsforfunctionkeys. (F1,F2,F3) Thenameofeachfunctionisinthelowerhalfofthedisplaywindow. D Illuminated:ThekeypadcontrolstheUp/Downcommand(LOCALMode). OFF:ThecontrolcircuitterminalorserialtransmissiondevicecontrolstheUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode). LO/RELED Note: E •LOCAL:Usethekeypadtooperatethedrive.UsethekeypadtoenterUp/DownandStopcommandsandthespeedreference command. •REMOTE:Usethecontrolcircuitterminalsorserialtransmissiontooperatethedrive.Usethespeedreferencesourceenteredin b1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]andtheUp/Downcommandsourceselectedinb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1].
116 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Symbol | Name | Function |
|---|---|---|
| A | RUNLED | Illuminatestoshowthatthedriveisoperatingthemotor. TheLEDturnsOFFwhenthedrivestops. Flashestoshowthat: • Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzerospeedcontrol. Flashesquicklytoshowthat: • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEModewhilethedriveisin LOCALMode. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalswhenthedriveisnotinDriveMode. • ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. • Thesafetyfunctionshutoffthedriveoutput. • Youpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. |
| B | ALMLED | Illuminateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Flasheswhenthedrivedetects: • Alarm • OperationErrors • AfaultoralarmduringAuto-Tuning Thelightturnsoffduringregulardriveoperation.Therearenoalarmsorfaults. |
| C | microSDCardSlot | TheinsertionpointforamicroSDcard. |
| D | FunctionKeys (F1,F2,F3) | Themenushownonthekeypadsetsthefunctionsforfunctionkeys. Thenameofeachfunctionisinthelowerhalfofthedisplaywindow. |
| E | LO/RELED | Illuminated:ThekeypadcontrolstheUp/Downcommand(LOCALMode). OFF:ThecontrolcircuitterminalorserialtransmissiondevicecontrolstheUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode). Note: •LOCAL:Usethekeypadtooperatethedrive.UsethekeypadtoenterUp/DownandStopcommandsandthespeedreference command. •REMOTE:Usethecontrolcircuitterminalsorserialtransmissiontooperatethedrive.Usethespeedreferencesourceenteredin b1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]andtheUp/Downcommandsourceselectedinb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]. |
Source page
Page 117
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.2 Keypad Components and Functions Symbol Name Function SwitchesdrivecontrolfortheUp/Downcommandandspeedreferencebetweenthekeypad(LOCAL)andanexternalsource (REMOTE). F LO/RESelectionKey N •T o h te e : LOCAL/REMOTESelectionKeycontinuouslystaysenabledafterthedrivestopsinDriveMode.Iftheapplicationmustnot switchfromREMOTEtoLOCALbecauseitwillhaveanegativeeffectonsystemperformance,seto2-01=0[LO/REKey FunctionSelection=Disabled]todisable . •ThedrivewillnotswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTEwhenitisreceivinganUp/Downcommandfromanexternalsource. Stopsdriveoperation. Note: STOPKey G Push tostopthemotor.ThiswillalsoapplywhenanUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode)isactiveatanexternalUp/ Downcommandsource.Todisable priority,seto2-02=0[STOPKeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]. LeftArrowKey • Movesthecursortotheleft. • Goesbacktothepreviousscreen. UpArrowKey/Down • Scrollsupordowntoshowthenextitemorthepreviousitem. ArrowKey • Selectsparameternumbers,andincrementsordecrementssettingvalues. / H RightArrowKey(RESET) • Movesthecursortotheright. • Continuestothenextscreen. • Resetsthedrivetoclearafault. ENTERKey • Entersparametervaluesandsettings. • Selectsmenuitemstomovebetweenkeypaddisplays. • Selectseachmode,parameter,andsetvalue. StartsthedriveinLOCALMode. RUNKey StartstheoperationinAuto-TuningMode. I Note: Beforeyouusethekeypadtooperatethemotor,push onthekeypadtosetthedrivetoLOCALMode. J USBTerminal Forfactoryadjustment K RJ-45Connector ConnectstothedriveusinganRJ-458-pinstraightthroughUTPCAT5eextensioncableorkeypadconnector. Removethiscovertoinstallorreplacetheclockbattery. L ClockBatteryCover Note: Youmustsupplytheclockbattery*1.Itisnotincludedwiththekeypad. Showsthemodelnumberofthekeypadandotherinformation M Nameplate N •“ o R te E : V”identifiesthehardwareandsoftwareversionofthekeypad. •“FLASH”identifiestheversionoftheflashmemory. *1 Refer to Replace the Keypad Battery on page 378 for information about the correct clock battery and the installation procedure. ◆ LCD Display 4 Figure 4.2 LCD Display Indications YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 117
| Symbol | Name | Function |
|---|---|---|
| F | LO/RESelectionKey | SwitchesdrivecontrolfortheUp/Downcommandandspeedreferencebetweenthekeypad(LOCAL)andanexternalsource (REMOTE). Note: •TheLOCAL/REMOTESelectionKeycontinuouslystaysenabledafterthedrivestopsinDriveMode.Iftheapplicationmustnot switchfromREMOTEtoLOCALbecauseitwillhaveanegativeeffectonsystemperformance,seto2-01=0[LO/REKey FunctionSelection=Disabled]todisable . •ThedrivewillnotswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTEwhenitisreceivinganUp/Downcommandfromanexternalsource. |
| G | STOPKey | Stopsdriveoperation. Note: Push tostopthemotor.ThiswillalsoapplywhenanUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode)isactiveatanexternalUp/ Downcommandsource.Todisable priority,seto2-02=0[STOPKeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]. |
| H | LeftArrowKey | • Movesthecursortotheleft. • Goesbacktothepreviousscreen. |
| UpArrowKey/Down ArrowKey / | • Scrollsupordowntoshowthenextitemorthepreviousitem. • Selectsparameternumbers,andincrementsordecrementssettingvalues. | |
| RightArrowKey(RESET) | • Movesthecursortotheright. • Continuestothenextscreen. • Resetsthedrivetoclearafault. | |
| ENTERKey | • Entersparametervaluesandsettings. • Selectsmenuitemstomovebetweenkeypaddisplays. • Selectseachmode,parameter,andsetvalue. | |
| I | RUNKey | StartsthedriveinLOCALMode. StartstheoperationinAuto-TuningMode. Note: Beforeyouusethekeypadtooperatethemotor,push onthekeypadtosetthedrivetoLOCALMode. |
| J | USBTerminal | Forfactoryadjustment |
| K | RJ-45Connector | ConnectstothedriveusinganRJ-458-pinstraightthroughUTPCAT5eextensioncableorkeypadconnector. |
| L | ClockBatteryCover | Removethiscovertoinstallorreplacetheclockbattery. Note: Youmustsupplytheclockbattery*1.Itisnotincludedwiththekeypad. |
| M | Nameplate | Showsthemodelnumberofthekeypadandotherinformation Note: •“REV”identifiesthehardwareandsoftwareversionofthekeypad. •“FLASH”identifiestheversionoftheflashmemory. |
Source page
Page 118
4.2 Keypad Components and Functions
Table 4.2 LCD Display Indications and Meanings Symbol Name Description A Timedisplayarea Showsthecurrenttime.Setthetimeonthedefaultsettingsscreen. Showsdirectionofmotorrotation. B U in p d / i D ca o t w io n n command • FWD:ShownwhensettoUpcommand. • REV:ShownwhensettoDowncommand. C Ready ThescreenwillshowRdywhenthedriveisreadyforoperationorwhenthedriveisrunning. D Modedisplayarea Showsthenameofthecurrentmodeorscreen. Showsthecurrentspeedreferencesource. • KPD:keypad E S in p d e i e c d at r o e r ferencesource • AI:analoginputterminal(terminalsA1toA3) • COM:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • OPT:optioncard F Datadisplayarea Showsparametervalues,monitorvalues,anddetailsoftheresultsofoperations. G F F u 3 n ) ctionkeys1to3(F1to Thefuncti t o o nnamessh o o n w t n h i e n k t e h y is pa a d re t a o w d i o ll th ch e a f n u g n e ct w io h n e . ntheselectedscreenchanges.Pushoneofthefunctionkeys
◆ Indicator LEDs and Drive Status
LED Display DriveStatus Illuminated Thedriveisoperatingthemotor. • Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. Flashing • ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzero speedcontrol. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEMode whilethedriveisinLOCALMode. RUNLED • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromanexternalsourceandthedriveisnotinDriveReady (READY)condition. • ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. FlashingQuickly • Thesafetyfunctionshutoffthedriveoutput. • Youpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. • ThedriveisenergizedwithanactiveUp/Downcommand. • Thevoltageofthemaincircuitpowersupplydecreased,andthe24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpoweronly thethedrive. OFF Themotorisstopped. Illuminated Thedrivedetectsafault. Thedrivedetectedoneofthefollowing: • Analarm ALMLED • AnoPEparametersettingerror Flashing • AfaultorerrorduringAuto-Tuning Note: Thedigitalcharactersdisplayedonthekeypadwillalsoflash. OFF Therearenodrivefaultsoralarms. LO/RELED Illuminated ThekeypadcontrolstheUp/Downcommand(LOCALMode). OFF ThecontrolcircuitterminalorserialtransmissiondevicecontrolstheUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode). ■ LED Flashing Statuses Refer to Figure 4.3 for information about the differences between flashing and “flashing quickly”.
Figure 4.3 LED Flashing Statuses
118 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Symbol | Name | Description |
|---|---|---|
| A | Timedisplayarea | Showsthecurrenttime.Setthetimeonthedefaultsettingsscreen. |
| B | Up/Downcommand indication | Showsdirectionofmotorrotation. • FWD:ShownwhensettoUpcommand. • REV:ShownwhensettoDowncommand. |
| C | Ready | ThescreenwillshowRdywhenthedriveisreadyforoperationorwhenthedriveisrunning. |
| D | Modedisplayarea | Showsthenameofthecurrentmodeorscreen. |
| E | Speedreferencesource indicator | Showsthecurrentspeedreferencesource. • KPD:keypad • AI:analoginputterminal(terminalsA1toA3) • COM:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • OPT:optioncard |
| F | Datadisplayarea | Showsparametervalues,monitorvalues,anddetailsoftheresultsofoperations. |
| G | Functionkeys1to3(F1to F3) | Thefunctionnamesshowninthisareawillchangewhentheselectedscreenchanges.Pushoneofthefunctionkeys to onthekeypadtodothefunction. |
| LED | Display | DriveStatus |
|---|---|---|
| RUNLED | Illuminated | Thedriveisoperatingthemotor. |
| Flashing | • Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzero speedcontrol. | |
| FlashingQuickly | • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEMode whilethedriveisinLOCALMode. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromanexternalsourceandthedriveisnotinDriveReady (READY)condition. • ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. • Thesafetyfunctionshutoffthedriveoutput. • Youpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. • ThedriveisenergizedwithanactiveUp/Downcommand. • Thevoltageofthemaincircuitpowersupplydecreased,andthe24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpoweronly thethedrive. | |
| OFF | Themotorisstopped. | |
| ALMLED | Illuminated | Thedrivedetectsafault. |
| Flashing | Thedrivedetectedoneofthefollowing: • Analarm • AnoPEparametersettingerror • AfaultorerrorduringAuto-Tuning Note: Thedigitalcharactersdisplayedonthekeypadwillalsoflash. | |
| OFF | Therearenodrivefaultsoralarms. | |
| LO/RELED | Illuminated | ThekeypadcontrolstheUp/Downcommand(LOCALMode). |
| OFF | ThecontrolcircuitterminalorserialtransmissiondevicecontrolstheUp/Downcommand(REMOTEMode). |
Source page
Page 119
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.2 Keypad Components and Functions Figure 4.4 Relation between RUN indicator and Drive Operation
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 119
Source page
Page 120
4.2 Keypad Components and Functions
◆ Keypad Mode and Menu Displays
Figure 4.5 Keypad Functions and Display Levels
120 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 121
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.2 Keypad Components and Functions Note: •Energize the drive with factory defaults to show the Initial Setup screen. Push [Home] to show the HOME screen. -Select [No] from the [Show Initial Setup Screen] setting not to display the Initial Setup screen. •Push from the Home screen to show drive monitors. •Push to set d1-01 [Reference 1] when the Home screen shows U1-01 [Speed Reference] in LOCAL Mode. •The keypad will show [Rdy] when the drive is in Drive Mode. The drive is prepared to accept an Up/Down command. •Set b1-08 [Up/Down Select in PRG Mode] to accept or reject an Up/Down command from an external source while in Programming Mode. -Set b1-08 = 0 [Disregard RUN while Programming] to reject the Up/Down command from an external source while in Programming Mode (default). -Set b1-08 = 1 [Accept RUN while Programming] to accept the Up/Down command from an external source while in Programming Mode. -Set b1-08 = 2 [Allow Programming Only at Stop] to prevent changes from Drive Mode to Programming Mode while the drive is operating. Table 4.3 Drive Modes, Menu Screens, and Functions Mode MenuScreen Function UserCustomParameters ShowstheUserParameters. ProgrammingMode Parameters Changesparametersettings. ModifiedParameters/FaultLog Showsmodifiedparametersandfaulthistory. DriveMode Monitors Setsmonitoritemstodisplay. Auto-Tuning Auto-Tunesthedrive. • Setsdatalogsandbacklight. DiagnosticTools • PerformstheRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. ProgrammingMode ParameterBackup/Restore Savesparameterstothekeypadasbackup. • Changesinitialsettings. InitialSetup • SetsthebasicparameterswiththeSetupWizard. 4 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 121
| Mode | MenuScreen | Function |
|---|---|---|
| ProgrammingMode | UserCustomParameters | ShowstheUserParameters. |
| Parameters | Changesparametersettings. | |
| ModifiedParameters/FaultLog | Showsmodifiedparametersandfaulthistory. | |
| DriveMode | Monitors | Setsmonitoritemstodisplay. |
| ProgrammingMode | Auto-Tuning | Auto-Tunesthedrive. |
| DiagnosticTools | • Setsdatalogsandbacklight. • PerformstheRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. | |
| ParameterBackup/Restore | Savesparameterstothekeypadasbackup. | |
| InitialSetup | • Changesinitialsettings. • SetsthebasicparameterswiththeSetupWizard. |
Source page
Page 122
4.3 LED Indicator Status
4.3 LED Indicator Status
The LED Status Ring on the drive cover shows the drive operating status.
A - ALM/ERR C - RUN B - READY
LED Status Description Illuminated Thedrivedetectsafault. Thedrivedetects: • Analarm • AnoPEparametersettingerror A ALM/ERR Flashing*1 • AnAuto-Tuningerror Note: TheLEDwillilluminatetoidentifyafaultifthedrivedetectsafaultandanalarmatthesametime. OFF Therearenodrivefaultsoralarms. Illuminated Thedriveisoperatingorispreparedforoperation. Flashing*1 ThedriveisinSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]condition. FlashingQuickly*1 T th h e e d v r o iv lt e a . geofthemaincircuitpowersupplydropped,andonlytheexternal24Vpowersupplyprovidesthepowerto B READY • Thedrivedetectsafault. • ThereisnofaultandthedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommand,butthedrivecannotoperate.Forexample,in OFF ProgrammingModeorwhen isflashing. Illuminated Thedriveisinregularoperation. • Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. Flashing*1 • c T o h n e tr d o r l i . vereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzerospeed • ThedrivereceivedaDCInjectionBrakingcommand. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEModewhilethe C RUN driveisinLOCALMode. • ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalswhenthedriveisnotinDriveMode. FlashingQuickly*1 • ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. • Thesafetyfunctionshutsoffthedriveoutput. • Theuserpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. OFF Themotorisstopped. *1 Refer to Figure 4.6 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”. Figure 4.6 LED Flashing Statuses 122 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| LED | Column | Status | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| A | ALM/ERR | Illuminated T | hedrivedetectsafault. |
| T • • Flashing*1 • | hedrivedetects: Analarm AnoPEparametersettingerror AnAuto-Tuningerror Note: TheLEDwillilluminatetoidentifyafaultifthedrivedetectsafaultandanalarmatthesametime. | ||
| OFF T | herearenodrivefaultsoralarms. | ||
| B | READY | Illuminated T | hedriveisoperatingorispreparedforoperation. |
| Flashing*1 T | hedriveisinSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]condition. | ||
| FlashingQuickly*1 T t | hevoltageofthemaincircuitpowersupplydropped,andonlytheexternal24Vpowersupplyprovidesthepowerto hedrive. | ||
| • • OFF | Thedrivedetectsafault. ThereisnofaultandthedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommand,butthedrivecannotoperate.Forexample,in ProgrammingModeorwhen isflashing. | ||
| C | RUN | Illuminated T | hedriveisinregularoperation. |
| • Flashing*1 • • | Thedriveisdeceleratingtostop. ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwithaspeedreferenceof0Hz,butthedriveisnotsetforzerospeed control. ThedrivereceivedaDCInjectionBrakingcommand. | ||
| • • FlashingQuickly*1 • • • | ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalsandisswitchingtoREMOTEModewhilethe driveisinLOCALMode. ThedrivereceivedanUp/DowncommandfromtheMFDIterminalswhenthedriveisnotinDriveMode. ThedrivereceivedanEmergencyStopcommand. Thesafetyfunctionshutsoffthedriveoutput. Theuserpushed onthekeypadwhilethedriveisoperatinginREMOTEMode. | ||
| OFF T | hemotorisstopped. |
Source page
Page 123
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.3 LED Indicator Status Figure 4.7 Relation between RUN LED and Drive Operation
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 123
Source page
Page 124
4.4 Start-up Procedures
4.4 Start-up Procedures
This section gives the basic steps necessary to start up the drive. Use the flowcharts in this section to find the most applicable start-up method for your application. This section gives information about only the most basic settings.
◆ Flowchart A: Connect and Run the Motor with Minimum Setting Changes
Flowchart A shows a basic start-up sequence to connect and run a motor with a minimum of setting changes. Settings can change when the application changes. Use the drive default parameter settings for basic applications where high precision is not necessary.
124 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 125
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.4 Start-up Procedures
Figure 4.8 Basic Steps before Startup
◆ Sub-Chart A-1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure Sub-Chart A-1 gives the basic steps to start up the drive for an induction motor when A1-02 = 0, 2, or 3 [Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV, or CLV].
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 125
Source page
Page 126
4.4 Start-up Procedures
Figure 4.9 Induction Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure *1 Refer to Auto-Tuning Errors on page 337 for more information about the causes of the faults or alarms and possible solutions. *2 Before you do Stationary Auto-Tuning, make sure that the holding brake is closed. *3 Before you do Rotational Auto-Tuning, make sure that the holding brake is released. ◆ Sub-Chart A-2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure
126 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 127
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.4 Start-up Procedures
Figure 4.10 PM Motor Auto-Tuning and Test Run Procedure YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 127
Source page
Page 128
4.4 Start-up Procedures
*1 Refer to Auto-Tuning Errors on page 337 for more information about the causes of the faults or alarms and possible solutions.
128 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 129
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive 4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive ◆ Check before Energizing the Drive Examine these items before you energize the drive: • Make sure that all wires are connected correctly. Also make sure that motor phases are connected in the correct sequence. • Make sure that there are no screws, loose wire ends, or tools in the drive. • If you use an encoder option card, make sure that you wire the encoder correctly and set the power supply on the option card according to the encoder specification. • Refer to the motor nameplate and record the information in this table. Item Value Item Value MotorRatedPower kW MotorMaximumFrequency Hz MotorRatedVoltage V MotorPoleCount NumberofMotorPoles MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) A MotorBaseRotationSpeed min-1 (r/min) MotorRatedFrequency Hz NumberofMotorEncoderPulses ppr ◆ Check after Energizing the Drive Check the items in Table 4.4 after you energize the drive. The keypad display is different depending on drive status. Table 4.4 Display Status after You Energize the Drive Status Display Description • ThedatadisplayareawillshowtheInitialSetupscreenortheHOMEscreen • EnergizethedrivewithfactorydefaultstoshowtheInitialSetupscreen.Select[No] fromthe[ShowInitialSetupScreen]settingstoshowtheHOMEscreenwithout showingtheInitialSetupscreen. InitialSetupScreen DuringUsualOperation or 4 HOMEScreen Thedisplayisdifferentfordifferentfaults.Referto“Troubleshooting”toremovethe causeofthefault. willilluminate. Note: WhentheDriveDetectsa Fault Ifthescreenshowsadifferentscreen,dothesestepstoshowthefaultcontentagain: 1. Push fromtheHOMEscreen. 2. Push (Home)fromadifferentscreenthantheHOMEscreen. ◆ Make the Initial Settings The keypad will show the Initial Setup screen when you energize the drive for the first time. You can set the date and time and the keypad language. The Setup Wizard prepares the drive for operation, including setting the basic YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 129
| Item | Value |
|---|---|
| MotorRatedPower | kW |
| MotorRatedVoltage | V |
| MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) | A |
| MotorRatedFrequency | Hz |
| Item | Value |
|---|---|
| MotorMaximumFrequency | Hz |
| MotorPoleCount | NumberofMotorPoles |
| MotorBaseRotationSpeed | min-1 (r/min) |
| NumberofMotorEncoderPulses | ppr |
| Status | Display | Description |
|---|---|---|
| DuringUsualOperation | InitialSetupScreen or HOMEScreen | • ThedatadisplayareawillshowtheInitialSetupscreenortheHOMEscreen • EnergizethedrivewithfactorydefaultstoshowtheInitialSetupscreen.Select[No] fromthe[ShowInitialSetupScreen]settingstoshowtheHOMEscreenwithout showingtheInitialSetupscreen. |
| WhentheDriveDetectsa Fault | Thedisplayisdifferentfordifferentfaults.Referto“Troubleshooting”toremovethe causeofthefault. willilluminate. Note: Ifthescreenshowsadifferentscreen,dothesestepstoshowthefaultcontentagain: 1. Push fromtheHOMEscreen. 2. Push (Home)fromadifferentscreenthantheHOMEscreen. |
Source page
Page 130
4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive
parameters and doing Auto-Tuning. Refer to Set Parameters Using the Setup Wizard on page 157 for more information. Note: If the keypad does not show the Initial Setup screen, select [Initial Setup] from the Main Menu to show the Initial Setup screen. 1. Make the initial settings for each item.
A - Language Selection C - Setup Wizard B - Set Date/Time D - Show Initial Setup Screen Note: If you select [Yes] from the [Show Initial Setup Screen] setting, the keypad will show the Initial Setup screen each time the drive is energized. If you select [NO], the keypad will not show the Initial Setup screen each time the drive is energized, starting with the next time. 2. Push (Home).
The display shows the HOME screen.
◆ Control Method Selection
When you first energize the drive, select one of the four control methods to match the application. Encoder feedback cards are necessary for Closed Loop Vector Control methods. This table shows possible control methods depending on the motor type and shows the necessary encoder feedback card.
MachineType ControlMethods A1-02Setting EncoderOptionCard V/fControl 0 Nocardnecessary Inductionmotorwithoutencoder OpenLoopVectorControl 2 Nocardnecessary Inductionmotorwithincrementalencoder ClosedLoopVectorControl 3 PG-B3/PG-X3 P 01 er , m En an D e a n t t 2 m .2 a / g 0 n 1 e , t o m rE ot n o D r a w t i 2 th .2 E /2 n 2 D e a n t c 2 o . d 1 e / r C m l o o t s o e r d s LoopVectorControlforPM 7 PG-F3 P en e c rm od a e n r entmagnetmotorwithERN1387 C m l o o t s o e r d s LoopVectorControlforPM 7 PG-E3
Y en a c s o k d a e w r aIPMmotorwithincremental C m l o o t s o e r d s LoopVectorControlforPM 7 PG-X3 P en e c rm od a e n r entmagnetmotorwithincremental C m l o o t s o e r d s LoopVectorControlforPM 7 PG-B3/PG-X3
◆ Setting the Motor Rotation Direction Depending on the system configuration of the elevator, it can be necessary to change the motor direction to make the elevator travel up when the drive receives an Up command. When the drive receives an Up command, it puts out voltage in U-V-W phase sequence.
• Examine the motor rotation with this phase sequence (for most motors, clockwise when looking from the shaft side). • If a U-V-W sequence to the motor drives the elevator in the Up direction, set b1-14 = 0 [Phase Order Selection = Standard].
130 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| MachineType | ControlMethods | A1-02Setting | EncoderOptionCard |
|---|---|---|---|
| Inductionmotorwithoutencoder | V/fControl | 0 | Nocardnecessary |
| OpenLoopVectorControl | 2 | Nocardnecessary | |
| Inductionmotorwithincrementalencoder | ClosedLoopVectorControl | 3 | PG-B3/PG-X3 |
| PermanentmagnetmotorwithEnDat2.1/ 01,EnDat2.2/01,orEnDat2.2/22encoder | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPM motors | 7 | PG-F3 |
| PermanentmagnetmotorwithERN1387 encoder | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPM motors | 7 | PG-E3 |
| YaskawaIPMmotorwithincremental encoder | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPM motors | 7 | PG-X3 |
| Permanentmagnetmotorwithincremental encoder | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPM motors | 7 | PG-B3/PG-X3 |
Source page
Page 131
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive • If a U-V-W sequence to the motor drives the elevator in the Down direction, set b1-14 = 1 [Switch Phase Order]. Note: Always do the motor rotation direction setup before you set the encoder rotation direction. If these problems occur in the test run, use the Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot function to help solve them: • There is current flow, but no motor rotation. • The drive detects a dv3 [Inversion Detection], dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection], oL2 [Drive Overload], or PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss] fault. • The motor rotates in a different direction than expected. Refer to Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot Function on page 164 more information about this function. ◆ Setting the Encoder (Pulse Generator) ■ Encoder Resolution Setup Set the encoder resolution (incremental signal in case of absolute encoders with Sin/Cos tracks) in F1-01 [Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR)]. ■ Encoder Rotation Direction Setup Do these steps to make sure that the encoder rotation direction is set up correctly in the drive. • When information about the signal sequence of the encoder is available: - Check the sequence of encoder phases A and B when the motor drives the elevator in the Up direction. - If the encoder A phase leads phase B, set F1-05 = 0 [Encoder 1 Rotation Selection = Pulse A leads in Up Direction]. - If the encoder B phase leads phase A, set F1-05 = 1 [Pulse B leads in Up Direction]. • When information about the signal sequence of the encoder is not available: - Manually turn the motor in the elevator Up direction while you check the value of U1-05 [Speed Feedback]. - If the value in U1-05 is positive, the encoder direction is correct. - If the value in U1-05 is negative, change the setting of F1-05. Note: Always do the motor rotation direction setup before you set the encoder rotation direction. Refer to Setting the Motor Rotation Direction on page 130. ◆ Keypad Display Unit Selection You can use o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] to choose between different display units for speed-related parameters and monitors, acceleration and deceleration ramps, and jerk characteristics. Use the table below to determine the correct o1-03 setting for your application. 4 DisplayUnit o1-03Setting SpeedReferenceSettings/Monitors Accel&DecelRamp JerkCharacteristics (d1-xx,U1-01,U1-02,...) (C1-xx) (C2-xx) 0[0.01Hz] 0.01Hz 1[0.01%(100%=E1-04)] 0.01% 2[RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM)] 1rpm 0.01s 0.01s 3[UserUnits(o1-10&o1-11)] Userdefined 4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s] 0.01m/s 5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)] 0.01m/s 0.01m/s2 0.01m/s3 6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)] 0.1ft/min 0.01ft/s2 0.01ft/s3 If you want to use settings 4 to 6, you must program certain mechanical data to the drive before you change o1-03. 1. Correctly set the motor data. Make sure that the settings for E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] and E2-04 [Motor Pole Count] or E5-04 [PM Motor Pole Count] are correct. 2. Set up the elevator mechanics: YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 131
| o1-03Setting | DisplayUnit | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|
| SpeedReferenceSettings/Monitors (d1-xx,U1-01,U1-02,...) | Accel&DecelRamp (C1-xx) | JerkCharacteristics (C2-xx) | |
| 0[0.01Hz] | 0.01Hz | 0.01s | 0.01s |
| 1[0.01%(100%=E1-04)] | 0.01% | ||
| 2[RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM)] | 1rpm | ||
| 3[UserUnits(o1-10&o1-11)] | Userdefined | ||
| 4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s] | 0.01m/s | ||
| 5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)] | 0.01m/s | 0.01m/s2 | 0.01m/s3 |
| 6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)] | 0.1ft/min | 0.01ft/s2 | 0.01ft/s3 |
Source page
Page 132
4.5 Items to Check before Starting Up the Drive
a. Use dedicated mechanical data: i. Set the traction sheave diameter in mm units to o1-20 [Sheave Diameter]. ii. Set the correct roping to o1-21 [Roping Ratio].
iii. When you use a geared machine, set the gear ratio (nMotor/nTractionSheave) to o1-22 [Mechanical Gear Ratio]. When you use a gearless machine, set o1-22 = 1.0. iv. Set o1-03 = 4, 5, or 6. The drive will automatically change the unit and setting values of related parameters. b. If you do not know the mechanical data, for example, in modernization case, you can use the speed ratio to determine the mechanics: i. Set the speed of the elevator car to o1-18 [Speed of Elevator Car]. ii. Set the elevator motor speed to o1-19 [Elevator Motor Speed].
Note: When you use the speed ratio, the drive ignores the dedicated mechanical parameters (o1-2x)
132 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 133
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 4.6 Keypad Operation ◆ Home Screen Display Selection This section gives information about the content shown on the HOME screen and the functions that you can control from the HOME screen. ■ View Monitors Shown in Home Screen This figure shows monitor data in the data display area of the HOME screen. ■ Change Motor between Up/Down Command You can change the direction of motor rotation when operating the drive from the keypad. Push to illuminate . Push and hold (FWD/REV) to toggle the direction of motor rotation between forward and reverse. ■ Show the Standard Monitor Push to show the standard monitor (Ux-xx). When you push (Home), the keypad goes back to the home screen. Note: When a fault, minor fault, or an error occurs, push to show the content of the fault. Push again to show the standard monitor (Ux-xx). 4 ■ Change the Speed Reference Value 1. Push to access the screen to change the speed. 2. Push or to select the digit to change, then push or to change the value. 3. Push to keep the changes. Note: The HOME screen must show U1-01 [Speed Reference] or you must set the keypad as the Up/Down command source (REMOTE) to use this function. ■ Show the Main Menu Push to show the main menu. Push (Home) to go back to the HOME screen.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 133
Source page
Page 134
4.6 Keypad Operation
◆ Examine User Custom Parameters
The User Custom Parameters show the parameters set in A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameter 1 to User Parameter 32]. This lets users to quickly access and change settings to these parameters. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [User Custom Parameters], then push .
4. Push or to show the parameter to examine.
5. To re-edit a parameter, push or , select the parameter to edit, then push .
6. Push or to select the digit, then push or to change the value.
134 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 135
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 7. When you are done changing the value, push . The parameter setting procedure is complete. ◆ Change Parameter Setting Values This example shows how to change the setting value for C1-01 [Acceleration Ramp 1]. Do the steps in this procedure to set parameters for the application. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Parameters], then push . 4. Push or to select [C Tuning], then push . 4 5. Push or to select [C1 Accel & Decel Ramp], then push .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 135
Source page
Page 136
4.6 Keypad Operation
6. Push or to select C1-01, then push .
7. Push or to select the specified digit, then push or to select the correct number.
• Push (Default) to set the parameter to factory default. • Push (Min/Max) to show the minimum value or the maximum value on the display. 8. Push to keep the changes.
9. Continue to change parameters, then push (Back), (Home) to go back to the home screen after you change all the applicable parameters.
◆ Check Modified Parameters
This procedure will show all parameters that are not at their default values. This is very useful when you replace a drive. This lets you quickly access and re-edit changed parameters. When all parameters are at their default values, the keypad will show “0 Parameters”. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Modified Param / Fault Log], then push .
136 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 137
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 4. Push or to select [Modified Parameters], then push . 5. Push . 6. Push or to show the parameter to examine. 7. To re-edit a parameter, push or , select the parameter to edit, then push . 8. Push or to select the digit, then push or to change the value.
4 9. When you are done changing the value, push .
The parameter revision procedure is complete.
◆ Restore Modified Parameters to Defaults This procedure will set all parameters with changed values to their default settings.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 137
Source page
Page 138
4.6 Keypad Operation
1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Modified Param / Fault Log], then push .
4. Push or to select [Modified Parameters], then push .
5. Push .
6. Push or to select the parameters to return to their default settings, then push .
7. Push (Default).
138 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 139
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 8. Push . The modified parameters are now set to default values. ◆ Show Fault History You can examine a maximum of 10 fault codes and dates and times that the faults occurred. Note: •To monitor the date and time of faults, you must first set the date and time on the keypad. •If the keypad does not have a clock battery, you must set the date and time each time you energize the drive. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Modified Param / Fault Log], then push . 4. Push or to select [Fault Log], then push . 4 5. Push or to show the fault history you will examine.
◆ Show the Monitor
This section shows how to show the standard monitors (Ux-xx).
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 139
Source page
Page 140
4.6 Keypad Operation
1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Monitors], then push .
4. Push or to select [Standard Monitor], then push .
5. Push or to select monitor group, then push .
6. Push or to change the monitor number to show the monitor item.
Note: Push to go back to the previous page.
◆ Set Custom Monitors
You can select and register a maximum of 12 monitoring items to regularly show on the keypad. This procedure shows how to set the motor speed to [Custom Monitor 1]. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen.
Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for .
140 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 141
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Monitors], then push . 4. Push or to select [Custom Monitor], then push (Setup). 5. Push or to select [Custom Monitor 1], then push . 6. Push or to select the monitor number to register, then push . Set the x-xx part of monitor Ux-xx. For example, to show monitor U1-05, set it to “105” as shown in this figure. 4
The configuration procedure is complete.
◆ Show Custom Monitors
The procedure in this section shows how to show the registered custom monitors. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen.
Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 141
Source page
Page 142
4.6 Keypad Operation
2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Monitors], then push .
4. Push or to select [Custom Monitor], then push .
The keypad shows the selected monitor as shown in this figure.
• When there are a minimum of two screens, push or to switch between screens. • If you registered only one custom monitor to [Custom Monitor 1], the screen will show only one monitor. If you registered custom monitors only to [Custom Monitor 1] and [Custom Monitor 2], the screen will show only two monitors.
◆ Auto-Tuning the Drive
Auto-Tuning uses motor characteristics to automatically set drive parameters. Refer to the motor nameplate or the motor test report for the necessary information for Auto-Tuning.
Figure 4.11 Motor Nameplate (Example)
142 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 143
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Auto-Tuning], then push . 4. Push . 5. Push or to select [Stationary Auto-Tuning], then push . 6. Follow the messages shown on the keypad to input the necessary Auto-Tuning data. Example: Push or to select the specified digit, then push or to change the number. Push to save the change and move to the next entry field. 4
7. Follow the messages shown on the keypad to do the next steps.
8. When the keypad shows the Auto-Tuning start screen, push .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 143
Source page
Page 144
4.6 Keypad Operation
Auto-Tuning starts. When doing Stationary Auto-Tuning, the motor will stay stopped for approximately one minute with power energized and then the motor will start to rotate. 9. When the keypad shows this screen after Auto-Tuning is complete for 1 or 2 minutes, push or .
The keypad will show a list of the changed parameters as the result of Auto-Tuning. 10. Push or in the parameter change confirmation screen to check the changed parameters, then select [Auto-Tuning Successful] at the bottom of the screen and push .
To change a parameter again, push or to select the parameter to change, then push to show the parameter setting screen. Auto-Tuning is complete. Note:
If the drive detects an error or you push before Auto-Tuning is complete, Auto-Tuning will stop and the keypad will show an error code. Endx identifies that Auto-Tuning was successful with calculation errors. Find and repair the cause of the error and do Auto- Tuning again, or set the motor parameters manually. You can use the drive in the application if you cannot find the cause of the Endx error. Er-xx identifies that Auto-Tuning was not successful. Find and repair the cause of the error and do Auto-Tuning again.
◆ Start Data Logging
The data log function saves drive status information. Monitors Ux-xx are the source of log information. The procedure in this section shows how to start logging data. You can record a maximum of 10 monitors. 1. Make sure that a microSD card is inserted in the keypad.
2. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 3. Push (Menu).
144 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 145
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 4. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push . 5. Push or to select [Data Logger], then push . 6. Push or to select [Yes] or [No], then push . • [Yes]: Data logging starts. • [No]: Data logging will not start. If the drive was logging data when you entered the command, the keypad look like this: ◆ Configuring the Data Log Content ■ Set Monitor to Log The procedure in this section shows how to set the monitor for which to log data. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. 4 Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 145
Source page
Page 146
4.6 Keypad Operation
3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push .
4. Push or to select [Data Logger], then push (Setup).
5. Push or to select [Log Monitor], then push .
6. Push or to select the save-destination monitor parameter, then push .
7. Push or to select the monitor number to be logged, then push .
The configuration procedure is complete. ■ Set the Sampling Time
The procedure in this section shows how to set the sampling time for data logging. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen.
Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
146 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 147
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push . 4. Push or to select [Data Logger], then push (Setup). 5. Push or to select [Log Sampling Interval], then push . 6. Push or to select the digit, then push or to change the value. 7. When you complete changing the value, push .
4 The procedure to set the sampling time is complete. ◆ Set Backlight to Automatically Turn OFF
You can set the backlight of the keypad screen to automatically turn OFF after a set length of time since the last key operation on the keypad. The procedure in this section shows how to turn ON and turn OFF the backlight.
1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 147
Source page
Page 148
4.6 Keypad Operation
2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push .
4. Push or to select [Backlight], then push .
5. Push or to select [ON] or [OFF], then push .
• [ON]: Backlight is always ON • [OFF]: Backlight turns OFF after set length of time. 6. Push (Setup).
7. Push .
148 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 149
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 8. Push or to select the digit, then push or to change the value. 9. When you are done changing the value, push . The procedure to set the backlight to turn OFF automatically is complete. ◆ Show Information about the Drive The procedure in this section shows how to show the drive model, maximum applicable motor output, continuous rated output current, software version, and the serial number on the keypad. 1. Push [Home] to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push [Menu]. 3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push . 4 4. Push or to select [Drive Information], then push .
The keypad will show the drive information.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 149
Source page
Page 150
4.6 Keypad Operation
A - Drive Series D - Drive software version B - Maximum Applicable Motor E - Serial number Output C - Continuous Rated Output Current and 50% ED Output Current ◆ Save a Backup of Parameters
You can save a backup of the drive parameters to the keypad. The keypad can store parameter setting values for a maximum of four drives in different storage areas. Backups of the parameter settings can save time when you set parameters after you replace a drive. When you set up more than one drive, you can copy the parameter settings from a drive that completed a test run to the other drives. Note: •Stop the motor before you back up parameters. •The drive will not accept an Up/Down command while it makes a backup. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Parameter Backup/Restore], then push .
4. Push or to select the items to back up, then push .
150 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 151
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 5. Push or to select [Backup (drive → keypad)], then push . 6. Push or to select a memory location, then push . The keypad shows “End” when the backup procedure completes successfully. ◆ Write Backed-up Parameters to the Drive You can back up parameters on the keypad and write them to different drives. Note: •Always stop the drive before you start to restore the parameter backups. •While you verify parameters, the drive will not accept an Up/Down command. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Parameter Backup/Restore], then push . 4 4. Push or to select the item to restore, then push .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 151
Source page
Page 152
4.6 Keypad Operation
5. Push or to select [Restore (keypad → drive)], then push .
6. Push or to select the backed-up parameter data, then push .
The keypad will show the “End” message when the write process is complete. Note: The keypad display changes when the settings and conditions change.
A - A1-02 [Control Method Selection] D - Backup data does not contain settings the date Information B - o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) E - Backup date Selection] settings (2 or 3 digits) C - Parameter backup data is not registered ◆ Verify Keypad Parameters and Drive Parameters
This procedure makes sure that the parameter setting values that you backed up in the keypad agree with the parameter setting values in the drive. Note: •Always stop the drive before you start to verify the parameters. •While you restore parameters, the drive will not accept an Up/Down command. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
152 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 153
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 3. Push or to select [Parameter Backup/Restore], then push . 4. Push or to select the item to verify, then push . 5. Push or to select [Verify (drive → keypad)], then push . 6. Push or to select the data to verify, then push . The keypad shows “End” when the parameter settings backed up in the keypad agree with the parameter settings copied to the drive. Note: The keypad shows vFyE [Parameters do not Match] when the parameter settings backed up in the keypad do not agree with the parameter settings copied to the drive. Push one of the keys to return to the screen in Step 6. ◆ Delete Parameters Backed Up to the Keypad 4 This procedure deletes the parameters that you backed up to the keypad. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 153
Source page
Page 154
4.6 Keypad Operation
3. Push or to select [Parameter Backup/Restore], then push .
4. Push or to select the item to delete, then push .
5. Push or to select [Erase (backup data of keypad)], then push .
6. Push or to select the data to delete, then push .
The keypad will show the “End” message when the write process is complete.
◆ Set the Keypad Language Display
The procedure in this section shows how to set the language shown on the keypad. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen.
Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
154 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 155
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 3. Push or to select [Initial Settings], then push . 4. Push or to select [Language Selection], then push . 5. Push or to select the language, then push . The procedure to set the keypad language is complete. ◆ Set the Date and Time The procedure in this section shows how to set the date and time. Note: •Refer to Replace the Keypad Battery on page 378 for information about the battery installation procedure. To set the drive to detect an alarm when the battery is dead or when the clock is not set, install the battery then set o4-24 = 1 [bAT Detection selection = Enable (Alarm Detected)]. •If the keypad does not have a clock battery, you must set the date and time each time you energize the drive. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 4 3. Push or to select [Initial Setup], then push .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 155
Source page
Page 156
4.6 Keypad Operation
4. Push or to select [Set Date/Time], and push .
5. Push or to select the format of date display, then push .
6. Push or to select the format of time display, then push .
7. Push or to select the Year/Month/Day, then push or to change the value.
8. When you are done changing the value, push .
9. Push or to select the hour or minute, then push or to change the value.
10. When you are done setting the time, push .
156 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 157
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation The procedure for setting the date and time is complete. ◆ Set Parameters Using the Setup Wizard The Setup Wizard lets you follow simple messages on the keypad to set these basic functions: • Motor type • Control method • Speed reference source • Up/Down command source • Display units • Length units • Traction sheave diameter • Roping ratio • Mechanical gear ratio • Speed reference selection mode • Speed reference parameters • Acceleration/deceleration ramps • Short Circuit Braking function • Brake Response Monitoring function • Rescue Operation • Light Load Direction Search function At the end of the Wizard, you have the option to do an Auto-Tuning. If there is an invalid setting while you progress through the Wizard, will temporarily flash. However, when all settings are consistent at the end of the Wizard, will go off. If the inconsistency remains, the keypad will show a dedicated error after you leave the Wizard. Note: •You can push (Home) to quit the Setup Wizard at any time. You can also select whether the drive keeps the parameter changes before you quit the Setup Wizard. •If the drive loses power during the Setup Wizard, the drive will keep the parameter changes. 1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu). 4 3. Push or to select [Initial Setup], then push . YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 157
Source page
Page 158
4.6 Keypad Operation
4. Push or to select [Setup Wizard], then push .
5. Push or to select [Modify] or [Initialize], then push .
• When you select [Modify], the drive will not do an initialization before it applies the Setup Wizard settings to the parameters. • When you select [Initialize], the drive will do a 2-wire initialization to reset all parameters to default settings before it applies the Setup Wizard settings to the parameters. This is the same operation as when you set A1-03 = 2220 [Initialize Parameters = 2-Wire Initialization]. 6. For the next steps, follow the instructions shown on the keypad until this screen is shown:
7. Push or to select [No] or [Yes], then push .
• When you select [No], the Wizard exits to the HOME screen. • When you select [Yes], the drive lets you select the Auto-Tuning menu directly from the Wizard. Note: When you apply a terminal function to a terminal, the drive sets all other terminal function selection parameters with the same function to F [Not Used] to avoid oPExx errors. The Setup Wizard procedure is complete.
◆ Disable the Initial Setup Screen Do the steps in this procedure to not show the initial start-up screen when the drive is energized.
1. Push (Home) to show the HOME screen. Note: •When the drive is in HOME Mode, the screen shows [Home] in the upper right-hand corner of the screen. •If the screen does not show [Home] for , push (Back) to show [Home] for . 2. Push (Menu).
158 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 159
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.6 Keypad Operation 3. Push / to select [Initial Setup], then push . 4. Push / to select [Show Initial Setup Screen], then push . 5. Push / to select [No], then push . • [No]: The keypad will not show the Initial Setup Screen when the drive is energized. • [Yes]: The keypad will show the Initial Setup Screen when the drive is energized. ◆ Write Automatically Backed-up Parameters to the Drive You can automatically back up parameters to the keypad connected to the drive and write those parameters to a drive from the same drive series as specified by the settings of o3-06 [Auto Parameter Backup Selection] and o3- 07 [Auto Parameter Backup Interval]. Note: •Set o3-06 = 1 [Auto Parameter Backup Selection = Enabled] in each drive to which you will write the parameters. •This operation is not available when the parameters in the keypad and the parameters on the other drives are set to the same values. 1. Connect the keypad to the drive. 2. Push or to select [Yes], then push . 4 3. Push or to select [Yes], then push .
The keypad will show the “End” message when the write process is complete.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 159
Source page
Page 160
4.7 Auto-Tuning
4.7 Auto-Tuning
Auto-Tuning uses motor characteristics to automatically set drive parameters for vector control. Think about the type of motor, drive control method, and the motor installation environment and select the best Auto-Tuning method. The keypad will show the messages with prompts to input the necessary parameter information. These prompts are specified by the selected Auto-Tuning method and the control method setting in A1-02.
◆ Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors
This section gives information about Auto-Tuning for induction motors. Auto-Tuning sets these parameters: • Motor parameters E1-xx, E2-xx (E3-xx, E4-xx for motor 2) • Speed feedback detection-use F1-xx (only with CLV) Note: Do Stationary Auto-Tuning if you cannot do Rotational Auto-Tuning. There can be large differences between the measured results and the motor characteristics when Auto-Tuning is complete. Examine the parameters for the measured motor characteristics after you do Stationary Auto-Tuning. Table 4.5 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors ApplicableControlMethod (A1-02Setting) Mode ParameterSettings ApplicationConditionsandBenefits V/f OLV CLV (0) (2) (3) • Whenyoucandecouplethemotorandloadthemotorcan rotatefreelywhileAuto-Tuning. • Whenoperatingmotorsthathavefixedoutput characteristics. RotationalAuto-Tuning T1-01=0 x x x • Whenitisnecessarytousemotorsthathavehigh-precision control. • Whenyoucannotdecouplethemotorandload,butthemotor loadislessthan30%. • Whenyoucannotdecouplethemotorandload,butthemotor loadismorethan30%. • Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotor nameplateisnotavailable. WithStationaryAuto-Tuning,theenergizeddrivestays stoppedforapproximately1minute.Duringthistime,the StationaryAuto-Tuning1 T1-01=1 driveautomaticallymeasuresthenecessarymotor - x x parameters. • WhenoperatingthemotorwithalightloadafterAuto- Tuning. Thedrivecanautomaticallycalculatethemotorparameter settingsnecessaryfortorquecontrol.SetT1-12=1[Test ModeSelection=Yes]todoatestrunafterAuto-Tuning. • AfterAuto-Tuning,thewiringdistancebetweenthedrive andmotorchangedby50mormore. StationaryLine-LineResistance T1-01=2 • Whenthewiringdistanceis50mormoreintheV/fControl x x x mode. • Whenthemotoroutputanddrivecapacityaredifferent. ■ Input Data for Induction Motor Auto-Tuning To do Auto-Tuning, input data for the items in Table 4.6 that have an “x”. Before starting Auto-Tuning, prepare the motor test report or record the information on the motor nameplate as a reference. Table 4.6 Input Data for Induction Motor Auto-Tuning Auto-TuningMode (T1-01Setting) InputData Parameter Unit RotationalAuto-Tuning StationaryA 1 uto-Tuning Stati R on e a s r is y t L an in c e e -Line (0) (1) (2) MotorRatedPower T1-02 kW x x x MotorRatedVoltage T1-03 V x x - MotorRatedCurrent T1-04 A x x x MotorBaseFrequency T1-05 Hz x x - NumberofMotorPoles T1-06 - x x - MotorBaseSpeed T1-07 min-1 x x - 160 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Mode | ParameterSettings | ApplicationConditionsandBenefits | ApplicableControlMethod (A1-02Setting) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| V/f (0) | OLV (2) | CLV (3) | |||
| RotationalAuto-Tuning | T1-01=0 | • Whenyoucandecouplethemotorandloadthemotorcan rotatefreelywhileAuto-Tuning. • Whenoperatingmotorsthathavefixedoutput characteristics. • Whenitisnecessarytousemotorsthathavehigh-precision control. • Whenyoucannotdecouplethemotorandload,butthemotor loadislessthan30%. | x | x | x |
| StationaryAuto-Tuning1 | T1-01=1 | • Whenyoucannotdecouplethemotorandload,butthemotor loadismorethan30%. • Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotor nameplateisnotavailable. WithStationaryAuto-Tuning,theenergizeddrivestays stoppedforapproximately1minute.Duringthistime,the driveautomaticallymeasuresthenecessarymotor parameters. • WhenoperatingthemotorwithalightloadafterAuto- Tuning. Thedrivecanautomaticallycalculatethemotorparameter settingsnecessaryfortorquecontrol.SetT1-12=1[Test ModeSelection=Yes]todoatestrunafterAuto-Tuning. | - | x | x |
| StationaryLine-LineResistance | T1-01=2 | • AfterAuto-Tuning,thewiringdistancebetweenthedrive andmotorchangedby50mormore. • Whenthewiringdistanceis50mormoreintheV/fControl mode. • Whenthemotoroutputanddrivecapacityaredifferent. | x | x | x |
| InputData | Parameter | Unit | Auto-TuningMode (T1-01Setting) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| RotationalAuto-Tuning (0) | StationaryAuto-Tuning 1 (1) | StationaryLine-Line Resistance (2) | |||
| MotorRatedPower | T1-02 | kW | x | x | x |
| MotorRatedVoltage | T1-03 | V | x | x | - |
| MotorRatedCurrent | T1-04 | A | x | x | x |
| MotorBaseFrequency | T1-05 | Hz | x | x | - |
| NumberofMotorPoles | T1-06 | - | x | x | - |
| MotorBaseSpeed | T1-07 | min-1 | x | x | - |
Source page
Page 161
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.7 Auto-Tuning Auto-TuningMode (T1-01Setting) InputData Parameter Unit RotationalAuto-Tuning StationaryA 1 uto-Tuning Stati R on e a s r is y t L an in c e e -Line (0) (1) (2) EncoderPulseCount(PPR) T1-08 - x*1 x*1 - MotorNo-LoadCurrent T1-09 A - x - M Fr o eq to u r e R nc a y tedSlip T1-10 Hz - x*2 - TestModeSelection*4 T1-12 - - x*5 - No-LoadVoltage T1-13 V x*6 x*6 - *1 Input this value when A1-02 = 3 [Control Method Selection = Closed Loop Vector]. *2 Shows 0 Hz as the default value. If you do not know the Motor Rated Slip Frequency, keep the setting at 0 Hz. *3 Input this value when A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = Open Loop V/f Control]. *4 If T1-12 = 1 [Test Mode Selection = Yes], when you run the motor in Drive Mode for the first time after Auto-Tuning, the drive will automatically set E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] and E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]. *5 Input this value when T1-10 [Motor Rated Slip Frequency] = 0 Hz. *6 Set the same value to No-Load Voltage as T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage] to get the same characteristics using Yaskawa 1000-Series drives or other legacy models. ◆ Auto-Tuning for Motor Parameters for PM Motor This section gives information about Auto-Tuning for PM motors. Auto-Tuning sets these parameters: • Motor parameters E1-xx, E5-xx • Speed feedback detection uses F1-xx (only with CLV/PM) Table 4.7 Auto-Tuning for PM Motors ApplicableControl Method Mode ParameterSettings ApplicationConditionsandBenefits (A1-02Setting) CLV/PM (7) • Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotornameplate isavailable. PMMotorParameterSettings T2-01=0 • Aftertheparametersettingiscomplete,thedrivewillenergizethe x motoranddoInitialPolePositionDetectionTuningandEncoder Tuning.Connectthemotortothedriveandmanuallyinputthe necessarymotorparameterstousethismethod. Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotornameplateis notavailable. Note: PMStationaryAuto-Tuning T2-01=1 WhenyoudoStationaryAuto-Tuning,themotorbrakeshouldbe x closed.WithStationaryAuto-Tuning,theenergizeddrivestays stoppedforapproximately1minute.Duringthistime,thedrive automaticallymeasuresthenecessarymotorparameters.After StationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,doatestrun. • WhentheAuto-TuningforPG-E3characteristicsisnecessary. EncoderTuning T2-01=3 • Whenyoureplacetheencoder. x 4 • Whenyoucandecouplethemotorandloadthemotorcanrotate freelywhileAuto-Tuning. • Whenyouwanttoimprovetheaccuracyofback-EMFandEncoder Offsetvalue. PMRotationalAuto-Tuning T2-01=4 • ValuesmeasuredduringAuto-Tuningareautomaticallysettothe x motorparameters. Note: AfterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,doRotationalAuto- Tuning. ■ Input Data for PM Motor Auto-Tuning To do Auto-Tuning, input data for the items in Table 4.8 that have an “x”. Before starting Auto-Tuning, prepare the motor test report or record the information on the motor nameplate as a reference. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 161
| InputData | Parameter | Unit | Auto-TuningMode (T1-01Setting) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| RotationalAuto-Tuning (0) | StationaryAuto-Tuning 1 (1) | StationaryLine-Line Resistance (2) | |||
| EncoderPulseCount(PPR) | T1-08 | - | x*1 | x*1 | - |
| MotorNo-LoadCurrent | T1-09 | A | - | x | - |
| MotorRatedSlip Frequency | T1-10 | Hz | - | x*2 | - |
| TestModeSelection*4 | T1-12 | - | - | x*5 | - |
| No-LoadVoltage | T1-13 | V | x*6 | x*6 | - |
| Mode | ParameterSettings | ApplicationConditionsandBenefits | ApplicableControl Method (A1-02Setting) |
|---|---|---|---|
| CLV/PM (7) | |||
| PMMotorParameterSettings | T2-01=0 | • Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotornameplate isavailable. • Aftertheparametersettingiscomplete,thedrivewillenergizethe motoranddoInitialPolePositionDetectionTuningandEncoder Tuning.Connectthemotortothedriveandmanuallyinputthe necessarymotorparameterstousethismethod. | x |
| PMStationaryAuto-Tuning | T2-01=1 | Whentheinformationfromthemotortestreportormotornameplateis notavailable. Note: WhenyoudoStationaryAuto-Tuning,themotorbrakeshouldbe closed.WithStationaryAuto-Tuning,theenergizeddrivestays stoppedforapproximately1minute.Duringthistime,thedrive automaticallymeasuresthenecessarymotorparameters.After StationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,doatestrun. | x |
| EncoderTuning | T2-01=3 | • WhentheAuto-TuningforPG-E3characteristicsisnecessary. • Whenyoureplacetheencoder. | x |
| PMRotationalAuto-Tuning | T2-01=4 | • Whenyoucandecouplethemotorandloadthemotorcanrotate freelywhileAuto-Tuning. • Whenyouwanttoimprovetheaccuracyofback-EMFandEncoder Offsetvalue. • ValuesmeasuredduringAuto-Tuningareautomaticallysettothe motorparameters. Note: AfterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,doRotationalAuto- Tuning. | x |
Source page
Page 162
4.7 Auto-Tuning
Table 4.8 Input Data for PM Motor Auto-Tuning Auto-TuningMode (T2-01Setting) InputData Parameter Unit PMMo S t e o t r ti P n a g r s ameter PMSta T ti u o n n i a n r g yAuto- EncoderTuning PMRot T a u t n io in n g alAuto- (0) (1) (3) (4) ControlMethodSelection A1-02 - 7
PMMotorRatedPower T2-04 kW x x - x PMMotorRatedVoltage T2-05 V x x - x PMMotorRatedCurrent T2-06 A x x - x NumberofPMMotorPoles T2-08 - x x - x PMMotorBaseSpeed T2-09 min-1 x x - x
PMMotorStatorResistance T2-10 Ω x - - - PMMotord-AxisInductance T2-11 mH x - - - PMMotorq-AxisInductance T2-12 mH x - - - Back-EMFUnitsSelection T2-13 - x - - - B (K a e c ) k-EMFVoltageConstant T2-14 *1 x - - -
Pull-InCurrentLevel T2-15 % - - - - EncoderPulseCount(PPR) T2-16 - *2 *2 - x E PM nco M de o r to Z r -PulseOffsetfor T2-17 Degrees *2 *2 - -
*1 Changes when the value set in T2-13 changes. *2 Input this value when A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = PM Closed Loop Vector Control].
◆ Precautions before Auto-Tuning Examine the topics in this section before you start Auto-Tuning.
■ Prepare for Basic Auto-Tuning • You must input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report to do Auto-Tuning. Make sure that this data is available before you do Auto-Tuning. • For best performance, make sure that the drive input supply voltage is equal to or more than the motor rated voltage. Note: Better performance is possible when you use a motor with a rated voltage that is less than the input supply voltage (by 20 V for 200 V class models or by 40 V for 400 V class models). This is very important when you operate the motor at more than 90% of base speed, where high torque precision is necessary. If the input power supply is equal to the motor rated voltage, the drive output voltage will not be sufficient and performance will decrease. • Push on the keypad to cancel Auto-Tuning. • If a Safe Disable input signal is input to the drive during Auto-Tuning, Auto-Tuning measurements will not complete successfully. If this occurs, cancel Auto-Tuning, then do it again. • Table 4.9 shows the status of multi-function input/output terminals during Auto-Tuning.
162 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| InputData | Parameter | Unit | Auto-TuningMode (T2-01Setting) | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| PMMotorParameter Settings (0) | PMStationaryAuto- Tuning (1) | EncoderTuning (3) | PMRotationalAuto- Tuning (4) | |||
| ControlMethodSelection | A1-02 | - | 7 | |||
| PMMotorRatedPower | T2-04 | kW | x | x | - | x |
| PMMotorRatedVoltage | T2-05 | V | x | x | - | x |
| PMMotorRatedCurrent | T2-06 | A | x | x | - | x |
| NumberofPMMotorPoles | T2-08 | - | x | x | - | x |
| PMMotorBaseSpeed | T2-09 | min-1 | x | x | - | x |
| PMMotorStatorResistance | T2-10 | Ω | x | - | - | - |
| PMMotord-AxisInductance | T2-11 | mH | x | - | - | - |
| PMMotorq-AxisInductance | T2-12 | mH | x | - | - | - |
| Back-EMFUnitsSelection | T2-13 | - | x | - | - | - |
| Back-EMFVoltageConstant (Ke) | T2-14 | *1 | x | - | - | - |
| Pull-InCurrentLevel | T2-15 | % | - | - | - | - |
| EncoderPulseCount(PPR) | T2-16 | - | *2 | *2 | - | x |
| EncoderZ-PulseOffsetfor PMMotor | T2-17 | Degrees | *2 | *2 | - | - |
Source page
Page 163
| Auto-TuningType | Mode | Column | Multi-FunctionInput | DigitalOutput |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| InductionMotorAuto-Tuning | Rotational | RotationalAuto-Tuning | Disabled | Functionsthesameasduring usualoperation. |
| Stationary | StationaryAuto-Tuning1 | Disabled | Keepsthestatusatthestartof Auto-Tuning. | |
| Line-to-LineResistance | Disabled | Keepsthestatusatthestartof Auto-Tuning. | ||
| PMMotorAuto-Tuning | Rotational | PMRotationalAuto-Tuning | Disabled | Functionsthesameasduring usualoperation. |
| Stationary | ManualEntryw/MotorData Sheet | Disabled | Keepsthestatusatthestartof Auto-Tuning. | |
| PMStationaryAuto-Tuning | Disabled | Keepsthestatusatthestartof Auto-Tuning. | ||
| EncoderTuning | Disabled | Keepsthestatusatthestartof Auto-Tuning. |
Source page
Page 164
4.7 Auto-Tuning
Note: This function is not available with the LED keypad. If the motor does not rotate and the drive detects a dv3, dv4, oL2 , or PGo fault in the test run, do these steps, then make sure that the drive can operate the motor at approximately 10% speed in the correct rotation direction.
1. Show the HOME screen. 2. Push (Menu).
3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push . 4. Push or to select [Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot], then push .
5. Select 1 [Not run correctly, faults occur], then push .
6. Select [Execute trouble shoot], then push . If the motor rotates in a different direction than expected, do these steps, then make sure that the drive can operate the motor at approximately 10% speed in the correct rotation direction.
164 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 165
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.7 Auto-Tuning 1. Show the HOME screen. 2. Push (Menu). 3. Push or to select [Diagnostic Tools], then push . 4. Push or to select [Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot], then push . 5. Select 2 [Wrong direction], then push . 6. Select [Execute trouble shoot], then push .
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 165
Source page
Page 166
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
◆ External Interlock
For applications that will have unwanted effects on the system if the drive stops, make an interlock between fault relay output (MA, MB, MC) and the MFDO Drive Ready signal.
■ Drive Ready When the drive is operating or is prepared to accept an Up/Down command, the MFDO terminal to which Drive Ready [H2-xx = 6] is set will enter the ON status. In these conditions, Drive Ready is OFF and the drive ignores Up and Down commands:
• The drive is de-energized • During a fault • There is problem with the control power supply • There is a parameter setting error that will not let the drive run, although an Up/Down command is entered • An overvoltage or undervoltage fault occurs when the Up/Down command is entered • The drive is in Programming Mode.
2 Serialcommunication*2 ThedriveusestheserialcommunicationportRS-485toenterthespeedreference. 3 Optionboard*2 s T p h e e ed dr r i e v f e er u e s n e c s e a . communicationsoptioncardorinputoptioncardconnectedtothedrivetoenterthe
*1 When b1-01 = 1 [Analog Input], the drive will automatically set d1-18 = 0 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08)]. *2 When d1-18 = 1 or 2 [High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], the speed reference entered from MFDI terminals will have priority over other speed references. ■ Up/Down Command Selection Parameter b1-02 [Up/Down Command Selection 1] sets the Up/Down command source.
b1-02Settings Up/DownCommandSource Up/DownCommandInput 0 Keypad ThedriveusesthekeypadtoentertheUp/Downcommand. 1(default) Digitalinput f T o h r e th d e ri U ve p/ u D se o s w t n he co co m n m tr a o n l d ci w rc i u th it a te n r H m 1 in -x a x ls p to ar e a n m te e r te t r h . eUp/Downcommand.Selecttheinputmethod
2 Serialcommunication ThedriveusestheserialcommunicationportRS-485toenterthespeedreference. 3 Optionboard s T p h e e ed dr r i e v f e er u e s n e c s e a . communicationsoptioncardorinputoptioncardconnectedtothedrivetoenterthe
166 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| b1-01Settings | ReferenceSource | SpeedReferenceInput |
|---|---|---|
| 0(default) | Keypad | Thedriveusesthekeypadtoenterthespeedreference. |
| 1 | Analoginput*1 | ThedriveusesMFAIterminalsA1orA2toinputananalogspeedreferencewithavoltageorcurrent inputsignal. |
| 2 | Serialcommunication*2 | ThedriveusestheserialcommunicationportRS-485toenterthespeedreference. |
| 3 | Optionboard*2 | Thedriveusesacommunicationsoptioncardorinputoptioncardconnectedtothedrivetoenterthe speedreference. |
| b1-02Settings | Up/DownCommandSource | Up/DownCommandInput |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | Keypad | ThedriveusesthekeypadtoentertheUp/Downcommand. |
| 1(default) | Digitalinput | ThedriveusesthecontrolcircuitterminalstoentertheUp/Downcommand.Selecttheinputmethod fortheUp/DowncommandwithanH1-xxparameter. |
| 2 | Serialcommunication | ThedriveusestheserialcommunicationportRS-485toenterthespeedreference. |
| 3 | Optionboard | Thedriveusesacommunicationsoptioncardorinputoptioncardconnectedtothedrivetoenterthe speedreference. |
Source page
Page 167
| d1-18Setting | SpeedSelection |
|---|---|
| 0[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)] (default) | Multi-stepspeedinputs1,Speedreferencesaresetind1-01[Reference1]tod1-08[Reference8] |
| 1[Highspeedhaspriority] | Separatespeedinputs,Speedreferencesaresetind1-19[NominalSpeed]tod1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]andd1-26[Leveling Speed],Higherspeedhaspriority |
| 2[Levelingspeedhaspriority] | Separatespeedinputs,Speedreferencesaresetind1-19tod1-24andd1-26,Levelingspeedhaspriority |
| 3[Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)] | Multi-stepspeedinputs2,Speedreferencesaresetind1-02[Reference2]tod1-08,Stopifnospeedselectioninputisenabled |
| Terminal | ParameterNumber | SettingValue | Details |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5 | H1-05[TerminalS5FunctionSelection] | 3 | Multi-StepSpeedReference1 |
| S6 | H1-06[TerminalS6FunctionSelection] | 4 | Multi-StepSpeedReference2 |
| S7 | H1-07[TerminalS7FunctionSelection] | 5 | Multi-StepSpeedReference3 |
| DigitalInputs | Column | Column | SelectedSpeed | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Multi-StepSpeedReference1 (H1-xx=3) | Multi-StepSpeedReference2 (H1-xx=4) | Multi-StepSpeedReference3 (H1-xx=5) | d1-18=0 | d1-18=3 |
| OFF | OFF | OFF | d1-01[Reference1] | Stop |
| ON | OFF | OFF | • d1-02[Reference2] • TerminalA1,A2,A3inputvaluewhenH3-xx=2[MFAI FunctionSelection=AuxiliaryFrequencyReference1] | |
| OFF | ON | OFF | • d1-03[Reference3] • TerminalA1,A2,A3inputvaluewhenH3-xx=3 [AuxiliaryFrequencyReference2] |
Source page
Page 168
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
DigitalInputs SelectedSpeed Multi-StepSpeedReference1 Multi-StepSpeedReference2 Multi-StepSpeedReference3 d1-18=0 d1-18=3 (H1-xx=3) (H1-xx=4) (H1-xx=5) ON ON OFF d1-04[Reference4] OFF OFF ON d1-05[Reference5] ON OFF ON d1-06[Reference6] OFF ON ON d1-07[Reference7] ON ON ON d1-08[Reference8] Setting d1-18 = 0 Up to eight speed references can be set using d1-01 to d1-08. The drive starts with an Up or Down command, and stops when the Up or Down command is removed. When d1-18 = 0, d1-19 to d1-23 [Releveling Speed] will not be displayed.
Setting d1-18 = 3 Allows seven speed references to be set using d1-02 to d1-08. The drive starts with an Up or Down command, and stops either when all three input terminals that set the speed reference are released, or when the Up/Down command is released. When d1-18 = 0, d1-19 to d1-23 will not be displayed. ■ Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2)
Six different speed settings (defined in the parameters d1-19 [Nominal Speed] to d1-24 [Inspection Operation Speed] and d1-26 [Leveling Speed]) can be set and selected using four digital inputs. Speed Selection When d1-18 = 1 or 2 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], MFDI terminals are preset as shown in this table.
Terminal ParameterNumber SettingValue Details S3 H1-03[TerminalS3FunctionSelection] 50 NominalSpeed S5 H1-05[TerminalS5FunctionSelection] 51 IntermediateSpeed S6 H1-06[TerminalS6FunctionSelection] 53 LevelingSpeed Different speed settings can be selected depending on the assignment of the speed selection digital inputs H1-xx [Digital Inputs] as shown in Table 4.11.
Note: Parameters d1-19 to d1-26 are displayed only when d1-18 = 1 or 2. Table 4.11 Status of MFDI Signals and Selected Speed LevelingandNominalSpeedAssigned LevelingSpeednotAssigned NominalSpeednotAssigned SelectedSpeed (H1-xx=50andH1-xx=53) (H1-xx≠53) (H1-xx≠50) 50 51 52 53 50 51 52 51 52 53 d1-19[NominalSpeed] ON OFF OFF *1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF d1-20[IntermediateSpeed1] OFF ON OFF *1 OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF
d1-21[IntermediateSpeed2] ON ON ON *1 ON ON ON - - - d1-22[IntermediateSpeed3] OFF ON ON *1 OFF ON ON ON ON OFF d1-23[RelevelingSpeed] OFF OFF ON *1 OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF d1-26[LevelingSpeed] OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ZeroSpeed OFF OFF OFF OFF - - - - - -
*1 The drive operation changes when the d1-18 setting changes: • d1-18 = 1: When the MFDI signal is ON, the drive will not switch the speed reference to d1-26. • d1-18 = 2: When the MFDI signal is ON, the drive will switch the speed reference to d1-26. Higher Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1-xx = 53) (Default) The higher speed has priority over the leveling speed. The leveling signal is disregarded as long as any other speed selection input is active. The drive decelerates to d1-26 [Leveling Speed] when the selected speed reference signal is removed.
168 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DigitalInputs | Column | Column | SelectedSpeed | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Multi-StepSpeedReference1 (H1-xx=3) | Multi-StepSpeedReference2 (H1-xx=4) | Multi-StepSpeedReference3 (H1-xx=5) | d1-18=0 | d1-18=3 |
| ON | ON | OFF | d1-04[Reference4] | |
| OFF | OFF | ON | d1-05[Reference5] | |
| ON | OFF | ON | d1-06[Reference6] | |
| OFF | ON | ON | d1-07[Reference7] | |
| ON | ON | ON | d1-08[Reference8] |
| Terminal | ParameterNumber | SettingValue | Details |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3 | H1-03[TerminalS3FunctionSelection] | 50 | NominalSpeed |
| S5 | H1-05[TerminalS5FunctionSelection] | 51 | IntermediateSpeed |
| S6 | H1-06[TerminalS6FunctionSelection] | 53 | LevelingSpeed |
| SelectedSpeed | LevelingandNominalSpeedAssigned (H1-xx=50andH1-xx=53) | Column | Column | Column | LevelingSpeednotAssigned (H1-xx≠53) | Column | Column | NominalSpeednotAssigned (H1-xx≠50) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 50 | 51 | 52 | 53 | 50 | 51 | 52 | 51 | 52 | 53 | |
| d1-19[NominalSpeed] | ON | OFF | OFF | *1 | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
| d1-20[IntermediateSpeed1] | OFF | ON | OFF | *1 | OFF | ON | OFF | ON | OFF | OFF |
| d1-21[IntermediateSpeed2] | ON | ON | ON | *1 | ON | ON | ON | - | - | - |
| d1-22[IntermediateSpeed3] | OFF | ON | ON | *1 | OFF | ON | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
| d1-23[RelevelingSpeed] | OFF | OFF | ON | *1 | OFF | OFF | ON | OFF | ON | OFF |
| d1-26[LevelingSpeed] | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON |
| ZeroSpeed | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Source page
Page 169
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Higher Speed Priority is Selected and the Leveling Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 1 and H1-xx ≠ 53) The drive decelerates to d1-26 [Leveling Speed] when the selected speed reference signal is removed. If no speed reference is selected at start, the drive will trigger an FrL [Speed Reference Missing] fault. Set S6-15 = 0 [Speed Reference Loss Detection = Disabled] to disable the FrL detection. With this setting the drive starts using leveling speed if no other speed reference is selected. Leveling Speed has Priority and the Leveling Speed Input is Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1-xx = 53) The leveling signal has priority over other speed references. The drive decelerates to d1-26 [Leveling Speed] when the leveling speed selection input is activated. The drive stops when either the leveling input or the Up/ Down command is released. Leveling Speed Priority is Selected and the Nominal Speed Input is Not Assigned (d1-18 = 2, H1-xx ≠ 50) The drive runs at d1-19 [Nominal Speed] when no speed selection input is set. When the leveling speed signal is set, the drive decelerates to the leveling speed. The leveling speed signal has priority over all other speed signals. 4 ◆ Multi-Function Terminal Setup ■ Multi-Function Digital Input (Terminals S3 to S10) The H1 parameters assign functions to digital input terminals S3 to S10 digital input terminal functions, refer to H1: Digital Inputs on page 578. ■ Multi-Function Digital Outputs The H2 parameters assign functions to digital output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-C1, and P2-PC digital input terminal functions, refer to H2: Digital Outputs on page 592. ■ Multi-Function Analog Inputs The H3 parameters assign functions to analog input terminals A1, A2, and A3 analog input functions, refer to H3: Analog Inputs on page 607.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 169
Source page
Page 170
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
■ Multi-Function Analog Outputs The H4 parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM. Select the function for these terminals by entering the last three digits of the desired U monitor. For a list of analog output functions, refer to U: Monitors on page 475.
◆ Accel/Decel Ramp and Jerk Settings
Acceleration and deceleration ramps are set using the C1-xx [Accel & Decel Ramp] parameters. Use the C2-xx [Jerk Characteristics] parameters to adjust the jerk at the start of acceleration or deceleration. Figure 4.12 shows how acceleration/deceleration ride and jerk characteristics can be used to adjust the ride profile.
Figure 4.12 Accel/Decel Ramp and the Jerk Function Units used to set the acceleration and deceleration ramp as well as the jerk characteristics change with the setting of o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection]. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 for more information.
◆ Elevator Emergency Stop
■ Start Condition for Elevator Emergency Coast to Stop
An emergency coast to stop is performed when the Up or Down command is cleared and all of the following conditions are met. • b1-03 = 4 [Stopping Method Selection = Elevator Emergency Stop] • d1-18 =0 or 3 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1- 02 to 08)] • b1-01 = 1 [Speed Reference Selection 1 = Analog Input] • The Up/Down command is cleared and U1-05 [Speed Feedback] ≥ S1-26 [Emergency Stop Start Level]. ■ Elevator Emergency Stop Timing Chart
A timing chart for Elevator Emergency Coast to Stop and normal Ramp to Stop appears in Figure 4.13 and Figure 4.14.
Figure 4.13 With Up/Down Command Cleared and U1-05 ≥ S1-26
170 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 171
Source page
Page 172
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
◆ Brake Sequence
Figure 4.16 Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation at Start Figure 4.16 is divided into time zones. Table 4.12 explains the sequence in each time zone. Table 4.12 Time Zones for Brake Sequence without Torque Compensation at Start
TimeZone Description UporDowncommandisissued. SafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCmustbesetandBaseblockmustbedisabled(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8/9). Speedreferencemustbeselectedbymulti-functioninputterminals. t1 Outputcontactorcontrol(H2-xx=51)signalissetbythedrive.
DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbacksignal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued.Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbackisnotreceived withint1,orifthefeedbacksignalisonbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1faultistriggered. Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbacksignalisnotused,thenthedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10[RunCommand DelayTime]topass,thenproceedstothenextstep. AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10haspassed,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockbegins. t2 AfterthebrakereleasedelaytimesetinS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]haspassed,thedrivesetstheBrakeControloutput(H2-xx =50)inordertoreleasethebrake. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockwillcontinueuntil: t3 thetimeS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]haselapsed,or thetimeS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]haselapsedifS1-06>S1-04(thissettingshouldbeavoidedsincethemotorcouldbe drivenagainsttheappliedbrake). t4 Thedriveacceleratesuptotheselectedspeed.Thespeediskeptconstantuntilthelevelingspeedisselected. t5 r L e e m v o el v i e n d g . speedisselected.ThedrivedeceleratestothelevelingspeedandmaintainsthatspeeduntiltheUporDowncommandis t6 TheUporDownsignaliscleared.Thedrivedeceleratestozerospeed. ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockisthenexecutedforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. t7 AfterthedelaytimetoclosethebrakesetinS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveclearstheBrakeControloutput (H2-xx=50).Thebrakeapplies. 172 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| t1 | UporDowncommandisissued. |
| SafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCmustbesetandBaseblockmustbedisabled(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8/9). | |
| Speedreferencemustbeselectedbymulti-functioninputterminals. | |
| Outputcontactorcontrol(H2-xx=51)signalissetbythedrive. | |
| DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbacksignal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued.Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbackisnotreceived withint1,orifthefeedbacksignalisonbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1faultistriggered. Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbacksignalisnotused,thenthedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10[RunCommand DelayTime]topass,thenproceedstothenextstep. | |
| t2 | AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10haspassed,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockbegins. |
| AfterthebrakereleasedelaytimesetinS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]haspassed,thedrivesetstheBrakeControloutput(H2-xx =50)inordertoreleasethebrake. | |
| t3 | DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockwillcontinueuntil: thetimeS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]haselapsed,or thetimeS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]haselapsedifS1-06>S1-04(thissettingshouldbeavoidedsincethemotorcouldbe drivenagainsttheappliedbrake). |
| t4 | Thedriveacceleratesuptotheselectedspeed.Thespeediskeptconstantuntilthelevelingspeedisselected. |
| t5 | Levelingspeedisselected.ThedrivedeceleratestothelevelingspeedandmaintainsthatspeeduntiltheUporDowncommandis removed. |
| t6 | TheUporDownsignaliscleared.Thedrivedeceleratestozerospeed. |
| t7 | ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockisthenexecutedforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. |
| AfterthedelaytimetoclosethebrakesetinS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveclearstheBrakeControloutput (H2-xx=50).Thebrakeapplies. |
Source page
Page 173
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications TimeZone Description t8 p T a h s e se d d ri t v h e e c d o r n iv ti e nu o e u s tp D u C tis In s j h e u c t ti o o f n f. orPositionLockuntilthetimeS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]haspassed.WhenS1-05has AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveresetstheoutput t9 terminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51). TheSafeDisableInputscanbeclearedandBaseblockcanbeenabled. ■ Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation If a load measuring device is installed in the elevator, an analog input can be used to input a torque compensation value to the drive. This function requires one of the closed loop control modes (CLVor CLV/PM). To use torque compensation, set one of the MFAI terminals to H3-xx = 14 [MFAI Function Selection = Torque Compensation]. Figure 4.17 is a timing chart for a brake sequence using torque compensation. Figure 4.17 Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation at Start Figure 4.17 is divided into time zones. Table 4.13 explains the sequence in each time zone. Table 4.13 Time Zones for Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation at Start TimeZone Description UporDowncommandisissued. SafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCmustbesetandBaseblockmustbedisabled(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8/9). Speedreferencemustbeselectedbymulti-functioninputterminals. Outputcontactorcontrol(H2-xx=51)signalissetbythedrive t1 DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbacksignal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued.Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbackisnotreceivedwithin t1,orifthefeedbacksignalisonbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1faultistriggered. Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbacksignalisnotused,thenthedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10[RunCommand 4 DelayTime]topass,thenproceedstothenextstep. Thedrivereadsthetorquevaluefromtheanaloginput(loadcell). AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10haspassed,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. Thetorquevaluefromtheanaloginputislatchedandinternaltorquecompensationvalueisincreasedfromzerotothelatchedvalue t2 usingthetimeconstantsetinS3-10[TorqueCompensationRampTime]. Aftertheinternaltorquecompensationlevelreachesthelatchedvalue,thedrivesetstheBrakeControl(H2-xx=50)outputinorder toreleasethebrake. t3 ThebrakeisreleasedandthedriveexecutesPositionLockuntilthetimesetinS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]haspassed. Thedriveacceleratesuptotheselectedspeed. t4 AfterS3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]isreachedduringacceleration,theinternaltorquecompensationvalueisreducedin accordancewiththetimeconstantsetinS3-10. t5 L re e m ve o l v in ed g . speedisselected.ThedrivedeceleratestothelevelingspeedandmaintainsthatspeeduntiltheUporDowncommandis t6 TheUporDownsignaliscleared.Thedrivedeceleratestozerospeed. ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockisthenexecutedforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. t7 AfterthedelaytimetoclosethebrakesetinS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveclearstheBrakeControl(H2-xx= 50)output.Thebrakeapplies. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 173
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| t8 | ThedrivecontinuesDCInjectionorPositionLockuntilthetimeS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]haspassed.WhenS1-05has passedthedriveoutputisshutoff. |
| t9 | AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveresetstheoutput terminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51). TheSafeDisableInputscanbeclearedandBaseblockcanbeenabled. |
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| t1 | UporDowncommandisissued. |
| SafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCmustbesetandBaseblockmustbedisabled(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8/9). | |
| Speedreferencemustbeselectedbymulti-functioninputterminals. | |
| Outputcontactorcontrol(H2-xx=51)signalissetbythedrive | |
| DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbacksignal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued.Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbackisnotreceivedwithin t1,orifthefeedbacksignalisonbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1faultistriggered. Ifthemotorcontactorfeedbacksignalisnotused,thenthedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10[RunCommand DelayTime]topass,thenproceedstothenextstep. | |
| Thedrivereadsthetorquevaluefromtheanaloginput(loadcell). | |
| t2 | AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10haspassed,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. |
| Thetorquevaluefromtheanaloginputislatchedandinternaltorquecompensationvalueisincreasedfromzerotothelatchedvalue usingthetimeconstantsetinS3-10[TorqueCompensationRampTime]. | |
| Aftertheinternaltorquecompensationlevelreachesthelatchedvalue,thedrivesetstheBrakeControl(H2-xx=50)outputinorder toreleasethebrake. | |
| t3 | ThebrakeisreleasedandthedriveexecutesPositionLockuntilthetimesetinS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]haspassed. |
| t4 | Thedriveacceleratesuptotheselectedspeed. AfterS3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]isreachedduringacceleration,theinternaltorquecompensationvalueisreducedin accordancewiththetimeconstantsetinS3-10. |
| t5 | Levelingspeedisselected.ThedrivedeceleratestothelevelingspeedandmaintainsthatspeeduntiltheUporDowncommandis removed. |
| t6 | TheUporDownsignaliscleared.Thedrivedeceleratestozerospeed. |
| t7 | ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. DCInjectionBrakingorPositionLockisthenexecutedforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. |
| AfterthedelaytimetoclosethebrakesetinS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveclearstheBrakeControl(H2-xx= 50)output.Thebrakeapplies. |
Source page
Page 174
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
TimeZone Description
t8 p T a h s e se d d ri t v h e e c d o r n iv ti e nu o e u s tp D u C tis In s j h e u c t ti o o f n f. orPositionLockuntilthetimeS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]haspassed.WhenS1-05has AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveresetstheoutput t9 terminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51). TheSafeDisableInputscanbeclearedandBaseblockcanbeenabled. Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start To use torque compensation at start, apply at least 50% of the maximum weight to the elevator car and set the drive according to the Load Condition 2 procedure below. If using a voltage signal to the analog input terminals as a load sensor, then that input signal will determine the rate of torque compensation applied according to S3-27 [Load1 Torque Compensation Level] and S3-28 [Load2 Torque Compensation Level]. Before the torque compensation function can be used, the analog input scaling must be adjusted to the load sensor output. This can be done by bringing the elevator into two different load conditions and teaching the corresponding analog input value and torque reference value to the drive. Note: 1. This torque compensation requires a closed loop control mode (CLV, CLV/PM). 2. The torque compensation value is limited to 120%. Set an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3-xx = 14) and proceed with the steps below. Procedure for Load Condition 1 (S3-27, S3-29) 1. Make sure the drive is wired properly. For instructions, refer to Improve Ride Comfort on page 201. 2. Set the speed reference to 0%. 3. Apply no weight to the elevator car. 4. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input is connected to (U1-13 [Terminal A1 Level] for terminal A1, U1-14 [Terminal A2 Level] for terminal A2, U1-15 [Terminal A3 Level] for terminal A3). 5. Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases. 6. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09 [Torque Reference]. 7. Stop the drive. 8. Set the value noted in step 4 to S3-29 [Load 1 Analog Input Level]. Set the value noted in step 6 to S3-27.
Procedure for Load Condition 2 (S3-28, S3-30) 1. Set the speed reference to 0%. 2. Apply load to the car has much as possible (at least 50% of the maximum weight). 3. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input connected to (U1-13 [Terminal A1 Level] for terminal A1, U1-14 [Terminal A2 Level] for terminal A2, U1-15 [Terminal A3 Level] for terminal A3). 4. Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases. 5. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09 [Torque Reference]. 6. Stop the drive. 7. Set the value noted in step 3 to S3-30 [Load 2 Analog Input Level]. Set the value noted in step 5 to S3-28. Figure 4.18 shows the Torque Compensation at Start settings with S3-27 to S3-30. The solid line in Figure 4.18 indicates the torque compensation at start when the elevator moves up or down.
174 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| t8 | ThedrivecontinuesDCInjectionorPositionLockuntilthetimeS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]haspassed.WhenS1-05has passedthedriveoutputisshutoff. |
| t9 | AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]haspassed,thedriveresetstheoutput terminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51). TheSafeDisableInputscanbeclearedandBaseblockcanbeenabled. |
Source page
Page 175
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.18 Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction After setting load conditions 1 and 2, do a trial run. If required, S3-12 [Torque Comp. Bias in Down Direct] can be set up to add a bias to the load sensor input when riding in a Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and down direction). Figure 4.19 illustrates the effect of torque compensation on the settings of S3-12 and S3-27 to S3-30.
Figure 4.19 Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction 4 ◆ Brake Torque Check Function The brake torque check function checks the holding torque of the motor brake.
The drive receives the MFDI signal set for Brake Trq Req (H1-xx = 5D) and Up/Down command from the PLC. When the Up/Down command is turned ON (closed) while the MFDI signal set for Brake Trq Req is ON (closed) during zero-speed detection, the drive starts the brake torque check. Do the brake torque check with 0% load and the brake closed. If the elevator moves during the check, the drive judges that the brake has deteriorated, detects a brA [Brake Deterioration] fault, and then stops. Note: •You can use this function only when A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLVor CLV/PM]. •The drive will not detect the PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss] fault, SE2 [Starting Current Error] fault, or SE4 [Brake Response Error] fault during the brake torque check. •The drive disables this function during Rescue Operation or Inspection Operation. ■ Operation Conditions to Use Brake Torque Check Function • Before you begin, set S5-32 [Applying Motor Torque During BTC] as the brake torque check reference value. • Do not add weight to the elevator car.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 175
Source page
Page 176
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
• Use the Up command to operate the drive. • Position the elevator car on a middle floor to decrease the effect of weight on the cable. ■ Setting Value of S5-32
Subtract the torque that is pulled by the counterweight in upward operation with 0% load from the required brake torque. Use this difference as the value for S5-32. • (Example) When required brake torque is 150% and torque pulled by counterweight is 100%: S5-32 = 150% - 100% = 50% 1. When you use a drive monitor to check the torque pulled by the counterweight to set S5-32: Do Position Lock (upward operation) with the brake open and at 0% load, and check the value of U1-09 [Torque Reference]. 2. When you calculate the brake torque to set S5-32: Since the motor outputs the torque in the same direction as the load torque TL in upward operation with 0% load, when the motor is stopped, brake torque Tb = load torque TL × η. The brake torque to stop the motor (to stop the elevator) is: Tb = motor torque Tm + TL × η Therefore, S5-32 (%) = (Tb - TL × η) / motor rated torque Tm100 × 100 Note: •TL: Load torque (torque pulled by the counterweight) for upward operation with 0% load •η: Machine efficiency •Tb: Brake torque •Tm: Motor torque •Tm100: Motor rated torque • (Example) When the elevator rated load is 600 kg, speed is 45 m/min, required brake torque is 31 N∙m, machine efficiency is 0.6, rated motor speed is 1750 min-1, and motor rated torque is 20.19 N∙m: Required power P (kW) = 600 kg / 2 × 45 m/min / (6120 × η0.6) = 3.676 kW Load torque TL (N∙m) = (60 × 3.676 kW) / (2π × 1750min-1) × 103 = 20.06 N∙m S5-32 = (31 N∙m - 20.06 N∙m × 0.6) / 20.19 N∙m × 100 = 147.4% ■ Brake Torque Check Sequence
Figure 4.20 Brake Torque Check Sequence
176 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 177
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Note: •The brake sequence after the Up/Down command is turned ON is the same as before, but the drive will not release the brake. •The carrier frequency is fixed at 2 kHz and the PWM method is fixed at 3-phase modulation during the brake torque check. •The internal torque limit during the brake torque check is the value set in S5-32 [Applying Motor Torque During BTC]. •If S5-32 is set larger than the torque limit of the unit, an oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault] error will occur. •The drive internally does the Emergency Stop operation when the brake torque check is completed. Figure 4.20 is divided into time zones. Table 4.14 explains the sequence in each time zone. Table 4.14 Time Zones for Brake Torque Check Sequence TimeZone Description YoumustsetSafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCandyoumustdisableBaseblock(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8or9). t1 WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedON,theMFDOterminaloutputstheDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D). Upcommandisissued. DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbackN.O.signal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued. t2 Ifthedrivedoesnotreceivemotorcontactorfeedbackwithint2,orifthefeedbacksignalisONbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1 [MotorContactorResponseError]faultistriggered.Ifyoudonotuseamotorcontactorfeedbacksignal,thedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetin S1-10[Up/DownCommandDelayTime]topassbeforeitgoestothenextstep. t3*1 AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10passes,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. Thedrivestartsacceleratingatthebraketorquecheckspeed(fixedat3%). t4*2*3*4 ThetorqueincreasestothevaluesetinS5-32inthetimesetinS5-33[MotorTorqueRampUpTime]. t5*2*4 ThedriveoperatesasspecifiedbythesettingsinS5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]andS5-32tocheckthebraketorque. t6*4*5 b A r f a t k e e rt t h o e rq t u im e e is s n e o t r in m S al 5 , - t 3 h 5 e p d a r s iv se e s o , u th tp e u t t o s rq th u e e B d r e a c k re e a T s o e r s q i u n e th C e h t e i c m k e C s o e m ti p n le S t 5 e - s 3 i 4 gn [ a M l o (H to 2 r - T x o x r = qu 5 e E R ). ampDownTime],andthedrivedeceleratestostop.Whenthe ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. t7*5 ThedrivecontinuesPositionLockforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]passes,thedriveresetstheoutputterminalsetforOutput ContactorControl(H2-xx=51).YoucannowcleartheSafeDisableInputsandenableBaseblock. t8*5 WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedOFFaftertheUpcommandisturnedOFF,theDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D)and theBrakeTorqueCheckCompletesignal(H2-xx=5E)areturnedOFF. *1 During the brake torque check, Brake Control (H2-xx = 50) is not turned ON because the drive does the Position Lock with the brake closed. *2 While the drive is running in brake torque check mode, brTC [During Brake Torque Check] flashes on the keypad to show that it is in operation. *3 The multi-step speed reference is disabled during the brake torque check. *4 The speed reference will be 3% of the maximum output speed during the brake torque check. *5 When the brake torque check completes successfully, “brEnd” will flash on the keypad. You cannot operate the drive from the keypad while “brEnd” is displayed. If the elevator car moves more than the value set in S5-31 [Car Movement @ Brake T Check], the drive detects a brA [Brake Deterioration] fault. Figure 4.21 shows the time chart for brA detection. 4 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 177
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| t1 | YoumustsetSafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCandyoumustdisableBaseblock(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8or9). |
| WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedON,theMFDOterminaloutputstheDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D). | |
| Upcommandisissued. | |
| t2 | DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbackN.O.signal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued. |
| Ifthedrivedoesnotreceivemotorcontactorfeedbackwithint2,orifthefeedbacksignalisONbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1 [MotorContactorResponseError]faultistriggered.Ifyoudonotuseamotorcontactorfeedbacksignal,thedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetin S1-10[Up/DownCommandDelayTime]topassbeforeitgoestothenextstep. | |
| t3*1 | AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10passes,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. |
| t4*2*3*4 | Thedrivestartsacceleratingatthebraketorquecheckspeed(fixedat3%). |
| ThetorqueincreasestothevaluesetinS5-32inthetimesetinS5-33[MotorTorqueRampUpTime]. | |
| t5*2*4 | ThedriveoperatesasspecifiedbythesettingsinS5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]andS5-32tocheckthebraketorque. |
| t6*4*5 | AfterthetimesetinS5-35passes,thetorquedecreasesinthetimesetinS5-34[MotorTorqueRampDownTime],andthedrivedeceleratestostop.Whenthe braketorqueisnormal,thedriveoutputstheBrakeTorqueCheckCompletesignal(H2-xx=5E). |
| t7*5 | ThemotorspeedreachesthezerospeedlevelsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. ThedrivecontinuesPositionLockforthetimesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. |
| t8*5 | AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime]passes,thedriveresetstheoutputterminalsetforOutput ContactorControl(H2-xx=51).YoucannowcleartheSafeDisableInputsandenableBaseblock. |
| WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedOFFaftertheUpcommandisturnedOFF,theDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D)and theBrakeTorqueCheckCompletesignal(H2-xx=5E)areturnedOFF. |
Source page
Page 178
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.21 Brake Torque Check Sequence in brA Detection Figure 4.21 is divided into time zones. Table 4.15 explains the sequence in each time zone. Table 4.15 Time Zones for Brake Torque Check Sequence in brA Detection TimeZone Description
YoumustsetSafeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCandyoumustdisableBaseblock(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8or9). t1 WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedON,theMFDOterminaloutputstheDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D). Upcommandisissued. DrivewaitsfortheMotorContactorFeedbackN.O.signal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued. t2 Ifthedrivedoesnotreceivemotorcontactorfeedbackwithint2,orifthefeedbacksignalisONbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1 faultistriggered.Ifyoudonotuseamotorcontactorfeedbacksignal,thedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10topassbeforeitgoestothe nextstep. t3 AfterthedelaytimesetinS1-10passes,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. Thedrivestartsacceleratingatthebraketorquecheckspeed(fixedat3%). t4 ThetorquedoesnotincreasetothevaluesetinS5-32,andtheelevatorstartstomove. t5 IftheelevatorcarmovesmorethanthevaluesetinS5-31,thedrivedetectsabrAfault. Thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. AfterthedelayforthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11passes,thedriveresetstheoutputterminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51).Youcannow t6 cleartheSafeDisableInputsandenableBaseblock. WhentheBrakeTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedOFFaftertheUpcommandisturnedOFF,theDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D)is turnedOFF. ◆ Adjustments for Elevator Ride Comfort This section explains the adjustment of drive settings used to eliminate problems with hunting, vibration, and rollback. Perform the steps presented in this section after the Basic Application Setup procedure is complete. Also refer to Improve Ride Comfort on page 201 for further descriptions on how to resolve riding comfort problems.
■ Speed Loop Adjustments (CLV and CLV/PM) The speed control loop uses four different gain and integral time settings that can be adjusted using C5-xx [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)] parameters. The settings are switched over when the motor speed reaches the level set in parameter C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Speed].
178 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| TimeZone | Description |
|---|---|
| YoumustsetS t1 WhentheBrak Upcommandi | afeDisableterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCandyoumustdisableBaseblock(digitalinputssettoH1-xx=8or9). |
| eTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedON,theMFDOterminaloutputstheDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D). | |
| sissued. | |
| Drivewaitsfo t2 Ifthedrivedo faultistrigger nextstep. | rtheMotorContactorFeedbackN.O.signal(H1-xx=56)tobeissued. |
| esnotreceivemotorcontactorfeedbackwithint2,orifthefeedbacksignalisONbeforethecontactorcontrolcommandhasbeenissued,anSE1 ed.Ifyoudonotuseamotorcontactorfeedbacksignal,thedrivewaitsfortheoperationstartdelaytimesetinS1-10topassbeforeitgoestothe | |
| t3 Afterthedelay | timesetinS1-10passes,thedriveoutputscurrenttothemotor.PositionLockbegins. |
| Thedrivestart t4 Thetorquedoe | sacceleratingatthebraketorquecheckspeed(fixedat3%). |
| snotincreasetothevaluesetinS5-32,andtheelevatorstartstomove. | |
| t5 Iftheelevator | carmovesmorethanthevaluesetinS5-31,thedrivedetectsabrAfault. |
| Thedriveshut Afterthedelay t6 cleartheSafe WhentheBrak turnedOFF. | sofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. |
| forthemagneticcontactorsetinS1-11passes,thedriveresetstheoutputterminalsetforOutputContactorControl(H2-xx=51).Youcannow DisableInputsandenableBaseblock. | |
| eTrqReqcommand(H1-xx=5D)isturnedOFFaftertheUpcommandisturnedOFF,theDuringBrakeTorqueChecksignal(H2-xx=5D)is |
Source page
Page 179
| MotorAcceleration Timen5-02 | Column | • JMot-Motorinertiainkgm2 • nr_Mot-Ratedmotorspeedinmin-1 • Tr_Mot-RatedmotortorqueinNm • JTS-Tractionsheaveinertiainkgm2 • i-Gearratio(nLoad/nMot) • vr_Elev-Ratedelevatorspeedinm/s • Σm-Massofallmovedparts(car,counterweight,ropes,load*1)in kg |
|---|---|---|
| InertiaCompensation Gainn5-03 |
Source page
Page 180
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
■ Drive Power Supply for Rescue Operation There are various methods of supplying power to the drive for Rescue Operation. Independent of the chosen method, the voltage in the DC bus of the drive and the voltage supplied to the drive control circuit must meet the specifications provided in Table 4.16. The DC bus voltage can either be supplied by a battery connected to the DC bus terminals of the drive or by a UPS connected to drive terminals L1 and L2. The control circuit voltage can be supplied directly from the drives DC bus (no external wiring required), from an external battery (connection to CN19), or by using an optional 24 Vdc control power backup unit. Yaskawa recommends XAP-4V-1 connector made by JST for connection to CN19.
Note: When you connect a cable to CN19, use a protective tube to prevent damage from edges. When you use a single-phase AC power supply for Rescue Operation such as a single-phase UPS, the ripple in the DC bus voltage will be higher than with a three-phase or battery supply. Make sure that the DC bus voltage never falls below the minimum value listed in Table 4.16. When you use a PM motor, always do Rotational or Stationary Auto-Tuning with the normal power supply connected. The tuning function will prepare the drive for Rescue Operation by automatically setting certain parameters. If the tuning ends with an End8 to End10 fault, then Rescue Operation will require a battery or UPS that supplies the drive DC bus with at least 280 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 560 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Alternatively utilize to an absolute PG encoder and a PG-E3 or PG-F3 option card. If the DC bus voltage is low, the overload protection level (oL2 [Drive Overload] fault detection level) will be reduced due to the low speed run and oL2 will be triggered. If oL2 is detected, select the battery or UPS so that the output speed is equal to or greater than 6 Hz. The upper speed limit during Rescue Operation can be monitored by U4-40 [Rescue Speed Limit]. Note: •To install 24 V Power Supply Unit option to the drive, use the bracket. For more information about the bracket and installations, refer to “Yaskawa AC Drive Option 24 V Power Supply Bracket Installation Manual (TOBPC72060016)”. •When you use a PG-X3 or PG-B3 option, Yaskawa recommends to use the UPS. When you use the backup battery, Yaskawa recommends to use a PG-E3 or PG-F3 option. Table 4.16 Power Supply Ratings for Rescue Operation MotorType SpeedFeedback DCBusVoltage ControlCircuitVoltage WithoutPGEncoderor 200Vclassdrives:48-340Vdc WhensuppliedfromabatteryorthedriveDCbus: InductionMotor I B n 3 cr o e r m P e G nt - a X l 3 PG op E tio n n co c d a e r r d withPG- 400Vclassdrives:48-680Vdc 200Vclassdrives:250-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:280-680V(recommended:500-680Vdc) IncrementalPGEncoderwithPG- 200Vclassdrives:280-340Vdc Whensuppliedviaa24Vdccontrolpowerbackupunit: X3optioncard 400Vclassdrives:560-680Vdc 200Vand400Vclassdrives:24Vdc “End8”to“End10”erroroccurs duringInitialMagnetPoleSearch Auto-Tuning. PermanentMagnetMotor IncrementalPGEncoderwithPG- 200Vclassdrives:72-340Vdc X3optioncard 400Vclassdrives:144-680Vdc NoerroroccursduringInitial MagnetPoleSearchAuto-Tuning. AbsolutePGEncoderwithPG-F3 200Vclassdrives:48-340Vdc orPG-E3optioncard 400Vclassdrives:48-680Vdc
180 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| MotorType | SpeedFeedback | DCBusVoltage | ControlCircuitVoltage |
|---|---|---|---|
| InductionMotor | WithoutPGEncoderor IncrementalPGEncoderwithPG- B3orPG-X3optioncard | 200Vclassdrives:48-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:48-680Vdc | WhensuppliedfromabatteryorthedriveDCbus: 200Vclassdrives:250-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:280-680V(recommended:500-680Vdc) Whensuppliedviaa24Vdccontrolpowerbackupunit: 200Vand400Vclassdrives:24Vdc |
| PermanentMagnetMotor | IncrementalPGEncoderwithPG- X3optioncard “End8”to“End10”erroroccurs duringInitialMagnetPoleSearch Auto-Tuning. | 200Vclassdrives:280-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:560-680Vdc | |
| IncrementalPGEncoderwithPG- X3optioncard NoerroroccursduringInitial MagnetPoleSearchAuto-Tuning. | 200Vclassdrives:72-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:144-680Vdc | ||
| AbsolutePGEncoderwithPG-F3 orPG-E3optioncard | 200Vclassdrives:48-340Vdc 400Vclassdrives:48-680Vdc |
Source page
Page 181
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Table 4.17 Location of CN19 Connector for Each Model Model ConnectorLocation Model ConnectorLocation 2022-2041 2059 4012-4023 4030-4039 2075-2094 2110 4049-4056 4075 2144 2181-2225 4094-4114 4140-4188 4
2269-2354 2432-2519 4225-4325 4380
■ Parameter Setup
Adjust drive parameters as described below when using Rescue Operation. • Select the type of Rescue Operation power supply for the drives main circuit in parameter S4-06 [Rescue Power Supply Selection].
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 181
Source page
Page 182
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
182 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 183
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.22 Using a Single-Phase 200 V UPS Application Precautions The drive may fault on a control power supply fault (Uv2) if the UPS cannot provide enough voltage, or if the Light Load Direction Search is not set properly. If this problem occurs, take the following corrective actions: Corrective Action • Use a separate battery for the controller power supply. • Use a battery with a voltage higher than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives and connect it to the control power supply input (CN19). Alternatively use a 24 Vdc battery and an optional 24 V Backup Power Supply Unit. • Set S4-01 = 1 [Light Load Direction Search = Enabled for Motor 1 and Motor 2]. Operation Sequence • Starting Rescue Operation 1. Open contactor B. 2. Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactor A. 4 4. Set the Up/Down command. • Ending Rescue Operation 1. After the car has stopped open contactor A. 2. Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply. ■ Using Separate Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply, DC Bus Battery under 250 Vdc (500 Vdc) Follow these instructions when using separate batteries for Rescue Operation with the battery for the DC bus having a lower voltage than 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Follow the wiring diagram shown in Figure 4.23 to Figure 4.25. When you connect the battery for the control power supply to the drive, use the 1.1 m cable packaged with the product. Wiring for 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4140 Refer to Figure 4.23 for a wiring diagram when DC Bus Battery is less than 250 Vdc. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 183
Source page
Page 184
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.23 Wiring Two Batteries for DC Bus and Control Power Supply Operation Sequence • Starting Rescue Operation 1. Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactors A and C. 4. Set the Up/Down command. • Ending Rescue Operation
1. After the car has stopped, open contactors A and C. 2. Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply. Wiring for 2269 to 2519 and 4188 to 4380 • Voltage Lower Than 48 Vdc to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 96 Vdc to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives
184 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 185
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.24 Voltage Lower Than 48 Vdc to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 96 Vdc to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives *1 Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the C bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 380 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Failure to comply will cause the soft- charge bypass relay to remain open and result in damage to the drive. Refer to the following table to install the inrush current suppression circuit for battery. Table 4.18 Installation of the Inrush Current Suppression Circuit for Battery Voltage DriveModel Resistor Relay 4 2269 1.0Ω,80W 2354 1.0Ω,80W 200V 2432 1.0Ω,80W 2519 1.0Ω,80W 4188 1.0Ω,120W *2 4225 1.0Ω,220W 400V 4270 1.0Ω,220W
4325 1.0Ω,220W 4380 1.0Ω,220W *2 Select the appropriate relay referring to the following calculation even if the battery voltage or main power current is applied.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 185
| Voltage | DriveModel | Resistor | Relay |
|---|---|---|---|
| 200V | 2269 | 1.0Ω,80W | *2 |
| 2354 | 1.0Ω,80W | ||
| 2432 | 1.0Ω,80W | ||
| 2519 | 1.0Ω,80W | ||
| 400V | 4188 | 1.0Ω,120W | |
| 4225 | 1.0Ω,220W | ||
| 4270 | 1.0Ω,220W | ||
| 4325 | 1.0Ω,220W | ||
| 4380 | 1.0Ω,220W |
Source page
Page 186
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
• Voltage Lower Than 190 Vdc to 340 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 Vdc to 680 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives
Figure 4.25 Voltage Lower Than 190 Vdc to 340 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 Vdc to 680 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives ■ Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit
Follow the instructions when using a 24 V Power Supply Unit option for the control circuit and a battery for the main circuit. The main circuit battery voltage must be higher than 48 Vdc for 200 Vand 400 V class drives. Yaskawa offers a 24 V Power Supply Option for the control circuit that is useful in applications unable to connect to a backup battery greater than 250 V. Wiring instructions can be found in Figure 4.26 to Figure 4.28. For a more detailed explanation of the 24 V Power Supply Option, refer to the manual provided with the option. Note: To install 24 V Power Supply Unit option to the drive, use the bracket. For more information about the bracket and installations, refer to “Yaskawa AC Drive Option 24 V Power Supply Bracket Installation Manual (TOBPC72060016)”.
186 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 187
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Wiring for 2022 to 2225 and 4012 to 4140 Figure 4.26 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit Operation Sequence • Starting Rescued Operation 1. Open contactor B and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactors A and C. 4. Set the Up/Down command. • Ending Rescue Operation 1. After the car has stopped, open contactors A and C. 2. Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Wait at least 0.5 s and then close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply. Wiring for 2269 to 2519 and 4188 to 4380 • Voltage Lower Than 48 to 190 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 96 to 380 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives 4
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 187
Source page
Page 188
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.27 Using a Battery for the DC Bus and 24 V Power Supply Unit Option for the Control Circuit *1 Install the inrush current suppression circuit outside the drive if the DC bus battery voltage is lower than 190 Vdc for 200 V class drives and 380 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Failure to comply will cause the soft- charge bypass relay to remain open and result in damage to the drive. Refer to Table 4.18 for the installation of the inrush current suppression circuit for battery. • Voltage Lower Than 190 Vdc to 250 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 Vdc to 500 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives
188 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 189
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.28 Voltage Lower Than 190 Vdc to 250 Vdc for 200 V Class Drives, 380 Vdc to 500 Vdc for 400 V Class Drives ■ Using a Single Battery with Minimum 250 Vdc (500 Vdc) Follow the instructions when using one battery to supply both, main circuit and controller. The battery voltage must be at least 250 Vdc for 200 V class drives or 500 Vdc for 400 V class drives. Wiring Following the wiring diagram show in Figure 4.29.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 189
Source page
Page 190
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.29 Using a Backup Battery With Minimum 500 Vdc Operation Sequence • Starting Rescue Operation 1. Open contactor B. 2. Set the input terminal programmed for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactor A. 4. Set the Up/Down command. • Ending Rescue Operation
1. After the car has stopped, open contactor A. 2. Clear the input terminal set for Rescue Operation (H1-xx = 55). 3. Close contactor B to return to operation with normal power supply. ■ Rescue Operation Torque Limit
The Torque Limit During Rescue Operation is set in parameter S4-05 [Rescue Operation Torque Limit]. After Rescue Operation is complete, the drive utilizes to the torque limits set in the L7 parameters. ■ Light Load Direction Search Function
Light Load Direction Search can be used to automatically perform Rescue Operation in the direction with the lower load. It can help to minimize the amount of power required by the backup power supply required for Rescue Operation. Light Load Direction Search can be set so that it is automatically performed when Rescue Operation is started. To enable Light Load Direction Search, set S4-01 = 1 [Light Load Direction Search Sel = Enabled for Motor 1 and Motor 2]. When Light Load Direction Search is enabled the drive first runs in the up and then in the down direction, each for the time set to S4-03 [Light Load Direction Search Time]. It then compares the load condition of both operations and travels to the next floor using the lighter load condition direction. The speed reference used for Light Load Direction Search can be set in parameter S4-04 [Light Load Search Speed Ref.]. • When the lightest load direction is up, the drive stops after Light Load Direction Search and then accelerates upwards to the Rescue Operation speed set in parameter S4-15 [Rescue Speed Reference Selection]. The MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = 54 [Light Load Direction] and H2-xx = 55 [Light Load Detection Active] will close.
190 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 191
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.30 Light Load Direction Detection (Up) • When the lightest direction is down, then after Light Load Direction Detection is finished the drive immediately accelerates to the Rescue Operation speed set in S4-15 without stopping. An MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 54 will stay open, and an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 55 will close. Figure 4.31 Light Load Direction Detection (Down) Advanced Light Load Search Advanced Light Load Search detects the load condition during normal travel operation. When S4-01 = 3 [Light Load Direction Search Sel = Enabled - Advanced], the drive does not move the elevator car up and down when detecting the light load direction. This function is useful in applications where an excessive discharge of UPS during Light Load Search operation shall be avoided. 4 Note: •When you set S4-01 = 3, Yaskawa recommends at least a full up/down travel with empty elevator car for calibration. •To reset the calibration, set S4-01 = 0 [Disabled]. The calibration can also be reset when you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters]. •Yaskawa recommends to reset the function in case the elevator mechanical or electrical specifications or usage conditions are changed. ◆ Brake Response Monitor Lifts must be equipped with a system independent of the drive control to prevent unintended car movement (UCM) away from the stop with open doors. This protection device needs to have the following three functions: • Recognition • Stopping • Braking By duplicating the brake of drive motors for lifts, the brake acts as the “braking function” of the UCM-device. In this case, the status of the brake function must be monitored. With a brake response monitor (BRM) function, the motor brake and the drive can act as parts of the UCM protective device.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 191
Source page
Page 192
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
■ Brake Response Monitor (BRM) Function The BRM function is used for:
• Monitoring the brake status with an Up or Down command • Monitoring the correct switching of the brake within a defined time • Halting the operation sequence if a failure is detected when monitoring. Enabling and Disabling the BRM Function The BRM function is disabled at the default setting. Take the following steps to enable the BRM function. 1. Set S6-07 = 1 [Brake Response Monitor Function = Enabled] to enable the BRM function. Refer to S: Elevator Parameters on page 674 for more more information about settings. 2. Set the same function to two MFDI terminals (H1-xx). The function to set is either H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] or H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.]. (e.g.: H1-08 = 79 and H1-09 = 79) Set Brake Feedback N.O. or Brake Feedback N.C. to the MFDI terminals to match the motor brake signals. Note: If you use one of these settings for the MFDI terminals when S6-07 = 1, the drive detects an oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err]: •H1-xx = 79 or H1-xx = 5B are not set to any MFDI terminals. •H1-xx = 79 is set to only one MFDI terminal. •H1-xx = 5B is set to only one MFDI terminal. •H1-xx = 79 and H1-xx = 5B are each set to two MFDI terminals. •H1-xx = 79 or H1-xx = 5B is set to three or more MFDI terminals. Wiring Figure 4.32 is a wiring example when you use BRM function. Install two brakes to motors. Figure 4.32 shows the state in which two brakes on motors have two Normally Open (N.O.) switches and when you set two MFDI terminals to H1-08 = 79 [Terminal S8 Function Selection = Brake Feedback N.O.] and H1-09 = 79 [Terminal S9 Function Selection = Brake Feedback N.O.]. In this wiring example, the brakes have two Normally Open (N.O.) switches, but you can also use Normally Closed (N.C.) switches for operation. Set functions to two MFDI terminals to match the motor brake signals. When the motor brakes close, the terminals close as well. This causes “Brake Feedback N.O.” that is set to the MFDI terminals used to monitor the brake function (e.g., S8 and S9) to change its signal and unlock the drive, which allows the operation sequence to start.
192 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 193
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.32 Connection Diagram to Use BRM Function 4 ■ SE4 Fault Detection/Fault Reset for the BRM Function Fault Detection Note: When H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] is set to the MFDI terminal, the SE4 [Brake Response Error] detection condition will not be H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] but H1-xx = 5B. • If these conditions occur during the time set in S6-05 [BrakeSet Error(SE4) DetectDelayT] when the drive starts or while stopped, the drive detects an SE4 and it will be unable to do the operation sequence: - The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. - The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and both two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. • If these conditions continue after the time set in S6-06 [SE4 Detection Time During Run] passes during run, the drive detects an SE4 and it will be unable to do the operation sequence: - The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 193
Source page
Page 194
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
- The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and both two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. Fault Reset When S6-07 = 1 [Brake Response Monitor Function = Enabled], the only method to reset the SE4 fault is to set S6-08 = 1 [SE4 Fault Reset = Enabled]. You cannot use these methods to reset the fault: • Method 1 to Method 3 explained in Fault Reset on page 342 • Using L5-xx [Automatic Fault Reset] parameters
Note: If the drive detects SE4 fault when S6-07 = 1, make sure that motor brake and brake feedback signal are operating normally before you try to reset the SE4 fault. ■ Brake Response Monitor Operation Normal Operation At start (when the Up/Down command is enabled), the brake release command is activated (brake open) after the time set to S1-06 [Brake Release Delay Time] passes. If the brake release command is activated, the drive monitors the switching status to make sure that both the MFDI terminals set for Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 1 and Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 2 are operating normally (brake open) within the time set in S6- 05 [BrakeSet Error(SE4) DetectDelayT]. Note: When the two MFDI terminals are set to H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.], both the input terminals set for Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 1 and Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 2 are open within the time set in S6-05. When the two MFDI terminals are set to H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.], both the terminals are closed within the time set to S6-05. At stop (when the Up/Down command is active), the brake release command is not activated (brake closed) after the time set to S1-07 [Brake Close Delay Time] has passed. If the brake release command is not activated, the drive monitors the switching status to make sure that both the MFDI terminals set for Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 1 and Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 2 are operating normally (brake closed) within the time set in S6-05.
Figure 4.33 Normal Operation with MFDIs Set to H1-xx = 79 (N.O.)
194 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 195
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.34 Normal Operation with MFDIs Set to H1-xx = 5B (N.C.) Fault Operation during Start or Stop Note: When H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] is set to the MFDI terminal, the SE4 [Brake Response Error] detection condition will not be H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] but H1-xx = 5B. If these conditions occur during the time set in S6-05 [BrakeSet Error(SE4) DetectDelayT] when the drive starts or while stopped, the drive detects an SE4 and it will be unable to do the operation sequence: • The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. • The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and both two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. 4
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 195
Source page
Page 196
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.35 Fault Operation during Start (Left) and Fault Operation during Stop (Right)
Fault Operation during Run Note: When H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] is set to the MFDI terminal, the SE4 [Brake Response Error] detection condition will not be H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] but H1-xx = 5B. If these conditions continue after the time set in S6-06 [SE4 Detection Time During Run] passes during run, the drive detects an SE4 and it will be unable to do the operation sequence: • The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79. • The state of these signals (release/close) do not match: one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and both two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79.
196 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 197
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications Figure 4.36 Momentary Power Loss of Brake Feedback 1 Input during Run
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 197
Source page
Page 198
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Figure 4.37 Fault Operation during Run ■ Brake Response Monitor Function Test
When you use the BRM function, be sure to do the following tests before you start the operation. Function Test NPN Logic Follow the steps below to do the NPN logic function test. 1. Open the MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] of the motor brake 1. (e.g. the signals set to the S7 input terminals). 2. Execute the operation sequence. During start, an SE4 [Brake Response Error] is triggered and the drive stops. The drive stops operation. The drive prevents the operation sequence from being executed because the SE4 fault is triggered even after a power cycle. 3. Close the MFDI terminals set for Brake Feedback N.O. of the motor brake 1. 4. Execute the operation sequence. The drive stops operation. The drive prevents the operation sequence from being executed because the SE4 fault is triggered even after a power cycle. 5. Set S6-08 = 1 [SE4 Fault Reset = Enabled] to reset the SE4 fault. 6. Execute the operation sequence. The drive operates normally. Repeat this NPN logic function test with Brake Feedback N.O. of the motor brake 2, such as the signals set to the S8 input terminals. Function Test PNP Logic Follow the steps below to do the PNP logic function test. 1. Close the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] of motor brake 1, and connect the 24 V power supply. 2. Execute the operation sequence. During start, an SE4 [Brake Response Error] is triggered and the drive stops. The drive stops operation. The drive prevents the operation sequence from being executed because the SE4 fault is triggered even after a power cycle.
198 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 199
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications 3. Open the MFDI terminal set for Brake Feedback N.O. of motor brake 1, turn off the 24 V power supply, and connect the signal line. 4. Execute the operation sequence. The drive stops operation. The drive prevents the operation sequence from being executed because the SE4 fault is triggered even after a power cycle. 5. Set S6-08 = 1 [SE4 Fault Reset = Enabled] to reset the SE4 fault. 6. Execute the operation sequence. The drive operates normally. Repeat this PNP logic function test with Brake Feedback N.O. of the motor brake 2, such as the signals set to the S8 input terminals. ■ How to Check the Motor Brake and the Brake Feedback Check the following. • Check that the motor brake is operating correctly. • Check that the motor brake terminal status is normal. • Check that motor brake 1 and motor brake 2 are correctly connected. • Check that the MFDI terminals are opening and closing normally. (Use monitor parameter U1-10 [Input Terminal Status] to check.) ◆ Short Circuit Braking Function When you use the PM motor, you can use the drive to forcefully cause a short across the motor terminals to apply the brake. This braking operation is the “Short Circuit Braking function”. When you use the Short Circuit Braking function to stop the motor, set the sequence to operate this braking function when the drive output is shut off. If the drive short circuits the motor terminals while it is outputting the torque, it can cause damage to the drive. To set the sequence to prevent the short circuit of motor terminals while the drive is outputting the torque, you can use the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 78 [Short Circuit Brake Release] to control the external relay and electromagnetic contactor for the Short Circuit Braking. The necessary operation to use the MFDO signal set for H2-xx = 78 changes depending on whether you use the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 4B or 4C [Short Circuit MCFeedback (NO) or Short Circuit MCFeedback (NC)] together: • When you use the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 4B or 4C - When the drive operation starts The terminal set for H2-xx = 78 activates when the STo [Safe Torque OFF] or baseblock command is removed. To prevent the short circuit, start the drive operation 20 ms after the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 4B or 4C activates, and when S1-10 [Up/Down Command Delay Time] passes after the drive receives the Up/ Down command. - When the drive operation stops The terminal set for H2-xx = 78 deactivates when the drive is in the STo or when the time set in S1-10 passes after the drive receives the baseblock command. 4 • When you do not use the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 4B or 4C - When the drive operation starts The terminal set for H2-xx = 78 activates when the STo or baseblock command is removed. To prevent the short circuit, start the drive operation when the time set in S1-10 passes after the drive receives the Up/Down command. - When the drive operation stops The terminal set for H2-xx = 78 deactivates when the drive is in the STo or when the time set in S1-10 passes after the drive receives the baseblock command. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 199
Source page
Page 200
4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator Applications
Note: •For the coil power supply, use a power supply with power loss protection, or a power supply with a long time constant at power loss, for example, UPS or DC power supply. Even when you use this function, the drive can short circuit the motor terminals while it is outputting the torque if: -The coil power supply of the electromagnetic contactor for Short Circuit Braking shown in the dashed frame in Figure 4.38 turns OFF immediately when a power loss occurs -The circuit configuration immediately turns OFF the coil power supply at Emergency Stop •When L8-88 = 0 [Safe Disable Operation Mode = Mode 0 (Alarm-On, Ready-Off)], the drive does not output the signal set for H2-xx = 78. •The MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 78 activates during Auto-Tuning.
Figure 4.38 Wiring Example to Use Short Circuit Braking Function
200 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 201
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.9 Improve Ride Comfort 4.9 Improve Ride Comfort The following table describes the most common problems related to ride comfort and proposes countermeasures to those problems. Before taking any action, make sure the startup procedures have been performed as previously described. Problem ControlMethodandPossibleCause CorrectiveAction • IncreaseS1-02[DCInjectionCurrentatStart]. Insufficienttorquewhenthebrakeisreleased. • IncreaseE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]andE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage].Makesurethatthestartingandleveling V/fandOLV currentdoesnotrisetoohigh. Thesliportorquecompensationfunctionactstoo SetthetimeforS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]asshort slowly. aspossible,andmakesurethatbrakereleasescompletely beforethemotorstartstoturn. Thesliportorquecompensationfunctionactstoo • DecreaseC4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]. OLV slowly. • DecreaseC3-02[SlipCompensationDelayTime]. Rollbackatstart Thespeedcontrolisnotrespondingfastenoughwhen AdjustthespeedcontroloparametersusedduringPosition thebrakeisreleased. Lock.IncreaseC5-19[ASRPGainduringPositionLock]and decreaseC5-20[ASRITimeduringPositionLock]. CLV CLV/PM ThePositionLockcontrolloopdoesnotrespondfast • Adjustthespeedcontroloparametersusedduring enough. PositionLock.IncreaseC5-19anddecreaseC5-20. • IncreaseS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]gradually untilrollbackdisappears. Motortorqueisnotfullyestablishedwhenthebrakeis IncreasethetimessetinS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]and released. S1-04. All Motorcontactorclosestoolate. MakesurethatthecontactorsareclosedbeforetheUp/Down commandisissued. Motorstartsturningwhenthebrakeisnotcompletely IncreasethetimesetinS1-04. releasedorrunsagainstthebrake. Shockatstart All Accelerationrateischangingtooquickly. DecreasetheJerkatStartofAcceleration.DecreaseC2-01 [Jerk@StartofAccel]ifsetinm/s2,increaseC2-01ifsetins. Rollbackoccursduringbrakerelease. Referto“Rollbackatstart”. Brakeisappliedtooearly,causingthemotortorun IncreaseS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime].Ifnecessary,also againstthebrake. increaseS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. All Motorcontactorisreleasedbeforethebrakeisfully Checkthemotorcontactorsequence. applied. Shockatstop Rollbackoccursbeforethebrakeappliesatstop. • MakesurethatC5-13[ASRProportionalGain3]andC5- CLV 14[ASRIntegralTime3]areadjustedcorrectly. CLV/PM • IncreaseS3-03[PositionLockGainatStop]graduallyuntil norollbackoccurs.Ifvibrationoccurs,decreaseS3-03. Toofasttorqueorslipcompensation. • IncreaseC4-02. OLV • IncreaseC3-02. Speedcontrolloopsettingistoosoftortoohard. • AdjustthevaluessetinC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1] andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. • Adjustn5-xx[FeedForwardControl]parametersifspeed controlloopsettingscannotsolvetheproblem. Incorrectmotordata. • Forinductionmotors: ReadjustthemotordatainE2-xx[MotorParameters], Jerkoccursduetoovershootwhenthe CLV especiallythevaluessetinE2-02[MotorRatedSlip]and 4 motorreachestopspeed. CLV/PM E2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent],ordoAuto-Tuningagain. • ForPMmotors: ReadjustthemotordatainE5-xx[PMMotorSettings]ordo Auto-Tuningagain. Inertiacompensationfunctionisnotsetupcorrectly. Whenn5-01=1[FeedForwardControlSelection=Enabled], makesurethatthevaluessetinn5-02[MotorInertia AccelerationRamp]andn5-03[FeedForwardControlGain] arecorrect. All T re h a e ch a i c n c g el t e h r e at s i e o l n ec r t a e t d e s c p h e a e n d g . estooquicklywhen D [J e e c r r k e @ ase E t n h d eJ o e f r A k c a c t e t l h ] e if E s n e d ti o n f m A / c s c 2 e , l i e n r c a r t e io as n e .D C2 ec -0 re 2 a i s f e s C et 2 i - n 02 s. V/fandOLV Notenoughtorqueatlowspeed. I le n v c e re li a n s g e c E u 1 r - r 1 en 0 t a d n o d e E s 1 n - o 0 t 8 r . is M e a to k o e h su ig re h. thatthestartingand Motordataincorrect. ReadjustthemotordatainE2-xxparameters,especiallythe OLVandCLV valuessetinE2-02andE2-03,ordoAuto-Tuningagain. Toomuchslipcompensation. Motorstopsshortly(undershoot)when Speedcontrollooprespondstooslow. IncreasetheSpeedControlGainanddecreasetheSpeed thelevelingspeedisreached. ControlIntegralTimeusedforLowSpeedatStop.Referto CLV SpeedLoopAdjustments(CLVandCLV/PM). CLV/PM Theinertiacompensationfunctionisnotsetup Whenn5-01=1,makesurethatthevaluessetinn5-02andn5- correctly. 03arecorrect. All T re h a e ch d i e n c g el l e e r v a e t l i i o n n g r s a p te ee c d h . angestooquicklywhen D [J e e c r r k e @ ase E t n h d eJ o e f r D k e a c t e t l h ] e if E s n e d t o in f m D / e s c 2 e , l i e n r c a r t e io a n se .D C e 2 c - r 0 e 4 as if e s C e 2 t - i 0 n 4 s. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 201
| Problem | ControlMethodandPossibleCause | Column | CorrectiveAction |
|---|---|---|---|
| Rollbackatstart | V/fandOLV | Insufficienttorquewhenthebrakeisreleased. | • IncreaseS1-02[DCInjectionCurrentatStart]. • IncreaseE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]andE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage].Makesurethatthestartingandleveling currentdoesnotrisetoohigh. |
| Thesliportorquecompensationfunctionactstoo slowly. | SetthetimeforS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]asshort aspossible,andmakesurethatbrakereleasescompletely beforethemotorstartstoturn. | ||
| OLV | Thesliportorquecompensationfunctionactstoo slowly. | • DecreaseC4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]. • DecreaseC3-02[SlipCompensationDelayTime]. | |
| CLV CLV/PM | Thespeedcontrolisnotrespondingfastenoughwhen thebrakeisreleased. | AdjustthespeedcontrolloopparametersusedduringPosition Lock.IncreaseC5-19[ASRPGainduringPositionLock]and decreaseC5-20[ASRITimeduringPositionLock]. | |
| ThePositionLockcontrolloopdoesnotrespondfast enough. | • Adjustthespeedcontrolloopparametersusedduring PositionLock.IncreaseC5-19anddecreaseC5-20. • IncreaseS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]gradually untilrollbackdisappears. | ||
| All | Motortorqueisnotfullyestablishedwhenthebrakeis released. | IncreasethetimessetinS1-06[BrakeReleaseDelayTime]and S1-04. | |
| Motorcontactorclosestoolate. | MakesurethatthecontactorsareclosedbeforetheUp/Down commandisissued. | ||
| Shockatstart | All | Motorstartsturningwhenthebrakeisnotcompletely releasedorrunsagainstthebrake. | IncreasethetimesetinS1-04. |
| Accelerationrateischangingtooquickly. | DecreasetheJerkatStartofAcceleration.DecreaseC2-01 [Jerk@StartofAccel]ifsetinm/s2,increaseC2-01ifsetins. | ||
| Rollbackoccursduringbrakerelease. | Referto“Rollbackatstart”. | ||
| Shockatstop | All | Brakeisappliedtooearly,causingthemotortorun againstthebrake. | IncreaseS1-07[BrakeCloseDelayTime].Ifnecessary,also increaseS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. |
| Motorcontactorisreleasedbeforethebrakeisfully applied. | Checkthemotorcontactorsequence. | ||
| CLV CLV/PM | Rollbackoccursbeforethebrakeappliesatstop. | • MakesurethatC5-13[ASRProportionalGain3]andC5- 14[ASRIntegralTime3]areadjustedcorrectly. • IncreaseS3-03[PositionLockGainatStop]graduallyuntil norollbackoccurs.Ifvibrationoccurs,decreaseS3-03. | |
| Jerkoccursduetoovershootwhenthe motorreachestopspeed. | OLV | Toofasttorqueorslipcompensation. | • IncreaseC4-02. • IncreaseC3-02. |
| CLV CLV/PM | Speedcontrolloopsettingistoosoftortoohard. | • AdjustthevaluessetinC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1] andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. • Adjustn5-xx[FeedForwardControl]parametersifspeed controlloopsettingscannotsolvetheproblem. | |
| Incorrectmotordata. | • Forinductionmotors: ReadjustthemotordatainE2-xx[MotorParameters], especiallythevaluessetinE2-02[MotorRatedSlip]and E2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent],ordoAuto-Tuningagain. • ForPMmotors: ReadjustthemotordatainE5-xx[PMMotorSettings]ordo Auto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Inertiacompensationfunctionisnotsetupcorrectly. | Whenn5-01=1[FeedForwardControlSelection=Enabled], makesurethatthevaluessetinn5-02[MotorInertia AccelerationRamp]andn5-03[FeedForwardControlGain] arecorrect. | ||
| All | Theaccelerationratechangestooquicklywhen reachingtheselectedspeed. | DecreasetheJerkattheEndofAcceleration.DecreaseC2-02 [Jerk@EndofAccel]ifsetinm/s2,increaseC2-02ifsetins. | |
| Motorstopsshortly(undershoot)when thelevelingspeedisreached. | V/fandOLV | Notenoughtorqueatlowspeed. | IncreaseE1-10andE1-08.Makesurethatthestartingand levelingcurrentdoesnotrisetoohigh. |
| OLVandCLV | Motordataincorrect. | ReadjustthemotordatainE2-xxparameters,especiallythe valuessetinE2-02andE2-03,ordoAuto-Tuningagain. | |
| Toomuchslipcompensation. | |||
| CLV CLV/PM | Speedcontrollooprespondstooslow. | IncreasetheSpeedControlGainanddecreasetheSpeed ControlIntegralTimeusedforLowSpeedatStop.Referto SpeedLoopAdjustments(CLVandCLV/PM). | |
| Theinertiacompensationfunctionisnotsetup correctly. | Whenn5-01=1,makesurethatthevaluessetinn5-02andn5- 03arecorrect. | ||
| All | Thedecelerationratechangestooquicklywhen reachinglevelingspeed. | DecreasetheJerkattheEndofDeceleration.DecreaseC2-04 [Jerk@EndofDecel]ifsetinm/s2,increaseC2-04ifsetins. |
Source page
Page 202
4.9 Improve Ride Comfort
Problem ControlMethodandPossibleCause CorrectiveAction Motorspeedovershootatacceleration Inertiaishigh. UsetheFeedForwardControlFunction.Setn5-01=1and endandundershootwhenreaching CLV thenadjustn5-02andn5-03asdescribedinInertia levelingspeedoccurs.Problemcannot Compensation(CLVandCLV/PM). beresolvedbyadjustingthespeed CLV/PM loop. OLV Torquecompensationrespondstooquickly. IncreaseC4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]. Motorormachinevibratesathigh speedortopspeed. CLV Speedcontrolloopadjustedtoohard. DecreaseC5-01,thenincreaseC5-02. CLV/PM V/fandOLV Outputvoltageistoohigh. DecreaseE1-10andE1-08. OLV Torquecompensationisrespondingtooquickly. IncreaseC4-02. OLV Thevalueforthemotorslipissetincorrectly. ChecktheMotorSlipvalueinE2-02.Increaseordecreaseitin CLV stepsof0.2Hz. Motorormachinevibratesinthelow Speedcontrolloopadjustedwithtoomuchgain. • DecreaseC5-01andthenincreaseC5-02iftheproblem ormediumspeedrange. occursatspeedhigherthanC5-07[ASRGainSwitchover Speed]. CLV • DecreaseC5-03[ASRProportionalGain2]andthen increaseC5-04[ASRIntegralTime2]iftheproblemoccurs CLV/PM atspeedlowerthanC5-07. • DecreaseC5-13andthenincreaseC5-14iftheproblem occursatspeedlowerthanC5-07butonlyduring deceleration. ThePositionLockcontrolloopdoesnotrespondfast • IfvibrationoccursatDuringPositionLockatstart,first enough. decreaseS3-02. • DecreaseS3-03ifvibrationoccursDuringPositionLockat stop. MotorormachinevibratesinDuring CLV • Whenyouusetheabsoluteencoder,iftheproblem PositionLock. CLV/PM continuesafteryouadjustedtheseparameters,adjustthe valuesetinF1-48[DetectSpeedFilter]in1-unit increments. Thespeedcontrolisnotrespondingquicklyenough DecreaseC5-19andthenincreaseC5-20. whenthebrakeisreleased. CLV Encodervibrates. Checktheencodermountingandthealignmentofencoderand CLV/PM motorshaft. Vibrationswiththefrequencyequalto themotorspeedoccur. Mechanicalproblems. Checkbearingsandgearbox. All Rotationalparts(motorarmature,handwheel,brake Properlybalancerotatingparts. disk/drum)arenotproperlybalanced. Theanalogreferencevalueisnotstableorthesignalis • Checktheanalogsignallineconnection.Useshielded O sp s e c e i d lla r t e i f o e n r s en w c h e. enusingananalog All noisy. • t A w p i p st l e y d a p f a il i t r e c r a t b o le th s e . analoginputsignalbysettingparameter H3-13[AnalogInputFilterTimeConstant]. T re o g p en sp er e a e t d iv i e s m di o ff d e e r . entinmotoringand OLV S sw li i p tc C h o e m do p f e f n . sationduringRegenerativeoperationis D c M o i a r s r k a e e b c l t s e l u y d r ] e a . n th d a s t e C t 3 C - 3 0 - 4 05 [S = lip 0 C [O om ut p p e u n t s V a o ti l o ta n g a e t L R im eg i e t n S ] el i e s c s t e io t n= Thedrivesanaloginputisnotsetaccordingtothe Checkthegainandbiassettingsfortheanaloginputthatis signallevelofthecontrollerspeedreferenceoutput usedtosetthespeedreference. signal. • ForinputA1,checkH3-03[TerminalA1GainSetting]and Speedreferenceandmotorspeeddo H3-04[TerminalA1BiasSetting] notmatchwhenusingananalog All referencesignal. • ForinputA2,checkH3-11[TerminalA2GainSetting]and H3-12[TerminalA2BiasSetting]. • ForinputA3,checkH3-07[TerminalA3GainSetting]and H3-08[TerminalA3BiasSetting]. Theloadistoohigh. • Checkiftheaccelerationratesetisnottoohigh (accelerationtimeistooshort). All • f M ul a f k il e lt s h u e re ap th p a l t ic t a h t e io 5 n 0% req E u D ire c m ur e r n e t n s t . ofthedriveisenoughto • Makesurethattheloadisnotseized,carguidelubricationis AccelerationislongerthansettoC1- ok,etc. xxparameters. V/fandOLV T st h a e ll l p o r a e d ve is nt t i o o o n h l i e g v h el a . ndthecurrent/torqueexceedsthe n C o h t e s c e k t i t f o t o h s e m S a ta ll l . lPreventionLevelatAccelerationinL3-02is OLV,CLV Theloadistoohighandthetorqueexceedsthedrives CheckifL7-xx[TorqueLimit]parametersarenotsettoolow. CLV/PM torquelimits. All Theloadistoohigh. f M ul a f k il e lt s h u e re a t p h p a l t ic t a h t e io 5 n 0% req E u D ire c m ur e r n e t n s t . ofthedriveisenoughto M ref o e t r o e r n s c p e e a e t d c d o o n e s s ta n n o t t s m pe a e t d c . hthespeed V/f T st h a e ll l p o r a e d ve is nt t i o o o n h l i e g v h el a . ndthecurrent/torqueexceedsthe P C r h e e v c e k n i t f L t e h v e e S l t d a u ll ri P n r g ev R e u n n t ] io i n s L no e t ve se l t D to u o rin lo g w R . uninL3-06[Stall OLV,CLV Theloadistoohighandthetorqueexceedsthetorque CheckifL7-xxparametersarenotsettoolow. CLV/PM limits. H th i e g m hf o r t e o q r. uencyacousticnoisefrom All Thecarrierfrequencyistoolow. I s c n e o c t n r h s e i i a d g s e h e r e e C r d t 6 . h - a 0 n 3 t [ h C e a d r e r f i a e u r l F ts re e q tt u in e g n , c a y] c . u I r f r t e h n e t c d a e r r r a i t e i r ng fre m q u u s e t n b c e yis 202 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Problem | ControlMethodandPossibleCause | Column | CorrectiveAction |
|---|---|---|---|
| Motorspeedovershootatacceleration endandundershootwhenreaching levelingspeedoccurs.Problemcannot beresolvedbyadjustingthespeed loop. | CLV CLV/PM | Inertiaishigh. | UsetheFeedForwardControlFunction.Setn5-01=1and thenadjustn5-02andn5-03asdescribedinInertia Compensation(CLVandCLV/PM). |
| Motorormachinevibratesathigh speedortopspeed. | OLV | Torquecompensationrespondstooquickly. | IncreaseC4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]. |
| CLV CLV/PM | Speedcontrolloopadjustedtoohard. | DecreaseC5-01,thenincreaseC5-02. | |
| Motorormachinevibratesinthelow ormediumspeedrange. | V/fandOLV | Outputvoltageistoohigh. | DecreaseE1-10andE1-08. |
| OLV | Torquecompensationisrespondingtooquickly. | IncreaseC4-02. | |
| OLV CLV | Thevalueforthemotorslipissetincorrectly. | ChecktheMotorSlipvalueinE2-02.Increaseordecreaseitin stepsof0.2Hz. | |
| CLV CLV/PM | Speedcontrolloopadjustedwithtoomuchgain. | • DecreaseC5-01andthenincreaseC5-02iftheproblem occursatspeedhigherthanC5-07[ASRGainSwitchover Speed]. • DecreaseC5-03[ASRProportionalGain2]andthen increaseC5-04[ASRIntegralTime2]iftheproblemoccurs atspeedlowerthanC5-07. • DecreaseC5-13andthenincreaseC5-14iftheproblem occursatspeedlowerthanC5-07butonlyduring deceleration. | |
| MotorormachinevibratesinDuring PositionLock. | CLV CLV/PM | ThePositionLockcontrolloopdoesnotrespondfast enough. | • IfvibrationoccursatDuringPositionLockatstart,first decreaseS3-02. • DecreaseS3-03ifvibrationoccursDuringPositionLockat stop. • Whenyouusetheabsoluteencoder,iftheproblem continuesafteryouadjustedtheseparameters,adjustthe valuesetinF1-48[DetectSpeedFilter]in1-unit increments. |
| Thespeedcontrolisnotrespondingquicklyenough whenthebrakeisreleased. | DecreaseC5-19andthenincreaseC5-20. | ||
| Vibrationswiththefrequencyequalto themotorspeedoccur. | CLV CLV/PM | Encodervibrates. | Checktheencodermountingandthealignmentofencoderand motorshaft. |
| All | Mechanicalproblems. | Checkbearingsandgearbox. | |
| Rotationalparts(motorarmature,handwheel,brake disk/drum)arenotproperlybalanced. | Properlybalancerotatingparts. | ||
| Oscillationswhenusingananalog speedreference. | All | Theanalogreferencevalueisnotstableorthesignalis noisy. | • Checktheanalogsignallineconnection.Useshielded twistedpaircables. • Applyafiltertotheanaloginputsignalbysettingparameter H3-13[AnalogInputFilterTimeConstant]. |
| Topspeedisdifferentinmotoringand regenerativemode. | OLV | SlipCompensationduringRegenerativeoperationis switchedoff. | MakesurethatC3-04[SlipCompensationatRegen]isset correctlyandsetC3-05=0[OutputVoltageLimitSelection= Disabled]. |
| Speedreferenceandmotorspeeddo notmatchwhenusingananalog referencesignal. | All | Thedrivesanaloginputisnotsetaccordingtothe signallevelofthecontrollerspeedreferenceoutput signal. | Checkthegainandbiassettingsfortheanaloginputthatis usedtosetthespeedreference. • ForinputA1,checkH3-03[TerminalA1GainSetting]and H3-04[TerminalA1BiasSetting] • ForinputA2,checkH3-11[TerminalA2GainSetting]and H3-12[TerminalA2BiasSetting]. • ForinputA3,checkH3-07[TerminalA3GainSetting]and H3-08[TerminalA3BiasSetting]. |
| AccelerationislongerthansettoC1- xxparameters. | All | Theloadistoohigh. | • Checkiftheaccelerationratesetisnottoohigh (accelerationtimeistooshort). • Makesurethatthe50%EDcurrentofthedriveisenoughto fulfilltheapplicationrequirements. • Makesurethattheloadisnotseized,carguidelubricationis ok,etc. |
| V/fandOLV | Theloadistoohighandthecurrent/torqueexceedsthe stallpreventionlevel. | CheckiftheStallPreventionLevelatAccelerationinL3-02is notsettoosmall. | |
| OLV,CLV CLV/PM | Theloadistoohighandthetorqueexceedsthedrives torquelimits. | CheckifL7-xx[TorqueLimit]parametersarenotsettoolow. | |
| Motorspeeddoesnotmatchthespeed referenceatconstantspeed. | All | Theloadistoohigh. | Makesurethatthe50%EDcurrentofthedriveisenoughto fulfilltheapplicationrequirements. |
| V/f | Theloadistoohighandthecurrent/torqueexceedsthe stallpreventionlevel. | CheckiftheStallPreventionLevelDuringRuninL3-06[Stall PreventLevelduringRun]isnotsettoolow. | |
| OLV,CLV CLV/PM | Theloadistoohighandthetorqueexceedsthetorque limits. | CheckifL7-xxparametersarenotsettoolow. | |
| Highfrequencyacousticnoisefrom themotor. | All | Thecarrierfrequencyistoolow. | IncreaseC6-03[CarrierFrequency].Ifthecarrierfrequencyis sethigherthanthedefaultsetting,acurrentderatingmustbe considered. |
Source page
Page 203
nuRtseTdnaerudecorPputratS 4.10 Test Run Checklist 4.10 Test Run Checklist Examine the items in this checklist and check each item before a test run. Checked No. Description 1 Correctlyinstallandwirethedriveasspecifiedbythismanual. 2 Energizethedrive. 3 SetthevoltageforthepowersupplyinE1-01[InputACSupplyVoltage]. Check the applicable items as specified by your control method. Table 4.19 V/f Control [A1-02 = 0] Checked No. Description 4 ManuallysetthebestV/fpatternforyourapplicationandmotorcharacteristics. Table 4.20 Open Loop Vector Control [A1-02 = 2] or Closed Loop Vector Control [A1-02 = 3] Checked No. Description 5 Decouplemotorshaftsandmachines. Refertotheinformationonthemotornameplateandsetthisdatacorrectly: • Motorratedpower(kW)toT1-02 • Motorratedvoltage(V)toT1-03 6 • Motorratedcurrent(A)toT1-04 • Motorbasefrequency(Hz)toT1-05 • NumberofmotorpolestoT1-06 • Motorbasespeed(min-1)toT1-07 7 DoAuto-Tuning. Table 4.21 Closed Loop Vector Control [A1-02 = 3] Checked No. Description 8 SetF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount(PPR)]andF1-05[Encoder1RotationSelection]. 9 SetC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. Table 4.22 PM Closed Loop Vector Control [A1-02 = 7] Checked No. Description 10 SetE5-02throughE5-24[PMMotorSettings]. 11 SetC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. 12 SetF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount(PPR)]andF1-05[Encoder1RotationSelection]. 13 SetE5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]. Checked No. Description 14 Thekeypadwillshow“Rdy”afterstartingtooperatethemotor. 4 15 TogivetheUp/DowncommandandSpeedreferencefromthekeypad,push tosettoLOCALMode(wheninLOCALMode,theLO/ RELEDilluminates). 16 Ifthemotorrotatesintheoppositedirectionduringtestrun,switchtwoofthemotorcables(U/T1,V/T2,W/T3). 17 SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]andL1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection]correctlyformotorthermalprotection. 18 S th e e t L th O e / d R r E ive LE fo D rR tu E rn M s O O T F E F) M . odewhenthecontrolcircuitterminalssupplytheUp/DowncommandandSpeedreference(inREMOTEMode, WhenterminalA1isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput 19 - SetH3-01=0,1[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0),-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]. - SetH3-02=0[TerminalA1FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 203
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Correctlyinstallandwirethedriveasspecifiedbythismanual. | |
| 2 | Energizethedrive. | |
| 3 | SetthevoltageforthepowersupplyinE1-01[InputACSupplyVoltage]. |
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 4 | ManuallysetthebestV/fpatternforyourapplicationandmotorcharacteristics. |
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5 | Decouplemotorshaftsandmachines. | |
| 6 | Refertotheinformationonthemotornameplateandsetthisdatacorrectly: • Motorratedpower(kW)toT1-02 • Motorratedvoltage(V)toT1-03 • Motorratedcurrent(A)toT1-04 • Motorbasefrequency(Hz)toT1-05 • NumberofmotorpolestoT1-06 • Motorbasespeed(min-1)toT1-07 | |
| 7 | DoAuto-Tuning. |
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 8 | SetF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount(PPR)]andF1-05[Encoder1RotationSelection]. | |
| 9 | SetC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. |
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 10 | SetE5-02throughE5-24[PMMotorSettings]. | |
| 11 | SetC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andC5-02[ASRIntegralTime1]. | |
| 12 | SetF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount(PPR)]andF1-05[Encoder1RotationSelection]. | |
| 13 | SetE5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]. |
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 14 | Thekeypadwillshow“Rdy”afterstartingtooperatethemotor. | |
| 15 | TogivetheUp/DowncommandandSpeedreferencefromthekeypad,push tosettoLOCALMode(wheninLOCALMode,theLO/ RELEDilluminates). | |
| 16 | Ifthemotorrotatesintheoppositedirectionduringtestrun,switchtwoofthemotorcables(U/T1,V/T2,W/T3). | |
| 17 | SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]andL1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection]correctlyformotorthermalprotection. | |
| 18 | SetthedriveforREMOTEModewhenthecontrolcircuitterminalssupplytheUp/DowncommandandSpeedreference(inREMOTEMode, theLO/RELEDturnsOFF). | |
| 19 | WhenterminalA1isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput - SetH3-01=0,1[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0),-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]. - SetH3-02=0[TerminalA1FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. |
Source page
Page 204
4.10 Test Run Checklist
Checked No. Description WhenterminalA2isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput - SetDIPSwitchS1onthedriveto“V”. - SetH3-09=0,1[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect=0-10V(LowLim=0),-10to10V(BipolarReference)]. 21 - SetH3-10=0[TerminalA2FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. • Currentinput - SetDIPSwitchS1onthedriveto“I”. - SetH3-09=2,3[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect=4to20mA,0to20mA]. - SetH3-10=0[TerminalA2FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. WhenterminalA3isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput 22 - SetDIPSwitchS4onthedrivetoanaloginputside. - SetH3-05=0,1[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0),-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]. - SetH3-06=0[TerminalA3FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. Makesurethatthespeedreferencereachesthenecessaryminimumandmaximumvalues. Note: Ifdriveoperationisincorrect,maketheseadjustments: 23 •Gainadjustment:Setthemaximumvoltageandcurrentvalues,thenadjusttheanaloginputgainuntilthespeedreferencereachesthe necessaryvalue.(ForterminalA1input:H3-03,forterminalA2input:H3-11,forterminalA3input:H3-07) •Biasadjustment:Setthemaximumvoltage/currentvalues,thenadjusttheanaloginputbiasuntilthespeedreferencereachesthenecessary minimumvalue.(ForterminalA1input:H3-04,forterminalA2input:H3-12,forterminalA3input:H3-08)
204 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Checked | No. | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 21 | WhenterminalA2isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput - SetDIPSwitchS1onthedriveto“V”. - SetH3-09=0,1[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect=0-10V(LowLim=0),-10to10V(BipolarReference)]. - SetH3-10=0[TerminalA2FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. • Currentinput - SetDIPSwitchS1onthedriveto“I”. - SetH3-09=2,3[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect=4to20mA,0to20mA]. - SetH3-10=0[TerminalA2FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. | |
| 22 | WhenterminalA3isusedforthespeedreference: • Voltageinput - SetDIPSwitchS4onthedrivetoanaloginputside. - SetH3-05=0,1[TerminalA3SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0),-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]. - SetH3-06=0[TerminalA3FunctionSelection=SpeedReference]. | |
| 23 | Makesurethatthespeedreferencereachesthenecessaryminimumandmaximumvalues. Note: Ifdriveoperationisincorrect,maketheseadjustments: •Gainadjustment:Setthemaximumvoltageandcurrentvalues,thenadjusttheanaloginputgainuntilthespeedreferencereachesthe necessaryvalue.(ForterminalA1input:H3-03,forterminalA2input:H3-11,forterminalA3input:H3-07) •Biasadjustment:Setthemaximumvoltage/currentvalues,thenadjusttheanaloginputbiasuntilthespeedreferencereachesthenecessary minimumvalue.(ForterminalA1input:H3-04,forterminalA2input:H3-12,forterminalA3input:H3-08) |
Source page
Page 205
Standards Compliance
This chapter gives information about how to make the machines and devices that use this product comply with European standards and UL standards.
5.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................206 5.2 European Standards..............................................................................................208 5.3 United Kingdom Conformity Assessed Marking............................................225 5.4 UL Standards...........................................................................................................227 5.5 China RoHS Compliance......................................................................................245
5.6 对应中国RoHS指令..................................................................................................246 5.7 Safe Disable Input ..................................................................................................247 5.8 No Motor Contactor Solution ..............................................................................254
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 205
Source page
Page 206
5.1 Section Safety
5.1 Section Safety
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal. If you do not ground the equipment correctly, it can cause serious injury or death if you touch the motor case. Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death.
Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when you do work on the drive. Tighten loose clothing and remove all metal objects, for example watches or rings. Loose clothing can catch on the drive and jewelry can conduct electricity and cause serious injury or death. Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user.
Fire Hazard Remove the insulation from the connection wire ends to the length shown in “Wire Stripping Length”. If you pinch the insulation in the wire terminals, it can cause serious injury or death from fire. Make sure that there are no loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core after wiring is complete. Loose stranded wires or frayed wires in the wire core can create a short circuit and cause serious injury or death from electrical shock or fire. Tighten all terminal screws to the correct tightening torque. Connections that are too loose or too tight can cause incorrect operation and damage to the drive. Incorrect connections can also cause death or serious injury from fire.
Tighten screws at an angle in the specified range shown in this manual. If you tighten the screws at an angle not in the specified range, you can have loose connections that can cause damage to the terminal block or start a fire and cause serious injury or death. Damage to Equipment Do not apply incorrect voltage to the main circuit of the drive. Operate the drive in the specified range of the input voltage on the drive nameplate. Voltages that are higher than the permitted nameplate tolerance can cause damage to the drive.
206 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotoperatethedrivewhencoversaremissing.Replacecoversandshieldsbeforeyou operatethedrive.Usethedriveonlyasspecifiedbytheinstructions. Somefiguresinthissectionincludedriveswithoutcoversorsafetyshieldstomoreclearlyshowtheinsideofthe drive.Ifcoversorsafetyshieldsaremissingfromthedrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Alwaysgroundthemotor-sidegroundingterminal. Ifyoudonotgroundtheequipmentcorrectly,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathifyoutouchthemotorcase. Donotremovecoversortouchcircuitboardswhilethedriveisenergized. Ifyoutouchtheinternalcomponentsofanenergizeddrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotwearlooseclothingorjewelrywhenyoudoworkonthedrive.Tightenlooseclothing andremoveallmetalobjects,forexamplewatchesorrings. Looseclothingcancatchonthedriveandjewelrycanconductelectricityandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Fire Hazard Removetheinsulationfromtheconnectionwireendstothelengthshownin“WireStripping Length”. Ifyoupinchtheinsulationinthewireterminals,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfire. Makesurethattherearenoloosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecoreafterwiringis complete. Loosestrandedwiresorfrayedwiresinthewirecorecancreateashortcircuitandcauseseriousinjuryordeath fromelectricalshockorfire. Tightenallterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Connectionsthataretoolooseortootightcancauseincorrectoperationanddamagetothedrive.Incorrect connectionscanalsocausedeathorseriousinjuryfromfire. Tightenscrewsatanangleinthespecifiedrangeshowninthismanual. Ifyoutightenthescrewsatananglenotinthespecifiedrange,youcanhavelooseconnectionsthatcancause damagetotheterminalblockorstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Damage to Equipment Donotapplyincorrectvoltagetothemaincircuitofthedrive.Operatethedriveinthespecified rangeoftheinputvoltageonthedrivenameplate. Voltagesthatarehigherthanthepermittednameplatetolerancecancausedamagetothedrive. |
Source page
Page 207
| WARNING |
|---|
| Fire Hazard Donotputflammableorcombustiblematerialsontopofthedriveanddonotinstallthedrive nearflammableorcombustiblematerials.Attachthedrivetometalorothernoncombustible material. Flammableandcombustiblematerialscanstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Crush Hazard Weareyeprotectionwhenyoudoworkonthedrive. Ifyoudonotusecorrectsafetyequipment,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Electrical Shock Hazard AfterthedriveblowsafuseortripsanRCM/RCD,donotimmediatelyenergizethedriveor operateperipheraldevices.Waitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelataminimumand makesurethatallindicatorsareOFF.Thencheckthewiringandperipheraldeviceratingsto findthecauseoftheproblem.Ifyoudonotknowthecauseoftheproblem,contactYaskawa beforeyouenergizethedriveorperipheraldevices. Ifyoudonotfixtheproblembeforeyouoperatethedriveorperipheraldevices,itcancauseseriousinjuryor death. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. Donotbreaktheelectricalconnectionbetweenthedriveandthemotorwhenthedriveis outputtingvoltage. Incorrectequipmentsequencingcancausedamagetothedrive. Beforeyouconnectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive,makesurethatqualifiedpersonnel readandobeytheBrakingUnitandBrakingResistorUnitInstallationManual (TOBPC72060001). Ifyoudonotreadandobeythemanualorifpersonnelarenotqualified,itcancausedamagetothedriveand brakingcircuit. Makesurethatallconnectionsarecorrectafteryouinstallthedriveandconnectperipheral devices. Incorrectconnectionscancausedamagetothedrive. |
Source page
Page 208
5.2 European Standards
5.2 European Standards
Figure 5.1 CE Mark The CE Mark identifies that the product meets environmental and safety standards in the European Union. Products manufactured, sold, or imported in the European Union must display the CE Mark. European Union standards include standards for electrical appliances (Low Voltage Directive), standards for electrical noise (EMC Directive), and standards for machinery (Machinery Directive). This product displays the CE Mark in accordance with the Low Voltage Directive, the EMC Directive, and the Machinery Directive.
Table 5.1 Harmonized Standards EuropeanDirective HarmonizedStandards LowVoltageDirective EN61800-5-1*1 2014/35/EU EMCDirective EN61800-3*1 2014/30/EU • ENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.3)) MachineryDirective • IEC/ENIEC62061(MaximumSIL3)*1 2006/42/EC • EN61800-5-2(SIL3)*1 Restrictionoftheuseofcertainhazardoussubstances(RoHS) ENIEC63000*1 2011/65/EU *1 Refer to “EU Declaration of Conformity” for the year of the Harmonized Standards. The customer must display the CE Mark on the final device containing this product. Customers must verify that the final device complies with EU standards. Table 5.2 Other Applicable Standards EuropeanDirective ApplicableStandards EUErPDirective ThedrivemeetstherequirementsforIE2efficiencyaccordingtotheEuropean 2009/125/EC regulation2019/1781. ThelossesandtheefficiencyclassweredeterminedinaccordancewithIEC61800-9-2. ◆ CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance It has been confirmed that this product complies with the CE Low Voltage Directive by conducting a test according to IEC/EN 61800-5-1. The following conditions must be satisfied for machines and devices incorporating this product to comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive. ■ Area of Use Install this product in a location with Overvoltage Category III and pollution degree 2 or less as specified in IEC/ CE 60664. ■ Guarding Against Debris When you install IP20/UL Open type drives (models: 2xxxxB, 4xxxxB), use an enclosure panel that does not let unwanted material enter the drive from above or below. ■ Electrical Installation Refer to Figure 5.2 for an example of a drive that is wired to comply with the CE Low Voltage Directive.
208 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| EuropeanDirective | HarmonizedStandards |
|---|---|
| LowVoltageDirective 2014/35/EU | EN61800-5-1*1 |
| EMCDirective 2014/30/EU | EN61800-3*1 |
| MachineryDirective 2006/42/EC | • ENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.3)) • IEC/ENIEC62061(MaximumSIL3)*1 • EN61800-5-2(SIL3)*1 |
| Restrictionoftheuseofcertainhazardoussubstances(RoHS) 2011/65/EU | ENIEC63000*1 |
| EuropeanDirective | ApplicableStandards |
|---|---|
| EUErPDirective 2009/125/EC | ThedrivemeetstherequirementsforIE2efficiencyaccordingtotheEuropean regulation2019/1781. ThelossesandtheefficiencyclassweredeterminedinaccordancewithIEC61800-9-2. |
Source page
Page 209
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 209
Source page
Page 210
5.2 European Standards
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 4-6 (-) | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 2031 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 4 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 6 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 4-10 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 2041 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 6-10 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 2059 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (10-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 16 | 6-16 (10-16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 211
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 10-25 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25) 20 M6 (45-49) 6-16 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (16) 20 M6 (45-49) 16-35 5-5.5 2075 -,+1,+2 35 (35) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 6 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 10-25 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25) 20 M6 (45-49) 6-16 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (16) 20 M6 (45-49) 16-35 5-5.5 2094 -,+1,+2 35 (35) 20 M6 (45-49) 4-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 10 (4-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 16-35 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 25 (25-35) 27 M6 (71-80) 16-35 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 25 (25-35) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 10-12 2110 -,+1 25 (25-50) 27 M8 (89-107) 4-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 10 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 25-50 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 35-50 10-12 2144 -,+1 50 (50) 27 M8 (89-107) 6-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 16 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 25 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 5 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 2181 -,-,+1,+1*3*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 +3*4 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-35 9.0-11 35 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 211
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 10-25 (25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-16 (16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 35 | 16-35 (35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 6 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 10-25 (25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-16 (16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 35 | 16-35 (35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-10 (4-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2110 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 25 | 16-35 (25-35) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 25 | 16-35 (25-35) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 25 | 25-50 (25-50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2144 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 50 | 35-50 (50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 25 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2181 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 35 | 25-35 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) |
Source page
Page 212
5.2 European Standards
Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 2225 -,-,+1,+1*3*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 +3*4 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-50 9.0-11 50 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 2269 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 25-150 18-23 95 (-) - M10 (159-204) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 2354 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 95-150 18-23 95 (-) - M10 (159-204) 95-150×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-185×2P 35 2432 -,+1 185×2P (185×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 +3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-240 32-40 120 (-) - M12 (283-354) 95-150×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-185×2P 35 2519 -,+1 185×2P (185×2P) - M12 (310) 95-150×2P 35 +3 150×2P (150×2P) - M12 (310) 120-240 32-40 120 (-) - M12 (283-354) *1 For IP20 protection, use wires that are in the range of applicable gauges. *2 Remove insulation from the ends of wires to expose the length of wire shown. *3 Terminals - and +1 have two screws. The Recommended Gauge is the wire gauge for one terminal. *4 A junction terminal is necessary to connect a braking unit (CDBR-series) to terminals - and +3.
212 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 50 | 25-50 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 2269 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 25-150 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 2354 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 95-150 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 2432 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 95-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) | ||
| 2519 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 120-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
Source page
Page 213
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards Three-Phase 400 V Class Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 2.5 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 2.3-2.5 4012 -,+1,+2 2.5 (2.5) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 1.2-1.5 2.5*3 (-) - M4 (10.6-13.3) 2.5 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 4019 -,+1,+2 2.5 (2.5-16) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-6) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 2.0-2.5 2.5*3 (-) - M5 (17.7-22.1) 2.5-4 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2.5 (2.5-4) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-4 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2.5 (2.5-4) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-4 2.3-2.5 4023 -,+1,+2 4 (2.5-4) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-6) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 2.5-6 2.0-2.5 6*3 (-) - M5 (17.7-22.1) 4-10 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 4-10 5-5.5 4030 -,+1,+2 10 (10) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 4-10 5.4-6.0 10 (-) - M6 (44.3-48.7) 5 4-10 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 2.5-6 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1) 4-10 5-5.5 4039 -,+1,+2 10 (10) 20 M6 (45-49) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 2.5 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-16 5.4-6.0 10 (-) - M6 (44.3-48.7) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 213
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 2.5*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 4019 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2.5 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 2.5*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 4023 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2.5 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 4 | 2.5-4 (2.5-4) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-6 (2.5-6) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6*3 | 2.5-6 (-) | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 4030 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-6 (6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 4-10 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) | ||
| 4039 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-6 (6) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-10 (10) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 2.5 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) |
Source page
Page 214
5.2 European Standards
Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 4-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-16 2.3-2.5 4049 -,+1,+2 16 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 4 (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-16 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 2.5-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 6 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-16 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (6-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-35 2.3-2.5 4056 -,+1,+2 10 (6-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 4 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-16 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 4-16 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (4-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 4-25 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (4-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-35 2.3-2.5 4075 -,+1 16 (6-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 2.5-16 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 6 (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 6-25 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 16 (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 6-25 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 16 (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 10-25 5-5.5 4094 -,+1 25 (16-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 4-35 2.3-2.5 B1,B2 10 (4-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1) 25-50 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 50 (50) 27 M6 (71-80) 35-50 10-12 4114 -,+1 50 (50) 27 M8 (89-107) 6-35 3-3.5 B1,B2 16 (6-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 16-25 5.4-6.0 16 (-) - M6 (47.8-53.1)
214 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4049 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 2.5-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 16 | 6-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-10 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 6-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4056 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 2.5-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-16 (6-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 4-35 (6-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-16 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 4-16 (4-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 4-25 (4-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| B1,B2 | 6 | 2.5-16 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 16 | 10-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 16 | 6-25 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 16 | 6-25 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| -,+1 | 25 | 10-25 (16-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 4-35 (4-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4114 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 50 | 35-50 (50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 16 | 6-35 (6-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 16 | 16-25 (-) | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 215
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards Model Terminal Recomm.Gauge (IP20 A A p p p p li l c ic a a b b le le G G a a u u g g e e*1) Wi L re en S g tr t i h p * p 2 ing TerminalScrew TighteningTorque mm2 mm2 mm SizeandShape N∙m(lbf∙in) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 4140 -,-,+1,+1*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 B1,B2 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 16-25 9.0-11 25 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 50-95 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 50-95 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 95 (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 25-50 8-9 4188 -,-,+1,+1*4 50 (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 25-50 8-9 B1,B2 50 (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 25-35 9.0-11 35 (-) - M8 (79.7-97.4) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 4225 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 25-150×2P 18-23 50 (-) - M10 (159-204) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 4270 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 50-240 18-23 70 (-) - M10 (159-204) 35-95×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 5 35-95×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 70×2P (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 70-120×2P 20 4325 -,+1 120×2P (120×2P) - M10 (177) 35-70×2P 20 +3 70×2P (70×2P) - M10 (177) 70-240 18-23 95 (-) - M10 (159-204) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 215
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4140 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 25 | 16-25 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 4188 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 95 | 50-95 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 50 | 25-50 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 35 | 25-35 (-) | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 4225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 50 | 25-150×2P (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4270 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 70 | 50-240 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4325 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 70×2P | 35-95×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 120×2P | 70-120×2P (120×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 70×2P | 35-70×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 95 | 70-240 (-) | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) |
Source page
Page 216
5.2 European Standards
| Model | Terminal | Recomm.Gauge mm2 | ApplicableGauge (IP20ApplicableGauge*1) mm2 | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | TighteningTorque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4380 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 185×2P | 120-185×2P (185×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 150×2P | 95-150×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 120 | 95-240 (-) | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
| DriveModel | SemiconductorProtectionFuseModel Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|
| 2022 | FWH-80B |
| 2031 | FWH-125B |
| 2041 | FWH-150B |
| 2059 | FWH-200B |
| 2075 | FWH-225A |
| 2094 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| 2110 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| DriveModel | SemiconductorProtectionFuseModel Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|
| 2144 | FWH-275A FWH-300A*1 |
| 2181 | FWH-275A FWH-350A*1 |
| 2225 | FWH-325A FWH-450A*1 |
| 2269 | FWH-600A |
| 2354 | FWH-800A |
| 2432 | FWH-1000B |
| 2519 | FWH-1000B |
| DriveModel | SemiconductorProtectionFuseModel Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|
| 4012 | FWH-60B |
| 4019 | FWH-80B |
| 4023 | FWH-90B |
| 4030 | FWH-150B |
| 4039 | FWH-200B |
| 4049 | FWH-200B |
| 4056 | FWH-225A |
| 4075 | FWH-250A |
| 4094 | FWH-275A |
| DriveModel | SemiconductorProtectionFuseModel Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|
| 4114 | FWH-275A |
| 4140 | FWH-300A |
| 4188 | FWH-325A FWH-400A*1 |
| 4225 | FWH-500A |
| 4270 | FWH-600A |
| 4325 | FWH-700A |
| 4380 | FWH-800A |
Source page
Page 217
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 2022 | FWH-80B | 2 |
| 2031 | FWH-125B | 2 |
| 2041 | FWH-150B | 2 |
| 2059 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 2075 | FWH-250A | 2 |
| 2094 | FWH-250A FWH-300A*1 | 2 |
| 2110 | FWH-250A FWH-275A*1 | 2 |
| 2144 | FWH-300A FWH-350A*1 | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 2181 | FWH-350A FWH-450A*1 | 2 |
| 2225 | FWH-450A FWH-600A*1 | 2 |
| 2269 | FWH-600A FWH-700A*1 | 2 |
| 2354 | FWH-800A FWH-1000B*1 | 2 |
| 2432 | FWH-1000B | 2 |
| 2519 | FWH-1000B | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 4012 | FWH-60B | 2 |
| 4019 | FWH-80B | 2 |
| 4023 | FWH-90B | 2 |
| 4030 | FWH-150B | 2 |
| 4039 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 4049 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 4056 | FWH-225A | 2 |
| 4075 | FWH-250A | 2 |
| 4094 | FWH-275A | 2 |
| 4114 | FWH-275A | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 4140 | FWH-300A FWH-325A*1 | 2 |
| 4188 | FWH-400A FWH-450A*1 | 2 |
| 4225 | FWH-500A FWH-600A*1 | 2 |
| 4270 | FWH-600A FWH-700A*1 | 2 |
| 4325 | FWH-700A FWH-800A*1 | 2 |
| 4380 | FWH-800A FWH-1000B*1 | 2 |
Source page
Page 218
5.2 European Standards
*1 Yaskawa recommends a fuse with a large rated current for applications with repeated loads.
◆ EMC Directive Drives with built-in EMC filters (models 4xxxC) were tested in accordance with European standard EN 61800-3, and comply with the EMC Directive. Use drives with built-in EMC filters or install external EMC filters to the drive input side to comply with the EMC Directive. Refer to Install the External EMC Noise Filter on page 222 for the installation of the EMC filter.
■ Install a Drive to Conform to the EMC Directive Install drive models 4xxxC with this procedure to comply with the EMC Directive when the drive is a single unit or installed in a larger device.
1. Install the drive on a grounded metal plate. 2. Wire the drive and motor. 3. Ground the wire shielding on the drive side and motor side.
A - Drive D - Metal conduit B - 10 m (32.8 ft) maximum E - Grounding wire C - Motor Figure 5.4 Wiring the Drive and Motor Note: •Use a braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring or put the wires through a metal conduit. •The maximum wiring length between the drive and motor is 10 m (32.8 ft). Keep the wire as short as possible. •Keep the grounding wire as short as possible. •Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to comply with European standards EN 12015 and EN 12016. 4. Use a cable clamp to ground the motor cable to the metal plate. Note: Make sure that the protective ground wire complies with technical specifications and local safety standards.
A - Braided shield cable C - Cable clamp (conductive) B - Metal plate Figure 5.5 Ground the Shield
218 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 219
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 219
Source page
Page 220
5.2 European Standards
Figure 5.7 Symmetric Grounding NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you use the drive with a non-grounding, high-resistance grounding, or asymmetric- grounding network, put the EMC Filter screw or screws in the OFF position to disable the built-in EMC filter. If you do not disable the built-in EMC filter, it will cause damage to the drive. Table 5.7 shows asymmetric grounding networks. Table 5.7 Asymmetric Grounding TypeofGrounding Diagram
Groundedatthecornerofthedeltaconnection
Groundedatthemiddleoftheside
Single-phase,groundedattheendpoint
Three-phasevariabletransformerwithoutsolidlygroundedneutral
220 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| TypeofGrounding | Diagram |
|---|---|
| Groundedatthecornerofthedeltaconnection | |
| Groundedatthemiddleoftheside | |
| Single-phase,groundedattheendpoint | |
| Three-phasevariabletransformerwithoutsolidlygroundedneutral |
Source page
Page 221
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards Table 5.8 EMC Filter Switch Location Model SwitchLocationDiagram 4012C-4023C Figure5.8 4030C,4039C Figure5.9 4049C,4056C Figure5.10 A - SW (ON) B - Screw (OFF) Figure 5.8 EMC Filter Switch Location 1 A - SW (ON) B - Screw (OFF) Figure 5.9 EMC Filter Switch Location 2 5
A - SW (ON) B - Screw (OFF) Figure 5.10 EMC Filter Switch Location 3 If you lose an EMC filter switch screw, use Table 5.9 to find the correct replacement screw and install the new screws with the correct tightening torque.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 221
Source page
Page 222
5.2 European Standards
NOTICE: Only use the screws specified in this manual. If you use screws that are not approved, it can cause damage to the drive. Table 5.9 Screw Sizes and Tightening Torques TighteningTorque Model ScrewSize N∙m 4012-4056 M4×20 1.0-1.3 ■ Install the External EMC Noise Filter Drive models 2xxxA and 4xxxA must meet conditions in this section to comply with EN 61800-3. Connect an EMC noise filter that complies with European standards as specified by Yaskawa to the input side (primary side). Refer to External EMC Noise Filter Selection on page 224 to select the correct EMC noise filter. Use this procedure to install an EMC noise filter to make equipment and devices added to the drive comply with the EMC Directive. 1. Install the drive and EMC noise filter on the same grounded metal plate.
2. Wire the drive and motor. 3. Ground the wire shielding on the drive side and motor side.
A - Drive D - Metal conduit B - 10 m (32.8 ft) maximum E - Grounding wire C - Motor
Figure 5.11 Wiring the Drive and Motor Note: •Use a braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring or put the wires through a metal conduit. •The maximum wiring length between the drive and motor is 10 m (32.8 ft). Keep the wire as short as possible. •Keep the grounding wire as short as possible. •Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to comply with European standards EN 12015 and EN 12016. 4. Use a cable clamp to ground the motor cable to the metal plate. Note: Make sure that the protective ground wire complies with technical specifications and local safety standards.
A - Braided shield cable C - Cable clamp (conductive) B - Metal plate Figure 5.12 Ground the Shield
222 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | ScrewSize | TighteningTorque N∙m |
|---|---|---|
| 4012-4056 | M4×20 | 1.0-1.3 |
Source page
Page 223
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.2 European Standards
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 223
Source page
Page 224
5.2 European Standards
External EMC Noise Filter Selection Table 5.10 External EMC Noise Filter (2xxxA) Model EMCNoiseFilterModel Qty Manufacturer
2022A RTEN-5030 1 TDK 2031A RTEN-5060 1 TDK 2041A RTEN-5060 1 TDK 2059A RTEN-5080 1 TDK 2075A FS5972-100-35 1 Schaffner
2094A FS5972-100-35 1 Schaffner 2110A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 2144A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 2181A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 2225A FS5972-250-37 1 Schaffner
2269A FS5972-410-99 1 Schaffner 2354A FS5972-410-99 1 Schaffner 2432A FS5972-410-99 1 Schaffner 2519A FS5972-600-99 1 Schaffner Table 5.11 External EMC Noise Filter (4xxxA)
Model EMCNoiseFilterModel Qty Manufacturer 4012A B84143A0020R106 1 TDK 4019A B84143A0035R106 1 TDK 4023A B84143A0035R106 1 TDK
4030A B84143A0050R106 1 TDK 4039A B84143A0065R106 1 TDK 4049A B84143A0065R106 1 TDK 4056A B84143A0065R106 1 TDK 4075A B84143A0080R106 1 TDK
4094A FS5972-100-35 1 Schaffner 4114A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 4140A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 4188A FS5972-170-40 1 Schaffner 4225A FS5972-250-37 1 Schaffner
4270A FS5972-250-37 1 Schaffner 4325A FS5972-410-99 1 Schaffner 4380A FS5972-410-99 1 Schaffner
224 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | EMCNoiseFilterModel | Qty | Manufacturer |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2022A | RTEN-5030 | 1 | TDK |
| 2031A | RTEN-5060 | 1 | TDK |
| 2041A | RTEN-5060 | 1 | TDK |
| 2059A | RTEN-5080 | 1 | TDK |
| 2075A | FS5972-100-35 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2094A | FS5972-100-35 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2110A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2144A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2181A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2225A | FS5972-250-37 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2269A | FS5972-410-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2354A | FS5972-410-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2432A | FS5972-410-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 2519A | FS5972-600-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
| Model | EMCNoiseFilterModel | Qty | Manufacturer |
|---|---|---|---|
| 4012A | B84143A0020R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4019A | B84143A0035R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4023A | B84143A0035R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4030A | B84143A0050R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4039A | B84143A0065R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4049A | B84143A0065R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4056A | B84143A0065R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4075A | B84143A0080R106 | 1 | TDK |
| 4094A | FS5972-100-35 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4114A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4140A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4188A | FS5972-170-40 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4225A | FS5972-250-37 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4270A | FS5972-250-37 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4325A | FS5972-410-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
| 4380A | FS5972-410-99 | 1 | Schaffner |
Source page
Page 225
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.3 United Kingdom Conformity Assessed Marking 5.3 United Kingdom Conformity Assessed Marking Figure 5.14 UKCA Mark InformationaboutManufacturer YASKAWAELECTRICCORPORATION(Manufacturer) 2-1Kurosaki-shiroishi,Yahatanishi-Ku,Kitakyushu806-0004Japan http://www.yaskawa.co.jp YASKAWAEUROPEGmbH(EUContact) Philipp-Reis-Str.6,65795HattersheimamMain,Germany http://www.yaskawa.eu.com/ YASKAWAELECTRIC(UK)LTD(UKContact) 1HuntHill,GlasgowG689LF,UnitedKingdom https://www.yaskawa.co.uk/ The UKCA Mark identifies that the product meets environmental and safety standards in the United Kingdom (Statutory Instruments). Products manufactured, sold, or imported in Great Britain (England, Wales, and Scotland) must display the UKCA Mark. United Kingdom standards include the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations (Machinery) for machine manufacturers, the Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations (Low voltage) for electronics manufacturers, and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations (EMC) for controlling noise. This product displays the UKCA Mark in accordance with the Machinery Directive, the Low Voltage Directive, and the EMC Directive. Table 5.12 Designated Standards StatutoryInstruments DesignatedStandards SupplyofMachinery(Safety)Regulations ENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.3)) S.I.2008No.1597 IEC/ENIEC62061(MaximumSIL3)*1 EN61800-5-2(SIL3)*1 ElectricalEquipment(Safety)Regulations EN61800-5-1*1 S.I.2016No.1101 ElectromagneticCompatibilityRegulations EN61800-3*1 S.I.2016No.1091 RestrictionoftheUseofCertainHazardousSubstancesinElectricalandElectronic ENIEC63000*1 EquipmentRegulations S.I.2012No.3032 *1 Refer to “UK Declaration of Conformity” for the year of the Designated Standards. The customer must display the UKCA Mark on the final device containing this product. Customers must verify that the final device complies with UK standards. 5 Table 5.13 Other Applicable Standards StatutoryInstruments ApplicableStandards EcodesignforEnergy-RelatedProductsandEnergyInformationRegulations ThedrivemeetstherequirementsforIE2efficiencyaccordingtotheS.I.2021No.745. S.I.2021No.745 Thelossesandtheefficiencyweredeterminedinaccordancewiththerequirementsof IEC61800-9-2. ◆ General Instructions for UK Import This product is an industrial product intended for incorporation and use in industrial equipment by professionals only. This product is designed to be built into equipment and machines in which they are incorporated. To comply with UK legislations, it may be necessary to implement additional precautions to the equipment and machine. Instructions for compliance to UK legislations are same as the instruction of EU legislation. Refer to the precautions described in the EU legislation. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 225
| InformationaboutManufacturer |
|---|
| YASKAWAELECTRICCORPORATION(Manufacturer) 2-1Kurosaki-shiroishi,Yahatanishi-Ku,Kitakyushu806-0004Japan http://www.yaskawa.co.jp |
| YASKAWAEUROPEGmbH(EUContact) Philipp-Reis-Str.6,65795HattersheimamMain,Germany http://www.yaskawa.eu.com/ |
| YASKAWAELECTRIC(UK)LTD(UKContact) 1HuntHill,GlasgowG689LF,UnitedKingdom https://www.yaskawa.co.uk/ |
| StatutoryInstruments | DesignatedStandards |
|---|---|
| SupplyofMachinery(Safety)Regulations S.I.2008No.1597 | ENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.3)) IEC/ENIEC62061(MaximumSIL3)*1 EN61800-5-2(SIL3)*1 |
| ElectricalEquipment(Safety)Regulations S.I.2016No.1101 | EN61800-5-1*1 |
| ElectromagneticCompatibilityRegulations S.I.2016No.1091 | EN61800-3*1 |
| RestrictionoftheUseofCertainHazardousSubstancesinElectricalandElectronic EquipmentRegulations S.I.2012No.3032 | ENIEC63000*1 |
| StatutoryInstruments | ApplicableStandards |
|---|---|
| EcodesignforEnergy-RelatedProductsandEnergyInformationRegulations S.I.2021No.745 | ThedrivemeetstherequirementsforIE2efficiencyaccordingtotheS.I.2021No.745. Thelossesandtheefficiencyweredeterminedinaccordancewiththerequirementsof IEC61800-9-2. |
Source page
Page 226
5.3 United Kingdom Conformity Assessed Marking
The latest manuals and other useful information are published on our website.
226 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 227
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards 5.4 UL Standards Figure 5.15 UL/cUL Mark The UL/cUL Mark identifies that this product conforms to rigid safety standards. This mark appears on products in the United States and Canada. It shows UL approval, which identifies that the product complies with safety standards after careful inspection and assessment. You must use UL Listed or UL Recognized parts for all primary components that are built into electrical equipment that has UL approval. This product has been tested in accordance with UL standard UL 61800-5-1, and has been verified to be in compliance with UL standards. Machines and devices integrated with this product must satisfy the following conditions for compliance with UL standards: ◆ Area of Use Install this product in a location with Overvoltage Category III and pollution degree 2 or less as specified in UL 61800-5-1. ■ Ambient Temperature Setting Maintain the ambient temperature within the following ranges according to the enclosure type. • IP20/UL Open Type: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F) ◆ Wire the Main Circuit Terminal Block Wire the main circuit terminal block correctly as specified by the instructions in the manual. To comply with UL standards on drive models 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380, use UL-approved closed-loop crimp terminals. Use the tools recommend by the terminal manufacturer to crimp the closed-loop crimp terminal. Refer to Closed-Loop Crimp Terminals on page 235 for more information about UL Listed closed-loop crimp terminals. To select the correct wire gauge, refer to Main Circuit Wire Gauges and Tightening Torques for UL Compliance on page 229. ■ Notes on Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal Block Read these notes before you wire the main circuit terminal block. • Use UL-Listed, vinyl-coated insulated copper wires for operation with a continuous maximum permitted temperature of 75 °C at 600 V. • Remove all unwanted objects that are near the terminal block connections. • Remove the insulation from the connection wires to the wire stripping lengths shown in the manual. 5 • Do not use bent or crushed wires. Remove the damaged end of the wire before you use it. Incorrect connections can cause death or serious injury from fire. • Do not solder stranded wire. Soldered wire connections can become loose over time and cause unsatisfactory drive performance. • If you use stranded wire, make sure that all of the wire strands are in the connection. Also, do not twist the stranded wire too much. Incorrect connections can cause death or serious injury from fire. • Put the wire all the way into the terminal block. Remove the insulation from the wire to the recommended wire stripping length to fit the wire with insulation in the plastic housing. • Use a torque driver, torque ratchet, or torque wrench for the screws. A slotted driver or a hex tool will be necessary to wire the screw clamp terminal. Use applicable tools as specified by the recommended conditions in the product manual. • If you use power tools to tighten the terminal screws, use a low speed setting (300 to 400 r/min). Failure to obey can cause damage to the terminal screws. • Wire gauges on existing drive models to be replaced may not match wire gauge ranges on new drives. Refer to the drive manuals for correct wire sizes. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 227
Source page
Page 228
5.4 UL Standards
• Do not tighten the terminal screws at an angle of 5 degrees or more. Failure to obey can cause damage to the terminal screws. • If you damage a terminal screw, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Figure 5.16 Permitted Angle • Put the bit all the way into the hex socket to tighten the hex socket cap screw. • When you tighten slotted screws, hold the straight-edge screwdriver perpendicularly to the screw. Make sure that you align the end of the straight-edge screwdriver with the screw groove.
Figure 5.17 Tightening Slotted Screws • After you connect the wires to the terminal block, lightly pull on the wires to make sure that they do not come out of the terminals. • Remove the correct section of the wiring cover to make wiring easier. • Do not let strain on the wiring cause damage. Use a strain relief near the wiring to release the tension. Refer to Figure 5.18 for an example.
A - Cable clamp Figure 5.18 Strain Relief Example
Table 5.14 Recommended Wiring Tools Bit TorqueDriverModel ScrewSize ScrewShape Adapter TorqueWrench Model Manufacturer (TighteningTorque) TSD-M3NM M4 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,0X4,0-70 PHOENIXCONTACT (1.2-3N∙m N/A (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) WireGauge≤ 25mm2 WireGauge≤ (AWG10): TSD-M3NM 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) M5*1 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT WireGauge≥ WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AW 30 G m 8) m : 2 N/A (36.3 4. ( - 1 A 3 - W 9 4 .8 . G 5 lb 8 N f ) ∙ ∙ : m in)*2 *3 228 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ScrewSize | ScrewShape | Adapter | Bit | Column | TorqueDriverModel (TighteningTorque) | TorqueWrench |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | Manufacturer | |||||
| M4 | Bit SF-BI | T-SL1,0X4,0-7 | 0 PHOENIXCONTACT | TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | N/A | |
| M5*1 | Bit SF-BI | T-SL1,2X6,5-7 | 0 PHOENIXCONTACT | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10): TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A | |
| WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8):N/A | WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8): 4.1-4.5N∙m (36.3-39.8lbf∙in)*2 *3 |
Source page
Page 229
| ScrewSize | ScrewShape | Adapter | Bit | Column | TorqueDriverModel (TighteningTorque) | TorqueWrench |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | Manufacturer | |||||
| M6 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX5-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 5-9N∙m (44.3-79.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| Bit | SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 3-3.5N∙m (26.6-31.0lbf∙in)*2 *3 | ||
| M8 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX6-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 8-12N∙m (70.8-106.2lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| M10 | Bit | SF-BIT-HEX8-50 | PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 12-14N∙m (106.2-123.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 |
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 12 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14 (2.5) | 14 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 10 | 12-10 (4.0-6.0) | - | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 2031 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14 (2.5) | 14 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | - | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) |
Source page
Page 230
5.4 UL Standards
Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g )
12-6 12-6 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 8 (4.0-16) (4.0-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 12-8 12-8 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 8 (4.0-10) (4.0-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-6 10-6 2.3-2.5 2041 -,+1,+2 6 (6.0-16) (6.0-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 14-12 14-12 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 12 (2.5-4.0) (2.5-4.0) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-8 2.0-2.5 8 (6.0-10) - - M5 (17.7-22.1) 10-4 10-4 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 6 (6.0-25) (6.0-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 10-4 10-4 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 6 (6.0-25) (6.0-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 8-4 8-4 5-5.5 2059 -,+1,+2 4 (10-25) (10-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 10 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-6 5.4-6.0 6 (6.0-16) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 6-3 6-3 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 3 (16-25) (16-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 8-3 6-3 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 4 (10-25) (16-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 4-2 4-2 5-5.5 2075 -,+1,+2 2 (25-35) (25-35) 20 M6 (45-49) 12-8 12-8 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 8 (4.0-10) (4.0-10) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 8-4 5.4-6.0 6 (10-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 4-2 4-2 5-5.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2 (25-35) (25-35) 20 M6 (45-49) 8-2 6-2 5-5.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 4 (10-35) (16-35) 20 M6 (45-49) 3-1 3-1 5-5.5 2094 -,+1,+2 1 (25-50) (25-50) 20 M6 (45-49) 12-6 12-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 8 (4.0-16) (4.0-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 6-4 5.4-6.0 6 (16-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 6-1/0 6-1/0 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 3 (16-50) (16-50) 27 M6 (71-80) 6-1/0 6-1/0 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 3 (16-50) (16-50) 27 M6 (71-80) 2 2 10-12 2110 -,+1 2 (35) (35) 27 M8 (89-107) 12-2 12-2 3-3.5 B1,B2 8 (4.0-35) (4.0-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 6-4 5.4-6.0 6 (16-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1)
230 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2041 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 8 | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 12 | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 8 | 10-8 (6.0-10) | - | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 2059 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 6 | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| -,+1,+2 | 4 | 8-4 (10-25) | 8-4 (10-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 3 | 6-3 (16-25) | 6-3 (16-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 8-3 (10-25) | 6-3 (16-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 2 | 4-2 (25-35) | 4-2 (25-35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 8-4 (10-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2 | 4-2 (25-35) | 4-2 (25-35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 8-2 (10-35) | 6-2 (16-35) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 1 | 3-1 (25-50) | 3-1 (25-50) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 8 | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2110 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 3 | 6-1/0 (16-50) | 6-1/0 (16-50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 3 | 6-1/0 (16-50) | 6-1/0 (16-50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 2 | 2 (35) | 2 (35) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 8 | 12-2 (4.0-35) | 12-2 (4.0-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 6 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 231
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g ) 3-2/0 3-2/0 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 1 (25-70) (25-70) 27 M6 (71-80) 3-2/0 3-2/0 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 1 (25-70) (25-70) 27 M6 (71-80) 2-1/0 2-1/0 10-12 2144 -,+1 1/0 (35-50) (35-50) 27 M8 (89-107) 8-4 8-4 3-3.5 B1,B2 4 (10-25) (10-25) 21 M6 (27-31) 6-4 5.4-6.0 4 (16-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 2-4/0 2-4/0 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 1/0 (35-95) (35-95) 37 M10 (107-124) 1-4/0 1-4/0 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0 (50-95) (50-95) 37 M10 (107-124) 6-2/0 6-2/0 8-9 2181 -,-,+1,+1*4*5 3 (16-70) (16-70) 28 M6 (71-80) 4-3/0 4-3/0 8-9 +3*5 3 (25-95) (25-95) 28 M8 (71-80) 4-2 9.0-11 4 (25-35) - - M8 (79.7-97.4) 1/0-4/0 2/0-4/0 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 3/0 (50-95) (70-95) 37 M10 (107-124) 1/0-4/0 3/0-4/0 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 3/0 (50-95) (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 2-2/0 1/0-2/0 8-9 2225 -,-,+1,+1*4*5 1/0 (35-70) (50-70) 28 M6 (71-80) 3-3/0 1-3/0 8-9 +3*5 1 (25-95) (35-95) 28 M8 (71-80) 4-1/0 9.0-11 4 (25-50) - - M8 (79.7-97.4) 1-3/0×2P 2/0-3/0×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0×2P (50-95×2P) (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 1-3/0×2P 2/0-3/0×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0×2P (50-95×2P) (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 2/0-4/0×2P 4/0×2P 20 2269 -,+1 4/0×2P (70-95×2P) (95×2P) - M10 (177) 2-1/0×2P 1/0×2P 20 +3 1/0×2P (35-50×2P) (50×2P) - M10 (177) 4-300 18-23 3 (25-150) - - M10 (159-204) R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0×2P (5 1 0 - - 4 9 /0 5 × × 2 2 P P) ( 2 7 / 0 0- - 4 9 / 5 0 × × 2 2 P P ) - M10 (1 2 7 0 7) 5 1-3/0×2P 2/0-3/0×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0×2P (50-95×2P) (70-95×2P) - M10 (177) 2/0-4/0×2P 4/0×2P 20 2354 -,+1 4/0×2P (70-95×2P) (95×2P) - M10 (177) 2-1/0×2P 1/0×2P 20 +3 1/0×2P (35-50×2P) (50×2P) - M10 (177) 3-300 18-23 2 (25-150) - - M10 (159-204) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 231
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2144 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 1 | 3-2/0 (25-70) | 3-2/0 (25-70) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 1 | 3-2/0 (25-70) | 3-2/0 (25-70) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 1/0 | 2-1/0 (35-50) | 2-1/0 (35-50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 4 | 8-4 (10-25) | 8-4 (10-25) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 4 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 2181 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 1/0 | 2-4/0 (35-95) | 2-4/0 (35-95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0 | 1-4/0 (50-95) | 1-4/0 (50-95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4*5 | 3 | 6-2/0 (16-70) | 6-2/0 (16-70) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*5 | 3 | 4-3/0 (25-95) | 4-3/0 (25-95) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 4 | 4-2 (25-35) | - | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 2225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 3/0 | 1/0-4/0 (50-95) | 2/0-4/0 (70-95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 3/0 | 1/0-4/0 (50-95) | 3/0-4/0 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4*5 | 1/0 | 2-2/0 (35-70) | 1/0-2/0 (50-70) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| +3*5 | 1 | 3-3/0 (25-95) | 1-3/0 (35-95) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 4 | 4-1/0 (25-50) | - | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 2269 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0×2P | 1-3/0×2P (50-95×2P) | 2/0-3/0×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0×2P | 1-3/0×2P (50-95×2P) | 2/0-3/0×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 4/0×2P | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | 4/0×2P (95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 1/0×2P | 2-1/0×2P (35-50×2P) | 1/0×2P (50×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 3 | 4-300 (25-150) | - | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 2354 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0×2P | 1-4/0×2P (50-95×2P) | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0×2P | 1-3/0×2P (50-95×2P) | 2/0-3/0×2P (70-95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 4/0×2P | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | 4/0×2P (95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 1/0×2P | 2-1/0×2P (35-50×2P) | 1/0×2P (50×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 2 | 3-300 (25-150) | - | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) |
Source page
Page 232
5.4 UL Standards
Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g )
3/0-250×2P 250×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 250×2P (95-120×2P) (120×2P) - M12 (310) 3/0-250×2P 250×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 250×2P (95-120×2P) (120×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300×2P 35 2432 -,+1 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300 35 +3 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150) - M12 (310) 2-350 32-40 1 (35-185) - - M12 (283-354) 3/0-300×2P 250-300×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 250×2P (95-150×2P) (120-150×2P) - M12 (310) 3/0-300×2P 250-300×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 250×2P (95-150×2P) (120-150×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300×2P 35 2519 -,+1 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300 35 +3 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150) - M12 (310) 1-350 32-40 1 (50-185) - - M12 (283-354) *1 For IP20 protection, use wires that are in the range of applicable gauges. *2 Remove insulation from the ends of wires to expose the length of wire shown. *3 When you use AWG 8 or larger wires to comply with UL standards, tighten the screws to a tightening torque of 4.1 N∙m to 4.5 N∙m (36 lbf∙in to 40 lbf∙in). *4 Terminals - and +1 have two screws. The Recommended Gauge is the wire gauge for one terminal. *5 A junction terminal is necessary to connect a braking unit (CDBR-series) to terminals - and +3. Three-Phase 400 V Class Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g )
14-12 14-12 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 14 (2.5-4.0) (2.5-4.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14 14 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 14 (2.5) (2.5) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-12 14-12 2.3-2.5 4012 -,+1,+2 12 (2.5-4.0) (2.5-4.0) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 14 14 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 14 (2.5) (2.5) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 1.2-1.5 10 (2.5-6.0) - - M4 (10.6-13.3) 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 12 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 12 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 14-10 2.3-2.5 4019 -,+1,+2 10 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 14 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 2.0-2.5 10 (2.5-6.0) - - M5 (17.7-22.1)
232 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2432 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 250×2P | 3/0-250×2P (95-120×2P) | 250×2P (120×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 250×2P | 3/0-250×2P (95-120×2P) | 250×2P (120×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300 (150) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 1 | 2-350 (35-185) | - | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) | ||
| 2519 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 250×2P | 3/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 250-300×2P (120-150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 250×2P | 3/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 250-300×2P (120-150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300 (150) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 1 | 1-350 (50-185) | - | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 14 | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 14 | 14 (2.5) | 14 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 12 | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 14-12 (2.5-4.0) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14 (2.5) | 14 (2.5) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | - | - | M4 | 1.2-1.5 (10.6-13.3) | ||
| 4019 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 12 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 12 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | - | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) |
Source page
Page 233
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g ) 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 10 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 12 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 14-10 2.3-2.5 4023 -,+1,+2 10 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 14 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 14-10 2.0-2.5 10 (2.5-6.0) - - M5 (17.7-22.1) 12-8 8 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 8 (4.0-10) (10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 14-8 10-8 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 10 (2.5-10) (6.0-10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 12-8 8 5-5.5 4030 -,+1,+2 8 (4.0-10) (10) 20 M6 (45-49) 14-8 14-8 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 14 (2.5-10) (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 12-8 5.4-6.0 8 (4.0-10) - - M6 (44.3-48.7) 12-6 8-6 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 8 (4.0-16) (10-16) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 12-8 10-8 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 8 (4.0-10) (6.0-10) 18 M5 (20.3-22.1)*3 10-6 8-6 5-5.5 4039 -,+1,+2 6 (6.0-16) (10-16) 20 M6 (45-49) 14-8 14-8 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 12 (2.5-10) (2.5-10) 10 M4 (13.3-15) 10-6 5.4-6.0 6 (6.0-16) - - M6 (44.3-48.7) 10-6 10-6 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 6 (6.0-16) (6.0-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 12-6 10-6 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 8 (4.0-16) (6.0-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 8-4 8-4 2.3-2.5 4049 -,+1,+2 4 (10-25) (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 14-10 14-10 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 10 (2.5-6.0) (2.5-6.0) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 10-6 5.4-6.0 6 (6.0-16) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 8 (4 1 .0 2 - - 2 4 5) (6 1 .0 0 - - 2 4 5) 18 M5 (19 2 . . 8 3 - - 2 2 2 . ) 5 *3 5 12-4 10-4 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 8 (4.0-25) (6.0-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 10-6 10-6 2.3-2.5 4056 -,+1,+2 6 (6.0-16) (6.0-16) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 14-6 14-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 10 (2.5-16) (2.5-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 8-6 5.4-6.0 6 (10-16) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 233
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4023 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 12 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| -,+1,+2 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | - | - | M5 | 2.0-2.5 (17.7-22.1) | ||
| 4030 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 8 (10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 10 | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 10-8 (6.0-10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 | |
| -,+1,+2 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 8 (10) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 14 | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) | ||
| 4039 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 8 | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 8-6 (10-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 8 | 12-8 (4.0-10) | 10-8 (6.0-10) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (20.3-22.1)*3 | |
| -,+1,+2 | 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 8-6 (10-16) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 12 | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 14-8 (2.5-10) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.3-15) | |
| 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (44.3-48.7) | ||
| 4049 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 8 | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| -,+1,+2 | 4 | 8-4 (10-25) | 8-4 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 14-10 (2.5-6.0) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4056 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 8 | 12-4 (4.0-25) | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 8 | 12-4 (4.0-25) | 10-4 (6.0-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| -,+1,+2 | 6 | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 10-6 (6.0-16) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 10 | 14-6 (2.5-16) | 14-6 (2.5-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 8-6 (10-16) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) |
Source page
Page 234
5.4 UL Standards
Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g )
10-3 10-3 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 6 (6.0-25) (6.0-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 8-3 8-3 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 4 (10-25) (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 8-4 8-4 2.3-2.5 4075 -,+1 4 (10-25) (10-25) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 12-6 12-6 1.5-1.7 B1,B2 8 (4.0-16) (4.0-16) 10 M4 (13.5-15) 8-6 5.4-6.0 6 (10-16) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 8-2 8-2 2.3-2.5 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 4 (10-35) (10-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 8-2 8-2 2.3-2.5 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 4 (10-35) (10-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 6-3 6-3 5-5.5 4094 -,+1 3 (16-25) (16-25) 20 M6 (45-49) 12-2 12-2 2.3-2.5 B1,B2 8 (4.0-35) (4.0-35) 18 M5 (19.8-22)*3 6-4 5.4-6.0 4 (16-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 4-1/0 2-1/0 8-9 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2 (25-50) (35-50) 27 M6 (71-80) 4-1 2-1 8-9 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2 (25-50) (35-50) 27 M6 (71-80) 2-1 2-1 10-12 4114 -,+1 1 (35-50) (35-50) 27 M8 (89-107) 10-2 10-2 3-3.5 B1,B2 6 (6.0-35) (6.0-35) 21 M6 (27-31) 6-4 5.4-6.0 4 (16-25) - - M6 (47.8-53.1) 1-3/0 2/0-3/0 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0 (50-95) (70-95) 37 M10 (107-124) 1/0-4/0 3/0-4/0 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 3/0 (50-95) (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 2-2/0 1/0-2/0 8-9 4140 -,-,+1,+1*4 1/0 (35-70) (50-70) 28 M6 (71-80) 3-1 1 8-9 B1,B2 1 (25-50) (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 6-4 9.0-11 4 (16-25) - - M8 (79.7-97.4) 1-4/0 2/0-4/0 12-14 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0 (50-95) (70-95) 37 M10 (107-124) 1/0-4/0 3/0-4/0 12-14 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 3/0 (50-95) (95) 37 M10 (107-124) 2-1/0 1/0 8-9 4188 -,-,+1,+1*4 1/0 (35-50) (50) 28 M6 (71-80) 3-1/0 1-1/0 8-9 B1,B2 1 (25-50) (50) 28 M8 (71-80) 4-2 9.0-11 4 (25-35) - - M8 (79.7-97.4)
234 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4075 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 6 | 10-3 (6.0-25) | 10-3 (6.0-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 8-3 (10-25) | 8-3 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| -,+1 | 4 | 8-4 (10-25) | 8-4 (10-25) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| B1,B2 | 8 | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 12-6 (4.0-16) | 10 | M4 | 1.5-1.7 (13.5-15) | |
| 6 | 8-6 (10-16) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4094 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 4 | 8-2 (10-35) | 8-2 (10-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 4 | 8-2 (10-35) | 8-2 (10-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| -,+1 | 3 | 6-3 (16-25) | 6-3 (16-25) | 20 | M6 | 5-5.5 (45-49) | |
| B1,B2 | 8 | 12-2 (4.0-35) | 12-2 (4.0-35) | 18 | M5 | 2.3-2.5 (19.8-22)*3 | |
| 4 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4114 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2 | 4-1/0 (25-50) | 2-1/0 (35-50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2 | 4-1 (25-50) | 2-1 (35-50) | 27 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| -,+1 | 1 | 2-1 (35-50) | 2-1 (35-50) | 27 | M8 | 10-12 (89-107) | |
| B1,B2 | 6 | 10-2 (6.0-35) | 10-2 (6.0-35) | 21 | M6 | 3-3.5 (27-31) | |
| 4 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M6 | 5.4-6.0 (47.8-53.1) | ||
| 4140 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0 | 1-3/0 (50-95) | 2/0-3/0 (70-95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 3/0 | 1/0-4/0 (50-95) | 3/0-4/0 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 1/0 | 2-2/0 (35-70) | 1/0-2/0 (50-70) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 1 | 3-1 (25-50) | 1 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 4 | 6-4 (16-25) | - | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) | ||
| 4188 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0 | 1-4/0 (50-95) | 2/0-4/0 (70-95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 3/0 | 1/0-4/0 (50-95) | 3/0-4/0 (95) | 37 | M10 | 12-14 (107-124) | |
| -,-,+1,+1*4 | 1/0 | 2-1/0 (35-50) | 1/0 (50) | 28 | M6 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| B1,B2 | 1 | 3-1/0 (25-50) | 1-1/0 (50) | 28 | M8 | 8-9 (71-80) | |
| 4 | 4-2 (25-35) | - | - | M8 | 9.0-11 (79.7-97.4) |
Source page
Page 235
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards Model Terminal A R W G e G c a o , u k m g c e m m . il A A W p G ( p G m a l , i u m c k g a 2 c e b ) m le il IP20Ap A p W li ( c G m a , m b k l 2 c e ) m G i a l uge*1 Wi L re en S m g t m r t i h p * p 2 ing T S e iz r e m a in n a d l S S h c a re p w e N Ti ∙ g T m o h r ( t l q e b n u f i ∙ e n in g ) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 2/0-4/0×2P 4/0×2P 20 4225 -,+1 4/0×2P (70-95×2P) (95×2P) - M10 (177) 2-1/0×2P 1/0×2P 20 +3 1/0×2P (35-50×2P) (50×2P) - M10 (177) 4-350 18-23 4 (25-150) - - M10 (159-204) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 2/0-4/0×2P 4/0×2P 20 4270 -,+1 4/0×2P (70-95×2P) (95×2P) - M10 (177) 2-1/0×2P 1/0×2P 20 +3 1/0×2P (35-50×2P) (50×2P) - M10 (177) 4-350 18-23 2 (25-150) - - M10 (159-204) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 1-2/0×2P 2/0×2P 20 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 2/0×2P (50-70×2P) (70×2P) - M10 (177) 2/0-4/0×2P 4/0×2P 20 4325 -,+1 4/0×2P (70-95×2P) (95×2P) - M10 (177) 2-1/0×2P 1/0×2P 20 +3 1/0×2P (35-50×2P) (50×2P) - M10 (177) 2-350 18-23 2 (35-185) - - M10 (159-204) 3/0-250×2P 250×2P 35 R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 250×2P (95-120×2P) (120×2P) - M12 (310) 3/0-250×2P 250×2P 35 U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 250×2P (95-120×2P) (120×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300×2P 35 4380 -,+1 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150×2P) - M12 (310) 4/0-300×2P 300 35 +3 300×2P (95-150×2P) (150) - M12 (310) 1-350 32-40 1 (50-185) - - M12 (283-354) *1 For IP20 protection, use wires that are in the range of applicable gauges. If your installation does not need IP20 protection, smaller 5 cables can be used. *2 Remove insulation from the ends of wires to expose the length of wire shown. *3 For wire gauges more than 30 mm2 (AWG 8), tighten to a tightening torque of 4.1 N∙m to 4.5 N∙m (36 lbf∙in to 40 lbf∙in). *4 Terminals - and +1 have two screws. The Recommended Gauge is the wire gauge for one terminal. ■ Closed-Loop Crimp Terminals To comply with UL standards on drive models 2269 to 2519 and 4225 to 4380, use UL Listed closed-loop crimp terminals and insulation caps. Use the tools recommend by the terminal manufacturer to crimp the closed-loop crimp terminal. Yaskawa recommends closed-loop crimp terminals from JST Mfg. Co., Ltd. and insulation caps from Tokyo DIP Co., Ltd. Make sure that you comply with local standards for correct wire gauges in the region where you will use the drive. Refer to Table 5.15 and Table 5.16 to select crimp terminals as specified by drive model and wire gauge. Note: To comply with UL standards, use only insulated crimp terminals or crimp terminals with insulation tubing. Use UL-Listed, vinyl- coated insulated copper wires for operation with a continuous maximum permitted temperature of 75 °C at 600 V. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 235
| Model | Terminal | Recomm. Gauge AWG,kcmil | Applicable Gauge AWG,kcmil (mm2) | IP20ApplicableGauge*1 AWG,kcmil (mm2) | WireStripping Length*2 mm | TerminalScrew SizeandShape | Tightening Torque N∙m(lbf∙in) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4225 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 4/0×2P | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | 4/0×2P (95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 1/0×2P | 2-1/0×2P (35-50×2P) | 1/0×2P (50×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 4 | 4-350 (25-150) | - | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4270 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 4/0×2P | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | 4/0×2P (95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 1/0×2P | 2-1/0×2P (35-50×2P) | 1/0×2P (50×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 2 | 4-350 (25-150) | - | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4325 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 2/0×2P | 1-2/0×2P (50-70×2P) | 2/0×2P (70×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| -,+1 | 4/0×2P | 2/0-4/0×2P (70-95×2P) | 4/0×2P (95×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| +3 | 1/0×2P | 2-1/0×2P (35-50×2P) | 1/0×2P (50×2P) | - | M10 | 20 (177) | |
| 2 | 2-350 (35-185) | - | - | M10 | 18-23 (159-204) | ||
| 4380 | R/L1,S/L2,T/L3 | 250×2P | 3/0-250×2P (95-120×2P) | 250×2P (120×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) |
| U/T1,V/T2,W/T3 | 250×2P | 3/0-250×2P (95-120×2P) | 250×2P (120×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| -,+1 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300×2P (150×2P) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| +3 | 300×2P | 4/0-300×2P (95-150×2P) | 300 (150) | - | M12 | 35 (310) | |
| 1 | 1-350 (50-185) | - | - | M12 | 32-40 (283-354) |
Source page
Page 236
5.4 UL Standards
Table 5.15 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminals and Insulation Caps: Three-Phase 200 V Class Recomm.Gauge(AWG,kcmil) CrimpingTool Model R S/ / L L 2 1 U V/ / T T 2 1 -,+1 +3 S T c e re rm w i S na iz l e Te M C r r o m im d in e p l al ToolModel DieJaw C In a s p u M la o ti d o e n l
T/L3 W/T3 2022 - - - - 10 M4 R5.5-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 2031,2041 - - - - 8 M5 R8-5 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 2059-2110 - - - - 6 M6 R14-6 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 2144 - - - - 4 M6 R22-6 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022
2181,2225 - - - - 4 M8 R22-8 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 2/0×2P 2/0×2P - - - M10 80-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 7 4 ,TD- TP-080
- - 4/0×2P - - M10 R100-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 8 4 ,TD- TP-100 2269 - - - 1/0×2P - M10 R60-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-060
- - - - 3 M10 R38-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 4 2 ,TD- TP-038
2/0×2P 2/0×2P - - - M10 80-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 7 4 ,TD- TP-080
- - 4/0×2P - - M10 R100-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 8 4 ,TD- TP-100 2354 - - - 1/0×2P - M10 R60-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-060 - - - - 2 M10 R38-10 YE Y T- F 1 - 5 1 0-1 TD-2 2 2 1 4 2 ,TD- TP-038
250×2P 250×2P - - - M12 R150-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-150
2432 - - 300×2P 300×2P - M12 R150-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-150
- - - - 1 M12 R60-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 1 1 ,TD- TP-060
250×2P 250×2P - - - M12 R150-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-150
2519 - - 300×2P 300×2P - M12 R150-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 5 3 ,TD- TP-150
- - - - 1 M12 R60-12 YE Y T- F 3 - 0 1 0-1 TD-3 3 2 1 1 1 ,TD- TP-060 Table 5.16 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminals and Insulation Caps: Three-Phase 400 V Class
Recomm.Gauge(AWG,kcmil) CrimpingTool Model R S/ / L L 2 1 U V/ / T T 2 1 -,+1 +3 S T c e re rm w i S na iz l e Te M C r r o m im d in e p l al ToolModel DieJaw C In a s p u M la o ti d o e n l T/L3 W/T3
4012 - - - - 10 M4 R5.5-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 4019,4023 - - - - 10 M5 R5.5-5 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 4030 - - - - 8 M6 R8-6 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 4039 - - - - 6 M6 R14-6 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 4049,4056 - - - - 6 M6 R14-6 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014
4075 - - - - 6 M6 R14-6 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 4094,4114 - - - - 4 M6 R22-6 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 4140,4188 - - - - 4 M8 R22-8 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022
236 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Recomm.Gauge(AWG,kcmil) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Terminal ScrewSize | Crimp Terminal Model | CrimpingTool | Column | Insulation CapModel |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 | U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 | -,+1 | +3 | ToolModel | DieJaw | |||||
| 2022 | - | - | - | - | 10 | M4 | R5.5-4 | YA-4 | AD-900 | TP-005 |
| 2031,2041 | - | - | - | - | 8 | M5 | R8-5 | YA-4 | AD-901 | TP-008 |
| 2059-2110 | - | - | - | - | 6 | M6 | R14-6 | YA-4 | AD-902 | TP-014 |
| 2144 | - | - | - | - | 4 | M6 | R22-6 | YA-5 | AD-953 | TP-022 |
| 2181,2225 | - | - | - | - | 4 | M8 | R22-8 | YA-5 | AD-953 | TP-022 |
| 2269 | 2/0×2P | 2/0×2P | - | - | - | M10 | 80-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-227,TD- 214 | TP-080 |
| - | - | 4/0×2P | - | - | M10 | R100-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-228,TD- 214 | TP-100 | |
| - | - | - | 1/0×2P | - | M10 | R60-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-225,TD- 213 | TP-060 | |
| - | - | - | - | 3 | M10 | R38-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-224,TD- 212 | TP-038 | |
| 2354 | 2/0×2P | 2/0×2P | - | - | - | M10 | 80-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-227,TD- 214 | TP-080 |
| - | - | 4/0×2P | - | - | M10 | R100-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-228,TD- 214 | TP-100 | |
| - | - | - | 1/0×2P | - | M10 | R60-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-225,TD- 213 | TP-060 | |
| - | - | - | - | 2 | M10 | R38-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-224,TD- 212 | TP-038 | |
| 2432 | 250×2P | 250×2P | - | - | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 |
| - | - | 300×2P | 300×2P | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 | |
| - | - | - | - | 1 | M12 | R60-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-321,TD- 311 | TP-060 | |
| 2519 | 250×2P | 250×2P | - | - | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 |
| - | - | 300×2P | 300×2P | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 | |
| - | - | - | - | 1 | M12 | R60-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-321,TD- 311 | TP-060 |
| Model | Recomm.Gauge(AWG,kcmil) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Terminal ScrewSize | Crimp Terminal Model | CrimpingTool | Column | Insulation CapModel |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 | U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 | -,+1 | +3 | ToolModel | DieJaw | |||||
| 4012 | - | - | - | - | 10 | M4 | R5.5-4 | YA-4 | AD-900 | TP-005 |
| 4019,4023 | - | - | - | - | 10 | M5 | R5.5-5 | YA-4 | AD-900 | TP-005 |
| 4030 | - | - | - | - | 8 | M6 | R8-6 | YA-4 | AD-901 | TP-008 |
| 4039 | - | - | - | - | 6 | M6 | R14-6 | YA-4 | AD-902 | TP-014 |
| 4049,4056 | - | - | - | - | 6 | M6 | R14-6 | YA-4 | AD-902 | TP-014 |
| 4075 | - | - | - | - | 6 | M6 | R14-6 | YA-4 | AD-902 | TP-014 |
| 4094,4114 | - | - | - | - | 4 | M6 | R22-6 | YA-5 | AD-953 | TP-022 |
| 4140,4188 | - | - | - | - | 4 | M8 | R22-8 | YA-5 | AD-953 | TP-022 |
Source page
Page 237
| Model | Recomm.Gauge(AWG,kcmil) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Terminal ScrewSize | Crimp Terminal Model | CrimpingTool | Column | Insulation CapModel |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 | U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 | -,+1 | +3 | ToolModel | DieJaw | |||||
| 4225 | 2/0×2P | 2/0×2P | - | - | - | M10 | 80-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-227,TD- 214 | TP-080 |
| - | - | 4/0×2P | - | - | M10 | R100-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-228,TD- 214 | TP-100 | |
| - | - | - | 1/0×2P | - | M10 | R60-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-225,D- 213 | TP-060 | |
| - | - | - | - | 4 | M10 | R22-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-223,TD- 212 | TP-022 | |
| 4270 | 2/0×2P | 2/0×2P | - | - | - | M10 | 80-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-227,TD- 214 | TP-080 |
| - | - | 4/0×2P | - | - | M10 | R100-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-228,TD- 214 | TP-100 | |
| - | - | - | 1/0×2P | - | M10 | R60-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-225,TD- 213 | TP-060 | |
| - | - | - | - | 2 | M10 | R38-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-224,TD- 212 | TP-038 | |
| 4325 | 2/0×2P | 2/0×2P | - | - | - | M10 | 80-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-227,TD- 214 | TP-080 |
| - | - | 4/0×2P | - | - | M10 | R100-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-228,TD- 214 | TP-100 | |
| - | - | - | 1/0×2P | - | M10 | R60-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-225,TD- 213 | TP-060 | |
| - | - | - | - | 2 | M10 | R38-10 | YF-1 YET-150-1 | TD-224,TD- 212 | TP-038 | |
| 4380 | 250×2P | 250×2P | - | - | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 |
| - | - | 300×2P | 300×2P | - | M12 | R150-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-325,TD- 313 | TP-150 | |
| - | - | - | - | 1 | M12 | R60-12 | YF-1 YET-300-1 | TD-321,TD- 311 | TP-060 |
Source page
Page 238
5.4 UL Standards
Three-Phase 200 V Class Table 5.17 Factory-Recommended Branch Circuit Protection: 200 V Class
DriveModel MaximumApplicableMotorOutput InputCurrentRating Semicond R u a c te to d r C P u r r o r t e e n c t tionFuse kW(HP) A Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann FWH-80B 2022 3.7(5) 18.2 FWH-100B*1 2031 5.5(7.5) 26.5 FWH-125B 2041 7.5(10) 35.5 FWH-150B 2059 11(15) 51.2 FWH-200B 2075 15(20) 69 FWH-225A FWH-225A 2094 18.5(25) 84.4 FWH-250A*1 FWH-225A 2110 22(30) 72 FWH-250A*1 FWH-275A 2144 30(40) 97.3 FWH-300A*1 FWH-275A 2181 37(50) 119.2 FWH-350A*1 FWH-325A 2225 45(60) 144.3 FWH-450A*1 2269 55(75) 175.4 FWH-600A 2354 75(100) 237.5 FWH-800A 2432 90(125) 283.9 FWH-1000B 2519 110(150) 345.6 FWH-1000B *1 Yaskawa recommends a fuse with a large rated current for applications with repeated loads. Three-Phase 400 V Class Table 5.18 Factory-Recommended Branch Circuit Protection: 400 V Class DriveModel MaximumApplicableMotorOutput InputCurrentRating Semicond R u a c te to d r C P u r r o r t e e n c t tionFuse kW(HP) A Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann 4012 4.0(5) 10.3 FWH-60B 4019 5.5(7.5) 13.9 FWH-80B 4023 7.5(10) 18.7 FWH-90B 4030 11(15) 26.9 FWH-150B 4039 15(20) 36.3 FWH-200B 4049 18.5(25) 44.4 FWH-200B 4056 22(30) 37.9 FWH-225A 4075 30(40) 51.2 FWH-250A 4094 37(50) 62.8 FWH-275A 4114 45(60) 75.9 FWH-275A 4140 55(75) 92.3 FWH-300A FWH-325A 4188 75(100) 125 FWH-400A*1 4225 90(125) 149.4 FWH-500A 4270 110(150) 181.9 FWH-600A 4325 132(175) 217.5 FWH-700A 4380 160(200) 262.7 FWH-800A *1 Yaskawa recommends a fuse with a large rated current for applications with repeated loads. ◆ UL Standards Compliance for DC Power Supply Input To comply with UL Standards, install a fuse for the DC power supply input.
238 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DriveModel | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW(HP) | InputCurrentRating A | SemiconductorProtectionFuse RatedCurrent Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 3.7(5) | 18.2 | FWH-80B FWH-100B*1 |
| 2031 | 5.5(7.5) | 26.5 | FWH-125B |
| 2041 | 7.5(10) | 35.5 | FWH-150B |
| 2059 | 11(15) | 51.2 | FWH-200B |
| 2075 | 15(20) | 69 | FWH-225A |
| 2094 | 18.5(25) | 84.4 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| 2110 | 22(30) | 72 | FWH-225A FWH-250A*1 |
| 2144 | 30(40) | 97.3 | FWH-275A FWH-300A*1 |
| 2181 | 37(50) | 119.2 | FWH-275A FWH-350A*1 |
| 2225 | 45(60) | 144.3 | FWH-325A FWH-450A*1 |
| 2269 | 55(75) | 175.4 | FWH-600A |
| 2354 | 75(100) | 237.5 | FWH-800A |
| 2432 | 90(125) | 283.9 | FWH-1000B |
| 2519 | 110(150) | 345.6 | FWH-1000B |
| DriveModel | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW(HP) | InputCurrentRating A | SemiconductorProtectionFuse RatedCurrent Manufacturer:EATON/Bussmann |
|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 4.0(5) | 10.3 | FWH-60B |
| 4019 | 5.5(7.5) | 13.9 | FWH-80B |
| 4023 | 7.5(10) | 18.7 | FWH-90B |
| 4030 | 11(15) | 26.9 | FWH-150B |
| 4039 | 15(20) | 36.3 | FWH-200B |
| 4049 | 18.5(25) | 44.4 | FWH-200B |
| 4056 | 22(30) | 37.9 | FWH-225A |
| 4075 | 30(40) | 51.2 | FWH-250A |
| 4094 | 37(50) | 62.8 | FWH-275A |
| 4114 | 45(60) | 75.9 | FWH-275A |
| 4140 | 55(75) | 92.3 | FWH-300A |
| 4188 | 75(100) | 125 | FWH-325A FWH-400A*1 |
| 4225 | 90(125) | 149.4 | FWH-500A |
| 4270 | 110(150) | 181.9 | FWH-600A |
| 4325 | 132(175) | 217.5 | FWH-700A |
| 4380 | 160(200) | 262.7 | FWH-800A |
Source page
Page 239
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 2022 | FWH-80B | 2 |
| 2031 | FWH-125B | 2 |
| 2041 | FWH-150B | 2 |
| 2059 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 2075 | FWH-250A | 2 |
| 2094 | FWH-250A FWH-300A*1 | 2 |
| 2110 | FWH-250A FWH-275A*1 | 2 |
| 2144 | FWH-300A FWH-350A*1 | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 2181 | FWH-350A FWH-450A*1 | 2 |
| 2225 | FWH-450A FWH-600A*1 | 2 |
| 2269 | FWH-600A FWH-700A*1 | 2 |
| 2354 | FWH-800A FWH-1000B*1 | 2 |
| 2432 | FWH-1000B | 2 |
| 2519 | FWH-1000B | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 4012 | FWH-60B | 2 |
| 4019 | FWH-80B | 2 |
| 4023 | FWH-90B | 2 |
| 4030 | FWH-150B | 2 |
| 4039 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 4049 | FWH-200B | 2 |
| 4056 | FWH-225A | 2 |
| 4075 | FWH-250A | 2 |
| 4094 | FWH-275A | 2 |
| 4114 | FWH-275A | 2 |
| DriveModel | Fuse Manufacturer:Bussmann | Column |
|---|---|---|
| Model | Qty | |
| 4140 | FWH-300A FWH-325A*1 | 2 |
| 4188 | FWH-400A FWH-450A*1 | 2 |
| 4225 | FWH-500A FWH-600A*1 | 2 |
| 4270 | FWH-600A FWH-700A*1 | 2 |
| 4325 | FWH-700A FWH-800A*1 | 2 |
| 4380 | FWH-800A FWH-1000B*1 | 2 |
Source page
Page 240
5.4 UL Standards
◆ Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals
You must provide low voltage wiring as specified by the National Electric Code (NEC), the Canadian Electric Code, Part I (CEC), and local codes. Yaskawa recommends the NEC class 1 circuit conductor. Use the UL approved class 2 power supply for external power supply. Table 5.21 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supplies Input/Output Terminals PowerSupplySpecifications
UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. Digitalinput S1-S10,SN,SC,SP UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. Analoginput A1-A3,AC,+V,-V UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. Analogoutput FM,AM,AC UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. Safedisableinput H1,H2,HC UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. Open-collectoroutput P1,C1,P2,C2 UsetheULapprovedclass2powersupply. UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. Serialcommunicationinput/output D+,D-,AC UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. 24Vexternalpowersupply PS,AC UsetheULListedclass2powersupply. ◆ Drive Motor Overload and Overheat Protection The drive motor overload and overheat protection function complies with the National Electric Code (NEC) and the Canadian Electric Code, Part I (CEC). Set the Motor Rated Current and L1-01 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection] to L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select] correctly to enable motor overload and overheat protection. Refer to the control method and set the motor rated current with E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] or E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)]. ■ E2-01: Motor Rated Current (FLA)
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-01 MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (030E) Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) Note: •If E2-01 < E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current], the drive will detect oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error]. •When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change. -0.01 A: models 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 -0.1 A: models 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 The value set for E2-01 becomes the reference value for motor protection and the torque limit. Enter the motor rated current written on the motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning the drive will automatically set E2-01 to the value input for “Motor Rated Current”. ■ E5-03: PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-03 PMMotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032B) (FLA) SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) Note: The display units are different for different models: •0.01 A: models 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 •0.1 A: models 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 240 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Input/Output | Terminals | PowerSupplySpecifications |
|---|---|---|
| Digitalinput | S1-S10,SN,SC,SP | UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. |
| Analoginput | A1-A3,AC,+V,-V | UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. |
| Analogoutput | FM,AM,AC | UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. |
| Safedisableinput | H1,H2,HC | UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. |
| Open-collectoroutput | P1,C1,P2,C2 | UsetheULapprovedclass2powersupply. |
| Serialcommunicationinput/output | D+,D-,AC | UsestheLVLCpowersupplyinthedrive. UsetheULListedclass2powersupplyforexternal powersupply. |
| 24Vexternalpowersupply | PS,AC | UsetheULListedclass2powersupply. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-01 (030E) | MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-03 (032B) | PMMotorRatedCurrent (FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
Source page
Page 241
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards The drive automatically sets E5-03 to the value input for “PM Motor Rated Current” after you do these types of Auto-Tuning: • PM Motor Parameter Settings • PM Stationary Auto-Tuning • PM Rotational Auto-Tuning ■ L1-01: Motor Overload (oL1) Protection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-01 MotorOverload(oL1) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0480) Protection Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. (0-3,5,6) Note: •The default setting and setting range change when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: -When A1-02 = 0, 2, 3 [V/f, OLV, CLV], the default setting is 1, and the setting range is 0 to 3, 6. -When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the default setting is 5, and the setting range is 0, 5. •When only one motor is connected to a drive, set L1-01 = 1 to 6 [Enabled]. External thermal relays are not necessary in these conditions. This parameter enables and disables the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors. The cooling capability of the motor changes when the speed control range of the motor changes. Use an electronic thermal protector that aligns with the permitted load characteristics of the motor to select motor protection. The electronic thermal protector of the drive uses these items to calculate motor overload tolerance and supply overload protection for the motor: • Output current • Output speed • Motor thermal characteristics • Time characteristics If the drive detects motor overload, the drive will trigger an oL1 [Motor Overload] and stop the drive output. Set H2-01 = 1F [Term M1-M2 Function Selection = Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)] to set a motor overload alarm. If the motor overload level is more than 90% of the oL1 detection level, the output terminal activates and triggers an overload alarm. 0 : Disabled 1 : Variable Torque Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 60 Hz base frequency. The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range. OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthan60Hz,the 5 power.Operateata60Hzbasefrequencytomaximize drivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersafaultrelay themotorcoolingability. outputandthemotorcoaststostop. 2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range Use this setting for drive-dedicated motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:10. The speed control for this motor is 10% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 10% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 241
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-01 (0480) | MotorOverload(oL1) Protection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0-3,5,6) |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline power.Operateata60Hzbasefrequencytomaximize themotorcoolingability. | Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthan60Hz,the drivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersafaultrelay outputandthemotorcoaststostop. |
Source page
Page 242
5.4 UL Standards
OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat10%to100%base temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow frequency.Operatingslowerthan10%speedat100% speedrange(10%basefrequency). loadwillcausemotoroverload.
3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRange Use this setting for vector motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:100. The speed control for this motor is 1% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 1% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.
OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat1%to100%base temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow frequency.Operatingslowerthan1%speedat100%load speedrange(1%basefrequency). willcausemotoroverload.
5 : PM Constant Torque Use this setting with a PM motor for constant torque that has a speed range for constant torque of 1:500.
The speed control for this motor is 0.2% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 0.2% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload. OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat0.2%to100%rated temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speed.Operatingslowerthan0.2%speedat100%load speedrange(0.2%basefrequency). willcausemotoroverload.
6 : Variable Torque (50Hz) Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 50 Hz base frequency. The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.
242 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(10%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat10%to100%base frequency.Operatingslowerthan10%speedat100% loadwillcausemotoroverload. |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(1%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat1%to100%base frequency.Operatingslowerthan1%speedat100%load willcausemotoroverload. |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(0.2%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat0.2%to100%rated speed.Operatingslowerthan0.2%speedat100%load willcausemotoroverload. |
Source page
Page 243
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.4 UL Standards OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthancommercial power.Operateata50Hzbasefrequencytomaximize linepower,thedrivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersa themotorcoolingability. faultrelayoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. ■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-02 MotorOverloadProtection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0min (0481) Time Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetopreventdamagetothe (0.1-5.0min) Expert motor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Set the overload tolerance time to the length of time that the motor can operate at 150% load from continuous operation at 100% load. When the motor operates at 150% load continuously for 1 minute after continuous operation at 100% load (hot start), the default setting triggers the electronic thermal protector. Figure 5.20 shows an example of the electronic thermal protector operation time. Motor overload protection operates in the range between a cold start and a hot start. This example shows a general-purpose motor operating at the base frequency with L1-02 set to 1.0 min. • Cold start Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when the overload occurs immediately after starting operation from a complete stop. • Hot start Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when overload occurs from continuous operation below the motor rated current. 5 Figure 5.20 Protection Operation Time for a General-purpose Motor at Rated Output Speed ■ L1-03: Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-03 MotorThermistoroH V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (0482) AlarmSelect SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3[Motor (0-3) Expert OverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. 0 : Ramp to Stop YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 243
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialli power.Operateata50Hzbasefrequencytomaximiz themotorcoolingability. | ne Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthancommercial e linepower,thedrivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersa faultrelayoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-02 (0481) Expert | MotorOverloadProte Time | ction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetopreventdamagetothe motor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0min (0.1-5.0min) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-03 (0482) Expert | MotorThermistoroH AlarmSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3[Motor OverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. | 3 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 244
5.4 UL Standards
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oH3 and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ L1-04: Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-04 MotorThermistoroHFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0483) Select SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[MotorOverheat (0-2) Expert Fault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns OFF and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF.
244 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-04 (0483) Expert | MotorThermistoroHFault Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[MotorOverheat Fault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. | 1 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 245
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.5 China RoHS Compliance 5.5 China RoHS Compliance 15 Figure 5.21 China RoHS Mark The China RoHS mark is displayed on products containing six specified hazardous substances that are in excess of regulatory limits, based on the “Administrative Measures for the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Products” and “Marking for the Restricted Use of Hazardous Substances in Electronic and Electrical Products” (SJ/T 11364-2014), which were promulgated on January 26, 2016. The number displayed in the center of the mark indicates the environment-friendly use period (number of years) in which electrical and electronic products that are being produced, sold, or imported to China can be used. The date of manufacture of the electrical and electronic product is the starting date of the environment-friendly use period for the product. The six specified hazardous substances contained in the product will not leak outside of the product during normal use within this period and will have no serious impact on the environment, the human body, or property. The environment-friendly use period for this product is 15 years. This period is not the product warranty period. ◆ Information on Hazardous Substances in This Product Table 5.22 shows the details on hazardous substances contained in this product. Table 5.22 Contents of Hazardous Substances in This Product HazardousSubstances PartsName Lead Mercury Cadmium H C e h x r a o v m a i l u e m nt PolybrominatedBiphenyls Polybrom E in th at e e r d s Diphenyl (Pb) (Hg) (Cd) (Cr(VI)) (PBB) (PBDE) CircuitBoard × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ElectronicParts × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ BrassScrew × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ A Ca lu s m tin in g umDie × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ThistablehasbeenpreparedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsoutlinedinSJ/T11364. ○:IndicatesthatsaidhazardoussubstancecontainedinallofthehomogeneousmaterialsforthispartisbeloworequaltothelimitrequirementofGB/T26572. ×:IndicatesthatsaidhazardoussubstancecontainedinatleastoneofthehomogeneousmaterialsusedforthispartisabovethelimitrequirementofGB/T26572. Note: ThisproductcomplieswithEURoHSdirectives.Inthistable,“×”indicatesthathazardoussubstancesthatareexemptfromEURoHSdirectivesarecontained. 5 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 245
| PartsName | HazardousSubstances | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Lead (Pb) | Mercury (Hg) | Cadmium (Cd) | Hexavalent Chromium (Cr(VI)) | PolybrominatedBiphenyls (PBB) | PolybrominatedDiphenyl Ethers (PBDE) | |
| CircuitBoard | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| ElectronicParts | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| BrassScrew | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| AluminumDie Casting | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| ThistablehasbeenpreparedinaccordancewiththeprovisionsoutlinedinSJ/T11364. ○:IndicatesthatsaidhazardoussubstancecontainedinallofthehomogeneousmaterialsforthispartisbeloworequaltothelimitrequirementofGB/T26572. ×:IndicatesthatsaidhazardoussubstancecontainedinatleastoneofthehomogeneousmaterialsusedforthispartisabovethelimitrequirementofGB/T26572. Note: ThisproductcomplieswithEURoHSdirectives.Inthistable,“×”indicatesthathazardoussubstancesthatareexemptfromEURoHSdirectivesarecontained. |
Source page
Page 246
5.6 对应中国RoHS指令
5.6 对应中国RoHS指令
15
图5.22 中国RoHS标志 中国RoHS标志依据2016年1月26日公布的《电器电子产品有害物质限制使用管理办法》,以及《电子电气产品有 害物质限制使用标识要求》(SJ/T 11364-2014)作成。电子电气产品中特定6种有害物质的含量超过规定值时,应 标识此标志。中间的数字为在中国生产销售以及进口的电子电气产品的环保使用期限(年限)。电子电气产品的环 保使用期限从生产日期算起。在期限内,正常使用产品的过程中,不会有特定的6种有害物质外泄进而对环境、人 和财产造成深刻影响。 本产品的环保使用期限为15年。但需要注意的是环保使用期限并非产品的质量保证期限。
◆ 本产品中含有有害物质的信息 本产品中所含有害物质的详细信息如表 5.23所示。
表 5.23 本产品中有害物质的名称及含量 有害物质 部件名称 铅 汞 镉 六价铬 多溴联苯 多溴二苯醚 (Pb) (Hg) (Cd) (Cr(VI)) (PBB) (PBDE) 实装基板 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 电子元件 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
黄铜螺钉 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 铝压铸 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 本表格依据SJ/T11364的规定编制。 ○:表示该有害物质在该部件所有均质材料中的含量均在GB/T26572规定的限量要求以下。 ×:表示该有害物质至少在该部件的某一均质材料中的含量超出GB/T26572规定的限量要求。 (注) 本产品符合欧盟RoHS指令。上表中的“×”表示含有欧盟RoHS指令豁免的有害物质。
246 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| 部件名称 | 有害物质 | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 铅 (Pb) | 汞 (Hg) | 镉 (Cd) | 六价铬 (Cr(VI)) | 多溴联苯 (PBB) | 多溴二苯醚 (PBDE) | |
| 实装基板 | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| 电子元件 | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| 黄铜螺钉 | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| 铝压铸 | × | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ |
| 本表格依据SJ/T11364的规定编制。 ○:表示该有害物质在该部件所有均质材料中的含量均在GB/T26572规定的限量要求以下。 ×:表示该有害物质至少在该部件的某一均质材料中的含量超出GB/T26572规定的限量要求。 (注) 本产品符合欧盟RoHS指令。上表中的“×”表示含有欧盟RoHS指令豁免的有害物质。 |
Source page
Page 247
| SafetyStandards | UnifiedStandards |
|---|---|
| FunctionalSafety | IEC/EN61508(SIL3) |
| IEC/ENIEC62061(MaximumSIL3) | |
| IEC/EN61800-5-2(SIL3) | |
| MachineSafety | ISO/ENISO13849-1:2015(Cat.3,PLe) |
| EMC | IEC/EN61000-6-7 |
| Item | Column | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|---|
| Input/Output | • Input:2 SafeDisableinput(H1,H2) SignalONlevel:18Vdcto28Vdc SignalOFFlevel:-4Vdcto+4Vdc • Output:1 MFDOsafetymonitoroutputforexternaldevicemonitor(EDM) | ||
| Responsetimefromwhentheinputopenstowhenthedriveoutputstops | 3msorless | ||
| ResponsetimefromwhentheH1andH2terminalinputsopentowhentheEDMsignal operates | 20msorless | ||
| Missiontime*1 | 10years | 20years | |
| Failureprobability | Lessfrequentoperationrequestmode | PFD=9.00E-6 | PFD=1.79E-5 |
| Frequentoperationrequestmodeor continuousmode | PFH=1.07E-9 | PFH=1.07E-9 | |
| Performancelevel | e | ||
| HFT(hardwarefaulttolerance) | N=1 | ||
| Typeofsubsystem | TypeB | ||
| MTTFD | High(2681years) | ||
| DCavg | Medium(90.53%) |
Source page
Page 248
5.7 Safe Disable Input
248 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 249
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.7 Safe Disable Input Figure 5.23 Safe Disable Function Wiring Example ■ Connect Safe Disable Input Contacts to Multiple Drives To Use the Drive Internal Power Supply Figure 5.24 shows an example of how to connect Safe Disable contacts. From the terminals HC-SN of drive 1, supply the power for the Safe Disable function for the applicable drives. These conditions limit the number of units to connect: • Internal power supply capacity • Number of MFDIs used • Supply current to the external sensors 5
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 249
Source page
Page 250
5.7 Safe Disable Input
Safety switch Drive 1 S2 HC Safe Disable input SN S1 H1 H2 E(G) Open Safety controller Reset/ feedback input Drive 2 HC SN H1 H2 Connect MFDO terminals set to Safe Torque OFF [H2 - xx = 21] in series. E(G) Safety Electronic Device Monitor output Drive 3 HC SN H1 H2 E(G) Figure 5.24 Connection Example to Use the Internal Power Supply To Use 24 V External Power Supply Figure 5.25 shows an example of how to connect Safe Disable contacts. These conditions limit the number of units to connect: • External power supply capacity • Number of MFDIs used • Supply current to the external sensors
250 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 251
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.7 Safe Disable Input Figure 5.25 Connection Example to Use 24 V External Power Supply The Number of Possible Units to Connect PowerSupply MFDI 24VOutput NumberofDriveUnits Yes Yes*1 2 Internalpowersupply (10-channelinput) No 14 (Drive1) Yes*1 7 No No 19 Externalpowersupply - Different su fo p r pl d y if c fe a r p e a n c t it e i x es te * rn 2 alpower *1 This is when you use a maximum of 150 mA. *2 24 V, 12 mA is necessary for each drive. Use the this formula to calculate the number of units to connect: 5 • n: Number of units to connect • Iomax: Maximum current that can be supplied from the power supply (234 mA for the internal power supply) • IMFDI: Current consumed per MFDI (6 mA) • nMFDI: Maximum number of MFDIs that can be activated at the same time (maximum of 10-channel) • Isensor: Current externally supplied for sensor power supply (maximum of 150 mA) • Isafety: Current consumed by Safe Disable terminals H1 and H2 (12 mA) Note: Round the values off to the first decimal place. ■ Enabling and Disabling the Drive Output (“Safe Torque Off”) Refer to Figure 5.26 for an example of drive operation when the drive changes from “Safe Torque Off” status to usual operation. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 251
| PowerSupply | MFDI | 24VOutput | NumberofDriveUnits |
|---|---|---|---|
| Internalpowersupply (Drive1) | Yes (10-channelinput) | Yes*1 No | 2 |
| 14 | |||
| No | Yes*1 No | 7 | |
| 19 | |||
| Externalpowersupply | - | Differentfordifferentexternalpower supplycapacities*2 |
Source page
Page 252
5.7 Safe Disable Input
Figure 5.26 Safe Disable Operation Switching from Usual Operation to “Safe Torque Off” Turn OFF (open) safety input terminal H1 or H2 to enable the Safe Disable function. When the Safe Disable function is enabled while the motor is operating, the drive output and motor torque turn off and the motor always coasts to stop. The b1-03 [Stopping Method Selection] setting does not have an effect on the stopping method. The “Safe Torque Off” status is only possible with the Safe Disable function. Clear the Up/Down command to stop the drive. Turning off drive output (a baseblock condition) ≠ “Safe Torque Off”.
Note: •When it is necessary to ramp to stop the motor, do not turn off terminals H1 and H2 until the motor fully stops. This will prevent the motor from coasting to stop during usual operation. •A maximum of 3 ms will elapse from when terminals H1 or H2 shut off until the drive switches to the “Safe Torque Off” status. Set the OFF status for terminals H1 and H2 to hold for at least 3 ms. The drive may not be able to switch to the “Safe Torque Off” status if terminals H1 and H2 are only open for less than 3 ms. Going from “Safe Torque Off” to Usual Operation The safety input will only release when there is no Up/Down command. • During Stop When the Safe Disable function is triggered during stop, close the circuit between terminals H1-HC and H2-HC to disable “Safe Torque Off”. Enter the Up/Down command after the drive stops correctly. • During Run If you trigger the Safe Disable function during run, clear the Up/Down command, then close the circuit between terminals H1-HC and H2-HC to disable “Safe Torque Off”. Enter the Stop command, then enter the Up/Down command when terminals H1 and H2 are activated. To release the “Safe Torque Off” state, activate (close) terminals H1 and H2. When you enter the Up/Down command before terminals H1 and H2 are activated, drive operation is different for different L8-88 [Safe Disable Operation Mode] settings: • When L8-88 = 0 [Mode 0 (Alarm-On, Ready-Off)], you must cycle the Up/Down command to start the motor. • When L8-88 = 1 [Mode 1 (Alarm-Off, Ready-On)] (default), the drive starts the motor immediately after the “Safe Torque Off” state releases. When L8-88 = 1, you can use S6-16 [BaseBlock (BB) Restart Selection] to set how the drive behaves when terminals H1 and H2 are activated and deactivated while the Up/Down command stays active. • When S6-16 = 0 [Disabled] (default), the drive will not restart and you must cycle the Up/Down command. • When S6-16 = 1 [Enabled], the drive will restart immediately when terminals H1 and H2 are activated. ■ Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Keypad Display Refer to Table 5.26 for information about the relation between the input channel status, Safety monitor output status, and drive output status.
252 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 253
ecnailpmoCsdradnatS 5.7 Safe Disable Input Table 5.26 Safe Disable Input and External Device Monitor (EDM) Terminal Status Input1(H1-HC) ON(Closethecircuit) ON(Closethecircuit) OFF(Open) OFF(Open) InputChannelStatus Input2(H2-HC) ON(Closethecircuit) OFF(Open) ON(Closethecircuit) OFF(Open) MFDOTerminal OFF OFF OFF ON MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=21) (H2-xx=21) MFDOTerminal ON ON ON OFF (H2-xx=121) MFDOTerminal OFF ON ON ON MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=58) (H2-xx=58) MFDOTerminal ON OFF OFF OFF (H2-xx=158) DriveOutputStatus Baseblock(Driveready) Safetystatus(STo) Safetystatus(STo) Safetystatus(STo) KeypadDisplay Normallydisplayed SToF(Flashing) SToF(Flashing) STo(Flashing) LEDStatusRing Ready:Illuminated ALM/ERR:Flashing ALM/ERR:Flashing Ready:Flashing MEMOBUSRegister bitC:0 bitC:1 bitC:1 bitC:0 0020(Hex.) bitD:0 bitD:0 bitD:0 bitD:1 Safety Function Status Monitor The drive Safety monitor output sends a feedback signal about the status of the Safety function. The Safety monitor output is one of the possible settings available for the MFDO terminals. If there is damage to the Safe Disable circuit, a controller (PLC or safety relay) must read this signal as an input signal to hold the “Safe Torque Off” status. This will help verify the condition of the safety circuit. Refer to the manual for the safety device for more information about the Safety function. You can use the MFDO function settings to switch the polarity of the Safety monitor output signal. Refer to Table 5.26 for setting instructions. Keypad Display If the two input channels are OFF (Open), the keypad will flash STo [Safe Torque OFF]. If there is damage to the Safe disable circuit or the drive, the keypad will flash SToF [Safe Torque OFF Hardware] when one input channel is OFF (Open) and the other is ON (Close the circuit). When you use the Safe disable circuit correctly, the keypad will not show SToF. If there is damage to the drive, the keypad will show SCF [Safety Circuit Fault] when the drive detects a fault in the Safe disable circuit. Refer to the chapter on Troubleshooting for more information. ■ Validating the Safe Disable Function After you replace parts or do maintenance on the drive, first complete all necessary wiring to start the drive, then test the Safe Disable input with these steps. Keep a record of the test results. Note: This validation should be performed at least once every three months in order to guarantee the specification values of the safety parameters. 1. When the two input channels are OFF (Open), make sure that the keypad flashes STo [Safe Torque OFF], and make sure that the motor is not running. 2. Monitor the ON/OFF status of the input channels and make sure that MFDO set to the EDM function operates 5 as shown in Table 5.26. If one or more of these items are true, the ON/OFF status of the MFDO may not display correctly on the keypad: • Incorrect parameter settings. • A problem with an external device. • The external wiring has a short circuit or is disconnected. • There is damage to the device. Find the cause and repair the problem to correctly display the status. 3. Make sure that the EDM signal operates during usual operation as shown in Table 5.26. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 253
| InputChannelStatus | Input1(H1-HC) | ON(Closethecircuit) | ON(Closethecircuit) | OFF(Open) | OFF(Open) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Input2(H2-HC) | ON(Closethecircuit) | OFF(Open) | ON(Closethecircuit) | OFF(Open) | |
| MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=21) | MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=21) | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON |
| MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=121) | ON | ON | ON | OFF | |
| MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=58) | MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=58) | OFF | ON | ON | ON |
| MFDOTerminal (H2-xx=158) | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | |
| DriveOutputStatus | Baseblock(Driveready) | Safetystatus(STo) | Safetystatus(STo) | Safetystatus(STo) | |
| KeypadDisplay | Normallydisplayed | SToF(Flashing) | SToF(Flashing) | STo(Flashing) | |
| LEDStatusRing | Ready:Illuminated | ALM/ERR:Flashing | ALM/ERR:Flashing | Ready:Flashing | |
| MEMOBUSRegister 0020(Hex.) | bitC:0 bitD:0 | bitC:1 bitD:0 | bitC:1 bitD:0 | bitC:0 bitD:1 |
Source page
Page 254
5.8 No Motor Contactor Solution
5.8 No Motor Contactor Solution
The safe disable circuit can be utilized to install the drive models CIPR-LA70xxxxx in an elevator system with no motor contactor. Refer to Figure 5.27 for a wiring example. EN 81-20 clause 5.9.2.5.4.d) allows a direct AC power supply to the motor when using an adjustable speed electrical power drive system with a safe torque off (STO) function according to EN 61800-5-2, 4.2.2.2 fulfilling SIL3 requirements, with a hardware fault tolerance of at least 1. The YASKAWA LA700 meets these requirements. • The circuit must be designed so that the inputs H1 or H2 are opened and the drive output shuts off when the safety chain is interrupted. • The safe disable inputs H1 and H2 must be used to enable/disable the drive. The input logic must be set to Sourcing Mode. Refer to Set Sinking Mode/Sourcing Mode on page 91 for more information.
Figure 5.27 Wiring Example
Note: 1. The drive output will immediately shut off when either of the inputs H1 or H2 is opened. In this case, the brake should apply immediately to prevent uncontrolled movement of the elevator. 2. Terminals H1 or H2 must be closed prior to setting the Up/Down command. 3. Set an MFDO terminal to H2-xx = 58 [Safe Disable Active]. This feedback signal can be implemented in the contactor supervision circuit of the controller that monitors a fault in the Safe Disable circuit.
254 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 255
Network Communications
6.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................256
6.2 Field Bus Network Support..................................................................................257 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications..............................................................258
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 255
Source page
Page 256
6.1 Section Safety
6.1 Section Safety
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.
256 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. |
Source page
Page 257
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.2 Field Bus Network Support 6.2 Field Bus Network Support You can use the PLC to control and monitor the drive through the network. The drive has a standard RS-485 interface (MEMOBUS/Modbus communications). Install a separately sold communication option on the drive to support other network communications. ◆ Available Communication Options Refer to Table 6.1 for the fieldbus networks that are compatible with the drive. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to order a communication option. Table 6.1 Available Fieldbus Network TypeofCommunications OptionModel CANopen SI-S3 Note: Only use the option card shown in Table 6.1. 6
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 257
| TypeofCommunications | OptionModel |
|---|---|
| CANopen | SI-S3 |
Source page
Page 258
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This section gives detailed information about the parameters, error codes and communication procedures for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
◆ Configure Master/Slave
You can use the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol for serial communication with programmable controllers (PLC). The MEMOBUS/Modbus communication uses one master (PLC) and a maximum of 31 slave drives. Serial communications usually starts with a signal from the master to the slave drives. A slave drive that receives a command from the master does the specified function and then sends a response back to the master. You must set the address number for each slave drive before you start signal communications to make sure that the master uses the correct address numbers.
A - Master (PLC) B - Slave (drive) Figure 6.1 PLC and Drive Connection Example
◆ Communication Specifications
Table 6.2 lists the specifications for the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Table 6.2 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications
Item Specification Interface RS-485 Synchronizationmethod Asynchronous(start-stopsynchronization) Communicationsspeed:1.2,2.4,4.8,9.6,19.2,38.4,57.6,76.8,115.2kbps Datalength:8bit(fixed) Communicationparameter Parity:even,odd,none Stopbit1bit(fixed) Communicationprotocol MEMOBUS/Modbusstandard(RTUmodeonly) Numberofpossibleunitstoconnect Maximum:31units
◆ Communication with the PLC
This section gives information about the settings for the termination resistor and how to connect to MEMOBUS/ Modbus communications. MEMOBUS/Modbus communications uses an RS-485 interface (2-wire). ■ Connect Communications Cable
Use this procedure to start communication between the PLC and drive.
258 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Interface | RS-485 |
| Synchronizationmethod | Asynchronous(start-stopsynchronization) |
| Communicationparameter | Communicationsspeed:1.2,2.4,4.8,9.6,19.2,38.4,57.6,76.8,115.2kbps |
| Datalength:8bit(fixed) | |
| Parity:even,odd,none | |
| Stopbit1bit(fixed) | |
| Communicationprotocol | MEMOBUS/Modbusstandard(RTUmodeonly) |
| Numberofpossibleunitstoconnect | Maximum:31units |
Source page
Page 259
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications 1. De-energize the drive then connect the communications cable to the PLC and the drive. The drive uses terminal TB4 for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. A - Terminal AC: Shield ground C - Terminal D-: Communication B - Terminal D+: Communication input/output (-) input/output (+) Figure 6.2 Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB4) Note: Isolate the communications wiring from the main circuit wiring and other high-power wiring. Use shielded wires for the communications wiring and connect cable sheaths to the ground terminal of the drive. Incorrect wiring procedures could cause drive malfunction because of electrical interference. 2. Install the termination resistor on the network termination slave drive. Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position to enable the termination resistor on the drive. 3. Energize the drive. 4. Use the drive keypad to set the necessary communications parameters H5-01 to H5-11. • H5-01 [Drive Node Address] • H5-02 [Communication Speed Selection] • H5-03 [Communication Parity Selection] • H5-04 [Communication Error Stop Method] • H5-05 [Comm Fault Detection Selection] • H5-06 [Drive Transmit Wait Time] • H5-09 [CE Detection Time] • H5-10 [Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel] • H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] 5. De-energize the drive and wait for the keypad display to turn off. 6. Energize the drive. The drive is prepared to start communication with the PLC. ■ Set the Termination Resistor You must enable the termination resistor on the slave terminal of the drive to use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Use DIP switch S2 on the terminal block to enable and disable the built-in termination resistor. Refer to Figure 6.3 for an example of how to set DIP switch S2. Use the tip of a tweezers or a jig with a tip width of 0.8 mm (0.03 in) to set the DIP switch. When you install the drive at the end of the communication line, set DIP switch S2 to ON. Set DIP switch S2 to OFF on all other drives. 6 Figure 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Terminal and DIP Switch S2 ◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Drive Operations When you use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to operate the drive, drive parameters will specify the settings. This section gives information about the available functions and their related parameters. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 259
Source page
Page 260
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
■ Executable Functions A PLC can do these operations with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Parameter settings (except H5-xx) do not have an effect on the availability of these operations. • Monitor the drive status and operate the drive
• Set and view parameters • Fault Reset • Multi-function input setting (The input command from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications and MFDI terminals (S1 to S10) are linked by a logical OR operation.) ■ Drive Control
Select the external command that sets the speed references and motor run/stop with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Use the information in Table 6.3 to set the parameters as specified by the application. Table 6.3 Necessary Parameter Settings for Drive Control from MEMOBUS/Modbus ReferenceSource No. Name SettingValue
b1-01 SpeedReferenceSelection1 2[Memobus/ModbusCommunications] Externalreference1 b1-02 UP/DownCommandSelection1 2[Memobus/ModbusCommunications] For more information about operation mode selection, refer to b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1] and b1-02 [Up/Down Command Selection 1]. ◆ Communications Timing To prevent overrun of the slave side, the master cannot send a message to the same drive for a selected length of time.
To prevent overrun of the master side, the slave cannot send a response message to the master for a selected length of time. This section gives information about message timing. ■ Command Message from Master to Slave
To prevent data loss and overrun, after the master receives a message from the slave, the master cannot send the same type of command message to the same slave for a selected length of time. The minimum wait time is different for each type of message. Refer to Table 6.4 to find the minimum wait times. Table 6.4 Minimum Wait Time to Send a Message CommandType Example MinimumWaitTime • Operationcommands(Up/Downcommand,stopcommand) 1 • I/Osettings 5ms*1 • Readingthemotorandparametersettingvalues 2 Writingaparameter 50ms*1 3 WritingofmodifieddatawiththeEntercommand 3to5s*1
*1 When the drive receives a message in the minimum wait time, it does command type 1 and sends a response message. If the drive receives command type 2 or command type 3 messages in the minimum wait time, it will trigger a communications error or the drive will ignore the command.
Figure 6.4 Minimum Wait Time to Send a Message You must set the timer in the master to measure the length of time for the slave to respond to the master. If you set the timer, but the slave does not send a response message in a specified length of time, the master will send the message again.
260 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ReferenceSource | No. | Name | SettingValue |
|---|---|---|---|
| Externalreference1 | b1-01 | SpeedReferenceSelection1 | 2[Memobus/ModbusCommunications] |
| b1-02 | UP/DownCommandSelection1 | 2[Memobus/ModbusCommunications] |
| CommandType | Example | MinimumWaitTime |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | • Operationcommands(Up/Downcommand,stopcommand) • I/Osettings • Readingthemotorandparametersettingvalues | 5ms*1 |
| 2 | Writingaparameter | 50ms*1 |
| 3 | WritingofmodifieddatawiththeEntercommand | 3to5s*1 |
Source page
Page 261
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications ■ Response Message from Slave The slave receives the command message from the master, and then processes the data it received. The slave then waits for the time set in H5-06 [Drive Transmit Wait Time], and then sends a response message to the master. If overrun occurs on the master, increase the wait time set in H5-06. Figure 6.5 Response Wait Time ◆ Message Format ■ Communication Message Description In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, then the slave responds. The master and slave use the format shown in Figure 6.6 to send messages. The data length changes when the command type (function) changes. Figure 6.6 Message Format ■ Slave Address Set the slave address of the drive to 00 to FF (Hex.). When the slave address is 00 (Hex.), the master sends the command and all slaves receive the command (broadcast functionality). If you set address 00 (Hex.) to the slave, it will not send a response message to the master (broadcast address). ■ Function Code There are five function codes that set commands. Table 6.5 shows the different codes. Table 6.5 Function Codes CommandMessage ResponseMessage FunctionCode SubfunctionCode Function MinimumData MaximumData MinimumData MaximumData (Hex.) (Hex.) Length Length Length Length (byte) (byte) (byte) (byte) 03 - R R e e a g d ist M er u s ltipleHolding 8 8 7 37 6 08 - LoopbackTest 8 8 8 8 10 - W Ho r l i d ti i n n g g t R o e M gi u s l t t e i r p s le 11 41 8 8 WritingtoMultiple 5A - R H e o a ld d i i n n g g R th e e g R is e te g r i s st / er 11 41 17 17 Indicated ReadingtheContents 010D ofNon-Consecutive 10 248 10 248 HoldingRegisters 67 WritingtoNon- 010E ConsecutiveHolding 14 250 8 8 Registers YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 261
| FunctionCode (Hex.) | SubfunctionCode (Hex.) | Function | CommandMessage | Column | ResponseMessage | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| MinimumData Length (byte) | MaximumData Length (byte) | MinimumData Length (byte) | MaximumData Length (byte) | |||
| 03 | R - R | eadMultipleHolding egisters | 8 | 8 | 7 | 37 |
| 08 | - L | oopbackTest | 8 | 8 | 8 | 8 |
| 10 | W - H | ritingtoMultiple oldingRegisters | 11 | 41 | 8 | 8 |
| 5A | W H - R I | ritingtoMultiple oldingRegisters/ eadingtheRegister ndicated | 11 | 41 | 17 | 17 |
| 67 | R 010D o H | eadingtheContents fNon-Consecutive oldingRegisters | 10 | 248 | 10 | 248 |
| W 010E C R | ritingtoNon- onsecutiveHolding egisters | 14 | 250 | 8 | 8 |
Source page
Page 262
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
■ Communications Data Communications data is a series of data that uses the combination of the communications register number and the data for these registers. The data length changes when function codes shown in Table 6.5 change. For a loopback test, it switches to test code. The communications register for the drive has a 2-byte length. Data that is written to the register for the drive is usually 2 bytes. Register data that is read from the drive is also 2 bytes.
■ Error Check Error check uses the CRC-16 method to detect transmission errors. Use the procedure in this section to calculate CRC-16. Command Data When the drive receives data, it will make sure that there are no errors in the data. The drive uses the procedure below to calculate CRC-16, then the drive compares that data with the CRC-16 value in the message. If the CRC- 16 values do not agree, the drive will not execute a command message. When you calculate CRC-16 in MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, make sure that you set the start value as FF (Hex.). All 16 bits must be 1.
Use this procedure to calculate CRC-16: 1. Make sure that the start value is FF (Hex.). 2. Calculate the FF (Hex.) start value and the XOR of the slave address (exclusive OR). 3. Move the step 2 results one column to the right. Do this shift until the carry bit is 1. 4. When the carry bit is 1, calculate XOR via the result from the above step 3 and A001 (Hex.). 5. Do steps 3 and 4 until the 8th shift to the right. 6. Use the result of step 5 to calculate the XOR and the data of the following messages (function code, register address, data). Do steps 3 to 5 until the last data, then calculate. 7. The result of the last right shift or the value of the last XOR calculation is the result for CRC-16. Table 6.6 lists examples of the CRC-16 calculation of slave address 02 (Hex.) and function code 03 (Hex.). The calculated results of CRC-16 for this section is D140 (Hex.).
Note: The calculation example only gives information about some error checks with CRC-16. The drive will do the same error checks for the next data. Table 6.6 CRC-16 Calculation Example Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow Initialvalue(FF(Hex.)) 1111111111111111 - Functioncode03(Hex.) 00000011 - Address02(Hex.) 00000010 - XORwresult 1000000100111101 -
XORwinitialvalue 1111111111111101 Shift1 0100000010011110 1 Shift1 0111111111111110 1 XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORresult 1110000010011111 - XORresult 1101111111111111 - Shift2 0111000001001111 1 Shift2 0110111111111111 1 XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 -
XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORresult 1101000001001110 - XORresult 1100111111111110 - Shift3 0110100000100111 0 Shift3 0110011111111111 0 Shift4 0011010000010011 1 Shift4 0011001111111111 1 XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORresult 1001010000010010 -
XORresult 1001001111111110 - Shift5 0100101000001001 0 Shift5 0100100111111111 0 Shift6 0010010100000100 1 Shift6 0010010011111111 1 XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORresult 1000010100000101 - XORresult 1000010011111110 - Shift7 0100001010000010 1
Shift7 0100001001111111 0 XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - Shift8 0010000100111111 1 XORresult 1110001010000011 -
262 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Description | Calculation | Overflow | Description | Calculation | Overflow |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Initialvalue(FFFF(Hex.)) | 1111111111111111 | - | Functioncode03(Hex.) | 00000011 | - |
| Address02(Hex.) | 00000010 | - | XORwresult | 1000000100111101 | - |
| XORwinitialvalue | 1111111111111101 | Shift1 | 0100000010011110 | 1 | |
| Shift1 | 0111111111111110 | 1 | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - | XORresult | 1110000010011111 | - |
| XORresult | 1101111111111111 | - | Shift2 | 0111000001001111 | 1 |
| Shift2 | 0110111111111111 | 1 | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - | XORresult | 1101000001001110 | - |
| XORresult | 1100111111111110 | - | Shift3 | 0110100000100111 | 0 |
| Shift3 | 0110011111111111 | 0 | Shift4 | 0011010000010011 | 1 |
| Shift4 | 0011001111111111 | 1 | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - | XORresult | 1001010000010010 | - |
| XORresult | 1001001111111110 | - | Shift5 | 0100101000001001 | 0 |
| Shift5 | 0100100111111111 | 0 | Shift6 | 0010010100000100 | 1 |
| Shift6 | 0010010011111111 | 1 | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - | XORresult | 1000010100000101 | - |
| XORresult | 1000010011111110 | - | Shift7 | 0100001010000010 | 1 |
| Shift7 | 0100001001111111 | 0 | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| Shift8 | 0010000100111111 | 1 | XORresult | 1110001010000011 | - |
Source page
Page 263
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - Shift8 0111000101000001 1 XORresult 1000000100111110 - XORwA001(Hex.) 1010000000000001 - XORresult 1101000101000000 - 1101000101000000 - Performoperationswithnextdata(functioncode) CRC-16 D140 - (Lower)(Upper) Continuefromherewithnextdata. Response Data The drive does the CRC-16 calculation for the response message and makes sure that the data does not have errors. Make sure that the calculated value is the same value as the CRC-16 in the response message. ◆ Examples of Messages for Commands/Responses The items in this section are examples of messages for commands/responses. ■ Read Multiple Holding Registers Uses function code 03 (Hex.) to read the contents of a maximum of 16 holding registers. Table 6.7 shows example messages when the drive reads the status signal of slave drive 2, the error contents, fault contents, and speed references. Table 6.7 Message Example When Reading the Contents of Holding Register SettingData SettingData SettingData Byte CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 02 Slaveaddress 02 Slaveaddress 02 1 Functioncode 03 Functioncode 03 Functioncode 83 2 Upper 00 DataQty 08 Errorcode 03 StartingNo. 3 Lower 20 Upper 00 Upper F1 Fir r s e t g s i t s o te ra r ge CRC-16 4 Upper 00 Lower 65 Lower 31 DataQty 5 Lower 04 Upper 00 - Nextstorage register 6 Upper 45 Lower 00 - CRC-16 7 Lower F0 Upper 00 - Nextstorage register 8 - Lower 00 - 9 - Upper 01 - Nextstorage register 10 - Lower F4 - 11 - Upper AF - CRC-16 12 - Lower 82 - ■ Loopback Test The loopback test uses function code 08 (Hex.) and returns the command message as a response message. This test checks communication between the master and slave. The test code and data can use desired values. 6 Table 6.8 shows examples of messages given out when the loopback test is done with the slave drive with address 1. Table 6.8 Message Examples from the Loopback Test Byte CommandMessage SettingData(Hex.) ResponseMessage(Normal) SettingData(Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 1 Functioncode 08 Functioncode 08 2 Upper 00 Upper 00 Testcode Testcode 3 Lower 00 Lower 00 4 Upper A5 Upper A5 Data Data 5 Lower 37 Lower 37 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 263
| Description | Calculation | Overflow | Description | Calculation | Overflow |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - | Shift8 | 0111000101000001 | 1 |
| XORresult | 1000000100111110 | - | XORwA001(Hex.) | 1010000000000001 | - |
| Performoperationswithnextdata(functioncode) | XORresult | 1101000101000000 | - | ||
| CRC-16 | 1101000101000000 | - | |||
| D140 (Lower)(Upper) | - | ||||
| Continuefromherewithnextdata. |
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | SettingData (Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | SettingData (Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | SettingData (Hex.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 02 | Slaveaddress | 02 | Slaveaddress | 02 | |||
| 1 | Functioncode | 03 | Functioncode | 03 | Functioncode | 83 | |||
| 2 | StartingNo. | Upper | 00 | DataQty | 08 | Errorcode | 03 | ||
| 3 | Lower | 20 | Firststorage register | Upper | 00 | CRC-16 | Upper | F1 | |
| 4 | DataQty | Upper | 00 | Lower | 65 | Lower | 31 | ||
| 5 | Lower | 04 | Nextstorage register | Upper | 00 | - | |||
| 6 | CRC-16 | Upper | 45 | Lower | 00 | - | |||
| 7 | Lower | F0 | Nextstorage register | Upper | 00 | - | |||
| 8 | - | Lower | 00 | - | |||||
| 9 | - | Nextstorage register | Upper | 01 | - | ||||
| 10 | - | Lower | F4 | - | |||||
| 11 | - | CRC-16 | Upper | AF | - | ||||
| 12 | - | Lower | 82 | - |
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | SettingData(Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | SettingData(Hex.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | ||
| 1 | Functioncode | 08 | Functioncode | 08 | ||
| 2 | Testcode | Upper | 00 | Testcode | Upper | 00 |
| 3 | Lower | 00 | Lower | 00 | ||
| 4 | Data | Upper | A5 | Data | Upper | A5 |
| 5 | Lower | 37 | Lower | 37 |
Source page
Page 264
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Byte CommandMessage SettingData(Hex.) ResponseMessage(Normal) SettingData(Hex.) 6 Upper DA Upper DA CRC-16 CRC-16 7 Lower 8D Lower 8D ■ Writing to Multiple Holding Registers
You can write the data that you set to the number of holding registers set in function code 10 (Hex.). You must configure the number of the holding registers and each 8 higher bits and 8 lower bits in order in the command message for the write data. You can write to a maximum of 16 holding registers. Table 6.9 shows example messages when you use the PLC to set Forward run (Up command) in slave drive 1 with a 60.00 Hz speed reference. When you rewrite the parameter value with the write command through the H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] setting, you must use the Enter command to save and enable the contents of the changes. Refer to H5-11: Comm ENTER Command Mode on page 618 and Enter Command on page 267 for more information. Table 6.9 Message Example When Writing to Multiple Holding Registers SettingData SettingData SettingData Byte CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 1 Functioncode 10 Functioncode 10 Functioncode 90 2 Upper 00 Upper 00 Errorcode 02 StartingNo. StartingNo. 3 Lower 01 Lower 01 Upper CD CRC-16 4 Upper 00 Upper 00 Lower C1 DataQuantity DataQuantity 5 Lower 02 Lower 02 - 6 ByteNo. 04 Upper 10 - CRC-16 7 Firstdata Upper 00 Lower 08 - 8 DataQuantity Lower 01 - - 9 Upper 17 - - Nextdata 10 Lower 70 - - 11 Upper 6D - - CRC-16 12 Lower B7 - - Note: The number of bytes set in the command message (Byte No.) correspond to the Data Quantity value × 2. The response message uses the same formula. ■ Reading from More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register The drive uses function code 5A (Hex.) to write to more than one register, then it reads the contents of four holding registers at the same time. The function for writing to more than one register is the same as the function for function code 10 (Hex.). You can write to a maximum of 16 holding registers. The four holding registers to be read from are specified in H5-25 to H5-28 [Function 5A Register x Selection]. Table 6.10 shows example messages when you write to more than one holding register or when you read more than one command register. Table 6.10 uses this register data for the examples: • The drive for slave 1 is set for Forward run (Up command) with a speed reference of 60.00 Hz. • The setting in H5-25 to H5-28 and the data in the specified holding registers are as follows: - H5-25 = 0044H: U1-05 [Speed Feedback] = 60.00 Hz (6000 = 1770H) - H5-26 = 0045H: U1-06 [Output Voltage Ref] = 200.0 V (2000 = 07D0H) - H5-27 = 0042H: U1-03 [Output Current] = 50% of continuous rated output current of the drive (100% = 8192, 50% = 4096 = 1000H) - H5-28 = 0049H: U1-10 [Input Terminal Status] = 00H When you rewrite the parameter value with the write command through the H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] setting, you must use the Enter command to save and enable the contents of the changes. Refer to H5-11: Comm ENTER Command Mode on page 618 and Enter Command on page 267 for more information. 264 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | SettingData(Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | SettingData(Hex.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 6 | CRC-16 | Upper | DA | CRC-16 | Upper | DA |
| 7 | Lower | 8D | Lower | 8D |
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | SettingData (Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | SettingData (Hex.) | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | SettingData (Hex.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | |||
| 1 | Functioncode | 10 | Functioncode | 10 | Functioncode | 90 | |||
| 2 | StartingNo. | Upper | 00 | StartingNo. | Upper | 00 | Errorcode | 02 | |
| 3 | Lower | 01 | Lower | 01 | CRC-16 | Upper | CD | ||
| 4 | DataQuantity | Upper | 00 | DataQuantity | Upper | 00 | Lower | C1 | |
| 5 | Lower | 02 | Lower | 02 | - | ||||
| 6 | ByteNo. | 04 | CRC-16 | Upper | 10 | - | |||
| 7 | Firstdata DataQuantity | Upper | 00 | Lower | 08 | - | |||
| 8 | Lower | 01 | - | - | |||||
| 9 | Nextdata | Upper | 17 | - | - | ||||
| 10 | Lower | 70 | - | - | |||||
| 11 | CRC-16 | Upper | 6D | - | - | ||||
| 12 | Lower | B7 | - | - |
Source page
Page 265
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Table 6.10 Message Example When Reading from More than One Holding Register/Reading the Indicated Register CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) Byte SettingData SettingData SettingData (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 1 FunctionCode 5A FunctionCode 5A FunctionCode DA 2 Upper 00 Registerstatus 0F Registerstatus 0F StartingNo. 3 Lower 01 Datainholding Upper 17 Datainholding Upper 17 register1 register1 selectedwith selectedwith 4 Upper 00 H5-25 Lower 70 H5-25 Lower 70 DataQty 5 Lower 02 Datainholding Upper 07 Datainholding Upper 07 register2 register2 selectedwith selectedwith 6 ByteNo. 04 H5-26 Lower D0 H5-26 Lower D0 7 Upper 00 Datainholding Upper 10 Datainholding Upper 10 Firstdata se r l e e g ct i e st d er w 3 ith se r l e e g ct i e st d er w 3 ith 8 Lower 01 H5-27 Lower 00 H5-27 Lower 00 9 Upper 17 Datainholding Upper 00 Datainholding Upper 00 Nextdata se r l e e g ct i e st d er w 4 ith se r l e e g ct i e st d er w 4 ith 10 Lower 70 H5-28 Lower 00 H5-28 Lower 00 11 Upper 4F Upper 00 ErrorCodes 02 CRC-16 StartingNo. 12 Lower 43 Lower 01 Upper E9 CRC-16 13 - Upper 00 Lower 6C DataQty 14 - Lower 02 - 15 - Upper AC - CRC-16 16 - Lower D0 - Note: The number of bytes set in the command message (Byte No.) correspond to the Data Quantity value × 2. RegisterStatus bit0 Datainregister1selectedwithH5-25 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror bit1 Datainregister2selectedwithH5-26 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror bit2 Datainregister3selectedwithH5-27 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror bit3 Datainregister4selectedwithH5-28 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror bit4 Notused bit5 Notused bit6 Notused 6 bit7 Notused ■ Reading the Contents of Non-Consecutive Holding Registers The drive uses function code 67 (Hex.) and subfunction code 010D (Hex.) to read data with a maximum of 120 holding registers. You must give the holding register number from which to read separately. Table 6.11 shows example messages when you read the speed reference and torque limit from the drive for slave 1. Table 6.11 uses these specified holding registers data for the examples. • 0024H:U1-01 [Speed Reference] = 60.00 Hz (6000 = 1770H) • 0028H:U1-09 [Torque Reference] = 100.0% (1000 = 03E8H) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 265
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | |||||||
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | |||
| 1 | FunctionCode | 5A | FunctionCode | 5A | FunctionCode | DA | |||
| 2 | StartingNo. | Upper | 00 | Registerstatus | 0F | Registerstatus | 0F | ||
| 3 | Lower | 01 | Datainholding register1 selectedwith H5-25 | Upper | 17 | Datainholding register1 selectedwith H5-25 | Upper | 17 | |
| 4 | DataQty | Upper | 00 | Lower | 70 | Lower | 70 | ||
| 5 | Lower | 02 | Datainholding register2 selectedwith H5-26 | Upper | 07 | Datainholding register2 selectedwith H5-26 | Upper | 07 | |
| 6 | ByteNo. | 04 | Lower | D0 | Lower | D0 | |||
| 7 | Firstdata | Upper | 00 | Datainholding register3 selectedwith H5-27 | Upper | 10 | Datainholding register3 selectedwith H5-27 | Upper | 10 |
| 8 | Lower | 01 | Lower | 00 | Lower | 00 | |||
| 9 | Nextdata | Upper | 17 | Datainholding register4 selectedwith H5-28 | Upper | 00 | Datainholding register4 selectedwith H5-28 | Upper | 00 |
| 10 | Lower | 70 | Lower | 00 | Lower | 00 | |||
| 11 | CRC-16 | Upper | 4F | StartingNo. | Upper | 00 | ErrorCodes | 02 | |
| 12 | Lower | 43 | Lower | 01 | CRC-16 | Upper | E9 | ||
| 13 | - | DataQty | Upper | 00 | Lower | 6C | |||
| 14 | - | Lower | 02 | - | |||||
| 15 | - | CRC-16 | Upper | AC | - | ||||
| 16 | - | Lower | D0 | - |
| RegisterStatus | Column |
|---|---|
| bit0 | Datainregister1selectedwithH5-25 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror |
| bit1 | Datainregister2selectedwithH5-26 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror |
| bit2 | Datainregister3selectedwithH5-27 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror |
| bit3 | Datainregister4selectedwithH5-28 1:Successfullyreadtheregister 0:Registerreaderror |
| bit4 | Notused |
| bit5 | Notused |
| bit6 | Notused |
| bit7 | Notused |
Source page
Page 266
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Table 6.11 Message Example When Reading the Contents of Non-Consecutive Holding Registers CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) Byte SettingData SettingData SettingData (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 1 FunctionCode 67 FunctionCode 67 FunctionCode E7 2 Upper 01 Upper 01 ErrorCodes 02 Subfunction Subfunction Code Code 3 Lower 0D Lower 0D Upper EA CRC-16 4 Upper 00 Upper 00 Lower 31 DataQty ByteNo. 5 Lower 02 Lower 04 - 6 Upper 00 Upper 17 - Holdingregister Holdingregister 1No. 1data 7 Lower 24 Lower 70 - 8 Upper 00 Upper 03 - Holdingregister Holdingregister 2No. 2data 9 Lower 28 Lower E8 - 10 Upper 8B Upper 47 - CRC-16 CRC-16 11 Lower 29 Lower ED - Note: The number of data bytes in the response message correspond to the Data Quantity value × 2. ■ Writing to Non-Consecutive Holding Registers The drive uses function code 67 (Hex.) and subfunction code 010E (Hex.) to write data with a maximum of 60 holding registers. For each holding register that you write to the drive, you must include the address of that holding register. Table 6.12 shows example messages when you write the speed reference and torque limit to slave 1 drive. Table 6.12 uses these specified holding registers data for the examples. • 0002H: Speed Reference = 60.00 Hz (6000 = 1770H) • 0004H: Torque Limit = 150.0% (1500 = 05DCH) When you rewrite the parameter value with the write command through the H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] setting, you must use the Enter command to save and enable the contents of the changes. Refer to H5-11: Comm ENTER Command Mode on page 618 and Enter Command on page 267 for more information. Table 6.12 Message Example When Writing to Non-Consecutive Holding Registers CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) Byte SettingData SettingData SettingData (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 0 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 Slaveaddress 01 1 FunctionCode 67 FunctionCode 67 FunctionCode E7 2 Upper 01 Upper 01 ErrorCodes 02 Subfunction Subfunction Code Code 3 Lower 0E Lower 0E Upper EA CRC-16 4 Upper 00 Upper 00 Lower 31 DataQty DataQty 5 Lower 02 Lower 02 - 6 Upper 00 Upper D5 - ByteNo. CRC-16 7 Lower 04 Lower FC - 8 Upper 00 - - Holdingregister 1No. 9 Lower 02 - - 10 Upper 17 - - Holdingregister 1data 11 Lower 70 - - 12 Upper 00 - - Holdingregister 2No. 13 Lower 04 - - 266 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | |||||||
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | |||
| 1 | FunctionCode | 67 | FunctionCode | 67 | FunctionCode | E7 | |||
| 2 | Subfunction Code | Upper | 01 | Subfunction Code | Upper | 01 | ErrorCodes | 02 | |
| 3 | Lower | 0D | Lower | 0D | CRC-16 | Upper | EA | ||
| 4 | DataQty | Upper | 00 | ByteNo. | Upper | 00 | Lower | 31 | |
| 5 | Lower | 02 | Lower | 04 | - | ||||
| 6 | Holdingregister 1No. | Upper | 00 | Holdingregister 1data | Upper | 17 | - | ||
| 7 | Lower | 24 | Lower | 70 | - | ||||
| 8 | Holdingregister 2No. | Upper | 00 | Holdingregister 2data | Upper | 03 | - | ||
| 9 | Lower | 28 | Lower | E8 | - | ||||
| 10 | CRC-16 | Upper | 8B | CRC-16 | Upper | 47 | - | ||
| 11 | Lower | 29 | Lower | ED | - |
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | |||||||
| 0 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | Slaveaddress | 01 | |||
| 1 | FunctionCode | 67 | FunctionCode | 67 | FunctionCode | E7 | |||
| 2 | Subfunction Code | Upper | 01 | Subfunction Code | Upper | 01 | ErrorCodes | 02 | |
| 3 | Lower | 0E | Lower | 0E | CRC-16 | Upper | EA | ||
| 4 | DataQty | Upper | 00 | DataQty | Upper | 00 | Lower | 31 | |
| 5 | Lower | 02 | Lower | 02 | - | ||||
| 6 | ByteNo. | Upper | 00 | CRC-16 | Upper | D5 | - | ||
| 7 | Lower | 04 | Lower | FC | - | ||||
| 8 | Holdingregister 1No. | Upper | 00 | - | - | ||||
| 9 | Lower | 02 | - | - | |||||
| 10 | Holdingregister 1data | Upper | 17 | - | - | ||||
| 11 | Lower | 70 | - | - | |||||
| 12 | Holdingregister 2No. | Upper | 00 | - | - | ||||
| 13 | Lower | 04 | - | - |
Source page
Page 267
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications CommandMessage ResponseMessage(Normal) ResponseMessage(Fault) Byte SettingData SettingData SettingData (Hex.) (Hex.) (Hex.) 14 Upper 05 - - Holdingregister 2data 15 Lower DC - - 16 Upper 55 - - CRC-16 17 Lower 59 - - Note: The number of bytes set in the command message (Byte No.) correspond to the Data Quantity value × 2. ◆ Enter Command When you use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to write parameters from the PLC to the drive, H5-11 [Comm ENTER Command Mode] lets you use the Enter command to enable these parameters. This section gives information about the Enter command. ■ Types of Enter Commands The drive supports the two Enter commands shown in Table 6.13. Write 0 to register number 0900 or 0910 (Hex.) to enable the Enter command. You can only write to these registers. If you read these registers, it will cause an error. Table 6.13 Types of Enter Commands Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description WhenyouwriteparameterdatatotheEEPROM,youwillenablethedataontheRAMatthesametime. 0900 Thisprocesssavestheparameterchangesevenifyoude-energizethedrive. ThisupdatesthedataontheRAM,butdoesnotwritedatatotheEEPROM. 0910 Ifyoude-energizethedrive,youwilllosetheparameterchanges. Note: •You can write to the drive EEPROM a maximum of 100,000 times. Do not frequently execute the Enter command (0900 (Hex.)) that is written to EEPROM. •The Enter command register is write-only. If this register is read, it will cause a Register Number Error (02 (Hex.)). •When command data or broadcast messages are transmitted to the drive, the Enter command is not necessary. ◆ Self-Diagnostics The drive can use Self-Diagnostics to confirm correct operation of the hardware in the serial communications interface circuit. Self-Diagnostics connects the transmission terminal to the reception terminal on the control circuit. It then transmits the data sent by the drive and makes sure that the drive can communicate correctly. Use this procedure to do Self-Diagnostics: 1. Energize the drive. 2. Set H1-06 = 67 [Terminal S6 Function Selection = Communications Test Mode]. 3. De-energize the drive. 6 4. Connect a jumper between control circuit terminals S6 and SN. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 267
| Byte | CommandMessage | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Normal) | Column | Column | ResponseMessage(Fault) | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | SettingData (Hex.) | |||||||
| 14 | Holdingregister 2data | Upper | 05 | - | - | ||||
| 15 | Lower | DC | - | - | |||||
| 16 | CRC-16 | Upper | 55 | - | - | ||||
| 17 | Lower | 59 | - | - |
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description |
|---|---|
| 0900 | WhenyouwriteparameterdatatotheEEPROM,youwillenablethedataontheRAMatthesametime. Thisprocesssavestheparameterchangesevenifyoude-energizethedrive. |
| 0910 | ThisupdatesthedataontheRAM,butdoesnotwritedatatotheEEPROM. Ifyoude-energizethedrive,youwilllosetheparameterchanges. |
Source page
Page 268
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Make sure terminal SC and terminal SP are connected by a wire jumper.
Figure 6.7 Self-Diagnostics Jumper Terminals 5. Energize the drive. 6. When normal, the keypad will show PASS [Modbus Communication Test]. When there is an error, the keypad will show CE [Modbus Communication Error]. 7. De-energize the drive.
8. Disconnect the wire jumper between terminals S6 and SN. Set terminal S6 to its initial function. Self-Diagnostics is complete and the drive returns to its usual function.
◆ Communications Data Table
Command Data on page 268, Monitor Data on page 272, and Broadcast Messages on page 285 show the communications data. The data types are command data, monitor data, and broadcast message. Refer to the Parameter List for parameter communications registers. ■ Command Data
You can read and write command data. Note: Set the reserved bit to 0. Do not write the data in the reserved register or the monitor register.
268 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 269
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Table 6.14 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Command Data Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description 0000 Reserved Up/Downcommand,multi-functioninputcommand Upcommand/Stop bit0 1:Upcommand,0:Stop Downcommand/Stop bit1 1:Downcommand,0:Stop Externalfault bit2 1:EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] FaultReset bit3 1:Resetcommand Multi-functioninput1 WhenH1-01=40[UpCommand],themulti-functioninputcommandis“ComRef.” bit4 Note: WhenyouswitchthebitONasComRef,thespeedreferencesourcechangestoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Whenyouconnectacommunicationoptiontothedrive,thespeedreferencesourcegivesprioritytothecommunications option. Multi-functioninput2 0001 Whenthemulti-functioninputcommandisH1-02=41[DownCommand],bit5is“ComCtrl.” bit5 Note: WhenyouswitchthebitONasComCtrl,theUp/DowncommandsourcechangestoMEMOBUS/Modbus communications.Whenyouconnectacommunicationoptiontothedrive,theUp/Downcommandsourcegivespriorityto thecommunicationsoption. bit6 Multi-functioninput3 bit7 Multi-functioninput4 bit8 Multi-functioninput5 bit9 Multi-functioninput6 bitA Multi-functioninput7 bitB Multi-functioninput8 bitC Multi-functioninput9 bitD Multi-functioninput10 bitE-F Reserved 0002 SpeedReference o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection](unsigned)setstheunits. Units:0.1% 0003 Outputvoltagegain Settingrange:20(2.0%)to2000(200.0%),thedefaultvalueatenergize:1000(100.0%) 0004 Torquereference/torquelimit(0.1%signed) 0005 Torquecompensation(0.1%signed) 0006 Reserved 0007 Settingforthemulti-functionanalogmonitoroutputterminal1(10V/4000H) 0008 Settingforthemulti-functionanalogmonitoroutputterminal2(10V/4000H) 6 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 269
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 0000 | Reserved | |
| 0001 | Up/Downcommand,multi-functioninputcommand | |
| bit0 | Upcommand/Stop 1:Upcommand,0:Stop | |
| bit1 | Downcommand/Stop 1:Downcommand,0:Stop | |
| bit2 | Externalfault 1:EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] | |
| bit3 | FaultReset 1:Resetcommand | |
| bit4 | Multi-functioninput1 WhenH1-01=40[UpCommand],themulti-functioninputcommandis“ComRef.” Note: WhenyouswitchthebitONasComRef,thespeedreferencesourcechangestoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Whenyouconnectacommunicationoptiontothedrive,thespeedreferencesourcegivesprioritytothecommunications option. | |
| bit5 | Multi-functioninput2 Whenthemulti-functioninputcommandisH1-02=41[DownCommand],bit5is“ComCtrl.” Note: WhenyouswitchthebitONasComCtrl,theUp/DowncommandsourcechangestoMEMOBUS/Modbus communications.Whenyouconnectacommunicationoptiontothedrive,theUp/Downcommandsourcegivespriorityto thecommunicationsoption. | |
| bit6 | Multi-functioninput3 | |
| bit7 | Multi-functioninput4 | |
| bit8 | Multi-functioninput5 | |
| bit9 | Multi-functioninput6 | |
| bitA | Multi-functioninput7 | |
| bitB | Multi-functioninput8 | |
| bitC | Multi-functioninput9 | |
| bitD | Multi-functioninput10 | |
| bitE-F | Reserved | |
| 0002 | SpeedReference | o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection](unsigned)setstheunits. |
| 0003 | Outputvoltagegain | Units:0.1% Settingrange:20(2.0%)to2000(200.0%),thedefaultvalueatenergize:1000(100.0%) |
| 0004 | Torquereference/torquelimit(0.1%signed) | |
| 0005 | Torquecompensation(0.1%signed) | |
| 0006 | Reserved | |
| 0007 | Settingforthemulti-functionanalogmonitoroutputterminal1(10V/4000H) | |
| 0008 | Settingforthemulti-functionanalogmonitoroutputterminal2(10V/4000H) |
Source page
Page 270
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
MFDOsetting MFDO(terminalM1-M2) bit0 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM3-M4) bit1 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM5-M6) bit2 1:ON,0:OFF Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: bit3 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput1(terminalP1-C1) 0009 1:ON,0:OFF Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: bit4 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput2(terminalP2-C2) 1:ON,0:OFF bit5 Reserved bit6 1:bit7functionisenabled Faultrelayoutput(terminalMA/MB-MC) bit7 1:ON,0:OFF bit8-F Reserved 000A-000E Reserved Commandselectionsetting bit0-1 Reserved Torquereference/torquelimitinput bit2 1:EnablessettingvaluesfromMEMOBUS/Modbus TorqueCompensationInput bit3 1:EnablessettingvaluesfromMEMOBUS/Modbus bit4-B Reserved 000F TerminalS5inputofbroadcastmessage bitC 1:Enabled,0:Disabled TerminalS6inputofbroadcastmessage bitD 1:Enabled,0:Disabled TerminalS7inputofbroadcastmessage bitE 1:Enabled,0:Disabled TerminalS8inputofbroadcastmessage bitF 1:Enabled,0:Disabled 0010-001A Reserved 001B AnalogmonitoroptionAO-A3analogoutput1value(10V/4000(Hex.)) 001C AnalogmonitoroptionAO-A3analogoutput2value(10V/4000(Hex.)) 001D DigitaloutputoptionDO-A3outputvalue(binary) 001E-001F Reserved 15C0 Reserved
270 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 0009 | MFDOsetting | |
| bit0 | MFDO(terminalM1-M2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit1 | MFDO(terminalM3-M4) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit2 | MFDO(terminalM5-M6) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit3 | Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput1(terminalP1-C1) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit4 | Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput2(terminalP2-C2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit5 | Reserved | |
| bit6 | 1:bit7functionisenabled | |
| bit7 | Faultrelayoutput(terminalMA/MB-MC) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 000A-000E | Reserved | |
| 000F | Commandselectionsetting | |
| bit0-1 | Reserved | |
| bit2 | Torquereference/torquelimitinput 1:EnablessettingvaluesfromMEMOBUS/Modbus | |
| bit3 | TorqueCompensationInput 1:EnablessettingvaluesfromMEMOBUS/Modbus | |
| bit4-B | Reserved | |
| bitC | TerminalS5inputofbroadcastmessage 1:Enabled,0:Disabled | |
| bitD | TerminalS6inputofbroadcastmessage 1:Enabled,0:Disabled | |
| bitE | TerminalS7inputofbroadcastmessage 1:Enabled,0:Disabled | |
| bitF | TerminalS8inputofbroadcastmessage 1:Enabled,0:Disabled | |
| 0010-001A | Reserved | |
| 001B | AnalogmonitoroptionAO-A3analogoutput1value(10V/4000(Hex.)) | |
| 001C | AnalogmonitoroptionAO-A3analogoutput2value(10V/4000(Hex.)) | |
| 001D | DigitaloutputoptionDO-A3outputvalue(binary) | |
| 001E-001F | Reserved | |
| 15C0 | Reserved |
Source page
Page 271
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description bit0 Reserved Baseblockcommand bit1 1:Enablesbaseblockcommand • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=8[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)].ItoperatesasspecifiedbythecommandandOR operationfromtheMFDIterminals. Baseblockcommand-Withoutmessage 1:Enablesbaseblockcommand bit2 • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=8[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)]. • Thekeypaddoesnotshowthebb[Baseblock]alarmmessage.TheALMLEDdoesnotflash. Coast-to-stopcommand 1:Enablescoast-to-stopcommand bit3 • Thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostopattheleadingedgeofbit3. • Torestartthedrive,setbit3to0andentertheUp/Downcommandagain. Ramptostopcommand 1:Enablesramptostopcommand bit4 • Thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtimeattheleadingedgeofbit4. 15DF • Torestartthedrive,setbit4to0andentertheUp/Downcommandagain. Emergencystopcommand bit5 1:EnablesEmergencystopcommand • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=15[EmergencyStop(N.O.)].ItoperatesasspecifiedbythecommandandOR operationfromtheMFDIterminals. Softstartinputreset 1:Enablessoftstartinputreset bit6 • Whenbit6is1,theinputtothesoftstarterwillbe0.Thedrivedeceleratesthemotorintheselecteddecelerationtime. Whenbit6is0,themotoracceleratestothepreviousspeedreference. • U1-01[SpeedReference]showsthesetspeedreference. Softstartoutputreset 1:Enablessoftstartoutputreset bit7 • Whenbit7is1,theoutputfromthesoftstarterwillbe0. • WhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thedrivedeceleratesthemotorasspecifiedbythe torquelimit.WhenA1-02≠3,7thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoasts. • Whenbit6is0,themotoracceleratestothepreviousspeedreference. bit8-F Reserved 15E0 Reserved TimeSetting Settingrange:0000to2359(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:0000 3004 SetthehourandtheminuteinHHMMformat. • HH:00to23(decimal) • MM:00to59(decimal) YearandDaySetting Settingrange:1600to9906(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:1600 SetstheyearandthedayoftheweekinYYDWformat. • YY:thelasttwodigitsoftheyearfrom16to99(decimal) • DW:thedayoftheweek - Sunday:00 3005 - Monday:01 - Tuesday:02 - Wednesday:03 - Thursday:04 6 - Friday:05 - Saturday:06 DateSetting Settingrange:101to1231(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:101 3006 SetsthemonthandthedateinMMDDformat. • MM:01to12(decimal) • DD:01to31(decimal) SettheDateInformation Settingrange:0to8(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:8 3007 Setsthevaluesspecifiedin3004Hto3006Hasthedateandtime. • CommandData:1 • ResponseData:0(normal),8(fault) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 271
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 15DF | bit0 | Reserved |
| bit1 | Baseblockcommand 1:Enablesbaseblockcommand • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=8[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)].ItoperatesasspecifiedbythecommandandOR operationfromtheMFDIterminals. | |
| bit2 | Baseblockcommand-Withoutmessage 1:Enablesbaseblockcommand • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=8[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)]. • Thekeypaddoesnotshowthebb[Baseblock]alarmmessage.TheALMLEDdoesnotflash. | |
| bit3 | Coast-to-stopcommand 1:Enablescoast-to-stopcommand • Thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostopattheleadingedgeofbit3. • Torestartthedrive,setbit3to0andentertheUp/Downcommandagain. | |
| bit4 | Ramptostopcommand 1:Enablesramptostopcommand • Thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtimeattheleadingedgeofbit4. • Torestartthedrive,setbit4to0andentertheUp/Downcommandagain. | |
| bit5 | Emergencystopcommand 1:EnablesEmergencystopcommand • ThisisthesamefunctionasH1-xx=15[EmergencyStop(N.O.)].ItoperatesasspecifiedbythecommandandOR operationfromtheMFDIterminals. | |
| bit6 | Softstartinputreset 1:Enablessoftstartinputreset • Whenbit6is1,theinputtothesoftstarterwillbe0.Thedrivedeceleratesthemotorintheselecteddecelerationtime. Whenbit6is0,themotoracceleratestothepreviousspeedreference. • U1-01[SpeedReference]showsthesetspeedreference. | |
| bit7 | Softstartoutputreset 1:Enablessoftstartoutputreset • Whenbit7is1,theoutputfromthesoftstarterwillbe0. • WhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thedrivedeceleratesthemotorasspecifiedbythe torquelimit.WhenA1-02≠3,7thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoasts. • Whenbit6is0,themotoracceleratestothepreviousspeedreference. | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 15E0 | Reserved | |
| 3004 | TimeSetting Settingrange:0000to2359(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:0000 SetthehourandtheminuteinHHMMformat. • HH:00to23(decimal) • MM:00to59(decimal) | |
| 3005 | YearandDaySetting Settingrange:1600to9906(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:1600 SetstheyearandthedayoftheweekinYYDWformat. • YY:thelasttwodigitsoftheyearfrom16to99(decimal) • DW:thedayoftheweek - Sunday:00 - Monday:01 - Tuesday:02 - Wednesday:03 - Thursday:04 - Friday:05 - Saturday:06 | |
| 3006 | DateSetting Settingrange:101to1231(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:101 SetsthemonthandthedateinMMDDformat. • MM:01to12(decimal) • DD:01to31(decimal) | |
| 3007 | SettheDateInformation Settingrange:0to8(decimal),thedefaultvalueatenergize:8 Setsthevaluesspecifiedin3004Hto3006Hasthedateandtime. • CommandData:1 • ResponseData:0(normal),8(fault) |
Source page
Page 272
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
■ Monitor Data You can only read monitor data.
272 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 273
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Table 6.15 Monitor Data for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description DriveStatus1 DuringRun bit0 1:Duringrun,0:Duringstop DuringReverse bit1 1:Duringreverse,0:Forwardrun Driveready bit2 1:Ready,0:Notready Fault bit3 1:Fault DataSettingError bit4 1:oPExxerror MFDO(terminalM1-M2) bit5 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM3-M4) bit6 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM5-M6) 0020 bit7 1:ON,0:OFF Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: bit8 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput1(terminalP1-C1) 1:ON,0:OFF Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: bit9 Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput2(terminalP2-C2) 1:ON,0:OFF bitA-B Reserved SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware] bitC 1:OneofSafeDisableinput1(terminalH1-HC)andSafeDisableinput2(terminalH2-HC)isOFF(open)andtheotheris ON(closed) STo[SafeTorqueOFF] bitD 1:BothSafeDisableinput1(terminalH1-HC)andSafeDisableinput2(terminalH2-HC)areOFF(open) ComRefstatus bitE 1:Enabled ComCtrlstatus bitF 1:Enabled FaultDescription1 bit0 oC[Overcurrent],GF[GroundFault] bit1 ov[Overvoltage] bit2 oL2[DriveOverload] bit3 oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] bit4 rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] bit5-6 Reserved bit7 EF0[OptionCardExternalFault],EF3toEF10[ExternalFault] 0021 CPFxx[HardwareFault] 6 bit8 Note: IncludesoFx. bit9 oL1[MotorOverload],oL3,oL4[OvertorqueDetection1/2],UL3,UL4[UndertorqueDetection1/2] bitA PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss],PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault],oS[Overspeed],dEv[SpeedDeviation] bitB DuringUv[Undervoltage]detection bitC Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage],Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage],Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] bitD LF[OutputPhaseLoss],PF[InputPhaseLoss] bitE CE[ModbusCommunicationError],bUS[OptionCommunicationError] bitF oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 273
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 0020 | DriveStatus1 | |
| bit0 | DuringRun 1:Duringrun,0:Duringstop | |
| bit1 | DuringReverse 1:Duringreverse,0:Forwardrun | |
| bit2 | Driveready 1:Ready,0:Notready | |
| bit3 | Fault 1:Fault | |
| bit4 | DataSettingError 1:oPExxerror | |
| bit5 | MFDO(terminalM1-M2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit6 | MFDO(terminalM3-M4) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit7 | MFDO(terminalM5-M6) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit8 | Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput1(terminalP1-C1) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit9 | Photocoupleroutput/screwclampterminalboardtype: Multi-functionphotocoupleroutput2(terminalP2-C2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bitA-B | Reserved | |
| bitC | SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware] 1:OneofSafeDisableinput1(terminalH1-HC)andSafeDisableinput2(terminalH2-HC)isOFF(open)andtheotheris ON(closed) | |
| bitD | STo[SafeTorqueOFF] 1:BothSafeDisableinput1(terminalH1-HC)andSafeDisableinput2(terminalH2-HC)areOFF(open) | |
| bitE | ComRefstatus 1:Enabled | |
| bitF | ComCtrlstatus 1:Enabled | |
| 0021 | FaultDescription1 | |
| bit0 | oC[Overcurrent],GF[GroundFault] | |
| bit1 | ov[Overvoltage] | |
| bit2 | oL2[DriveOverload] | |
| bit3 | oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] | |
| bit4 | rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] | |
| bit5-6 | Reserved | |
| bit7 | EF0[OptionCardExternalFault],EF3toEF10[ExternalFault] | |
| bit8 | CPFxx[HardwareFault] Note: IncludesoFx. | |
| bit9 | oL1[MotorOverload],oL3,oL4[OvertorqueDetection1/2],UL3,UL4[UndertorqueDetection1/2] | |
| bitA | PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss],PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault],oS[Overspeed],dEv[SpeedDeviation] | |
| bitB | DuringUv[Undervoltage]detection | |
| bitC | Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage],Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage],Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] | |
| bitD | LF[OutputPhaseLoss],PF[InputPhaseLoss] | |
| bitE | CE[ModbusCommunicationError],bUS[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bitF | oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] |
Source page
Page 274
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
FaultContents bit0 1:Duringdatawriting,duringmotorswitching bit1-2 Reserved 0022 bit3 1:Upper/LowerLimitFault
bit4 1:DataIntegrityFault bit5 1:DuringEEPROMwriting bit6-F Reserved U1-01[SpeedReference] 0023 Note: o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunits. U1-02[OutputSpeed] 0024 Note: o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunits. U1-06[OutputVoltageRef](units:0.1V) 0025 Note: UseH5-10[ModbusRegister0025HUnitSel]tochangethesettingunit. 0026 U1-03[OutputCurrent](units:0.1A) 0027 U1-08[OutputPower] 0028 U1-09[TorqueReference] FaultDescription2 bit0 Reserved bit1 GF[GroundFault] bit2 PF[InputPhaseLoss] 0029 bit3 LF[OutputPhaseLoss] bit4-5 Reserved bit6 oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)] bit7-F Reserved MinorFaultDescription1 bit0-1 Reserved
bit2 EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] bit3 bb[Baseblock] bit4 oL3[Overtorque1] bit5 oH[HeatsinkOverheat] bit6 ov[Overvoltage]
002A bit7 Uv[Undervoltage] bit8 FAn[InternalFanFault] bit9 CE[ModbusCommunicationError] bitA bUS[OptionCommunicationError] bitB UL3/UL4[UndertorqueDetection1/2]
bitC oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] bitD-E Reserved bitF CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError]
274 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 0022 | FaultContents | |
| bit0 | 1:Duringdatawriting,duringmotorswitching | |
| bit1-2 | Reserved | |
| bit3 | 1:Upper/LowerLimitFault | |
| bit4 | 1:DataIntegrityFault | |
| bit5 | 1:DuringEEPROMwriting | |
| bit6-F | Reserved | |
| 0023 | U1-01[SpeedReference] Note: o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunits. | |
| 0024 | U1-02[OutputSpeed] Note: o1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunits. | |
| 0025 | U1-06[OutputVoltageRef](units:0.1V) Note: UseH5-10[ModbusRegister0025HUnitSel]tochangethesettingunit. | |
| 0026 | U1-03[OutputCurrent](units:0.1A) | |
| 0027 | U1-08[OutputPower] | |
| 0028 | U1-09[TorqueReference] | |
| 0029 | FaultDescription2 | |
| bit0 | Reserved | |
| bit1 | GF[GroundFault] | |
| bit2 | PF[InputPhaseLoss] | |
| bit3 | LF[OutputPhaseLoss] | |
| bit4-5 | Reserved | |
| bit6 | oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)] | |
| bit7-F | Reserved | |
| 002A | MinorFaultDescription1 | |
| bit0-1 | Reserved | |
| bit2 | EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] | |
| bit3 | bb[Baseblock] | |
| bit4 | oL3[Overtorque1] | |
| bit5 | oH[HeatsinkOverheat] | |
| bit6 | ov[Overvoltage] | |
| bit7 | Uv[Undervoltage] | |
| bit8 | FAn[InternalFanFault] | |
| bit9 | CE[ModbusCommunicationError] | |
| bitA | bUS[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bitB | UL3/UL4[UndertorqueDetection1/2] | |
| bitC | oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] | |
| bitD-E | Reserved | |
| bitF | CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] |
Source page
Page 275
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description U1-10[InputTerminalStatus] bit0 1:ControlcircuitterminalS1ON bit1 1:ControlcircuitterminalS2ON bit2 1:ControlcircuitterminalS3ON bit3 1:ControlcircuitterminalS4ON bit4 1:ControlcircuitterminalS5ON 002B bit5 1:ControlcircuitterminalS6ON bit6 1:ControlcircuitterminalS7ON bit7 1:ControlcircuitterminalS8ON bit8 1:ControlcircuitterminalS9ON bit9 1:ControlcircuitterminalS10ON bitA-F Reserved DriveStatus2 DuringRun bit0 1:DuringRun Duringzerospeed bit1 1:Duringzerospeed Speedagreement bit2 1:Duringagreement User-definedspeedagreement bit3 1:Duringagreement SpeedDetection1 bit4 1:Outputspeed≤L4-01 SpeedDetection2 bit5 1:Outputspeed≥L4-01 Driveready bit6 1:Runready Duringlowvoltagedetection 002C bit7 1:Duringdetection Duringbaseblock bit8 1:Driveoutputduringbaseblock Speedreferencemode bit9 1:Nocommunicationoption,0:Communicationoption Up/Downcommandmode bitA 1:Nocommunicationoption,0:Communicationoption bitB Duringovertorque/undertorque1,2detection Speedreferenceloss bitC 1:Loss ExecutingAutomaticFaultReset bitD 1:ResetEnabled bitE Fault 6 1:Faultgenerated MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstimeout bitF 1:AtTimeout YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 275
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 002B | U1-10[InputTerminalStatus] | |
| bit0 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS1ON | |
| bit1 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS2ON | |
| bit2 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS3ON | |
| bit3 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS4ON | |
| bit4 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS5ON | |
| bit5 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS6ON | |
| bit6 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS7ON | |
| bit7 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS8ON | |
| bit8 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS9ON | |
| bit9 | 1:ControlcircuitterminalS10ON | |
| bitA-F | Reserved | |
| 002C | DriveStatus2 | |
| bit0 | DuringRun 1:DuringRun | |
| bit1 | Duringzerospeed 1:Duringzerospeed | |
| bit2 | Speedagreement 1:Duringagreement | |
| bit3 | User-definedspeedagreement 1:Duringagreement | |
| bit4 | SpeedDetection1 1:Outputspeed≤L4-01 | |
| bit5 | SpeedDetection2 1:Outputspeed≥L4-01 | |
| bit6 | Driveready 1:Runready | |
| bit7 | Duringlowvoltagedetection 1:Duringdetection | |
| bit8 | Duringbaseblock 1:Driveoutputduringbaseblock | |
| bit9 | Speedreferencemode 1:Nocommunicationoption,0:Communicationoption | |
| bitA | Up/Downcommandmode 1:Nocommunicationoption,0:Communicationoption | |
| bitB | Duringovertorque/undertorque1,2detection | |
| bitC | Speedreferenceloss 1:Loss | |
| bitD | ExecutingAutomaticFaultReset 1:ResetEnabled | |
| bitE | Fault 1:Faultgenerated | |
| bitF | MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstimeout 1:AtTimeout |
Source page
Page 276
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus] MFDO(terminalM1-M2) bit0 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM3-M4) bit1 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalM5-M6) bit2 1:ON,0:OFF 002D MFDO(terminalP1-C1) bit3 1:ON,0:OFF MFDO(terminalP2-C2) bit4 1:ON,0:OFF bit5-6 Reserved Faultrelayoutput(terminalMA/MB-MC) bit7 1:ON,0:OFF bit8-F Reserved 002E-0030 Reserved 0031 U1-07[DCBusVoltage](unit:1V) 0032 U1-09[TorqueReference](unit:1%) 0033 Reserved 0034 Productcode1[ASCII],producttype(LA700=0L) 0035 Productcode2[ASCII],specification(LA700=70) 0036-003C Reserved Communicationserrordescription Note: Thedrivesavesthedescriptionofthecommunicationserroruntilyouresetthefault. bit0 CRCError bit1 DataLengthError bit2 Reserved 003D bit3 ParityError bit4 OverrunError bit5 FramingError bit6 Timeout bit7-F Reserved Units:min-1orr/min 003E Note: Outputspeed SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. 003F 0.01%units 0040-004A UsedwithU1-xx[OperationStatusMonitors].RefertotheUMonitorforparameterdetails.
276 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 002D | U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus] | |
| bit0 | MFDO(terminalM1-M2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit1 | MFDO(terminalM3-M4) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit2 | MFDO(terminalM5-M6) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit3 | MFDO(terminalP1-C1) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit4 | MFDO(terminalP2-C2) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit5-6 | Reserved | |
| bit7 | Faultrelayoutput(terminalMA/MB-MC) 1:ON,0:OFF | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 002E-0030 | Reserved | |
| 0031 | U1-07[DCBusVoltage](unit:1V) | |
| 0032 | U1-09[TorqueReference](unit:1%) | |
| 0033 | Reserved | |
| 0034 | Productcode1[ASCII],producttype(LA700=0L) | |
| 0035 | Productcode2[ASCII],specification(LA700=70) | |
| 0036-003C | Reserved | |
| 003D | Communicationserrordescription Note: Thedrivesavesthedescriptionofthecommunicationserroruntilyouresetthefault. | |
| bit0 | CRCError | |
| bit1 | DataLengthError | |
| bit2 | Reserved | |
| bit3 | ParityError | |
| bit4 | OverrunError | |
| bit5 | FramingError | |
| bit6 | Timeout | |
| bit7-F | Reserved | |
| 003E | Outputspeed | Units:min-1orr/min Note: SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. |
| 003F | 0.01%units | |
| 0040-004A | UsedwithU1-xx[OperationStatusMonitors].RefertotheUMonitorforparameterdetails. |
Source page
Page 277
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description U1-12[DriveStatus] bit0 1:DuringRun bit1 1:Duringzerospeed bit2 1:Duringreverse bit3 1:Duringresetsignalinput bit4 1:Duringspeedagreement bit5 1:Driveoperationready 004B bit6 1:MinorFault bit7 1:Fault bit8 1:oPExx[OperationError]generation bit9 1:Recoveryfrommomentarypowerloss,0:Powerrecovery bitA 1:Motor2Selection bitB Reserved bitE ComRefstatus/NetRefstatus bitF ComCtrlstatus/NetCtrlstatus 004C-007E UsewithU1-xx,U4-xx,U6-xx[Monitors].Referto“U2:FaultTrace”and“U3:FaultHistory”formoreinformation. 007F Minorfaultcode(Referto“Minorfaultdescription”formoreinformationabouttheminorfaultcodes.) 0080-0097 U ab s o e u w tr it e h gi U st 2 e - r x v x a , l U ue 3 s - . xx[Monitors].Referto“UMonitor”formoreinformation,andreferto“FaultTrace/FaultHistoryDescriptions”formoreinformation U4-01[CumulativeOpeTime] 0098-0099 Example:WhenU4-01[CumulativeOpeTime=12345],0098(Hex.)=1234and0099(Hex.)=5. U4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime] 009A-009B Example:WhenU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime=12345],009A(Hex.)=1234and009B(Hex.)=5. 009C-00AA Reserved Continuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrive Note: 00AB Theunitofdisplayisdifferentfordifferentmodels. 2022to2041,4012to4023:0.01A 2059to2519,4030to4380:0.1A Units:min-1orr/min 00AC Note: U1-05[SpeedFeedback] SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. 00AD Units:0.01% 00AE-00AF Reserved Thedrivestoresoptioncodesintheregister. DI-A3=0001(Hex.) DO-A3=0002(Hex.) AO-A3=0004(Hex.) 00B0 O CN pt 5 io -A ncodesconnectedto PG-B3=0011(Hex.) PG-X3=0012(Hex.) PG-F3=0021(Hex.) PG-E3=0022(Hex.) 6 SI-S3=5353(Hex.) 00B1 Reserved 00B2 OptioncodesconnectedtoCN5-B 00B3 OptioncodesconnectedtoCN5-C 00B4 Reserved Units:min-1orr/min 00B5 Note: U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. 00B6 Units:0.01% YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 277
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 004B | U1-12[DriveStatus] | |
| bit0 | 1:DuringRun | |
| bit1 | 1:Duringzerospeed | |
| bit2 | 1:Duringreverse | |
| bit3 | 1:Duringresetsignalinput | |
| bit4 | 1:Duringspeedagreement | |
| bit5 | 1:Driveoperationready | |
| bit6 | 1:MinorFault | |
| bit7 | 1:Fault | |
| bit8 | 1:oPExx[OperationError]generation | |
| bit9 | 1:Recoveryfrommomentarypowerloss,0:Powerrecovery | |
| bitA | 1:Motor2Selection | |
| bitB | Reserved | |
| bitE | ComRefstatus/NetRefstatus | |
| bitF | ComCtrlstatus/NetCtrlstatus | |
| 004C-007E | UsewithU1-xx,U4-xx,U6-xx[Monitors].Referto“U2:FaultTrace”and“U3:FaultHistory”formoreinformation. | |
| 007F | Minorfaultcode(Referto“Minorfaultdescription”formoreinformationabouttheminorfaultcodes.) | |
| 0080-0097 | UsewithU2-xx,U3-xx[Monitors].Referto“UMonitor”formoreinformation,andreferto“FaultTrace/FaultHistoryDescriptions”formoreinformation aboutregistervalues. | |
| 0098-0099 | U4-01[CumulativeOpeTime] Example:WhenU4-01[CumulativeOpeTime=12345],0098(Hex.)=1234and0099(Hex.)=5. | |
| 009A-009B | U4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime] Example:WhenU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime=12345],009A(Hex.)=1234and009B(Hex.)=5. | |
| 009C-00AA | Reserved | |
| 00AB | Continuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrive Note: Theunitofdisplayisdifferentfordifferentmodels. 2022to2041,4012to4023:0.01A 2059to2519,4030to4380:0.1A | |
| 00AC | U1-05[SpeedFeedback] | Units:min-1orr/min Note: SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. |
| 00AD | Units:0.01% | |
| 00AE-00AF | Reserved | |
| 00B0 | Optioncodesconnectedto CN5-A | Thedrivestoresoptioncodesintheregister. DI-A3=0001(Hex.) DO-A3=0002(Hex.) AO-A3=0004(Hex.) PG-B3=0011(Hex.) PG-X3=0012(Hex.) PG-F3=0021(Hex.) PG-E3=0022(Hex.) SI-S3=5353(Hex.) |
| 00B1 | Reserved | |
| 00B2 | OptioncodesconnectedtoCN5-B | |
| 00B3 | OptioncodesconnectedtoCN5-C | |
| 00B4 | Reserved | |
| 00B5 | U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] | Units:min-1orr/min Note: SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. |
| 00B6 | Units:0.01% |
Source page
Page 278
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
Units:min-1orr/min 00B7 Note: Speedreferencemonitor SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. 00B8 Units:0.01% 00B9-00BE Reserved Operationerrornumber 00BF xxofoPExxisdisplayed. FaultDescription3 bit0 Reserved bit1 Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage] bit2 Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage] bit3 Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] bit4 SC[ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure] bit5 GF[GroundFault] bit6 oC[Overcurrent] 00C0 bit7 ov[Overvoltage] bit8 oH[HeatsinkOverheat]
bit9 oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] bitA oL1[MotorOverload] bitB oL2[DriveOverload] bitC oL3[OvertorqueDetection1] bitD oL4[OvertorqueDetection2]
bitE rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] bitF Reserved FaultDescription4 bit0 EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] bit1 EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)]
bit2 EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] bit3 EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] bit4 EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] bit5 EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] bit6 FAn[InternalFanFault]
00C1 bit7 oS[Overspeed] bit8 dEv[SpeedDeviation] bit9 PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] bitA PF[InputPhaseLoss] bitB LF[OutputPhaseLoss] bitC oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)]
bitD oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] bitE Err[EEPROMWriteError] bitF oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)]
278 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00B7 | Speedreferencemonitor | Units:min-1orr/min Note: SetE2-04,E4-04,E5-04[MotorPoleCount]. |
| 00B8 | Units:0.01% | |
| 00B9-00BE | Reserved | |
| 00BF | Operationerrornumber xxofoPExxisdisplayed. | |
| 00C0 | FaultDescription3 | |
| bit0 | Reserved | |
| bit1 | Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage] | |
| bit2 | Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage] | |
| bit3 | Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] | |
| bit4 | SC[ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure] | |
| bit5 | GF[GroundFault] | |
| bit6 | oC[Overcurrent] | |
| bit7 | ov[Overvoltage] | |
| bit8 | oH[HeatsinkOverheat] | |
| bit9 | oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] | |
| bitA | oL1[MotorOverload] | |
| bitB | oL2[DriveOverload] | |
| bitC | oL3[OvertorqueDetection1] | |
| bitD | oL4[OvertorqueDetection2] | |
| bitE | rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] | |
| bitF | Reserved | |
| 00C1 | FaultDescription4 | |
| bit0 | EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] | |
| bit1 | EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] | |
| bit2 | EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] | |
| bit3 | EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] | |
| bit4 | EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] | |
| bit5 | EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] | |
| bit6 | FAn[InternalFanFault] | |
| bit7 | oS[Overspeed] | |
| bit8 | dEv[SpeedDeviation] | |
| bit9 | PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] | |
| bitA | PF[InputPhaseLoss] | |
| bitB | LF[OutputPhaseLoss] | |
| bitC | oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] | |
| bitD | oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] | |
| bitE | Err[EEPROMWriteError] | |
| bitF | oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)] |
Source page
Page 279
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description FaultDescription5 bit0 CE[ModbusCommunicationError] bit1 bUS[OptionCommunicationError] bit2-3 Reserved bit4 CF[ControlFault] bit5 SvE[ZeroServoFault] 00C2 bit6 EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] bit7 Reserved bit8 UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] bit9 UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] bitA-E Reserved bitF HardwareFault(includesoFxfault) FaultDescription6 bit0 Reserved bit1 dv1[ZPulseFault] bit2 dv2[ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection] bit3 dv3[InversionDetection] 00C3 bit4 dv4[InversionPreventionDetection] bit5 LF2[OutputCurrentImbalance] bit6 Reserved bit7 PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] bit8-F Reserved FaultDescription7 bit0-C Reserved 00C4 bitD rF[BrakingResistorFault] bitE boL[BrakingTransistorOverloadFault] bitF Reserved FaultDescription8 bit0-2 Reserved bit3 dv6[OverJerk] bit4 SE1[MotorContactorResponseError] bit5 SE2[StartingCurrentError] bit6 SE3[OutputCurrentError] bit7 SE4[BrakeResponseError] 00C5 bit8 FrL[SpeedReferenceMissing] 6 bit9 Reserved bitA dv7[PolarityJudgeTimeout] bitB Reserved bitC dv8[PMRotorPositionDetectionError] bitD PF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError] bitE-F Reserved 00C6-00C7 Reserved YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 279
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00C2 | FaultDescription5 | |
| bit0 | CE[ModbusCommunicationError] | |
| bit1 | bUS[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bit2-3 | Reserved | |
| bit4 | CF[ControlFault] | |
| bit5 | SvE[ZeroServoFault] | |
| bit6 | EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] | |
| bit7 | Reserved | |
| bit8 | UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] | |
| bit9 | UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] | |
| bitA-E | Reserved | |
| bitF | HardwareFault(includesoFxfault) | |
| 00C3 | FaultDescription6 | |
| bit0 | Reserved | |
| bit1 | dv1[ZPulseFault] | |
| bit2 | dv2[ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection] | |
| bit3 | dv3[InversionDetection] | |
| bit4 | dv4[InversionPreventionDetection] | |
| bit5 | LF2[OutputCurrentImbalance] | |
| bit6 | Reserved | |
| bit7 | PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 00C4 | FaultDescription7 | |
| bit0-C | Reserved | |
| bitD | rF[BrakingResistorFault] | |
| bitE | boL[BrakingTransistorOverloadFault] | |
| bitF | Reserved | |
| 00C5 | FaultDescription8 | |
| bit0-2 | Reserved | |
| bit3 | dv6[OverJerk] | |
| bit4 | SE1[MotorContactorResponseError] | |
| bit5 | SE2[StartingCurrentError] | |
| bit6 | SE3[OutputCurrentError] | |
| bit7 | SE4[BrakeResponseError] | |
| bit8 | FrL[SpeedReferenceMissing] | |
| bit9 | Reserved | |
| bitA | dv7[PolarityJudgeTimeout] | |
| bitB | Reserved | |
| bitC | dv8[PMRotorPositionDetectionError] | |
| bitD | PF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError] | |
| bitE-F | Reserved | |
| 00C6-00C7 | Reserved |
Source page
Page 280
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
MinorFaultDescription2 bit0 Uv[Undervoltage] bit1 ov[Overvoltage] bit2 oH[HeatsinkOverheat]
bit3 Reserved bit4 oL3[Overtorque1] bit5 oL4[Overtorque2] bit6 EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] 00C8 bit7 bb[Baseblock]
bit8 EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] bit9 EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] bitA EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] bitB EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] bitC EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] bitD EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)]
bitE FAn[InternalFanFault] bitF oS[Overspeed] MinorFaultDescription3 bit0 dEv[SpeedDeviation] bit1 PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]
bit2 Reserved bit3 CE[ModbusCommunicationError] bit4 bUS[OptionCommunicationError] bit5 CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] 00C9 bit6-8 Reserved
bit9 EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] bitA rUn[MotorSwitchduringRun] bitB Reserved bitC CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] bitD UL3[UndertorqueDetection1]
bitE UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] bitF SE[ModbusTestModeError] MinorFaultDescription4 bit0 L24v[LossofExternalPower24Supply] bit1 oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] 00CA bit2-9 Reserved bitA PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] bitB-F Reserved
280 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00C8 | MinorFaultDescription2 | |
| bit0 | Uv[Undervoltage] | |
| bit1 | ov[Overvoltage] | |
| bit2 | oH[HeatsinkOverheat] | |
| bit3 | Reserved | |
| bit4 | oL3[Overtorque1] | |
| bit5 | oL4[Overtorque2] | |
| bit6 | EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] | |
| bit7 | bb[Baseblock] | |
| bit8 | EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] | |
| bit9 | EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] | |
| bitA | EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] | |
| bitB | EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] | |
| bitC | EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] | |
| bitD | EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] | |
| bitE | FAn[InternalFanFault] | |
| bitF | oS[Overspeed] | |
| 00C9 | MinorFaultDescription3 | |
| bit0 | dEv[SpeedDeviation] | |
| bit1 | PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] | |
| bit2 | Reserved | |
| bit3 | CE[ModbusCommunicationError] | |
| bit4 | bUS[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bit5 | CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] | |
| bit6-8 | Reserved | |
| bit9 | EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] | |
| bitA | rUn[MotorSwitchduringRun] | |
| bitB | Reserved | |
| bitC | CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] | |
| bitD | UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] | |
| bitE | UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] | |
| bitF | SE[ModbusTestModeError] | |
| 00CA | MinorFaultDescription4 | |
| bit0 | L24v[LossofExternalPower24Supply] | |
| bit1 | oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] | |
| bit2-9 | Reserved | |
| bitA | PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] | |
| bitB-F | Reserved |
Source page
Page 281
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description MinorFaultDescription5 bit0-2 Reserved bit3 HCA[HighCurrentAlarm] bit4 LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime] 00CB bit5 LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime] bit6-9 Reserved bitA SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware] bitB STo[SafeTorqueOFF] bitC-F Reserved MinorFaultDescription6 bit0 voF[OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm] bit1 Reserved 00CC bit2 LT-3[SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime] bit3 LT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime] bit4 boL[BrakingTransistorOverload] bit5-F Reserved 00CD-00CF Reserved CPFContents1 bit0-1 Reserved bit2 CPF02[ControlCircuitError] bit3 CPF03[ControlCircuitError] bit4-5 Reserved bit6 CPF06[ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError)] bit7 CPF07[ControlCircuitError] 00D0 bit8 CPF08[ControlCircuitError] bit9 Reserved bitA CPF10[ControlCircuitError] bitB CPF11[ControlCircuitError] bitC CPF12[ControlCircuitError] bitD CPF13[ControlCircuitError] bitE CPF14[ControlCircuitError] bitF Reserved 6 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 281
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00CB | MinorFaultDescription5 | |
| bit0-2 | Reserved | |
| bit3 | HCA[HighCurrentAlarm] | |
| bit4 | LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime] | |
| bit5 | LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime] | |
| bit6-9 | Reserved | |
| bitA | SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware] | |
| bitB | STo[SafeTorqueOFF] | |
| bitC-F | Reserved | |
| 00CC | MinorFaultDescription6 | |
| bit0 | voF[OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm] | |
| bit1 | Reserved | |
| bit2 | LT-3[SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime] | |
| bit3 | LT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime] | |
| bit4 | boL[BrakingTransistorOverload] | |
| bit5-F | Reserved | |
| 00CD-00CF | Reserved | |
| 00D0 | CPFContents1 | |
| bit0-1 | Reserved | |
| bit2 | CPF02[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit3 | CPF03[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit4-5 | Reserved | |
| bit6 | CPF06[ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError)] | |
| bit7 | CPF07[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit8 | CPF08[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit9 | Reserved | |
| bitA | CPF10[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitB | CPF11[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitC | CPF12[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitD | CPF13[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitE | CPF14[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitF | Reserved |
Source page
Page 282
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
CPFContents2 bit0 CPF16[ControlCircuitError] bit1 CPF17[ControlCircuitError] bit2 CPF18[ControlCircuitError]
bit3 CPF19[ControlCircuitError] bit4 CPF20[ControlCircuitError] bit5 CPF21[ControlCircuitError] bit6 CPF22[ControlCircuitError] 00D1 bit7 CPF23[ControlCircuitError]
bit8 CPF24[ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault)] bit9 Reserved bitA CPF26[ControlCircuitError] bitB CPF27[ControlCircuitError] bitC CPF28[ControlCircuitError] bitD CPF29[ControlCircuitError]
bitE CPF30[ControlCircuitError] bitF CPF31[ControlCircuitError] CPFContents3 bit0 CPF32[ControlCircuitError] bit1 CPF33[ControlCircuitError]
bit2 CPF34[ControlCircuitError] bit3 CPF35[ControlCircuitError] 00D2 bit4 CPF36[ControlCircuitError] bit5 CPF37[ControlCircuitError] bit6 CPF38[ControlCircuitError] bit7 CPF39[ControlCircuitError] bit8-F Reserved 00D3-00D7 Reserved oFA0xDescription(CN5-A) bit0 oFA00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort]
bit1 oFA01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] 00D8 bit2-4 Reserved bit5 oFA05[OptionA/DError] bit6 oFA06[OptionCommunicationError] bit7-F Reserved
oFA1xDescription(CN5-A) bit0 oFA10[OptionRAMError] bit1 oFA11[OptionOpeModeError] bit2 oFA12[DriveReceiveCRCError] bit3 oFA13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 00D9 bit4 oFA14[DriveReceiveAbortError] bit5 oFA15[OptionReceiveCRCError] bit6 oFA16[OptionReceiveFrameError] bit7 oFA17[OptionReceiveAbortError] bit8-F Reserved 00DA Reserved
282 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00D1 | CPFContents2 | |
| bit0 | CPF16[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit1 | CPF17[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit2 | CPF18[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit3 | CPF19[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit4 | CPF20[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit5 | CPF21[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit6 | CPF22[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit7 | CPF23[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit8 | CPF24[ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault)] | |
| bit9 | Reserved | |
| bitA | CPF26[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitB | CPF27[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitC | CPF28[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitD | CPF29[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitE | CPF30[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bitF | CPF31[ControlCircuitError] | |
| 00D2 | CPFContents3 | |
| bit0 | CPF32[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit1 | CPF33[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit2 | CPF34[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit3 | CPF35[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit4 | CPF36[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit5 | CPF37[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit6 | CPF38[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit7 | CPF39[ControlCircuitError] | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 00D3-00D7 | Reserved | |
| 00D8 | oFA0xDescription(CN5-A) | |
| bit0 | oFA00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] | |
| bit1 | oFA01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] | |
| bit2-4 | Reserved | |
| bit5 | oFA05[OptionA/DError] | |
| bit6 | oFA06[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bit7-F | Reserved | |
| 00D9 | oFA1xDescription(CN5-A) | |
| bit0 | oFA10[OptionRAMError] | |
| bit1 | oFA11[OptionOpeModeError] | |
| bit2 | oFA12[DriveReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit3 | oFA13[DriveReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit4 | oFA14[DriveReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit5 | oFA15[OptionReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit6 | oFA16[OptionReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit7 | oFA17[OptionReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 00DA | Reserved |
Source page
Page 283
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description oFA3xDescription(CN5-A) bit0 oFA30[COMIDError] bit1 oFA31[TypeCodeError] bit2 oFA32[SUMCheckError] bit3 oFA33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] bit4 oFA34[MemobusTimeOver] bit5 oFA35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] bit6 oFA36[CICheckError] 00DB bit7 oFA37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] bit8 oFA38[ControlReferenceError] bit9 oFA39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] bitA oFA40[CtrlResSel1Err] bitB oFA41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] bitC oFA42[CtrlResSel2Err] bitD oFA43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] bitE-F Reserved oFb0xDescription(CN5-B) bit0 oFb00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] bit1 oFb01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] bit2 oFb02[DuplicateOptions] 00DC bit3-4 Reserved bit5 oFb05[OptionA/DError] bit6 oFb06[OptionCommunicationError] bit7-F Reserved oFb1xDescription(CN5-B) bit0 oFb10[OptionRAMError] bit1 oFb11[OptionOpeModeError] bit2 oFb12[DriveReceiveCRCError] bit3 oFb13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 00DD bit4 oFb14[DriveReceiveAbortError] bit5 oFb15[OptionReceiveCRCError] bit6 oFb16[OptionReceiveFrameError] bit7 oFb17[OptionReceiveAbortError] bit8-F Reserved 00DE-00DF Reserved 6 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 283
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00DB | oFA3xDescription(CN5-A) | |
| bit0 | oFA30[COMIDError] | |
| bit1 | oFA31[TypeCodeError] | |
| bit2 | oFA32[SUMCheckError] | |
| bit3 | oFA33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] | |
| bit4 | oFA34[MemobusTimeOver] | |
| bit5 | oFA35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] | |
| bit6 | oFA36[CICheckError] | |
| bit7 | oFA37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] | |
| bit8 | oFA38[ControlReferenceError] | |
| bit9 | oFA39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] | |
| bitA | oFA40[CtrlResSel1Err] | |
| bitB | oFA41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] | |
| bitC | oFA42[CtrlResSel2Err] | |
| bitD | oFA43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] | |
| bitE-F | Reserved | |
| 00DC | oFb0xDescription(CN5-B) | |
| bit0 | oFb00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] | |
| bit1 | oFb01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] | |
| bit2 | oFb02[DuplicateOptions] | |
| bit3-4 | Reserved | |
| bit5 | oFb05[OptionA/DError] | |
| bit6 | oFb06[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bit7-F | Reserved | |
| 00DD | oFb1xDescription(CN5-B) | |
| bit0 | oFb10[OptionRAMError] | |
| bit1 | oFb11[OptionOpeModeError] | |
| bit2 | oFb12[DriveReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit3 | oFb13[DriveReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit4 | oFb14[DriveReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit5 | oFb15[OptionReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit6 | oFb16[OptionReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit7 | oFb17[OptionReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 00DE-00DF | Reserved |
Source page
Page 284
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description
oFb3xDescription(CN5-B) bit0 oFb30[COMIDError] bit1 oFb31[TypeCodeError] bit2 oFb32[SUMCheckError]
bit3 oFb33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] bit4 oFb34[MemobusTimeOver] bit5 oFb35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] bit6 oFb36[CICheckError] 00E0 bit7 oFb37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] bit8 oFb38[ControlReferenceError] bit9 oFb39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] bitA oFb40[CtrlResSel1Err] bitB oFb41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] bitC oFb42[CtrlResSel2Err] bitD oFb43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5]
bitE-F Reserved oFC0xDescription(CN5-C) bit0 oFC00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] bit1 oFC01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] bit2 oFC02[DuplicateOptions] 00E1 bit3-4 Reserved bit5 oFC05[OptionA/DError] bit6 oFC06[OptionCommunicationError] bit7-F Reserved oFC1xDescription(CN5-C)
bit0 oFC10[OptionRAMError] bit1 oFC11[OptionOpeModeError] bit2 oFC12[DriveReceiveCRCError] bit3 oFC13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 00E2 bit4 oFC14[DriveReceiveAbortError] bit5 oFC15[OptionReceiveCRCError] bit6 oFC16[OptionReceiveFrameError] bit7 oFC17[OptionReceiveAbortError] bit8-F Reserved 00E3 Reserved
oFC5xDescription(CN5-C) bit0 oFC50[EncoderOptionA/DConvError] bit1 oFC51[EncOpAnlgCrctErr] bit2 oFC52[EncoderOptionCommTimeout] 00E4 bit3 oFC53[EncoderOptionCommDataFault] bit4 oFC54[EncoderError] bit5 oFC55[ResolverError] bit6-F Reserved
284 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00E0 | oFb3xDescription(CN5-B) | |
| bit0 | oFb30[COMIDError] | |
| bit1 | oFb31[TypeCodeError] | |
| bit2 | oFb32[SUMCheckError] | |
| bit3 | oFb33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] | |
| bit4 | oFb34[MemobusTimeOver] | |
| bit5 | oFb35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] | |
| bit6 | oFb36[CICheckError] | |
| bit7 | oFb37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] | |
| bit8 | oFb38[ControlReferenceError] | |
| bit9 | oFb39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] | |
| bitA | oFb40[CtrlResSel1Err] | |
| bitB | oFb41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] | |
| bitC | oFb42[CtrlResSel2Err] | |
| bitD | oFb43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] | |
| bitE-F | Reserved | |
| 00E1 | oFC0xDescription(CN5-C) | |
| bit0 | oFC00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] | |
| bit1 | oFC01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] | |
| bit2 | oFC02[DuplicateOptions] | |
| bit3-4 | Reserved | |
| bit5 | oFC05[OptionA/DError] | |
| bit6 | oFC06[OptionCommunicationError] | |
| bit7-F | Reserved | |
| 00E2 | oFC1xDescription(CN5-C) | |
| bit0 | oFC10[OptionRAMError] | |
| bit1 | oFC11[OptionOpeModeError] | |
| bit2 | oFC12[DriveReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit3 | oFC13[DriveReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit4 | oFC14[DriveReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit5 | oFC15[OptionReceiveCRCError] | |
| bit6 | oFC16[OptionReceiveFrameError] | |
| bit7 | oFC17[OptionReceiveAbortError] | |
| bit8-F | Reserved | |
| 00E3 | Reserved | |
| 00E4 | oFC5xDescription(CN5-C) | |
| bit0 | oFC50[EncoderOptionA/DConvError] | |
| bit1 | oFC51[EncOpAnlgCrctErr] | |
| bit2 | oFC52[EncoderOptionCommTimeout] | |
| bit3 | oFC53[EncoderOptionCommDataFault] | |
| bit4 | oFC54[EncoderError] | |
| bit5 | oFC55[ResolverError] | |
| bit6-F | Reserved |
Source page
Page 285
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description MinorFaultDescription9 bit0 EP24v[ExternalPower24VSupply] bit1-3 Reserved bit4 bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] 00E5 bit5-7 Reserved bit8 TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] bit9 bCE[BluetoothCommunicationError] bitA-F Reserved 00E6-00E9 Reserved FaultDescription11 bit0 TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] bit1 bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] 00EA bit2-D Reserved bitE SCF[SafetyCircuitFault] bitF Reserved 00EB-00ED Reserved FaultDescription12 bit0-4 Reserved 00EE bit5 bCE[BluetoothCommunicationFault] bit6-F Reserved 00EF-00FA Reserved Outputcurrent Note: 00FB Theunitofdisplayisdifferentfordifferentmodels. 2022to2041,4012to4023:0.01A 2059to2519,4030to4380:0.1A ■ Broadcast Messages Broadcast messages are available as read-only. Bit signals that are not defined as simultaneous broadcast operation signals will use their own station data signals. Table 6.16 Broadcast Messages for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Reg (H is e te x r .) No. Description Operationsignal Up/Downcommand bit0 1:Run,0:Stop Downcommand bit1 1:Down,0:Up bit2-3 Reserved 6 ExternalFault bit4 1:EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] 0001 FaultReset bit5 1:Resetcommand bit6-B Reserved bitC MFDIterminalS5input bitD MFDIterminalS6input bitE MFDIterminalS7input bitF MFDIterminalS8input 0002 Speedreference 30000/100% YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 285
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 00E5 | MinorFaultDescription9 | |
| bit0 | EP24v[ExternalPower24VSupply] | |
| bit1-3 | Reserved | |
| bit4 | bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] | |
| bit5-7 | Reserved | |
| bit8 | TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] | |
| bit9 | bCE[BluetoothCommunicationError] | |
| bitA-F | Reserved | |
| 00E6-00E9 | Reserved | |
| 00EA | FaultDescription11 | |
| bit0 | TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] | |
| bit1 | bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] | |
| bit2-D | Reserved | |
| bitE | SCF[SafetyCircuitFault] | |
| bitF | Reserved | |
| 00EB-00ED | Reserved | |
| 00EE | FaultDescription12 | |
| bit0-4 | Reserved | |
| bit5 | bCE[BluetoothCommunicationFault] | |
| bit6-F | Reserved | |
| 00EF-00FA | Reserved | |
| 00FB | Outputcurrent Note: Theunitofdisplayisdifferentfordifferentmodels. 2022to2041,4012to4023:0.01A 2059to2519,4030to4380:0.1A |
| RegisterNo. (Hex.) | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|
| 0001 | Operationsignal | |
| bit0 | Up/Downcommand 1:Run,0:Stop | |
| bit1 | Downcommand 1:Down,0:Up | |
| bit2-3 | Reserved | |
| bit4 | ExternalFault 1:EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] | |
| bit5 | FaultReset 1:Resetcommand | |
| bit6-B | Reserved | |
| bitC | MFDIterminalS5input | |
| bitD | MFDIterminalS6input | |
| bitE | MFDIterminalS7input | |
| bitF | MFDIterminalS8input | |
| 0002 | Speedreference | 30000/100% |
Source page
Page 286
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
■ Fault Trace/Fault History Contents Table 6.17 shows the fault codes that the commands from monitors U2-xx [Fault Trace], U3-xx [Fault History], U9-xx [Fault Trace] read.
Table 6.17 Fault Trace/Fault History Contents Fau (H lt e C x. o ) de Name Fau (H lt e C x. o ) de Name
0002 Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage] 0035 dv4[InversionPreventionDetection] 0003 Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage] 0036 LF2[OutputCurrentImbalance] 0004 Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] 0038 PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] 0005 SC[ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure] 004E rF[BrakingResistorFault]
0006 GF[GroundFault] 004F boL[BrakingTransistorOverloadFault] 0007 oC[Overcurrent] 0054 dv6[OverJerk] 0008 ov[Overvoltage] 0055 SE1[MotorContactorResponseError] 0009 oH[HeatsinkOverheat] 0056 SE2[StartingCurrentError] 000A oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] 0057 SE3[OutputCurrentError]
000B oL1[MotorOverload] 0058 SE4[BrakeResponseError] 000C oL2[DriveOverload] 0059 FrL[SpeedReferenceMissing] 000D oL3[OvertorqueDetection1] 005B dv7[PolarityJudgeTimeout] 000E oL4[OvertorqueDetection2] 005D dv8[PMRotorPositionDetectionError] 000F rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] 005E PF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError] 0011 EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] 0071 brA[BrakeDeterioration]
0012 EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] 0081 CPF00[ControlCircuitError] 0013 EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] 0082 CPF01[ControlCircuitError] 0014 EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] 0083 CPF02[ControlCircuitError] 0015 EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] 0084 CPF03[ControlCircuitError] 0016 EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] 0087 CPF06[ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError)]
0017 FAn[InternalFanFault] 0088 CPF07[ControlCircuitError] 0018 oS[Overspeed] 0089 CPF08[ControlCircuitError] 0019 dEv[SpeedDeviation] 008B CPF10[ControlCircuitError] 001A PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] 008C CPF11[ControlCircuitError] 001B PF[InputPhaseLoss] 008D CPF12[ControlCircuitError]
001C LF[OutputPhaseLoss] 008E CPF13[ControlCircuitError] 001D oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] 008F CPF14[ControlCircuitError] 001E oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] 0091 CPF16[ControlCircuitError] 001F Err[EEPROMWriteError] 0092 CPF17[ControlCircuitError] 0020 oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)] 0093 CPF18[ControlCircuitError]
0021 CE[ModbusCommunicationError] 0094 CPF19[ControlCircuitError] 0022 bUS[OptionCommunicationError] 0095 CPF20[ControlCircuitError] 0025 CF[ControlFault] 0096 CPF21[ControlCircuitError] 0026 SvE[ZeroServoFault] 0097 CPF22[ControlCircuitError] 0027 EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] 0098 CPF23[ControlCircuitError]
0029 UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] 0099 CPF24[ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault)] 002A UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] 009B CPF26[ControlCircuitError] 002C EF9[ExternalFault(TerminalS9)] 009C CPF27[ControlCircuitError] 002D EF10[ExternalFault(TerminalS10)] 009D CPF28[ControlCircuitError] 0032 dv1[ZPulseFault] 009E CPF29[ControlCircuitError] 0033 dv2[ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection] 009F CPF30[ControlCircuitError]
0034 dv3[InversionDetection] 00A0 CPF31[ControlCircuitError]
286 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| FaultCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 0002 | Uv1[DCBusUndervoltage] |
| 0003 | Uv2[ControlPowerUndervoltage] |
| 0004 | Uv3[SoftChargeAnswerbackFault] |
| 0005 | SC[ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure] |
| 0006 | GF[GroundFault] |
| 0007 | oC[Overcurrent] |
| 0008 | ov[Overvoltage] |
| 0009 | oH[HeatsinkOverheat] |
| 000A | oH1[HeatsinkOverheat] |
| 000B | oL1[MotorOverload] |
| 000C | oL2[DriveOverload] |
| 000D | oL3[OvertorqueDetection1] |
| 000E | oL4[OvertorqueDetection2] |
| 000F | rr[DynamicBrakingTransistorFault] |
| 0011 | EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] |
| 0012 | EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] |
| 0013 | EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] |
| 0014 | EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] |
| 0015 | EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] |
| 0016 | EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] |
| 0017 | FAn[InternalFanFault] |
| 0018 | oS[Overspeed] |
| 0019 | dEv[SpeedDeviation] |
| 001A | PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] |
| 001B | PF[InputPhaseLoss] |
| 001C | LF[OutputPhaseLoss] |
| 001D | oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] |
| 001E | oPr[KeypadConnectionFault] |
| 001F | Err[EEPROMWriteError] |
| 0020 | oH4[MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput)] |
| 0021 | CE[ModbusCommunicationError] |
| 0022 | bUS[OptionCommunicationError] |
| 0025 | CF[ControlFault] |
| 0026 | SvE[ZeroServoFault] |
| 0027 | EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] |
| 0029 | UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] |
| 002A | UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] |
| 002C | EF9[ExternalFault(TerminalS9)] |
| 002D | EF10[ExternalFault(TerminalS10)] |
| 0032 | dv1[ZPulseFault] |
| 0033 | dv2[ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection] |
| 0034 | dv3[InversionDetection] |
| FaultCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 0035 | dv4[InversionPreventionDetection] |
| 0036 | LF2[OutputCurrentImbalance] |
| 0038 | PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] |
| 004E | rF[BrakingResistorFault] |
| 004F | boL[BrakingTransistorOverloadFault] |
| 0054 | dv6[OverJerk] |
| 0055 | SE1[MotorContactorResponseError] |
| 0056 | SE2[StartingCurrentError] |
| 0057 | SE3[OutputCurrentError] |
| 0058 | SE4[BrakeResponseError] |
| 0059 | FrL[SpeedReferenceMissing] |
| 005B | dv7[PolarityJudgeTimeout] |
| 005D | dv8[PMRotorPositionDetectionError] |
| 005E | PF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError] |
| 0071 | brA[BrakeDeterioration] |
| 0081 | CPF00[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0082 | CPF01[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0083 | CPF02[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0084 | CPF03[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0087 | CPF06[ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError)] |
| 0088 | CPF07[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0089 | CPF08[ControlCircuitError] |
| 008B | CPF10[ControlCircuitError] |
| 008C | CPF11[ControlCircuitError] |
| 008D | CPF12[ControlCircuitError] |
| 008E | CPF13[ControlCircuitError] |
| 008F | CPF14[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0091 | CPF16[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0092 | CPF17[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0093 | CPF18[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0094 | CPF19[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0095 | CPF20[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0096 | CPF21[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0097 | CPF22[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0098 | CPF23[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0099 | CPF24[ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault)] |
| 009B | CPF26[ControlCircuitError] |
| 009C | CPF27[ControlCircuitError] |
| 009D | CPF28[ControlCircuitError] |
| 009E | CPF29[ControlCircuitError] |
| 009F | CPF30[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A0 | CPF31[ControlCircuitError] |
Source page
Page 287
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Fau (H lt e C x. o ) de Name Fau (H lt e C x. o ) de Name 00A1 CPF32[ControlCircuitError] 0217 oFb16[OptionReceiveFrameError] 00A2 CPF33[ControlCircuitError] 0218 oFb17[OptionReceiveAbortError] 00A3 CPF34[ControlCircuitError] 0231 oFb30[COMIDError] 00A4 CPF35[ControlCircuitError] 0232 oFb31[TypeCodeError] 00A5 CPF36[ControlCircuitError] 0233 oFb32[SUMCheckError] 00A6 CPF37[ControlCircuitError] 0234 oFb33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] 00A7 CPF38[ControlCircuitError] 0235 oFb34[MemobusTimeOver] 00A8 CPF39[ControlCircuitError] 0236 oFb35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] 0101 oFA00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] 0237 oFb36[CICheckError] 0102 oFA01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] 0238 oFb37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] 0106 oFA05[OptionA/DError] 0239 oFb38[ControlReferenceError] 0107 oFA06[OptionCommunicationError] 023A oFb39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] 0111 oFA10[OptionRAMError] 023B oFb40[CtrlResSel1Err] 0112 oFA11[OptionOpeModeError] 023C oFb41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] 0113 oFA12[DriveReceiveCRCError] 023D oFb42[CtrlResSel2Err] 0114 oFA13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 023E oFb43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] 0115 oFA14[DriveReceiveAbortError] 0301 oFC00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] 0116 oFA15[OptionReceiveCRCError] 0302 oFC01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] 0117 oFA16[OptionReceiveFrameError] 0303 oFC02[DuplicateOptions] 0118 oFA17[OptionReceiveAbortError] 0306 oFC05[OptionA/DError] 0131 oFA30[COMIDError] 0307 oFC06[OptionCommunicationError] 0132 oFA31[TypeCodeError] 0311 oFC10[OptionRAMError] 0133 oFA32[SUMCheckError] 0312 oFC11[OptionOpeModeError] 0134 oFA33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] 0313 oFC12[DriveReceiveCRCError] 0135 oFA34[MemobusTimeOver] 0314 oFC13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 0136 oFA35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] 0315 oFC14[DriveReceiveAbortError] 0137 oFA36[CICheckError] 0316 oFC15[OptionReceiveCRCError] 0138 oFA37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] 0317 oFC16[OptionReceiveFrameError] 0139 oFA38[ControlReferenceError] 0318 oFC17[OptionReceiveAbortError] 013A oFA39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] 0351 oFC50[EncoderOptionA/DConvError] 013B oFA40[CtrlResSel1Err] 0352 oFC51[EncOpAnlgCrctErr] 013C oFA41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] 0353 oFC52[EncoderOptionCommTimeout] 013D oFA42[CtrlResSel2Err] 0354 oFC53[EncoderOptionCommDataFault] 013E oFA43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] 0355 oFC54[EncoderError] 0201 oFb00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] 0356 oFC55[ResolverError] 6 0202 oFb01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] 0401 TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] 0203 oFb02[DuplicateOptions] 0402 bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] 0206 oFb05[OptionA/DError] 040F SCF[SafetyCircuitFault] 0207 oFb06[OptionCommunicationError] 0413 FAn1[DriveCoolingFanFailure] 0211 oFb10[OptionRAMError] 0416 bCE[BluetoothCommunicationFault] 0212 oFb11[OptionOpeModeError] 0459 TCF[TDCCFault] 0213 oFb12[DriveReceiveCRCError] 045D SE8[SequenceError8] 0214 oFb13[DriveReceiveFrameError] 045E SCE[ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceError] 0215 oFb14[DriveReceiveAbortError] 0464 MCF[InputMCfailure] 0216 oFb15[OptionReceiveCRCError] YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 287
| FaultCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 00A1 | CPF32[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A2 | CPF33[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A3 | CPF34[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A4 | CPF35[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A5 | CPF36[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A6 | CPF37[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A7 | CPF38[ControlCircuitError] |
| 00A8 | CPF39[ControlCircuitError] |
| 0101 | oFA00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] |
| 0102 | oFA01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] |
| 0106 | oFA05[OptionA/DError] |
| 0107 | oFA06[OptionCommunicationError] |
| 0111 | oFA10[OptionRAMError] |
| 0112 | oFA11[OptionOpeModeError] |
| 0113 | oFA12[DriveReceiveCRCError] |
| 0114 | oFA13[DriveReceiveFrameError] |
| 0115 | oFA14[DriveReceiveAbortError] |
| 0116 | oFA15[OptionReceiveCRCError] |
| 0117 | oFA16[OptionReceiveFrameError] |
| 0118 | oFA17[OptionReceiveAbortError] |
| 0131 | oFA30[COMIDError] |
| 0132 | oFA31[TypeCodeError] |
| 0133 | oFA32[SUMCheckError] |
| 0134 | oFA33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] |
| 0135 | oFA34[MemobusTimeOver] |
| 0136 | oFA35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] |
| 0137 | oFA36[CICheckError] |
| 0138 | oFA37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] |
| 0139 | oFA38[ControlReferenceError] |
| 013A | oFA39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] |
| 013B | oFA40[CtrlResSel1Err] |
| 013C | oFA41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] |
| 013D | oFA42[CtrlResSel2Err] |
| 013E | oFA43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] |
| 0201 | oFb00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] |
| 0202 | oFb01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] |
| 0203 | oFb02[DuplicateOptions] |
| 0206 | oFb05[OptionA/DError] |
| 0207 | oFb06[OptionCommunicationError] |
| 0211 | oFb10[OptionRAMError] |
| 0212 | oFb11[OptionOpeModeError] |
| 0213 | oFb12[DriveReceiveCRCError] |
| 0214 | oFb13[DriveReceiveFrameError] |
| 0215 | oFb14[DriveReceiveAbortError] |
| 0216 | oFb15[OptionReceiveCRCError] |
| FaultCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 0217 | oFb16[OptionReceiveFrameError] |
| 0218 | oFb17[OptionReceiveAbortError] |
| 0231 | oFb30[COMIDError] |
| 0232 | oFb31[TypeCodeError] |
| 0233 | oFb32[SUMCheckError] |
| 0234 | oFb33[OptionReceiveTimeOver] |
| 0235 | oFb34[MemobusTimeOver] |
| 0236 | oFb35[DriveReceiveTimeOver1] |
| 0237 | oFb36[CICheckError] |
| 0238 | oFb37[DriveReceiveTimeOver2] |
| 0239 | oFb38[ControlReferenceError] |
| 023A | oFb39[DriveReceiveTimeOver3] |
| 023B | oFb40[CtrlResSel1Err] |
| 023C | oFb41[DriveReceiveTimeOver4] |
| 023D | oFb42[CtrlResSel2Err] |
| 023E | oFb43[DriveReceiveTimeOver5] |
| 0301 | oFC00[OptionNotCompatiblewithPort] |
| 0302 | oFC01[OptionFault/ConnectionError] |
| 0303 | oFC02[DuplicateOptions] |
| 0306 | oFC05[OptionA/DError] |
| 0307 | oFC06[OptionCommunicationError] |
| 0311 | oFC10[OptionRAMError] |
| 0312 | oFC11[OptionOpeModeError] |
| 0313 | oFC12[DriveReceiveCRCError] |
| 0314 | oFC13[DriveReceiveFrameError] |
| 0315 | oFC14[DriveReceiveAbortError] |
| 0316 | oFC15[OptionReceiveCRCError] |
| 0317 | oFC16[OptionReceiveFrameError] |
| 0318 | oFC17[OptionReceiveAbortError] |
| 0351 | oFC50[EncoderOptionA/DConvError] |
| 0352 | oFC51[EncOpAnlgCrctErr] |
| 0353 | oFC52[EncoderOptionCommTimeout] |
| 0354 | oFC53[EncoderOptionCommDataFault] |
| 0355 | oFC54[EncoderError] |
| 0356 | oFC55[ResolverError] |
| 0401 | TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] |
| 0402 | bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] |
| 040F | SCF[SafetyCircuitFault] |
| 0413 | FAn1[DriveCoolingFanFailure] |
| 0416 | bCE[BluetoothCommunicationFault] |
| 0459 | TCF[TDCCFault] |
| 045D | SE8[SequenceError8] |
| 045E | SCE[ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceError] |
| 0464 | MCF[InputMCfailure] |
Source page
Page 288
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
■ Minor Fault/Alarm Contents Table 6.18 shows the minor fault/alarm codes that communications register (007F (Hex.)) reads.
Table 6.18 Minor Fault/Alarm Contents (007 (Hex.)) MinorFault/ MinorFault/ AlarmCode Name AlarmCode Name (Hex.) (Hex.) 0001 Uv[Undervoltage] 0021 L24v[LossofExternalPower24Supply] 0002 ov[DCBusOvervoltage] 0022 oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] 0003 oH[HeatsinkOverheat] 0023 EF9[ExternalFault(TerminalS9)] 0005 oL3[Overtorque1] 0024 EF10[ExternalFault(TerminalS10)] 0006 oL4[Overtorque2] 0029 CyPO[CyclePowertoAcceptChanges] 0007 EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] 002B PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]
0008 bb[Baseblock] 0034 HCA[HighCurrentAlarm] 0009 EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] 0035 LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime] 000A EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] 0036 LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime] 000B EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] 0037 CF[CtrlFailure/STOP] 000C EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] 003B SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware]
000D EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] 0041 voF[OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm] 000E EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] 0043 LT-3[SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime] 000F FAn[InternalFanFault] 0044 LT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime] 0010 oS[Overspeed] 0045 boL[BrakingTransistorOverload] 0011 dEv[SpeedDeviation] 0047 PF[InputPhaseLoss] 0012 PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] 0072 brTC[DuringBrakeTorqueCheck]
0014 CE[ModbusCommunicationError] 0081 EP24v[ExternalPower24VSupply] 0015 bUS[OptionCommunicationError] 0085 bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] 001A EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] 0089 TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] 001B rUn[MotorSwitchduringRun] 008A bCE[BluetoothCommunicationError] 001D CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] 00D0 SE4[SE4Alarm]
001E UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] 00D1 TCS[TDCCSetup] 001F UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] 00D2 TCA[TDCCAlarm] 0020 SE[ModbusTestModeError]
◆ Error Codes
■ MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Error Code List Table 6.19 lists the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications error codes. When an error occurs, remove the cause of the error and restart communications.
Table 6.19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Error Codes Err ( o H r e C x. o ) de Name Cause
01 FunctionCodeError ThePLCsetafunctioncodethatwasnot03,08,or10(Hex.) • Theregisternumberthatistryingtoaccessisnotregistered. 02 RegisterNumberError • Astartingnumberthatwasnot0001or0002(Hex.)wassetwhenbroadcasting. • Readandwritedataquantitiesaremorethanthe1to16range.(Commandmessagedataquantityisdisabled.) • Thedatathatwasreadfromnon-consecutiveholdingregisterscontainedmorethan120bytes. 03 BitCountError • Thedatatobewrittentonon-consecutiveholdingregisterscontainedmorethan60bytes. • Inthewritemode,thenumberofbytesinthemessageisnotthenumberofdata×2. • Writingcontroldataorparametersmadethesettingsgooutofthepermittedsettingrange. 21 DataSettingError • Aparametersettingerroroccurredwhenwritingaparameter. 288 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| MinorFault/ AlarmCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 0001 | Uv[Undervoltage] |
| 0002 | ov[DCBusOvervoltage] |
| 0003 | oH[HeatsinkOverheat] |
| 0005 | oL3[Overtorque1] |
| 0006 | oL4[Overtorque2] |
| 0007 | EF[Up/DownCommandInputError] |
| 0008 | bb[Baseblock] |
| 0009 | EF3[ExternalFault(TerminalS3)] |
| 000A | EF4[ExternalFault(TerminalS4)] |
| 000B | EF5[ExternalFault(TerminalS5)] |
| 000C | EF6[ExternalFault(TerminalS6)] |
| 000D | EF7[ExternalFault(TerminalS7)] |
| 000E | EF8[ExternalFault(TerminalS8)] |
| 000F | FAn[InternalFanFault] |
| 0010 | oS[Overspeed] |
| 0011 | dEv[SpeedDeviation] |
| 0012 | PGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss] |
| 0014 | CE[ModbusCommunicationError] |
| 0015 | bUS[OptionCommunicationError] |
| 001A | EF0[OptionCardExternalFault] |
| 001B | rUn[MotorSwitchduringRun] |
| 001D | CALL[SerialCommTransmissionError] |
| 001E | UL3[UndertorqueDetection1] |
| 001F | UL4[UndertorqueDetection2] |
| 0020 | SE[ModbusTestModeError] |
| MinorFault/ AlarmCode (Hex.) | Name |
|---|---|
| 0021 | L24v[LossofExternalPower24Supply] |
| 0022 | oH3[MotorOverheat(PTCInput)] |
| 0023 | EF9[ExternalFault(TerminalS9)] |
| 0024 | EF10[ExternalFault(TerminalS10)] |
| 0029 | CyPO[CyclePowertoAcceptChanges] |
| 002B | PGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault] |
| 0034 | HCA[HighCurrentAlarm] |
| 0035 | LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime] |
| 0036 | LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime] |
| 0037 | CF[CtrlFailure/STOP] |
| 003B | SToF[SafeTorqueOFFHardware] |
| 0041 | voF[OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm] |
| 0043 | LT-3[SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime] |
| 0044 | LT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime] |
| 0045 | boL[BrakingTransistorOverload] |
| 0047 | PF[InputPhaseLoss] |
| 0072 | brTC[DuringBrakeTorqueCheck] |
| 0081 | EP24v[ExternalPower24VSupply] |
| 0085 | bAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage] |
| 0089 | TiM[KeypadTimeNotSet] |
| 008A | bCE[BluetoothCommunicationError] |
| 00D0 | SE4[SE4Alarm] |
| 00D1 | TCS[TDCCSetup] |
| 00D2 | TCA[TDCCAlarm] |
| ErrorCode (Hex.) | Name | Cause |
|---|---|---|
| 01 | FunctionCodeError | ThePLCsetafunctioncodethatwasnot03,08,or10(Hex.) |
| 02 | RegisterNumberError | • Theregisternumberthatistryingtoaccessisnotregistered. • Astartingnumberthatwasnot0001or0002(Hex.)wassetwhenbroadcasting. |
| 03 | BitCountError | • Readandwritedataquantitiesaremorethanthe1to16range.(Commandmessagedataquantityisdisabled.) • Thedatathatwasreadfromnon-consecutiveholdingregisterscontainedmorethan120bytes. • Thedatatobewrittentonon-consecutiveholdingregisterscontainedmorethan60bytes. • Inthewritemode,thenumberofbytesinthemessageisnotthenumberofdata×2. |
| 21 | DataSettingError | • Writingcontroldataorparametersmadethesettingsgooutofthepermittedsettingrange. • Aparametersettingerroroccurredwhenwritingaparameter. |
Source page
Page 289
snoitacinummoCkrowteN 6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Err ( o H r e C x. o ) de Name Cause • Triedtowriteadisabledparameterduringrun. • WhentherewasaCPF06[ControlCircuitError],themastertriedtowriteaparameterotherthanoneofthese: - A1-00[LanguageSelection] - A1-01[AccessLevelSelection] - A1-02[ControlMethodSelection] 22 WriteModeError - A1-03[InitializeParameters] - A1-04[Password] - A1-05[PasswordSetting] - E1-03[V/fPatternSelection] - o2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection] • Writestheread-onlydata. 23 D W C rit B e u E s rr U o n r dervoltage DuringUv[DCBusUndervoltage],aUvwritedisabledparameterwaswritten. 24 E Pa rr r o a r m W et r e i r ti P n r g o D ce a s t s a in D g uring Triedtowriteaparameterfromthemasterduringparameterprocessingonthedriveside. 25 W Di r s i a ti b n l g ed intoEEPROM W thi r s it e in rr g or in o to cc E u E rs P , R th O e M key w p r a it d e s i h s o d w is s ab a le m d e , s b s u ag t e EE an P d R t O he M d w riv ri e te co w n a t s in e u x e e s c o u p te e d ra f t r i o o m n. MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications.When ■ No Response from Slave The slave ignores the command message from the master and will not send a response message in these conditions: • When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, CRC-16) is detected in the command message. • When the slave address in the command message and the slave address for the drive side do not agree (Use H5- 01 [Drive Node Address] to set the slave address of the drive) • When the time interval between the data of which the message is composed is longer than 24 bits • When the data length for the command message is not accurate Note: •If the keypad shows CALL [Serial Comm Transmission Error], refer to “Troubleshooting” to remove the cause of the error, and try to do communications again. If the keypad does not show CALL, check U1-19 [MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code] for the error and error type. •If you execute the write function code when the slave address in the command message is 00 (Hex.), all of the slaves will execute the write command, but they will not send response messages to the master. 6 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 289
| ErrorCode (Hex.) | Name | Cause |
|---|---|---|
| 22 | WriteModeError | • Triedtowriteadisabledparameterduringrun. • WhentherewasaCPF06[ControlCircuitError],themastertriedtowriteaparameterotherthanoneofthese: - A1-00[LanguageSelection] - A1-01[AccessLevelSelection] - A1-02[ControlMethodSelection] - A1-03[InitializeParameters] - A1-04[Password] - A1-05[PasswordSetting] - E1-03[V/fPatternSelection] - o2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection] • Writestheread-onlydata. |
| 23 | DCBusUndervoltage WriteError | DuringUv[DCBusUndervoltage],aUvwritedisabledparameterwaswritten. |
| 24 | ErrorWritingDataDuring ParameterProcessing | Triedtowriteaparameterfromthemasterduringparameterprocessingonthedriveside. |
| 25 | WritingintoEEPROM Disabled | WritingintoEEPROMwriteisdisabled,butEEPROMwritewasexecutedfromMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications.When thiserroroccurs,thekeypadshowsamessageandthedrivecontinuesoperation. |
Source page
Page 290
6.3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
290 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 291
Troubleshooting
7.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................292
7.2 Types of Faults, Minor Faults, Alarms, and Errors ........................................294 7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes........................................295 7.4 Fault...........................................................................................................................300 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms ..............................................................................................325 7.6 Parameter Setting Errors......................................................................................334 7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors ................................................................................................337
7.8 Backup Function Operating Mode Display and Errors.................................341 7.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults.......................................................................342 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display............................................................343
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 291
Source page
Page 292
7.1 Section Safety
7.1 Section Safety
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the drive is energized. If you touch the internal components of an energized drive, it can cause serious injury or death. Do not modify the drive body or drive circuitry. Modifications to drive body and circuitry can cause serious injury or death, will cause damage to the drive, and will void the warranty. Yaskawa is not responsible for modifications of the product made by the user. Fire Hazard Tighten all terminal screws to the correct tightening torque.
Connections that are too loose or too tight can cause incorrect operation and damage to the drive. Incorrect connections can also cause death or serious injury from fire. Tighten screws at an angle in the specified range shown in this manual. If you tighten the screws at an angle not in the specified range, you can have loose connections that can cause damage to the terminal block or start a fire and cause serious injury or death. Damage to Equipment Do not apply incorrect voltage to the main circuit of the drive. Operate the drive in the specified range of the input voltage on the drive nameplate. Voltages that are higher than the permitted nameplate tolerance can cause damage to the drive.
292 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotoperatethedrivewhencoversaremissing.Replacecoversandshieldsbeforeyou operatethedrive.Usethedriveonlyasspecifiedbytheinstructions. Somefiguresinthissectionincludedriveswithoutcoversorsafetyshieldstomoreclearlyshowtheinsideofthe drive.Ifcoversorsafetyshieldsaremissingfromthedrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Alwaysgroundthemotor-sidegroundingterminal. Ifyoudonotgroundtheequipmentcorrectly,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathifyoutouchthemotorcase. AfterthedriveblowsafuseortripsanRCM/RCD,donotimmediatelyenergizethedriveor operateperipheraldevices.Waitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelataminimumand makesurethatallindicatorsareOFF.Thencheckthewiringandperipheraldeviceratingsto findthecauseoftheproblem.Ifyoudonotknowthecauseoftheproblem,contactYaskawa beforeyouenergizethedriveorperipheraldevices. Ifyoudonotfixtheproblembeforeyouoperatethedriveorperipheraldevices,itcancauseseriousinjuryor death. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotwearlooseclothingorjewelrywhenyoudoworkonthedrive.Tightenlooseclothing andremoveallmetalobjects,forexamplewatchesorrings. Looseclothingcancatchonthedriveandjewelrycanconductelectricityandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotremovecoversortouchcircuitboardswhilethedriveisenergized. Ifyoutouchtheinternalcomponentsofanenergizeddrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Fire Hazard Tightenallterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Connectionsthataretoolooseortootightcancauseincorrectoperationanddamagetothedrive.Incorrect connectionscanalsocausedeathorseriousinjuryfromfire. Tightenscrewsatanangleinthespecifiedrangeshowninthismanual. Ifyoutightenthescrewsatananglenotinthespecifiedrange,youcanhavelooseconnectionsthatcancause damagetotheterminalblockorstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Damage to Equipment Donotapplyincorrectvoltagetothemaincircuitofthedrive.Operatethedriveinthespecified rangeoftheinputvoltageonthedrivenameplate. Voltagesthatarehigherthanthepermittednameplatetolerancecancausedamagetothedrive. |
Source page
Page 293
| WARNING |
|---|
| Fire Hazard Donotputflammableorcombustiblematerialsontopofthedriveanddonotinstallthedrive nearflammableorcombustiblematerials.Attachthedrivetometalorothernoncombustible material. Flammableandcombustiblematerialscanstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Crush Hazard Weareyeprotectionwhenyoudoworkonthedrive. Ifyoudonotusecorrectsafetyequipment,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Useacraneorhoisttomovelargedriveswhennecessary. Ifyoutrytomovealargedrivewithoutacraneorhoist,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. Donotbreaktheelectricalconnectionbetweenthedriveandthemotorwhenthedriveis outputtingvoltage. Incorrectequipmentsequencingcancausedamagetothedrive. Makesurethatallconnectionsarecorrectafteryouinstallthedriveandconnectperipheral devices. Incorrectconnectionscancausedamagetothedrive. |
Source page
Page 294
7.2 Types of Faults, Minor Faults, Alarms, and Errors
7.2 Types of Faults, Minor Faults, Alarms, and Errors
If the drive or motor do not operate correctly, check the drive keypad for a code or message. If problems occur that are not identified in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with this information: • Drive model • Drive software version • Date of purchase
• Description of the problem (such as failure conditions) Table 7.1 contains descriptions of the different types of faults, minor faults, alarms, and errors that can occur during drive operation. Contact Yaskawa if there is damage to the drive. Contact information is on the back cover of the manual. Table 7.1 Types of Faults, Minor Faults, Alarms, and Errors
Type DriveResponse Whenthedrivedetectsafault,itwillcausetheseconditions:
Faults • Thekeypadshowsthefaultcodeand andALM/ERRoftheLEDStatusRingilluminatecontinuously. • Thedriveshutsoffoutput,andthemotorcoaststoastop.Somefaultslettheuserselectamotorstoppingmethod. • FaultrelayoutputMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF. ThedrivewillnotoperateuntilyouclearthefaultwithaFaultResetandthedrivegoesbacktousualstatus. Whenthedrivedetectsaminorfaultoranalarm,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowsthealarmcodeand andALM/ERRontheLEDStatusRingflash. • Thedrivewillcontinuetooperatethemotor.Somealarmslettheuserselectamotorstoppingmethod. MinorFaults/Alarms • Ifthedrivedetectsaminorfault,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]will switchON.IfyoudonotsetparametersH2-01toH2-05,thedrivewillnottriggerMFDOterminalswhenitdetectsa minorfault. • Thedrivewillnotoutputaminorfaultsignalwhenitdetectsanalarm. ItisnotnecessarytodoFaultReset. Anerroroccurswhenparametersettingsdonotagreeoraparametercombinationisincorrect.Thedrivewillnotoperate untilyousettheparameterscorrectly. Whenthedrivedetectsanoperationerror,theseconditionswillresult: OperationErrors • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. Findtheparametersthatcausedtheerrorandcorrectthesettings. AnerroroccursduringAuto-Tuning. Whenthedrivedetectsatuningerror,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. Auto-TuningErrors • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. • Themotorcoaststostop. RemovethecauseoftheerroranddoAuto-Tuningagain. Anerroroccurswhenyouusethekeypadforabackup,restore,orverifyoperation. Whenthedrivedetectsacopyfunctionerror,itwillcausetheseconditions: CopyFunctionErrors • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. Pushakeyonthekeypadtocleartheerror.Removethecauseoftheerrorandtrythebackup,restore,orverifyoperation again.
294 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Type | DriveResponse |
|---|---|
| Faults | Whenthedrivedetectsafault,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowsthefaultcodeand andALM/ERRoftheLEDStatusRingilluminatecontinuously. • Thedriveshutsoffoutput,andthemotorcoaststoastop.Somefaultslettheuserselectamotorstoppingmethod. • FaultrelayoutputMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF. ThedrivewillnotoperateuntilyouclearthefaultwithaFaultResetandthedrivegoesbacktousualstatus. |
| MinorFaults/Alarms | Whenthedrivedetectsaminorfaultoranalarm,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowsthealarmcodeand andALM/ERRontheLEDStatusRingflash. • Thedrivewillcontinuetooperatethemotor.Somealarmslettheuserselectamotorstoppingmethod. • Ifthedrivedetectsaminorfault,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]will switchON.IfyoudonotsetparametersH2-01toH2-05,thedrivewillnottriggerMFDOterminalswhenitdetectsa minorfault. • Thedrivewillnotoutputaminorfaultsignalwhenitdetectsanalarm. ItisnotnecessarytodoFaultReset. |
| OperationErrors | Anerroroccurswhenparametersettingsdonotagreeoraparametercombinationisincorrect.Thedrivewillnotoperate untilyousettheparameterscorrectly. Whenthedrivedetectsanoperationerror,theseconditionswillresult: • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. Findtheparametersthatcausedtheerrorandcorrectthesettings. |
| Auto-TuningErrors | AnerroroccursduringAuto-Tuning. Whenthedrivedetectsatuningerror,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. • Themotorcoaststostop. RemovethecauseoftheerroranddoAuto-Tuningagain. |
| CopyFunctionErrors | Anerroroccurswhenyouusethekeypadforabackup,restore,orverifyoperation. Whenthedrivedetectsacopyfunctionerror,itwillcausetheseconditions: • Thekeypadshowstheerrorcode. • Multi-functionoutputsdonotoutputanalarmsignal. Pushakeyonthekeypadtocleartheerror.Removethecauseoftheerrorandtrythebackup,restore,orverifyoperation again. |
Source page
Page 295
gnitoohselbuorT 7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes 7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes Table 7.2 shows the possible fault, minor fault, alarm, and error codes. The display codes are in alphabetical order. Search the table for the code shown on the keypad, and identify its causes and possible solutions. Note: The number in parentheses adjacent to the code in the table identifies the fault code or minor fault code (hex. number) that was read during MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Example: bAT (0085) Table 7.2 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes Display(Hex.) Name ALMLED Type Ref. bAT(0085) KeypadBatteryLowVoltage Flashing Alarm 325 bAT(0402) KeypadBatteryLowVoltage Illuminated Fault 300 bb(0008) Baseblock Flashing Alarm 325 bCE(008A) BluetoothCommunicationError Flashing Alarm 325 bCE(0416) BluetoothCommunicationFault Illuminated Fault 300 boL(0045) BrakingTransistorOverload Flashing Alarm 325 boL(004F) BrakingTransistorOverloadFault Illuminated Fault 300 brA(0071) BrakeDeterioration Illuminated Fault 300 brTC(0072) DuringBrakeTorqueCheck - Notanalarm. 325 bUS(0015) OptionCommunicationError Flashing Alarm 325 bUS(0022) OptionCommunicationError Illuminated Fault 300 bUSy Busy - Notanalarm. 326 CALL(001D) SerialCommTransmissionError Flashing Alarm 326 CE(0014) ModbusCommunicationError Flashing Alarm 326 CE(0021) ModbusCommunicationError Illuminated Fault 301 CF(0025) ControlFault Illuminated Fault 301 CPF00 ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 301 CPF01 ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 301 CPF02(0083) ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 301,301 CPF03(0084) CPF06(0087) ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError) Illuminated Fault 302 CPF07(0088) ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 302,302 CPF08(0089) CPF10(009B)-CPF14(008F) ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 302-302 CPF16(0091)-CPF23(0098) ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 303,303 CPF24(0099) ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault) Illuminated Fault 303 CPF26(009B)-CPF39(00A8) ControlCircuitError Illuminated Fault 304,305 CPyE ErrorWritingData - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 CrST RemoveUp/DownCommandtoReset Flashing Notanalarm. 326 7 CSEr ControlModeMismatch - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 CyPo(0029) CyclePowertoAcceptChanges Flashing Alarm 326 dEv(0011) SpeedDeviation Flashing Alarm 326 dEv(0019) SpeedDeviation Illuminated Fault 305 dFPS DriveModelMismatch - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 dv1(0032) ZPulseFault Illuminated Fault 305 dv2(0033) ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection Illuminated Fault 305 dv3(0034) InversionDetection Illuminated Fault 306 dv4(0035) InversionPreventionDetection Illuminated Fault 306 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 295
| Display(Hex.) | Name | ALMLED | Type | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| bAT(0085) | KeypadBatteryLowVoltage | Flashing | Alarm | 325 |
| bAT(0402) | KeypadBatteryLowVoltage | Illuminated | Fault | 300 |
| bb(0008) | Baseblock | Flashing | Alarm | 325 |
| bCE(008A) | BluetoothCommunicationError | Flashing | Alarm | 325 |
| bCE(0416) | BluetoothCommunicationFault | Illuminated | Fault | 300 |
| boL(0045) | BrakingTransistorOverload | Flashing | Alarm | 325 |
| boL(004F) | BrakingTransistorOverloadFault | Illuminated | Fault | 300 |
| brA(0071) | BrakeDeterioration | Illuminated | Fault | 300 |
| brTC(0072) | DuringBrakeTorqueCheck | - | Notanalarm. | 325 |
| bUS(0015) | OptionCommunicationError | Flashing | Alarm | 325 |
| bUS(0022) | OptionCommunicationError | Illuminated | Fault | 300 |
| bUSy | Busy | - | Notanalarm. | 326 |
| CALL(001D) | SerialCommTransmissionError | Flashing | Alarm | 326 |
| CE(0014) | ModbusCommunicationError | Flashing | Alarm | 326 |
| CE(0021) | ModbusCommunicationError | Illuminated | Fault | 301 |
| CF(0025) | ControlFault | Illuminated | Fault | 301 |
| CPF00 | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 301 |
| CPF01 | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 301 |
| CPF02(0083) CPF03(0084) | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 301,301 |
| CPF06(0087) | ControlCircuitError(EEPROMmemoryDataError) | Illuminated | Fault | 302 |
| CPF07(0088) CPF08(0089) | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 302,302 |
| CPF10(009B)-CPF14(008F) | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 302-302 |
| CPF16(0091)-CPF23(0098) | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 303,303 |
| CPF24(0099) | ControlCircuitError(DriveUnitSignalFault) | Illuminated | Fault | 303 |
| CPF26(009B)-CPF39(00A8) | ControlCircuitError | Illuminated | Fault | 304,305 |
| CPyE | ErrorWritingData | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| CrST | RemoveUp/DownCommandtoReset | Flashing | Notanalarm. | 326 |
| CSEr | ControlModeMismatch | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| CyPo(0029) | CyclePowertoAcceptChanges | Flashing | Alarm | 326 |
| dEv(0011) | SpeedDeviation | Flashing | Alarm | 326 |
| dEv(0019) | SpeedDeviation | Illuminated | Fault | 305 |
| dFPS | DriveModelMismatch | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| dv1(0032) | ZPulseFault | Illuminated | Fault | 305 |
| dv2(0033) | ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection | Illuminated | Fault | 305 |
| dv3(0034) | InversionDetection | Illuminated | Fault | 306 |
| dv4(0035) | InversionPreventionDetection | Illuminated | Fault | 306 |
Source page
Page 296
7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes
Display(Hex.) Name ALMLED Type Ref. dv6(0054) OverJerk Illuminated Fault 306
dv7(005B) PolarityJudgeTimeout Illuminated Fault 307 dv8(005D) PMRotorPositionDetectionError Illuminated Fault 307 EF(0007) Up/DownCommandInputError Flashing Alarm 327 EF0(001A) OptionCardExternalFault Flashing Alarm 327 EF0(0027) OptionCardExternalFault Illuminated Fault 307 EF3(0009) ExternalFault(TerminalS3) Flashing Alarm 327
EF3(0011) ExternalFault(TerminalS3) Illuminated Fault 307 EF4(000A) ExternalFault(TerminalS4) Flashing Alarm 327 EF4(0012) ExternalFault(TerminalS4) Illuminated Fault 307 EF5(000B) ExternalFault(TerminalS5) Flashing Alarm 327 EF5(0013) ExternalFault(TerminalS5) Illuminated Fault 308
EF6(000C) ExternalFault(TerminalS6) Flashing Alarm 327 EF6(0014) ExternalFault(TerminalS6) Illuminated Fault 308 EF7(000D) ExternalFault(TerminalS7) Flashing Alarm 327 EF7(0015) ExternalFault(TerminalS7) Illuminated Fault 308 EF8(000E) ExternalFault(TerminalS8) Flashing Alarm 328
EF8(0016) ExternalFault(TerminalS8) Illuminated Fault 308 EF9(0023) ExternalFault(TerminalS9) Flashing Alarm 328 EF9(002C) ExternalFault(TerminalS9) Illuminated Fault 308 EF10(0024) ExternalFault(TerminalS10) Flashing Alarm 328 EF10(002D) ExternalFault(TerminalS10) Illuminated Fault 308
End1 ExcessiveRatedVoltageSetting Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End2 IronCoreSaturationCoefficient Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End3 RatedCurrentSettingAlarm Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End4 AdjustedSlipCalculationError Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End5 ResistanceTuningError Flashing Auto-TuningError 337
End6 LeakageInductanceAlarm Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End7 No-LoadCurrentAlarm Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End8 RescueOperationSpeedWarning Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End9 RescueMag.PoleSearchWarning Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 End10 RescueMagPolePolarityWarning Flashing Auto-TuningError 337 EP24v(0081) ExternalPower24VSupply Flashing Alarm 328
Er-01 MotorDataError Flashing Auto-TuningError 338 Er-02 DriveinanAlarmState Flashing Auto-TuningError 338 Er-03 STOPButtonwasPressed Flashing Auto-TuningError 338 Er-04 Line-to-LineResistanceError Flashing Auto-TuningError 338 Er-05 No-LoadCurrentError Flashing Auto-TuningError 338
Er-08 RatedSlipError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-09 AccelerationError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-10 MotorDirectionError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-11 MotorSpeedError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-12 CurrentDetectionError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339
Er-13 LeakageInductanceError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-14 MotorSpeedError2 Flashing Auto-TuningError 339 Er-18 BackEMFError Flashing Auto-TuningError 339
296 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Display(Hex.) | Name | ALMLED | Type | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| dv6(0054) | OverJerk | Illuminated | Fault | 306 |
| dv7(005B) | PolarityJudgeTimeout | Illuminated | Fault | 307 |
| dv8(005D) | PMRotorPositionDetectionError | Illuminated | Fault | 307 |
| EF(0007) | Up/DownCommandInputError | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF0(001A) | OptionCardExternalFault | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF0(0027) | OptionCardExternalFault | Illuminated | Fault | 307 |
| EF3(0009) | ExternalFault(TerminalS3) | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF3(0011) | ExternalFault(TerminalS3) | Illuminated | Fault | 307 |
| EF4(000A) | ExternalFault(TerminalS4) | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF4(0012) | ExternalFault(TerminalS4) | Illuminated | Fault | 307 |
| EF5(000B) | ExternalFault(TerminalS5) | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF5(0013) | ExternalFault(TerminalS5) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| EF6(000C) | ExternalFault(TerminalS6) | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF6(0014) | ExternalFault(TerminalS6) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| EF7(000D) | ExternalFault(TerminalS7) | Flashing | Alarm | 327 |
| EF7(0015) | ExternalFault(TerminalS7) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| EF8(000E) | ExternalFault(TerminalS8) | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| EF8(0016) | ExternalFault(TerminalS8) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| EF9(0023) | ExternalFault(TerminalS9) | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| EF9(002C) | ExternalFault(TerminalS9) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| EF10(0024) | ExternalFault(TerminalS10) | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| EF10(002D) | ExternalFault(TerminalS10) | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| End1 | ExcessiveRatedVoltageSetting | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End2 | IronCoreSaturationCoefficient | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End3 | RatedCurrentSettingAlarm | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End4 | AdjustedSlipCalculationError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End5 | ResistanceTuningError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End6 | LeakageInductanceAlarm | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End7 | No-LoadCurrentAlarm | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End8 | RescueOperationSpeedWarning | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End9 | RescueMag.PoleSearchWarning | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| End10 | RescueMagPolePolarityWarning | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 337 |
| EP24v(0081) | ExternalPower24VSupply | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| Er-01 | MotorDataError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 338 |
| Er-02 | DriveinanAlarmState | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 338 |
| Er-03 | STOPButtonwasPressed | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 338 |
| Er-04 | Line-to-LineResistanceError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 338 |
| Er-05 | No-LoadCurrentError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 338 |
| Er-08 | RatedSlipError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-09 | AccelerationError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-10 | MotorDirectionError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-11 | MotorSpeedError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-12 | CurrentDetectionError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-13 | LeakageInductanceError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-14 | MotorSpeedError2 | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
| Er-18 | BackEMFError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 339 |
Source page
Page 297
gnitoohselbuorT 7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes Display(Hex.) Name ALMLED Type Ref. Er-19 PMinductanceError Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-20 StatorResistanceError Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-21 ZPulseCorrectionError Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-22 InitialRotorPoleSearchError Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-23 EncoderOffsetTuningWarning Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-24 SINCOSCompatibilityError Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Er-25 HighFreqInjectParamTuningErr Flashing Auto-TuningError 340 Err(001F) EEPROMWriteError Illuminated Fault 308 FAn(000F) InternalFanFault Flashing Alarm 328 FAn(0017) InternalFanFault Illuminated Fault 309 FAn1(0413) DriveCoolingFanFault Illuminated Fault 309 FrL(0059) SpeedReferenceMissing Illuminated Fault 309 GF(0006) GroundFault Illuminated Fault 309 HCA(0034) HighCurrentAlarm Flashing Alarm 328 iFEr CommunicationErr - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 L24v(0021) LossofExternalPower24Supply Flashing Alarm 329 LF(001C) OutputPhaseLoss Illuminated Fault 309 LF2(0036) OutputCurrentImbalance Illuminated Fault 309 LoG LogComError Flashing Alarm 329 LT-1(0035) CoolingFanMaintenanceTime Flashing Alarm 329 LT-2(0036) CapacitorMaintenanceTime Flashing Alarm 329 LT-3(0043) SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime Flashing Alarm 329 LT-4(0044) IGBTMaintenanceTime Flashing Alarm 329 MCF(0464) InputMCFailure Illuminated Fault 310 ndAT Model,VolClass,CapacityMismatch - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 oC(0007) Overcurrent Illuminated Fault 310 oFA00(0101) OptionNotCompatiblewithPort Illuminated Fault 311 oFA01(0102) OptionFault/ConnectionError Illuminated Fault 311 oFA02(0103) DuplicateOptions Illuminated Fault 311 oFA03(0104)-oFA06(0107) OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-A) Illuminated Fault 311-311 oFA10(0111) OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-A) Illuminated Fault 311,312 oFA11(0112) oFA12(0113)-oFA17(0118) OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-A) Illuminated Fault 312-312 oFA30(0131)-oFA43(013E) CommunicationOptionCardConnectionError(CN5-A) Illuminated Fault 312-314 oFb00(0201) OptionNotCompatiblewithPort Illuminated Fault 314 oFb01(0202) OptionFault/ConnectionError Illuminated Fault 314 oFb02(0203) DuplicateOptions Illuminated Fault 314 oFb03(0204)-oFb11(0212) OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-B) Illuminated Fault 314-315 7 oFb12(0213)-oFb17(0218) OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-B) Illuminated Fault 315-315 oFC00(0301) OptionNotCompatiblewithPort Illuminated Fault 316 oFC01(0302) OptionFault/ConnectionError Illuminated Fault 316 oFC02(0303) DuplicateOptions Illuminated Fault 316 oFC03(0304)-oFC11(0312) OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-C) Illuminated Fault 316-317 oFC12(0313)-oFC17(0318) OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-C) Illuminated Fault 317-317 oFC50(0351)-oFC55(0356) OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-C) Illuminated Fault 317-318 oH(0003) HeatsinkOverheat Flashing Alarm 329 oH(0009) HeatsinkOverheat Illuminated Fault 318 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 297
| Display(Hex.) | Name | ALMLED | Type | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Er-19 | PMinductanceError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-20 | StatorResistanceError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-21 | ZPulseCorrectionError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-22 | InitialRotorPoleSearchError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-23 | EncoderOffsetTuningWarning | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-24 | SINCOSCompatibilityError | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Er-25 | HighFreqInjectParamTuningErr | Flashing | Auto-TuningError | 340 |
| Err(001F) | EEPROMWriteError | Illuminated | Fault | 308 |
| FAn(000F) | InternalFanFault | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| FAn(0017) | InternalFanFault | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| FAn1(0413) | DriveCoolingFanFault | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| FrL(0059) | SpeedReferenceMissing | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| GF(0006) | GroundFault | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| HCA(0034) | HighCurrentAlarm | Flashing | Alarm | 328 |
| iFEr | CommunicationErr | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| L24v(0021) | LossofExternalPower24Supply | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| LF(001C) | OutputPhaseLoss | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| LF2(0036) | OutputCurrentImbalance | Illuminated | Fault | 309 |
| LoG | LogComError | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| LT-1(0035) | CoolingFanMaintenanceTime | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| LT-2(0036) | CapacitorMaintenanceTime | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| LT-3(0043) | SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| LT-4(0044) | IGBTMaintenanceTime | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| MCF(0464) | InputMCFailure | Illuminated | Fault | 310 |
| ndAT | Model,VolClass,CapacityMismatch | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| oC(0007) | Overcurrent | Illuminated | Fault | 310 |
| oFA00(0101) | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | Illuminated | Fault | 311 |
| oFA01(0102) | OptionFault/ConnectionError | Illuminated | Fault | 311 |
| oFA02(0103) | DuplicateOptions | Illuminated | Fault | 311 |
| oFA03(0104)-oFA06(0107) | OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-A) | Illuminated | Fault | 311-311 |
| oFA10(0111) oFA11(0112) | OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-A) | Illuminated | Fault | 311,312 |
| oFA12(0113)-oFA17(0118) | OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-A) | Illuminated | Fault | 312-312 |
| oFA30(0131)-oFA43(013E) | CommunicationOptionCardConnectionError(CN5-A) | Illuminated | Fault | 312-314 |
| oFb00(0201) | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | Illuminated | Fault | 314 |
| oFb01(0202) | OptionFault/ConnectionError | Illuminated | Fault | 314 |
| oFb02(0203) | DuplicateOptions | Illuminated | Fault | 314 |
| oFb03(0204)-oFb11(0212) | OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-B) | Illuminated | Fault | 314-315 |
| oFb12(0213)-oFb17(0218) | OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-B) | Illuminated | Fault | 315-315 |
| oFC00(0301) | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | Illuminated | Fault | 316 |
| oFC01(0302) | OptionFault/ConnectionError | Illuminated | Fault | 316 |
| oFC02(0303) | DuplicateOptions | Illuminated | Fault | 316 |
| oFC03(0304)-oFC11(0312) | OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-C) | Illuminated | Fault | 316-317 |
| oFC12(0313)-oFC17(0318) | OptionCardConnectionError(CN5-C) | Illuminated | Fault | 317-317 |
| oFC50(0351)-oFC55(0356) | OptionCardErrorOccurredatOptionPort(CN5-C) | Illuminated | Fault | 317-318 |
| oH(0003) | HeatsinkOverheat | Flashing | Alarm | 329 |
| oH(0009) | HeatsinkOverheat | Illuminated | Fault | 318 |
Source page
Page 298
7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes
Display(Hex.) Name ALMLED Type Ref. oH1(000A) HeatsinkOverheat Illuminated Fault 318
oH3(001D) MotorOverheat(PTCInput) Illuminated Fault 318 oH3(0022) MotorOverheat(PTCInput) Flashing Alarm 330 oH4(0020) MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput) Illuminated Fault 319 oL1(000B) MotorOverload Illuminated Fault 319 oL2(000C) DriveOverload Illuminated Fault 319 oL3(0005) Overtorque1 Flashing Alarm 330
oL3(000D) OvertorqueDetection1 Illuminated Fault 320 oL4(0006) Overtorque2 Flashing Alarm 330 oL4(000E) OvertorqueDetection2 Illuminated Fault 320 oPE01 DriveCapacitySettingFault Flashing ParameterSettingError 334 oPE02 ParameterRangeSettingError Flashing ParameterSettingError 334
oPE03 Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr Flashing ParameterSettingError 334 oPE05 RunCmd/FreqRefSourceSelErr Flashing ParameterSettingError 335 oPE06 ControlMethodSelectionError Flashing ParameterSettingError 335 oPE07 AnalogInputSelectionError Flashing ParameterSettingError 335 oPE08 ParameterSelectionError Flashing ParameterSettingError 335
oPE10 V/fDataSettingError Flashing ParameterSettingError 336 oPE16 EnergySavingConstantsError Flashing ParameterSettingError 336 oPE18 OnlineTuningParamSettingErr Flashing ParameterSettingError 336 oPE20 PG-F3SettingError Flashing ParameterSettingError 336 oPE21 ElevatorParameterSettingFault Flashing ParameterSettingError 336
oPr(001E) KeypadConnectionFault Illuminated Fault 320 oS(0010) Overspeed Flashing Alarm 330 oS(0018) Overspeed Illuminated Fault 320 ov(0002) Overvoltage Flashing Alarm 330 ov(0008) Overvoltage Illuminated Fault 320
ovEr TooManyParametersChanged - Notanalarm. 331 PASS ModbusCommunicationTest Flashing Notanalarm. 331 PF(0047) InputPhaseLoss Flashing Alarm 331 PF(001B) InputPhaseLoss Illuminated Fault 321 PF5(005E) RescuePowerSupplyLowError Illuminated Fault 321 PGo(0012) Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss Flashing Alarm 331
PGo(001A) Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss Illuminated Fault 322 PGoH(002B) Encoder(PG)HardwareFault Flashing Alarm 331 PGoH(0038) Encoder(PG)HardwareFault Illuminated Fault 322 rdEr ErrorReadingData - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 rF(004E) BrakingResistorFault Illuminated Fault 322
rr(000F) DynamicBrakingTransistorFault Illuminated Fault 322 rUn(001B) MotorSwitchduringRun Flashing Alarm 331 SC(0005) ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure Illuminated Fault 322 SCE(045E) ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceErr Illuminated Fault 322 SCF(040F) SafetyCircuitFault Illuminated Fault 322
SE(0020) ModbusTestModeError Flashing Alarm 332 SE1(0055) MotorContactorResponseError Illuminated Fault 322 SE2(0056) StartingCurrentError Illuminated Fault 323
298 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Display(Hex.) | Name | ALMLED | Type | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| oH1(000A) | HeatsinkOverheat | Illuminated | Fault | 318 |
| oH3(001D) | MotorOverheat(PTCInput) | Illuminated | Fault | 318 |
| oH3(0022) | MotorOverheat(PTCInput) | Flashing | Alarm | 330 |
| oH4(0020) | MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput) | Illuminated | Fault | 319 |
| oL1(000B) | MotorOverload | Illuminated | Fault | 319 |
| oL2(000C) | DriveOverload | Illuminated | Fault | 319 |
| oL3(0005) | Overtorque1 | Flashing | Alarm | 330 |
| oL3(000D) | OvertorqueDetection1 | Illuminated | Fault | 320 |
| oL4(0006) | Overtorque2 | Flashing | Alarm | 330 |
| oL4(000E) | OvertorqueDetection2 | Illuminated | Fault | 320 |
| oPE01 | DriveCapacitySettingFault | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 334 |
| oPE02 | ParameterRangeSettingError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 334 |
| oPE03 | Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 334 |
| oPE05 | RunCmd/FreqRefSourceSelErr | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 335 |
| oPE06 | ControlMethodSelectionError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 335 |
| oPE07 | AnalogInputSelectionError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 335 |
| oPE08 | ParameterSelectionError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 335 |
| oPE10 | V/fDataSettingError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 336 |
| oPE16 | EnergySavingConstantsError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 336 |
| oPE18 | OnlineTuningParamSettingErr | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 336 |
| oPE20 | PG-F3SettingError | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 336 |
| oPE21 | ElevatorParameterSettingFault | Flashing | ParameterSettingError | 336 |
| oPr(001E) | KeypadConnectionFault | Illuminated | Fault | 320 |
| oS(0010) | Overspeed | Flashing | Alarm | 330 |
| oS(0018) | Overspeed | Illuminated | Fault | 320 |
| ov(0002) | Overvoltage | Flashing | Alarm | 330 |
| ov(0008) | Overvoltage | Illuminated | Fault | 320 |
| ovEr | TooManyParametersChanged | - | Notanalarm. | 331 |
| PASS | ModbusCommunicationTest | Flashing | Notanalarm. | 331 |
| PF(0047) | InputPhaseLoss | Flashing | Alarm | 331 |
| PF(001B) | InputPhaseLoss | Illuminated | Fault | 321 |
| PF5(005E) | RescuePowerSupplyLowError | Illuminated | Fault | 321 |
| PGo(0012) | Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss | Flashing | Alarm | 331 |
| PGo(001A) | Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| PGoH(002B) | Encoder(PG)HardwareFault | Flashing | Alarm | 331 |
| PGoH(0038) | Encoder(PG)HardwareFault | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| rdEr | ErrorReadingData | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| rF(004E) | BrakingResistorFault | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| rr(000F) | DynamicBrakingTransistorFault | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| rUn(001B) | MotorSwitchduringRun | Flashing | Alarm | 331 |
| SC(0005) | ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| SCE(045E) | ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceErr | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| SCF(040F) | SafetyCircuitFault | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| SE(0020) | ModbusTestModeError | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| SE1(0055) | MotorContactorResponseError | Illuminated | Fault | 322 |
| SE2(0056) | StartingCurrentError | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
Source page
Page 299
gnitoohselbuorT 7.3 List of Fault, Minor Fault, Alarm, and Error Codes Display(Hex.) Name ALMLED Type Ref. SE3(0057) OutputCurrentError Illuminated Fault 323 SE4(0058) BrakeResponseError Illuminated Fault 323 SE8(045D) SequenceError8 Illuminated Fault 323 STo(003C) SafeTorqueOFF - Alarm 332 SToF(003B) SafeTorqueOFF Flashing Alarm 332 SvE(0026) ZeroServoFault Illuminated Fault 323 TCA(00D2) TDCCAlarm Flashing Alarm 332 TCF(0459) TDCCFault Illuminated Fault 323 TCS(00D1) TDCCSetup Flashing Alarm 332 TiM(0089) KeypadTimeNotSet Flashing Alarm 332 TiM(0401) KeypadTimeNotSet Illuminated Fault 323 UL3(001E) UndertorqueDetection1 Flashing Alarm 332 UL3(0029) UndertorqueDetection1 Illuminated Fault 324 UL4(001F) UndertorqueDetection2 Flashing Alarm 333 UL4(002A) UndertorqueDetection2 Illuminated Fault 324 Uv(0001) DCBusUndervoltage Flashing Alarm 333 Uv1(0002) DCBusUndervoltage Illuminated Fault 324 Uv2(0003) ControlPowerUndervoltage Illuminated Fault 324 Uv3(0004) SoftChargeAnswerbackFault Illuminated Fault 324 vAEr VoltageClass,CapacityMismatch - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 vFyE ParametersdonotMatch - BackupFunctionRuntimeError 341 voF(0041) OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm Flashing Alarm 333 7 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 299
| Display(Hex.) | Name | ALMLED | Type | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SE3(0057) | OutputCurrentError | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| SE4(0058) | BrakeResponseError | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| SE8(045D) | SequenceError8 | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| STo(003C) | SafeTorqueOFF | - | Alarm | 332 |
| SToF(003B) | SafeTorqueOFF | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| SvE(0026) | ZeroServoFault | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| TCA(00D2) | TDCCAlarm | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| TCF(0459) | TDCCFault | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| TCS(00D1) | TDCCSetup | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| TiM(0089) | KeypadTimeNotSet | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| TiM(0401) | KeypadTimeNotSet | Illuminated | Fault | 323 |
| UL3(001E) | UndertorqueDetection1 | Flashing | Alarm | 332 |
| UL3(0029) | UndertorqueDetection1 | Illuminated | Fault | 324 |
| UL4(001F) | UndertorqueDetection2 | Flashing | Alarm | 333 |
| UL4(002A) | UndertorqueDetection2 | Illuminated | Fault | 324 |
| Uv(0001) | DCBusUndervoltage | Flashing | Alarm | 333 |
| Uv1(0002) | DCBusUndervoltage | Illuminated | Fault | 324 |
| Uv2(0003) | ControlPowerUndervoltage | Illuminated | Fault | 324 |
| Uv3(0004) | SoftChargeAnswerbackFault | Illuminated | Fault | 324 |
| vAEr | VoltageClass,CapacityMismatch | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| vFyE | ParametersdonotMatch | - | BackupFunctionRuntimeError | 341 |
| voF(0041) | OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm | Flashing | Alarm | 333 |
Source page
Page 300
7.4 Fault
7.4 Fault
This section gives information about some of the causes and possible solutions of faults. You must use the Fault Reset operation to remove the fault before you can operate the drive. Use the information in this table to remove the cause of the fault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bAT KeypadBatteryLowVoltage Thekeypadbatteryvoltageislow. Replacethekeypadbattery. Note: Seto4-24[bATDetectionSelection]toenableanddisablebATdetection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bCE BluetoothCommunicationFault ThesmartphoneortabletwithDriveWizardMobile Usethesmartphoneortablet10m(32.8ft)ornearertothe installedistoofarfromthekeypad. keypad. Note: bCEcanoccurwhenthesmartphoneortabletis10m(32.8ft) ornearertothekeypaddependingonthespecificationsofthe smartphoneortablet. Radiowavesfromadifferentdevicearecausing Makesurethatnodevicearoundthekeypadusesthesameradio interferencewithcommunicationsbetweenthe bandwidth(2400MHzto2480MHz),andpreventradio smartphoneortabletandkeypad. interference. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorwhenyouusetheBluetoothLCDkeypadandoperatethedrivewithasmartphoneortablet. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions boL BrakingTransistorOverloadFault Thedutycycleofthebrakingtransistorishigh(the • Installabrakingunit(CDBR-series). regenerationpowerorrepetitionfrequencyishigh). • Installaregenerativeconverter. • Increasethedecelerationtime. Youenabledtheprotectivefunctionforthebraking SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. transistorwhenyouhavearegenerativeconverter. Thebrakingtransistorinthedriveisbroken. Replacetheentiredrive. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions brA BrakeDeterioration TheamountofcarmovementbecameS5-31[Car ChecktheS5-31setting. Movement@BrakeTCheck]orlargerduringthe braketorquecheckoperation. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheamountofcarmovementbecameS5-31orlargerduringthebraketorquecheckoperation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bUS OptionCommunicationError Thedrivedidnotreceiveasignalfromthe Correctwiringerrors. controller. Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. Thereisashort-circuitinthecommunicationscable • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and error. groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. Theoptionisincorrectlyinstalledtothedrive. Correctlyinstalltheoptiontothedrive. Theoptionisdamaged. Ifthefaultcontinuesandthewiringiscorrect,replacetheoption. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheUp/Downcommandorspeedreferenceisassignedtotheoptioncard. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF6-01[CommunicationErrorSelection]. 300 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| bAT | KeypadBatteryLowVoltage | Thekeypadbatteryvoltageislow. | Replacethekeypadbattery. |
| Note: Seto4-24[bATDetectionSelection]toenableanddisablebATdetection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| bCE | BluetoothCommunicationFault | ThesmartphoneortabletwithDriveWizardMobile installedistoofarfromthekeypad. | Usethesmartphoneortablet10m(32.8ft)ornearertothe keypad. Note: bCEcanoccurwhenthesmartphoneortabletis10m(32.8ft) ornearertothekeypaddependingonthespecificationsofthe smartphoneortablet. |
| Radiowavesfromadifferentdevicearecausing interferencewithcommunicationsbetweenthe smartphoneortabletandkeypad. | Makesurethatnodevicearoundthekeypadusesthesameradio bandwidth(2400MHzto2480MHz),andpreventradio interference. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorwhenyouusetheBluetoothLCDkeypadandoperatethedrivewithasmartphoneortablet. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| boL | BrakingTransistorOverloadFault | Thedutycycleofthebrakingtransistorishigh(the regenerationpowerorrepetitionfrequencyishigh). | • Installabrakingunit(CDBR-series). • Installaregenerativeconverter. • Increasethedecelerationtime. |
| Youenabledtheprotectivefunctionforthebraking transistorwhenyouhavearegenerativeconverter. | SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. | ||
| Thebrakingtransistorinthedriveisbroken. | Replacetheentiredrive. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| brA | BrakeDeterioration | TheamountofcarmovementbecameS5-31[Car Movement@BrakeTCheck]orlargerduringthe braketorquecheckoperation. | ChecktheS5-31setting. |
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheamountofcarmovementbecameS5-31orlargerduringthebraketorquecheckoperation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| bUS | OptionCommunicationError | Thedrivedidnotreceiveasignalfromthe controller. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. | |||
| Thereisashort-circuitinthecommunicationscable orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. | • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata error. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. | ||
| Theoptionisincorrectlyinstalledtothedrive. | Correctlyinstalltheoptiontothedrive. | ||
| Theoptionisdamaged. | Ifthefaultcontinuesandthewiringiscorrect,replacetheoption. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheUp/Downcommandorspeedreferenceisassignedtotheoptioncard. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF6-01[CommunicationErrorSelection]. |
Source page
Page 301
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CE ModbusCommunicationError Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. Correctwiringerrors. Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and error. groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafortheCEdetectiontimesettoH5-09[CEDetectionTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinH5-04[CommunicationErrorStopMethod]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CF ControlFault Motorparametersaresetincorrectly CorrectlysetthemotorparametersanddoAuto-Tuningagain. Thetorquelimitsettingistoolow. AdjustL7-01toL7-04[TorqueLimit]. Theloadinertiaistoolarge. • AdjustC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,andC1-08[Deceleration Ramps]. • Setthespeedreferencetotheminimumoutputfrequency,and stoptheUp/Downcommandwhenthedrivestops deceleration. Thedriveistryingtoramptostopamachinethat Correctlysetb1-03[StoppingMethodSelection]. cannotdoramptostoporonamachineforwhich decelerationisnotnecessary. Themotoranddriveareconnectedincorrectly. Correctwiringerrors. ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhile ExaminethesequenceandinputtheUp/Downcommandafterthe themotorwascoasting. motorfullystops. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthetorquereferenceismorethanthetorquelimitfor3secondsorlongerwhilethedriverampstostop. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF00 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF01 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF02 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For 7 informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF03 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 301
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CE | ModbusCommunicationError | Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. | • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata error. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafortheCEdetectiontimesettoH5-09[CEDetectionTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinH5-04[CommunicationErrorStopMethod]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CF | ControlFault | Motorparametersaresetincorrectly | CorrectlysetthemotorparametersanddoAuto-Tuningagain. |
| Thetorquelimitsettingistoolow. | AdjustL7-01toL7-04[TorqueLimit]. | ||
| Theloadinertiaistoolarge. | • AdjustC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,andC1-08[Deceleration Ramps]. • Setthespeedreferencetotheminimumoutputfrequency,and stoptheUp/Downcommandwhenthedrivestops deceleration. | ||
| Thedriveistryingtoramptostopamachinethat cannotdoramptostoporonamachineforwhich decelerationisnotnecessary. | Correctlysetb1-03[StoppingMethodSelection]. | ||
| Themotoranddriveareconnectedincorrectly. | Correctwiringerrors. | ||
| ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhile themotorwascoasting. | ExaminethesequenceandinputtheUp/Downcommandafterthe motorfullystops. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthetorquereferenceismorethanthetorquelimitfor3secondsorlongerwhilethedriverampstostop. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF00 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF01 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF02 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF03 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. |
Source page
Page 302
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF06 ControlCircuitError(EEPROM Thedrivepowersupplywasde-energizedwhilea SetA1-03=2220[InitializeParameters=2-WireInitialization] memoryDataError) communicationoptionenteredaparameterWrite andinitializethedrive. command. AnEEPROMperipheralcircuiterroroccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationabouthowtoreplacethecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthereisanerrorinthedatawrittentothedriveEEPROM. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF07 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF08 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF10 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF11 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF12 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF13 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF14 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. 302 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CPF06 | ControlCircuitError(EEPROM memoryDataError) | Thedrivepowersupplywasde-energizedwhilea communicationoptionenteredaparameterWrite command. | SetA1-03=2220[InitializeParameters=2-WireInitialization] andinitializethedrive. |
| AnEEPROMperipheralcircuiterroroccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationabouthowtoreplacethecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthereisanerrorinthedatawrittentothedriveEEPROM. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF07 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF08 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF10 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF11 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF12 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF13 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF14 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. |
Source page
Page 303
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF16 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF17 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF18 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF19 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF20 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF21 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF22 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF23 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. 7 • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF24 ControlCircuitError(DriveUnit Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. SignalFault) • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 303
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CPF16 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF17 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF18 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF19 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF20 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF21 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF22 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF23 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF24 | ControlCircuitError(DriveUnit SignalFault) | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. |
Source page
Page 304
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF26 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF27 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF28 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF29 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF30 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF31 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF32 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF33 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF34 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. 304 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CPF26 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF27 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF28 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF29 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF30 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF31 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF32 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF33 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF34 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. |
Source page
Page 305
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF35 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF36 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF37 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF38 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPF39 ControlCircuitError Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dEv SpeedDeviation Theloadistooheavy. Decreasetheload. Accelerationanddecelerationrampsaresettoo IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ short. DecelerationRamps]. ThedEvdetectionlevelsettingsareincorrect. AdjustF1-10[SpeedDeviationDetectionLevel]andF1-11 [SpeedDeviationDetectDelayTime]. Theloadislockedup. Examinethemachine. Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. Releasetheholdingbrake. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedifferencebetweenthedetectedspeedandthespeedreferenceismorethanthesettingofF1-10forlongerthanF1-11. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-04[SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv1 ZPulseFault Theencoderoptioncardortheencoderonthe 1. Repairwiringerrorsandconnectdisconnectedwires. motorsideisdamaged. Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired 2. Re-energizethedrive 7 incorrectly. 3. Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotdetectaZpulseduringonemotorrotation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv2 ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems.Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireof theencodercable. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 305
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CPF35 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF36 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF37 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF38 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CPF39 | ControlCircuitError | Adrivehardwareproblemoccurred. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dEv | SpeedDeviation | Theloadistooheavy. | Decreasetheload. |
| Accelerationanddecelerationrampsaresettoo short. | IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. | ||
| ThedEvdetectionlevelsettingsareincorrect. | AdjustF1-10[SpeedDeviationDetectionLevel]andF1-11 [SpeedDeviationDetectDelayTime]. | ||
| Theloadislockedup. | Examinethemachine. | ||
| Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. | Releasetheholdingbrake. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedifferencebetweenthedetectedspeedandthespeedreferenceismorethanthesettingofF1-10forlongerthanF1-11. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-04[SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv1 | ZPulseFault | Theencoderoptioncardortheencoderonthe motorsideisdamaged. | 1. Repairwiringerrorsandconnectdisconnectedwires. Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. 2. Re-energizethedrive 3. Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | |||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotdetectaZpulseduringonemotorrotation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv2 | ZPulseNoiseFaultDetection | Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. | Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. |
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems.Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireof theencodercable. |
Source page
Page 306
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ThePGoptionortheencoderonthemotorsideis Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG damaged. optionortheencoderiftheproblemcontinues. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdetectsmorethanoneZpulseperrotationformorethan10times. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv3 InversionDetection E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues onthemotornameplate. Thereisanewencoderorthemotorrotation DoZPulseOffsetTuning. directionchanged. Anexternalforceontheloadsiderotatedthemotor. • Makesurethatthemotorisrotatinginthecorrectdirection. • Findandrepairproblemsontheloadsidethatcausethemotor torotatefromtheloadside. Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. ThesettingforF1-05[Encoder1Rotation Correctlyconnectthemotorwiringforeachphase(U,V,W). Selection]istheoppositeofthedirectionofmotor rotation. Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic WhenU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]<819,increasen8-84 poleposition. [PolarityDetectionCurrent].Consultthemotormanufacturerfor informationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. n8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]istoolow. Increasen8-84fromthedefault.Consultthemotormanufacturer forinformationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. PolePositionDetectionfailed. IfyouareusinganIPMmotor,doHighFrequencyInjection Auto-Tuning. ThePGoptionortheencoderonthemotorsideis Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG damaged. optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic WhenU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]<819,setn8-84[Polarity poleposition. DetectionCurrent>defaultsetting. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorif: -thetorquereferenceandaccelerationareinoppositedirections. -thespeedreferenceandactualmotorspeedaremorethan30%differentforthenumberoftimessettoF1-18[Deviation3DetectionSelection]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv4 InversionPreventionDetection Anexternalforceontheloadsiderotatedthemotor. • Makesurethatthemotorisrotatinginthecorrectdirection. • Findandrepairproblemsontheloadsidethatcausethemotor torotatefromtheloadside. • Disabledetectionofthisfaultforapplicationsthatrotatethe motorfromtheloadsideintheoppositedirectionofthespeed reference.ThedrivewillnotdetectthisfaultifF1-19=0 [Deviation4DetectionSelection=Disabled]. E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues onthemotornameplate. Thereisanewencoderorthemotorrotation DoZPulseOffsetTuning. directionchanged. Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic IfthevalueforU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]islowerthan819, poleposition. increasethevaluesetinn8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]. Consultthemotormanufacturerforinformationaboutmaximum settingvalues. Thesettingofn8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]is Increasethen8-84settingfromthedefault.Consultthemotor toolow. manufacturerforinformationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. PolePositionDetectionfailed. IfyouareusinganIPMmotor,doHighFrequencyInjection Auto-Tuning. ThePGoptioncardortheencoderonthemotor Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG sideisdamaged. optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthepulsesintheoppositedirectionofthespeedreferencearemorethanthevaluesetinF1-19. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv6 OverJerk Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. onthemotornameplate. Noiseinterferenceintheencodercable. Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. 306 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| ThePGoptionortheencoderonthemotorsideis damaged. | Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG optionortheencoderiftheproblemcontinues. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdetectsmorethanoneZpulseperrotationformorethan10times. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv3 | InversionDetection | E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. | CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues onthemotornameplate. |
| Thereisanewencoderorthemotorrotation directionchanged. | DoZPulseOffsetTuning. | ||
| Anexternalforceontheloadsiderotatedthemotor. | • Makesurethatthemotorisrotatinginthecorrectdirection. • Findandrepairproblemsontheloadsidethatcausethemotor torotatefromtheloadside. | ||
| Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. | Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. | ||
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. | ||
| ThesettingforF1-05[Encoder1Rotation Selection]istheoppositeofthedirectionofmotor rotation. | Correctlyconnectthemotorwiringforeachphase(U,V,W). | ||
| Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic poleposition. | WhenU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]<819,increasen8-84 [PolarityDetectionCurrent].Consultthemotormanufacturerfor informationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. | ||
| n8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]istoolow. | Increasen8-84fromthedefault.Consultthemotormanufacturer forinformationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. | ||
| PolePositionDetectionfailed. | IfyouareusinganIPMmotor,doHighFrequencyInjection Auto-Tuning. | ||
| ThePGoptionortheencoderonthemotorsideis damaged. | Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. | ||
| Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic poleposition. | WhenU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]<819,setn8-84[Polarity DetectionCurrent>defaultsetting. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorif: -thetorquereferenceandaccelerationareinoppositedirections. -thespeedreferenceandactualmotorspeedaremorethan30%differentforthenumberoftimessettoF1-18[Deviation3DetectionSelection]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv4 | InversionPreventionDetection | Anexternalforceontheloadsiderotatedthemotor. | • Makesurethatthemotorisrotatinginthecorrectdirection. • Findandrepairproblemsontheloadsidethatcausethemotor torotatefromtheloadside. • Disabledetectionofthisfaultforapplicationsthatrotatethe motorfromtheloadsideintheoppositedirectionofthespeed reference.ThedrivewillnotdetectthisfaultifF1-19=0 [Deviation4DetectionSelection=Disabled]. |
| E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. | CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues onthemotornameplate. | ||
| Thereisanewencoderorthemotorrotation directionchanged. | DoZPulseOffsetTuning. | ||
| Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. | Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. | ||
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. | ||
| Thedriveincorrectlydetectedthemotormagnetic poleposition. | IfthevalueforU6-57[PolePolarityDeterVal]islowerthan819, increasethevaluesetinn8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]. Consultthemotormanufacturerforinformationaboutmaximum settingvalues. | ||
| Thesettingofn8-84[PolarityDetectionCurrent]is toolow. | Increasethen8-84settingfromthedefault.Consultthemotor manufacturerforinformationaboutmaximumsettingvalues. | ||
| PolePositionDetectionfailed. | IfyouareusinganIPMmotor,doHighFrequencyInjection Auto-Tuning. | ||
| ThePGoptioncardortheencoderonthemotor sideisdamaged. | Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthepulsesintheoppositedirectionofthespeedreferencearemorethanthevaluesetinF1-19. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv6 | OverJerk | Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. E5-11[EncoderZ-PulseOffset]issetincorrectly. | CorrectlysetthevalueforΔθtoE5-11asspecifiedbythevalues onthemotornameplate. |
| Noiseinterferenceintheencodercable. | Correctlygroundtheshieldedwireoftheencodercable. | ||
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. |
Source page
Page 307
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ThePGoptioncardortheencoderonthemotor Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG sideisdamaged. optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. WhenA1-02=7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV/ RefertothemotornameplateortestreportandsetE5-xx PM],themotordatasetintheE5-xx[PMMotor correctly. Settings]parametersareincorrect. Theaccelerationistoofast. Checkandadjusttheaccelerationrateandthejerkatacceleration startsetinC2-01[Jerk@StartofAccel]. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheaccelerationrateoftheelevatorcarismorethanthevaluesetinS6-10[OveraccelerationDetectionLevel]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv7 PolarityJudgeTimeout Batteryvoltageistoolow. Chargethebattery. Theoutputcableisdisconnected. Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. Measurethemotorline-to-lineresistanceandreplacethemotorif acoilisdisconnected. Thescrewsonthedriveoutputterminalsareloose. Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifitcannotdetectpolarityinapre-setlengthoftime. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dv8 PMRotorPositionDetectionError Motorcharacteristicschanged. • Dothesetupprocessagain. • DoStationaryAuto-TuningorInitialPoleSearchAuto- ParametersthatcontrolInitialPoleSearchareset Tuning. incorrectly(setupmaybeincomplete). Parametersforthemotorencoderaresettothe wrongvalues(setupmaybeincomplete). ThebrakereleasedduringInitialPoleSearchor • Examinethebrakesequence. duringpowerloss. • YoumustkeepthebrakeappliedduringInitialPoleSearchand whenthereisaninterruptionofthepowersupply. YoucannotdoInitialPoleSearchonthemotor. UseaPGoptioncardthatiscompatiblewithboththedriveand anabsoluteencoder. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifaninvalidvalueresultedfromInitialPoleSearch. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Setn8-86[PoleSearchErrorDetectionSel]toenableanddisabledv8detection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF0 OptionCardExternalFault Thecommunicationoptionreceivedanexternal 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe faultfromthecontroller. cause. 2. Cleartheexternalfaultinputfromthecontroller. Aprogrammingerroroccurredonthecontroller Examinetheoperationofthecontrollerprogram. side. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthealarmfunctionontheexternaldevicesideisoperating. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestopmethodsetinF6-03[CommExternalFault(EF0)Select]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF3 ExternalFault(TerminalS3) MFDIterminalS3causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS3. ExternalFault[H1-03=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS3,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: 7 DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF4 ExternalFault(TerminalS4) MFDIterminalS4causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS4. ExternalFault[H1-04=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS4,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 307
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| ThePGoptioncardortheencoderonthemotor sideisdamaged. | Repairthewiringandre-energizethedrive,thenreplacethePG optioncardorthePGiftheproblemcontinues. | ||
| WhenA1-02=7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV/ PM],themotordatasetintheE5-xx[PMMotor Settings]parametersareincorrect. | RefertothemotornameplateortestreportandsetE5-xx correctly. | ||
| Theaccelerationistoofast. | Checkandadjusttheaccelerationrateandthejerkatacceleration startsetinC2-01[Jerk@StartofAccel]. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheaccelerationrateoftheelevatorcarismorethanthevaluesetinS6-10[OveraccelerationDetectionLevel]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv7 | PolarityJudgeTimeout | Batteryvoltageistoolow. | Chargethebattery. |
| Theoutputcableisdisconnected. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. | ||
| Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. | Measurethemotorline-to-lineresistanceandreplacethemotorif acoilisdisconnected. | ||
| Thescrewsonthedriveoutputterminalsareloose. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifitcannotdetectpolarityinapre-setlengthoftime. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dv8 | PMRotorPositionDetectionError | Motorcharacteristicschanged. | • Dothesetupprocessagain. • DoStationaryAuto-TuningorInitialPoleSearchAuto- Tuning. |
| ParametersthatcontrolInitialPoleSearchareset incorrectly(setupmaybeincomplete). | |||
| Parametersforthemotorencoderaresettothe wrongvalues(setupmaybeincomplete). | |||
| ThebrakereleasedduringInitialPoleSearchor duringpowerloss. | • Examinethebrakesequence. • YoumustkeepthebrakeappliedduringInitialPoleSearchand whenthereisaninterruptionofthepowersupply. | ||
| YoucannotdoInitialPoleSearchonthemotor. | UseaPGoptioncardthatiscompatiblewithboththedriveand anabsoluteencoder. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifaninvalidvalueresultedfromInitialPoleSearch. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Setn8-86[PoleSearchErrorDetectionSel]toenableanddisabledv8detection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF0 | OptionCardExternalFault | Thecommunicationoptionreceivedanexternal faultfromthecontroller. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. Cleartheexternalfaultinputfromthecontroller. |
| Aprogrammingerroroccurredonthecontroller side. | Examinetheoperationofthecontrollerprogram. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthealarmfunctionontheexternaldevicesideisoperating. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestopmethodsetinF6-03[CommExternalFault(EF0)Select]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF3 | ExternalFault(TerminalS3) | MFDIterminalS3causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS3. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-03=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS3,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF4 | ExternalFault(TerminalS4) | MFDIterminalS4causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS4. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-04=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS4,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 308
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF5 ExternalFault(TerminalS5) MFDIterminalS5causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS5. ExternalFault[H1-05=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS5,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF6 ExternalFault(TerminalS6) MFDIterminalS6causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS6. ExternalFault[H1-06=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS6,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF7 ExternalFault(TerminalS7) MFDIterminalS7causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS7. ExternalFault[H1-07=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS7,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF8 ExternalFault(TerminalS8) MFDIterminalS8causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS8. ExternalFault[H1-08=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS8,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF9 ExternalFault(TerminalS9) MFDIterminalS9causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS9. ExternalFault[H1-09=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS9,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF10 ExternalFault(TerminalS10) MFDIterminalS10causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS10. ExternalFault[H1-10=20to2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS10,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Err EEPROMWriteError TherewasaproblemwiththeEEPROMhardware. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. Electricalinterferencecorruptedthedatawhileit • PushENTERKey. waswritingtotheEEPROMofthedrive. • Settheparametersagain. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 308 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| EF5 | ExternalFault(TerminalS5) | MFDIterminalS5causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS5. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-05=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS5,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF6 | ExternalFault(TerminalS6) | MFDIterminalS6causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS6. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-06=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS6,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF7 | ExternalFault(TerminalS7) | MFDIterminalS7causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS7. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-07=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS7,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF8 | ExternalFault(TerminalS8) | MFDIterminalS8causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS8. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-08=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS8,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF9 | ExternalFault(TerminalS9) | MFDIterminalS9causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS9. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-09=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS9,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF10 | ExternalFault(TerminalS10) | MFDIterminalS10causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS10. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-10=20to2F]issettoMFDI terminalS10,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Err | EEPROMWriteError | TherewasaproblemwiththeEEPROMhardware. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. |
| Electricalinterferencecorruptedthedatawhileit waswritingtotheEEPROMofthedrive. | • PushENTERKey. • Settheparametersagain. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 309
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions FAn InternalFanFault Thecirculationfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions FAn1 DriveCoolingFanFault Thecoolingfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. • Examinecoolingfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Iftheperformancelifeofthecoolingfanis expiredorifthereisdamagetothefan,replacethefan. Thecirculationfanisdamaged. • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions FrL SpeedReferenceMissing ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhen • Examinethesettingsford1-18andH1-03toH1-10[Terminal d1-18=1[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=High S3toS10FunctionSelection]tomakesurethattheselected speedhaspriority],H1-xx≠53[MFDIFunction speedselectionmethodalignswiththeelevatorcontroller Selection≠LevelingSpeed],andnospeedis sequence. selectedatstart. • Makesurethattheelevatorcontrollerisconnectedcorrectly. • Makesuretheelevatorcontrollerselectsthespeedcorrectly. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifyouenteranUp/Downcommandwhend1-18=1,H1-xx≠53,andnospeedisselectedatstart. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions GF GroundFault Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair tomakeashortcircuit. shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. Anincreaseinthestraycapacitanceofthecableand • Ifthewiringlengthofthecableismorethan100m,decrease thegroundterminalcausedanincreaseinthe thecarrierfrequency. leakagecurrent. • Decreasethestraycapacitance. Therewasaproblemwiththedrivehardware. Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifacurrentshorttogroundwasmorethan50%ofratedcurrentontheoutputsideofthedrive. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LF OutputPhaseLoss Themotormaincircuitcableisdisconnected. Connectmotormaincircuitcablewiring.Correctwiringerrorsin themaincircuitdriveinputpower. Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. Ifacoilisdisconnected,measurethemotorLine-to-Line Resistanceandreplacethemotor. Thescrewsonthedriveoutputterminalsareloose. Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Theratedoutputcurrentofthemotorislessthan Examinethedrivecapacityorthemotoroutputtobeapplied. 5%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthe drive. Youaretryingtouseasingle-phasemotor. Thedrivecannotoperateasingle-phasemotor. 7 Theoutputtransistorinthedriveisdamaged. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifphaselossoccursontheoutputsideofthedrive. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •SetL8-07[OutputPhaseLossProtectionSel]toenableanddisableLFdetection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LF2 OutputCurrentImbalance Phaselossoccurredinthewiringontheoutputside Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresontheoutput ofthedrive. sideofthedrive,andrepairproblems. Theoutputterminalscrewsofthedriveareloose. Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 309
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| FAn | InternalFanFault | Thecirculationfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. | • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| FAn1 | DriveCoolingFanFault | Thecoolingfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. | • Examinecoolingfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Iftheperformancelifeofthecoolingfanis expiredorifthereisdamagetothefan,replacethefan. |
| Thecirculationfanisdamaged. | • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| FrL | SpeedReferenceMissing | ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhen d1-18=1[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=High speedhaspriority],H1-xx≠53[MFDIFunction Selection≠LevelingSpeed],andnospeedis selectedatstart. | • Examinethesettingsford1-18andH1-03toH1-10[Terminal S3toS10FunctionSelection]tomakesurethattheselected speedselectionmethodalignswiththeelevatorcontroller sequence. • Makesurethattheelevatorcontrollerisconnectedcorrectly. • Makesuretheelevatorcontrollerselectsthespeedcorrectly. |
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifyouenteranUp/Downcommandwhend1-18=1,H1-xx≠53,andnospeedisselectedatstart. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| GF | GroundFault | Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. | Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. |
| Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground tomakeashortcircuit. | • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. | ||
| Anincreaseinthestraycapacitanceofthecableand thegroundterminalcausedanincreaseinthe leakagecurrent. | • Ifthewiringlengthofthecableismorethan100m,decrease thecarrierfrequency. • Decreasethestraycapacitance. | ||
| Therewasaproblemwiththedrivehardware. | Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifacurrentshorttogroundwasmorethan50%ofratedcurrentontheoutputsideofthedrive. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LF | OutputPhaseLoss | Themotormaincircuitcableisdisconnected. | Connectmotormaincircuitcablewiring.Correctwiringerrorsin themaincircuitdriveinputpower. |
| Thereisadisconnectioninthemotorcoilwinding. | Ifacoilisdisconnected,measurethemotorLine-to-Line Resistanceandreplacethemotor. | ||
| Thescrewsonthedriveoutputterminalsareloose. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Theratedoutputcurrentofthemotorislessthan 5%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthe drive. | Examinethedrivecapacityorthemotoroutputtobeapplied. | ||
| Youaretryingtouseasingle-phasemotor. | Thedrivecannotoperateasingle-phasemotor. | ||
| Theoutputtransistorinthedriveisdamaged. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifphaselossoccursontheoutputsideofthedrive. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •SetL8-07[OutputPhaseLossProtectionSel]toenableanddisableLFdetection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LF2 | OutputCurrentImbalance | Phaselossoccurredinthewiringontheoutputside ofthedrive. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresontheoutput sideofthedrive,andrepairproblems. |
| Theoutputterminalscrewsofthedriveareloose. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. |
Source page
Page 310
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Thereisnotbalancebetweenthethreephasesofthe • MeasuretheLine-to-LineResistanceforeachmotorphaseand PMmotorimpedance. makesurethatresistanceisequalinthethreephases,andthat allwiresareconnectedcorrectly. • Replacethemotor. Thedriveoutputcircuitisbroken. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthereisnotbalancebetweenthethreephasesoftheoutputcurrentfromthePMmotor. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions MCF InputMCFailure Thereisaproblemwiththestandbymodemagnetic Replacethestandbymodemagneticcontactor(MC)installedon contactor(MC)installedontheprimaryside(the theprimaryside(theinputside). inputside). Thereisaproblemwiththemulti-functionoutput. Replacethecontrolcircuitterminalboard. Note: Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedidnotreturntonormalin5secondsafterthestandbymodereturncommandwasinput. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oC Overcurrent Theloadistooheavy. • Measurethecurrentflowingintothemotor. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodelifthecurrent valueismorethanthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthe drive. • Decreasetheloadorreplacewithalargerdrivetoprevent suddenchangesinthecurrentlevel. Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair tomakeashortcircuit. shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. Ashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutput • MakesurethatthereisnotashortcircuitinterminalB1and sidecauseddamagetotheoutputtransistorofthe terminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Makesurethatthereisnota drive. shortcircuitinterminals-andterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/ T3. • Ifthereisashortcircuit,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Theaccelerationrampistoofast. • Calculatethetorquenecessaryduringaccelerationrelatedto theloadinertiaandthespecifiedaccelerationramp. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]togetthenecessarytorque. • IncreasethevaluessetinC2-01toC2-04[Jerk Characteristics]togetthenecessarytorque. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Thedriveistryingtooperateaspecializedmotoror • Examinethemotornameplate,themotor,andthedriveto amotorthatislargerthanthemaximumapplicable makesurethatthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrive motoroutputofthedrive. islargerthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Amagneticcontactorwasswitchedattheoutput. SettheoperationsequencetonotturnONorOFFthemagnetic contactorwhilethedriveisoutputtingvoltage. TheV/fpatternsettingsareincorrect. • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10. Thetorquecompensationgainistoolarge. DecreasethevaluesetinC4-01[TorqueCompensationGain]to makesurethatthemotordoesnotstall. Electricalinterferencecausedaproblem. Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,andground wiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterference. Thegainduringoverexcitationoperationistoo Findthetimewhenthefaultoccurs. large. ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhile ExaminethesequenceandinputtheUp/Downcommandafterthe themotorwascoasting. motorfullystops. InPMControlMethods,thesettingofthemotor Forspecializedmotors,refertothemotortestreportandsetE5-xx codeisincorrect. [PMMotorSettings]correctly. Thecurrentflowinginthemotorismorethanthe CorrectthevaluesetinL8-27. valuesetinL8-27[OvercurrentDetectionGain]for PMControlMethods. Thecontrolmethodissetincorrectlyforthemotor. SetA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]correctly. 310 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thereisnotbalancebetweenthethreephasesofthe PMmotorimpedance. | • MeasuretheLine-to-LineResistanceforeachmotorphaseand makesurethatresistanceisequalinthethreephases,andthat allwiresareconnectedcorrectly. • Replacethemotor. | ||
| Thedriveoutputcircuitisbroken. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthereisnotbalancebetweenthethreephasesoftheoutputcurrentfromthePMmotor. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| MCF | InputMCFailure | Thereisaproblemwiththestandbymodemagnetic contactor(MC)installedontheprimaryside(the inputside). | Replacethestandbymodemagneticcontactor(MC)installedon theprimaryside(theinputside). |
| Thereisaproblemwiththemulti-functionoutput. | Replacethecontrolcircuitterminalboard. | ||
| Note: Thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedidnotreturntonormalin5secondsafterthestandbymodereturncommandwasinput. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oC | Overcurrent | Theloadistooheavy. | • Measurethecurrentflowingintothemotor. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodelifthecurrent valueismorethanthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthe drive. • Decreasetheloadorreplacewithalargerdrivetoprevent suddenchangesinthecurrentlevel. |
| Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. | Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. | ||
| Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground tomakeashortcircuit. | • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. | ||
| Ashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutput sidecauseddamagetotheoutputtransistorofthe drive. | • MakesurethatthereisnotashortcircuitinterminalB1and terminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Makesurethatthereisnota shortcircuitinterminals-andterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/ T3. • Ifthereisashortcircuit,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Theaccelerationrampistoofast. | • Calculatethetorquenecessaryduringaccelerationrelatedto theloadinertiaandthespecifiedaccelerationramp. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]togetthenecessarytorque. • IncreasethevaluessetinC2-01toC2-04[Jerk Characteristics]togetthenecessarytorque. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Thedriveistryingtooperateaspecializedmotoror amotorthatislargerthanthemaximumapplicable motoroutputofthedrive. | • Examinethemotornameplate,themotor,andthedriveto makesurethatthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrive islargerthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Amagneticcontactorwasswitchedattheoutput. | SettheoperationsequencetonotturnONorOFFthemagnetic contactorwhilethedriveisoutputtingvoltage. | ||
| TheV/fpatternsettingsareincorrect. | • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10. | ||
| Thetorquecompensationgainistoolarge. | DecreasethevaluesetinC4-01[TorqueCompensationGain]to makesurethatthemotordoesnotstall. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedaproblem. | Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,andground wiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterference. | ||
| Thegainduringoverexcitationoperationistoo large. | Findthetimewhenthefaultoccurs. | ||
| ThedrivereceivedanUp/Downcommandwhile themotorwascoasting. | ExaminethesequenceandinputtheUp/Downcommandafterthe motorfullystops. | ||
| InPMControlMethods,thesettingofthemotor codeisincorrect. | Forspecializedmotors,refertothemotortestreportandsetE5-xx [PMMotorSettings]correctly. | ||
| Thecurrentflowinginthemotorismorethanthe valuesetinL8-27[OvercurrentDetectionGain]for PMControlMethods. | CorrectthevaluesetinL8-27. | ||
| Thecontrolmethodissetincorrectlyforthemotor. | SetA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]correctly. |
Source page
Page 311
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Themotormaincircuitcableistoolong. Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Note: •Thisfaultoccursifthedrivesensorsdetectadriveoutputcurrentmorethanthespecifiedovercurrentdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA00 OptionNotCompatiblewithPort TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Aisnot Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. compatible. Note: EncoderoptionsarenotcompatiblewithconnectorCN5-A. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA01 OptionFault/ConnectionError TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Ais 1. De-energizethedrive. notcompatible. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA02 DuplicateOptions Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. Note: UseconnectorsCN5-CandCN5-Btoconnecttwoencoder optioncards. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA03 DiagnosticError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA04 FlashWriteMode Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA05 OptionA/DError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA06 OptionCommunicationError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 7 Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA10 OptionRAMError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 311
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Themotormaincircuitcableistoolong. | Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Note: •Thisfaultoccursifthedrivesensorsdetectadriveoutputcurrentmorethanthespecifiedovercurrentdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA00 | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Aisnot compatible. | Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. Note: EncoderoptionsarenotcompatiblewithconnectorCN5-A. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA01 | OptionFault/ConnectionError | TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Ais notcompatible. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA02 | DuplicateOptions | Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. | Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. Note: UseconnectorsCN5-CandCN5-Btoconnecttwoencoder optioncards. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA03 | DiagnosticError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA04 | FlashWriteMode | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA05 | OptionA/DError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA06 | OptionCommunicationError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA10 | OptionRAMError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 312
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA11 OptionOpeModeError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA12 DriveReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA13 DriveReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA14 DriveReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA15 OptionReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA16 OptionReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA17 OptionReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA30 COMIDError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA31 TypeCodeError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 312 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFA11 | OptionOpeModeError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA12 | DriveReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA13 | DriveReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA14 | DriveReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA15 | OptionReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA16 | OptionReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA17 | OptionReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA30 | COMIDError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA31 | TypeCodeError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 313
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA32 SUMCheckError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA33 OptionReceiveTimeOver Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA34 MemobusTimeOver Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA35 DriveReceiveTimeOver1 Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA36 CICheckError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA37 DriveReceiveTimeOver2 Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA38 ControlReferenceError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA39 DriveReceiveTimeOver3 Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. 7 Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA40 CtrlResSel1Err Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 313
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFA32 | SUMCheckError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA33 | OptionReceiveTimeOver | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA34 | MemobusTimeOver | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA35 | DriveReceiveTimeOver1 | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA36 | CICheckError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA37 | DriveReceiveTimeOver2 | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA38 | ControlReferenceError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA39 | DriveReceiveTimeOver3 | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA40 | CtrlResSel1Err | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 314
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA41 DriveReceiveTimeOver4 Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA42 CtrlResSel2Err Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFA43 DriveReceiveTimeOver5 Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb00 OptionNotCompatiblewithPort TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Bisnot Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. compatible. Note: DO-A3,AO-A3,PG-B3,andPG-X3optionscanconnectto connectorCN5-B.ToconnectonlyonePGoptioncard,use theCN5-Cconnector. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb01 OptionFault/ConnectionError TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Bwas 1. De-energizethedrive. changedduringoperation. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb02 DuplicateOptions Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb03 DiagnosticError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb04 FlashWriteMode Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb05 OptionA/DError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 314 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFA41 | DriveReceiveTimeOver4 | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA42 | CtrlResSel2Err | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFA43 | DriveReceiveTimeOver5 | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb00 | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Bisnot compatible. | Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. Note: DO-A3,AO-A3,PG-B3,andPG-X3optionscanconnectto connectorCN5-B.ToconnectonlyonePGoptioncard,use theCN5-Cconnector. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb01 | OptionFault/ConnectionError | TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Bwas changedduringoperation. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb02 | DuplicateOptions | Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. | Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb03 | DiagnosticError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb04 | FlashWriteMode | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb05 | OptionA/DError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 315
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb06 OptionCommunicationError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb10 OptionRAMError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb11 OptionOpeModeError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb12 DriveReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb13 DriveReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb14 DriveReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb15 OptionReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb16 OptionReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. 7 Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFb17 OptionReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 315
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFb06 | OptionCommunicationError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb10 | OptionRAMError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb11 | OptionOpeModeError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb12 | DriveReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb13 | DriveReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb14 | DriveReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb15 | OptionReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb16 | OptionReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFb17 | OptionReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 316
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC00 OptionNotCompatiblewithPort TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Cisnot Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. compatible. Note: DI-A3andcommunicationoptionscannotbeconnectedtothe CN5-Cconnector. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC01 OptionFault/ConnectionError TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Cwas 1. De-energizethedrive. changedduringoperation. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC02 DuplicateOptions Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC03 DiagnosticError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC04 FlashWriteMode Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC05 OptionA/DError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC06 OptionCardErrorOccurredat Afaultoccurredintheoption. 1. De-energizethedrive. OptionPort(CN5-C) 2. Makesurethattheoptioniscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Re-energizethedrive.Iftheproblemcontinues,replacethe option. Youre-energizedthedrivewhen: 1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyandthe • Thereisanencoderoptioninstalledthedrive external24VpowersupplytoterminalsPS-AC. • Thedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyisenergized 2. c A ir f c te u r it th p e ow ke e y r p s a u d pp d l i y sp a l g ay ai g n o . esout,energizethedrivemain • T co h n e n re ec i t s e a d n to ex te te r r m n i a n l a 2 ls 4 P V S p -A ow C e . rsupply 3. Supplytheexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS-AC. Whenyouuseanencoder,de-energizethedrivemaincircuit powersupply. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC10 OptionRAMError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 316 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFC00 | OptionNotCompatiblewithPort | TheoptionconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Cisnot compatible. | Connecttheoptiontothecorrectconnector. Note: DI-A3andcommunicationoptionscannotbeconnectedtothe CN5-Cconnector. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC01 | OptionFault/ConnectionError | TheoptioncardconnectedtoconnectorCN5-Cwas changedduringoperation. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Refertotheoptioncardmanualandcorrectlyconnectthe optioncardtotheconnectoronthedrive. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC02 | DuplicateOptions | Thesameoptioncardsorthesametypeofoption cardsareconnectedtoconnectorsCN5-A,B,andC. | Connecttheoptioncardtothecorrectconnector. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC03 | DiagnosticError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC04 | FlashWriteMode | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC05 | OptionA/DError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC06 | OptionCardErrorOccurredat OptionPort(CN5-C) | Afaultoccurredintheoption. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioniscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Re-energizethedrive.Iftheproblemcontinues,replacethe option. |
| Youre-energizedthedrivewhen: • Thereisanencoderoptioninstalledthedrive • Thedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyisenergized • Thereisanexternal24Vpowersupply connectedtoterminalsPS-AC. | 1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyandthe external24VpowersupplytoterminalsPS-AC. 2. Afterthekeypaddisplaygoesout,energizethedrivemain circuitpowersupplyagain. 3. Supplytheexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS-AC. | ||
| Whenyouuseanencoder,de-energizethedrivemaincircuit powersupply. | |||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC10 | OptionRAMError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 317
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC11 OptionOpeModeError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC12 DriveReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC13 DriveReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC14 DriveReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC15 OptionReceiveCRCError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC16 OptionReceiveFrameError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC17 OptionReceiveAbortError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC50 EncOpA/DCnvErr Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 7 Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC51 EncOpAnlgCrctErr Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC52 EncComTimeout Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 317
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFC11 | OptionOpeModeError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC12 | DriveReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC13 | DriveReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC14 | DriveReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC15 | OptionReceiveCRCError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC16 | OptionReceiveFrameError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC17 | OptionReceiveAbortError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | 1. De-energizethedrive. 2. Makesurethattheoptioncardiscorrectlyconnectedtothe connector. 3. Iftheproblemcontinues,replacetheoptioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC50 | EncOpA/DCnvErr | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC51 | EncOpAnlgCrctErr | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC52 | EncComTimeout | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 318
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC53 EncComDataFlt Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC54 EncoderError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oFC55 ResolverError Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH HeatsinkOverheat Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink • Measuretheambienttemperature. t i e n m L p 8 e -0 ra 2 tu [ r O e v o e f rh th e e at d A ri l v a e rm is L m e o v r e e l] t . hanthevalueset • Increasetheairflowinthecontrolpanel. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. Theloadistooheavy. • Measuretheoutputcurrent. • Decreasetheload. Theinternalcoolingfanofthedrivestopped. 1. Usetheproceduresinthismanualtoreplacethecoolingfan. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethanthevaluesetinL8-02. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL8-03[OverheatPre-AlarmSelection]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH1 HeatsinkOverheat Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink • Measuretheambienttemperature. t d e e m te p c e ti r o a n tu l r e e v o e f l. thedriveismorethantheoH1 • Increasetheairflowinthecontrolpanel. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. Theloadistooheavy. • Measuretheoutputcurrent. • Decreasetheload. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethantheoH1detectionlevel.o2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection]determinestheoH1detection level. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH3 MotorOverheat(PTCInput) Thethermistorwiringthatdetectsmotor Correctwiringerrors. temperatureisdefective. Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault Example:Themachineislocked. Themotorhasoverheated. • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationramp,and motorstart/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL1-03[MotorThermistoroHAlarmSelect]. 318 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFC53 | EncComDataFlt | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC54 | EncoderError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oFC55 | ResolverError | Afaultoccurredintheoptioncard. | RefertothemanualforthePG-F3optioncard. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oH | HeatsinkOverheat | Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink temperatureofthedriveismorethanthevalueset inL8-02[OverheatAlarmLevel]. | • Measuretheambienttemperature. • Increasetheairflowinthecontrolpanel. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. |
| Theloadistooheavy. | • Measuretheoutputcurrent. • Decreasetheload. | ||
| Theinternalcoolingfanofthedrivestopped. | 1. Usetheproceduresinthismanualtoreplacethecoolingfan. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethanthevaluesetinL8-02. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL8-03[OverheatPre-AlarmSelection]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oH1 | HeatsinkOverheat | Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink temperatureofthedriveismorethantheoH1 detectionlevel. | • Measuretheambienttemperature. • Increasetheairflowinthecontrolpanel. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. |
| Theloadistooheavy. | • Measuretheoutputcurrent. • Decreasetheload. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethantheoH1detectionlevel.o2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection]determinestheoH1detection level. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oH3 | MotorOverheat(PTCInput) | Thethermistorwiringthatdetectsmotor temperatureisdefective. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault | ||
| Themotorhasoverheated. | • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationramp,and motorstart/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. | ||
| Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL1-03[MotorThermistoroHAlarmSelect]. |
Source page
Page 319
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH4 MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput) Themotorhasoverheated. • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationtime,andmotor start/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL1 MotorOverload Theloadistooheavy. Decreasetheload. Note: ResetoL1whenU4-16[MotoroL1Level]<100. Theacceleration/decelerationrampsorcycletimes • Examinetheacceleration/decelerationrampsandthemotor aretoofast. start/stopfrequencies(cycletimes). • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. Overloadoccurredwhilerunningatlowspeed. • Decreasetheloadwhenrunningatlowspeed. • Increasethemotorspeed. • Ifthemotorisrunfrequentlyatlowspeeds,replacethemotor withalargermotororuseadrive-dedicatedmotor. Note: Forgeneral-purposemotors,overloadcanoccurwhile runningatlowspeedwhenoperatingatbelowtherated current. L1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection]isset SetL1-01inasspecifiedbythemotorqualitiesforadrive- incorrectly. dedicatedmotor. TheV/fpatterndoesnotfitthemotorqualities. • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. E1-06[BaseFrequency]issetincorrectly. SetE1-06totheratedfrequencyshownonthemotornameplate. Onedriveisoperatingmorethanonemotor. SetL1-01=0[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection=Disabled], connectthermaloverloadrelaytoeachmotortopreventdamage tothemotor. Theelectronicthermalprotectorqualitiesandthe • ExaminethemotorqualitiesandsetL1-01[MotorOverload motoroverloadpropertiesdonotalign. (oL1)Protection]correctly. • Connectathermaloverloadrelaytothemotor. Theelectronicthermalprotectorisoperatingatan SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue incorrectlevel. specifiedbythemotornameplate. Phaselossintheinputpowersupplyiscausingthe Makesurethatthereisnophaseloss,andrepairproblems. outputcurrenttochange. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivestartedthemotoroverloadprotection. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 7 Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL2 DriveOverload Theloadistoolarge. Decreasetheload. Theacceleration/decelerationrampsorcycletimes • Examinetheacceleration/decelerationrampsandthemotor aretoofast. start/stopfrequencies(cycletimes). • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 319
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oH4 | MotorOverheatFault(PTCInput) | Themotorhasoverheated. | • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationtime,andmotor start/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. |
| Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL1 | MotorOverload | Theloadistooheavy. | Decreasetheload. Note: ResetoL1whenU4-16[MotoroL1Level]<100. |
| Theacceleration/decelerationrampsorcycletimes aretoofast. | • Examinetheacceleration/decelerationrampsandthemotor start/stopfrequencies(cycletimes). • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. | ||
| Overloadoccurredwhilerunningatlowspeed. | • Decreasetheloadwhenrunningatlowspeed. • Increasethemotorspeed. • Ifthemotorisrunfrequentlyatlowspeeds,replacethemotor withalargermotororuseadrive-dedicatedmotor. Note: Forgeneral-purposemotors,overloadcanoccurwhile runningatlowspeedwhenoperatingatbelowtherated current. | ||
| L1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection]isset incorrectly. | SetL1-01inasspecifiedbythemotorqualitiesforadrive- dedicatedmotor. | ||
| TheV/fpatterndoesnotfitthemotorqualities. | • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. | ||
| E1-06[BaseFrequency]issetincorrectly. | SetE1-06totheratedfrequencyshownonthemotornameplate. | ||
| Onedriveisoperatingmorethanonemotor. | SetL1-01=0[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection=Disabled], connectthermaloverloadrelaytoeachmotortopreventdamage tothemotor. | ||
| Theelectronicthermalprotectorqualitiesandthe motoroverloadpropertiesdonotalign. | • ExaminethemotorqualitiesandsetL1-01[MotorOverload (oL1)Protection]correctly. • Connectathermaloverloadrelaytothemotor. | ||
| Theelectronicthermalprotectorisoperatingatan incorrectlevel. | SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. | ||
| Phaselossintheinputpowersupplyiscausingthe outputcurrenttochange. | Makesurethatthereisnophaseloss,andrepairproblems. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivestartedthemotoroverloadprotection. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL2 | DriveOverload | Theloadistoolarge. | Decreasetheload. |
| Theacceleration/decelerationrampsorcycletimes aretoofast. | • Examinetheacceleration/decelerationrampsandthemotor start/stopfrequencies(cycletimes). • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. |
Source page
Page 320
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TheV/fpatterndoesnotfitthemotorqualities. • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Decreasethe valuessetinE1-08[MidPointAVoltage]andE1-10 [MinimumOutputVoltage].Formotor2,adjustE3-04toE3- 10. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. Thedrivecapacityistoosmall. Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Overloadoccurredwhilerunningatlowspeed. • Decreasetheloadwhenrunningatlowspeed. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Thetorquecompensationgainistoolarge. DecreasethevaluesetinC4-01[TorqueCompensationGain]to makesurethatthemotordoesnotstall. Phaselossintheinputpowersupplyiscausingthe • Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinput outputcurrenttochange. power. • Makesurethatthereisnophaseloss,andrepairproblems. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivestartedthedriveoverloadprotection. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL3 OvertorqueDetection1 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Themachineislocked. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL4 OvertorqueDetection2 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Themachineislocked. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPr KeypadConnectionFault Thekeypadisnotsecurelyconnectedtothe Examinetheconnectionbetweenthekeypadandthedrive. connectoronthedrive. Theconnectioncablebetweenthedriveandthe • Removethekeypadandthenreconnectit. keypadisdisconnected. • Replacethecableifdamaged. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheseconditionsarecorrect: -o2-06=1[KeypadDisconnectDetection=Enabled]. -b1-02=0[RunCommandSelection1=Keypad],orthedriveisoperatinginLOCALModewiththekeypad. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oS Overspeed Thereisovershoot. DecreaseC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andincreaseC5-02 [ASRIntegralTime1]. TheoSdetectionlevelissetincorrectly. AdjustF1-08[OverspeedDetectionLevel]andF1-09[Overspeed DetectionDelayTime]. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotorspeedismorethanthevaluesetinF1-08forlongerthanF1-09. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-03[OverspeedDetectionSelection]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ov Overvoltage Thedecelerationrampistoofastandtoomuch • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,orC1-08 regenerativeenergyisflowingbackintothedrive. [DecelerationRamps]. • Connectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive. Theaccelerationrampistoofast. • Makesurethatsuddendriveaccelerationdoesnotcausethe fault. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]. • IncreasethevaluesetinC2-02[Jerk@EndofAccel]. Thebrakingloadistoolarge. Connectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive. 320 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| TheV/fpatterndoesnotfitthemotorqualities. | • ExaminetheratiosbetweentheV/fpatternfrequencyand voltage.Decreasethevoltageifitistoohighcomparedtothe frequency. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Decreasethe valuessetinE1-08[MidPointAVoltage]andE1-10 [MinimumOutputVoltage].Formotor2,adjustE3-04toE3- 10. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. | ||
| Thedrivecapacityistoosmall. | Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Overloadoccurredwhilerunningatlowspeed. | • Decreasetheloadwhenrunningatlowspeed. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Thetorquecompensationgainistoolarge. | DecreasethevaluesetinC4-01[TorqueCompensationGain]to makesurethatthemotordoesnotstall. | ||
| Phaselossintheinputpowersupplyiscausingthe outputcurrenttochange. | • Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinput power. • Makesurethatthereisnophaseloss,andrepairproblems. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivestartedthedriveoverloadprotection. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL3 | OvertorqueDetection1 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL4 | OvertorqueDetection2 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPr | KeypadConnectionFault | Thekeypadisnotsecurelyconnectedtothe connectoronthedrive. | Examinetheconnectionbetweenthekeypadandthedrive. |
| Theconnectioncablebetweenthedriveandthe keypadisdisconnected. | • Removethekeypadandthenreconnectit. • Replacethecableifdamaged. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheseconditionsarecorrect: -o2-06=1[KeypadDisconnectDetection=Enabled]. -b1-02=0[RunCommandSelection1=Keypad],orthedriveisoperatinginLOCALModewiththekeypad. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oS | Overspeed | Thereisovershoot. | DecreaseC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andincreaseC5-02 [ASRIntegralTime1]. |
| TheoSdetectionlevelissetincorrectly. | AdjustF1-08[OverspeedDetectionLevel]andF1-09[Overspeed DetectionDelayTime]. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotorspeedismorethanthevaluesetinF1-08forlongerthanF1-09. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthisfault,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-03[OverspeedDetectionSelection]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| ov | Overvoltage | Thedecelerationrampistoofastandtoomuch regenerativeenergyisflowingbackintothedrive. | • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,orC1-08 [DecelerationRamps]. • Connectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive. |
| Theaccelerationrampistoofast. | • Makesurethatsuddendriveaccelerationdoesnotcausethe fault. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]. • IncreasethevaluesetinC2-02[Jerk@EndofAccel]. | ||
| Thebrakingloadistoolarge. | Connectadynamicbrakingoptiontothedrive. |
Source page
Page 321
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Therearesurgevoltagesintheinputpowersupply. ConnectaDCreactortothedrive. Note: IfyouturnthephaseadvancingcapacitorsONandOFFand usethyristorconvertersinthesamepowersupplysystem, therecanbesurgevoltagesthatirregularlyincreasetheinput voltage. Thedriveoutputcableormotorisshortedtoground 1. Examinethemotormaincircuitcable,terminals,andmotor (thecurrentshorttogroundischargingthemain terminalbox,andthenremovegroundfaults. c su ir p c p u l i y t ) c . apacitorofthedrivethroughthepower 2. Re-energizethedrive. Thepowersupplyvoltageistoohigh. Decreasethepowersupplyvoltagetomatchthedriverated voltage. Thebrakingresistororbrakingresistorunitwiring Correctwiringerrorsintheconnectiontothebrakingresistoror isincorrect. brakingresistorunit. Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. Electricalinterferencecausedadrivemalfunction. • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. Thereismotorhunting. Adjustn2-02[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime1]andn2-03 [AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime2]. Thedrivedetectsov[Overvoltage]whenA1-02=2 Increasethevaluesetinn2-03in50msincrements. [OLV]andwhen: Note: • Theaccelerationcompletes Makesurethatthisparametersettingis:n2-02[Automatic • Thedecelerationstarts FreqRegulatorTime1]≤n2-03. • Theloadchangessuddenly Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltageismorethantheovdetectionlevelwhilethedriveisrunning. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •For200Vclassdrives,thedetectionlevelofovisapproximately410V.For400Vclassdrives,thedetectionlevelofovisapproximately820V. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PF InputPhaseLoss Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. terminals. Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. much. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. Thereisunsatisfactorybalancebetweenvoltage • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. phases. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Ifthesupplyvoltageisgood,examinethemagneticcontactor onthemaincircuitsideforproblems. • SetL8-05=0[InputPhaseLossProtectionSel=Disabled]. Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 unserviceable. [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifdriveinputpoweriscorrectandthefaultstays,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. 7 Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagechangesirregularlywithoutregeneration. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •UseL8-05toenableanddisablePFdetection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PF5 RescuePowerSupplyLowError DuringRescueOperation,eithertheDCbusvoltage • ExaminethesettingofS4-12. droppedbelowS4-12[DCBusVoltageduring • DecreasethespeedreferencesetforS4-15[RescueSpeed R Lv e l s @ cu R e e ] s × cu ( e S ] 4- - 1 1 3 0 [ % P ) o , w o e r r 1 S 0 u 0 pp m ly sa R f e te d r uc tr t i i g o g n ering ReferenceSelection]. RescueOperation,theDCbusvoltagedidnotreach • Examinethebackuppowersupply.Itmayneedtobereplaced S4-12×S4-13beforethemotorstarted. withanotherUPSifithasbecomewornandcannolonger provideenoughpower. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 321
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Therearesurgevoltagesintheinputpowersupply. | ConnectaDCreactortothedrive. Note: IfyouturnthephaseadvancingcapacitorsONandOFFand usethyristorconvertersinthesamepowersupplysystem, therecanbesurgevoltagesthatirregularlyincreasetheinput voltage. | ||
| Thedriveoutputcableormotorisshortedtoground (thecurrentshorttogroundischargingthemain circuitcapacitorofthedrivethroughthepower supply). | 1. Examinethemotormaincircuitcable,terminals,andmotor terminalbox,andthenremovegroundfaults. 2. Re-energizethedrive. | ||
| Thepowersupplyvoltageistoohigh. | Decreasethepowersupplyvoltagetomatchthedriverated voltage. | ||
| Thebrakingresistororbrakingresistorunitwiring isincorrect. | Correctwiringerrorsintheconnectiontothebrakingresistoror brakingresistorunit. | ||
| Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. | ||
| Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable. | Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedadrivemalfunction. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. | ||
| Thereismotorhunting. | Adjustn2-02[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime1]andn2-03 [AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime2]. | ||
| Thedrivedetectsov[Overvoltage]whenA1-02=2 [OLV]andwhen: • Theaccelerationcompletes • Thedecelerationstarts • Theloadchangessuddenly | Increasethevaluesetinn2-03in50msincrements. Note: Makesurethatthisparametersettingis:n2-02[Automatic FreqRegulatorTime1]≤n2-03. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltageismorethantheovdetectionlevelwhilethedriveisrunning. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •For200Vclassdrives,thedetectionlevelofovisapproximately410V.For400Vclassdrives,thedetectionlevelofovisapproximately820V. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PF | InputPhaseLoss | Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. | Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. |
| Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower terminals. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo much. | • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. | ||
| Thereisunsatisfactorybalancebetweenvoltage phases. | • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Ifthesupplyvoltageisgood,examinethemagneticcontactor onthemaincircuitsideforproblems. • SetL8-05=0[InputPhaseLossProtectionSel=Disabled]. | ||
| Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome unserviceable. | ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifdriveinputpoweriscorrectandthefaultstays,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | |||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagechangesirregularlywithoutregeneration. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •UseL8-05toenableanddisablePFdetection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PF5 | RescuePowerSupplyLowError | DuringRescueOperation,eithertheDCbusvoltage droppedbelowS4-12[DCBusVoltageduring Rescue]×(S4-13[PowerSupplyReduction Lvl@Rescue]-10%),or100msaftertriggering RescueOperation,theDCbusvoltagedidnotreach S4-12×S4-13beforethemotorstarted. | • ExaminethesettingofS4-12. • DecreasethespeedreferencesetforS4-15[RescueSpeed ReferenceSelection]. • Examinethebackuppowersupply.Itmayneedtobereplaced withanotherUPSifithasbecomewornandcannolonger provideenoughpower. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 322
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PGo Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. Theencoderisnotreceivingpower. Examinetheencoderpowersupply. Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. Releasetheholdingbrake. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotreceivethespeeddetectionpulsesignalfromtheencoderinthedetectiontimesetinF1-14[EncoderOpen-CircuitDetectTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PGoH Encoder(PG)HardwareFault Theencodercableisdisconnected. Connectanydisconnectedwiresintheencodercable. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •ParameterF1-20[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect]enablesanddisablesPGoHdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions rF BrakingResistorFault Theresistanceofthedynamicbrakingoptionthatis Useadynamicbrakingoptionthatfitsthemodelanddutyrating connectedtothedriveistoolow. ofthedrive. Aregenerativeconverter,regenerativeunit,or SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. brakingunitisconnectedtothedrive. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions rr DynamicBrakingTransistorFault Thedrivecontrolcircuitisdamaged. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For Thereisamalfunctionintheinternalbraking informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact transistorofthedrive. Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SC ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair tomakeashortcircuit. shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. Ashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutput • MakesurethatthereisnotashortcircuitinterminalB1and sidecauseddamagetotheoutputtransistorofthe terminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Makesurethatthereisnota drive. shortcircuitinterminals-andterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/ T3. • Ifthereisashortcircuit,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. WhenA1-02=7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV/ SetL8-27correctly. PM],theoutputcurrentismorethanthevaluesetin L8-27[OvercurrentDetectionGain]. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthereisashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutputside,oranIGBTfailure. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SCE ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceErr Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactorfor Examinethemotorcontactorforshortcircuit. shortcircuitorauxiliaryswitch. Note: Themotorcontactorforshortcircuitclosed,whilethedriveisPWMoccurring. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SCF SafetyCircuitFault Thesafetycircuitisbroken. Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE1 MotorContactorResponseError Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactoror Examinethemotorcontactor,auxiliaryswitches,andthewiring auxiliaryswitch. ofthecontactorfeedbacksignal. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthemotorcontactordoesnotrespondinthetimesetinS1-10[Up/DownCommandDelayTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. 322 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| PGo | Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss | Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. |
| Theencoderisnotreceivingpower. | Examinetheencoderpowersupply. | ||
| Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. | Releasetheholdingbrake. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotreceivethespeeddetectionpulsesignalfromtheencoderinthedetectiontimesetinF1-14[EncoderOpen-CircuitDetectTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PGoH | Encoder(PG)HardwareFault | Theencodercableisdisconnected. | Connectanydisconnectedwiresintheencodercable. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •ParameterF1-20[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect]enablesanddisablesPGoHdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| rF | BrakingResistorFault | Theresistanceofthedynamicbrakingoptionthatis connectedtothedriveistoolow. | Useadynamicbrakingoptionthatfitsthemodelanddutyrating ofthedrive. |
| Aregenerativeconverter,regenerativeunit,or brakingunitisconnectedtothedrive. | SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. | ||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| rr | DynamicBrakingTransistorFault | Thedrivecontrolcircuitisdamaged. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Thereisamalfunctionintheinternalbraking transistorofthedrive. | |||
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SC | ShortCircuit/IGBTFailure | Overheatingcauseddamagetothemotororthe motorinsulationisnotsatisfactory. | Measurethemotorinsulationresistance,andreplacethemotorif thereiselectricalconductionorunserviceableinsulation. |
| Themotormaincircuitcableiscontactingground tomakeashortcircuit. | • Examinethemotormaincircuitcablefordamage,andrepair shortcircuits. • Measuretheresistancebetweenthemotormaincircuitcable andthegroundterminal.Ifthereiselectricalconduction, replacethecable. | ||
| Ashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutput sidecauseddamagetotheoutputtransistorofthe drive. | • MakesurethatthereisnotashortcircuitinterminalB1and terminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Makesurethatthereisnota shortcircuitinterminals-andterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/ T3. • Ifthereisashortcircuit,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| WhenA1-02=7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV/ PM],theoutputcurrentismorethanthevaluesetin L8-27[OvercurrentDetectionGain]. | SetL8-27correctly. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthereisashortcircuitorgroundfaultonthedriveoutputside,oranIGBTfailure. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SCE | ShortCircuitBrakeSequenceErr | Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactorfor shortcircuitorauxiliaryswitch. | Examinethemotorcontactorforshortcircuit. |
| Note: Themotorcontactorforshortcircuitclosed,whilethedriveisPWMoccurring. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SCF | SafetyCircuitFault | Thesafetycircuitisbroken. | Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. |
| Note: DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SE1 | MotorContactorResponseError | Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactoror auxiliaryswitch. | Examinethemotorcontactor,auxiliaryswitches,andthewiring ofthecontactorfeedbacksignal. |
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthemotorcontactordoesnotrespondinthetimesetinS1-10[Up/DownCommandDelayTime]. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. |
Source page
Page 323
gnitoohselbuorT 7.4 Fault Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE2 StartingCurrentError Themotorcontactorisopen. Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserroriftheoutputcurrentislowerthan25%ofthemotorno-loadcurrentatstart. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE3 OutputCurrentError Themotorcontactorisopen. Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserroriftheoutputcurrentislowerthan25%ofthemotorno-loadcurrentduringoperation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE4 BrakeResponseError Thefeedbackcontactonthebrakeisdefectiveor Checkthebrakefeedbackcontactandthewiring. thewiringisincorrect. Thebrakecontrolcircuitdoesnotworkcorrectly. Makesurethatthemotorbrakeoperatescorrectlywithabrake controlcommandfromthedrive. Themotorcontactororrelayforthebrakeisopen. • Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. • WhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorFunction= Enabled],checkthemotorcontactororrelay.Whenthereare noproblems,setS6-08=1[SE4FaultReset=Enabled]to resetthefault. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=79or5B[BrakeFeedbackN.OorBrakeFeedbackN.C.]doesnotrespondinthetimesetinS6-05 [BrakeSetError(SE4)DetectDelayT]whenanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[BrakeControl]isactivated. •ThedrivealsodetectsthiserroriftheseconditionsoccurduringrunandcontinueforthetimesetinS6-06[SE4DetectionTimeDuringRun]whenS6-07=1: -Thestateofthefollowingsignals(release/close)donotmatch:oneMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50andoneoftwoMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=79. -Thestateofthefollowingsignals(release/close)donotmatch:oneMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50andbothtwoMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=79. •Thedrivedoesnotdetectthisfaultduringhandevacuation.WhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55or155[RescueOperationor!RescueOperation]isactivatedandno internalRuncommandisactive(thisincludesZeroServooperationorDC-Injection),SE4detectionisdisabled. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE8 SequenceError8 Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactorfor Examinethemotorcontactorforshortcircuit. shortcircuitorauxiliaryswitch. Note: ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=78[MFDOFunctionSelection=ShortCircuitBrakeRelease]turnsON/OFF,buttheMFDIterminalsetfor H1-xx=4Bor4C[ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NO)orShortCircuitMCFeedback(NC)]doesnotturnON/OFFinacertainperiodoftime. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SvE ZeroServoFault Thevaluesetinthetorquelimitistoosmall. Adjusttorquelimit-relatedparametersL7-01toL7-04. Theloadtorqueistoolarge. Decreasetheloadtorque. Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifmotorrotationpositionmovesduringZeroServo. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TCF TDCCFault TheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)has 1. Replaceelevatorropes. reached0andthelifetimeofelevatorropeshave 2. Enterthedefinedpasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntr beenexpired. PasswdSet]. Note: Ifyouforgotthepassword,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. 3. Seto4-40=0[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl]toclear thefault. 4. Seto4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]toresetthe TDCCvalue. Note: Calculateandsetacorrectvaluetoo4-42accordingto EN81.50orotherapplicabledefinitions. 5. UseU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow]andU4-65 7 [RemainDirectChngHigh]tomakesurethatthesetvalueis correct. 6. Logtheexecutedactionandtherelateddatainthe maintenancelogbookofyourfacility. Note: ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=77[MFDOFunctionSelection=TDCCFaultLevelReached]isactive. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TiM KeypadTimeNotSet Thereisabatteryinthekeypad,butthedateand Usethekeypadtosetthedateandtime. timearenotset. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Parametero4-24[bATDetectionSelection]enablesanddisablesTiMdetection. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 323
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| SE2 | StartingCurrentError | Themotorcontactorisopen. | Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. |
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserroriftheoutputcurrentislowerthan25%ofthemotorno-loadcurrentatstart. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SE3 | OutputCurrentError | Themotorcontactorisopen. | Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. |
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserroriftheoutputcurrentislowerthan25%ofthemotorno-loadcurrentduringoperation. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SE4 | BrakeResponseError | Thefeedbackcontactonthebrakeisdefectiveor thewiringisincorrect. | Checkthebrakefeedbackcontactandthewiring. |
| Thebrakecontrolcircuitdoesnotworkcorrectly. | Makesurethatthemotorbrakeoperatescorrectlywithabrake controlcommandfromthedrive. | ||
| Themotorcontactororrelayforthebrakeisopen. | • Checkthecontactorforanyproblems. • WhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorFunction= Enabled],checkthemotorcontactororrelay.Whenthereare noproblems,setS6-08=1[SE4FaultReset=Enabled]to resetthefault. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=79or5B[BrakeFeedbackN.OorBrakeFeedbackN.C.]doesnotrespondinthetimesetinS6-05 [BrakeSetError(SE4)DetectDelayT]whenanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[BrakeControl]isactivated. •ThedrivealsodetectsthiserroriftheseconditionsoccurduringrunandcontinueforthetimesetinS6-06[SE4DetectionTimeDuringRun]whenS6-07=1: -Thestateofthefollowingsignals(release/close)donotmatch:oneMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50andoneoftwoMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=79. -Thestateofthefollowingsignals(release/close)donotmatch:oneMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50andbothtwoMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=79. •Thedrivedoesnotdetectthisfaultduringhandevacuation.WhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55or155[RescueOperationor!RescueOperation]isactivatedandno internalRuncommandisactive(thisincludesZeroServooperationorDC-Injection),SE4detectionisdisabled. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SE8 | SequenceError8 | Thereisaproblemwiththemotorcontactorfor shortcircuitorauxiliaryswitch. | Examinethemotorcontactorforshortcircuit. |
| Note: ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=78[MFDOFunctionSelection=ShortCircuitBrakeRelease]turnsON/OFF,buttheMFDIterminalsetfor H1-xx=4Bor4C[ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NO)orShortCircuitMCFeedback(NC)]doesnotturnON/OFFinacertainperiodoftime. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SvE | ZeroServoFault | Thevaluesetinthetorquelimitistoosmall. | Adjusttorquelimit-relatedparametersL7-01toL7-04. |
| Theloadtorqueistoolarge. | Decreasetheloadtorque. | ||
| Noiseinterferencealongtheencodercable | Isolatetheencodercablefromthedriveoutputlineoradifferent sourceofelectricalinterference. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifmotorrotationpositionmovesduringZeroServo. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| TCF | TDCCFault | TheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)has reached0andthelifetimeofelevatorropeshave beenexpired. | 1. Replaceelevatorropes. 2. Enterthedefinedpasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntr PasswdSet]. Note: Ifyouforgotthepassword,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. 3. Seto4-40=0[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl]toclear thefault. 4. Seto4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]toresetthe TDCCvalue. Note: Calculateandsetacorrectvaluetoo4-42accordingto EN81.50orotherapplicabledefinitions. 5. UseU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow]andU4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh]tomakesurethatthesetvalueis correct. 6. Logtheexecutedactionandtherelateddatainthe maintenancelogbookofyourfacility. |
| Note: ThedrivedetectsthisfaultiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=77[MFDOFunctionSelection=TDCCFaultLevelReached]isactive. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| TiM | KeypadTimeNotSet | Thereisabatteryinthekeypad,butthedateand timearenotset. | Usethekeypadtosetthedateandtime. |
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Parametero4-24[bATDetectionSelection]enablesanddisablesTiMdetection. |
Source page
Page 324
7.4 Fault
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions UL3 UndertorqueDetection1 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions UL4 UndertorqueDetection2 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Uv1 DCBusUndervoltage Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. terminals. Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. much. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. Therewasalossofpower. Useabetterpowersupply. Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 unserviceable. [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Therelayorcontactoronthesoft-chargebypass U4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]showstheperformancelifeof relayisdamaged. thesoft-chargebypassrelay.IfU4-06ismorethan90%,replace theboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingtheboard, contactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelowthelevelsetinL2-05[UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]whilethedriveisrunning. •TheUv1detectionlevelisapproximately190Vfora200Vclassdrives.TheUv1detectionlevelisapproximately380Vfor400Vclassdrives.Thedetectionlevelis approximately350VwhenE1-01[InputACSupplyVoltage]<400. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthisfault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Uv2 ControlPowerUndervoltage Therewasaproblemwiththedrivehardware. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthecontrolpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthisfault. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Uv3 SoftChargeAnswerbackFault Thereisdamagetotherelayorcontactoronthe • Re-energizethedrive. soft-chargebypassrelay. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive. • MonitorU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]showsthe performancelifeofthesoft-chargebypassrelay.IfU4-06is morethan90%,replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformation aboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryour nearestsalesrepresentative. Airinsidethedriveistoohot. Decreasetheambienttemperatureofthedrive. Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. 324 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| UL3 | UndertorqueDetection1 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| UL4 | UndertorqueDetection2 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Uv1 | DCBusUndervoltage | Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. | Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. |
| Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower terminals. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo much. | • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. | ||
| Therewasalossofpower. | Useabetterpowersupply. | ||
| Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome unserviceable. | ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Therelayorcontactoronthesoft-chargebypass relayisdamaged. | U4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]showstheperformancelifeof thesoft-chargebypassrelay.IfU4-06ismorethan90%,replace theboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingtheboard, contactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelowthelevelsetinL2-05[UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]whilethedriveisrunning. •TheUv1detectionlevelisapproximately190Vfora200Vclassdrives.TheUv1detectionlevelisapproximately380Vfor400Vclassdrives.Thedetectionlevelis approximately350VwhenE1-01[InputACSupplyVoltage]<400. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthisfault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Uv2 | ControlPowerUndervoltage | Therewasaproblemwiththedrivehardware. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.For informationaboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthecontrolpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthisfault. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Uv3 | SoftChargeAnswerbackFault | Thereisdamagetotherelayorcontactoronthe soft-chargebypassrelay. | • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthefaultstays,replacethecontrolboardorthedrive. • MonitorU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]showsthe performancelifeofthesoft-chargebypassrelay.IfU4-06is morethan90%,replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformation aboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryour nearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Airinsidethedriveistoohot. | Decreasetheambienttemperatureofthedrive. | ||
| Note: •DoaFaultResettoclearthefault. •Faulttraceisnotavailableforthesefaults. |
Source page
Page 325
gnitoohselbuorT 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms This section gives information about the causes and possible solutions when a minor fault or alarm occurs. Use the information in this table to remove the cause of the minor fault or alarm. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bAT KeypadBatteryLowVoltage Thekeypadbatteryvoltageislow. Replacethekeypadbattery. Note: •Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willswitchON. •Seto4-24[bATDetectionSelection]toenableanddisablebATdetection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bb Baseblock Anexternalbaseblockcommandwasentered Examinetheexternalsequenceandtimingofthebaseblock throughoneoftheMFDIterminalsSx,andthe commandinput. driveoutputstoppedasshownbyanexternal baseblockcommand. Note: Thedrivewillnotoutputaminorfaultsignalforthisalarm. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bCE BluetoothCommunicationError ThesmartphoneortabletwithDriveWizardMobile Usethesmartphoneortablet10m(32.8ft.)ornearertothe installedistoofarfromthekeypad. keypad. Note: bCEcanoccurwhenthesmartphoneortabletis10m(32.8ft) ornearertothekeypaddependingonthespecificationsofthe smartphoneortablet. Radiowavesfromadifferentdevicearecausing Makesurethatnodevicearoundthekeypadusesthesameradio interferencewithcommunicationsbetweenthe bandwidth(2400MHzto2480MHz),andpreventradio smartphoneortabletandkeypad. interference. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorwhenyouusetheBluetoothLCDkeypadtooperatethedrivefromasmartphoneortablet. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions boL BrakingTransistorOverload Thedutycycleofthebrakingtransistorishigh(the • Installabrakingunit(CDBRseries). regenerationpowerorrepetitionfrequencyishigh). • Installaregenerativeconverter. • Increasethedecelerationtime. Youenabledtheprotectivefunctionforthebraking SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. transistorwhenyouhavearegenerativeconverter. Thebrakingtransistorinthedriveisbroken. Replacethedrive. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions brTC DuringBrakeTorqueCheck TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=5D[During Thiscodeindicatesthatthedriveisrunninginbraketorquecheck BrakeTorqueCheck]isactiveandspeedreference mode.Whenthebraketorquecheckissuccessfullycompleted,the isON. displayonthekeypadwillchangeto“brEnd” Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bUS OptionCommunicationError Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. Correctwiringerrors. Thereisashort-circuitinthecommunicationscable • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and error. groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, 7 andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. Theoptioncardisincorrectlyinstalledtothedrive. Correctlyinstalltheoptioncardtothedrive. Theoptioncardisdamaged. Ifthealarmcontinuesandthewiringiscorrect,replacetheoption card. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheUp/Downcommandorspeedreferenceisassignedtotheoptioncard. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF6-01[CommunicationErrorSelection]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 325
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| bAT | KeypadBatteryLowVoltage | Thekeypadbatteryvoltageislow. | Replacethekeypadbattery. |
| Note: •Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willswitchON. •Seto4-24[bATDetectionSelection]toenableanddisablebATdetection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| bb | Baseblock | Anexternalbaseblockcommandwasentered throughoneoftheMFDIterminalsSx,andthe driveoutputstoppedasshownbyanexternal baseblockcommand. | Examinetheexternalsequenceandtimingofthebaseblock commandinput. |
| Note: Thedrivewillnotoutputaminorfaultsignalforthisalarm. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| bCE | BluetoothCommunicationError | ThesmartphoneortabletwithDriveWizardMobile installedistoofarfromthekeypad. | Usethesmartphoneortablet10m(32.8ft.)ornearertothe keypad. Note: bCEcanoccurwhenthesmartphoneortabletis10m(32.8ft) ornearertothekeypaddependingonthespecificationsofthe smartphoneortablet. |
| Radiowavesfromadifferentdevicearecausing interferencewithcommunicationsbetweenthe smartphoneortabletandkeypad. | Makesurethatnodevicearoundthekeypadusesthesameradio bandwidth(2400MHzto2480MHz),andpreventradio interference. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorwhenyouusetheBluetoothLCDkeypadtooperatethedrivefromasmartphoneortablet. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| boL | BrakingTransistorOverload | Thedutycycleofthebrakingtransistorishigh(the regenerationpowerorrepetitionfrequencyishigh). | • Installabrakingunit(CDBRseries). • Installaregenerativeconverter. • Increasethedecelerationtime. |
| Youenabledtheprotectivefunctionforthebraking transistorwhenyouhavearegenerativeconverter. | SetL8-55=0[InternalDBTransistorProtection=Disable]. | ||
| Thebrakingtransistorinthedriveisbroken. | Replacethedrive. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| brTC | DuringBrakeTorqueCheck | TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=5D[During BrakeTorqueCheck]isactiveandspeedreference isON. | Thiscodeindicatesthatthedriveisrunninginbraketorquecheck mode.Whenthebraketorquecheckissuccessfullycompleted,the displayonthekeypadwillchangeto“brEnd” |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| bUS | OptionCommunicationError | Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Thereisashort-circuitinthecommunicationscable orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. | • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata error. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. | ||
| Theoptioncardisincorrectlyinstalledtothedrive. | Correctlyinstalltheoptioncardtothedrive. | ||
| Theoptioncardisdamaged. | Ifthealarmcontinuesandthewiringiscorrect,replacetheoption card. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheUp/Downcommandorspeedreferenceisassignedtotheoptioncard. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF6-01[CommunicationErrorSelection]. |
Source page
Page 326
7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions bUSy Busy YousetthedrivetouseMEMOBUS/Modbus UseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoentertheenter communicationstochangeparameters,butyouused command,thenusethekeypadtochangetheparameter. thekeypadtochangeparameters. Youtriedtochangeaparameterwhilethedrivewas Waituntiltheprocessiscomplete. changingsetting. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CALL SerialCommTransmissionError Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. Correctwiringerrors. Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable • Repairtheshort-circuitedordisconnectedportionofthecable. orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. Aprogrammingerroroccurredonthecontroller Examinecommunicationsatstart-upandcorrectprogramming side. errors. Thereisdamagetothecommunicationscircuitry. • Doaself-diagnosticscheck. • Iftheproblemcontinues,replacethecontrolboardorthe drive.ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacethecontrolboard. TheterminationresistorsettingforMEMOBUS/ OnthelastdriveinaMEMOBUS/Modbusnetwork,setDIP Modbuscommunicationsisincorrect. switchS2totheONpositiontoenabletheterminationresistor. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafromthecontrollerwhenenergizingthedrive. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CE ModbusCommunicationError Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. Correctwiringerrors. Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and error. groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. Thecommunicationprotocolisnotcompatible. • ExaminethevaluessetinH5-xx. • Examinethesettingsonthecontrollersideandcorrectthe differenceincommunicationconditions. ThevaluesetinH5-09[CEDetectionTime]istoo • Changethecontrollersoftwaresettings. smallforthecommunicationscycle. • IncreasethevaluesetinH5-09. Thecontrollersoftwareorhardwareiscausinga Examinethecontrollerandremovethecauseoftheproblem. communicationproblem. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafortheCEdetectiontimesettoH5-09. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinH5-04[CommunicationErrorStopMethod]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CrST RemoveUp/DownCommandto Thedrivereceivedafaultresetcommandwhenan TurnofftheUp/Downcommandthende-energizeandre-energize Reset Up/Downcommandwasactive. thedrive. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CyPo CyclePowertoAcceptChanges AlthoughF6-15=1[Comm.OptionParameters Re-energizethedrivetoupdatethecommunicationoption Reload=ReloadNow],thedrivedoesnotupdate parameters. thecommunicationoptionparameters. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dEv SpeedDeviation Theloadistooheavy Decreasetheload. Accelerationanddecelerationrampsaresettoofast. IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. ThedEvdetectionlevelsettingsareincorrect. AdjustF1-10[SpeedDeviationDetectionLevel]andF1-11 [SpeedDeviationDetectDelayTime]. Theloadislockedup. Examinethemachine. 326 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| bUSy | Busy | YousetthedrivetouseMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationstochangeparameters,butyouused thekeypadtochangeparameters. | UseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoentertheenter command,thenusethekeypadtochangetheparameter. |
| Youtriedtochangeaparameterwhilethedrivewas changingsetting. | Waituntiltheprocessiscomplete. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CALL | SerialCommTransmissionError | Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. | • Repairtheshort-circuitedordisconnectedportionofthecable. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. | ||
| Aprogrammingerroroccurredonthecontroller side. | Examinecommunicationsatstart-upandcorrectprogramming errors. | ||
| Thereisdamagetothecommunicationscircuitry. | • Doaself-diagnosticscheck. • Iftheproblemcontinues,replacethecontrolboardorthe drive.ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacethecontrolboard. | ||
| TheterminationresistorsettingforMEMOBUS/ Modbuscommunicationsisincorrect. | OnthelastdriveinaMEMOBUS/Modbusnetwork,setDIP switchS2totheONpositiontoenabletheterminationresistor. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafromthecontrollerwhenenergizingthedrive. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CE | ModbusCommunicationError | Thecommunicationscablewiringisincorrect. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Thereisashortcircuitinthecommunicationscable orthecommunicationscableisnotconnected. | • Repairshortcircuitsandconnectcables. • Replacethedefectivecommunicationscable. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedacommunicationdata error. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • Useonlytherecommendedcablesorothershieldedline. Groundtheshieldonthecontrollersideorthedriveinput powerside. • Separatethecommunicationwiringfromdrivepowerlines, andinstallanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthepowersupply forcommunication. • Decreasetheeffectsofelectricalinterferencefromthe controller. | ||
| Thecommunicationprotocolisnotcompatible. | • ExaminethevaluessetinH5-xx. • Examinethesettingsonthecontrollersideandcorrectthe differenceincommunicationconditions. | ||
| ThevaluesetinH5-09[CEDetectionTime]istoo smallforthecommunicationscycle. | • Changethecontrollersoftwaresettings. • IncreasethevaluesetinH5-09. | ||
| Thecontrollersoftwareorhardwareiscausinga communicationproblem. | Examinethecontrollerandremovethecauseoftheproblem. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotcorrectlyreceivecontroldatafortheCEdetectiontimesettoH5-09. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinH5-04[CommunicationErrorStopMethod]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CrST | RemoveUp/DownCommandto Reset | Thedrivereceivedafaultresetcommandwhenan Up/Downcommandwasactive. | TurnofftheUp/Downcommandthende-energizeandre-energize thedrive. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CyPo | CyclePowertoAcceptChanges | AlthoughF6-15=1[Comm.OptionParameters Reload=ReloadNow],thedrivedoesnotupdate thecommunicationoptionparameters. | Re-energizethedrivetoupdatethecommunicationoption parameters. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dEv | SpeedDeviation | Theloadistooheavy | Decreasetheload. |
| Accelerationanddecelerationrampsaresettoofast. | IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. | ||
| ThedEvdetectionlevelsettingsareincorrect. | AdjustF1-10[SpeedDeviationDetectionLevel]andF1-11 [SpeedDeviationDetectDelayTime]. | ||
| Theloadislockedup. | Examinethemachine. |
Source page
Page 327
gnitoohselbuorT 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. Releasetheholdingbrake. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedifferencebetweenthedetectedspeedandthespeedreferenceismorethanthesettingofF1-10forlongerthanF1-11. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-04[SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF Up/DownCommandInputError AnUpcommandandaDowncommandwereinput ExaminetheUpandDowncommandsequenceandcorrectthe atthesametimeforlongerthan0.5s. problem. Note: •IfthedrivedetectsEF,themotorwillramptostop. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF0 OptionCardExternalFault Thecommunicationoptioncardreceivedan 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe externalfaultfromthecontroller. cause. 2. Cleartheexternalfaultinputfromthecontroller. Programmingerroroccurredonthecontrollerside. Examinetheoperationofthecontrollerprogram. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthealarmfunctionontheexternaldevicesideisoperating. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SetthestoppingmethodforthisfaultinF6-03[CommExternalFault(EF0)Select]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF3 ExternalFault(TerminalS3) MFDIterminalS3causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS3. ExternalFault[H1-03=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS3,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF4 ExternalFault(TerminalS4) MFDIterminalS4causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS4. ExternalFault[H1-04=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS4,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF5 ExternalFault(TerminalS5) MFDIterminalS5causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS5. ExternalFault[H1-05=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS5,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF6 ExternalFault(TerminalS6) MFDIterminalS6causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. 7 Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS6. ExternalFault[H1-06=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS6,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF7 ExternalFault(TerminalS7) MFDIterminalS7causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS7. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 327
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. | Releasetheholdingbrake. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedifferencebetweenthedetectedspeedandthespeedreferenceismorethanthesettingofF1-10forlongerthanF1-11. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,thedrivewilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-04[SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF | Up/DownCommandInputError | AnUpcommandandaDowncommandwereinput atthesametimeforlongerthan0.5s. | ExaminetheUpandDowncommandsequenceandcorrectthe problem. |
| Note: •IfthedrivedetectsEF,themotorwillramptostop. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF0 | OptionCardExternalFault | Thecommunicationoptioncardreceivedan externalfaultfromthecontroller. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. Cleartheexternalfaultinputfromthecontroller. |
| Programmingerroroccurredonthecontrollerside. | Examinetheoperationofthecontrollerprogram. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthealarmfunctionontheexternaldevicesideisoperating. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SetthestoppingmethodforthisfaultinF6-03[CommExternalFault(EF0)Select]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF3 | ExternalFault(TerminalS3) | MFDIterminalS3causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS3. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-03=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS3,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF4 | ExternalFault(TerminalS4) | MFDIterminalS4causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS4. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-04=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS4,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF5 | ExternalFault(TerminalS5) | MFDIterminalS5causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS5. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-05=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS5,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF6 | ExternalFault(TerminalS6) | MFDIterminalS6causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS6. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-06=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS6,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF7 | ExternalFault(TerminalS7) | MFDIterminalS7causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS7. |
Source page
Page 328
7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ExternalFault[H1-07=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS7,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF8 ExternalFault(TerminalS8) MFDIterminalS8causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS8. ExternalFault[H1-08=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS8,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF9 ExternalFault(TerminalS9) MFDIterminalS9causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS9. ExternalFault[H1-09=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS9,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EF10 ExternalFault(TerminalS10) MFDIterminalS10causedanexternalfaultthrough 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe anexternaldevice. cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. Thewiringisincorrect. CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS10. ExternalFault[H1-10=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI CorrectlysettheMFDI. terminalS10,buttheterminalisnotinuse. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions EP24v ExternalPower24VSupply Thevoltageofthemaincircuitpowersupply • Examinethemaincircuitpowersupply. decreased,andthe24Vpowersupplyissupplying • TurnONthemaincircuitpowersupplytorunthedrive. powertothedrive. Note: •Seto2-26[Ext.Power24VSupplyDisplay]toenableordisableEP24vdetection. •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthisalarm. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions FAn InternalFanFault Thecirculationfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions HCA HighCurrentAlarm Theloadistooheavy. • Decreasetheloadforapplicationswithrepetitivestartsand stops. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Theaccelerationrampistoofast. • Calculatethetorquenecessaryduringaccelerationrelatedto theloadinertiaandthespecifiedaccelerationramp. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]untilyougetthenecessarytorque. • IncreasethevaluessetinC2-01toC2-04[Jerk Characteristics]untilyougetthenecessarytorque. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Thedriveistryingtooperateaspecializedmotoror • Examinethemotornameplate,themotor,andthedriveto amotorthatislargerthanthemaximumapplicable makesurethatthecontinuousratedcurrentofthedriveis motoroutputofthedrive. largerthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethantheovercurrentalarmlevel(150%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent). •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. 328 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| ExternalFault[H1-07=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS7,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF8 | ExternalFault(TerminalS8) | MFDIterminalS8causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS8. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-08=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS8,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF9 | ExternalFault(TerminalS9) | MFDIterminalS9causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS9. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-09=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS9,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EF10 | ExternalFault(TerminalS10) | MFDIterminalS10causedanexternalfaultthrough anexternaldevice. | 1. Findthedevicethatcausedtheexternalfaultandremovethe cause. 2. CleartheexternalfaultinputintheMFDI. |
| Thewiringisincorrect. | CorrectlyconnectthesignallinetoMFDIterminalS10. | ||
| ExternalFault[H1-10=2Cto2F]issettoMFDI terminalS10,buttheterminalisnotinuse. | CorrectlysettheMFDI. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| EP24v | ExternalPower24VSupply | Thevoltageofthemaincircuitpowersupply decreased,andthe24Vpowersupplyissupplying powertothedrive. | • Examinethemaincircuitpowersupply. • TurnONthemaincircuitpowersupplytorunthedrive. |
| Note: •Seto2-26[Ext.Power24VSupplyDisplay]toenableordisableEP24vdetection. •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthisalarm. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| FAn | InternalFanFault | Thecirculationfanstoppedoperatingcorrectly. | • Examinecirculationfanoperation. • Re-energizethedrive. • ExamineU4-03[CoolingFanOpeTime]andU4-04[Cool FanMaintenance].Ifthereisdamagetothecirculationfanor iftheperformancelifeofthefanisexpired,replacethefan. |
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| HCA | HighCurrentAlarm | Theloadistooheavy. | • Decreasetheloadforapplicationswithrepetitivestartsand stops. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. |
| Theaccelerationrampistoofast. | • Calculatethetorquenecessaryduringaccelerationrelatedto theloadinertiaandthespecifiedaccelerationramp. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07 [AccelerationRamps]untilyougetthenecessarytorque. • IncreasethevaluessetinC2-01toC2-04[Jerk Characteristics]untilyougetthenecessarytorque. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Thedriveistryingtooperateaspecializedmotoror amotorthatislargerthanthemaximumapplicable motoroutputofthedrive. | • Examinethemotornameplate,themotor,andthedriveto makesurethatthecontinuousratedcurrentofthedriveis largerthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethantheovercurrentalarmlevel(150%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent). •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. |
Source page
Page 329
gnitoohselbuorT 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions L24v LossofExternalPower24Supply Thevoltageofthebackup24Vpowersupplyhas • Examinetheexternal24Vpowersupplyfordisconnected decreased.Themaincircuitpowersupplyis wiresandwiringerrorsandrepairtheproblems. operatingcorrectly. • Examinetheexternal24Vpowersupplyforproblems. Note: •Seto2-23[External24VPowerlossDetection]toenableordisableL24vdetection. •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthisalarm. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LoG ComError/AbnormalSDcard ThereisnotamicroSDinthekeypad. PutamicroSDcardinthekeypad. • ThedriveisconnectedtoUSB. Seto5-01=0[LogStart/StopSelection=OFF]. • Thenumberoflogcommunicationfilesismore than1000. • ThemicroSDcarddoesnothaveavailable memoryspace. • Thelinenumberdatainalogcommunication fileisnotcorrect. • Acommunicationerrorbetweenthekeypadand driveoccurredduringalogcommunication. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=6A[MFDOFunctionSelection=DataLoggerError]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LT-1 CoolingFanMaintenanceTime Thecoolingfanisat90%ofitsexpected 1. Replacethecoolingfan. performancelife. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]toreset thecoolingfanoperationtime. Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelection=MaintenanceNotification]willactivate. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LT-2 CapacitorMaintenanceTime Thecapacitorsforthemaincircuitandcontrol Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout circuitareat90%ofexpectedperformancelife. replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LT-3 SoftChargeBypassRelay Thesoftchargebypassrelayisat90%ofits Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout MainteTime expectedperformancelife. replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions LT-4 IGBTMaintenanceTime TheIGBTisat90%ofitsexpectedperformance Checktheload,carrierfrequency,andoutputspeed. life. Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH HeatsinkOverheat Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink • Measuretheambienttemperature. temperatureismorethantheL8-02[Overheat • Increasetheairflowaroundthedrive. AlarmLevel]. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. Thereisnotsufficientairflowaroundthedrive. • Givethedrivethecorrectinstallationspaceasshowninthe manual. • Makesurethatthereissufficientcirculationaroundthecontrol panel. 7 • Examinethedrivefordustorotherunwantedmaterialsthat couldclogthecoolingfan. • Removeunwantedmaterialsthatpreventaircirculation. Theinternalcoolingfanorfanshavestopped. 1. Usetheproceduresinthismanualtoreplacethecoolingfan. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]toreset thecoolingfanoperationtime. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethanL8-02. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SetthestoppingmethodforthisfaultinL8-03[OverheatPre-AlarmSelection]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 329
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| L24v | LossofExternalPower24Supply | Thevoltageofthebackup24Vpowersupplyhas decreased.Themaincircuitpowersupplyis operatingcorrectly. | • Examinetheexternal24Vpowersupplyfordisconnected wiresandwiringerrorsandrepairtheproblems. • Examinetheexternal24Vpowersupplyforproblems. |
| Note: •Seto2-23[External24VPowerlossDetection]toenableordisableL24vdetection. •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthisalarm. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LoG | ComError/AbnormalSDcard | ThereisnotamicroSDinthekeypad. | PutamicroSDcardinthekeypad. |
| • ThedriveisconnectedtoUSB. • Thenumberoflogcommunicationfilesismore than1000. • ThemicroSDcarddoesnothaveavailable memoryspace. • Thelinenumberdatainalogcommunication fileisnotcorrect. • Acommunicationerrorbetweenthekeypadand driveoccurredduringalogcommunication. | Seto5-01=0[LogStart/StopSelection=OFF]. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=6A[MFDOFunctionSelection=DataLoggerError]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LT-1 | CoolingFanMaintenanceTime | Thecoolingfanisat90%ofitsexpected performancelife. | 1. Replacethecoolingfan. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]toreset thecoolingfanoperationtime. |
| Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelection=MaintenanceNotification]willactivate. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LT-2 | CapacitorMaintenanceTime | Thecapacitorsforthemaincircuitandcontrol circuitareat90%ofexpectedperformancelife. | Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. |
| Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LT-3 | SoftChargeBypassRelay MainteTime | Thesoftchargebypassrelayisat90%ofits expectedperformancelife. | Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. |
| Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| LT-4 | IGBTMaintenanceTime | TheIGBTisat90%ofitsexpectedperformance life. | Checktheload,carrierfrequency,andoutputspeed. |
| Note: •Whentheestimatedperformancelifeisexpired,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=2F[MFDOFunctionSelect=MaintenanceNotification]willbeON. •Seto4-16[MaintenanceMonitoringSelection]toenableanddisableLT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]toLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oH | HeatsinkOverheat | Theambienttemperatureishighandtheheatsink temperatureismorethantheL8-02[Overheat AlarmLevel]. | • Measuretheambienttemperature. • Increasetheairflowaroundthedrive. • Installacoolingdevice(coolingfanorairconditioner)to lowertheambienttemperature. • Removeobjectsnearthedrivethatareproducingtoomuch heat. |
| Thereisnotsufficientairflowaroundthedrive. | • Givethedrivethecorrectinstallationspaceasshowninthe manual. • Makesurethatthereissufficientcirculationaroundthecontrol panel. • Examinethedrivefordustorotherunwantedmaterialsthat couldclogthecoolingfan. • Removeunwantedmaterialsthatpreventaircirculation. | ||
| Theinternalcoolingfanorfanshavestopped. | 1. Usetheproceduresinthismanualtoreplacethecoolingfan. 2. Seto4-03=0[FanOperationTimeSetting=0h]toreset thecoolingfanoperationtime. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheheatsinktemperatureofthedriveismorethanL8-02. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SetthestoppingmethodforthisfaultinL8-03[OverheatPre-AlarmSelection]. |
Source page
Page 330
7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oH3 MotorOverheat(PTCInput) Thethermistorwiringthatdetectsmotor Correctwiringerrors. temperatureisdefective. Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault Example:Themachineislocked. Themotorhasoverheated. • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationramp,and motorstart/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinL1-03[MotorThermistoroHAlarmSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL3 Overtorque1 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Themachineislocked. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SettheconditionsthattriggertheminorfaultusingL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oL4 Overtorque2 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Themachineislocked. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SettheconditionsthattriggertheminorfaultusingL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oS Overspeed Thereisovershoot. DecreaseC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andincreaseC5-02 [ASRIntegralTime1]. TheoSdetectionlevelissetincorrectly. AdjustF1-08[OverspeedDetectionLevel]andF1-09[Overspeed DetectionDelayTime]. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthemotorspeedismorethanthevaluesetinF1-08forlongerthanF1-09. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-03[OverspeedDetectionSelection]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ov Overvoltage Therearesurgevoltagesintheinputpowersupply. ConnectaDCreactortothedrive. Note: IfyouturnthephaseadvancingcapacitorsONandOFFand usethyristorconvertersinthesamepowersupplysystem, therecanbesurgevoltagesthatirregularlyincreasetheinput voltage. Thedriveoutputcableormotorisshortedtoground 1. Examinethemotormaincircuitcable,terminals,andmotor (thecurrentshorttogroundischargingthemain terminalbox,andthenremovegroundfaults. circuitcapacitorofthedrivethroughthepower 2. Re-energizethedrive. supply). Thepowersupplyvoltageistoohigh. Decreasethepowersupplyvoltagetomatchthedriverated voltage. Electricalinterferencecausedadrivemalfunction. • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • SetL5-01≠0[NumberofAutoResetAttempts≠0times]. 330 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oH3 | MotorOverheat(PTCInput) | Thethermistorwiringthatdetectsmotor temperatureisdefective. | Correctwiringerrors. |
| Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault | ||
| Themotorhasoverheated. | • Checktheloadlevel,acceleration/decelerationramp,and motorstart/stopfrequency(cycletime). • Decreasetheload. • IncreasethevaluessetinC1-01toC1-08[Acceleration/ DecelerationRamps]. • SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]correctlytothevalue specifiedbythemotornameplate. • Makesurethatthemotorcoolingsystemisoperatingcorrectly, andrepairorreplaceitifitisdamaged. • AdjustE1-04toE1-10[V/fPatternParameters].Formotor2, adjustE3-04toE3-10.DecreasethevaluessetinE1-08[Mid PointAVoltage]andE1-10[MinimumOutputVoltage]. Note: IfthevaluessetinE1-08andE1-10aretoolow,theoverload tolerancewilldecreaseatlowspeeds. | ||
| Note: •WhenH3-02,H3-10,orH3-06=E[MFAIFunctionSelection=MotorTemperature(PTCInput)],thedrivedetectsthisfaultifthemotoroverheatsignalenteredtoan analoginputterminalA1,A2,orA3ismorethanthealarmdetectionlevel. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinL1-03[MotorThermistoroHAlarmSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL3 | Overtorque1 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisfaultifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SettheconditionsthattriggertheminorfaultusingL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oL4 | Overtorque2 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Themachineislocked. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentismorethanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •SettheconditionsthattriggertheminorfaultusingL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oS | Overspeed | Thereisovershoot. | DecreaseC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]andincreaseC5-02 [ASRIntegralTime1]. |
| TheoSdetectionlevelissetincorrectly. | AdjustF1-08[OverspeedDetectionLevel]andF1-09[Overspeed DetectionDelayTime]. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthemotorspeedismorethanthevaluesetinF1-08forlongerthanF1-09. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-03[OverspeedDetectionSelection]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| ov | Overvoltage | Therearesurgevoltagesintheinputpowersupply. | ConnectaDCreactortothedrive. Note: IfyouturnthephaseadvancingcapacitorsONandOFFand usethyristorconvertersinthesamepowersupplysystem, therecanbesurgevoltagesthatirregularlyincreasetheinput voltage. |
| Thedriveoutputcableormotorisshortedtoground (thecurrentshorttogroundischargingthemain circuitcapacitorofthedrivethroughthepower supply). | 1. Examinethemotormaincircuitcable,terminals,andmotor terminalbox,andthenremovegroundfaults. 2. Re-energizethedrive. | ||
| Thepowersupplyvoltageistoohigh. | Decreasethepowersupplyvoltagetomatchthedriverated voltage. | ||
| Electricalinterferencecausedadrivemalfunction. | • Examinethecontrolcircuitlines,maincircuitlines,and groundwiring,anddecreasetheeffectsofelectrical interference. • Makesurethatamagneticcontactorisnotthesourceofthe electricalinterference,thenuseaSurgeProtectiveDeviceif necessary. • SetL5-01≠0[NumberofAutoResetAttempts≠0times]. |
Source page
Page 331
gnitoohselbuorT 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Thedrivedetectsov[Overvoltage]when: Increasethevaluesetinn2-03[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime • Theaccelerationcompletes 2]in50msincrements. • Thedecelerationstarts Note: • Theloadchangessuddenly Makesurethatyousetn2-02≤n2-03. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltageismorethantheovdetectionlevelwhenthereisnoUp/Downcommand(whilethedriveisstopped). •Theovdetectionlevelisapproximately410Vwith200Vclassdrives.Theovdetectionlevelisapproximately820Vfor400Vclassdrives. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ovEr TooManyParametersChanged Youtriedtochangemorethan150parameters. Makesurethatparametersthatdonothaveaneffectondrive operationareattheirdefaultsettings. Note: •Youcanchange150parametersmaximum. •Ifyouchangeparametersthathavedependencies,thedrive candetectovErwhenthenumberofchangedparametersis fewerthan150. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PASS ModbusCommunicationTest TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstestis ThePASSdisplaywillturnoffaftercommunicationstestmodeis complete. cleared. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PF InputPhaseLoss Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. Correctallwiringerrorswiththemaincircuitpowersupply. Loosewiringintheinputpowerterminals. Tightenthescrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. much. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. Unsatisfactorybalancebetweenvoltagephases. • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Ifthesupplyvoltageisgood,examinethemagneticcontactor onthemaincircuitsideforproblems. Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome • ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 unserviceable. [CapacitorMaintenance]. • IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethecapacitor.Contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeformore information. • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthealarmstays,replacethecircuitboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeformore information. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagechangesirregularlywithoutregeneration. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •UseL8-05[InputPhaseLossProtectionSel]toenableanddisablePFdetection. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PGo Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder incorrectly. cable,andrepairproblems. Theencoderisnotreceivingpower. Examinetheencoderpowersupply. Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. Releasetheholdingbrake. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotreceivethespeeddetectionpulsesignalfromtheencoderinthedetectiontimesetinF1-14[EncoderOpen-CircuitDetectTime]. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions PGoH Encoder(PG)HardwareFault Theencodercableisdisconnected. Correctanydisconnectedwiresintheencodercable. 7 Note: •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •ParameterF1-20[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect]enablesanddisablesPGoHdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions rUn MotorSwitchduringRun ThedrivereceivedaMotor2Selection[H1-xx= MakesurethatthedrivereceivestheMotor2Selectionwhilethe 16]duringrun. driveisstopped. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 331
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thedrivedetectsov[Overvoltage]when: • Theaccelerationcompletes • Thedecelerationstarts • Theloadchangessuddenly | Increasethevaluesetinn2-03[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime 2]in50msincrements. Note: Makesurethatyousetn2-02≤n2-03. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltageismorethantheovdetectionlevelwhenthereisnoUp/Downcommand(whilethedriveisstopped). •Theovdetectionlevelisapproximately410Vwith200Vclassdrives.Theovdetectionlevelisapproximately820Vfor400Vclassdrives. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| ovEr | TooManyParametersChanged | Youtriedtochangemorethan150parameters. | Makesurethatparametersthatdonothaveaneffectondrive operationareattheirdefaultsettings. Note: •Youcanchange150parametersmaximum. •Ifyouchangeparametersthathavedependencies,thedrive candetectovErwhenthenumberofchangedparametersis fewerthan150. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PASS | ModbusCommunicationTest | TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstestis complete. | ThePASSdisplaywillturnoffaftercommunicationstestmodeis cleared. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PF | InputPhaseLoss | Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. | Correctallwiringerrorswiththemaincircuitpowersupply. |
| Loosewiringintheinputpowerterminals. | Tightenthescrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo much. | • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. | ||
| Unsatisfactorybalancebetweenvoltagephases. | • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Ifthesupplyvoltageisgood,examinethemagneticcontactor onthemaincircuitsideforproblems. | ||
| Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome unserviceable. | • ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance]. • IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethecapacitor.Contact Yaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeformore information. | ||
| • Examinethesupplyvoltageforproblems. • Re-energizethedrive. • Ifthealarmstays,replacethecircuitboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeformore information. | |||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserroriftheDCbusvoltagechangesirregularlywithoutregeneration. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •UseL8-05[InputPhaseLossProtectionSel]toenableanddisablePFdetection. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PGo | Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss | Theencodercableisdisconnectedorwired incorrectly. | Examineforwiringerrorsordisconnectedwiresintheencoder cable,andrepairproblems. |
| Theencoderisnotreceivingpower. | Examinetheencoderpowersupply. | ||
| Theholdingbrakeisstoppingthemotor. | Releasetheholdingbrake. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifitdoesnotreceivethespeeddetectionpulsesignalfromtheencoderinthedetectiontimesetinF1-14[EncoderOpen-CircuitDetectTime]. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| PGoH | Encoder(PG)HardwareFault | Theencodercableisdisconnected. | Correctanydisconnectedwiresintheencodercable. |
| Note: •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •ParameterF1-20[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect]enablesanddisablesPGoHdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbythestoppingmethodsetinF1-02[PGOpenCircuitDetectionSelect]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| rUn | MotorSwitchduringRun | ThedrivereceivedaMotor2Selection[H1-xx= 16]duringrun. | MakesurethatthedrivereceivestheMotor2Selectionwhilethe driveisstopped. |
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. |
Source page
Page 332
7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SE ModbusTestModeError MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsself- StopthedriveanddoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsself- diagnostics[H1-xx=67]wasdonewhilethedrive diagnostics. wasrunning. Note: Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions STo SafeTorqueOFF SafeDisableinputsH1-HCandH2-HCareopen. • MakesurethattheSafeDisablesignalisinputfroman externalsourcetoterminalH1-HCandH2-HC. • WhentheSafeDisablefunctionisnotinuse,connect terminalsH1-HCandH2-HC. ThereisinternaldamagetothetwoSafeDisable Replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacing channels. thecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthiscondition. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiscondition,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=21[MFDOFunctionSelection=SafeTorqueOFF]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions SToF SafeTorqueOFF OneofthetwoterminalsH1-HCorH2-HC • MakesurethattheSafeDisablesignalisinputfroman receivedtheSafeDisableinputsignal. externalsourcetoterminalsH1-HCorH2-HC. • WhentheSafeDisablefunctionisnotinuse,connect TheSafeDisableinputsignaliswiredincorrectly. terminalsH1-HCandH2-HC. ThereisinternaldamagetooneSafeDisable Replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacing channel. thecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TCA TDCCAlarm TheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)has 1. Replaceelevatorropes. reachedthealarmlevelsetino4-41[TravelDirect 2. Enterthedefinedpasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntr C re o p u la n c t e e d rA so la o r n m . Level]andelevatorropesneedtobe PasswdSet]. Note: Ifyouforgotthepassword,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. 3. Seto4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]toresetthe TDCCvalue. Note: Calculateandsetacorrectvaluetoo4-42accordingto EN81.50orotherapplicabledefinitions. 4. UseU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow]andU4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh]tomakesurethatthesetvalueis correct. 5. Logtheexecutedactionandtherelateddatainthe maintenancelogbookofyourfacility. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisalarmiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=76[TDCCAlarmLevelReached]isactive. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Evenifthedrivedetectsthisalarm,thedrivecancontinuetooperatenormallyuntilthecounterhasreached0. •IfTCS[TDCCSetup]occurs,thedrivedoesnotdetectthisalarmatthesametime. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TCS TDCCSetup Youseto4-40=1[TravelDirectChange Setapasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntrPasswdSet]. CounterEnbl]toactivatetheTravelDirection ChangeCounterandyouhavenotsetapassword. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisalarmiftheTDCCisactivatedbutthepasswordhasnotbeendefined. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •ThisalarmhashigherprioritythanTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions TiM KeypadTimeNotSet Youputabatteryinthekeypad,butyouhavenot Setthedateandtimewiththekeypad. setthedateandtime. Note: •Parametero4-24[bATDetectionSelection]enablesanddisablesTiMdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions UL3 UndertorqueDetection1 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. 332 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| SE | ModbusTestModeError | MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsself- diagnostics[H1-xx=67]wasdonewhilethedrive wasrunning. | StopthedriveanddoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsself- diagnostics. |
| Note: Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| STo | SafeTorqueOFF | SafeDisableinputsH1-HCandH2-HCareopen. | • MakesurethattheSafeDisablesignalisinputfroman externalsourcetoterminalH1-HCandH2-HC. • WhentheSafeDisablefunctionisnotinuse,connect terminalsH1-HCandH2-HC. |
| ThereisinternaldamagetothetwoSafeDisable channels. | Replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacing thecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Note: •Thedrivewillnotoutputanalarmsignalforthiscondition. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiscondition,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=21[MFDOFunctionSelection=SafeTorqueOFF]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| SToF | SafeTorqueOFF | OneofthetwoterminalsH1-HCorH2-HC receivedtheSafeDisableinputsignal. | • MakesurethattheSafeDisablesignalisinputfroman externalsourcetoterminalsH1-HCorH2-HC. • WhentheSafeDisablefunctionisnotinuse,connect terminalsH1-HCandH2-HC. |
| TheSafeDisableinputsignaliswiredincorrectly. | |||
| ThereisinternaldamagetooneSafeDisable channel. | Replacetheboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacing thecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Note: Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| TCA | TDCCAlarm | TheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)has reachedthealarmlevelsetino4-41[TravelDirect CounterAlarmLevel]andelevatorropesneedtobe replacedsoon. | 1. Replaceelevatorropes. 2. Enterthedefinedpasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntr PasswdSet]. Note: Ifyouforgotthepassword,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. 3. Seto4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]toresetthe TDCCvalue. Note: Calculateandsetacorrectvaluetoo4-42accordingto EN81.50orotherapplicabledefinitions. 4. UseU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow]andU4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh]tomakesurethatthesetvalueis correct. 5. Logtheexecutedactionandtherelateddatainthe maintenancelogbookofyourfacility. |
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisalarmiftheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=76[TDCCAlarmLevelReached]isactive. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •Evenifthedrivedetectsthisalarm,thedrivecancontinuetooperatenormallyuntilthecounterhasreached0. •IfTCS[TDCCSetup]occurs,thedrivedoesnotdetectthisalarmatthesametime. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| TCS | TDCCSetup | Youseto4-40=1[TravelDirectChange CounterEnbl]toactivatetheTravelDirection ChangeCounterandyouhavenotsetapassword. | Setapasswordino4-44[TravelDirectChgCntrPasswdSet]. |
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthisalarmiftheTDCCisactivatedbutthepasswordhasnotbeendefined. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. •ThisalarmhashigherprioritythanTCA[TDCCAlarm]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| TiM | KeypadTimeNotSet | Youputabatteryinthekeypad,butyouhavenot setthedateandtime. | Setthedateandtimewiththekeypad. |
| Note: •Parametero4-24[bATDetectionSelection]enablesanddisablesTiMdetection. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalsettoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willactivate. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| UL3 | UndertorqueDetection1 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1]andL6-03[Torque DetectionTime1]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-02forlongerthanL6-03. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-01[TorqueDetectionSelection1]. |
Source page
Page 333
gnitoohselbuorT 7.5 Minor Faults/Alarms Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions UL4 UndertorqueDetection2 Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Uv Undervoltage Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. much. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. terminals. Therewasalossofpower. Useabetterpowersupply. Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 unserviceable. [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Thedriveinputpowertransformeristoosmalland • Checkforanalarmwhenamolded-casecircuitbreaker, voltagedropswhenthepowerisswitchedon. LeakageBreaker(ELCB,GFCI,orRCM/RCD)(with overcurrentprotectivefunction),ormagneticcontactorisON. • Checkthecapacityofthedrivepowersupplytransformer. Airinsidethedriveistoohot. Checktheambienttemperatureofthedrive. TheChargeLEDisbroken. Replacethecontrolboardortheentiredrive.Forinformation aboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryour nearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifoneoftheseconditionsiscorrectwhentheUp/Downcommandhasnotbeeninput(whilethedriveisstopped). -TheDCbusvoltage<L2-05[UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]. -TheContactorthatpreventsinrushcurrentinthedrivewasopened. -Thereislowvoltageinthecontroldriveinputpower. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions voF OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm Hardwareisdamaged. Replaceeitherthecontrolboardortheentiredrive.For instructionsonreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaor yournearestsalesrepresentative. Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisalarmifthereisaproblemwiththeoutputvoltage. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. 7 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 333
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| UL4 | UndertorqueDetection2 | Afaultoccurredonthemachine. Example:Thereisabrokenpulleybelt. | Examinethemachineandremovethecauseofthefault. |
| Theparametersareincorrectfortheload. | AdjustL6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2]andL6-06[Torque DetectionTime2]settings. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifthedriveoutputcurrentislessthanthelevelsetinL6-05forlongerthanL6-06. •Ifdetected,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,itwilloperatethemotorasspecifiedbytheStoppingMethodsetinL6-04[TorqueDetectionSelection2]. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Uv | Undervoltage | Thedriveinputpowervoltageischangingtoo much. | • Examinetheinputpowerforproblems. • Makethedriveinputpowerstable. • Iftheinputpowersupplyisgood,examinethemagnetic contactoronthemaincircuitsideforproblems. |
| Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower. | Correcterrorswiththewiringformaincircuitdriveinputpower. | ||
| Thereisloosewiringinthedriveinputpower terminals. | Tightentheterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. | ||
| Therewasalossofpower. | Useabetterpowersupply. | ||
| Themaincircuitcapacitorshavebecome unserviceable. | ExaminethecapacitormaintenancetimeinmonitorU4-05 [CapacitorMaintenance].IfU4-05ismorethan90%,replacethe controlboardorthedrive.Forinformationaboutreplacingthe controlboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Thedriveinputpowertransformeristoosmalland voltagedropswhenthepowerisswitchedon. | • Checkforanalarmwhenamolded-casecircuitbreaker, LeakageBreaker(ELCB,GFCI,orRCM/RCD)(with overcurrentprotectivefunction),ormagneticcontactorisON. • Checkthecapacityofthedrivepowersupplytransformer. | ||
| Airinsidethedriveistoohot. | Checktheambienttemperatureofthedrive. | ||
| TheChargeLEDisbroken. | Replacethecontrolboardortheentiredrive.Forinformation aboutreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryour nearestsalesrepresentative. | ||
| Note: •ThedrivedetectsthiserrorifoneoftheseconditionsiscorrectwhentheUp/Downcommandhasnotbeeninput(whilethedriveisstopped). -TheDCbusvoltage<L2-05[UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]. -TheContactorthatpreventsinrushcurrentinthedrivewasopened. -Thereislowvoltageinthecontroldriveinputpower. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| voF | OutputVoltageDetectionAlarm | Hardwareisdamaged. | Replaceeitherthecontrolboardortheentiredrive.For instructionsonreplacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaor yournearestsalesrepresentative. |
| Note: •Thedrivedetectsthisalarmifthereisaproblemwiththeoutputvoltage. •Ifthedrivedetectsthiserror,theterminalassignedtoH2-01toH2-05=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]willbeON. |
Source page
Page 334
7.6 Parameter Setting Errors
7.6 Parameter Setting Errors
Parameter setting errors occur when multiple parameter settings do not agree, or when parameter setting values are not correct. Refer to the table in this section, examine the parameter setting that caused the error, and remove the cause of the error. You must first correct the parameter setting errors before you can operate the drive. The drive will not send notification signals for the faults and alarms when these parameter setting errors occur. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE01 DriveCapacitySettingError Thevaluesetino2-04[DriveModel(KVA) Seto2-04tothecorrectvalue. Selection]doesnotagreewiththedrivemodel. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE02 ParameterRangeSettingError Parametersettingsarenotintheapplicablesetting range. 1. Push toshowU1-18[oPEFaultParameter],andfind parametersthatarenotintheapplicablesettingrange. 2. Correcttheparametersettings. Note: Ifmorethanoneerroroccursatthesametime,otheroPExx errorshavepriorityoveroPE02. SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]≤E2-03 MakesurethatE2-01>E2-03. [MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. Note: IfitisnecessarytosetE2-01<E2-03,firstlowerthevalue setinE2-03,andthensetE2-01. Setd1-28[LevelingSpeedDetectionLevel]>d1- Makesurethatd1-28≤d1-29. 29[InspectionSpeedDetectionLevel]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE03 Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr Thesettingsfortheseparametersdonotagree: Correcttheparametersettings. • F3-10toF3-25[TerminalD1toDFFunction Selection] • H1-01toH1-10[TerminalsS1toS10Function Selection] ThesettingsforMFDIsoverlap. SettheparameterscorrectlytopreventMFDIfunctionoverlap. Note: Thisdoesnotincludethesesettings: •H1-xx=20to2F[MFDIFunctionSelection =ExternalFault]and[Reserved] •H1-xx=79and5B[MFDIFunctionSelection =BrakeFeedbackN.OandBrakeFeedback N.C.] TherearethreeormoreMFDIssettoH1-xx=79or 5B. ThesecommandsaresetinDigitalInputs(H1-xx, Removethefunctionsettingsthatarenotinuse. F3-10toF3-25)atthesametime: • Settingvalues16[Motor2Selection]and1A [Accel/DecelTimeSelection2] SettingsforN.C.andN.O.input[H1-xx]forthese Removeoneofthefunctionsettings. functionswereselectedatthesametime: • Settingvalues15[EmergencyStop(N.O.)]and 17[EmergencyStop(N.C.)] • Settingvalues56[MotorContactorFeedbackN. O.]and5A[MotorContactorFeedbackN.C.] ThesepairsofMFDIfunctionsarenotsettoDigital Correcttheparametersettings. Inputs(H1-01toH1-10[TerminalS1toS10 FunctionSelection]): • Settingvalue40[UpCommand] • Settingvalue41[DownCommand] OneofthesesettingsissettotwoormoreMFDIs (H1-01toH1-10): • Settingvalue40 • Settingvalue41 OneofH1-03toH1-10=40andH1-01≠F[Not Used] OneofH1-03toH1-10=41andH1-02≠F[Not Used] 334 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oPE01 | DriveCapacitySettingError | Thevaluesetino2-04[DriveModel(KVA) Selection]doesnotagreewiththedrivemodel. | Seto2-04tothecorrectvalue. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE02 | ParameterRangeSettingError | Parametersettingsarenotintheapplicablesetting range. | 1. Push toshowU1-18[oPEFaultParameter],andfind parametersthatarenotintheapplicablesettingrange. 2. Correcttheparametersettings. Note: Ifmorethanoneerroroccursatthesametime,otheroPExx errorshavepriorityoveroPE02. |
| SetE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]≤E2-03 [MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. | MakesurethatE2-01>E2-03. Note: IfitisnecessarytosetE2-01<E2-03,firstlowerthevalue setinE2-03,andthensetE2-01. | ||
| Setd1-28[LevelingSpeedDetectionLevel]>d1- 29[InspectionSpeedDetectionLevel]. | Makesurethatd1-28≤d1-29. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE03 | Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr | Thesettingsfortheseparametersdonotagree: • F3-10toF3-25[TerminalD1toDFFunction Selection] • H1-01toH1-10[TerminalsS1toS10Function Selection] | Correcttheparametersettings. |
| ThesettingsforMFDIsoverlap. Note: Thisdoesnotincludethesesettings: •H1-xx=20to2F[MFDIFunctionSelection =ExternalFault]and[Reserved] •H1-xx=79and5B[MFDIFunctionSelection =BrakeFeedbackN.OandBrakeFeedback N.C.] | SettheparameterscorrectlytopreventMFDIfunctionoverlap. | ||
| TherearethreeormoreMFDIssettoH1-xx=79or 5B. | |||
| ThesecommandsaresetinDigitalInputs(H1-xx, F3-10toF3-25)atthesametime: • Settingvalues16[Motor2Selection]and1A [Accel/DecelTimeSelection2] | Removethefunctionsettingsthatarenotinuse. | ||
| SettingsforN.C.andN.O.input[H1-xx]forthese functionswereselectedatthesametime: • Settingvalues15[EmergencyStop(N.O.)]and 17[EmergencyStop(N.C.)] • Settingvalues56[MotorContactorFeedbackN. O.]and5A[MotorContactorFeedbackN.C.] | Removeoneofthefunctionsettings. | ||
| ThesepairsofMFDIfunctionsarenotsettoDigital Inputs(H1-01toH1-10[TerminalS1toS10 FunctionSelection]): • Settingvalue40[UpCommand] • Settingvalue41[DownCommand] | Correcttheparametersettings. | ||
| OneofthesesettingsissettotwoormoreMFDIs (H1-01toH1-10): • Settingvalue40 • Settingvalue41 | |||
| OneofH1-03toH1-10=40andH1-01≠F[Not Used] | |||
| OneofH1-03toH1-10=41andH1-02≠F[Not Used] |
Source page
Page 335
gnitoohselbuorT 7.6 Parameter Setting Errors Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE05 RunCmd/SpeedRefSourceSelErr ThesettingtoassigntheUp/Downcommandor Correcttheparametersettings. speedreferencetoanoptioncardisincorrect. b1-01=3[SpeedReferenceSelection1=Option Connectanoptioncardtothedrive. PCB]isset,butthereisnooptioncardconnectedto thedrive. b1-02=3[Up/DownCommandSelection1= OptionPCB]isset,butthereisnooptioncard connectedtothedrive. Thefollowingparametersaresetatthesametime: SetF3-03=2[16-bit]. • F3-01=6[DigitalInputFunctionSelection= BCD(5-digit),0.01Hz] • F3-03=0,1[DigitalInputDataLengthSelect =8-bit,12-bit] Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE06 ControlMethodSelectionError A1-02=3or7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV, • Connectanencoderoptiontothedrive. C co L n V n / e P c M te ] d i t s o s t e h t e ,b d u ri t v t e h . ereisnoencoderoption • SetA1-02correctly. Yousuppliedexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS- 1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyandthe ACwhen: external24VpowersupplytoterminalsPS-AC. • Thereisanencoderoptioninstalledtothedrive 2. Afterthekeypaddisplaygoesout,energizethedrivemain • Thedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyisde- circuitpowersupplyagain. energized 3. Supplytheexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS-AC. Whenyouuseanencoderoption,energizethedrivemaincircuit powersupply. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE07 AnalogInputSelectionError ThesettingsforH3-02,H3-06,andH3-10[MFAI SetH3-02,H3-06,andH3-10correctlytopreventoverlap. FunctionSelection]overlap. Note: Itispossibletosetthesefunctionstomultipleanaloginput terminalsatthesametime: •Settingvalue0[SpeedReference] •Settingvalues1F[NotUsed] Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE08 ParameterSelectionError Yousetafunctionthatisnotcompatiblewiththe controlmethodsetinA1-02[ControlMethod 1. Push toshowU1-18[oPEFaultParameter],andfind Selection]. parametersthatarenotintheapplicablesettingrange. 2. Correcttheparametersettings. Note: Ifmorethanoneerroroccursatthesametime,otheroPExx errorshavepriorityoveroPE02. WhenA1-02=2[ControlMethodSelection= • Setn2-02<n2-03. OLV],youusedtheseparametersettings: • SetC4-02<150. • n2-02>n2-03[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime 1>AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime2] • C4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]> 150 WhenA1-02=7[PMClosedLoopVector],you SetE5-09orE5-24tothecorrectvalue. usedtheseparametersettings: • E5-09=0.0[PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) =0.0mV/(rad/s)] • E5-24=0.0[PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) =0.0mV/min-1] WhenA1-02=7,yousetE5-09≠0andE5-24≠0. SetE5-09=0orE5-24=0. Whend1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelection Correcttheparametersettings. Mode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)],youusedoneofthese MFDIfunctions: • H1-xx=50[NominalSpeed] • H1-xx=51[IntermediateSpeed] 7 • H1-xx=52[RelevelingSpeed] • H1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed] WhenyousetoneoftheMFDIterminalstoH1-xx SetoneoftheMFDOterminalstoH2-xx=65or165. =BBor1BB[Standbyor!Standby],yousetallthe MFDOterminalstoH2-xx≠65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 335
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oPE05 | RunCmd/SpeedRefSourceSelErr | ThesettingtoassigntheUp/Downcommandor speedreferencetoanoptioncardisincorrect. | Correcttheparametersettings. |
| b1-01=3[SpeedReferenceSelection1=Option PCB]isset,butthereisnooptioncardconnectedto thedrive. | Connectanoptioncardtothedrive. | ||
| b1-02=3[Up/DownCommandSelection1= OptionPCB]isset,butthereisnooptioncard connectedtothedrive. | |||
| Thefollowingparametersaresetatthesametime: • F3-01=6[DigitalInputFunctionSelection= BCD(5-digit),0.01Hz] • F3-03=0,1[DigitalInputDataLengthSelect =8-bit,12-bit] | SetF3-03=2[16-bit]. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE06 | ControlMethodSelectionError | A1-02=3or7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV, CLV/PM]isset,butthereisnoencoderoption connectedtothedrive. | • Connectanencoderoptiontothedrive. • SetA1-02correctly. |
| Yousuppliedexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS- ACwhen: • Thereisanencoderoptioninstalledtothedrive • Thedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyisde- energized | 1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupplyandthe external24VpowersupplytoterminalsPS-AC. 2. Afterthekeypaddisplaygoesout,energizethedrivemain circuitpowersupplyagain. 3. Supplytheexternal24VpowertoterminalsPS-AC. | ||
| Whenyouuseanencoderoption,energizethedrivemaincircuit powersupply. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE07 | AnalogInputSelectionError | ThesettingsforH3-02,H3-06,andH3-10[MFAI FunctionSelection]overlap. | SetH3-02,H3-06,andH3-10correctlytopreventoverlap. Note: Itispossibletosetthesefunctionstomultipleanaloginput terminalsatthesametime: •Settingvalue0[SpeedReference] •Settingvalues1F[NotUsed] |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE08 | ParameterSelectionError | Yousetafunctionthatisnotcompatiblewiththe controlmethodsetinA1-02[ControlMethod Selection]. | 1. Push toshowU1-18[oPEFaultParameter],andfind parametersthatarenotintheapplicablesettingrange. 2. Correcttheparametersettings. Note: Ifmorethanoneerroroccursatthesametime,otheroPExx errorshavepriorityoveroPE02. |
| WhenA1-02=2[ControlMethodSelection= OLV],youusedtheseparametersettings: • n2-02>n2-03[AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime 1>AutomaticFreqRegulatorTime2] • C4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime]> 150 | • Setn2-02<n2-03. • SetC4-02<150. | ||
| WhenA1-02=7[PMClosedLoopVector],you usedtheseparametersettings: • E5-09=0.0[PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) =0.0mV/(rad/s)] • E5-24=0.0[PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) =0.0mV/min-1] | SetE5-09orE5-24tothecorrectvalue. | ||
| WhenA1-02=7,yousetE5-09≠0andE5-24≠0. | SetE5-09=0orE5-24=0. | ||
| Whend1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelection Mode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)],youusedoneofthese MFDIfunctions: • H1-xx=50[NominalSpeed] • H1-xx=51[IntermediateSpeed] • H1-xx=52[RelevelingSpeed] • H1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed] | Correcttheparametersettings. | ||
| WhenyousetoneoftheMFDIterminalstoH1-xx =BBor1BB[Standbyor!Standby],yousetallthe MFDOterminalstoH2-xx≠65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]. | SetoneoftheMFDOterminalstoH2-xx=65or165. |
Source page
Page 336
7.6 Parameter Setting Errors
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE10 V/fDataSettingError TheparametersthatsettheV/fpatterndonot Settheparameterscorrectlytosatisfytheconditions. satisfytheseconditions: • Formotor1:E1-09≤E1-07<E1-06≤E1-11≤ E1-04[MinimumOutputFrequency≤MidPoint AFrequency<BaseFrequency≤MidPointB Frequency≤MaximumOutputFrequency] • Formotor2:E3-09≤E3-07<E3-06≤E3-11≤ E3-04[MinimumOutputFrequency≤MidPoint AFrequency<BaseFrequency≤MidPointB Frequency≤MaximumOutputFrequency] Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE16 EnergySavingConstantsError TheEnergySavingparametersarenotsetinthe MakesurethatE5-xxissetcorrectlyasspecifiedbythemotor applicablesettingrange. nameplatedata. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE18 OnlineTuningParamSettingErr Theparametersthatcontrolonlinetuningareset • SetE2-02,E2-03,andE2-06correctly. incorrectly.InOLVcontrol,oneoftheseparameters • Setn6-01=0or1[DisabledorLine-to-LineResistance w Vo a l s ta s g e e tw C h o e rr n e n ct 6 i - o 0 n 1 T = un 2 in [ g O ] n : lineTuningSelection= Tuning]. • E2-02[MotorRatedSlip]issetto30%ofthe defaultsettingorlower. • E2-06[MotorLeakageInductance]issetto50% ofthedefaultsettingorlower. • E2-03=0[MotorNo-LoadCurrent=0A]has beenset. YousetS3-20[Dwell2SpeedReference]≠0.00% SetS3-20≥S3-21. toenabletheDwell2function,butS3-20<S3-21 [Dwell2EndSpeed]. YousetS3-29[Load1AnalogInputLevel]=S3-30 SetS3-29≠S3-30. [Load2AnalogInputLevel]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE20 PG-F3SettingError ThevaluesetinF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount • ExaminetheF1-01valueandthenumberofencoderpulses. (PPR)]doesnotagreewiththenumberofencoder • SetF1-01correctly. pulses. Thecalculationencodersignalfrequencyat DecreasethevaluesetforE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency] maximumspeedismorethan20kHz. andmakesurethattheoutputfrequencyoftheencoderisnot morethan20kHz. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions oPE21 ElevatorParameterSettingFault TheDCInjection/PositionLockTimeatStopsetin CorrectparametersettingssothatS1-05>S1-07. S1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]<S1-07 [BrakeCloseDelayTime]. • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-11 • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-11>U4-43. [ [ D M e in ce .D le e r c a . t D io i n sta D n i c s e ta ( n H c ) e ] @ . HighSpeed]<U4-43 • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-14>U4-47. • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-14[Decel • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-15>U4-48. Distance@MidSpeed]<U4-47[Min.Dec. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-12>U4-44. Distance(M)]. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-19>U4-44. • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-15[Decel Distance@LowSpeed]<U4-48[Min.Dec. Distance(L)]. • ThestopdistancesetinS5-12[UpStopping Distance]<U4-44[Min.StopDistance]. • ThestopdistancesetinS5-19[DownStopping Distance]<U4-44. BothS5-10[LevelingStopMethodSelection]and CorrectthesettinginparametersS5-01andS5-10. S5-01[ShortFloorOperationSelection]are enabledatthesametime. ThespeedlevelsetinS5-17[DirectLandingLow CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-17>S5-16. SpeedLevel]≤S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed Level]andS5-17≠0.00%. WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],thespeed CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-13>S5-24. levelsetinS5-13[DirectLandingMinimumSpd Level]≤S5-24[CreepStartSpeed]. ThebraketorquesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotor Correcttheparametersettingsothattorquelimitoftheunit>S5- TorqueDuringBTC]islargerthanthetorquelimit 32. oftheunit. 336 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oPE10 | V/fDataSettingError | TheparametersthatsettheV/fpatterndonot satisfytheseconditions: • Formotor1:E1-09≤E1-07<E1-06≤E1-11≤ E1-04[MinimumOutputFrequency≤MidPoint AFrequency<BaseFrequency≤MidPointB Frequency≤MaximumOutputFrequency] • Formotor2:E3-09≤E3-07<E3-06≤E3-11≤ E3-04[MinimumOutputFrequency≤MidPoint AFrequency<BaseFrequency≤MidPointB Frequency≤MaximumOutputFrequency] | Settheparameterscorrectlytosatisfytheconditions. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE16 | EnergySavingConstantsError | TheEnergySavingparametersarenotsetinthe applicablesettingrange. | MakesurethatE5-xxissetcorrectlyasspecifiedbythemotor nameplatedata. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE18 | OnlineTuningParamSettingErr | Theparametersthatcontrolonlinetuningareset incorrectly.InOLVcontrol,oneoftheseparameters wassetwhenn6-01=2[OnlineTuningSelection= VoltageCorrectionTuning]: • E2-02[MotorRatedSlip]issetto30%ofthe defaultsettingorlower. • E2-06[MotorLeakageInductance]issetto50% ofthedefaultsettingorlower. • E2-03=0[MotorNo-LoadCurrent=0A]has beenset. | • SetE2-02,E2-03,andE2-06correctly. • Setn6-01=0or1[DisabledorLine-to-LineResistance Tuning]. |
| YousetS3-20[Dwell2SpeedReference]≠0.00% toenabletheDwell2function,butS3-20<S3-21 [Dwell2EndSpeed]. | SetS3-20≥S3-21. | ||
| YousetS3-29[Load1AnalogInputLevel]=S3-30 [Load2AnalogInputLevel]. | SetS3-29≠S3-30. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE20 | PG-F3SettingError | ThevaluesetinF1-01[Encoder1PulseCount (PPR)]doesnotagreewiththenumberofencoder pulses. | • ExaminetheF1-01valueandthenumberofencoderpulses. • SetF1-01correctly. |
| Thecalculationencodersignalfrequencyat maximumspeedismorethan20kHz. | DecreasethevaluesetforE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency] andmakesurethattheoutputfrequencyoftheencoderisnot morethan20kHz. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| oPE21 | ElevatorParameterSettingFault | TheDCInjection/PositionLockTimeatStopsetin S1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]<S1-07 [BrakeCloseDelayTime]. | CorrectparametersettingssothatS1-05>S1-07. |
| • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-11 [DecelerationDistance@HighSpeed]<U4-43 [Min.Dec.Distance(H)]. • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-14[Decel Distance@MidSpeed]<U4-47[Min.Dec. Distance(M)]. • ThedecelerationdistancesetinS5-15[Decel Distance@LowSpeed]<U4-48[Min.Dec. Distance(L)]. • ThestopdistancesetinS5-12[UpStopping Distance]<U4-44[Min.StopDistance]. • ThestopdistancesetinS5-19[DownStopping Distance]<U4-44. | • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-11>U4-43. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-14>U4-47. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-15>U4-48. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-12>U4-44. • CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-19>U4-44. | ||
| BothS5-10[LevelingStopMethodSelection]and S5-01[ShortFloorOperationSelection]are enabledatthesametime. | CorrectthesettinginparametersS5-01andS5-10. | ||
| ThespeedlevelsetinS5-17[DirectLandingLow SpeedLevel]≤S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed Level]andS5-17≠0.00%. | CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-17>S5-16. | ||
| WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],thespeed levelsetinS5-13[DirectLandingMinimumSpd Level]≤S5-24[CreepStartSpeed]. | CorrectparametersettingssothatS5-13>S5-24. | ||
| ThebraketorquesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotor TorqueDuringBTC]islargerthanthetorquelimit oftheunit. | Correcttheparametersettingsothattorquelimitoftheunit>S5- 32. |
Source page
Page 337
gnitoohselbuorT 7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors 7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors This table gives information about errors detected during Auto-Tuning. If the drive detects an Auto-Tuning error, the keypad will show the error and the motor will coast to stop. The drive will not send notification signals for faults and alarms when Auto-Tuning errors occur. Two types of Auto-Tuning errors are: Endx and Erx. Endx identifies that Auto-Tuning has successfully completed with calculation errors. Find and repair the cause of the error and do Auto-Tuning again, or set the motor parameters manually. You can use the drive in the application if you cannot find the cause of the Endx error. Erx identifies that Auto-Tuning was not successful. Find and repair the cause of the error and do Auto-Tuning again. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End1 ExcessiveRatedVoltageSetting Thetorquereferencewasmorethan20%during • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. A m u e t a o s - u T re u d ni a n f g te o r r A th u e to n - o T - u l n o i a n d g c i u s r m re o n r t e th th at an w 8 as 0%. • D da o ta A . uto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate • Ifyoucanuncouplethemotorandload,removethemotor fromthemachineanddoRotationalAuto-Tuningagain. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,usetheresults fromAuto-Tuning. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End2 IronCoreSaturationCoefficient ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Tuningisincorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Auto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable • Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. parametersettingrange,andE2-07orE2-08[Motor • Ifyoucanuncouplethemotorandload,removethemotor SaturationCoefficient2]havetemporaryvalues. fromthemachineanddoRotationalAuto-Tuningagain. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End3 RatedCurrentSettingAlarm Theratedcurrentvalueisincorrect. DoAuto-Tuningagainandsetthecorrectratedcurrentshownon themotornameplate. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End4 AdjustedSlipCalculationError TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable • Makesuretheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. parametersettingrange. • DoRotationalAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotor nameplatedata. Themotorratedslipthatwasmeasuredafter StationaryAuto-Tuningwas0.2Hzorlower. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,doStationary Auto-Tuning2. Themotorratedslipthatwasmeasuredafter compensationwithE2-08[MotorSaturation Coefficient2]isnotintheapplicablerange. Thesecondaryresistormeasurementresultswere notintheapplicablerange. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End5 ResistanceTuningError TheAuto-TuningresultsoftheLine-to-Line • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Resistancewerenotintheapplicablerange. • Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End6 LeakageInductanceAlarm TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,anddo parametersettingrange. Auto-Tuningagain. A1-02[ControlMethodSelection]settingisnot • ExaminethevaluesetinA1-02. applicable. • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,and doAuto-Tuningagain. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End7 No-LoadCurrentAlarm TheAuto-Tuningresultsofthemotorno-load Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. currentvaluewerenotintheapplicablerange. r A a u te t d o- c T u u r n re in n g t. resultswerelessthan5%ofthemotor M Au a t k o e -T s u u n re in t g ha a t g t a h i e n. inputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,anddo 7 Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End8 RescueOperationSpeedWarning Highfrequencyinjectioncalculationsforthebattery ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast powersupplyarelowerthan10Hz. 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End9 RescueMag.PoleSearchWarning Whileoperatingfromthebackupbattery,pole ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast diversionismorethan40°. 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions End10 RescueMagPolePolarityWarning Whileoperatingfromthebackupbattery,theId ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast valuebetweenpoleswaslessthan5%. 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 337
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| End1 | ExcessiveRatedVoltageSetting | Thetorquereferencewasmorethan20%during Auto-Tuningortheno-loadcurrentthatwas measuredafterAuto-Tuningismorethan80%. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. • Ifyoucanuncouplethemotorandload,removethemotor fromthemachineanddoRotationalAuto-Tuningagain. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,usetheresults fromAuto-Tuning. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End2 | IronCoreSaturationCoefficient | ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| Auto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange,andE2-07orE2-08[Motor SaturationCoefficient2]havetemporaryvalues. | • Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. • Ifyoucanuncouplethemotorandload,removethemotor fromthemachineanddoRotationalAuto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End3 | RatedCurrentSettingAlarm | Theratedcurrentvalueisincorrect. | DoAuto-Tuningagainandsetthecorrectratedcurrentshownon themotornameplate. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End4 | AdjustedSlipCalculationError | TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. | • Makesuretheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoRotationalAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotor nameplatedata. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,doStationary Auto-Tuning2. |
| Themotorratedslipthatwasmeasuredafter StationaryAuto-Tuningwas0.2Hzorlower. | |||
| Themotorratedslipthatwasmeasuredafter compensationwithE2-08[MotorSaturation Coefficient2]isnotintheapplicablerange. | |||
| Thesecondaryresistormeasurementresultswere notintheapplicablerange. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End5 | ResistanceTuningError | TheAuto-TuningresultsoftheLine-to-Line Resistancewerenotintheapplicablerange. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End6 | LeakageInductanceAlarm | TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. | Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,anddo Auto-Tuningagain. |
| A1-02[ControlMethodSelection]settingisnot applicable. | • ExaminethevaluesetinA1-02. • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,and doAuto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End7 | No-LoadCurrentAlarm | TheAuto-Tuningresultsofthemotorno-load currentvaluewerenotintheapplicablerange. | Examineandrepairdamagedmotorwiring. |
| Auto-Tuningresultswerelessthan5%ofthemotor ratedcurrent. | Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect,anddo Auto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End8 | RescueOperationSpeedWarning | Highfrequencyinjectioncalculationsforthebattery powersupplyarelowerthan10Hz. | ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End9 | RescueMag.PoleSearchWarning | Whileoperatingfromthebackupbattery,pole diversionismorethan40°. | ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| End10 | RescueMagPolePolarityWarning | Whileoperatingfromthebackupbattery,theId valuebetweenpoleswaslessthan5%. | ForRescueOperation,eitherswitchtoalargerbattery(atleast 280Vdcfora200Vclassdrive,560Vdcforthe400Vclass)or switchtoanabsoluteencoderandthePG-E3/PG-F3optioncard. |
Source page
Page 338
7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-01 MotorDataError ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • Makesurethatthemotornameplatedataiscorrect. Tuningisincorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Thecombinationofthemotorratedpowerand • Examinethecombinationofdrivecapacityandmotoroutput. motorratedcurrentdonotmatch. • DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysetthemotorratedpower andmotorratedcurrent. Thecombinationofthemotorratedcurrentthatwas • Examinethemotorratedcurrentandtheno-loadcurrent. e L n o t a e d re C d u d r u r r e i n n t g ] A do ut n o o - t T m un a i t n c g h. andE2-03[MotorNo- • SetE2-03correctly. • DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysetthemotorrated current. ThecombinationofthesettingvaluesofMotor DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysettheMotorBase BaseFrequencyandMotorBaseSpeeddonot FrequencyandMotorBaseSpeed. match. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-02 DriveinanAlarmState ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • MakesurethatthemotornameplatedataenteredinAuto- Tuningisincorrect. Tuningiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. YoudidAuto-Tuningwhilethedrivehadaminor CleartheminorfaultoralarmanddoAuto-Tuningagain. faultoralarm. Thereisadefectivemotorcableorcable Examineandrepairmotorwiring. connection. Theloadistoolarge. • Decreasetheload. • Examinethemachineareatoseeif,forexample,themotor shaftislocked. ThedrivedetectedaminorfaultduringAuto- 1. StopAuto-Tuning. Tuning. 2. Examinetheminorfaultcodeandremovethecauseofthe problem. 3. DoAuto-Tuningagain. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-03 STOPButtonwasPressed Auto-Tuningdidnotcompletecorrectly.DoAuto-Tuningagain. DuringAuto-Tuning, waspushed. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-04 Line-to-LineResistanceError TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable • Examineandrepairmotorwiring. parametersettingrange. • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof time. Thereisadefectivemotorcableorcable connection. ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Tuningisincorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-05 No-LoadCurrentError TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable • Examineandrepairmotorwiring. parametersettingrange. • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof time. ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Tuningisincorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe Auto-Tuningagain. motor. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. 338 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Er-01 | MotorDataError | ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • Makesurethatthemotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| Thecombinationofthemotorratedpowerand motorratedcurrentdonotmatch. | • Examinethecombinationofdrivecapacityandmotoroutput. • DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysetthemotorratedpower andmotorratedcurrent. | ||
| Thecombinationofthemotorratedcurrentthatwas enteredduringAuto-TuningandE2-03[MotorNo- LoadCurrent]donotmatch. | • Examinethemotorratedcurrentandtheno-loadcurrent. • SetE2-03correctly. • DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysetthemotorrated current. | ||
| ThecombinationofthesettingvaluesofMotor BaseFrequencyandMotorBaseSpeeddonot match. | DoAuto-Tuningagain,andcorrectlysettheMotorBase FrequencyandMotorBaseSpeed. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-02 | DriveinanAlarmState | ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • MakesurethatthemotornameplatedataenteredinAuto- Tuningiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| YoudidAuto-Tuningwhilethedrivehadaminor faultoralarm. | CleartheminorfaultoralarmanddoAuto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Thereisadefectivemotorcableorcable connection. | Examineandrepairmotorwiring. | ||
| Theloadistoolarge. | • Decreasetheload. • Examinethemachineareatoseeif,forexample,themotor shaftislocked. | ||
| ThedrivedetectedaminorfaultduringAuto- Tuning. | 1. StopAuto-Tuning. 2. Examinetheminorfaultcodeandremovethecauseofthe problem. 3. DoAuto-Tuningagain. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-03 | STOPButtonwasPressed | DuringAuto-Tuning, waspushed. | Auto-Tuningdidnotcompletecorrectly.DoAuto-Tuningagain. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-04 | Line-to-LineResistanceError | TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. | • Examineandrepairmotorwiring. • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. |
| Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof time. | |||
| Thereisadefectivemotorcableorcable connection. | |||
| ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-05 | No-LoadCurrentError | TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. | • Examineandrepairmotorwiring. • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. |
| Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof time. | |||
| ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. | ||
| RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe motor. | • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. |
Source page
Page 339
gnitoohselbuorT 7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-08 RatedSlipError ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Tuningisincorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof • Examineandrepairthemotorwiring. time. • IfthemotorandmachineareconnectedduringRotational Auto-Tuning,decouplethemotorfromthemachinery. TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe Auto-Tuningagain. motor. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-09 AccelerationError Themotordidnotaccelerateforthespecified 1. IncreasethevaluesetinC1-01[AccelerationRamp1]. accelerationramp. 2. DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. ThevalueofL7-01orL7-02[Forward/Reverse IncreasethevaluesetinL7-01orL7-02. TorqueLimit]issmall. RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe Auto-Tuningagain. motor. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-10 MotorDirectionError Thereisdefectivedriveandmotorwiring. Examineandrepairmotorwiring. Thereisdefectivedriveandencoderwiring. Examineandrepairthewiringtotheencoder. ThedirectionofthemotorandthesettingofF1-05 SetF1-05correctly. [PG1RotationSelection]areopposite. Themachinepulledthemotortorotateinthe DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotationalAuto- oppositedirection. Tuningagain. Whenthetorquereferenceis100%orhigher,the signofthespeedreferencewasoppositeofthe detectedspeed. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-11 MotorSpeedError Thetorquereferenceduringaccelerationistoohigh • IncreasethevaluesetinC1-01[AccelerationRamp1]. (100%). • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-12 CurrentDetectionError Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower.(U/ Examineandrepairmotorwiring. T1,V/T2,W/T3) Thecurrentexceededthecurrentratingofthedrive. • Checkthemotorwiringforanyshortcircuitsbetweenthe wires. Theoutputcurrentistoolow. • CheckandturnONanymagneticcontactorsusedbetween motors. • Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. YoutriedAuto-Tuningwithoutamotorconnected ConnectthemotoranddoAuto-Tuning. tothedrive. Therewasacurrentdetectionsignalerror. Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions 7 Er-13 LeakageInductanceAlarm Themotorratedcurrentvalueisincorrect. Correctlysettheratedcurrentindicatedonthemotornameplate andperformAuto-Tuningagain. Thedrivecouldnotcompletetuningforleakage Examineandrepairmotorwiring. inductanceinfewerthan300seconds. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-14 MotorSpeedError2 Themotorspeedwasmorethantwotimesthe DecreasethevaluesetinC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]. amplitudeofspeedreferenceduringInertiaTuning. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-18 BackEMFError Theresultoftheinducedvoltagetuningwasnotin 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. theapplicablerange. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 339
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Er-08 | RatedSlipError | ThemotornameplatedataenteredduringAuto- Tuningisincorrect. | • Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. • DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| Auto-Tuningdidnotcompleteinapre-setlengthof time. | • Examineandrepairthemotorwiring. • IfthemotorandmachineareconnectedduringRotational Auto-Tuning,decouplethemotorfromthemachinery. | ||
| TheAuto-Tuningresultswerenotintheapplicable parametersettingrange. | |||
| RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe motor. | • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-09 | AccelerationError | Themotordidnotaccelerateforthespecified accelerationramp. | 1. IncreasethevaluesetinC1-01[AccelerationRamp1]. 2. DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. |
| ThevalueofL7-01orL7-02[Forward/Reverse TorqueLimit]issmall. | IncreasethevaluesetinL7-01orL7-02. | ||
| RotationalAuto-Tuningwasdonewithaloadthat wasmorethan30%oftheratingconnectedtothe motor. | • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. • Ifyoucannotuncouplethemotorandload,makesurethatthe loadislessthan30%ofthemotorrating.Ifamechanical brakeisinstalledinthemotor,releasethebrakeduring RotationalAuto-Tuning. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-10 | MotorDirectionError | Thereisdefectivedriveandmotorwiring. | Examineandrepairmotorwiring. |
| Thereisdefectivedriveandencoderwiring. | Examineandrepairthewiringtotheencoder. | ||
| ThedirectionofthemotorandthesettingofF1-05 [PG1RotationSelection]areopposite. | SetF1-05correctly. | ||
| Themachinepulledthemotortorotateinthe oppositedirection. | DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotationalAuto- Tuningagain. | ||
| Whenthetorquereferenceis100%orhigher,the signofthespeedreferencewasoppositeofthe detectedspeed. | |||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-11 | MotorSpeedError | Thetorquereferenceduringaccelerationistoohigh (100%). | • IncreasethevaluesetinC1-01[AccelerationRamp1]. • DisconnectthemachinefromthemotoranddoRotational Auto-Tuningagain. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-12 | CurrentDetectionError | Thereisaphaselossinthedriveinputpower.(U/ T1,V/T2,W/T3) | Examineandrepairmotorwiring. |
| Thecurrentexceededthecurrentratingofthedrive. | • Checkthemotorwiringforanyshortcircuitsbetweenthe wires. • CheckandturnONanymagneticcontactorsusedbetween motors. • Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearest salesrepresentative. | ||
| Theoutputcurrentistoolow. | |||
| YoutriedAuto-Tuningwithoutamotorconnected tothedrive. | ConnectthemotoranddoAuto-Tuning. | ||
| Therewasacurrentdetectionsignalerror. | Replacethecontrolboardorthedrive.Forinformationabout replacingthecontrolboard,contactYaskawaoryournearestsales representative. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-13 | LeakageInductanceAlarm | Themotorratedcurrentvalueisincorrect. | Correctlysettheratedcurrentindicatedonthemotornameplate andperformAuto-Tuningagain. |
| Thedrivecouldnotcompletetuningforleakage inductanceinfewerthan300seconds. | Examineandrepairmotorwiring. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-14 | MotorSpeedError2 | Themotorspeedwasmorethantwotimesthe amplitudeofspeedreferenceduringInertiaTuning. | DecreasethevaluesetinC5-01[ASRProportionalGain1]. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-18 | BackEMFError | Theresultoftheinducedvoltagetuningwasnotin theapplicablerange. | 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
Source page
Page 340
7.7 Auto-Tuning Errors
Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-19 PMInductanceError TheAuto-TuningresultsofthePMmotor 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. inductancewerenotintheapplicablerange. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-20 StatorResistanceError TheAuto-TuningresultsofthePMMotorStator 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. Resistancewerenotintheapplicablerange. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-21 ZPulseCorrectionError Themotoriswiredincorrectly. 1. Repairmotorandencoderwiringerrors. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. Theencoderiswiredincorrectly. YoudidAuto-Tuningonacoastingmotor. 1. Waitforthemotortofullystop. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. Thesettingforthedirectionoftheencodermotor 1. SetthedirectionofmotorrotationoftheencoderinF1-05 rotationisincorrect. [Encoder1RotationSelection]correctly. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. Thenumberofencoderpulsesisincorrect. 1. SetthenumberofencoderpulsesinF1-01[Encoder1Pulse Count(PPR)]correctly. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. ThemotorInertiaistoolarge. Increasethevaluesetinn8-02[PoleAlignmentCurrentLevel]. Themotorvibratesduringtuning. Decreasethevaluesetinn8-02[PoleAlignmentCurrentLevel]. Theencoderisdamaged. • Examinethesignaloutputfromtheencoder. • Replacetheencoder. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-22 InitialRotorPoleSearchError • ParameterssetbyInitialRotorPoleSearch SwitchtoanabsoluteencoderandtothePG-F3optioncard. Tuningwereoutsidetheacceptablerange. • Duringnormaloperation,polediversion exceeded20degrees. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-23 EncoderOffsetTuningWarning • Polediversionexceeded15°threetimes. DoEncoderTuning(T2-01=3). • ParameterssetbyEncoderOffsetTuningwere outsidetheacceptablerange. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-24 SINCOSCompatibilityError • ThesignallinesbetweenthePG-E3optioncard RefertotheinstallationmanualforthePG-E3optioncardfor andencoderaredisconnectedattheR+andR- informationoncorrectconnectionofsignallines. terminals. • ExcessiveelectricalinterferenceatthePG-E3 optioncard. ThesoftwareforthePG-E3optioncarddoesnot Checkthesoftwareversion(PRG)forthePG-E3optioncard. supporttheAuto-TuningofPG-E3encoder characteristics. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions Er-25 HighFreqInjectParamTuningErr Themotordataisincorrect. DoStationaryAuto-Tuningagain. Note: IfthedrivedetectsEr-25afterdoingStationaryAuto-Tuning, themotormaynotbeabletousehighfrequencyinjection control.ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative formoreinformation.
340 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| Er-19 | PMInductanceError | TheAuto-TuningresultsofthePMmotor inductancewerenotintheapplicablerange. | 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-20 | StatorResistanceError | TheAuto-TuningresultsofthePMMotorStator Resistancewerenotintheapplicablerange. | 1. Makesurethattheinputmotornameplatedataiscorrect. 2. DoAuto-Tuningagainandcorrectlysetthemotornameplate data. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-21 | ZPulseCorrectionError | Themotoriswiredincorrectly. | 1. Repairmotorandencoderwiringerrors. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. |
| Theencoderiswiredincorrectly. | |||
| YoudidAuto-Tuningonacoastingmotor. | 1. Waitforthemotortofullystop. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. | ||
| Thesettingforthedirectionoftheencodermotor rotationisincorrect. | 1. SetthedirectionofmotorrotationoftheencoderinF1-05 [Encoder1RotationSelection]correctly. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. | ||
| Thenumberofencoderpulsesisincorrect. | 1. SetthenumberofencoderpulsesinF1-01[Encoder1Pulse Count(PPR)]correctly. 2. DoEncoderTuningagain. | ||
| ThemotorInertiaistoolarge. | Increasethevaluesetinn8-02[PoleAlignmentCurrentLevel]. | ||
| Themotorvibratesduringtuning. | Decreasethevaluesetinn8-02[PoleAlignmentCurrentLevel]. | ||
| Theencoderisdamaged. | • Examinethesignaloutputfromtheencoder. • Replacetheencoder. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-22 | InitialRotorPoleSearchError | • ParameterssetbyInitialRotorPoleSearch Tuningwereoutsidetheacceptablerange. • Duringnormaloperation,polediversion exceeded20degrees. | SwitchtoanabsoluteencoderandtothePG-F3optioncard. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-23 | EncoderOffsetTuningWarning | • Polediversionexceeded15°threetimes. • ParameterssetbyEncoderOffsetTuningwere outsidetheacceptablerange. | DoEncoderTuning(T2-01=3). |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-24 | SINCOSCompatibilityError | • ThesignallinesbetweenthePG-E3optioncard andencoderaredisconnectedattheR+andR- terminals. • ExcessiveelectricalinterferenceatthePG-E3 optioncard. | RefertotheinstallationmanualforthePG-E3optioncardfor informationoncorrectconnectionofsignallines. |
| ThesoftwareforthePG-E3optioncarddoesnot supporttheAuto-TuningofPG-E3encoder characteristics. | Checkthesoftwareversion(PRG)forthePG-E3optioncard. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| Er-25 | HighFreqInjectParamTuningErr | Themotordataisincorrect. | DoStationaryAuto-Tuningagain. Note: IfthedrivedetectsEr-25afterdoingStationaryAuto-Tuning, themotormaynotbeabletousehighfrequencyinjection control.ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentative formoreinformation. |
Source page
Page 341
gnitoohselbuorT 7.8 Backup Function Operating Mode Display and Errors 7.8 Backup Function Operating Mode Display and Errors ◆ Operating Mode Display When you use the backup function from the LCD keypad, the keypad shows messages according to the current operation. These indicators do not show that an error has occurred. KeypadDisplay Name Display Status DriveandKeypadmismatch. Detectionofinconsistencybetweenthe Normallydisplayed Thedrivedetectedtheconnectionofa Shouldtheparametersbe driveandkeypad keypadfromadifferentdrive.Select[Yes] tocopyparametersbackedupinthe restored? keypadtotheconnecteddrive. RestoreRestorefromkeypad Restoringparameters Flashing Theparametersstoredinthekeypadhave beenrestoredtothedrive. End Backup/restore/verifyoperationended Normallydisplayed Theparameterbackup,restore,orverify normally operationendednormally. BackupBackupfromDrive Backingupparameters Flashing Theparametersstoredinthedriveare beingbackeduptothekeypad. VerifyKeypad&Drive Verifyingparameters Flashing Theparametersettingsstoredinthe keypadandtheparametersettingsinthe drivematchorarebeingcompared. ◆ Backup Function Runtime Errors When an error occurs, the keypad shows a code to identify the error. The table in this section show the error codes. Refer to these tables to remove the cause of the errors. Note: Push any key on the keypad to clear an error. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CPyE ErrorWritingData Parameterrestoredidnotendcorrectly. Restoretheparameters. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions CSEr ControlModeMismatch Thekeypadisbroken. Replacethekeypad. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions dFPS DriveModelMismatch Youtriedtorestoreparameterstoadifferentdrive 1. Examinethedrivemodelthatyouusedtobackupthe modelthantheonethatyoubackedup. parameters. 2. Restoretheparameters. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions iFEr KeypadCommunicationError Therewasacommunicationserrorbetweenthe Examinetheconnectororcableconnection. keypadandthedrive. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions ndAT ErrorReceivedData Theparametersettingsformodelandspecifications 1. Makesurethatdrivemodelandthevaluesetino2-04[Drive (powersupplyvoltageandcapacity)aredifferent Model(KVA)Selection]agree. betweenthekeypadandthedrive. 2. Restoretheparameters. Theparametersarenotstoredinthekeypad. 1. Connectakeypadthathasthecorrectparameters. 2. Restoretheparameters. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions rdEr ErrorReadingData Youtriedtobackupthedatawheno3-02=0[Copy Seto3-02=1[Enabled]andbackupagain. AllowedSelection=Disabled]. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions 7 vAEr VoltageClass,CapacityMismatch Thepowersupplyspecificationsordrivecapacity 1. Makesurethatdrivemodelandthevaluesetino2-04[Drive parametersettingsaredifferentbetweenthekeypad Model(KVA)Selection]agree. andthedrive. 2. Restoretheparameters. Code Name Causes PossibleSolutions vFyE ParametersdonotMatch Theparametersthatarebackedupinthekeypad 1. Restoreorbackuptheparameteragain. andtheparametersinthedrivearenotthesame. 2. Verifytheparameters. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 341
| KeypadDisplay | Name | Display | Status |
|---|---|---|---|
| DriveandKeypadmismatch. Shouldtheparametersbe restored? | Detectionofinconsistencybetweenthe driveandkeypad | Normallydisplayed | Thedrivedetectedtheconnectionofa keypadfromadifferentdrive.Select[Yes] tocopyparametersbackedupinthe keypadtotheconnecteddrive. |
| RestoreRestorefromkeypad | Restoringparameters | Flashing | Theparametersstoredinthekeypadhave beenrestoredtothedrive. |
| End | Backup/restore/verifyoperationended normally | Normallydisplayed | Theparameterbackup,restore,orverify operationendednormally. |
| BackupBackupfromDrive | Backingupparameters | Flashing | Theparametersstoredinthedriveare beingbackeduptothekeypad. |
| VerifyKeypad&Drive | Verifyingparameters | Flashing | Theparametersettingsstoredinthe keypadandtheparametersettingsinthe drivematchorarebeingcompared. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| CPyE | ErrorWritingData | Parameterrestoredidnotendcorrectly. | Restoretheparameters. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| CSEr | ControlModeMismatch | Thekeypadisbroken. | Replacethekeypad. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| dFPS | DriveModelMismatch | Youtriedtorestoreparameterstoadifferentdrive modelthantheonethatyoubackedup. | 1. Examinethedrivemodelthatyouusedtobackupthe parameters. 2. Restoretheparameters. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| iFEr | KeypadCommunicationError | Therewasacommunicationserrorbetweenthe keypadandthedrive. | Examinetheconnectororcableconnection. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| ndAT | ErrorReceivedData | Theparametersettingsformodelandspecifications (powersupplyvoltageandcapacity)aredifferent betweenthekeypadandthedrive. | 1. Makesurethatdrivemodelandthevaluesetino2-04[Drive Model(KVA)Selection]agree. 2. Restoretheparameters. |
| Theparametersarenotstoredinthekeypad. | 1. Connectakeypadthathasthecorrectparameters. 2. Restoretheparameters. | ||
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| rdEr | ErrorReadingData | Youtriedtobackupthedatawheno3-02=0[Copy AllowedSelection=Disabled]. | Seto3-02=1[Enabled]andbackupagain. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| vAEr | VoltageClass,CapacityMismatch | Thepowersupplyspecificationsordrivecapacity parametersettingsaredifferentbetweenthekeypad andthedrive. | 1. Makesurethatdrivemodelandthevaluesetino2-04[Drive Model(KVA)Selection]agree. 2. Restoretheparameters. |
| Code | Name | Causes | PossibleSolutions |
| vFyE | ParametersdonotMatch | Theparametersthatarebackedupinthekeypad andtheparametersinthedrivearenotthesame. | 1. Restoreorbackuptheparameteragain. 2. Verifytheparameters. |
Source page
Page 342
7.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
7.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
When a fault occurs and the drive stops, do the procedures in this section to remove the cause of the fault, then re- energize the drive.
◆ Fault Occurs Without Power Loss 1. Examine the fault code shown on the keypad. 2. Use the information in the Troubleshooting tables to remove the fault.
3. Do a fault reset.
◆ Fault Reset
If a fault occurs, you must remove the cause of the fault and re-energize the drive. Table 7.3 lists the different methods to reset the drive after a fault. Table 7.3 Fault Reset Methods Methods Description
Method1 Whilethekeypadisshowingthefaultoralarmcode,push (Reset)or onthekeypad. SwitchONtheMFDIterminalsettoH1-xx=14[MFDIFunctionSelection=FaultReset].
Method2
*1 SxindicatesanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=14.
1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupply. 2. Energizethedriveagainafterthekeypaddisplaygoesout. Method3
Note: If the drive receives an Up/Down command from a communication option or control circuit terminal, the drive will not reset the fault. Remove the Up/Down command then try to clear the fault. If you do a fault reset when the drive has an Up/Down command, the keypad will show minor fault CrST [Remove RUN Command to Reset].
342 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Methods | Description |
|---|---|
| Method1 | Whilethekeypadisshowingthefaultoralarmcode,push (Reset)or onthekeypad. |
| Method2 | SwitchONtheMFDIterminalsettoH1-xx=14[MFDIFunctionSelection=FaultReset]. *1 SxindicatesanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=14. |
| Method3 | 1. De-energizethedrivemaincircuitpowersupply. 2. Energizethedriveagainafterthekeypaddisplaygoesout. |
Source page
Page 343
gnitoohselbuorT 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display If the drive or motor operate incorrectly, but the keypad does not show a fault or error code, refer to the items this section. • Motor hunting and oscillation • Unsatisfactory motor torque • Unsatisfactory speed precision • Unsatisfactory motor torque and speed response • Motor noise ◆ Typical Problems Symptom Ref. TheParameterSettingsWillNotChange 343 TheMotorDoesNotRotateafterYouEnteranUp/DownCommand 344 TheMotorRotatesintheOppositeDirectionfromtheUp/DownCommand 344 TheMotorIsTooHot 345 TheCorrectAuto-TuningModeIsNotAvailable 345 EncoderOffsetSetDuringAuto-TuningConsistentlyDiffersby30DegreesorMore 345 oPE02ErrorOccursWhenDecreasingtheMotorRatedCurrentSetting 345 TheMotorStallsduringAccelerationorAccel/DecelRampIsTooLong 346 TheDriveSpeedReferenceIsDifferentthantheControllerSpeedReferenceCommand 346 ThereIsTooMuchMotorOscillationandtheRotationIsIrregular 347 DecelerationTakesLongerthanExpectedwhenYouEnableDynamicBraking 347 TheElevatorCarRollsBackwhenYouApplyorReleasetheBrake 347 ThereIsAudibleNoisefromtheDriveorMotorCableswhenYouEnergizetheDrive 347 TheResidualCurrentMonitor/ResidualCurrentDevice(RCM/RCD)TripsDuringRun 347 MotorRotationCausesOscillationorHunting 348 TheStartingTorqueIsNotSufficient 348 TheMotorRotatesafterYouShutOfftheDriveOutput 348 TheOutputSpeedIsLowerThantheSpeedReference 348 TheMotorIsNotStableWhenyouUseaPMMotor 348 TheMotorIsMakinganAudibleNoise 348 ◆ The Parameter Settings Will Not Change Causes PossibleSolutions Thedriveisoperatingthemotor(thedriveisinDriveMode). StopthedriveandchangetoProgrammingMode. ParameterA1-01=0[AccessLevelSelection=OperationOnly]. SetA1-01=2[AccessLevelSelection=AdvancedLevel]orA1-01=3[ExpertLevel]. TheoperatorisnotintheParameterSetupMode. • Verifythedigitaloperatormode,DriveorProgrammingmode? • SwitchtotheProgrammingMode. 7 YouenteredanincorrectpasswordinA1-04[Password]. • EnterthecorrectpasswordtoA1-04again. • Ifyouforgotthepassword,setthepasswordagainwithA1-04. Note: Ifyousetthepassword,youcannotchangetheseparametersuntilthepasswordaligns: •A1-01[AccessLevelSelection] •A1-02[ControlMethodSelection] •A1-03[InitializeParameters] •A2-01toA2-32[UserParameter1toUserParameter32] ThedrivedetectedUv[Undervoltage]. • ViewU1-07[DCBusVoltage]toseethepowersupplyvoltage. • Examinethemaincircuitwiring. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 343
| Symptom | Ref. |
|---|---|
| TheParameterSettingsWillNotChange | 343 |
| TheMotorDoesNotRotateafterYouEnteranUp/DownCommand | 344 |
| TheMotorRotatesintheOppositeDirectionfromtheUp/DownCommand | 344 |
| TheMotorIsTooHot | 345 |
| TheCorrectAuto-TuningModeIsNotAvailable | 345 |
| EncoderOffsetSetDuringAuto-TuningConsistentlyDiffersby30DegreesorMore | 345 |
| oPE02ErrorOccursWhenDecreasingtheMotorRatedCurrentSetting | 345 |
| TheMotorStallsduringAccelerationorAccel/DecelRampIsTooLong | 346 |
| TheDriveSpeedReferenceIsDifferentthantheControllerSpeedReferenceCommand | 346 |
| ThereIsTooMuchMotorOscillationandtheRotationIsIrregular | 347 |
| DecelerationTakesLongerthanExpectedwhenYouEnableDynamicBraking | 347 |
| TheElevatorCarRollsBackwhenYouApplyorReleasetheBrake | 347 |
| ThereIsAudibleNoisefromtheDriveorMotorCableswhenYouEnergizetheDrive | 347 |
| TheResidualCurrentMonitor/ResidualCurrentDevice(RCM/RCD)TripsDuringRun | 347 |
| MotorRotationCausesOscillationorHunting | 348 |
| TheStartingTorqueIsNotSufficient | 348 |
| TheMotorRotatesafterYouShutOfftheDriveOutput | 348 |
| TheOutputSpeedIsLowerThantheSpeedReference | 348 |
| TheMotorIsNotStableWhenyouUseaPMMotor | 348 |
| TheMotorIsMakinganAudibleNoise | 348 |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thedriveisoperatingthemotor(thedriveisinDriveMode). | StopthedriveandchangetoProgrammingMode. |
| ParameterA1-01=0[AccessLevelSelection=OperationOnly]. | SetA1-01=2[AccessLevelSelection=AdvancedLevel]orA1-01=3[ExpertLevel]. |
| TheoperatorisnotintheParameterSetupMode. | • Verifythedigitaloperatormode,DriveorProgrammingmode? • SwitchtotheProgrammingMode. |
| YouenteredanincorrectpasswordinA1-04[Password]. | • EnterthecorrectpasswordtoA1-04again. • Ifyouforgotthepassword,setthepasswordagainwithA1-04. Note: Ifyousetthepassword,youcannotchangetheseparametersuntilthepasswordaligns: •A1-01[AccessLevelSelection] •A1-02[ControlMethodSelection] •A1-03[InitializeParameters] •A2-01toA2-32[UserParameter1toUserParameter32] |
| ThedrivedetectedUv[Undervoltage]. | • ViewU1-07[DCBusVoltage]toseethepowersupplyvoltage. • Examinethemaincircuitwiring. |
Source page
Page 344
7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display
◆ The Motor Does Not Rotate After Entering Up/Down Command
Causes PossibleSolutions ThedriveisnotinDriveMode. 1. Makesurethatthekeypadshows[Rdy]. 2. Ifthekeypaddoesnotshow[Rdy],gobacktotheHomescreen. Dooneofthesetwo: Thedrivestopped, waspushed,andchangedtheUp/Down commandsourcetothekeypad. • Push . • Re-energizethedrive. Note: Seto2-01=0[LO/REKeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]topreventchangingtheUp/Down commandsourcewith . Auto-Tuningcompleted. GobacktotheHomescreenonthekeypad. Note: WhenAuto-Tuningcompletes,thedrivechangestoProgrammingMode.Thedrivewillnot acceptanUp/DowncommandunlessthedriveisinDriveMode. Thedrivereceivedanemergencystopcommand. Turnofftheemergencystopinputsignal. ThesettingsforthesourcethatsuppliestheUp/Downcommandare Setb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]correctly. incorrect. Thespeedreferencesourceissetincorrectly. Setb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]correctly. Thereisdefectivewiringinthecontrolcircuitterminals. • Correctlywirethedrivecontrolcircuitterminals. • ViewU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]forinputterminalstatus. Thesettingsforvoltageinputandcurrentinputofthemasterspeedreference Examinetheanaloginputterminalsignallevelsettings. areincorrect. • TerminalA2:DIPswitchS1andH3-09[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect] Theselectionforthesinking/sourcingmodeandtheinternal/externalpower • Forsinkingmode,closethecircuitbetweenterminalsSC-SPwithawirejumper. supplyisincorrect. • Forsourcingmode,closethecircuitbetweenterminalsSC-SNwithawirejumper. • Forexternalpowersupply,removethewirejumper. Thespeedreferenceistoolow. • ViewU1-01[SpeedReference]. • IncreasethespeedreferencetoavaluehigherthanE1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]. TheMFAIsettingisincorrect. • MakesurethatthefunctionssettotheMFAIarecorrect. • ViewU1-13toU1-15[TerminalA1,A2,A3InputVoltage]toseeiftheanaloginputvaluesset toterminalsA1,A2,andA3areapplicable. Thesettingsfortheanalogspeedreferenceareincorrect. Checkthesettings(signallevel,function,bias,gain)fortheanaloginputthatsuppliesthespeed reference. TurntheUp/DowncommandOFFthenONfromanexternalinput. waspushed. Note: Whenyoupush duringoperation,thedrivewillramptostop.Seto2-02=0[STOP KeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]todisablethe function. ◆ The Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Up/Down Command Causes PossibleSolutions Thephasewiringbetweenthedriveandmotorisincorrect. • Examinethewiringbetweenthedriveandmotor. • ConnectdriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3inthecorrectsequencetoagreewith motorterminalsU,V,andW. • SwitchtwomotorcablesU,V,andWtoreversemotordirection. Theforwarddirectionforthemotorissetincorrectly. • ConnectdriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3inthecorrectsequencetoagreewith motorterminalsU,V,andW. • SwitchtwomotorcablesU,V,andWtoreversemotordirection.
Figure 7.1 Forward Rotating Motor Note: •ForYaskawamotors,theforwarddirectioniscounterclockwisewhenlookingfromthe motorshaftside. •Refertothemotorspecifications,andmakesurethattheforwardrotationdirectionis correctfortheapplication.Theforwardrotationdirectionofmotorscanbedifferentfor differentmotormanufacturersandtypes. • DoRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. ThesignalconnectionsforUpandDowncommandsonthedrivecontrol Correctlywirethecontrolcircuit. circuitterminalsandcontrolpanelsideareincorrect. 344 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| ThedriveisnotinDriveMode. | 1. Makesurethatthekeypadshows[Rdy]. 2. Ifthekeypaddoesnotshow[Rdy],gobacktotheHomescreen. |
| Thedrivestopped, waspushed,andchangedtheUp/Down commandsourcetothekeypad. | Dooneofthesetwo: • Push . • Re-energizethedrive. Note: Seto2-01=0[LO/REKeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]topreventchangingtheUp/Down commandsourcewith . |
| Auto-Tuningcompleted. | GobacktotheHomescreenonthekeypad. Note: WhenAuto-Tuningcompletes,thedrivechangestoProgrammingMode.Thedrivewillnot acceptanUp/DowncommandunlessthedriveisinDriveMode. |
| Thedrivereceivedanemergencystopcommand. | Turnofftheemergencystopinputsignal. |
| ThesettingsforthesourcethatsuppliestheUp/Downcommandare incorrect. | Setb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]correctly. |
| Thespeedreferencesourceissetincorrectly. | Setb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]correctly. |
| Thereisdefectivewiringinthecontrolcircuitterminals. | • Correctlywirethedrivecontrolcircuitterminals. • ViewU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]forinputterminalstatus. |
| Thesettingsforvoltageinputandcurrentinputofthemasterspeedreference areincorrect. | Examinetheanaloginputterminalsignallevelsettings. • TerminalA2:DIPswitchS1andH3-09[TerminalA2SignalLevelSelect] |
| Theselectionforthesinking/sourcingmodeandtheinternal/externalpower supplyisincorrect. | • Forsinkingmode,closethecircuitbetweenterminalsSC-SPwithawirejumper. • Forsourcingmode,closethecircuitbetweenterminalsSC-SNwithawirejumper. • Forexternalpowersupply,removethewirejumper. |
| Thespeedreferenceistoolow. | • ViewU1-01[SpeedReference]. • IncreasethespeedreferencetoavaluehigherthanE1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]. |
| TheMFAIsettingisincorrect. | • MakesurethatthefunctionssettotheMFAIarecorrect. • ViewU1-13toU1-15[TerminalA1,A2,A3InputVoltage]toseeiftheanaloginputvaluesset toterminalsA1,A2,andA3areapplicable. |
| Thesettingsfortheanalogspeedreferenceareincorrect. | Checkthesettings(signallevel,function,bias,gain)fortheanaloginputthatsuppliesthespeed reference. |
| waspushed. | TurntheUp/DowncommandOFFthenONfromanexternalinput. Note: Whenyoupush duringoperation,thedrivewillramptostop.Seto2-02=0[STOP KeyFunctionSelection=Disabled]todisablethe function. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thephasewiringbetweenthedriveandmotorisincorrect. | • Examinethewiringbetweenthedriveandmotor. • ConnectdriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3inthecorrectsequencetoagreewith motorterminalsU,V,andW. • SwitchtwomotorcablesU,V,andWtoreversemotordirection. |
| Theforwarddirectionforthemotorissetincorrectly. | • ConnectdriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3inthecorrectsequencetoagreewith motorterminalsU,V,andW. • SwitchtwomotorcablesU,V,andWtoreversemotordirection. Figure7.1 ForwardRotatingMotor Note: •ForYaskawamotors,theforwarddirectioniscounterclockwisewhenlookingfromthe motorshaftside. •Refertothemotorspecifications,andmakesurethattheforwardrotationdirectionis correctfortheapplication.Theforwardrotationdirectionofmotorscanbedifferentfor differentmotormanufacturersandtypes. • DoRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. |
| ThesignalconnectionsforUpandDowncommandsonthedrivecontrol circuitterminalsandcontrolpanelsideareincorrect. | Correctlywirethecontrolcircuit. |
Source page
Page 345
gnitoohselbuorT 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display Causes PossibleSolutions TheInitialPoleDetectionfailsinnormaloperation. • SetC6-23=0[CarrierFrequency@PoleSearch=2kHz]. • Adjustn8-41[HFIPGain]. • UseaPG-E3orPG-F3option. TheInitialPoleDetectionfailsinRescueOperation. • SetC6-23=0. • AdjustnA-05[HFIPGain@Rescue]. • UseaPG-E3orPG-F3option. ◆ The Motor Is Too Hot Causes PossibleSolutions Theloadistooheavy. • Decreasetheload. • Increasetheaccelerationanddecelerationramps. • ExaminethevaluessetinL1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection],L1-02[MotorOverload ProtectionTime],andE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]. • Usealargermotor. Note: Themotoralsohasashort-termoverloadrating.Examinethisratingcarefullybeforesetting driveparameters. Themotorisrunningcontinuouslyataverylowspeed. • Changetherunspeed. • Useadrive-dedicatedmotor. Thedriveisoperatinginavectorcontrolmode,butAuto-Tuninghasnot • DoAuto-Tuning. beendone. • Calculatemotorparameterandsetmotorparameters. • SetA1-02=0[ControlMethodSelection=V/fControl]. Thevoltageinsulationbetweenmotorphasesisnotsufficient. • Useamotorwithavoltagetolerancethatishigherthanthemaximumvoltagesurge. • Useadrive-dedicatedmotorthatisratedforusewithACdrivesforapplicationsthatusea motorondrivesratedhigherthan400Vclass. • InstallanACreactorontheoutputsideofthedrive. Note: WhenthemotorisconnectedtothedriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3,surges occurbetweenthedriveswitchingandthemotorcoils.Thesesurgescanbethreetimesthe driveinputpowersupplyvoltage(600Vfora200Vclassdrive,1200Vfora400Vclass drive). Theairaroundthemotoristoohot. • Measuretheambienttemperature. • Decreasethetemperatureintheareauntilitisinthespecifiedtemperaturerange. Themotorfanstoppedorisclogged. • Cleanthemotorfan. • Makethedriveenvironmentbetter. ◆ The Correct Auto-Tuning Mode Is Not Available Causes PossibleSolutions ThedesiredAuto-Tuningmodeisnotavailablefortheselectedcontrol ChangethemotorcontrolmethodwithparameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]. mode. ◆ Encoder Offset Set During Auto-Tuning Consistently Differs by 30 Degrees or More Causes PossibleSolutions PG-E3optiondetectedexcesspositionerrorwiththeERN1387encoder. SetT2-01=3or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R,back- EMF)]todoAuto-TuningforPG-E3encodercharacteristics. ◆ oPE02 Error Occurs When Decreasing the Motor Rated Current Setting 7 Causes PossibleSolutions Motorratedcurrentandthemotorno-loadcurrentsettinginthedriveare • YouaretryingtosetthemotorratedcurrentinE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]toavalue incorrect. lowerthantheno-loadcurrentsetinE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. • MakesurethatvaluesetinE2-01ishigherthanE2-03. • IfitisnecessarytosetE2-01lowerthanE2-03,firstdecreasethevaluesettoE2-03,then changetheE2-01settingasnecessary. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 345
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| TheInitialPoleDetectionfailsinnormaloperation. | • SetC6-23=0[CarrierFrequency@PoleSearch=2kHz]. • Adjustn8-41[HFIPGain]. • UseaPG-E3orPG-F3option. |
| TheInitialPoleDetectionfailsinRescueOperation. | • SetC6-23=0. • AdjustnA-05[HFIPGain@Rescue]. • UseaPG-E3orPG-F3option. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Theloadistooheavy. | • Decreasetheload. • Increasetheaccelerationanddecelerationramps. • ExaminethevaluessetinL1-01[MotorOverload(oL1)Protection],L1-02[MotorOverload ProtectionTime],andE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]. • Usealargermotor. Note: Themotoralsohasashort-termoverloadrating.Examinethisratingcarefullybeforesetting driveparameters. |
| Themotorisrunningcontinuouslyataverylowspeed. | • Changetherunspeed. • Useadrive-dedicatedmotor. |
| Thedriveisoperatinginavectorcontrolmode,butAuto-Tuninghasnot beendone. | • DoAuto-Tuning. • Calculatemotorparameterandsetmotorparameters. • SetA1-02=0[ControlMethodSelection=V/fControl]. |
| Thevoltageinsulationbetweenmotorphasesisnotsufficient. | • Useamotorwithavoltagetolerancethatishigherthanthemaximumvoltagesurge. • Useadrive-dedicatedmotorthatisratedforusewithACdrivesforapplicationsthatusea motorondrivesratedhigherthan400Vclass. • InstallanACreactorontheoutputsideofthedrive. Note: WhenthemotorisconnectedtothedriveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3,surges occurbetweenthedriveswitchingandthemotorcoils.Thesesurgescanbethreetimesthe driveinputpowersupplyvoltage(600Vfora200Vclassdrive,1200Vfora400Vclass drive). |
| Theairaroundthemotoristoohot. | • Measuretheambienttemperature. • Decreasethetemperatureintheareauntilitisinthespecifiedtemperaturerange. |
| Themotorfanstoppedorisclogged. | • Cleanthemotorfan. • Makethedriveenvironmentbetter. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| ThedesiredAuto-Tuningmodeisnotavailablefortheselectedcontrol mode. | ChangethemotorcontrolmethodwithparameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| PG-E3optiondetectedexcesspositionerrorwiththeERN1387encoder. | SetT2-01=3or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R,back- EMF)]todoAuto-TuningforPG-E3encodercharacteristics. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Motorratedcurrentandthemotorno-loadcurrentsettinginthedriveare incorrect. | • YouaretryingtosetthemotorratedcurrentinE2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]toavalue lowerthantheno-loadcurrentsetinE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. • MakesurethatvaluesetinE2-01ishigherthanE2-03. • IfitisnecessarytosetE2-01lowerthanE2-03,firstdecreasethevaluesettoE2-03,then changetheE2-01settingasnecessary. |
Source page
Page 346
7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display
◆ The Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Accel/Decel Ramp Is Too Long
Causes PossibleSolutions Thedriveandmotorsystemreachedthetorquelimitorcurrentsuppression • Decreasetheload. willnotletthedriveaccelerate. • Usealargermotor. Note: AlthoughthedrivehasaStallPreventionfunctionandaTorqueCompensationLimit function,acceleratingtoofastortryingtodrivealoadthatistoolargecanexceedthelimits ofthemotor. Torquelimitissetincorrectly. Setthetorquelimitcorrectly. Theaccelerationrampsettingistooshort. CheckthevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07[AccelerationRamps]andsetthemto applicablevalues. Theloadistooheavy. • IncreasetheaccelerationRamp. • Examinethemechanicalbrakeandmakesurethatitisfullyreleasing. • Decreasetheloadtomakesurethattheoutputcurrentstayslessthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Usealargermotor. Note: •Inextruderandmixerapplications,theloadcanincreaseasthetemperaturedecreases. •AlthoughthedrivehasaStallPreventionfunctionandaTorqueCompensationLimit function,acceleratingtoofastortryingtodrivealoadthatistoolargecanexceedthelimits ofthemotor. Thespeedreferenceislow. • ExamineE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]andincreasethesettingifitissettoolow. • ExamineU1-01[SpeedReference]forthecorrectspeedreference. • Examinethemulti-functioninputterminalstoseeifaspeedreferencesignalswitchhasbeen set. • ExaminethelowgainlevelsetinH3-03,H3-11,H3-07[TerminalA1,A2,A3GainSetting]if youuseMFAI. Themotorcharacteristicsanddriveparametersettingsarenotcompatible. • SetthecorrectV/fpatterntoagreewiththecharacteristicsofthemotor. • ExaminetheV/fpatternsetinE1-03[V/fPatternSelection]. • PerformRotationalAuto-Tuning. Thedriveisoperatinginvectorcontrolmode,butAuto-Tuningisnot • DoAuto-Tuning. completed. • Calculatemotordataandresetmotorparameters. • SetA1-02=0[ControlMethodSelection=V/fControl]. TheStallPreventionlevelduringaccelerationsettingistoolow. IncreasethevaluesetinL3-02[StallPreventLevelduringAccel]. Note: IftheL3-02valueistoolow,theaccelerationrampcanbeunsatisfactorilylong. TheStallPreventionlevelduringrunsettingistoolow. IncreasethevaluesetinL3-06[StallPreventLevelduringRun]. Note: IftheL3-06valueistoolow,speedwilldecreasewhilethedriveoutputstorque. DrivereachedthelimitationsoftheV/fmotorcontrolmethod. • Whenthemotorcableislongerthan50m(164ft.),doAuto-Tuningforline-to-lineresistance. • SettheV/fpatternto“HighStartingTorque”. • UseaVectorControlmethod. Note: V/fcontrolmethoddoesnotprovidehightorqueatlowspeeds. ◆ The Drive Speed Reference Is Different than the Controller Speed Reference Command Causes PossibleSolutions Theanaloginputgainandbiasforthespeedreferenceinputareset Examinethegainandbiassettingsfortheanaloginputsthatsetthespeedreference. incorrectly. • TerminalA1:H3-03[TerminalA1GainSetting],H3-04[TerminalA1BiasSetting] • TerminalA2:H3-11[TerminalA2GainSetting],H3-12[TerminalA2BiasSetting] • TerminalA3:H3-07[TerminalA3GainSetting],H3-08[TerminalA3BiasSetting] ThedriveisreceivingfrequencybiassignalsfromanaloginputterminalsA1 • ExamineparametersH3-02,H3-10,H3-06[MFAIFunctionSelection].Iftwoormoreofthese toA3andthesumofallsignalsmakesthespeedreference. parametersaresetto0,changethesettings. • UseU1-13toU1-15[TerminalA1,A2,A3InputVoltage]tomakesurethattheanaloginput valuessettoterminalsA1,A2,andA3areapplicable. Themotorrotatesfasterthanthespeedreferenceatlowspeed. SetE1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]>0. Note: •TherecommendedsettingforE1-09is0.5Hz. •Whenspeedreference<E1-09,thedriveoutputwillturnOFF. 346 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thedriveandmotorsystemreachedthetorquelimitorcurrentsuppression willnotletthedriveaccelerate. | • Decreasetheload. • Usealargermotor. Note: AlthoughthedrivehasaStallPreventionfunctionandaTorqueCompensationLimit function,acceleratingtoofastortryingtodrivealoadthatistoolargecanexceedthelimits ofthemotor. |
| Torquelimitissetincorrectly. | Setthetorquelimitcorrectly. |
| Theaccelerationrampsettingistooshort. | CheckthevaluessetinC1-01,C1-03,C1-05,orC1-07[AccelerationRamps]andsetthemto applicablevalues. |
| Theloadistooheavy. | • IncreasetheaccelerationRamp. • Examinethemechanicalbrakeandmakesurethatitisfullyreleasing. • Decreasetheloadtomakesurethattheoutputcurrentstayslessthanthemotorratedcurrent. • Usealargermotor. Note: •Inextruderandmixerapplications,theloadcanincreaseasthetemperaturedecreases. •AlthoughthedrivehasaStallPreventionfunctionandaTorqueCompensationLimit function,acceleratingtoofastortryingtodrivealoadthatistoolargecanexceedthelimits ofthemotor. |
| Thespeedreferenceislow. | • ExamineE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]andincreasethesettingifitissettoolow. • ExamineU1-01[SpeedReference]forthecorrectspeedreference. • Examinethemulti-functioninputterminalstoseeifaspeedreferencesignalswitchhasbeen set. • ExaminethelowgainlevelsetinH3-03,H3-11,H3-07[TerminalA1,A2,A3GainSetting]if youuseMFAI. |
| Themotorcharacteristicsanddriveparametersettingsarenotcompatible. | • SetthecorrectV/fpatterntoagreewiththecharacteristicsofthemotor. • ExaminetheV/fpatternsetinE1-03[V/fPatternSelection]. • PerformRotationalAuto-Tuning. |
| Thedriveisoperatinginvectorcontrolmode,butAuto-Tuningisnot completed. | • DoAuto-Tuning. • Calculatemotordataandresetmotorparameters. • SetA1-02=0[ControlMethodSelection=V/fControl]. |
| TheStallPreventionlevelduringaccelerationsettingistoolow. | IncreasethevaluesetinL3-02[StallPreventLevelduringAccel]. Note: IftheL3-02valueistoolow,theaccelerationrampcanbeunsatisfactorilylong. |
| TheStallPreventionlevelduringrunsettingistoolow. | IncreasethevaluesetinL3-06[StallPreventLevelduringRun]. Note: IftheL3-06valueistoolow,speedwilldecreasewhilethedriveoutputstorque. |
| DrivereachedthelimitationsoftheV/fmotorcontrolmethod. | • Whenthemotorcableislongerthan50m(164ft.),doAuto-Tuningforline-to-lineresistance. • SettheV/fpatternto“HighStartingTorque”. • UseaVectorControlmethod. Note: V/fcontrolmethoddoesnotprovidehightorqueatlowspeeds. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Theanaloginputgainandbiasforthespeedreferenceinputareset incorrectly. | Examinethegainandbiassettingsfortheanaloginputsthatsetthespeedreference. • TerminalA1:H3-03[TerminalA1GainSetting],H3-04[TerminalA1BiasSetting] • TerminalA2:H3-11[TerminalA2GainSetting],H3-12[TerminalA2BiasSetting] • TerminalA3:H3-07[TerminalA3GainSetting],H3-08[TerminalA3BiasSetting] |
| ThedriveisreceivingfrequencybiassignalsfromanaloginputterminalsA1 toA3andthesumofallsignalsmakesthespeedreference. | • ExamineparametersH3-02,H3-10,H3-06[MFAIFunctionSelection].Iftwoormoreofthese parametersaresetto0,changethesettings. • UseU1-13toU1-15[TerminalA1,A2,A3InputVoltage]tomakesurethattheanaloginput valuessettoterminalsA1,A2,andA3areapplicable. |
| Themotorrotatesfasterthanthespeedreferenceatlowspeed. | SetE1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]>0. Note: •TherecommendedsettingforE1-09is0.5Hz. •Whenspeedreference<E1-09,thedriveoutputwillturnOFF. |
Source page
Page 347
gnitoohselbuorT 7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display ◆ There Is Too Much Motor Oscillation and the Rotation Is Irregular Causes PossibleSolutions Unsatisfactorybalanceofmotorphases. • Makesurethatthedriveinputpowervoltagesuppliesstablepower. • SetL8-05=0[InputPhaseLossProtectSelect=Disabled]. Themotorishunting. Increasethevalueofn2-01[SpdFeedbackDetectCtr(AFR)Gain]orn2-02[SpdFeedbackDetCtr (AFR)TimeConst1]. ◆ Deceleration Takes Longer than Expected when You Enable Dynamic Braking Causes PossibleSolutions Thedecelerationrampsettingistoolong. SetC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,orC1-08[DecelerationRamps]toapplicablevalues. Themotortorqueisnotsufficient. Usealargermotor. Note: Iftheseitemsarecorrect,thedemandonthemotorismorethanthemotorcapacity: •Parametersettingsarecorrect. •Thedrivedoesnotdetectov[Overvoltage]. Thedriveandmotorsystemreachedthetorquelimit. ExaminethevaluessetinL7-01toL7-04[TorqueLimit]andincreasethemifnecessary. Note: Ifthetorquelimitisenabled,decelerationrampcanincreasebecausethedrivecannotoutput moretorquethanthelimit. Theloadismorethantheinternaltorquelimitasspecifiedbythecontinuous Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. ratedoutputcurrentofthedrive. ◆ The Elevator Car Rolls Back when You Apply or Release the Brake Causes PossibleSolutions TheDCinjectionbrakingisnotsufficient. IncreasethevaluesetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]. TheholdingpowerofthePositionLockisinsufficient. • IncreasethevaluesetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]. • IncreasethevaluesetinS3-03[PositionLockGainatStop]. ThetorquecompensationbytheMFDIisinsufficient. ExaminethevaluessetinS3-27[Load1TorqueCompensationLevel]andS3-28[Load2Torque CompensationLevel]. ◆ There Is Audible Noise from the Drive or Motor Cables when You Energize the Drive Causes PossibleSolutions Therelayswitchinginthedriveismakingtoomuchnoise. • UseC6-03[CarrierFrequency]todecreasethecarrierfrequency. • Connectanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthedrivepowersupply. • Connectanoisefiltertotheoutputsideofthedrive. • Isolatethecontrolcircuitwiringfromthemaincircuitwiring. • Useametalcableglandtowirethedrive. • Shieldtheperipheryofthedrivewithmetal. • Makesurethatthedriveandmotoraregroundedcorrectly. • Makesurethatgroundfaultshavenotoccurredinthewiringormotor. ◆ The Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device (RCM/RCD) Trips During Run Causes PossibleSolutions 7 Thereistoomuchleakagecurrentfromthedrive. • IncreasetheRCM/RCDsensitivityoruseRCM/RCDwithahigherthreshold. • UseC6-03[CarrierFrequency]todecreasethecarrierfrequency. • Decreasethelengthofthecableusedbetweenthedriveandthemotor. • InstallanoisefilterorACreactorontheoutputsideofthedrive.SetC6-03=2.0kHzwhen connectinganACreactor. • DisabletheinternalEMCfilter. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 347
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Unsatisfactorybalanceofmotorphases. | • Makesurethatthedriveinputpowervoltagesuppliesstablepower. • SetL8-05=0[InputPhaseLossProtectSelect=Disabled]. |
| Themotorishunting. | Increasethevalueofn2-01[SpdFeedbackDetectCtr(AFR)Gain]orn2-02[SpdFeedbackDetCtr (AFR)TimeConst1]. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thedecelerationrampsettingistoolong. | SetC1-02,C1-04,C1-06,orC1-08[DecelerationRamps]toapplicablevalues. |
| Themotortorqueisnotsufficient. | Usealargermotor. Note: Iftheseitemsarecorrect,thedemandonthemotorismorethanthemotorcapacity: •Parametersettingsarecorrect. •Thedrivedoesnotdetectov[Overvoltage]. |
| Thedriveandmotorsystemreachedthetorquelimit. | ExaminethevaluessetinL7-01toL7-04[TorqueLimit]andincreasethemifnecessary. Note: Ifthetorquelimitisenabled,decelerationrampcanincreasebecausethedrivecannotoutput moretorquethanthelimit. |
| Theloadismorethantheinternaltorquelimitasspecifiedbythecontinuous ratedoutputcurrentofthedrive. | Replacethedrivewithalargercapacitymodel. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| TheDCinjectionbrakingisnotsufficient. | IncreasethevaluesetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]. |
| TheholdingpowerofthePositionLockisinsufficient. | • IncreasethevaluesetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]. • IncreasethevaluesetinS3-03[PositionLockGainatStop]. |
| ThetorquecompensationbytheMFDIisinsufficient. | ExaminethevaluessetinS3-27[Load1TorqueCompensationLevel]andS3-28[Load2Torque CompensationLevel]. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Therelayswitchinginthedriveismakingtoomuchnoise. | • UseC6-03[CarrierFrequency]todecreasethecarrierfrequency. • Connectanoisefiltertotheinputsideofthedrivepowersupply. • Connectanoisefiltertotheoutputsideofthedrive. • Isolatethecontrolcircuitwiringfromthemaincircuitwiring. • Useametalcableglandtowirethedrive. • Shieldtheperipheryofthedrivewithmetal. • Makesurethatthedriveandmotoraregroundedcorrectly. • Makesurethatgroundfaultshavenotoccurredinthewiringormotor. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thereistoomuchleakagecurrentfromthedrive. | • IncreasetheRCM/RCDsensitivityoruseRCM/RCDwithahigherthreshold. • UseC6-03[CarrierFrequency]todecreasethecarrierfrequency. • Decreasethelengthofthecableusedbetweenthedriveandthemotor. • InstallanoisefilterorACreactorontheoutputsideofthedrive.SetC6-03=2.0kHzwhen connectinganACreactor. • DisabletheinternalEMCfilter. |
Source page
Page 348
7.10 Troubleshooting Without Fault Display
◆ The Motor Rotation Causes Oscillation or Hunting
Causes PossibleSolutions Thespeedreferenceisassignedtoanexternalsource,andthereiselectrical Makesurethatelectricalinterferencedoesnothaveaneffectonthesignallines. interferenceinthesignal. • Isolatecontrolcircuitwiringfrommaincircuitwiring. • Usetwisted-paircablesorshieldedwiringforthecontrolcircuit. • IncreasethevalueofH3-13[AnalogInputFilterTimeConstant]. Thecablebetweenthedriveandmotoristoolong. • DoAuto-Tuning. • Makethewiringasshortaspossible. ◆ The Starting Torque Is Not Sufficient
Causes PossibleSolutions
Auto-Tuninghasnotbeendoneinvectorcontrolmethod. DoAuto-Tuning. ThecontrolmethodwaschangedafterdoingAuto-Tuning. DoAuto-Tuningagain.
◆ The Motor Rotates after the Drive Output Is Shut Off
Causes PossibleSolutions DCInjectionBrakingatstopistoolowandthedrivecannotdecelerate • IncreasethevaluesetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]. correctly. • IncreasethevaluesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. Thestoppingmethodmakesthedrivecoasttostop. Setb1-03=0[StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop].
◆ The Output Speed Is Lower Than the Speed Reference
Causes PossibleSolutions AlargeloadtriggeredStallPreventionfunctionduringacceleration. • Decreasetheload. • AdjustL3-02[StallPreventLevelduringAccel]. L3-01=3[StallPreventSelectduringAccel=ILimMode]hasbeenset. 1. CheckwhethertheV/fpatternandmotorparametersettingsareappropriate,andsetthem correctly. 2. Ifthisdoesnotsolvetheproblem,anditisnotnecessarytolimitthecurrentlevelofstall duringacceleration,adjustL3-02. 3. Ifthisdoesnotsolvetheproblem,setL3-01=1[Enabled]. ◆ The Motor Speed Is Not Stable when You Use a PM Motor Causes PossibleSolutions
Thedriveisoperatingthemotoratmorethanthespecifiedspeedcontrol Examinethespeedcontrolrangeandadjustthespeed. range. Themotorishunting. Adjusttheseparameterstohavethelargesteffect: • C4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime] Huntingoccursatstart. IncreasethevaluesetinC2-01[Jerk@StartofAccel]. Toomuchcurrentisflowingthroughthedrive. Forspecial-purposemotors,enterthecorrectvaluetoE5-xxasspecifiedbythemotortestreport. ◆ The Motor Is Making an Audible Noise
Causes PossibleSolutions 100%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrivewasexceededwhile • Ifthesoundiscomingfromthemotor,setL8-38=0[AutomaticTorqueBoostFunction= operatingatlowspeeds. Disabled]. • IfoL2[DriveOverloaded]occursfrequentlyaftersettingL8-38=0,replacethedrivewitha high-capacitydrive.
348 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thespeedreferenceisassignedtoanexternalsource,andthereiselectrical interferenceinthesignal. | Makesurethatelectricalinterferencedoesnothaveaneffectonthesignallines. • Isolatecontrolcircuitwiringfrommaincircuitwiring. • Usetwisted-paircablesorshieldedwiringforthecontrolcircuit. • IncreasethevalueofH3-13[AnalogInputFilterTimeConstant]. |
| Thecablebetweenthedriveandmotoristoolong. | • DoAuto-Tuning. • Makethewiringasshortaspossible. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Auto-Tuninghasnotbeendoneinvectorcontrolmethod. | DoAuto-Tuning. |
| ThecontrolmethodwaschangedafterdoingAuto-Tuning. | DoAuto-Tuningagain. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| DCInjectionBrakingatstopistoolowandthedrivecannotdecelerate correctly. | • IncreasethevaluesetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]. • IncreasethevaluesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. |
| Thestoppingmethodmakesthedrivecoasttostop. | Setb1-03=0[StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop]. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| AlargeloadtriggeredStallPreventionfunctionduringacceleration. | • Decreasetheload. • AdjustL3-02[StallPreventLevelduringAccel]. |
| L3-01=3[StallPreventSelectduringAccel=ILimMode]hasbeenset. | 1. CheckwhethertheV/fpatternandmotorparametersettingsareappropriate,andsetthem correctly. 2. Ifthisdoesnotsolvetheproblem,anditisnotnecessarytolimitthecurrentlevelofstall duringacceleration,adjustL3-02. 3. Ifthisdoesnotsolvetheproblem,setL3-01=1[Enabled]. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| Thedriveisoperatingthemotoratmorethanthespecifiedspeedcontrol range. | Examinethespeedcontrolrangeandadjustthespeed. |
| Themotorishunting. | Adjusttheseparameterstohavethelargesteffect: • C4-02[TorqueCompensationDelayTime] |
| Huntingoccursatstart. | IncreasethevaluesetinC2-01[Jerk@StartofAccel]. |
| Toomuchcurrentisflowingthroughthedrive. | Forspecial-purposemotors,enterthecorrectvaluetoE5-xxasspecifiedbythemotortestreport. |
| Causes | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|
| 100%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentofthedrivewasexceededwhile operatingatlowspeeds. | • Ifthesoundiscomingfromthemotor,setL8-38=0[AutomaticTorqueBoostFunction= Disabled]. • IfoL2[DriveOverloaded]occursfrequentlyaftersettingL8-38=0,replacethedrivewitha high-capacitydrive. |
Source page
Page 349
Periodic Inspection and Maintenance
This chapter gives information about how to examine and maintain drives in use, how to replace cooling fans and other parts, and how to store drives.
8.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................350 8.2 Inspection.................................................................................................................352 8.3 Maintenance ............................................................................................................354 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans...................................................356 8.5 Replace the Drive ...................................................................................................373
8.6 Replace the Keypad Battery................................................................................378 8.7 Storage Guidelines ................................................................................................380
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 349
Source page
Page 350
8.1 Section Safety
8.1 Section Safety
Do not operate the drive when covers are missing. Replace covers and shields before you operate the drive. Use the drive only as specified by the instructions. Some figures in this section include drives without covers or safety shields to more clearly show the inside of the drive. If covers or safety shields are missing from the drive, it can cause serious injury or death. Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal. If you do not ground the equipment correctly, it can cause serious injury or death if you touch the motor case. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death.
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when you do work on the drive. Tighten loose clothing and remove all metal objects, for example watches or rings. Loose clothing can catch on the drive and jewelry can conduct electricity and cause serious injury or death. Fire Hazard Tighten all terminal screws to the correct tightening torque. Connections that are too loose or too tight can cause incorrect operation and damage to the drive. Incorrect connections can also cause death or serious injury from fire.
Damage to Equipment Do not apply incorrect voltage to the main circuit of the drive. Operate the drive in the specified range of the input voltage on the drive nameplate. Voltages that are higher than the permitted nameplate tolerance can cause damage to the drive. Fire Hazard Do not put flammable or combustible materials on top of the drive and do not install the drive near flammable or combustible materials. Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material. Flammable and combustible materials can start a fire and cause serious injury or death.
350 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotexamine,connect,ordisconnectwiringonanenergizeddrive.Beforeservicing, disconnectallpowertotheequipmentandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelata minimum.Theinternalcapacitorstayschargedafterthedriveisde-energized.Thecharge indicatorLEDextinguisheswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasesbelow50Vdc.Whenall indicatorsareOFF,removethecoversbeforemeasuringfordangerousvoltagestomakesure thatthedriveissafe. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergized,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock. Disconnectallpowertothedriveandwaitforthetimespecifiedonthewarninglabelbeforeyou removecovers.Checkthedrivefordangerousvoltagesbeforeservicingorrepairwork. Ifyoudoworkonthedrivewhenitisenergizedandthereisnocoverovertheelectroniccircuits,itwillcause seriousinjuryordeathfromelectricalshock.Thedrivehasinternalcapacitorsthatstaychargedafteryoude- energizethedrive. |
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Themotorwillrunafteryoude-energizethedrive.PMmotorscangenerateinducedvoltageto theterminalofthemotorafteryoude-energizethedrive. Ifyoutouchamotorthatismovingorenergized,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotoperatethedrivewhencoversaremissing.Replacecoversandshieldsbeforeyou operatethedrive.Usethedriveonlyasspecifiedbytheinstructions. Somefiguresinthissectionincludedriveswithoutcoversorsafetyshieldstomoreclearlyshowtheinsideofthe drive.Ifcoversorsafetyshieldsaremissingfromthedrive,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Alwaysgroundthemotor-sidegroundingterminal. Ifyoudonotgroundtheequipmentcorrectly,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathifyoutouchthemotorcase. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotwearlooseclothingorjewelrywhenyoudoworkonthedrive.Tightenlooseclothing andremoveallmetalobjects,forexamplewatchesorrings. Looseclothingcancatchonthedriveandjewelrycanconductelectricityandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Fire Hazard Tightenallterminalscrewstothecorrecttighteningtorque. Connectionsthataretoolooseortootightcancauseincorrectoperationanddamagetothedrive.Incorrect connectionscanalsocausedeathorseriousinjuryfromfire. Damage to Equipment Donotapplyincorrectvoltagetothemaincircuitofthedrive.Operatethedriveinthespecified rangeoftheinputvoltageonthedrivenameplate. Voltagesthatarehigherthanthepermittednameplatetolerancecancausedamagetothedrive. Fire Hazard Donotputflammableorcombustiblematerialsontopofthedriveanddonotinstallthedrive nearflammableorcombustiblematerials.Attachthedrivetometalorothernoncombustible material. Flammableandcombustiblematerialscanstartafireandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
Source page
Page 351
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard Donotmodifythedrivebodyordrivecircuitry. Modificationstodrivebodyandcircuitrycancauseseriousinjuryordeath,willcausedamagetothedrive,and willvoidthewarranty.Yaskawaisnotresponsibleformodificationsoftheproductmadebytheuser. Sudden Movement Hazard Makesurethatyoualignthephaseorderforthedriveandmotorwhenyouconnectthemotorto driveoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3. Ifthephaseorderisincorrect,itcancausethemotortoruninreverse.Ifthemotoraccidentallyrunsinreverse,it cancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Burn Hazard Donottouchahotdriveheatsink.De-energizethedrive,waitforaminimumof15minutes,then makesurethattheheatsinkiscoolbeforeyoureplacethecoolingfans. Ifyoutouchahotdriveheatsink,itcanburnyou. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Damage to Equipment Whenyoutouchthedriveandcircuitboards,makesurethatyouobservecorrectelectrostatic discharge(ESD)procedures. Ifyoudonotfollowprocedures,itcancauseESDdamagetothedrivecircuitry. Usetheinstructionsinthismanualtoreplacethecoolingfans.Whenyoudomaintenanceon thefans,replaceallthefanstoincreaseproductlife. Ifyouinstallthefansincorrectly,itcancausedamagetothedrive. Makesurethatallconnectionsarecorrectafteryouinstallthedriveandconnectperipheral devices. Incorrectconnectionscancausedamagetothedrive. Donotenergizeandde-energizethedrivemorefrequentlythanonetimeeach5minutes(48 times/daymaximum). Ifyoufrequentlyenergizeandde-energizethedrive,itcancausedrivefailure. Donotoperateadriveorconnectedequipmentthathasdamagedormissingparts. Youcancausedamagetothedriveandconnectedequipment. |
Source page
Page 352
8.2 Inspection
8.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and can show changes in performance and deterioration of performance after years of use in usual conditions. To help prevent these problems, it is important to do preventive maintenance and regular inspection, and replace parts on the drive. Drives contain different types of power electronics, for example power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and relays. The electronics in the drive are necessary for correct motor control. Follow the inspection lists in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program. Note: Examine the drive one time each year at a minimum. The operating conditions, environmental conditions, and use conditions will have an effect on the examination frequency for connected equipment. Examine the drive more frequently if you use the drive in bad conditions or in these conditions: •High ambient temperatures •Frequent starting and stopping •Changes in the AC power supply or load •Too much vibration or shock loading •Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, or chlorine atmospheres •Unsatisfactory storage conditions.
◆ Recommended Daily Inspection Table 8.1 gives information about the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Examine the items in Table 8.1 each day to make sure that the components do not become unserviceable or fail. Make a copy of this checklist and put a check mark in the “Checked” column after each inspection.
Table 8.1 Daily Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked • Checktheloadcoupling. Motor E fr x o a m m t i h n e e m fo o r t u o n r. usualoscillationornoisecoming • Measuremotorvibration. • Tightenallloosecomponents. • Checkforaloadthatistooheavy. Examineforunusualheatfromthedriveormotor • Tightenloosescrews. andvisiblediscoloration. • Checkforadirtyheatsinkormotor. CoolingSystem • Measuretheambienttemperature. Examinethecoolingfans,circulationfans,and • Checkforacloggedordirtyfan. circuitboardcoolingfans. • Usetheperformancelifemonitortocheckforcorrectfanoperation. S E u n r v r i o r u o n n d m in en g t a M p a p k li e ca s b u l r e e . thattheinstallationenvironmentis Removethesourceofcontaminationorcorrectunsatisfactoryenvironment. Makesurethatthedriveoutputcurrentisnotmore • Checkforaloadthatistooheavy. Load thanthemotorordriveratingforanextendedperiod oftime. • Checkthecorrectmotorparametersettings. P V o o w lta e g r e Supply Examinemainpowersupplyandcontrolvoltages. • • V C e o r r i r f e y ct al t l h m ev a o in lt c a i g r e cu o i r t p p o h w as e e r s. supplytoagreewithnameplatespecifications.
352 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| Motor | Examineforunusualoscillationornoisecoming fromthemotor. | • Checktheloadcoupling. • Measuremotorvibration. • Tightenallloosecomponents. | |
| CoolingSystem | Examineforunusualheatfromthedriveormotor andvisiblediscoloration. | • Checkforaloadthatistooheavy. • Tightenloosescrews. • Checkforadirtyheatsinkormotor. • Measuretheambienttemperature. | |
| Examinethecoolingfans,circulationfans,and circuitboardcoolingfans. | • Checkforacloggedordirtyfan. • Usetheperformancelifemonitortocheckforcorrectfanoperation. | ||
| Surrounding Environment | Makesurethattheinstallationenvironmentis applicable. | Removethesourceofcontaminationorcorrectunsatisfactoryenvironment. | |
| Load | Makesurethatthedriveoutputcurrentisnotmore thanthemotorordriveratingforanextendedperiod oftime. | • Checkforaloadthatistooheavy. • Checkthecorrectmotorparametersettings. | |
| PowerSupply Voltage | Examinemainpowersupplyandcontrolvoltages. | • Correctthevoltageorpowersupplytoagreewithnameplatespecifications. • Verifyallmaincircuitphases. |
Source page
Page 353
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.2 Inspection Table 8.2 Main Circuit Periodic Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked • Examineequipmentfordiscolorationfromtoo • Replacedamagedcomponentsasnecessary. muchheatordeterioration. • Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto • Examinefordamagedparts. replacethedrive. General • Examineenclosuredoorseal. E co x m am po in n e en fo ts r . dirt,unwantedparticles,orduston • U to s u e ch a i v n a g c t u h u e m co c m le p a o n n e e r n to ts. removeunwantedparticlesanddustwithout • Ifyoucannotremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithavacuumcleaner, replacethecomponents. • Examinewiringandconnectionsfordiscoloration ordamage.Examinewiringandconnectionsfor C W o i n ri d n u g ctorsand discolorationfromtoomuchheat. Repairorreplacedamagedwiring. • Examinewireinsulationandshieldingfor discolorationandwear. • Tightenloosescrews. • Replacedamagedscrewsorterminals. TerminalBlock E co x n a n m e i c n ti e o t n e s r . minalsforstripped,damaged,orloose Note: Ondrivemodels2059,2075,4030,and4039,youcannotreplacethehex screws. • Examinecontactorsandrelaysfortoomuchnoise Electromagnetic duringoperation. • Checkcoilvoltageforovervoltageorundervoltageconditions. Contactorsand Relays • Examinecoilsforsignsoftoomuchheat,suchas • Replacebrokenrelays,contactors,orcircuitboardsthatyoucanremove. meltedorbrokeninsulation. DynamicBraking Examinetheinsulationfordiscolorationfromtoo Ifthereisdiscolorationintheoption,checktomakesurethatthewiringisnot Option muchheat. damaged.Asmallquantityofdiscolorationisnotaproblem. • Examineforleaks,discoloration,orcracks. Electrolytic Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto Capacitor • Examineifthecaphascomeoff,ifthereis replacethedrive. swelling,orifthereareleaksfrombrokensides. Diodes,IGBT Examinefordustorotherunwantedmaterial Useavacuumcleanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithouttouching (PowerTransistor) collectedonthesurface. thecomponents. Table 8.3 Motor Periodic Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked OperationCheck Checkforincreasedvibrationorunusualnoise. Stopthemotorandcontactapprovedmaintenancepersonnelasnecessary. Table 8.4 Control Circuit Periodic Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked • Examineterminalsforstripped,damaged,or • Tightenloosescrews. General looseconnections. • Replacedamagedscrewsorterminals. • Makesurethatallterminalshavebeencorrectly • Ifterminalsareintegraltoacircuitboard,itcouldbenecessarytoreplacethe tightened. controlboardorthedrive. • Tightenlooseconnections. • Checkforodor,discoloration,orrust. • U to s u e ch a i v n a g c t u h u e m co c m le p a o n n e e r n to ts. removeunwantedparticlesanddustwithout CircuitBoards • M fas a t k e e ne s d u . rethatallconnectionsarecorrectly • I r f ep y l o a u ce ca th n e no co t m re p m o o n v e e nt u s n . wantedparticlesanddustwithavacuumcleaner, • d M o a e k s e n s o u t r h e a t v h e at d t u h s e to su r r o fa il c m eo is f t. thecircuitboard • Donotusesolventstocleantheboard. • Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto replacethedrive. Table 8.5 Cooling System Periodic Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked • Checkforunusualoscillationorunusualnoise. Coolingfan Cleanorreplacethefansasnecessary. • Checkfordamagedormissingfanblades. • Examinefordustorotherunwantedmaterial Heatsink collectedonthesurface. U th s e e c a om va p c o u n u e m nts c . leanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithouttouching • Examinefordirt. AirDuct E th x a a t m th i e n r e e a a i r r e in n t o ak u e n , w e a x n h t a e u d st m o a p te e r n i i a n l g s s o a n n t d he m s a u k r e fa s c u e r . e Clearblockagesandcleanairductasnecessary. 8 Table 8.6 Keypad Periodic Inspection Checklist InspectionArea InspectionPoints CorrectiveAction Checked General • M co a rr k e e ct s l u y r . ethatthekeypadshowsthedata • n If e y ar o e u st h s a a v l e es p r r e o p b r l e e s m e s nt w at i i t v h e t . hedisplayorthekeys,contactYaskawaoryour • E co x l a le m c i t n ed ef o o n r c d o u m st p o o r n o e t n h t e s r in un th w e an ar te e d a. materialthat • Cleanthekeypad. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 353
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| General | • Examineequipmentfordiscolorationfromtoo muchheatordeterioration. • Examinefordamagedparts. | • Replacedamagedcomponentsasnecessary. • Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto replacethedrive. | |
| Examinefordirt,unwantedparticles,orduston components. | • Examineenclosuredoorseal. • Useavacuumcleanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithout touchingthecomponents. • Ifyoucannotremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithavacuumcleaner, replacethecomponents. | ||
| Conductorsand Wiring | • Examinewiringandconnectionsfordiscoloration ordamage.Examinewiringandconnectionsfor discolorationfromtoomuchheat. • Examinewireinsulationandshieldingfor discolorationandwear. | Repairorreplacedamagedwiring. | |
| TerminalBlock | Examineterminalsforstripped,damaged,orloose connections. | • Tightenloosescrews. • Replacedamagedscrewsorterminals. Note: Ondrivemodels2059,2075,4030,and4039,youcannotreplacethehex screws. | |
| Electromagnetic Contactorsand Relays | • Examinecontactorsandrelaysfortoomuchnoise duringoperation. • Examinecoilsforsignsoftoomuchheat,suchas meltedorbrokeninsulation. | • Checkcoilvoltageforovervoltageorundervoltageconditions. • Replacebrokenrelays,contactors,orcircuitboardsthatyoucanremove. | |
| DynamicBraking Option | Examinetheinsulationfordiscolorationfromtoo muchheat. | Ifthereisdiscolorationintheoption,checktomakesurethatthewiringisnot damaged.Asmallquantityofdiscolorationisnotaproblem. | |
| Electrolytic Capacitor | • Examineforleaks,discoloration,orcracks. • Examineifthecaphascomeoff,ifthereis swelling,orifthereareleaksfrombrokensides. | Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto replacethedrive. | |
| Diodes,IGBT (PowerTransistor) | Examinefordustorotherunwantedmaterial collectedonthesurface. | Useavacuumcleanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithouttouching thecomponents. |
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| OperationCheck | Checkforincreasedvibrationorunusualnoise. | Stopthemotorandcontactapprovedmaintenancepersonnelasnecessary. |
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| General | • Examineterminalsforstripped,damaged,or looseconnections. • Makesurethatallterminalshavebeencorrectly tightened. | • Tightenloosescrews. • Replacedamagedscrewsorterminals. • Ifterminalsareintegraltoacircuitboard,itcouldbenecessarytoreplacethe controlboardorthedrive. | |
| CircuitBoards | • Checkforodor,discoloration,orrust. • Makesurethatallconnectionsarecorrectly fastened. • Makesurethatthesurfaceofthecircuitboard doesnothavedustoroilmist. | • Tightenlooseconnections. • Useavacuumcleanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithout touchingthecomponents. • Ifyoucannotremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithavacuumcleaner, replacethecomponents. • Donotusesolventstocleantheboard. • Thedrivedoesnothavemanyserviceablepartsanditcouldbenecessaryto replacethedrive. |
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| Coolingfan | • Checkforunusualoscillationorunusualnoise. • Checkfordamagedormissingfanblades. | Cleanorreplacethefansasnecessary. | |
| Heatsink | • Examinefordustorotherunwantedmaterial collectedonthesurface. • Examinefordirt. | Useavacuumcleanertoremoveunwantedparticlesanddustwithouttouching thecomponents. | |
| AirDuct | Examineairintake,exhaustopeningsandmakesure thattherearenounwantedmaterialsonthesurface. | Clearblockagesandcleanairductasnecessary. |
| InspectionArea | InspectionPoints | CorrectiveAction | Checked |
|---|---|---|---|
| General | • Makesurethatthekeypadshowsthedata correctly. • Examinefordustorotherunwantedmaterialthat collectedoncomponentsinthearea. | • Ifyouhaveproblemswiththedisplayorthekeys,contactYaskawaoryour nearestsalesrepresentative. • Cleanthekeypad. |
Source page
Page 354
8.3 Maintenance
8.3 Maintenance
The drive Maintenance Monitors keep track of component wear and tell the user when the end of the estimated performance life is approaching. The Maintenance Monitors prevent the need to shut down the full system for unexpected problems. Users can set alarm notifications for the maintenance periods for these drive components: • Cooling fan • Electrolytic Capacitor • Soft charge bypass relay • IGBT Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information about part replacement.
◆ Replaceable Parts
◆ Part Replacement Guidelines Table 8.7 shows the standard replacement period for replacement parts. When you replace these parts, make sure that you use Yaskawa replacement parts for the applicable model and design revision number of your drive.
Table 8.7 Standard Replacement Period Parts StandardReplacementPeriod Coolingfans 10years Electrolyticcapacitor*1 10years *1 If there is damage to parts that you cannot repair or replace, replace the drive.
Note: These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing parts to maintain performance. Unsatisfactory conditions or heavy use will make it necessary for you to replace some parts more frequently than other parts. Performance life estimate is based on the yearly average of these use conditions. •Surrounding air temperature IP20/UL Open Type: 40 °C (104 °F) •Load factor 70% •Operating rate 8 hours a day ◆ Monitors that Display the Lifespan of Drive Components The drive keypad shows percentage values for the replacement parts to help you know when you must replace those components. Use the monitors in Table 8.8 to check replacement periods. When the monitor value is 100%, the component is at the end of its useful life and there is an increased risk of drive malfunction. Yaskawa recommends that you check the maintenance period regularly to make sure that you get the maximum performance life of the drive.
354 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Parts | StandardReplacementPeriod |
|---|---|
| Coolingfans | 10years |
| Electrolyticcapacitor*1 | 10years |
Source page
Page 355
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.3 Maintenance Table 8.8 Performance Life Monitors MonitorNo. Parts Description U4-03 S re h s o e w ts s it th to e 0 to . taloperationtimeoffansas0to99999hours.Afterthisvalueis99999,thedriveautomatically Coolingfan U4-04 Showsthetotalfanoperationtimeasapercentageofthespecifiedmaintenanceperiod. U4-05 ElectrolyticCapacitor Showsthetotalcapacitorusagetimeasapercentageofthespecifiedmaintenanceperiod. U4-06 Softchargebypassrelay Showsthenumberoftimesthedriveisenergizedasapercentageoftheperformancelifeoftheinrushcircuit. U4-07 IGBT ShowsthepercentageofthemaintenanceperiodfortheIGBTs. ◆ Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors You can use H2-xx [MFDO Function Selection] to send a message that tells you when a specified component is near the end of its performance life estimate. Set the applicable value to H2-xx as shown in Table 8.9 for your component. When the specified component is near the end of its performance life estimate, the MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = 10 and 2F [Maintenance Notification] will activate, and the keypad will show an alarm that identifies the component to replace. Set o4-16 [Maintenance Monitoring Selection] to enable or disable LT-1 [Cooling Fan Maintenance Time] to LT- 4 [IGBT Maintenance Time] detections. Table 8.9 Maintenance Period Alarms MFDO Display AlarmName Cause PossibleSolutions (SettingValuein H2-xx) LT-1 C M o a o in li t n e g na F n a c n eTime T pe h r e fo c r o m o a li n n c g e f l a i n fe i . sat90%ofitsexpected T R i e m p e la S c e e tt t i h n e g c = oo 0 li h n ] g t f o an re , s t e h t en th s e e c t o o o 4 l - i 0 n 3 g = fan 0 o [F pe a r n at O io p n er ti a m ti e o . n Replacetheboardorthedrive. LT-2 C M a a p i a n c te it n o a r nceTime T ci h rc e u c i a t p a a re ci a to t r 9 s 0 f % or o th f e ex m p a e i c n te c d ir p c e u r i f t o a r n m d a c n o c n e tr li o f l e. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. 10,2F Replacetheboardorthedrive. LT-3 S la o y ft M Ch ai a n r t g e e T B im yp e assRe p T e h r e fo s r o m ft a c n h c a e rg li e fe b e y s p t a im ss a r t e e l . ayisat90%ofits ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. LT-4 I T G im B e TMaintenance l T if h e e . IGBTisat90%ofitsexpectedperformance Checktheload,carrierfrequency,andoutputfrequency. ◆ Related Parameters Replace the component, then set o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 [Maintenance Setting] = 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor. If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset, the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component. Note: The maintenance period changes for different operating environments. Table 8.10 Maintenance Setting Parameters No. Name Function o4-03 FanOperationTimeSetting Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10-hourunits. Note: Wheno4-03=30,thedrivewillcounttheoperationtimeforthecoolingfanfrom300hoursandU4-03 [CoolingFanOpeTime]willshow300h. o4-05 CapacitorMaintenanceSetting Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecountforthemaincircuitcapacitormaintenanceperiodasapercentage. 8 o4-07 SoftchargeRelayMaintenanceSet Setsasapercentagethevaluefromwhichtostartthecountforthesoftchargebypassrelaymaintenance time. o4-09 IGBTMaintenanceSetting SetsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecountfortheIGBTmaintenanceperiodasapercentage. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 355
| MonitorNo. | Parts | Description |
|---|---|---|
| U4-03 | Coolingfan | Showsthetotaloperationtimeoffansas0to99999hours.Afterthisvalueis99999,thedriveautomatically resetsitto0. |
| U4-04 | Showsthetotalfanoperationtimeasapercentageofthespecifiedmaintenanceperiod. | |
| U4-05 | ElectrolyticCapacitor | Showsthetotalcapacitorusagetimeasapercentageofthespecifiedmaintenanceperiod. |
| U4-06 | Softchargebypassrelay | Showsthenumberoftimesthedriveisenergizedasapercentageoftheperformancelifeoftheinrushcircuit. |
| U4-07 | IGBT | ShowsthepercentageofthemaintenanceperiodfortheIGBTs. |
| Display | AlarmName | Cause | PossibleSolutions | MFDO (SettingValuein H2-xx) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| LT-1 | CoolingFan MaintenanceTime | Thecoolingfanisat90%ofitsexpected performancelife. | Replacethecoolingfan,thenseto4-03=0[FanOperation TimeSetting=0h]toresetthecoolingfanoperationtime. | 10,2F |
| LT-2 | Capacitor MaintenanceTime | Thecapacitorsforthemaincircuitandcontrol circuitareat90%ofexpectedperformancelife. | Replacetheboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. | |
| LT-3 | SoftChargeBypassRe layMainteTime | Thesoftchargebypassrelayisat90%ofits performancelifeestimate. | Replacetheboardorthedrive. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeto replacetheboard. | |
| LT-4 | IGBTMaintenance Time | TheIGBTisat90%ofitsexpectedperformance life. | Checktheload,carrierfrequency,andoutputfrequency. |
| No. | Name | Function |
|---|---|---|
| o4-03 | FanOperationTimeSetting | Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10-hourunits. Note: Wheno4-03=30,thedrivewillcounttheoperationtimeforthecoolingfanfrom300hoursandU4-03 [CoolingFanOpeTime]willshow300h. |
| o4-05 | CapacitorMaintenanceSetting | Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecountforthemaincircuitcapacitormaintenanceperiodasapercentage. |
| o4-07 | SoftchargeRelayMaintenanceSet | Setsasapercentagethevaluefromwhichtostartthecountforthesoftchargebypassrelaymaintenance time. |
| o4-09 | IGBTMaintenanceSetting | SetsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecountfortheIGBTmaintenanceperiodasapercentage. |
Source page
Page 356
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
Model CoolingFan CirculationFan Procedure Ref. 2022 1 - ProcedureA 356 2031,2041 2 - ProcedureB 358 2059-2075 2 - ProcedureC 360
2110-2225 2 - ProcedureD 362 2269,2354 2 - ProcedureE 365 2432,2519 3 1 ProcedureF 367 Table 8.12 Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Model CoolingFan CirculationFan CircuitBo F a a r n dCooling Procedure Ref. 4012 1 - - ProcedureA 356 4019,4023 2 - - ProcedureB 358
4030-4056 2 - - ProcedureC 360 4075-4188 2 - - ProcedureD 362 4225-4325 2 - - ProcedureE 365 4380 2 1 - ProcedureF 367
◆ Fan Replacement (Procedure A)
A - Fan finger guard
Figure 8.1 Remove the Fan Finger Guard
356 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | CoolingFan | CirculationFan | Procedure | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 1 | - | ProcedureA | 356 |
| 2031,2041 | 2 | - | ProcedureB | 358 |
| 2059-2075 | 2 | - | ProcedureC | 360 |
| 2110-2225 | 2 | - | ProcedureD | 362 |
| 2269,2354 | 2 | - | ProcedureE | 365 |
| 2432,2519 | 3 | 1 | ProcedureF | 367 |
| Model | CoolingFan | CirculationFan | CircuitBoardCooling Proced Fan | ure Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 4012 | 1 | - | - Procedu | reA 356 |
| 4019,4023 | 2 | - | - Procedu | reB 358 |
| 4030-4056 | 2 | - | - Procedu | reC 360 |
| 4075-4188 | 2 | - | - Procedu | reD 362 |
| 4225-4325 | 2 | - | - Procedu | reE 365 |
| 4380 | 2 | 1 | - Procedu | reF 367 |
Source page
Page 357
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans 2. Pull the cooling fan straight up from the drive. Disconnect the relay connector and remove the fan from the drive. A - Cooling fan Figure 8.2 Remove the Cooling Fan ■ Fan Installation Reverse the removal procedure for fan installation. 1. Connect the relay connector between the drive and cooling fan. Figure 8.3 Connect the Relay Connector 2. Align the notch on the fan with the pin on the drive and install the cooling fan in the drive. A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive B - Alignment pin on drive Figure 8.4 Install the Cooling Fan 8
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 357
Source page
Page 358
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
3. Put the cable and connector in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cable *1
Figure 8.5 Put the Cable and Connector in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cable and connector are in the correct space. 4. Insert the fan finger guard straight until the hooks click into place.
Figure 8.6 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard 5. Energize the drive and set o4-03 = 0 [Fan Operation Time Setting = 0 h] to reset the fan operation time.
◆ Fan Replacement (Procedure B)
A - Fan finger guard
Figure 8.7 Remove the Fan Finger Guard
358 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 359
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans 2. Pull the cooling fans straight up from the drive. Disconnect the relay connectors and remove the fans from the drive. A - Cooling fans Figure 8.8 Remove the Cooling Fans ■ Fan Installation Reverse the removal procedure for fan installation. 1. Connect the relay connectors between the drive and cooling fans. Figure 8.9 Connect the Relay Connectors 2. Align the notches on the fans with the pins on the drive and install the cooling fans in the drive. A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive 8 B - Alignment pins on drive Figure 8.10 Install the Cooling Fans
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 359
Source page
Page 360
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
3. Put the cables in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cables *1
Figure 8.11 Put the Cables and Connectors in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cables and connectors are in the correct space. 4. Hold the fan finger guard at an angle and put the connector tabs on the fan finger guard into the holes on the drive.
A - Front of drive C - Connector tabs B - Drive holes
Figure 8.12 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard 5. Push the hook on the back side of the fan finger guard and click it into place on the drive.
Figure 8.13 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard 6. Energize the drive and set o4-03 = 0 [Fan Operation Time Setting = 0 h] to reset the fan operation time.
◆ Fan Replacement (Procedure C)
360 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 361
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans ■ Fan Removal 1. To remove the fan finger guard from the drive, push the hooks on the left and right sides of it and pull up. A - Fan finger guard Figure 8.14 Remove the Fan Finger Guard 2. Pull the cooling fans straight up from the drive. Disconnect the relay connectors and remove the fans from the drive. A - Cooling fans Figure 8.15 Remove the Cooling Fans ■ Fan Installation Reverse the removal procedure for fan installation. 1. Connect the relay connectors between the drive and cooling fans. Figure 8.16 Connect the Relay Connectors 8
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 361
Source page
Page 362
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
2. Align the notches on the fans with the pins on the drive and install the cooling fans in the drive.
A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive B - Alignment pins on drive
Figure 8.17 Install the Cooling Fans 3. Put the cables and connectors in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cables *1
Figure 8.18 Put the Cables and Connectors in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cables and connectors are in the correct space. 4. Insert the fan finger guard straight until the hooks click into place.
Figure 8.19 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard 5. Energize the drive and set o4-03 = 0 [Fan Operation Time Setting = 0 h] to reset the fan operation time.
◆ Fan Replacement (Procedure D)
362 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 363
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans ■ Fan Removal 1. To remove the fan finger guard from the drive, push the hooks on the left and right sides of it and pull up. A - Fan finger guard Figure 8.20 Remove the Fan Finger Guard 2. Pull the cooling fans straight up from the drive. Disconnect the relay connectors and remove the fans from the drive. A - Cooling fans Figure 8.21 Remove the Cooling Fans ■ Fan Installation Reverse the removal procedure for fan installation. 1. Connect the relay connectors between the drive and cooling fans. Figure 8.22 Connect the Relay Connectors 8
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 363
Source page
Page 364
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
2. Align the notches on the fans with the pins on the drive and install the cooling fans in the drive.
A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive B - Alignment pins on drive Figure 8.23 Install the Cooling Fans 3. Put the cables and connectors in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cables *1 Figure 8.24 Put the Cables and Connectors in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cables and connectors are in the correct space. 4. Push the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan finger guard and click it into place on the drive.
Figure 8.25 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard 5. Energize the drive and set o4-03 = 0 [Fan Operation Time Setting = 0 h] to reset the fan operation time.
364 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 365
Source page
Page 366
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
2. Align the notches on the fans with the pins on the drive and install the cooling fans in the drive.
A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive B - Alignment pins on drive
Figure 8.29 Install the Cooling Fans 3. Put the cables and connectors in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cables *1
Figure 8.30 Put the Cables and Connectors in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cables and connectors are in the correct space. 4. Hold the fan finger guard at an angle and put the connector tabs on the fan finger guard into the holes on the drive.
A - Front of drive C - Connector tabs B - Drive holes Figure 8.31 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard
366 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 367
Source page
Page 368
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
1. Connect the relay connectors between the drive and cooling fans.
Figure 8.35 Connect the Relay Connectors 2. Align the notches on the fans with the pins on the drive and install the cooling fans in the drive.
A - Notch on fan C - Front of drive B - Alignment pins on drive Figure 8.36 Install the Cooling Fans 3. Put the cables and connectors in the recess of the drive.
A - Front of drive B - Space for cables *1 Figure 8.37 Put the Cables and Connectors in the Drive Recess *1 Make sure that the cables and connectors are in the correct space. 4. Hold the fan finger guards at an angle and put the connector tabs on the fan finger guards into the holes on the drive. Note: When you install the cooling fans, make sure that you do not pinch cables between the fan finger guards and the drive.
368 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 369
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 369
Source page
Page 370
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
1. Remove the cable from the clamps.
A - Fan unit C - Fan cable B - Clamps Figure 8.40 Remove the Fan Cable 2. Loosen the screws that safety the fan unit and slide the fan unit to the right.
Note: To remove the fan unit, it is only necessary to loosen the screws.
A - Fan unit B - Screws
Figure 8.41 Slide the Fan Unit 3. Disconnect the relay connector and remove the fan unit.
Figure 8.42 Remove the Fan Unit
370 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 371
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans 4. Remove the screws that safety the circulation fan and remove the fan. A - Circulation fan Figure 8.43 Remove the Circulation Fan ■ Circulation Fan Installation Reverse the removal procedure for fan installation. 1. Connect the relay connector between the drive and circulation fan. A - Circulation fan B - Fan unit base Figure 8.44 Connect the Relay Connector 2. Align the pin on the fan unit base with the notch on the fan and put the fan in the fan unit base, then use the screws to safety it. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: • 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 lbf∙in to 11.77 lbf∙in) A - Circulation fan C - Alignment pin on fan unit base 8 B - Fan unit base D - Circulation fan connector Figure 8.45 Install the Circulation Fan
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 371
Source page
Page 372
8.4 Replace Cooling Fans and Circulation Fans
3. Safety the fan cable through the clamp.
A - Clamp Figure 8.46 Safety the Fan Cable 4. Put the fan unit into the specified location and slide it to the left, then use screws to safety it to the drive. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: • 0.98 N∙m to 1.33 N∙m (8.67 lbf∙in to 11.77 lbf∙in)
Figure 8.47 Install the Fan Unit 5. Safety the cable through the clamps.
A - Clamps B - Fan cable
Figure 8.48 Safety the Fan Cable through the Clamps 6. Install the drive cover. 7. Energize the drive and set o4-03 = 0 [Fan Operation Time Setting = 0 h] to reset the fan operation time.
372 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 373
Source page
Page 374
8.5 Replace the Drive
• Do not tighten the terminal screws at an angle of 5 degrees or more. Failure to obey can cause damage to the terminal screws. • If you damage a terminal screw, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Figure 8.50 Permitted Angle • Put the bit all the way into the hex socket to tighten the hex socket cap screw. • When you tighten slotted screws, hold the straight-edge screwdriver perpendicularly to the screw. Make sure that you align the end of the straight-edge screwdriver with the screw groove.
Figure 8.51 Tightening Slotted Screws • After you connect the wires to the terminal block, lightly pull on the wires to make sure that they do not come out of the terminals. • Remove the correct section of the wiring cover to make wiring easier. • Do not let strain on the wiring cause damage. Use a strain relief near the wiring to release the tension. Refer to Figure 8.52 for an example.
A - Cable clamp Figure 8.52 Strain Relief Example
Table 8.13 Recommended Wiring Tools Bit TorqueDriverModel ScrewSize ScrewShape Adapter TorqueWrench Model Manufacturer (TighteningTorque) TSD-M3NM M4 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,0X4,0-70 PHOENIXCONTACT (1.2-3N∙m N/A (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) WireGauge≤ 25mm2 WireGauge≤ (AWG10): TSD-M3NM 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) M5*1 Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT WireGauge≥ WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AW 30 G m 8) m : 2 N/A (36.3 4. ( - 1 A 3 - W 9 4 .8 . G 5 lb 8 N f ) ∙ ∙ : m in)*2 *3 374 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ScrewSize | ScrewShape | Adapter | Bit | Column | TorqueDriverModel (TighteningTorque) | TorqueWrench |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | Manufacturer | |||||
| M4 | Bit SF-BI | T-SL1,0X4,0-7 | 0 PHOENIXCONTACT | TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | N/A | |
| M5*1 | Bit SF-BI | T-SL1,2X6,5-7 | 0 PHOENIXCONTACT | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10): TSD-M3NM (1.2-3N∙m (10.6-26.6lbf∙in)) | WireGauge≤ 25mm2 (AWG10):N/A | |
| WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8):N/A | WireGauge≥ 30mm2 (AWG8): 4.1-4.5N∙m (36.3-39.8lbf∙in)*2 *3 |
Source page
Page 375
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.5 Replace the Drive Bit TorqueDriverModel ScrewSize ScrewShape Adapter TorqueWrench Model Manufacturer (TighteningTorque) 5-9N∙m Bit SF-BIT-HEX5-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (44.3-79.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 M6 3-3.5N∙m Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (26.6-31.0lbf∙in)*2 *3 8-12N∙m M8 Bit SF-BIT-HEX6-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (70.8-106.2lbf∙in)*2 *3 12-14N∙m M10 Bit SF-BIT-HEX8-50 PHOENIXCONTACT N/A (106.2-123.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 *1 When wiring drive models 2059, 4094, and smaller, select the correct tools for the wire gauge. *2 Use 6.35 mm (0.25 in) bit socket holder. *3 Use a torque wrench that can apply this torque measurement range. ■ Remove the Control Circuit Terminal Block Remove the keypad and the drive front cover before doing these steps. 1. Loosen the screws on the control circuit terminal block. Figure 8.53 Loosen the Screws 2. Slide the wired control circuit terminal block down and remove it. Figure 8.54 Remove the Control Circuit Terminal Block ■ Wire a New Drive Remove the keypad, front cover, and control circuit terminal block of the new drive. Wire the drive to the main circuit terminal block before you install a wired control circuit terminal block. 1. Pull the wiring cover away from the drive to remove it. A B 8 A - Wiring cover B - Main circuit terminal block Figure 8.55 Remove the Wiring Cover YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 375
| ScrewSize | ScrewShape | Adapter Model | Bit | TorqueDriverModel (TighteningTorque) | TorqueWrench |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Manufacturer | |||||
| M6 | Bit SF-BIT-HEX5- | 50 PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 5-9N∙m (44.3-79.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| Bit SF-BIT-SL1,2X6 | ,5-70 PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 3-3.5N∙m (26.6-31.0lbf∙in)*2 *3 | ||
| M8 | Bit SF-BIT-HEX6- | 50 PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 8-12N∙m (70.8-106.2lbf∙in)*2 *3 | |
| M10 | Bit SF-BIT-HEX8- | 50 PHOENIXCONTACT | N/A | 12-14N∙m (106.2-123.9lbf∙in)*2 *3 |
Source page
Page 376
8.5 Replace the Drive
2. Loosen the main circuit terminal block screws to fully open the terminal block opening. Note: The terminal block openings ship from the factory as fully open.
Figure 8.56 Loosen Terminal Block Screws 3. Put wires with prepared ends into the main circuit terminal block.
Figure 8.57 Install the Electrical Wire Note: If there is a jumper between terminals +1 and +2, loosen the terminal block screws to remove the jumper before you wire to terminals +1 and +2. 4. Tighten the screws to the specified torque.
Figure 8.58 Tighten Terminal Block Screws 5. Check the terminal sign that you wired and use a nipper as shown in Figure 8.59 to clip the specified cutaway section of the wiring cover.
A - Cutaway sections B - Clip here with nippers
Figure 8.59 Clip the Cutaway Section of the Wiring Cover Note: •Different drive models have different wiring cover shapes. •Only clip the section of the wiring cover that applies to the wired terminal. If you clip areas that do not apply to wired terminals, the protective enclosure will not keep its IP20 protective level. •Be careful when clipping the cutaway section of the wiring cover, as the section may fly out in unpredictable directions. •Make sure that the clipped section does not cause damage to the wires. •If you use wires that are not specified by Yaskawa, the protective enclosure could lose its IP20 protective level, although the wiring cover is correct. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information. 376 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 377
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.5 Replace the Drive 6. Put the wiring cover in its initial position. Put the cables through the holes that you cut out of the wiring cover. Figure 8.60 Reattach the Wiring Cover ■ Connect the Control Circuit Terminal Block 1. To put a wired control circuit terminal block in the drive, align it with the guides and move it straight up. A - Guides Figure 8.61 Put the Terminal Block into the Connector 2. Use M3 screws to safety the terminal block. Tighten the screws to a correct tightening torque: • M3 screws: 0.5 N∙m to 0.6 N∙m (4.4 lbf∙in to 5.3 lbf∙in) Figure 8.62 Safety the Terminal Block 3. Install the front cover and the keypad to their initial positions. 8 4. Check o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection]. Note: •When you save parameter information in a keypad that you installed before you replaced the terminal block, make sure that you use that keypad to restore the parameter data. •To reset the performance life monitors for the components, set o4-01 to o4-13 [Maintenance Period].
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 377
Source page
Page 378
8.6 Replace the Keypad Battery
8.6 Replace the Keypad Battery
2. Use a slotted screwdriver or other tool to turn the battery cover counterclockwise and remove the cover.
A - Battery cover C - Closed B - Opened Figure 8.63 Remove the Battery Cover 3. Remove the used battery from the keypad. 4. Insert the new battery. Note: •The battery cover side is the positive pole. Make sure that the polarity is correct when you put the battery in the keypad. •Discard the used battery as specified by local regulations.
378 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 379
ecnanetniaMdnanoitcepsnIcidoireP 8.6 Replace the Keypad Battery A - Battery Figure 8.64 Insert the New Battery 5. Put the battery cover on the keypad and use a slotted screwdriver to turn the battery cover clockwise to close it. 6. Install the keypad on the drive.
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 379
Source page
Page 380
8.7 Storage Guidelines
8.7 Storage Guidelines
The chemicals in the electrolytic capacitors and other electronic parts of the drive change over time. When you store the drive for long periods of time, use the information in this section to help keep the performance life estimates.
◆ Storage Location • Temperature and Humidity When you store the drive for approximately one month, for example during shipping, you can put the drive in a location where the temperature is -20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to +158 °F). Correctly package and store the drive during shipping to prevent vibration and impact damage. Do not put the drive in direct sunlight or where there will be condensation or ice. Put the drive in a location where the relative humidity is 95% or less. • Dust and Oil Mist Do not keep the drive locations with dust or oil mist. For example, cement factories and cotton mills. • Corrosive Gas Do not keep the drive in locations with corrosive gas. For example, chemical plants, refineries, and sewage plants. • Salt Damage Do not keep the drive in salty locations. For example, locations near the ocean, and salt damage-designated locations. Do not keep the drive in unsatisfactory locations. Keep all drives in storage rooms that are safe from unsatisfactory elements. ◆ Regular Application of Power
To prevent deterioration of the capacitors, Yaskawa recommends that you apply power to the drive a minimum of one time each year for a minimum of 30 minutes. If you store the drive for longer than two years and do not apply power, Yaskawa recommends that you use a variable power source and gradually increase the power from 0 V to the rated drive voltage over a period of 2 to 3 minutes. Apply power for a minimum of 1 hour with no load to reform the main circuit electrolytic capacitor. When you operate the drive after you apply power, wire the drive correctly and check for drive faults, overcurrents, motor vibration, motor speed differences, and other defects during operation.
A - AC power supply C - Drive B - Variable power source
Figure 8.65 Power Distribution Method
380 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 381
Disposal
9.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................382
9.2 Disposal Instructions............................................................................................383
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 381
Source page
Page 382
9.1 Section Safety
9.1 Section Safety
Electrical Shock Hazard De-energize the drive and wait 5 minutes minimum until the Charge LED turns off. Remove the front cover and terminal cover to do work on wiring, circuit boards, and other parts. Use terminals for their correct function only. Incorrect wiring, incorrect ground connections, and incorrect repair of protective covers can cause death or serious injury. Only let approved personnel install, wire, maintain, examine, replace parts, and repair the drive. If personnel are not approved, it can cause serious injury or death.
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry when you do work on the drive. Tighten loose clothing and remove all metal objects, for example watches or rings. Loose clothing can catch on the drive and jewelry can conduct electricity and cause serious injury or death. Fire Hazard Handle keypad batteries properly. Do not charge the battery or disassemble the keypad. If the battery explodes, it can cause a fire.
Do not disassemble batteries. Do not expose batteries to heat or fire. If the battery explodes, it can cause a fire. Crush Hazard Wear eye protection when you do work on the drive. If you do not use correct safety equipment, it can cause serious injury or death.
Only approved personnel can operate a crane or hoist to move the drive. If unapproved personnel operate a crane or hoist, it can cause serious injury or death from falling equipment. Use a crane or hoist to move large drives when necessary. If you try to move a large drive without a crane or hoist, it can cause serious injury or death.
Crush Hazard Tighten terminal cover screws and hold the case safely when you move the drive. If the drive or covers fall, it can cause moderate injury.
NOTICE
Damage to Equipment The keypad battery stays in use after you de-energize the drive. When you will keep the drive de-energized for long periods of time, remove the battery from the keypad. When the expected life of the battery is complete, replace the battery immediately. A dead battery in the keypad can leak and cause damage to the keypad and drive.
382 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| WARNING |
|---|
| Electrical Shock Hazard De-energizethedriveandwait5minutesminimumuntiltheChargeLEDturnsoff.Removethe frontcoverandterminalcovertodoworkonwiring,circuitboards,andotherparts.Use terminalsfortheircorrectfunctiononly. Incorrectwiring,incorrectgroundconnections,andincorrectrepairofprotectivecoverscancausedeathor seriousinjury. Onlyletapprovedpersonnelinstall,wire,maintain,examine,replaceparts,andrepairthedrive. Ifpersonnelarenotapproved,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Donotwearlooseclothingorjewelrywhenyoudoworkonthedrive.Tightenlooseclothing andremoveallmetalobjects,forexamplewatchesorrings. Looseclothingcancatchonthedriveandjewelrycanconductelectricityandcauseseriousinjuryordeath. Fire Hazard Handlekeypadbatteriesproperly.Donotchargethebatteryordisassemblethekeypad. Ifthebatteryexplodes,itcancauseafire. Donotdisassemblebatteries.Donotexposebatteriestoheatorfire. Ifthebatteryexplodes,itcancauseafire. Crush Hazard Weareyeprotectionwhenyoudoworkonthedrive. Ifyoudonotusecorrectsafetyequipment,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. Onlyapprovedpersonnelcanoperateacraneorhoisttomovethedrive. Ifunapprovedpersonneloperateacraneorhoist,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeathfromfallingequipment. Useacraneorhoisttomovelargedriveswhennecessary. Ifyoutrytomovealargedrivewithoutacraneorhoist,itcancauseseriousinjuryordeath. |
| CAUTION |
|---|
| Crush Hazard Tightenterminalcoverscrewsandholdthecasesafelywhenyoumovethedrive. Ifthedriveorcoversfall,itcancausemoderateinjury. |
| NOTICE |
|---|
| Damage to Equipment Thekeypadbatterystaysinuseafteryoude-energizethedrive.Whenyouwillkeepthedrive de-energizedforlongperiodsoftime,removethebatteryfromthekeypad.Whentheexpected lifeofthebatteryiscomplete,replacethebatteryimmediately. Adeadbatteryinthekeypadcanleakandcausedamagetothekeypadanddrive. |
Source page
Page 383
lasopsiD 9.2 Disposal Instructions 9.2 Disposal Instructions Correctly discard the drive, packing material, battery, and microSD card as specified by regional, local, and municipal laws and regulations for this product. Note: •Remove the battery and microSD card from the keypad before you discard the drive. •You cannot recycle the battery. Discard used batteries as specified by the battery manufacturer. •Customers are responsible for microSD card data protection. PC functions that format and delete the data may not be sufficient to fully erase the microSD card data. Yaskawa recommends that customers physically destroy the microSD card in a shredder or use data wipe software to fully erase the card. ◆ WEEE Directive The wheelie bin symbol on this product, its manual, or its packaging identifies that you must recycle it at the end of its product life. You must discard the product at an applicable collection point for electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Do not discard the product with usual waste. 9 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 383
Source page
Page 384
9.2 Disposal Instructions
384 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 385
10
Specifications
10.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................386
10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class) ..........................................387 10.3 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class) ..........................................389 10.4 Drive Specifications...............................................................................................391 10.5 Drive Derating .........................................................................................................394 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions........................................................396 10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options.........................................................................404
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 385
Source page
Page 386
10.1 Section Safety
10.1 Section Safety
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.
386 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. |
Source page
Page 387
snoitacificepS 10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class) 10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class) Table 10.1 Rating (200 V Class) Model 2022 2031 2041 2059 2075 2094 2110 M (kW ax ) im *1 umApplicableMotorOutput 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 18.5 22.0 M (H a P x ) im *1 umApplicableMotorOutput 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 R C a u t r e r d en I t n ( p A u C t )(A) 20.7 30.0 40.3 58.2 78.4 96.0 82.0 Input R C a u t r e r d en I t n ( p D u C t )(A) 25.3 36.8 49.4 71.3 96.0 118.0 100.0 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A In ) put 25.5 37.1 49.9 72.1 97.2 119.1 101.8 RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) 6.7 9.5 12.6 17.9 22.9 28.6 33.5 *3 ContinuousRated OutputCurrent 17.5 25.0 33.0 47.0 60.0 75.0 88.0 (A) 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A O ) utput 21.9 31.3 41.3 58.8 75.0 93.8 110.0 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Output O To v l e e r r l a o n a c d e Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. CarrierFrequency 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. Three-phase200Vto240V M Vo a l x ta i g m e umOutput Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. MaximumOutput Frequency 200Hz M Ha e r a m su o r n e i s cs for DCReactor Externaloptions S ch ta a n ra d c a t r e d ri i s n t t i e c r s nal BrakingDevice B Tr r a a n k s in is g tor Standardinternalcharacteristics EMCFilter Nobuilt-inEMCfilter RatedVoltage, • Three-phaseACpowersupply200Vto240Vat50/60Hz RatedFrequency • DCpowersupply270Vto340V P F e lu rm ctu it a te ti d on Voltage -15%to+10% PowerSupply Permitted Frequency ±5% Fluctuation I ( n k p V u A t ) Power 8.6 12.5 16.8 24.2 32.6 39.9 34.1 *1 The maximum applicable motor output complies with 208 V motor ratings as specified in NEC Table 430.250. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *2 The maximum applicable motor output is based on 4-pole, general-purpose 220 V motor ratings. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *3 The rated output capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 208 V. Table 10.2 Rating (200 V Class) Model 2144 2181 2225 2269 2354 2432 2519 M (kW ax ) im *1 umApplicableMotorOutput 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0 75.0 90.0 110.0 M (H a P x ) im *1 umApplicableMotorOutput 40.0 50.0 60.0 75.0 100.0 125.0 150.0 R C a u t r e r d en I t n ( p A u C t )(A) 111.0 136.0 164.0 200.0 271.0 324.0 394.0 Input R C a u t r e r d en I t n ( p D u C t )(A) 136.0 166.0 201.0 245.0 331.0 396.0 482.0 10 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A In ) put 137.6 168.8 204.3 248.5 336.8 402.7 490.4 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 387
| Model | Column | 2022 | 2031 | 2041 | 2059 | 2075 | 2094 | 2110 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| MaximumApplicableMotorOutput (kW)*1 | 3.7 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11.0 | 15.0 | 18.5 | 22.0 | |
| MaximumApplicableMotorOutput (HP)*1 | 5.0 | 7.5 | 10.0 | 15.0 | 20.0 | 25.0 | 30.0 | |
| Input | RatedInput Current(AC)(A) | 20.7 | 30.0 | 40.3 | 58.2 | 78.4 | 96.0 | 82.0 |
| RatedInput Current(DC)(A) | 25.3 | 36.8 | 49.4 | 71.3 | 96.0 | 118.0 | 100.0 | |
| 50%EDInput Current(A) | 25.5 | 37.1 | 49.9 | 72.1 | 97.2 | 119.1 | 101.8 | |
| Output | RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) *3 | 6.7 | 9.5 | 12.6 | 17.9 | 22.9 | 28.6 | 33.5 |
| ContinuousRated OutputCurrent (A) | 17.5 | 25.0 | 33.0 | 47.0 | 60.0 | 75.0 | 88.0 | |
| 50%EDOutput Current(A) | 21.9 | 31.3 | 41.3 | 58.8 | 75.0 | 93.8 | 110.0 | |
| Overload Tolerance | 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. | |||||||
| CarrierFrequency | 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. | |||||||
| MaximumOutput Voltage | Three-phase200Vto240V Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. | |||||||
| MaximumOutput Frequency | 200Hz | |||||||
| Measuresfor Harmonics | DCReactor | Externaloptions | Standardinternal characteristics | |||||
| BrakingDevice | Braking Transistor | Standardinternalcharacteristics | ||||||
| EMCFilter | Nobuilt-inEMCfilter | |||||||
| PowerSupply | RatedVoltage, RatedFrequency | • Three-phaseACpowersupply200Vto240Vat50/60Hz • DCpowersupply270Vto340V | ||||||
| PermittedVoltage Fluctuation | -15%to+10% | |||||||
| Permitted Frequency Fluctuation | ±5% | |||||||
| InputPower (kVA) | 8.6 | 12.5 | 16.8 | 24.2 | 32.6 | 39.9 | 34.1 |
| Model | Column | 2144 | 2181 | 2225 | 2269 | 2354 | 2432 | 2519 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| MaximumApplicableMotorOutput (kW)*1 | 30.0 | 37.0 | 45.0 | 55.0 | 75.0 | 90.0 | 110.0 | |
| MaximumApplicableMotorOutput (HP)*1 | 40.0 | 50.0 | 60.0 | 75.0 | 100.0 | 125.0 | 150.0 | |
| Input | RatedInput Current(AC)(A) | 111.0 | 136.0 | 164.0 | 200.0 | 271.0 | 324.0 | 394.0 |
| RatedInput Current(DC)(A) | 136.0 | 166.0 | 201.0 | 245.0 | 331.0 | 396.0 | 482.0 | |
| 50%EDInput Current(A) | 137.6 | 168.8 | 204.3 | 248.5 | 336.8 | 402.7 | 490.4 |
Source page
Page 388
10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Model 2144 2181 2225 2269 2354 2432 2519 RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) 43.8 55.3 68.6 81.9 108.0 132.0 158.0 *3 ContinuousRated OutputCurrent 115.0 145.0 180.0 215.0 283.0 346.0 415.0 (A) 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A O ) utput 143.8 181.3 225.0 268.8 353.8 432.0 518.8 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Output O To v l e e r r l a o n a c d e Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. CarrierFrequency 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. Three-phase200Vto240V M Vo a l x ta i g m e umOutput Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. MaximumOutput Frequency 200Hz M Ha e r a m su o r n e i s cs for DCReactor Standardinternalcharacteristics BrakingDevice B Tr r a a n k s in is g tor Standardinternalcharacteristics Externaloptions EMCFilter Nobuilt-inEMCfilter RatedVoltage, • Three-phaseACpowersupply200Vto240Vat50/60Hz RatedFrequency • DCpowersupply270Vto340V P F e lu rm ctu it a te ti d on Voltage -15%to+10% PowerSupply Permitted Frequency ±5% Fluctuation I ( n k p V u A t ) Power 46.1 56.5 68.2 83.1 113.0 135.0 164.0 *1 The maximum applicable motor output complies with 208 V motor ratings as specified in NEC Table 430.250. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *2 The maximum applicable motor output is based on 4-pole, general-purpose 220 V motor ratings. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *3 The rated output capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 208 V.
388 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Column | 2144 | 2181 | 2225 | 2269 | 2354 | 2432 | 2519 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Output | RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) *3 | 43.8 | 55.3 | 68.6 | 81.9 | 108.0 | 132.0 | 158.0 |
| ContinuousRated OutputCurrent (A) | 115.0 | 145.0 | 180.0 | 215.0 | 283.0 | 346.0 | 415.0 | |
| 50%EDOutput Current(A) | 143.8 | 181.3 | 225.0 | 268.8 | 353.8 | 432.0 | 518.8 | |
| Overload Tolerance | 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. | |||||||
| CarrierFrequency | 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. | |||||||
| MaximumOutput Voltage | Three-phase200Vto240V Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. | |||||||
| MaximumOutput Frequency | 200Hz | |||||||
| Measuresfor Harmonics | DCReactor | Standardinternalcharacteristics | ||||||
| BrakingDevice | Braking Transistor | Standardinternalcharacteristics | Externaloptions | |||||
| EMCFilter | Nobuilt-inEMCfilter | |||||||
| PowerSupply | RatedVoltage, RatedFrequency | • Three-phaseACpowersupply200Vto240Vat50/60Hz • DCpowersupply270Vto340V | ||||||
| PermittedVoltage Fluctuation | -15%to+10% | |||||||
| Permitted Frequency Fluctuation | ±5% | |||||||
| InputPower (kVA) | 46.1 | 56.5 | 68.2 | 83.1 | 113.0 | 135.0 | 164.0 |
Source page
Page 389
snoitacificepS 10.3 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class) 10.3 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class) Table 10.3 Rating (400 V Class) Model 4012 4019 4023 4030 4039 4049 4056 4075 M Ou a t x p i u m t u (k m W A ) p * p 1 licableMotor 4.0 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 18.5 22.0 30.0 M Ou a t x p i u m t u (H m P A ) p * p 1 licableMotor 5.0 7.5 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 40.0 RatedInput Current(AC) 10.3 13.9 18.7 26.9 36.3 44.4 37.9 51.2 (A) Input R C a u t r e r d en I t n ( p D u C t ) 9.9 14.0 18.2 25.8 34.4 42.3 46.5 62.7 (A) 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A In ) put 14.4 19.5 26.3 38.0 51.2 51.2 62.7 72.4 RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) 6.1 10.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 26.0 30.0 39.0 *2 Continuous RatedOutput 8.1 13.0 15.8 21.0 27.1 34.1 39.4 52.5 Current(A) 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A O ) utput 11.5 18.5 22.5 30.0 38.8 48.8 56.3 75.0 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Output O To v l e e r r l a o n a c d e Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. Carrier 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Frequency Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. Three-phase380Vto480V M Ou a t x p i u m t u V m oltage Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. Maximum Output 200Hz Frequency M Ha e r a m su o r n e i s cs for DCreactor Externaloptions BrakingDevice B Tr r a a n k s in is g tor Standardinternalcharacteristics EMCFilter E I C E M 2 C C 61 F 8 il 0 te 0 r -3, F M a o c d to e r l y s4 o x p x ti x o C n :ThereisacategoryC2EMCfilterinthedrive. N EM ob C u f il i t l - te in r RatedVoltage, • Three-phaseACpowersupply380Vto480Vat50/60Hz Rated Frequency • DCpowersupply513Vto679V Permitted Voltage -15%to+10% PowerSupply Fluctuation Permitted Frequency ±5% Fluctuation I ( n k p V u A t ) Power 9.3 13.0 17.0 24.0 33.0 40.0 34.0 46.0 *1 The maximum applicable motor output complies with 380 V motor ratings as specified in Annex G of IEC 60947-4-1. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *2 The rated output capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 380 V. Table 10.4 Rating (400 V Class) Model 4094 4114 4140 4188 4225 4270 4325 4380 M Ou a t x p i u m t u (k m W A ) p * p 1 licableMotor 37.0 45.0 55.0 75.0 90.0 110.0 132.0 160.0 M Ou a t x p i u m t u (H m P A ) p * p 1 licableMotor 50.0 60.0 75.0 100.0 125.0 150.0 175.0 200.0 Input 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A In ) put 88.8 107.5 130.8 177.2 211.9 258.1 308.8 373.1 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 389
| Model | Column | 4012 | 4019 | 4023 | 4030 | 4039 | 4049 | 4056 | 4075 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| MaximumApplicableMotor Output(kW)*1 | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11.0 | 15.0 | 18.5 | 22.0 | 30.0 | |
| MaximumApplicableMotor Output(HP)*1 | 5.0 | 7.5 | 10.0 | 15.0 | 20.0 | 25.0 | 30.0 | 40.0 | |
| Input | RatedInput Current(AC) (A) | 10.3 | 13.9 | 18.7 | 26.9 | 36.3 | 44.4 | 37.9 | 51.2 |
| RatedInput Current(DC) (A) | 9.9 | 14.0 | 18.2 | 25.8 | 34.4 | 42.3 | 46.5 | 62.7 | |
| 50%EDInput Current(A) | 14.4 | 19.5 | 26.3 | 38.0 | 51.2 | 51.2 | 62.7 | 72.4 | |
| Output | RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) *2 | 6.1 | 10.0 | 12.0 | 16.0 | 20.0 | 26.0 | 30.0 | 39.0 |
| Continuous RatedOutput Current(A) | 8.1 | 13.0 | 15.8 | 21.0 | 27.1 | 34.1 | 39.4 | 52.5 | |
| 50%EDOutput Current(A) | 11.5 | 18.5 | 22.5 | 30.0 | 38.8 | 48.8 | 56.3 | 75.0 | |
| Overload Tolerance | 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. | ||||||||
| Carrier Frequency | 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. | ||||||||
| Maximum OutputVoltage | Three-phase380Vto480V Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. | ||||||||
| Maximum Output Frequency | 200Hz | ||||||||
| Measuresfor Harmonics | DCreactor | Externaloptions | |||||||
| BrakingDevice | Braking Transistor | Standardinternalcharacteristics | |||||||
| EMCFilter | EMCFilter IEC61800-3, C2 | Factoryoption Models4xxxC:ThereisacategoryC2EMCfilterinthedrive. | Nobuilt-in EMCfilter | ||||||
| PowerSupply | RatedVoltage, Rated Frequency | • Three-phaseACpowersupply380Vto480Vat50/60Hz • DCpowersupply513Vto679V | |||||||
| Permitted Voltage Fluctuation | -15%to+10% | ||||||||
| Permitted Frequency Fluctuation | ±5% | ||||||||
| InputPower (kVA) | 9.3 | 13.0 | 17.0 | 24.0 | 33.0 | 40.0 | 34.0 | 46.0 |
| Model | Column | 4094 | 4114 | 4140 | 4188 | 4225 | 4270 | 4325 | 4380 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| MaximumApplicableMotor Output(kW)*1 | 37.0 | 45.0 | 55.0 | 75.0 | 90.0 | 110.0 | 132.0 | 160.0 | |
| MaximumApplicableMotor Output(HP)*1 | 50.0 | 60.0 | 75.0 | 100.0 | 125.0 | 150.0 | 175.0 | 200.0 | |
| Input | 50%EDInput Current(A) | 88.8 | 107.5 | 130.8 | 177.2 | 211.9 | 258.1 | 308.8 | 373.1 |
Source page
Page 390
10.3 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Model 4094 4114 4140 4188 4225 4270 4325 4380 RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) 49.0 60.0 74.0 99.0 118.0 142.0 171.0 200.0 *2 Continuous RatedOutput 65.6 79.6 98.0 131.3 157.5 189.0 227.5 266.0 Current(A) 5 C 0 u % rre E n D t(A O ) utput 93.8 113.8 140.0 187.5 225.0 270.0 325.0 380.0 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Output O To v l e e r r l a o n a c d e Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. Carrier 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Frequency Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. Three-phase380Vto480V M Ou a t x p i u m t u V m oltage Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. Maximum Output 200Hz Frequency M Ha e r a m su o r n e i s cs for DCreactor Externaloptions BrakingDevice B Tr r a a n k s in is g tor Standardinternalcharacteristics EMCFilter Nobuilt-inEMCfilter RatedVoltage, • Three-phaseACpowersupply380Vto480Vat50/60Hz Rated Frequency • DCpowersupply513Vto679V Permitted Voltage -15%to+10% PowerSupply Fluctuation Permitted Frequency ±5% Fluctuation I ( n k p V u A t ) Power 57.0 69.0 84.0 113.0 135.0 165.0 198.0 239.0 *1 The maximum applicable motor output complies with 380 V motor ratings as specified in Annex G of IEC 60947-4-1. Select the drive capacity so that the load factor during constant speed operation is not higher than 80% of the 50% ED current of the drive. *2 The rated output capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 380 V.
390 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Column | 4094 | 4114 | 4140 | 4188 | 4225 | 4270 | 4325 | 4380 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Output | RatedOutput Capacity(kVA) *2 | 49.0 | 60.0 | 74.0 | 99.0 | 118.0 | 142.0 | 171.0 | 200.0 |
| Continuous RatedOutput Current(A) | 65.6 | 79.6 | 98.0 | 131.3 | 157.5 | 189.0 | 227.5 | 266.0 | |
| 50%EDOutput Current(A) | 93.8 | 113.8 | 140.0 | 187.5 | 225.0 | 270.0 | 325.0 | 380.0 | |
| Overload Tolerance | 171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds. Note: Deratingcanbenecessaryforapplicationsthatstartandstopfrequently. | ||||||||
| Carrier Frequency | 8kHzwithoutderatingthedrivecapacity. Deratethedrivecapacitytousevaluesto15kHzmaximum. | ||||||||
| Maximum OutputVoltage | Three-phase380Vto480V Note: Themaximumoutputvoltageisproportionaltotheinputvoltage. | ||||||||
| Maximum Output Frequency | 200Hz | ||||||||
| Measuresfor Harmonics | DCreactor | Externaloptions | |||||||
| BrakingDevice | Braking Transistor | Standardinternalcharacteristics | |||||||
| EMCFilter | Nobuilt-inEMCfilter | ||||||||
| PowerSupply | RatedVoltage, Rated Frequency | • Three-phaseACpowersupply380Vto480Vat50/60Hz • DCpowersupply513Vto679V | |||||||
| Permitted Voltage Fluctuation | -15%to+10% | ||||||||
| Permitted Frequency Fluctuation | ±5% | ||||||||
| InputPower (kVA) | 57.0 | 69.0 | 84.0 | 113.0 | 135.0 | 165.0 | 198.0 | 239.0 |
Source page
Page 391
snoitacificepS 10.4 Drive Specifications 10.4 Drive Specifications Note: •To get the OLVand CLV specifications, do Rotational Auto-Tuning. •To get the longest product life, install the drive in an environment that meets the necessary specifications. Table 10.5 Control Characteristics Item Specification • V/fControl • OpenLoopVector ControlMethods • ClosedLoopVector • PMClosedLoopVector FrequencyControl 0.01Hzto200Hz Range FrequencyAccuracy Digitalinputs:±0.01%ofthemaximumoutputspeed(-10°Cto+40°C(14°Fto104°F)) ( F T l e u m ct p u e a r t a io tu n r ) e Analoginputs:±0.1%ofthemaximumoutputspeed(25°C±10°C(77°F±18°F)) FrequencySetting Digitalinputs:0.01Hz Resolution Analoginputs:1/2048ofthemaximumoutputspeed(11-bitsigned) OutputSpeed 0.001Hz Resolution FrequencySetting Mainspeedreference:-10Vdcto+10Vdc(20kΩ),0Vdcto10Vdc(20kΩ),4mAto20mA(250Ω),0mAto20mA(250Ω) Signal • V/f:150%/3Hz • OLV:200%/0.3Hz • CLV:200%/0min-1(r/min) • CLV/PM:200%/0min-1(r/min) StartingTorque Note: Correctlyselectthedriveandmotorcapacityforthisstartingtorqueinthesecontrolmethods: •OLV •CLV •CLV/PM • V/f:1:40 SpeedControlRange • OLV:1:200 • CLV:1:1500 • CLV/PM:1:1500 Possibleinthesecontrolmethods: ZeroSpeedControl • CLV • CLV/PM Youcanuseparametersettingsfordifferentlimitsinfourquadrantsinthesecontrolmethods: • OLV TorqueLimits • CLV • CLV/PM Accelerationand 0.0sto6000.0s DecelerationRamps Thedrivecansetfourpairsofdifferentaccelerationanddecelerationramps. Approximately20% Approximately125%withadynamicbrakingoption • Short-timeaveragedecelerationtorque Motoroutput0.4/0.75kW:over100% Motoroutput1.5kW:over50% Motoroutput2.2kWandlarger:over20% BrakingTorque • Continuousregenerativetorque:Approximately20%.Dynamicbrakingoptionallowsforapproximately125%,10%ED,10s Note: •Models2022to2144and4012to4188haveabrakingtransistor. •Short-timeaveragedecelerationtorquereferstothetorqueneededtodeceleratethemotor(uncoupledfromtheload)fromtheratedspeedtozero. Motorcharacteristicscanchangetheactualspecifications. •Motorcharacteristicschangethecontinuousregenerativetorqueandshort-timeaveragedecelerationtorqueformotors2.2kWandlarger. V/fCharacteristics User-setV/fpattern DroopControl,FeedForwardControl,PositionLockatStartandStop/Anti-RollbackFunction,Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection,TorqueLimit,8Step Speed(max.),Accel/DecelSwitch,5ZoneJerkSettings,Auto-Tuning(RotationalandStationaryMotor/EncoderOffsetTuning),DwellFunction, MainControl CoolingFanON/OFFSwitch,SlipCompensation,TorqueCompensation,DCInjectionBrakingatStartandStop,EnergySavingControl,MEMOBUS/ Functions ModbusCommunication(RS-485max,115.2kbps),AutomaticFaultReset,RemovableTerminalBlockwithParameterBackupFunction,Online Tuning,HighFrequencyInjection,ShortFloor,RescueOperation(LightLoadDirectionSearchFunction),InspectionOperation,BrakeSequence,Brake TorqueCheckFunction,Speedrelatedparameterswithelevatorunitsdisplay,etc. 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 391
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| ControlMethods | • V/fControl • OpenLoopVector • ClosedLoopVector • PMClosedLoopVector |
| FrequencyControl Range | 0.01Hzto200Hz |
| FrequencyAccuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) | Digitalinputs:±0.01%ofthemaximumoutputspeed(-10°Cto+40°C(14°Fto104°F)) Analoginputs:±0.1%ofthemaximumoutputspeed(25°C±10°C(77°F±18°F)) |
| FrequencySetting Resolution | Digitalinputs:0.01Hz Analoginputs:1/2048ofthemaximumoutputspeed(11-bitsigned) |
| OutputSpeed Resolution | 0.001Hz |
| FrequencySetting Signal | Mainspeedreference:-10Vdcto+10Vdc(20kΩ),0Vdcto10Vdc(20kΩ),4mAto20mA(250Ω),0mAto20mA(250Ω) |
| StartingTorque | • V/f:150%/3Hz • OLV:200%/0.3Hz • CLV:200%/0min-1(r/min) • CLV/PM:200%/0min-1(r/min) Note: Correctlyselectthedriveandmotorcapacityforthisstartingtorqueinthesecontrolmethods: •OLV •CLV •CLV/PM |
| SpeedControlRange | • V/f:1:40 • OLV:1:200 • CLV:1:1500 • CLV/PM:1:1500 |
| ZeroSpeedControl | Possibleinthesecontrolmethods: • CLV • CLV/PM |
| TorqueLimits | Youcanuseparametersettingsfordifferentlimitsinfourquadrantsinthesecontrolmethods: • OLV • CLV • CLV/PM |
| Accelerationand DecelerationRamps | 0.0sto6000.0s Thedrivecansetfourpairsofdifferentaccelerationanddecelerationramps. |
| BrakingTorque | Approximately20% Approximately125%withadynamicbrakingoption • Short-timeaveragedecelerationtorque Motoroutput0.4/0.75kW:over100% Motoroutput1.5kW:over50% Motoroutput2.2kWandlarger:over20% • Continuousregenerativetorque:Approximately20%.Dynamicbrakingoptionallowsforapproximately125%,10%ED,10s Note: •Models2022to2144and4012to4188haveabrakingtransistor. •Short-timeaveragedecelerationtorquereferstothetorqueneededtodeceleratethemotor(uncoupledfromtheload)fromtheratedspeedtozero. Motorcharacteristicscanchangetheactualspecifications. •Motorcharacteristicschangethecontinuousregenerativetorqueandshort-timeaveragedecelerationtorqueformotors2.2kWandlarger. |
| V/fCharacteristics | User-setV/fpattern |
| MainControl Functions | DroopControl,FeedForwardControl,PositionLockatStartandStop/Anti-RollbackFunction,Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection,TorqueLimit,8Step Speed(max.),Accel/DecelSwitch,5ZoneJerkSettings,Auto-Tuning(RotationalandStationaryMotor/EncoderOffsetTuning),DwellFunction, CoolingFanON/OFFSwitch,SlipCompensation,TorqueCompensation,DCInjectionBrakingatStartandStop,EnergySavingControl,MEMOBUS/ ModbusCommunication(RS-485max,115.2kbps),AutomaticFaultReset,RemovableTerminalBlockwithParameterBackupFunction,Online Tuning,HighFrequencyInjection,ShortFloor,RescueOperation(LightLoadDirectionSearchFunction),InspectionOperation,BrakeSequence,Brake TorqueCheckFunction,Speedrelatedparameterswithelevatorunitsdisplay,etc. |
Source page
Page 392
10.4 Drive Specifications
Table 10.6 Protection Functions Item Specification MotorProtection Electronicthermaloverloadprotection Momentary Drivestopswhentheoutputcurrentismorethan175%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. Overcurrent Protection Drivestopswhentheoutputcurrentismorethan171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds.Thepermittedfrequencyofoverloadisone timeeach10minutes. OverloadProtection Note: Ifoutputspeed<6Hz,thedrivecantriggertheoverloadprotectionfunctionwhentheoutputcurrentisintheoverloadtolerancerange. Overvoltage 200VClass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltageismorethanapproximately410V Protection 400Vclass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltageismorethanapproximately820V Undervoltage 200VClass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasestolessthanapproximately190V Protection 400Vclass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasestolessthanapproximately380V HeatsinkOverheat ThedrivestopswhenthethermistordetectsanIGBTtemperaturemorethanapproximately100°C(212°F).Thetriptemperaturelevelisdifferentfor Protection differentdrivemodels. BrakingResistor Overheatdetectionforbrakingresistor(optionalERF-type,3%ED) OverheatProtection StallPrevention Stallpreventionisavailableduringacceleration,deceleration,andduringrun. Electroniccircuitprotection Note: GroundFault Protection Thisprotectiondetectsgroundfaultsduringrun.Thedrivewillnotprovideprotectionwhen: •Thereisalow-resistancegroundfaultforthemotorcableorterminalblock •Energizingthedrivewhenthereisagroundfault. DCBusChargeLED ChargeLEDilluminateswhenDCbusvoltageismorethan50V. Table 10.7 Environment Item Specification AreaofUse Indoors Powersupply OvervoltageCategoryIII IP20/ULOpenType:-10°Cto+50°C(14°Fto122°F) Ambien S t e T tt e i m ng perature • Whenyouinstallthedriveinanenclosure,useacoolingfanorairconditionertokeeptheinternalairtemperatureinthepermittedrange. • Donotletthedrivefreeze. 95%RHorless Humidity Donotletcondensationformonthedrive. StorageTemperature -20°Cto+70°C(-4°Fto+158°F)(short-termtemperatureduringtransportation) Pollutiondegree2orless Installthedriveinanareawithout: • Oilmist,corrosiveorflammablegas,ordust • Metalpowder,oil,water,orotherunwantedmaterials SurroundingArea • Radioactivematerialsorflammablematerials,includingwood • Harmfulgasorfluids • Salt • Directsunlight 1000m(3281ft)Maximum Note: Deratetheoutputcurrentby1%foreach100m(328ft)toinstallthedriveinaltitudesbetween1000mto4000m(3281ftto13123ft). Altitude Itisnotnecessarytoderatetheratedvoltageintheseconditions: •Installingthedriveat2000m(6562ft)orlower •Installingthedrivebetween2000mto4000m(6562ftto13123ft)andgroundingtheneutralpointonthepowersupply. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeifyouwillnotgroundtheneutralpoint. • 10Hzto20Hz:1G(9.8m/s2,32.15ft/s2) • 20Hzto55Hz: Vibration*1 - 2022to2225,4012to4188:0.6G(5.9m/s2,19.36ft/s2) - 2269to2519,4225to4380:0.2G(2.0m/s2,6.56ft/s2) Installation Installthedriveverticallyforsufficientairflowtocoolthedrive. Orientation *1 This drive passed the vibration test with a logarithmic sweep as specified by EN 60068-2-6 and JIS C60068-2-6. If the internal components of the drive vibrate too much, it can cause damage to the drive even when the vibration frequency is in the specification. If the drive components vibrate, improve the installation environment to decrease vibration. To improve the installation environment for vibration, you can put the motor on a rubber pad or reinforce the structure of the installation. 392 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| MotorProtection | Electronicthermaloverloadprotection |
| Momentary Overcurrent Protection | Drivestopswhentheoutputcurrentismorethan175%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. |
| OverloadProtection | Drivestopswhentheoutputcurrentismorethan171%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrentfor10seconds.Thepermittedfrequencyofoverloadisone timeeach10minutes. Note: Ifoutputspeed<6Hz,thedrivecantriggertheoverloadprotectionfunctionwhentheoutputcurrentisintheoverloadtolerancerange. |
| Overvoltage Protection | 200VClass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltageismorethanapproximately410V 400Vclass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltageismorethanapproximately820V |
| Undervoltage Protection | 200VClass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasestolessthanapproximately190V 400Vclass:StopswhentheDCbusvoltagedecreasestolessthanapproximately380V |
| HeatsinkOverheat Protection | ThedrivestopswhenthethermistordetectsanIGBTtemperaturemorethanapproximately100°C(212°F).Thetriptemperaturelevelisdifferentfor differentdrivemodels. |
| BrakingResistor OverheatProtection | Overheatdetectionforbrakingresistor(optionalERF-type,3%ED) |
| StallPrevention | Stallpreventionisavailableduringacceleration,deceleration,andduringrun. |
| GroundFault Protection | Electroniccircuitprotection Note: Thisprotectiondetectsgroundfaultsduringrun.Thedrivewillnotprovideprotectionwhen: •Thereisalow-resistancegroundfaultforthemotorcableorterminalblock •Energizingthedrivewhenthereisagroundfault. |
| DCBusChargeLED | ChargeLEDilluminateswhenDCbusvoltageismorethan50V. |
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| AreaofUse | Indoors |
| Powersupply | OvervoltageCategoryIII |
| AmbientTemperature Setting | IP20/ULOpenType:-10°Cto+50°C(14°Fto122°F) • Whenyouinstallthedriveinanenclosure,useacoolingfanorairconditionertokeeptheinternalairtemperatureinthepermittedrange. • Donotletthedrivefreeze. |
| Humidity | 95%RHorless Donotletcondensationformonthedrive. |
| StorageTemperature | -20°Cto+70°C(-4°Fto+158°F)(short-termtemperatureduringtransportation) |
| SurroundingArea | Pollutiondegree2orless Installthedriveinanareawithout: • Oilmist,corrosiveorflammablegas,ordust • Metalpowder,oil,water,orotherunwantedmaterials • Radioactivematerialsorflammablematerials,includingwood • Harmfulgasorfluids • Salt • Directsunlight |
| Altitude | 1000m(3281ft)Maximum Note: Deratetheoutputcurrentby1%foreach100m(328ft)toinstallthedriveinaltitudesbetween1000mto4000m(3281ftto13123ft). Itisnotnecessarytoderatetheratedvoltageintheseconditions: •Installingthedriveat2000m(6562ft)orlower •Installingthedrivebetween2000mto4000m(6562ftto13123ft)andgroundingtheneutralpointonthepowersupply. ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativeifyouwillnotgroundtheneutralpoint. |
| Vibration*1 | • 10Hzto20Hz:1G(9.8m/s2,32.15ft/s2) • 20Hzto55Hz: - 2022to2225,4012to4188:0.6G(5.9m/s2,19.36ft/s2) - 2269to2519,4225to4380:0.2G(2.0m/s2,6.56ft/s2) |
| Installation Orientation | Installthedriveverticallyforsufficientairflowtocoolthedrive. |
Source page
Page 393
snoitacificepS 10.4 Drive Specifications Table 10.8 Standard Item Specification • UL61800-5-1 • EN61800-3 HarmonizedStandard • IEC/EN61800-5-1 • TwoSafeDisableinputsandoneEDMoutputaccordingtoENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.III)),IEC/EN61508SIL3 EnclosureProtection IP20/ULOpenType Design 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 393
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| HarmonizedStandard | • UL61800-5-1 • EN61800-3 • IEC/EN61800-5-1 • TwoSafeDisableinputsandoneEDMoutputaccordingtoENISO13849-1:2015(PLe(Cat.III)),IEC/EN61508SIL3 |
| EnclosureProtection Design | IP20/ULOpenType |
Source page
Page 394
10.5 Drive Derating
10.5 Drive Derating
You must derate the drive capacity to operate the drive above the rated temperature, altitude, and default carrier frequency.
◆ Carrier Frequency Settings and Rated Current Values
Table 10.9 and Table 10.10 shows how the continuous rated output current of the drive changes when the C6-03 [Carrier Frequency] value changes. The output current value changes linearly as the carrier frequency changes. You can use the values from the tables to calculate a frequency that is not shown. Note: The drive only applies the carrier frequency derating of the output current to the reference output current value of oL2 [Drive Overload]. The drive will not derate the 100% output rated current of parameters and monitors as specified in the output rated current shown in Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class) on page 387 and Model Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class) on page 389. ■ Three-Phase 200 V Class
Table 10.9 Carrier Frequency and Rated Current Derating ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) 50%EDCurrent(A) Model 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 2022 15.3 15.3 15.3 14.1 12.5 11.0 21.9 21.9 21.9 20.1 17.9 15.7 2031 21.9 21.9 21.9 20.1 17.9 15.8 31.3 31.3 31.3 28.8 25.6 22.5 2041 28.9 28.9 28.9 25.7 21.7 17.7 41.3 41.3 41.3 36.7 30.9 25.2 2059 41.1 41.1 41.1 38.0 34.0 30.1 58.8 58.8 58.8 54.3 48.6 43.0 2075 52.5 52.5 52.5 49.0 44.6 40.3 75.0 75.0 75.0 70.0 63.8 57.5 2094 65.6 65.6 65.6 60.0 53.0 45.9 93.8 93.8 93.8 85.7 75.7 65.6 2110 77.0 77.0 77.0 67.8 59.9 51.9 110.0 110.0 110.0 96.9 85.6 74.2
2144 100.6 100.6 100.6 92.0 81.2 70.4 143.8 143.8 143.8 131.4 116.0 100.6 2181 126.9 126.9 109.5 98.0 - - 181.3 181.3 156.5 140.0 - - 2225 157.5 157.5 135.7 121.2 - - 225.0 225.0 193.9 173.2 - - 2269 188.1 188.1 161.7 144.1 - - 268.8 268.8 231.0 205.8 - - 2354 247.6 247.6 217.9 198.1 - - 353.8 353.8 311.3 283.0 - -
2432 302.4 302.4 257.2 227.1 - - 432.0 432.0 367.4 324.4 - - 2519 363.2 363.2 319.6 290.5 - - 518.8 518.8 456.5 415.0 - - ■ Three-Phase 400 V Class
Table 10.10 Carrier Frequency and Rated Current Derating ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) 50%EDCurrent(A) Model 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 4012 8.1 8.1 8.1 7.1 5.9 4.7 11.5 11.5 11.5 10.1 8.4 6.7 4019 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 11.2 9.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 16.0 13.5 4023 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8 14.1 12.4 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 20.1 17.7 4030 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 18.6 16.2 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 26.6 23.2 4039 27.1 27.1 27.1 24.0 20.1 16.3 38.8 38.8 38.8 34.3 28.8 23.2
4049 34.1 34.1 34.1 30.8 27.1 23.4 48.8 48.8 48.8 44.0 38.7 33.4 4056 39.4 39.4 39.4 35.5 31.2 26.8 56.3 56.3 56.3 50.7 44.5 38.3 4075 52.5 52.5 52.5 46.5 39.0 31.5 75.0 75.0 75.0 66.4 55.7 45.0 4094 65.6 65.6 54.3 46.8 37.5 28.1 93.8 93.8 77.6 66.9 53.5 40.1 4114 79.6 79.6 69.1 62.1 53.3 44.6 113.8 113.8 98.7 88.7 76.2 63.7
4140 98.0 98.0 80.4 68.6 - - 140.0 140.0 114.8 98.0 - - 4188 131.3 131.3 107.6 91.9 - - 187.5 187.5 153.8 131.3 - -
394 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | 50%EDCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | |
| 2022 | 15.3 | 15.3 | 15.3 | 14.1 | 12.5 | 11.0 | 21.9 | 21.9 | 21.9 | 20.1 | 17.9 | 15.7 |
| 2031 | 21.9 | 21.9 | 21.9 | 20.1 | 17.9 | 15.8 | 31.3 | 31.3 | 31.3 | 28.8 | 25.6 | 22.5 |
| 2041 | 28.9 | 28.9 | 28.9 | 25.7 | 21.7 | 17.7 | 41.3 | 41.3 | 41.3 | 36.7 | 30.9 | 25.2 |
| 2059 | 41.1 | 41.1 | 41.1 | 38.0 | 34.0 | 30.1 | 58.8 | 58.8 | 58.8 | 54.3 | 48.6 | 43.0 |
| 2075 | 52.5 | 52.5 | 52.5 | 49.0 | 44.6 | 40.3 | 75.0 | 75.0 | 75.0 | 70.0 | 63.8 | 57.5 |
| 2094 | 65.6 | 65.6 | 65.6 | 60.0 | 53.0 | 45.9 | 93.8 | 93.8 | 93.8 | 85.7 | 75.7 | 65.6 |
| 2110 | 77.0 | 77.0 | 77.0 | 67.8 | 59.9 | 51.9 | 110.0 | 110.0 | 110.0 | 96.9 | 85.6 | 74.2 |
| 2144 | 100.6 | 100.6 | 100.6 | 92.0 | 81.2 | 70.4 | 143.8 | 143.8 | 143.8 | 131.4 | 116.0 | 100.6 |
| 2181 | 126.9 | 126.9 | 109.5 | 98.0 | - | - | 181.3 | 181.3 | 156.5 | 140.0 | - | - |
| 2225 | 157.5 | 157.5 | 135.7 | 121.2 | - | - | 225.0 | 225.0 | 193.9 | 173.2 | - | - |
| 2269 | 188.1 | 188.1 | 161.7 | 144.1 | - | - | 268.8 | 268.8 | 231.0 | 205.8 | - | - |
| 2354 | 247.6 | 247.6 | 217.9 | 198.1 | - | - | 353.8 | 353.8 | 311.3 | 283.0 | - | - |
| 2432 | 302.4 | 302.4 | 257.2 | 227.1 | - | - | 432.0 | 432.0 | 367.4 | 324.4 | - | - |
| 2519 | 363.2 | 363.2 | 319.6 | 290.5 | - | - | 518.8 | 518.8 | 456.5 | 415.0 | - | - |
| Model | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | 50%EDCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | |
| 4012 | 8.1 | 8.1 | 8.1 | 7.1 | 5.9 | 4.7 | 11.5 | 11.5 | 11.5 | 10.1 | 8.4 | 6.7 |
| 4019 | 13.0 | 13.0 | 13.0 | 13.0 | 11.2 | 9.5 | 18.5 | 18.5 | 18.5 | 18.5 | 16.0 | 13.5 |
| 4023 | 15.8 | 15.8 | 15.8 | 15.8 | 14.1 | 12.4 | 22.5 | 22.5 | 22.5 | 22.5 | 20.1 | 17.7 |
| 4030 | 21.0 | 21.0 | 21.0 | 21.0 | 18.6 | 16.2 | 30.0 | 30.0 | 30.0 | 30.0 | 26.6 | 23.2 |
| 4039 | 27.1 | 27.1 | 27.1 | 24.0 | 20.1 | 16.3 | 38.8 | 38.8 | 38.8 | 34.3 | 28.8 | 23.2 |
| 4049 | 34.1 | 34.1 | 34.1 | 30.8 | 27.1 | 23.4 | 48.8 | 48.8 | 48.8 | 44.0 | 38.7 | 33.4 |
| 4056 | 39.4 | 39.4 | 39.4 | 35.5 | 31.2 | 26.8 | 56.3 | 56.3 | 56.3 | 50.7 | 44.5 | 38.3 |
| 4075 | 52.5 | 52.5 | 52.5 | 46.5 | 39.0 | 31.5 | 75.0 | 75.0 | 75.0 | 66.4 | 55.7 | 45.0 |
| 4094 | 65.6 | 65.6 | 54.3 | 46.8 | 37.5 | 28.1 | 93.8 | 93.8 | 77.6 | 66.9 | 53.5 | 40.1 |
| 4114 | 79.6 | 79.6 | 69.1 | 62.1 | 53.3 | 44.6 | 113.8 | 113.8 | 98.7 | 88.7 | 76.2 | 63.7 |
| 4140 | 98.0 | 98.0 | 80.4 | 68.6 | - | - | 140.0 | 140.0 | 114.8 | 98.0 | - | - |
| 4188 | 131.3 | 131.3 | 107.6 | 91.9 | - | - | 187.5 | 187.5 | 153.8 | 131.3 | - | - |
Source page
Page 395
snoitacificepS 10.5 Drive Derating ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) 50%EDCurrent(A) Model 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 2kHz 5kHz 8kHz 10kHz 12.5kHz 15kHz 4225 157.5 157.5 129.2 110.3 - - 225.0 225.0 184.5 157.5 - - 4270 189.0 189.0 155.0 132.3 - - 270.0 270.0 221.4 189.0 - - 4325 227.5 227.5 186.6 159.3 - - 325.0 325.0 266.5 227.5 - - 4380 266.0 266.0 218.1 186.2 - - 380.0 380.0 311.6 266.0 - - ◆ Altitude Derating Install the drive in a location that has an altitude of 1000 m (3281 ft) or lower. Derate the output current by 1% for each 100 m (328 ft) to install the drive in altitudes between 1000 m to 4000 m (3281 ft to 13123 ft). It is not necessary to derate the rated voltage in these conditions: • Installing the drive at 2000 m (6562 ft) or lower • Installing the drive between 2000 m to 4000 m (6562 ft to 13123 ft) and grounding the neutral point on the power supply. If you do not ground the drive with a neutral network, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative. 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 395
| Model | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | 50%EDCurrent(A) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | 2kHz | 5kHz | 8kHz | 10kHz | 12.5kHz | 15kHz | |
| 4225 | 157.5 | 157.5 | 129.2 | 110.3 | - | - | 225.0 | 225.0 | 184.5 | 157.5 | - | - |
| 4270 | 189.0 | 189.0 | 155.0 | 132.3 | - | - | 270.0 | 270.0 | 221.4 | 189.0 | - | - |
| 4325 | 227.5 | 227.5 | 186.6 | 159.3 | - | - | 325.0 | 325.0 | 266.5 | 227.5 | - | - |
| 4380 | 266.0 | 266.0 | 218.1 | 186.2 | - | - | 380.0 | 380.0 | 311.6 | 266.0 | - | - |
Source page
Page 396
10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
◆ IP20/UL Open Type
■ 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023
Figure 10.1 Dimension Diagram 1 Table 10.11 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 3.8 2022 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (8.38) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 4.2 2031 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (9.26) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 4.2 2041 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (9.26) Table 10.12 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 3.9 4012 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (8.60) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 4.1 4019 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (9.04) 140 260 211 138 73 102 102 248 6 1.6 5 4.1 4023 M5 (5.51) (10.24) (8.31) (5.43) (2.87) (4.02) (4.02) (9.76) (0.24) (0.06) (0.20) (9.04)
396 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 | H2 t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2022 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 3.8 (8.38) |
| 2031 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 4.2 (9.26) |
| 2041 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 4.2 (9.26) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 | H2 t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4012 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 3.9 (8.60) |
| 4019 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 4.1 (9.04) |
| 4023 | 140 (5.51) | 260 (10.24) | 211 (8.31) | 138 (5.43) | 73 (2.87) | 102 (4.02) | 102 (4.02) | 248 (9.76) ( | 6 1.6 0.24) (0.06 | 5 ) (0.20) | M5 | 4.1 (9.04) |
Source page
Page 397
snoitacificepS 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ■ 2059, 4030, 4039 Figure 10.2 Dimension Diagram 2 Table 10.13 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 180 300 202 134 68 140 140 284 8 1.6 1.6 6.0 2059 M5 (7.09) (11.81) (7.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (11.18) (0.32) (0.06) (0.06) (13.23) Table 10.14 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 180 300 202 134 68 140 140 284 8 1.6 1.6 5.5 4030 M5 (7.09) (11.81) (7.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (11.18) (0.32) (0.06) (0.06) (12.13) 180 300 202 134 68 140 140 284 8 1.6 1.6 6.0 4039 M5 (7.09) (11.81) (7.95) (5.28) (2.68) (5.51) (5.51) (11.18) (0.32) (0.06) (0.06) (13.23) 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 397
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 H2 | t1 t2 | d | ||
| 2059 | 180 (7.09) | 300 (11.81) | 202 (7.95) | 134 (5.28) | 68 (2.68) | 140 (5.51) | 140 (5.51) | 284 8 (11.18) (0.32) | 1.6 1.6 (0.06) (0.06) | M5 | 6.0 (13.23) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 H2 | t1 t2 | d | ||
| 4030 | 180 (7.09) | 300 (11.81) | 202 (7.95) | 134 (5.28) | 68 (2.68) | 140 (5.51) | 140 (5.51) | 284 8 (11.18) (0.32) | 1.6 1.6 (0.06) (0.06) | M5 | 5.5 (12.13) |
| 4039 | 180 (7.09) | 300 (11.81) | 202 (7.95) | 134 (5.28) | 68 (2.68) | 140 (5.51) | 140 (5.51) | 284 8 (11.18) (0.32) | 1.6 1.6 (0.06) (0.06) | M5 | 6.0 (13.23) |
Source page
Page 398
10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
■ 2075, 2094, 4049, 4056
Figure 10.3 Dimension Diagram 3 Table 10.15 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type)
Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 220 350 227 140 87 192 192 335 8 2.3 2.3 8.5 2075 M6 (8.66) (13.78) (8.94) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (13.19) (0.32) (0.09) (0.09) (18.74) 220 350 227 140 87 192 192 335 8 2.3 2.3 9.5 2094 M6 (8.66) (13.78) (8.94) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (13.19) (0.32) (0.09) (0.09) (20.95) Table 10.16 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 H1 H2 t1 t2 d kg(lb) 220 350 227 140 87 192 192 335 8 2.3 2.3 8.5 4049 M6 (8.66) (13.78) (8.94) (5.51) (3.43) (7.56) (7.56) (13.19) (0.32) (0.09) (0.09) (18.74) 220 350 246 140 106 192 192 335 8 2.3 2.3 13 4056 M6 (8.66) (13.78) (9.69) (5.51) (4.17) (7.56) (7.56) (13.19) (0.32) (0.09) (0.09) (28.67)
398 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 | H2 | t1 t2 | d | ||
| 2075 | 220 (8.66) | 350 (13.78) | 227 (8.94) | 140 (5.51) | 87 (3.43) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 335 (13.19) | 8 (0.32) (0 | 2.3 2.3 .09) (0.09) | M6 | 8.5 (18.74) |
| 2094 | 220 (8.66) | 350 (13.78) | 227 (8.94) | 140 (5.51) | 87 (3.43) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 335 (13.19) | 8 (0.32) (0 | 2.3 2.3 .09) (0.09) | M6 | 9.5 (20.95) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | H1 | H2 | t1 t2 | d | ||
| 4049 | 220 (8.66) | 350 (13.78) | 227 (8.94) | 140 (5.51) | 87 (3.43) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 335 (13.19) | 8 (0.32) (0 | 2.3 2.3 .09) (0.09) | M6 | 8.5 (18.74) |
| 4056 | 220 (8.66) | 350 (13.78) | 246 (9.69) | 140 (5.51) | 106 (4.17) | 192 (7.56) | 192 (7.56) | 335 (13.19) | 8 (0.32) (0 | 2.3 2.3 .09) (0.09) | M6 | 13 (28.67) |
Source page
Page 399
snoitacificepS 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ■ 2110, 4075 Figure 10.4 Dimension Diagram 4 Table 10.17 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 240 400 280 166 114 195 186 12 375 17.5 17.5 2.3 2.3 18 2110 M6 (9.45) (15.75) (11.02) (6.54) (4.49) (7.68) (7.32) (0.47) (14.76) (0.69) (0.69) (0.09) (0.09) (39.69) Table 10.18 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 240 400 280 166 114 195 186 12 375 17.5 17.5 2.3 2.3 15 4075 M6 (9.45) (15.75) (11.02) (6.54) (4.49) (7.68) (7.32) (0.47) (14.76) (0.69) (0.69) (0.09) (0.09) (33.07) 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 399
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 W | 1 W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H | 2 H4 t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2110 | 240 (9.45) | 400 (15.75) ( | 280 11.02) | 166 (6.54) | 114 19 (4.49) (7.6 | 5 186 8) (7.32) | 12 (0.47) | 375 17 (14.76) (0.6 | .5 17.5 2.3 9) (0.69) (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M6 | 18 (39.69) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 W | 1 W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H | 2 H4 t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4075 | 240 (9.45) | 400 (15.75) ( | 280 11.02) | 166 (6.54) | 114 19 (4.49) (7.6 | 5 186 8) (7.32) | 12 (0.47) | 375 17 (14.76) (0.6 | .5 17.5 2.3 9) (0.69) (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M6 | 15 (33.07) |
Source page
Page 400
10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
■ 2144, 4094, 4114
Figure 10.5 Dimension Diagram 5 Table 10.19 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type)
Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 255 450 280 166 114 170 165 12 424 16 29 21 2.3 2.3 22 2144 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (11.02) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (6.50) (0.47) (16.69) (0.63) (1.14) (0.83) (0.09) (0.09) (48.51) Table 10.20 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 255 450 280 166 114 170 165 12 424 16 29 21 2.3 2.3 20 4094 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (11.02) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (6.50) (0.47) (16.69) (0.63) (1.14) (0.83) (0.09) (0.09) (44.10) 255 450 280 166 114 170 165 12 424 16 29 21 2.3 2.3 25 4114 M6 (10.04) (17.72) (11.02) (6.54) (4.49) (6.69) (6.50) (0.47) (16.69) (0.63) (1.14) (0.83) (0.09) (0.09) (55.12)
400 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H2 | H3 H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2144 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 28 (11. | 0 166 02) (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 165 (6.50) | 12 (0.47) | 424 16 (16.69) (0.63) | 29 21 (1.14) (0.83) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M6 | 22 (48.51) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H2 | H3 H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4094 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 28 (11. | 0 166 02) (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 165 (6.50) | 12 (0.47) | 424 16 (16.69) (0.63) | 29 21 (1.14) (0.83) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M6 | 20 (44.10) |
| 4114 | 255 (10.04) | 450 (17.72) | 28 (11. | 0 166 02) (6.54) | 114 (4.49) | 170 (6.69) | 165 (6.50) | 12 (0.47) | 424 16 (16.69) (0.63) | 29 21 (1.14) (0.83) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M6 | 25 (55.12) |
Source page
Page 401
snoitacificepS 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ■ 2181, 2225, 4140, 4188 Figure 10.6 Dimension Diagram 6 Table 10.21 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 264 543 335 186 149 190 182 12 516 17.5 28.5 20.5 2.3 2.3 34 2181 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (13.19) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (7.17) (0.47) (20.31) (0.69) (1.12) (0.81) (0.09) (0.09) (74.96) 264 543 335 186 149 190 182 12 516 17.5 28.5 20.5 2.3 2.3 35 2225 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (13.19) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (7.17) (0.47) (20.31) (0.69) (1.12) (0.81) (0.09) (0.09) (77.17) Table 10.22 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 264 543 335 186 149 190 182 12 516 17.5 28.5 20.5 2.3 2.3 37 4140 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (13.19) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (7.17) (0.47) (20.31) (0.69) (1.12) (0.81) (0.09) (0.09) (81.58) 264 543 335 186 149 190 182 12 516 17.5 28.5 20.5 2.3 2.3 38 4188 M8 (10.39) (21.38) (13.19) (7.32) (5.87) (7.48) (7.17) (0.47) (20.31) (0.69) (1.12) (0.81) (0.09) (0.09) (83.78) 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 401
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2181 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 335 (13.19) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 182 (7.17) | 12 (0.47) | 516 17.5 (20.31) (0.69) | 28.5 (1.12) | 20.5 (0.81) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M8 | 34 (74.96) |
| 2225 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 335 (13.19) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 182 (7.17) | 12 (0.47) | 516 17.5 (20.31) (0.69) | 28.5 (1.12) | 20.5 (0.81) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M8 | 35 (77.17) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4140 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 335 (13.19) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 182 (7.17) | 12 (0.47) | 516 17.5 (20.31) (0.69) | 28.5 (1.12) | 20.5 (0.81) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M8 | 37 (81.58) |
| 4188 | 264 (10.39) | 543 (21.38) | 335 (13.19) | 186 (7.32) | 149 (5.87) | 190 (7.48) | 182 (7.17) | 12 (0.47) | 516 17.5 (20.31) (0.69) | 28.5 (1.12) | 20.5 (0.81) | 2.3 (0.09) | 2.3 (0.09) | M8 | 38 (83.78) |
Source page
Page 402
10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
■ 2269, 2354, 4225 to 4325
Figure 10.7 Dimension Diagram 7 Table 10.23 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type)
Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 312 700 420 260 160 218 218 18 659 28 43.5 28.5 4.5 4.5 59 2269 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (16.54) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (8.58) (0.71) (25.94) (1.10) (1.71) (1.12) (0.18) (0.18) (130.08) 312 700 420 260 160 218 218 18 659 28 43.5 28.5 4.5 4.5 62 2354 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (16.54) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (8.58) (0.71) (25.94) (1.10) (1.71) (1.12) (0.18) (0.18) (136.69) Table 10.24 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 312 700 420 260 160 218 218 18 659 28 43.5 28.5 4.5 4.5 61 4225 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (16.54) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (8.58) (0.71) (25.94) (1.10) (1.71) (1.12) (0.18) (0.18) (134.49) 312 700 420 260 160 218 218 18 659 28 43.5 28.5 4.5 4.5 63 4270 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (16.54) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (8.58) (0.71) (25.94) (1.10) (1.71) (1.12) (0.18) (0.18) (138.90) 312 700 420 260 160 218 218 18 659 28 43.5 28.5 4.5 4.5 66 4325 M10 (12.28) (27.56) (16.54) (10.24) (6.30) (8.58) (8.58) (0.71) (25.94) (1.10) (1.71) (1.12) (0.18) (0.18) (145.51)
402 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2269 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 420 (16.54) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 218 (8.58) | 18 (0.71) | 659 (25.94) | 28 (1.10) | 43.5 (1.71) | 28.5 (1.12) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M10 | 59 (130.08) |
| 2354 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 420 (16.54) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 218 (8.58) | 18 (0.71) | 659 (25.94) | 28 (1.10) | 43.5 (1.71) | 28.5 (1.12) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M10 | 62 (136.69) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4225 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 420 (16.54) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 218 (8.58) | 18 (0.71) | 659 (25.94) | 28 (1.10) | 43.5 (1.71) | 28.5 (1.12) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M10 | 61 (134.49) |
| 4270 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 420 (16.54) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 218 (8.58) | 18 (0.71) | 659 (25.94) | 28 (1.10) | 43.5 (1.71) | 28.5 (1.12) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M10 | 63 (138.90) |
| 4325 | 312 (12.28) | 700 (27.56) | 420 (16.54) | 260 (10.24) | 160 (6.30) | 218 (8.58) | 218 (8.58) | 18 (0.71) | 659 (25.94) | 28 (1.10) | 43.5 (1.71) | 28.5 (1.12) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M10 | 66 (145.51) |
Source page
Page 403
snoitacificepS 10.6 Drive Exterior and Mounting Dimensions ■ 2432, 2519, 4380 Figure 10.8 Dimension Diagram 8 Table 10.25 Three-Phase 200 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 440 800 472 254 218 370 370 20 757 28 44 30 4.5 4.5 101 2432 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (18.58) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (14.57) (0.79) (29.80) (1.10) (1.73) (1.18) (0.18) (0.18) (222.67) 440 800 472 254 218 370 370 20 757 28 44 30 4.5 4.5 107 2519 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (18.58) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (14.57) (0.79) (29.80) (1.10) (1.73) (1.18) (0.18) (0.18) (235.90) Table 10.26 Three-Phase 400 V Class (IP20/UL Open Type) Dimensionsmm(in) Est. Model W5 Weight W H D D1 D2 W1 W2 (Maxi H1 H2 H3 H4 t1 t2 d kg(lb) mum) 440 800 472 254 218 370 370 20 757 28 44 30 4.5 4.5 107 4380 M12 (17.32) (31.50) (18.58) (10.00) (8.58) (14.57) (14.57) (0.79) (29.80) (1.10) (1.73) (1.18) (0.18) (0.18) (235.90) 10 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 403
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 2432 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 472 (18.5 | 254 8) (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 370 (14.57) | 20 (0.79) | 757 (29.80) | 28 (1.10) | 44 (1.73) | 30 (1.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M12 | 101 (222.67) |
| 2519 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 472 (18.5 | 254 8) (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 370 (14.57) | 20 (0.79) | 757 (29.80) | 28 (1.10) | 44 (1.73) | 30 (1.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M12 | 107 (235.90) |
| Model | Dimensionsmm(in) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Est. Weight kg(lb) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| W | H | D | D1 | D2 | W1 | W2 | W5 (Maxi mum) | H1 | H2 | H3 | H4 | t1 | t2 | d | ||
| 4380 | 440 (17.32) | 800 (31.50) | 472 (18.5 | 254 8) (10.00) | 218 (8.58) | 370 (14.57) | 370 (14.57) | 20 (0.79) | 757 (29.80) | 28 (1.10) | 44 (1.73) | 30 (1.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | 4.5 (0.18) | M12 | 107 (235.90) |
Source page
Page 404
10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options
10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options
Table 10.27 to Table 10.32 show the available peripheral devices and options for the drive. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative to make an order. • Selection: Refer to the drive catalog for information about available products. • Installation and wiring: Refer to the instruction manual for each option.
Table 10.27 Main Circuit Options Name Model IntendedUse Toimprovethedriveinputpowerfactor. • Topreventdamagetothedrivewhenthepowersupplycapacityislarge.Youmustonlyusethisoption DCreactor UZDAseries whenthepowersupplycapacityismorethan600kVA. • Todecreaseharmoniccurrent. • Toimprovethepowersupplytotalpowerfactor. Toimprovethedriveinputpowerfactor. • Topreventdamagetothedrivewhenthepowersupplycapacityislarge.Youmustonlyusethisoption ACreactor LR3seriesandBxxxxxxxseries whenthepowersupplycapacityismorethan600kVA. • Todecreaseharmoniccurrent. • Toimprovethepowersupplytotalpowerfactor. BrakingResistor RHseries Todecreasetheregenerativeenergyofthemotoranddecreasethedecelerationtime. BrakingUnit CDBRseries Usewithabrakingresistorunittodecreasemotordecelerationtimes. Topreventshortcircuitdamagetothepowersupplysystem,provideoverloadprotectionforwiring, preventelectricalshock,andprovidegroundfaultprotectionagainstearthleakagefires. R D e e s te id c u ti a o l n C ( u R r C re M nt /R M C o D ni ) toring/ NVandNSseries N •Y p o o t o e w u : e c r a s n u u p s p e ly a s m ys o t l e d m ed . -casecircuitbreakerasareplacementforanRCM/RCDthatisupstreaminthe •WhenyouuseahighfrequencyRCM/RCDatthepowerinputsideofthedrive,makesurethateach drivehasaminimumcumulativesensitivityamperageof30mA. M (M o C ld C e B d- ) CaseCircuitBreaker NFseries Topreventshortcircuitdamagetothepowersupplysystemandprovideoverloadprotectionforwiring. I ( n M p C ut ) SideMagneticContactor SCseries t T h o e p p r o e w ve e n r t s b u u p r p n ly da a m nd ag d e riv w e h . enconnectingabrakingresistor.Thisoptionfullyopensthecircuitbetween Table 10.28 Keypad Name Model IntendedUse 1m:WV001 Toconnectthekeypadanddrive. KeypadRemoteCable 3m:WV003 ThisoptionisanRJ-45,8-pinstraight-throughUTPCAT5ecable. InstallationSupportSetA 900-192-933-001 Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesscrews. Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesnutclamps. InstallationSupportSetB 900-192-933-002 Usethisoptionwhenweldstudsarelocatedinthecontrolpanel. Table 10.29 Kit Name Model IntendedUse Toinstalltheheatsinkoutsideofthecontrolpanel. 900-193-209-001 • 900-193-209-001:2022to2041,4012to4023 ExternalHeatsinkMountKit 900-193-209-002 • 900-193-209-002:2059,4030,4039 900-193-209-003 • 900-193-209-003:2075,2094,4049,4056 Table 10.30 Engineering Tools Name Model IntendedUse DriveWizard - TouseaPCtoprogramdrivesandmanageparameters. Table 10.31 Others Name Model IntendedUse 200Vclass:PS-A10LB*1 24VPowerSupply Tosupplythedrivecontrollerwith24Vdcpowerduringmainpowerloss. 400Vclass:PS-A10HB*1 *1 To install this option to the drive, use the bracket. For more information about the bracket and installations, refer to “Yaskawa AC Drive Option 24 V Power Supply Bracket Installation Manual (TOBPC72060016)”.
404 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Name | Model | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| DCreactor | UZDAseries | Toimprovethedriveinputpowerfactor. • Topreventdamagetothedrivewhenthepowersupplycapacityislarge.Youmustonlyusethisoption whenthepowersupplycapacityismorethan600kVA. • Todecreaseharmoniccurrent. • Toimprovethepowersupplytotalpowerfactor. |
| ACreactor | LR3seriesandBxxxxxxxseries | Toimprovethedriveinputpowerfactor. • Topreventdamagetothedrivewhenthepowersupplycapacityislarge.Youmustonlyusethisoption whenthepowersupplycapacityismorethan600kVA. • Todecreaseharmoniccurrent. • Toimprovethepowersupplytotalpowerfactor. |
| BrakingResistor | RHseries | Todecreasetheregenerativeenergyofthemotoranddecreasethedecelerationtime. |
| BrakingUnit | CDBRseries | Usewithabrakingresistorunittodecreasemotordecelerationtimes. |
| ResidualCurrentMonitoring/ Detection(RCM/RCD) | NVandNSseries | Topreventshortcircuitdamagetothepowersupplysystem,provideoverloadprotectionforwiring, preventelectricalshock,andprovidegroundfaultprotectionagainstearthleakagefires. Note: •Youcanuseamolded-casecircuitbreakerasareplacementforanRCM/RCDthatisupstreaminthe powersupplysystem. •WhenyouuseahighfrequencyRCM/RCDatthepowerinputsideofthedrive,makesurethateach drivehasaminimumcumulativesensitivityamperageof30mA. |
| Molded-CaseCircuitBreaker (MCCB) | NFseries | Topreventshortcircuitdamagetothepowersupplysystemandprovideoverloadprotectionforwiring. |
| InputSideMagneticContactor (MC) | SCseries | Topreventburndamagewhenconnectingabrakingresistor.Thisoptionfullyopensthecircuitbetween thepowersupplyanddrive. |
| Name | Model | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| KeypadRemoteCable | 1m:WV001 3m:WV003 | Toconnectthekeypadanddrive. ThisoptionisanRJ-45,8-pinstraight-throughUTPCAT5ecable. |
| InstallationSupportSetA | 900-192-933-001 | Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesscrews. |
| InstallationSupportSetB | 900-192-933-002 | Toattachthekeypadtothecontrolpanel.Thisoptionusesnutclamps. Usethisoptionwhenweldstudsarelocatedinthecontrolpanel. |
| Name | Model | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| ExternalHeatsinkMountKit | 900-193-209-001 900-193-209-002 900-193-209-003 | Toinstalltheheatsinkoutsideofthecontrolpanel. • 900-193-209-001:2022to2041,4012to4023 • 900-193-209-002:2059,4030,4039 • 900-193-209-003:2075,2094,4049,4056 |
| Name | Model | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| DriveWizard | - | TouseaPCtoprogramdrivesandmanageparameters. |
| Name | Model | IntendedUse |
|---|---|---|
| 24VPowerSupply | 200Vclass:PS-A10LB*1 400Vclass:PS-A10HB*1 | Tosupplythedrivecontrollerwith24Vdcpowerduringmainpowerloss. |
Source page
Page 405
snoitacificepS 10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options Table 10.32 Option Name Model IntendedUse DocumentNo. ThisoptionisforusewithCLVandCLV/PMcontrolmethods.Thedrive detectsmotorrotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedbackandcan controlthedriveoutputspeedtokeepthemotorspeedconstant. • Complementaryoutputencodersupport ComplementaryTypePG PG-B3 • A,B,andZpulse(Three-phasepulse)input TOBPC73060075 • Maximuminputfrequency:50kHz • Pulsemonitoroutput:Open-collector(24V,maximumof30mA) • Encoderpowersupply:12V,maximum200mAcurrent ThisoptionisforusewithCLVandCLV/PMcontrolmethods.Thedrive detectsmotorrotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrive canthenenablecontroloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • RS-422outputencodersupport M Int o e t r o f r ac P e GFeedbackLineDriver PG-X3 • A,B,andZpulse(differentialpulse)input TOBPC73060076 • Maximuminputfrequency:300kHz • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level • Encodervoltageoutput:5Vor12V,maximum200mAcurrent ThisoptionisforusewithCLV/PMcontrolmethod.Thedrivedetectsmotor rotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrivecanthenenable controloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • SupportsEnDat2.1/01,EnDat2.2/01,EnDat2.2/22modelsfrom HEIDENHAIN • SupportsHIPERFACEmodelsfromSICKSTEGMANN • Maximuminputfrequency:20kHz(useforlow-speedapplications,for examplegearlessmotors) Note: EnDat2.2/22hasnolimitsoninputfrequencies. • Cablelength:Maximumof20m(65.6ft)forencodersandmaximumof30 EncoderType(EnDat) PG-F3 m(98.4ft)forpulsemonitors TOBPC73060077 • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level Note: YoucannotuseEnDat2.2/22. • Encodervoltageoutput:5Vatamaximumcurrentof330mA,or8Vata maximumcurrentof150mA Note: Usethesetypesofencodercables: •EnDat2.1/01andEnDat2.2/01:HEIDENHAIN17-pincables •EnDat2.2/22:HEIDENHAIN8-pincables •HIPERFACE:SICKSTEGMANN8-pincables ThisoptionisforusewithCLV/PMcontrolmethod.Thedrivedetectsmotor rotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrivecanthenenable controloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • SupportsERN1387modelsfromHEIDENHAIN • Maximuminputfrequency:50kHz ERN1387Encoder PG-E3 • Cablelength:Maximumof20m(65.6ft)forencodersandmaximumof30 TOBPC73060052 m(98.4ft)forpulsemonitors • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level • Outputvoltage:5V±5% • Maximumoutputcurrent:200mA Touseanalogsignalstomonitorthedriveoutputspeedandoutputcurrent. • Outputresolution:11bits(1/2048)+encoding AnalogMonitor AO-A3 TOBPC73060079 • Outputvoltage:-10Vdcto+10Vdc(non-insulated) • Outputchannels:2channels TousedigitalspeedreferencesandMFDIwithamaximum16bitsof resolution. • Inputsignals:Binary,16bits:BCD4digits+SIGNsignal+SETsignal DigitalInput DI-A3 Useparameterstoselect6bits,8bits,or12bits. TOBPC73060080 • Inputvoltage:24V(insulated) • Inputcurrent:8mA Tooutputinsulateddigitalsignalsandmonitortheoperationstatusofthedrive (alarmsignalsanddetectingzerospeed). Typeofoutput: DigitalOutput DO-A3 TOBPC73060081 • Photocouplerrelays:6channels(48V,50mAmaximum) • Relaycontactoutput:2channels(250Vacat1Aorless,30Vdcat1Aor less) ThisoptionusesthehostcontrolleroverCANopencommunicationto: • Operateandstopthedrive TOBPC73060085 CANopen SI-S3 • Setandviewparameters SIJPC73060085 10 • Monitoroutputspeed,outputcurrent,andotherstatuses YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 405
| Name | Model | IntendedUse | DocumentNo. |
|---|---|---|---|
| ComplementaryTypePG | PG-B3 | ThisoptionisforusewithCLVandCLV/PMcontrolmethods.Thedrive detectsmotorrotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedbackandcan controlthedriveoutputspeedtokeepthemotorspeedconstant. • Complementaryoutputencodersupport • A,B,andZpulse(Three-phasepulse)input • Maximuminputfrequency:50kHz • Pulsemonitoroutput:Open-collector(24V,maximumof30mA) • Encoderpowersupply:12V,maximum200mAcurrent | TOBPC73060075 |
| MotorPGFeedbackLineDriver Interface | PG-X3 | ThisoptionisforusewithCLVandCLV/PMcontrolmethods.Thedrive detectsmotorrotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrive canthenenablecontroloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • RS-422outputencodersupport • A,B,andZpulse(differentialpulse)input • Maximuminputfrequency:300kHz • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level • Encodervoltageoutput:5Vor12V,maximum200mAcurrent | TOBPC73060076 |
| EncoderType(EnDat) | PG-F3 | ThisoptionisforusewithCLV/PMcontrolmethod.Thedrivedetectsmotor rotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrivecanthenenable controloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • SupportsEnDat2.1/01,EnDat2.2/01,EnDat2.2/22modelsfrom HEIDENHAIN • SupportsHIPERFACEmodelsfromSICKSTEGMANN • Maximuminputfrequency:20kHz(useforlow-speedapplications,for examplegearlessmotors) Note: EnDat2.2/22hasnolimitsoninputfrequencies. • Cablelength:Maximumof20m(65.6ft)forencodersandmaximumof30 m(98.4ft)forpulsemonitors • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level Note: YoucannotuseEnDat2.2/22. • Encodervoltageoutput:5Vatamaximumcurrentof330mA,or8Vata maximumcurrentof150mA Note: Usethesetypesofencodercables: •EnDat2.1/01andEnDat2.2/01:HEIDENHAIN17-pincables •EnDat2.2/22:HEIDENHAIN8-pincables •HIPERFACE:SICKSTEGMANN8-pincables | TOBPC73060077 |
| ERN1387Encoder | PG-E3 | ThisoptionisforusewithCLV/PMcontrolmethod.Thedrivedetectsmotor rotationspeedfromthepulsegeneratorasfeedback.Thedrivecanthenenable controloftheoutputspeedkeepaconstantmotorspeed. • SupportsERN1387modelsfromHEIDENHAIN • Maximuminputfrequency:50kHz • Cablelength:Maximumof20m(65.6ft)forencodersandmaximumof30 m(98.4ft)forpulsemonitors • Pulsemonitor:EquivalenttoRS-422level • Outputvoltage:5V±5% • Maximumoutputcurrent:200mA | TOBPC73060052 |
| AnalogMonitor | AO-A3 | Touseanalogsignalstomonitorthedriveoutputspeedandoutputcurrent. • Outputresolution:11bits(1/2048)+encoding • Outputvoltage:-10Vdcto+10Vdc(non-insulated) • Outputchannels:2channels | TOBPC73060079 |
| DigitalInput | DI-A3 | TousedigitalspeedreferencesandMFDIwithamaximum16bitsof resolution. • Inputsignals:Binary,16bits:BCD4digits+SIGNsignal+SETsignal Useparameterstoselect6bits,8bits,or12bits. • Inputvoltage:24V(insulated) • Inputcurrent:8mA | TOBPC73060080 |
| DigitalOutput | DO-A3 | Tooutputinsulateddigitalsignalsandmonitortheoperationstatusofthedrive (alarmsignalsanddetectingzerospeed). Typeofoutput: • Photocouplerrelays:6channels(48V,50mAmaximum) • Relaycontactoutput:2channels(250Vacat1Aorless,30Vdcat1Aor less) | TOBPC73060081 |
| CANopen | SI-S3 | ThisoptionusesthehostcontrolleroverCANopencommunicationto: • Operateandstopthedrive • Setandviewparameters • Monitoroutputspeed,outputcurrent,andotherstatuses | TOBPC73060085 SIJPC73060085 |
Source page
Page 406
10.7 Peripheral Devices and Options
Table 10.33 Types of Option and Connectors Option AvailableConnectorPorts NumberofOptionsPermitted PG-B3,PG-X3 CN5-C(CN5-B) 2*1 PG-F3*2,PG-E3 CN5-C 1
AO-A3,DO-A3 CN5-A,B,andC 1 DI-A3*3,SI-S3 CN5-A 1 *1 To connect only one encoder options, use the CN5-C connector. To connect two encoder options, use the CN5-C and CN5-B connectors. *2 If you use the motor switching function, you cannot use this option. *3 To use DI-A3 input statuses as monitors, connect the option cards to one of CN5-A, CN5-B, or CN5-C. Use U1-17 [DI-A3 Input Status] to confirm the DI-A3 input status.
406 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Option | AvailableConnectorPorts | NumberofOptionsPermitted |
|---|---|---|
| PG-B3,PG-X3 | CN5-C(CN5-B) | 2*1 |
| PG-F3*2,PG-E3 | CN5-C | 1 |
| AO-A3,DO-A3 | CN5-A,B,andC | 1 |
| DI-A3*3,SI-S3 | CN5-A | 1 |
Source page
Page 407
11
Parameter List
11.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................408
11.2 How to Read the Parameter List.........................................................................409 11.3 Parameter Groups..................................................................................................410 11.4 A: Initialization Parameters..................................................................................411 11.5 b: Application..........................................................................................................415 11.6 C: Tuning ..................................................................................................................417 11.7 d: References ..........................................................................................................421
11.8 E: Motor Parameters..............................................................................................423 11.9 F: Options.................................................................................................................426 11.10 H: Terminal Functions...........................................................................................433 11.11 L: Protection Functions........................................................................................451 11.12 n: Special Adjustment...........................................................................................456 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings.................................................................................459
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters.........................................................................................466 11.15 T: Auto-Tuning.........................................................................................................473 11.16 U: Monitors...............................................................................................................475 11.17 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] ..................................................................................................491 11.18 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection].................................493 11.19 Defaults by Drive Model........................................................................................494
11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection]..................................................................................................................500
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 407
Source page
Page 408
11.1 Section Safety
11.1 Section Safety
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.
408 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. |
Source page
Page 409
tsiLretemaraP 11.2 How to Read the Parameter List 11.2 How to Read the Parameter List ◆ Icons and Terms that Identify Parameters and Control Methods Icon Description V/f TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithV/fControl. OLV TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithOpenLoopVectorControl. CLV TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithClosedLoopVectorControl. CLV/PM TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithClosedLoopVectorControlforPM. Hex. HexadecimalnumbersthatrepresentMEMOBUSaddressestochangeparametersovernetworkcommunication. RUN YoucanchangetheparametersettingduringRun. Expert TheparameterthatisavailableinExpertModeonly.*1 *1 Set A1-01 = 3 [Access Level Selection = Expert Level] to show and set Expert Mode parameters on the keypad. Note: Gray icons identify parameters that are not available in the specified control method. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 409
| Icon | Description |
|---|---|
| V/f | TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithV/fControl. |
| OLV | TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithOpenLoopVectorControl. |
| CLV | TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithClosedLoopVectorControl. |
| CLV/PM | TheparameterisavailablewhenoperatingthedrivewithClosedLoopVectorControlforPM. |
| Hex. | HexadecimalnumbersthatrepresentMEMOBUSaddressestochangeparametersovernetworkcommunication. |
| RUN | YoucanchangetheparametersettingduringRun. |
| Expert | TheparameterthatisavailableinExpertModeonly.*1 |
Source page
Page 410
11.3 Parameter Groups
11.3 Parameter Groups
Represents the type of product parameters.
Parameters Name Parameters Name
A1 Initialization L3 StallPrevention A2 UserParameters L4 SpeedDetection b1 OperationModeSelection L5 AutomaticFaultReset b2 MagneticFluxCompensation L6 TorqueDetection b4 TimerFunction L7 TorqueLimit
b6 DwellFunction L8 DriveProtection b7 DroopControl n1 HuntingPrevention b8 EnergySaving n2 AutoFreqRegulator(AFR) C1 Accel&DecelRamp n5 FeedForwardControl C2 JerkCharacteristics n6 OnlineTuning
C3 SlipCompensation n8 PMMotorControlTuning C4 TorqueCompensation nA PMMotorControlTuning C5 AutoSpeedRegulator(ASR) o1 KeypadDisplay C6 CarrierFrequency o2 KeypadOperation d1 SpeedReference o3 CopyKeypadFunction
d6 FieldForcing o4 MaintenanceMonitors E1 V/fPatternforMotor1 o5 LogFunction E2 MotorParameters S1 Brake/ContactorSequence E3 V/fPatternforMotor2 S2 ElevatorSlipCompensation E4 Motor2Parameters S3 Start/StopOptimization
E5 PMMotorSettings S4 RescueOperation F1 EncoderOptionSetup S5 ElevatorFunctionality F3 DigitalInputOption S6 ElevatorErrorDetection F4 AnalogOutputOption T0 TuningModeSelection F5 DigitalOutputOption T1 InductionMotorAuto-Tuning F6 CommunicationOptions T2 PMMotorAuto-Tuning
H1 DigitalInputs U1 OperationStatusMonitors H2 DigitalOutputs U2 FaultTrace H3 AnalogInputs U3 FaultHistory H4 AnalogOutputs U4 MaintenanceMonitors H5 SerialCommunication U6 OperationStatusMonitors
L1 MotorProtection U9 FaultTrace L2 UndervoltageDetection
410 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Parameters | Name |
|---|---|
| A1 | Initialization |
| A2 | UserParameters |
| b1 | OperationModeSelection |
| b2 | MagneticFluxCompensation |
| b4 | TimerFunction |
| b6 | DwellFunction |
| b7 | DroopControl |
| b8 | EnergySaving |
| C1 | Accel&DecelRamp |
| C2 | JerkCharacteristics |
| C3 | SlipCompensation |
| C4 | TorqueCompensation |
| C5 | AutoSpeedRegulator(ASR) |
| C6 | CarrierFrequency |
| d1 | SpeedReference |
| d6 | FieldForcing |
| E1 | V/fPatternforMotor1 |
| E2 | MotorParameters |
| E3 | V/fPatternforMotor2 |
| E4 | Motor2Parameters |
| E5 | PMMotorSettings |
| F1 | EncoderOptionSetup |
| F3 | DigitalInputOption |
| F4 | AnalogOutputOption |
| F5 | DigitalOutputOption |
| F6 | CommunicationOptions |
| H1 | DigitalInputs |
| H2 | DigitalOutputs |
| H3 | AnalogInputs |
| H4 | AnalogOutputs |
| H5 | SerialCommunication |
| L1 | MotorProtection |
| L2 | UndervoltageDetection |
| Parameters | Name |
|---|---|
| L3 | StallPrevention |
| L4 | SpeedDetection |
| L5 | AutomaticFaultReset |
| L6 | TorqueDetection |
| L7 | TorqueLimit |
| L8 | DriveProtection |
| n1 | HuntingPrevention |
| n2 | AutoFreqRegulator(AFR) |
| n5 | FeedForwardControl |
| n6 | OnlineTuning |
| n8 | PMMotorControlTuning |
| nA | PMMotorControlTuning |
| o1 | KeypadDisplay |
| o2 | KeypadOperation |
| o3 | CopyKeypadFunction |
| o4 | MaintenanceMonitors |
| o5 | LogFunction |
| S1 | Brake/ContactorSequence |
| S2 | ElevatorSlipCompensation |
| S3 | Start/StopOptimization |
| S4 | RescueOperation |
| S5 | ElevatorFunctionality |
| S6 | ElevatorErrorDetection |
| T0 | TuningModeSelection |
| T1 | InductionMotorAuto-Tuning |
| T2 | PMMotorAuto-Tuning |
| U1 | OperationStatusMonitors |
| U2 | FaultTrace |
| U3 | FaultHistory |
| U4 | MaintenanceMonitors |
| U6 | OperationStatusMonitors |
| U9 | FaultTrace |
Source page
Page 411
tsiLretemaraP 11.4 A: Initialization Parameters 11.4 A: Initialization Parameters ◆ A1: Initialization No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) A1-00 LanguageSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 505 (0100) SetsthelanguagefortheLCDkeypad. (0-12) RUN Note: WhenyouuseA1-03[InitializeParameters]toinitializethedrive,thedrivewill notresetthisparameter. 0:English 1:Japanese 2:German 3:French 4:Italian 5:Spanish 6:Portuguese 7:Chinese 8:Czech 9:Russian 10:Turkish 11:Polish 12:Greek A1-01 AccessLevelSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 505 (0101) Setsuseraccesstoparameters.Theaccesslevelcontrolswhichparametersthekeypad (0-3) RUN willdisplay,andwhichparameterstheusercanset. 0:OperationOnly 1:UserParameters 2:AdvancedLevel 3:ExpertLevel A1-02 ControlMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 506 (0102) Selection Setsthecontrolmethodforthedriveapplicationandthemotor. (0,2,3,7) 0:V/fControl 2:OpenLoopVector 3:ClosedLoopVector 7:PMClosedLoopVector A1-03 InitializeParameters V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 506 (0103) Setsparameterstodefaultvalues. (0-2220) 0:NoInitialization 1110:UserInitialization 2220:2-WireInitialization A1-04 Password V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0000 508 (0104) EntrypointforthepasswordsetinA1-05[PasswordSetting].Theusercanviewthe (0000-9999) settingsofparametersthatarelockedwithoutenteringthepassword.Enterthecorrect passwordinthisparametertochangeparametersettings. A1-05 PasswordSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0000 508 (0105) Setthepasswordtolockparametersandpreventchangestoparametersettings.Enter (0000-9999) thecorrectpasswordinA1-04[Password]tounlockparametersandacceptchanges. A1-11 FirmwareUpdateLock V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 509 (111D) Protectsthedrivefirmware.Whenyouenabletheprotection,youcannotupdatethe (0,1) Expert drivefirmware. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled A1-12 BluetoothID V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1915 509 (1564) SetsthepasswordnecessarytouseBluetoothtocontrolthedrivewithasmartphoneor (0000-9999) tablet. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 411
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A1-00 (0100) RUN | LanguageSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelanguagefortheLCDkeypad. Note: WhenyouuseA1-03[InitializeParameters]toinitializethedrive,thedrivewill notresetthisparameter. 0:English 1:Japanese 2:German 3:French 4:Italian 5:Spanish 6:Portuguese 7:Chinese 8:Czech 9:Russian 10:Turkish 11:Polish 12:Greek | 0 (0-12) | 505 |
| A1-01 (0101) RUN | AccessLevelSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsuseraccesstoparameters.Theaccesslevelcontrolswhichparametersthekeypad willdisplay,andwhichparameterstheusercanset. 0:OperationOnly 1:UserParameters 2:AdvancedLevel 3:ExpertLevel | 2 (0-3) | 505 |
| A1-02 (0102) | ControlMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecontrolmethodforthedriveapplicationandthemotor. 0:V/fControl 2:OpenLoopVector 3:ClosedLoopVector 7:PMClosedLoopVector | 2 (0,2,3,7) | 506 |
| A1-03 (0103) | InitializeParameters | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsparameterstodefaultvalues. 0:NoInitialization 1110:UserInitialization 2220:2-WireInitialization | 0 (0-2220) | 506 |
| A1-04 (0104) | Password | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM EntrypointforthepasswordsetinA1-05[PasswordSetting].Theusercanviewthe settingsofparametersthatarelockedwithoutenteringthepassword.Enterthecorrect passwordinthisparametertochangeparametersettings. | 0000 (0000-9999) | 508 |
| A1-05 (0105) | PasswordSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthepasswordtolockparametersandpreventchangestoparametersettings.Enter thecorrectpasswordinA1-04[Password]tounlockparametersandacceptchanges. | 0000 (0000-9999) | 508 |
| A1-11 (111D) Expert | FirmwareUpdateLock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Protectsthedrivefirmware.Whenyouenabletheprotection,youcannotupdatethe drivefirmware. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 509 |
| A1-12 (1564) | BluetoothID | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepasswordnecessarytouseBluetoothtocontrolthedrivewithasmartphoneor tablet. | 1915 (0000-9999) | 509 |
Source page
Page 412
11.4 A: Initialization Parameters
◆ A2: User Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) A2-01 UserParameter1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0106) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber1ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-02 UserParameter2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0107) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber2ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-03 UserParameter3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0108) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber3ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-04 UserParameter4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0109) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber4ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-05 UserParameter5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010A) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber5ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-06 UserParameter6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010B) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber6ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-07 UserParameter7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010C) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber7ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-08 UserParameter8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010D) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber8ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-09 UserParameter9 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010E) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber9ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-10 UserParameter10 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (010F) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber10ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-11 UserParameter11 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0110) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber11ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-12 UserParameter12 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0111) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber12ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-13 UserParameter13 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0112) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber13ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-14 UserParameter14 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0113) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber14ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-15 UserParameter15 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0114) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber15ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-16 UserParameter16 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0115) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber16ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. A2-17 UserParameter17 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0116) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber17ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. 412 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2-01 (0106) | UserParameter1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber1ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-02 (0107) | UserParameter2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber2ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-03 (0108) | UserParameter3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber3ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-04 (0109) | UserParameter4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber4ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-05 (010A) | UserParameter5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber5ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-06 (010B) | UserParameter6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber6ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-07 (010C) | UserParameter7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber7ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-08 (010D) | UserParameter8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber8ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-09 (010E) | UserParameter9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber9ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-10 (010F) | UserParameter10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber10ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-11 (0110) | UserParameter11 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber11ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-12 (0111) | UserParameter12 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber12ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-13 (0112) | UserParameter13 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber13ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-14 (0113) | UserParameter14 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber14ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-15 (0114) | UserParameter15 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber15ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-16 (0115) | UserParameter16 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber16ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-17 (0116) | UserParameter17 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber17ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
Source page
Page 413
tsiLretemaraP 11.4 A: Initialization Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) A2-18 UserParameter18 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0117) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber18ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-19 UserParameter19 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0118) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber19ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-20 UserParameter20 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0119) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber20ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-21 UserParameter21 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011A) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber21ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-22 UserParameter22 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011B) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber22ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-23 UserParameter23 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011C) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber23ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-24 UserParameter24 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011D) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber24ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-25 UserParameter25 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011E) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber25ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-26 UserParameter26 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (011F) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber26ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-27 UserParameter27 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0120) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber27ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-28 UserParameter28 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0121) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber28ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-29 UserParameter29 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0122) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber29ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-30 UserParameter30 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0123) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber30ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-31 UserParameter31 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0124) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber31ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 413
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2-18 (0117) | UserParameter18 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber18ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-19 (0118) | UserParameter19 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber19ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-20 (0119) | UserParameter20 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber20ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-21 (011A) | UserParameter21 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber21ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-22 (011B) | UserParameter22 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber22ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-23 (011C) | UserParameter23 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber23ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-24 (011D) | UserParameter24 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber24ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-25 (011E) | UserParameter25 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber25ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-26 (011F) | UserParameter26 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber26ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-27 (0120) | UserParameter27 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber27ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-28 (0121) | UserParameter28 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber28ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-29 (0122) | UserParameter29 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber29ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-30 (0123) | UserParameter30 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber30ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-31 (0124) | UserParameter31 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber31ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
Source page
Page 414
11.4 A: Initialization Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) A2-32 UserParameter32 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 509 (0125) Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber32ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. A2-33 UserParameterAuto V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 510 (0126) Selection SetstheautomaticsavefeatureforchangestoparametersA2-17toA2-32[User (0,1) Parameters17to32]. 0:Disabled:ManualEntryRequired 1:Enabled:AutoSaveRecentParms
414 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A2-32 (0125) | UserParameter32 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheparameternumbertobeshownfornumber32ofthe[UserCustomParameters] underthemainmenu.Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandset themtoparametersA2-01toA2-32.YoucansetA2-17toA2-32whenA2-33=0[User ParameterAutoSelection=Disabled:ManualEntryRequired]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 | 509 |
| A2-33 (0126) | UserParameterAuto Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheautomaticsavefeatureforchangestoparametersA2-17toA2-32[User Parameters17to32]. 0:Disabled:ManualEntryRequired 1:Enabled:AutoSaveRecentParms | 0 (0,1) | 510 |
Source page
Page 415
tsiLretemaraP 11.5 b: Application 11.5 b: Application ◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b1-01 SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 511 (0180) Selection1 Setstheinputmethodforthespeedreference. (0-3) 0:Keypad 1:AnalogInput 2:Memobus/ModbusCommunications 3:OptionPCB b1-02 Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 513 (0181) Selection1 SetstheinputmethodfortheUp/Downcommand. (0-3) 0:Keypad 1:DigitalInput 2:Memobus/ModbusCommunications 3:OptionPCB b1-03 StoppingMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 513 (0182) Selection SetsthemethodtostopthemotorafterremovinganUp/Downcommandorenteringa (0,1,4) Stopcommand. Note: WhenA1-02=0,2[ControlMethodSelection=V/f,OLV],thesettingrangeis0, 1. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 4:ElevatorEmergencyStop b1-06 DigitalInputReading V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 514 (0185) Setsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivereadsthesequenceinputcommandtoprevent (0,1) Expert malfunctionbecauseofelectricalinterference. 0:SingleScan 1:DoubleScan b1-08 Up/DownSelectinPRG V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 515 (0187) Mode SetstheconditionsforthedrivetoacceptanUp/Downcommandenteredfroman 0 Expert externalsourcewhenusingthekeypadtosetparameters. (0-2) 0:DisregardRUNwhileProgramming 1:AcceptRUNwhileProgramming 2:AllowProgrammingOnlyatStop b1-14 PhaseOrderSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 515 (01C3) SetsthephaseorderforoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Thisparametercan (0,1) aligntheUpcommandfromthedriveandtheupdirectionofthemotorwithout changingwiring. Note: Ifyoucannotsetthemotorrotationdirectioncorrectly,useRotationDirection TroubleShootFunctiontosolvetheproblem. 0:Standard 1:SwitchPhaseOrder b1-35 DigitalInputDeadband V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0ms 515 (1117) Time SetsthedeadbandtimeforMFDIs. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert ◆ b2: Magnetic Flux Compensation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b2-08 MagneticFlux V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% 516 (0190) CompensationValue SetshowmuchcurrentthedriveinjectswhenDCInjectionBrakingatStartstarts (0-1000%) Expert (InitialExcitation)asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 415
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b1-01 (0180) | SpeedReference Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinputmethodforthespeedreference. 0:Keypad 1:AnalogInput 2:Memobus/ModbusCommunications 3:OptionPCB | 0 (0-3) | 511 |
| b1-02 (0181) | Up/DownCommand Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputmethodfortheUp/Downcommand. 0:Keypad 1:DigitalInput 2:Memobus/ModbusCommunications 3:OptionPCB | 1 (0-3) | 513 |
| b1-03 (0182) | StoppingMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotorafterremovinganUp/Downcommandorenteringa Stopcommand. Note: WhenA1-02=0,2[ControlMethodSelection=V/f,OLV],thesettingrangeis0, 1. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 4:ElevatorEmergencyStop | 0 (0,1,4) | 513 |
| b1-06 (0185) Expert | DigitalInputReading | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivereadsthesequenceinputcommandtoprevent malfunctionbecauseofelectricalinterference. 0:SingleScan 1:DoubleScan | 1 (0,1) | 514 |
| b1-08 (0187) Expert | Up/DownSelectinPRG Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheconditionsforthedrivetoacceptanUp/Downcommandenteredfroman externalsourcewhenusingthekeypadtosetparameters. 0:DisregardRUNwhileProgramming 1:AcceptRUNwhileProgramming 2:AllowProgrammingOnlyatStop | 1 0 (0-2) | 515 |
| b1-14 (01C3) | PhaseOrderSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthephaseorderforoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.Thisparametercan aligntheUpcommandfromthedriveandtheupdirectionofthemotorwithout changingwiring. Note: Ifyoucannotsetthemotorrotationdirectioncorrectly,useRotationDirection TroubleShootFunctiontosolvetheproblem. 0:Standard 1:SwitchPhaseOrder | 0 (0,1) | 515 |
| b1-35 (1117) Expert | DigitalInputDeadband Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedeadbandtimeforMFDIs. | 0.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) | 515 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b2-08 (0190) Expert | MagneticFlux CompensationValue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetshowmuchcurrentthedriveinjectswhenDCInjectionBrakingatStartstarts (InitialExcitation)asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. | 0% (0-1000%) | 516 |
Source page
Page 416
11.5 b: Application
◆ b4: Timer Function
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b4-01 TimerFunctionON- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 517 (01A3) DelayTime SetstheON-delaytimeforthetimerinput. (0.0-3000.0s) Expert b4-02 TimerFunctionOFF- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 517 (01A4) DelayTime SetstheOFF-delaytimeforthetimerinput. (0.0-3000.0s) Expert ◆ b6: Dwell Function No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b6-01 DwellSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 517 (01B6) atStart Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenthemotorstarts. (0.0-100.0%) Expert b6-02 DwellTimeatStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 518 (01B7) Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillholdtheoutputspeedwhenthemotorstarts. (0.0-10.0s) Expert b6-03 DwellSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 518 (01B8) atStop Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenrampingtostopthe (0.0-100.0%) Expert motor. b6-04 DwellTimeatStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 518 (01B9) Setsthelengthoftimeforthedrivetoholdtheoutputspeedwhenrampingtostopthe (0.0-10.0s) Expert motor. ◆ b7: Droop Control No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b7-01 DroopControlGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 518 (01CA) Setstheamountofdecelerationwhenthetorquereferenceisat100%asapercentageof (0.0-100.0%) RUN E1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. Expert b7-02 DroopControlDelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.05s 519 (01CB) Time SetstheresponsivenessofDroopcontrol.Decreasethissettingwhendriveresponseis (0.03-2.00s) RUN slow.Increasethissettingwhenhuntingoroscillationoccur. Expert ◆ b8: Energy Saving No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) b8-01 EnergySavingControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 520 (01CC) Selection SetstheEnergy-savingcontrolfunction. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled b8-16 PME-SaveCoefficient V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10 521 (01F8) Ki Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKivaluefromthemotornameplate. (0.00-2.00) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. b8-17 PME-SaveCoefficient V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 521 (01F9) Kt Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKtvaluefromthemotornameplate. (0.00-2.00) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. b8-51 StandbyModeWait V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 290s 521 (0B01) Time Setsthedelaytimebeforeturningofftheelectromagneticcontactorafterthedrive (10-6000s) Expert stops. Note: •IfthedrivefrequentlymovesbetweenStandbyModeandNormalMode,itcan causeearlywearontheelectromagneticcontactorinthemaincircuit.Thedesign lifeoftheelectromagneticcontactorinthedrivemaincircuitisapproximately10 yearswhenyouturnitONandOFF48timesaday. •Ifyoufrequentlyopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor,itwilldecreasethe servicelifeofthedrive. 416 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b4-01 (01A3) Expert | TimerFunctionON- DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheON-delaytimeforthetimerinput. | 0.0s (0.0-3000.0s) | 517 |
| b4-02 (01A4) Expert | TimerFunctionOFF- DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheOFF-delaytimeforthetimerinput. | 0.0s (0.0-3000.0s) | 517 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b6-01 (01B6) Expert | DwellSpeedReference atStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenthemotorstarts. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 517 |
| b6-02 (01B7) Expert | DwellTimeatStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillholdtheoutputspeedwhenthemotorstarts. | 0.0s (0.0-10.0s) | 518 |
| b6-03 (01B8) Expert | DwellSpeedReference atStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenrampingtostopthe motor. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 518 |
| b6-04 (01B9) Expert | DwellTimeatStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimeforthedrivetoholdtheoutputspeedwhenrampingtostopthe motor. | 0.0s (0.0-10.0s) | 518 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b7-01 (01CA) RUN Expert | DroopControlGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheamountofdecelerationwhenthetorquereferenceisat100%asapercentageof E1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 518 |
| b7-02 (01CB) RUN Expert | DroopControlDelay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresponsivenessofDroopcontrol.Decreasethissettingwhendriveresponseis slow.Increasethissettingwhenhuntingoroscillationoccur. | 0.05s (0.03-2.00s) | 519 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| b8-01 (01CC) Expert | EnergySavingControl Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheEnergy-savingcontrolfunction. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 520 |
| b8-16 (01F8) Expert | PME-SaveCoefficient Ki | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKivaluefromthemotornameplate. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.10 (0.00-2.00) | 521 |
| b8-17 (01F9) Expert | PME-SaveCoefficient Kt | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKtvaluefromthemotornameplate. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.00 (0.00-2.00) | 521 |
| b8-51 (0B01) Expert | StandbyModeWait Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedelaytimebeforeturningofftheelectromagneticcontactorafterthedrive stops. Note: •IfthedrivefrequentlymovesbetweenStandbyModeandNormalMode,itcan causeearlywearontheelectromagneticcontactorinthemaincircuit.Thedesign lifeoftheelectromagneticcontactorinthedrivemaincircuitisapproximately10 yearswhenyouturnitONandOFF48timesaday. •Ifyoufrequentlyopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor,itwilldecreasethe servicelifeofthedrive. | 290s (10-6000s) | 521 |
Source page
Page 417
tsiLretemaraP 11.6 C: Tuning 11.6 C: Tuning ◆ C1: Accel & Decel Ramp No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C1-01 AccelerationRamp1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 524 (0200) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-02 DecelerationRamp1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 524 (0201) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-03 AccelerationRamp2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 524 (0202) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-04 DecelerationRamp2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 524 (0203) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-05 AccelerationRamp3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 524 (0204) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-06 DecelerationRamp3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 525 (0205) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-07 AccelerationRamp4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 525 (0206) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-08 DecelerationRamp4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 525 (0207) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: Expert Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-09 EmergencyStopRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s 525 (0208) SetstherampthatthedrivewilldeceleratetozeroforaEmergencyStop. (0.00-600.00s) Expert Note: •Deceleratingtooquicklycancauseanov[Overvoltage]faultthatshutsoffthe drivewhilethemotortocoaststoastop.SetaEmergencyStopRampinC1-09 thatpreventsmotorcoastingandmakessurethatthemotorstopsquicklyand safely. •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C1-10 Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 526 (0209) SettingUnits SetsthesettingunitsforC1-01toC1-08[Accel/DecelRamps1to4],C1-09 (0,1) Expert [EmergencyStopRamp],andC1-15[InspectionDecelerationRamp]. 0:0.01s(0.00to600.00s) 1:0.1s(0.0to6000.0s) C1-11 Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 526 (020A) SwitchoverSpd Setsthespeedatwhichthedrivewillautomaticallychangeaccelerationand (0.0-100.0%) Expert decelerationramps. C1-12 Motor2Acceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00s 526 (0246) Ramp Setstheramptoacceleratefrom0tomaximumspeedwhenyouuseanMFDIterminal (0.00-600.00s) Expert setforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 417
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C1-01 (0200) RUN | AccelerationRamp1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 524 |
| C1-02 (0201) RUN | DecelerationRamp1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 524 |
| C1-03 (0202) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 524 |
| C1-04 (0203) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 524 |
| C1-05 (0204) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 524 |
| C1-06 (0205) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 525 |
| C1-07 (0206) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 525 |
| C1-08 (0207) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 525 |
| C1-09 (0208) Expert | EmergencyStopRamp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampthatthedrivewilldeceleratetozeroforaEmergencyStop. Note: •Deceleratingtooquicklycancauseanov[Overvoltage]faultthatshutsoffthe drivewhilethemotortocoaststoastop.SetaEmergencyStopRampinC1-09 thatpreventsmotorcoastingandmakessurethatthemotorstopsquicklyand safely. •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) | 525 |
| C1-10 (0209) Expert | Accel/DecelRamp SettingUnits | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesettingunitsforC1-01toC1-08[Accel/DecelRamps1to4],C1-09 [EmergencyStopRamp],andC1-15[InspectionDecelerationRamp]. 0:0.01s(0.00to600.00s) 1:0.1s(0.0to6000.0s) | 0 (0,1) | 526 |
| C1-11 (020A) Expert | Accel/DecelRamp SwitchoverSpd | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedatwhichthedrivewillautomaticallychangeaccelerationand decelerationramps. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 526 |
| C1-12 (0246) Expert | Motor2Acceleration Ramp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefrom0tomaximumspeedwhenyouuseanMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. | 1.00s (0.00-600.00s) | 526 |
Source page
Page 418
11.6 C: Tuning
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C1-13 Motor2Deceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00s 527 (0247) Ramp Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumspeedto0whenyouuseanMFDIterminal (0.00-600.00s) Expert setforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. C1-15 InspectionDeceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00s 527 (0260) Ramp SetsthedecelerationrampduringInspectionOperation. (0.00-2.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. ◆ C2: Jerk Characteristics No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C2-01 Jerk@StartofAccel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 527 (020B) Setsthejerkatthestartofacceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C2-02 Jerk@EndofAccel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 527 (020C) Setsthejerkatthecompletionofacceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C2-03 Jerk@StartofDecel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 528 (020D) Setsthejerkatthestartofdeceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C2-04 Jerk@EndofDecel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 528 (020E) Setsthejerkatthecompletionofdeceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. C2-05 JerkbelowLeveling V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 528 (025F) Speed Setsthejerkwhenthespeedreferenceislowerthanthelevelingspeedsetting. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. ◆ C3: Slip Compensation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C3-01 SlipCompensationGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 528 (020F) Setsthegainfortheslipcompensationfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (0.0-2.5) RUN thissetting. Note: Correctlysettheseparametersbeforeyouchangetheslipcompensationgain: •E2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)] •E2-02[MotorRatedSlip] •E2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent] C3-02 SlipCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2000ms 529 (0210) DelayTime Setstheslipcompensationdelaytimewhenspeedisunstableorwhentheslip (0-10000ms) RUN compensationresponseistooslow.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. C3-03 SlipCompensationLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200% 529 (0211) Setstheupperlimitfortheslipcompensationfunctionasapercentageofthemotor (0-250%) Expert ratedslip. C3-04 SlipCompensationat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 529 (0212) Regen Setstheslipcompensationfunctionduringregeneration. (0-2) Expert 0:Disabled 1:EnabledAbove6Hz 2:EnabledAboveDefinedRange C3-05 OutputVoltageLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 530 (0213) Selection Setstheautomaticreductionofmotormagneticfluxwhentheoutputvoltageis (0,1) Expert saturated. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 418 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C1-13 (0247) Expert | Motor2Deceleration Ramp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumspeedto0whenyouuseanMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. | 1.00s (0.00-600.00s) | 527 |
| C1-15 (0260) | InspectionDeceleration Ramp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationrampduringInspectionOperation. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.00s (0.00-2.00s) | 527 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C2-01 (020B) | Jerk@StartofAccel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthestartofacceleration. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) | 527 |
| C2-02 (020C) | Jerk@EndofAccel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthecompletionofacceleration. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) | 527 |
| C2-03 (020D) | Jerk@StartofDecel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthestartofdeceleration. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) | 528 |
| C2-04 (020E) | Jerk@EndofDecel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthecompletionofdeceleration. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) | 528 |
| C2-05 (025F) | JerkbelowLeveling Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkwhenthespeedreferenceislowerthanthelevelingspeedsetting. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) | 528 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C3-01 (020F) RUN | SlipCompensationGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainfortheslipcompensationfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. Note: Correctlysettheseparametersbeforeyouchangetheslipcompensationgain: •E2-01[MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)] •E2-02[MotorRatedSlip] •E2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent] | 1.0 (0.0-2.5) | 528 |
| C3-02 (0210) RUN | SlipCompensation DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationdelaytimewhenspeedisunstableorwhentheslip compensationresponseistooslow.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 2000ms (0-10000ms) | 529 |
| C3-03 (0211) Expert | SlipCompensationLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheupperlimitfortheslipcompensationfunctionasapercentageofthemotor ratedslip. | 200% (0-250%) | 529 |
| C3-04 (0212) Expert | SlipCompensationat Regen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationfunctionduringregeneration. 0:Disabled 1:EnabledAbove6Hz 2:EnabledAboveDefinedRange | 0 (0-2) | 529 |
| C3-05 (0213) Expert | OutputVoltageLimit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheautomaticreductionofmotormagneticfluxwhentheoutputvoltageis saturated. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 530 |
Source page
Page 419
tsiLretemaraP 11.6 C: Tuning ◆ C4: Torque Compensation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C4-01 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 530 (0215) Gain Setsthegainforthetorquecompensationfunction.Usethisparametervalueformotor (0.00-2.50) RUN 1whenoperatingmultiplemotors. C4-02 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 530 (0216) DelayTime Setsthetorquecompensationdelaytime.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis (0-60000ms) RUN setting. Expert C4-03 TorqueCompensation@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 531 (0217) UpStart SettheamountoftorquereferenceforUpstartasapercentageofthemotorrated (0.0-200.0%) Expert torque. C4-04 TorqueCompensation@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 531 (0218) DownStart SetstheamountoftorquereferenceforDownstartasapercentageofthemotorrated (-200.0-0.0%) Expert torque. C4-05 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10ms 531 (0219) Time SetsthestartingtorqueconstanttousewithC4-03[TorqueCompensation@UpStart] (0-200ms) Expert andC4-04[TorqueCompensation@DownStart]. ◆ C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C5-01 ASRProportionalGain1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 533 (021B) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseathighspeed. (0.00-300.00) RUN C5-02 ASRIntegralTime1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 533 (021C) SetstheASRintegraltimeathighspeed. (0.000-60.000s) RUN C5-03 ASRProportionalGain2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 533 (021D) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlowspeed. (0.00-300.00) RUN C5-04 ASRIntegralTime2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 534 (021E) SetstheASRintegraltimeatlowspeed. (0.000-60.000s) RUN C5-06 ASRDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.004s 534 (0220) Setsthefiltertimeconstantofthetorquereferenceoutputfromthespeedloop.Usually (0.000-0.500s) itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. C5-07 ASRGainSwitchover V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 534 (0221) Speed Setsthespeedwherethedrivewillswitchamongtheseparameters: (0.0-100.0%) C5-01[ASRProportionalGain1],C5-03[ASRProportionalGain2],andC5-13[ASR ProportionalGain3] C5-02[ASRIntegralTime1],C5-04[ASRIntegralTime2],andC5-14[ASRIntegral Time3] C5-08 ASRIntegralLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 400% 534 (0222) SetstheupperlimitoftheASRintegralamountasapercentageoftheratedload. (0-400%) Expert C5-13 ASRProportionalGain3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 535 (0272) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefor (0.00-300.00) RUN decelerationonly. C5-14 ASRIntegralTime3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 535 (0273) SetstheASRintegraltimeatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. (0.000-10.000s) RUN C5-16 ASRFilterTimeduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000s 535 (0271) Pos.Lock SetsadelaytothetorquecommandoutputfromspeedcontrolloopduringPosition (0.000-0.500s) Expert Lock.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 419
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C4-01 (0215) RUN | TorqueCompensation Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainforthetorquecompensationfunction.Usethisparametervalueformotor 1whenoperatingmultiplemotors. | 1.00 (0.00-2.50) | 530 |
| C4-02 (0216) RUN Expert | TorqueCompensation DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationdelaytime.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis setting. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0-60000ms) | 530 |
| C4-03 (0217) Expert | TorqueCompensation@ UpStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SettheamountoftorquereferenceforUpstartasapercentageofthemotorrated torque. | 0.0% (0.0-200.0%) | 531 |
| C4-04 (0218) Expert | TorqueCompensation@ DownStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountoftorquereferenceforDownstartasapercentageofthemotorrated torque. | 0.0% (-200.0-0.0%) | 531 |
| C4-05 (0219) Expert | TorqueCompensation Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthestartingtorqueconstanttousewithC4-03[TorqueCompensation@UpStart] andC4-04[TorqueCompensation@DownStart]. | 10ms (0-200ms) | 531 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C5-01 (021B) RUN | ASRProportionalGain1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseathighspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) | 533 |
| C5-02 (021C) RUN | ASRIntegralTime1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeathighspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-60.000s) | 533 |
| C5-03 (021D) RUN | ASRProportionalGain2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlowspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) | 533 |
| C5-04 (021E) RUN | ASRIntegralTime2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeatlowspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-60.000s) | 534 |
| C5-06 (0220) | ASRDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefiltertimeconstantofthetorquereferenceoutputfromthespeedloop.Usually itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.004s (0.000-0.500s) | 534 |
| C5-07 (0221) | ASRGainSwitchover Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedwherethedrivewillswitchamongtheseparameters: C5-01[ASRProportionalGain1],C5-03[ASRProportionalGain2],andC5-13[ASR ProportionalGain3] C5-02[ASRIntegralTime1],C5-04[ASRIntegralTime2],andC5-14[ASRIntegral Time3] | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-100.0%) | 534 |
| C5-08 (0222) Expert | ASRIntegralLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheupperlimitoftheASRintegralamountasapercentageoftheratedload. | 400% (0-400%) | 534 |
| C5-13 (0272) RUN | ASRProportionalGain3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefor decelerationonly. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) | 535 |
| C5-14 (0273) RUN | ASRIntegralTime3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-10.000s) | 535 |
| C5-16 (0271) Expert | ASRFilterTimeduring Pos.Lock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytothetorquecommandoutputfromspeedcontrolloopduringPosition Lock.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.000s (0.000-0.500s) | 535 |
Source page
Page 420
11.6 C: Tuning
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C5-17 MotorInertia V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 535 (0276) Setsthemotorinertia. ando2-04 Expert Note: (0.0001-6.0000kgm2) Thedisplayunitsforthedefaultsettingandsettingrangearedifferentfordifferent models: •0.0001kgm2units(settingrange:0.0001kgm2to6.0000kgm2):2022,4012 •0.001kgm2units(settingrange:0.001kgm2to60.000kgm2):2031to2225,4019 to4114 •0.01kgm2units(settingrange:0.01kgm2to600.00kgm2):2269to2519,4140to 4380 C5-18 LoadInertiaRatio V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0 535 (0277) Setstheloadinertiaratioforthemotorinertia. (0.0-6000.0) Expert C5-19 ASRPGainduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 535 (0274) PositionLock SetstheSpeedControlLoopProportionalgainusedduringPositionLock. (0.00-300.00) RUN C5-20 ASRITimeduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.100s 536 (0275) PositionLock SetstheSpeedControlLoopIntegraltimeusedduringPositionLock. (0.000-10.000s) RUN C5-29 SpeedControlResponse V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 536 (0B18) Setsthelevelofspeedcontrolresponsiveness.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis (0,1) Expert setting. 0:Standard 1:HighPerformance1 C5-50 NotchFilterFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0Hz 536 (0B14) Setsthemachineresonancefrequency. (0,or20to1000Hz) Expert Note: SetC5-50=0[0Hz]todisablethenotchfilter. C5-51 NotchFilterBandwidth V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 536 (0B15) Setsthenotchwidthofthenotchfilter. (0.5-5.0) Expert Note: SetC5-50=0[NotchFilterFrequency=0Hz]todisablethenotchfilter. ◆ C6: Carrier Frequency No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) C6-03 CarrierFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 536 (0225) Setsthecarrierfrequency. (1.0-15.0kHz) C6-06 PWMModulation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 537 (0228) Method SetsPWMmodulationmethod. (0,2) Expert 0:2/3PhaseAuto-Modulation 2:3-PhaseModulation C6-07 2/3PhaseSwitchover V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.5 537 (0229) Level Setsthecarrierfrequencyto2/3ofthesetcarrierlevel. (0.5-3.0) Expert C6-09 CarrierFreqat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 537 (022B) RotationalTune SetstheAuto-Tuningcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis (0,1) Expert setting. 0:5kHz 1:useC6-03 C6-21 CarrierFrequency@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 537 (0245) Inspection SetsthecarrierfrequencyduringInspectionOperation. (0,1) Expert 0:UsethevaluesettoC6-03 1:2kHz C6-23 CarrierFrequency@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 537 (025E) PoleSearch Setsthecarrierfrequencywhenthedriveestimatestheinitialpolarity. (0,1) Expert Note: WhenC6-23=1,thedriveautomaticallychangesthedefaultsettingforn8-84 [PolarityDetectionCurrent]to120%. 0:2kHz 1:UsethevaluesettoC6-03 C6-34 CarrierFreqReduce V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% 538 (116E) StartLevel Setstheleveloftheoverloadtotalizeratwhichthedrivestartstodecreasethecarrier (5-90%) Expert frequencytothevaluesetinL8-39[ReducedCarrierFrequency]. 420 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C5-17 (0276) Expert | MotorInertia | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorinertia. Note: Thedisplayunitsforthedefaultsettingandsettingrangearedifferentfordifferent models: •0.0001kgm2units(settingrange:0.0001kgm2to6.0000kgm2):2022,4012 •0.001kgm2units(settingrange:0.001kgm2to60.000kgm2):2031to2225,4019 to4114 •0.01kgm2units(settingrange:0.01kgm2to600.00kgm2):2269to2519,4140to 4380 | DeterminedbyA1-02 ando2-04 (0.0001-6.0000kgm2) | 535 |
| C5-18 (0277) Expert | LoadInertiaRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheloadinertiaratioforthemotorinertia. | 10.0 (0.0-6000.0) | 535 |
| C5-19 (0274) RUN | ASRPGainduring PositionLock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedControlLoopProportionalgainusedduringPositionLock. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) | 535 |
| C5-20 (0275) RUN | ASRITimeduring PositionLock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedControlLoopIntegraltimeusedduringPositionLock. | 0.100s (0.000-10.000s) | 536 |
| C5-29 (0B18) Expert | SpeedControlResponse | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelofspeedcontrolresponsiveness.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis setting. 0:Standard 1:HighPerformance1 | 1 (0,1) | 536 |
| C5-50 (0B14) Expert | NotchFilterFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemachineresonancefrequency. Note: SetC5-50=0[0Hz]todisablethenotchfilter. | 0Hz (0,or20to1000Hz) | 536 |
| C5-51 (0B15) Expert | NotchFilterBandwidth | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenotchwidthofthenotchfilter. Note: SetC5-50=0[NotchFilterFrequency=0Hz]todisablethenotchfilter. | 1.0 (0.5-5.0) | 536 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| C6-03 (0225) | CarrierFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequency. | Determinedbyo2-04 (1.0-15.0kHz) | 536 |
| C6-06 (0228) Expert | PWMModulation Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsPWMmodulationmethod. 0:2/3PhaseAuto-Modulation 2:3-PhaseModulation | 0 (0,2) | 537 |
| C6-07 (0229) Expert | 2/3PhaseSwitchover Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequencyto2/3ofthesetcarrierlevel. | 1.5 (0.5-3.0) | 537 |
| C6-09 (022B) Expert | CarrierFreqat RotationalTune | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheAuto-Tuningcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis setting. 0:5kHz 1:useC6-03 | 0 (0,1) | 537 |
| C6-21 (0245) Expert | CarrierFrequency@ Inspection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecarrierfrequencyduringInspectionOperation. 0:UsethevaluesettoC6-03 1:2kHz | 1 (0,1) | 537 |
| C6-23 (025E) Expert | CarrierFrequency@ PoleSearch | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequencywhenthedriveestimatestheinitialpolarity. Note: WhenC6-23=1,thedriveautomaticallychangesthedefaultsettingforn8-84 [PolarityDetectionCurrent]to120%. 0:2kHz 1:UsethevaluesettoC6-03 | 0 (0,1) | 537 |
| C6-34 (116E) Expert | CarrierFreqReduce StartLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheleveloftheoverloadtotalizeratwhichthedrivestartstodecreasethecarrier frequencytothevaluesetinL8-39[ReducedCarrierFrequency]. | 80% (5-90%) | 538 |
Source page
Page 421
tsiLretemaraP 11.7 d: References 11.7 d: References ◆ d1: Speed Reference No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) d1-01 Reference1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 539 (0280) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-02 Reference2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 539 (0281) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-03 Reference3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 539 (0282) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-04 Reference4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 539 (0283) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-05 Reference5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 540 (0284) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-06 Reference6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 540 (0285) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-07 Reference7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 540 (0286) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-08 Reference8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 540 (0287) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN d1-18 SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 540 (02C0) SelectionMode Setsthemodeofspeedreferenceselectionbydigitalinputs. (0-4) 0:Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08) 1:Highspeedhaspriority 2:Levelingspeedhaspriority 3:Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08) 4:SmartReplacement d1-19 NominalSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.00% 541 (02C1) SetsthenominalspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=50[MFDI (0.00-100.00%) RUN FunctionSelection=NominalSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-20 IntermediateSpeed1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 541 (02C2) SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=51 (0.00-100.00%) RUN [MFDIFunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-21 IntermediateSpeed2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 542 (02C3) SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=50,51,and (0.00-100.00%) RUN S 5 p 2 e [ e M d] F a D re IF ac u t n iv ct e i . onSelection=NominalSpeed,IntermediateSpeed,andReleveling Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-22 IntermediateSpeed3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 542 (02C4) SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=51and52 (0.00-100.00%) RUN [MFDIFunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeedandRelevelingSpeed]areactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-23 RelevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 542 (02C5) SetstherelevelingspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=52[MFDI (0.00-100.00%) RUN FunctionSelection=RelevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 421
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| d1-01 (0280) RUN | Reference1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 539 |
| d1-02 (0281) RUN | Reference2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 539 |
| d1-03 (0282) RUN | Reference3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 539 |
| d1-04 (0283) RUN | Reference4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 539 |
| d1-05 (0284) RUN | Reference5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 540 |
| d1-06 (0285) RUN | Reference6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 540 |
| d1-07 (0286) RUN | Reference7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 540 |
| d1-08 (0287) RUN | Reference8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 540 |
| d1-18 (02C0) | SpeedReference SelectionMode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemodeofspeedreferenceselectionbydigitalinputs. 0:Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08) 1:Highspeedhaspriority 2:Levelingspeedhaspriority 3:Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08) 4:SmartReplacement | 1 (0-4) | 540 |
| d1-19 (02C1) RUN | NominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenominalspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=50[MFDI FunctionSelection=NominalSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 100.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 541 |
| d1-20 (02C2) RUN | IntermediateSpeed1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=51 [MFDIFunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 541 |
| d1-21 (02C3) RUN | IntermediateSpeed2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=50,51,and 52[MFDIFunctionSelection=NominalSpeed,IntermediateSpeed,andReleveling Speed]areactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 542 |
| d1-22 (02C4) RUN | IntermediateSpeed3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=51and52 [MFDIFunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeedandRelevelingSpeed]areactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 542 |
| d1-23 (02C5) RUN | RelevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherelevelingspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=52[MFDI FunctionSelection=RelevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 542 |
Source page
Page 422
11.7 d: References
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) d1-24 InspectionOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.00% 542 (02C6) Speed SetstheinspectionoperationspeedwhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=54[MFDI (0.00-100.00%) RUN FunctionSelection=InspectionOperation]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-25 RescueOperationSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.00% 542 (02C7) SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55[MFDIFunction (0.00-100.00%) RUN Selection=RescueOperation]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-26 LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 8.00% 543 (02C8) SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[MFDIFunction (0.00-100.00%) RUN Selection=LevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. d1-27 Motor2Speed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00Hz 543 (02C9) Reference SetsthespeedreferencewhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=16[MFDI (0.00-200.00Hz) Expert FunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. d1-28 LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 543 (02CA) DetectionLevel Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectslevelingspeedwhend1-18=0 (0.00-100.00%) or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceislowerthanthis parameter,thedriveusesthelevelingspeedasthespeedreference. Note: Ifyousetavaluelargerthand1-29[InspectionSpeedDetectionLevel],thedrive detectsoPE03[Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr]. d1-29 InspectionSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 543 (02CB) DetectionLevel Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsinspectionspeedwhend1-18= (0.00-100.00%) 0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceisbetweend1-28[Leveling SpeedDetectionLevel]andthisparameter,thedriveusestheinspectionspeedasthe speedreference,andactivatestheinspectionoperationsequence. ◆ d6: Field Forcing No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) d6-03 FieldForcingSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 544 (02A2) Setsthefieldforcingfunction. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled d6-06 FieldForcingLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 400% 544 (02A5) Setsthelimitvalueforfieldforcingtoincreasethemotorexcitationcurrentreferenceas (100-400%) Expert t a h p is er s c e e tt n i t n a g g . eofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange
422 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| d1-24 (02C6) RUN | InspectionOperation Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinspectionoperationspeedwhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=54[MFDI FunctionSelection=InspectionOperation]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 50.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 542 |
| d1-25 (02C7) RUN | RescueOperationSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55[MFDIFunction Selection=RescueOperation]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 10.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 542 |
| d1-26 (02C8) RUN | LevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[MFDIFunction Selection=LevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 8.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 543 |
| d1-27 (02C9) Expert | Motor2Speed Reference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=16[MFDI FunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: IfyoudonotsetanyMFDIterminalstoH1-xx=16or116,thekeypadwillnot showthisparameter. | 0.00Hz (0.00-200.00Hz) | 543 |
| d1-28 (02CA) | LevelingSpeed DetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectslevelingspeedwhend1-18=0 or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceislowerthanthis parameter,thedriveusesthelevelingspeedasthespeedreference. Note: Ifyousetavaluelargerthand1-29[InspectionSpeedDetectionLevel],thedrive detectsoPE03[Multi-FunctionInputSettingErr]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 543 |
| d1-29 (02CB) | InspectionSpeed DetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsinspectionspeedwhend1-18= 0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti- speedMode2(d1-02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceisbetweend1-28[Leveling SpeedDetectionLevel]andthisparameter,thedriveusestheinspectionspeedasthe speedreference,andactivatestheinspectionoperationsequence. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 543 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| d6-03 (02A2) Expert | FieldForcingSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefieldforcingfunction. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 544 |
| d6-06 (02A5) Expert | FieldForcingLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelimitvalueforfieldforcingtoincreasethemotorexcitationcurrentreferenceas apercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. | 400% (100-400%) | 544 |
Source page
Page 423
tsiLretemaraP 11.8 E: Motor Parameters 11.8 E: Motor Parameters ◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E1-01 InputACSupplyVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200V 545 (0300) Setsthedriveinputvoltage. 400VClass:400V NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Set E1-01 [Input AC Supply (200VClass:155-255 Voltage] to align with the drive input voltage (not motor V,400V 51 C 0 l V as ) s:310- voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive. E1-03 V/fPatternSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 546 (0302) SetstheV/fpatternforthedriveandmotor.Youcanmakeacustompattern. (F) F:Custom Note: SetthecorrectV/fpatternfortheapplicationandoperationarea.AnincorrectV/f patterncandecreasemotortorqueandincreasecurrentfromoverexcitation. E1-04 MaximumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 546 (0303) Frequency SetsthemaximumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E1-05 MaximumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 190.0V 546 (0304) Voltage SetsthemaximumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) E1-06 BaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 546 (0305) SetsthebasefrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E1-07 MidPointAFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 546 (0306) SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E1-08 MidPointAVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 546 (0307) SetsamiddleoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. ando2-04 (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) E1-09 MinimumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 546 (0308) Frequency SetstheminimumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E1-10 MinimumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 547 (0309) Voltage SetstheminimumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) E1-11 MidPointBFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0Hz 547 (030A) SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E1-12 MidPointBVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0V 547 (030B) SetsamiddlepointvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 Expert V,400 5 V 10 C .0 la V ss ) :0.0- E1-13 BaseVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0V 547 (030C) SetsthebasevoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 Expert V,400 5 V 10 C .0 la V ss ) :0.0- 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 423
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E1-01 (0300) | InputACSupplyVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedriveinputvoltage. NOTICE:DamagetoEquipment.SetE1-01[InputACSupply Voltage]toalignwiththedriveinputvoltage(notmotor voltage).Ifthisparameterisincorrect,theprotectivefunctions ofthedrivewillnotoperatecorrectlyanditcancausedamage tothedrive. | 200VClass:200V 400VClass:400V (200VClass:155-255 V,400VClass:310- 510V) | 545 |
| E1-03 (0302) | V/fPatternSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheV/fpatternforthedriveandmotor.Youcanmakeacustompattern. F:Custom Note: SetthecorrectV/fpatternfortheapplicationandoperationarea.AnincorrectV/f patterncandecreasemotortorqueandincreasecurrentfromoverexcitation. | F (F) | 546 |
| E1-04 (0303) | MaximumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemaximumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) | 546 |
| E1-05 (0304) | MaximumOutput Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemaximumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 190.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 546 |
| E1-06 (0305) | BaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebasefrequencyfortheV/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) | 546 |
| E1-07 (0306) | MidPointAFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) | 546 |
| E1-08 (0307) | MidPointAVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 ando2-04 (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 546 |
| E1-09 (0308) | MinimumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) | 546 |
| E1-10 (0309) | MinimumOutput Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 547 |
| E1-11 (030A) Expert | MidPointBFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) | 547 |
| E1-12 (030B) Expert | MidPointBVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddlepointvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 0.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 547 |
| E1-13 (030C) Expert | BaseVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebasevoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 0.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 547 |
Source page
Page 424
11.8 E: Motor Parameters
◆ E2: Motor Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E2-01 MotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 547 (030E) (FLA) Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) E2-02 MotorRatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 548 (030F) Setsmotorratedslip. (0.000-20.000Hz) E2-03 MotorNo-LoadCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 548 (0310) Setstheno-loadcurrentforthemotorinampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequency (0.0-E2-01) andtheno-loadvoltage. E2-04 MotorPoleCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 548 (0311) Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: •WhenA1-02=0,3[ControlMethodSelection=V/f,CLV],themaximumvalueis 120. •WhenA1-02=2[OLV],themaximumvalueis48. E2-05 MotorLine-to-Line V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 548 (0312) Resistance Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotorstatorwindings. (0.000-65.000Ω) E2-06 MotorLeakage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 549 (0313) Inductance Setsthevoltagedropfrommotorleakageinductancewhenthemotorisoperatingatthe (0.0-60.0%) ratedfrequencyandratedcurrent.ThisvalueisapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage. E2-07 MotorSaturation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 549 (0314) Coefficient1 Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat50%ofthemagneticflux. (0.00-0.50) E2-08 MotorSaturation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.75 549 (0315) Coefficient2 Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat75%ofthemagneticflux. (E2-07-0.75) E2-09 MotorMechanicalLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 549 (0316) Setsthemechanicallossofthemotor.ItissetasapercentageofE2-11[MotorRated (0.0-10.0%) Expert Power].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. E2-10 MotorIronLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 549 (0317) Setsthemotorironloss. (0-65535W) E2-11 MotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 549 (0318) Setsthemotorratedoutputintheunitsfromo1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. (0.00-650.00kW) ◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E3-04 Motor2Maximum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0Hz 550 (031A) OutputFrequency Setthemaximumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (10.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E3-05 Motor2Maximum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 190.0V 550 (031B) OutputVoltage Setsthemaximumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 Expert V,400 5 V 10 C .0 la V ss ) :0.0- E3-06 Motor2BaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0Hz 550 (031C) Setsthebasefrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-E3-04) Expert Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E3-07 Motor2MidPointA V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0Hz 551 (031D) Frequency Setsamiddleoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E3-08 Motor2MidPointA V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 18.6V 551 (031E) Voltage Setsamiddleoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 Expert V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) 424 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E2-01 (030E) | MotorRatedCurrent (FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) | 547 |
| E2-02 (030F) | MotorRatedSlip | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsmotorratedslip. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-20.000Hz) | 548 |
| E2-03 (0310) | MotorNo-LoadCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentforthemotorinampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequency andtheno-loadvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-E2-01) | 548 |
| E2-04 (0311) | MotorPoleCount | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. Note: •WhenA1-02=0,3[ControlMethodSelection=V/f,CLV],themaximumvalueis 120. •WhenA1-02=2[OLV],themaximumvalueis48. | 4 (2-120) | 548 |
| E2-05 (0312) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotorstatorwindings. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) | 548 |
| E2-06 (0313) | MotorLeakage Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevoltagedropfrommotorleakageinductancewhenthemotorisoperatingatthe ratedfrequencyandratedcurrent.ThisvalueisapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-60.0%) | 549 |
| E2-07 (0314) | MotorSaturation Coefficient1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat50%ofthemagneticflux. | 0.50 (0.00-0.50) | 549 |
| E2-08 (0315) | MotorSaturation Coefficient2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat75%ofthemagneticflux. | 0.75 (E2-07-0.75) | 549 |
| E2-09 (0316) Expert | MotorMechanicalLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemechanicallossofthemotor.ItissetasapercentageofE2-11[MotorRated Power].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-10.0%) | 549 |
| E2-10 (0317) | MotorIronLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorironloss. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0-65535W) | 549 |
| E2-11 (0318) | MotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedoutputintheunitsfromo1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) | 549 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E3-04 (031A) Expert | Motor2Maximum OutputFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthemaximumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 50.0Hz (10.0-200.0Hz) | 550 |
| E3-05 (031B) Expert | Motor2Maximum OutputVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemaximumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 190.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 550 |
| E3-06 (031C) Expert | Motor2BaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebasefrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 50.0Hz (0.0-E3-04) | 550 |
| E3-07 (031D) Expert | Motor2MidPointA Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsamiddleoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 3.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) | 551 |
| E3-08 (031E) Expert | Motor2MidPointA Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsamiddleoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 18.6V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 551 |
Source page
Page 425
tsiLretemaraP 11.8 E: Motor Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E3-09 Motor2Minimum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5Hz 551 (031F) OutputFrequency Setstheminimumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. E3-10 Motor2Minimum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 9.7V 551 (0320) OutputVoltage Setstheminimumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) ◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E4-01 Motor2RatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 551 (0321) Setsthemotorratedcurrentformotor2inamps. (10%to200%ofthe Expert continuo c u u s rr r e a n te t) doutput E4-02 Motor2RatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 552 (0322) Setsthemotorratedslipformotor2. (0.000-20.000Hz) Expert E4-03 Motor2RatedNo-Load V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 552 (0323) Current Setstheno-loadcurrentformotor2inampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyand (0.0-E4-01) Expert theno-loadvoltage. E4-04 Motor2MotorPoles V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 552 (0324) Setsthenumberofpolesformotor2. (2-120) Expert E4-05 Motor2Line-to-Line V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 552 (0325) Resistance Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotor2statorwindings. (0.000-65.000Ω) Expert E4-06 Motor2Leakage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 553 (0326) Inductance Setsthevoltagedropfrommotor2leakageinductanceasapercentageofMotorRated (0.0-60.0%) Expert Voltagewhenmotor2operatesattheratedfrequencyandratedcurrent. ◆ E5: PM Motor Settings No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) E5-02 PMMotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 553 (032A) SetsthePMmotorratedoutputintheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. (0.10-650.00kW) E5-03 PMMotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 553 (032B) (FLA) SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) E5-04 PMMotorPoleCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 12 553 (032C) SetsthenumberofPMmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: WhenyouconnectthePG-E3option,themaximumvalueforthisparameteris48. E5-05 PMMotorResistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 554 (032D) (ohms/phase) SetstheresistanceperphaseofaPMmotor.Set50%oftheline-to-lineresistance. (0.000-65.000Ω) E5-06 PMd-axisInductance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 554 (032E) (mH/phase) SetsthePMmotord-axisinductance. (0.00-600.00mH) E5-07 PMq-axisInductance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 554 (032F) (mH/phase) SetsthePMmotorq-axisinductance. (0.00-600.00mH) E5-09 PMBack-EMFVpeak V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 554 (0331) (mV/(rad/s)) SetsthepeakvalueofPMmotorinducedvoltage. (0.0-6500.0mV/(rad/s)) E5-11 EncoderZ-PulseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0° 554 (0333) SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset. (-180.0-+180.0°) E5-24 PMBack-EMFL-L V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0 555 (0353) Vrms(mV/rpm) SetstheRMSvalueforPMmotorlinevoltage. (0.0-6500.0mV/min-1) 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 425
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E3-09 (031F) Expert | Motor2Minimum OutputFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheminimumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. Note: Parametero1-04[V/fPatternDisplayUnit]setstheunitsforthisparameter. | 0.5Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) | 551 |
| E3-10 (0320) | Motor2Minimum OutputVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheminimumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 9.7V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 551 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E4-01 (0321) Expert | Motor2RatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedcurrentformotor2inamps. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) | 551 |
| E4-02 (0322) Expert | Motor2RatedSlip | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedslipformotor2. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-20.000Hz) | 552 |
| E4-03 (0323) Expert | Motor2RatedNo-Load Current | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentformotor2inampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyand theno-loadvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-E4-01) | 552 |
| E4-04 (0324) Expert | Motor2MotorPoles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofpolesformotor2. | 4 (2-120) | 552 |
| E4-05 (0325) Expert | Motor2Line-to-Line Resistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotor2statorwindings. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) | 552 |
| E4-06 (0326) Expert | Motor2Leakage Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevoltagedropfrommotor2leakageinductanceasapercentageofMotorRated Voltagewhenmotor2operatesattheratedfrequencyandratedcurrent. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-60.0%) | 553 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| E5-02 (032A) | PMMotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorratedoutputintheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.10-650.00kW) | 553 |
| E5-03 (032B) | PMMotorRatedCurrent (FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) | 553 |
| E5-04 (032C) | PMMotorPoleCount | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPMmotorpoles. Note: WhenyouconnectthePG-E3option,themaximumvalueforthisparameteris48. | 12 (2-120) | 553 |
| E5-05 (032D) | PMMotorResistance (ohms/phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresistanceperphaseofaPMmotor.Set50%oftheline-to-lineresistance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) | 554 |
| E5-06 (032E) | PMd-axisInductance (mH/phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotord-axisinductance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-600.00mH) | 554 |
| E5-07 (032F) | PMq-axisInductance (mH/phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorq-axisinductance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-600.00mH) | 554 |
| E5-09 (0331) | PMBack-EMFVpeak (mV/(rad/s)) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepeakvalueofPMmotorinducedvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-6500.0mV/(rad/s)) | 554 |
| E5-11 (0333) | EncoderZ-PulseOffset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset. | 0.0° (-180.0-+180.0°) | 554 |
| E5-24 (0353) | PMBack-EMFL-L Vrms(mV/rpm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheRMSvalueforPMmotorlinevoltage. | 0.0 (0.0-6500.0mV/min-1) | 555 |
Source page
Page 426
11.9 F: Options
11.9 F: Options
◆ F1: Encoder Option Setup
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F1-01 Encoder1PulseCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 557 (0380) (PPR) Setsthenumberofoutputpulsesforeachmotorrevolution. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: ThedefaultsettingandsettingrangechangewhentheA1-02[ControlMethod Selection]settingchanges: •WhenA1-02=3[CLV],thedefaultsettingis1024,andthesettingrangeis1ppr to60000ppr. •WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis2048,andthesettingrangeis1 pprto20000ppr. F1-02 EncoderSignalLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 557 (0381) DetectSel Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive (0-3) Expert detectsPGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly F1-03 OverspeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 557 (0382) Selection Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive (0-3) Expert detectsoS[Overspeed]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly F1-04 SpeedDeviation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 558 (0383) DetectionSelect Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive (0-3) Expert detectsdEv[SpeedDeviation]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly F1-05 Encoder1Rotation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 558 (0384) Selection SetstheoutputsequencefortheAandBpulsesfromtheencoder,assumingthatthe (0,1) motorisoperatingintheupdirection. 0:PulseAleadsinUpDirection 1:PulseBleadsinUpDirection F1-06 Encoder1PulseMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 001 558 (0385) Scaling Setstheratiobetweenthepulseinputandthepulseoutputoftheencoderasa3-digit (001-032,102-132(1- Expert n d u en m o b m er in . a T t h o e r. firstdigitisthenumeratorandthesecondandthirddigitssetthe 1/32)) Thedividingratio=(1+x)/yzwhenthesettingvalueisa3-digitvalue(xyz). F1-08 OverspeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 115% 558 (0387) Level SetsthedetectionlevelofoS[Overspeed]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput (0-120%) Expert Frequency]. F1-09 OverspeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 559 (0388) DelayTime SetsthelengthoftimethatthespeedfeedbackmustbemorethantheF1-08levelto (0.0-2.0s) Expert causeoS[Overspeed]. F1-10 SpeedDeviation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10% 559 (0389) DetectionLevel SetsthedetectionlevelofdEv[SpeedDeviation]asapercentageofE1-04[Maximum (0-50%) Expert OutputFrequency]. F1-11 SpeedDeviationDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s 559 (038A) DelayTime Setsthelengthoftimethatthedifferencebetweenthespeedreferenceandspeed (0.0-10.0s) Expert feedbackmustbemorethanthelevelinF1-10tocausedEv[SpeedDeviation]. F1-14 EncoderOpen-Circuit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s 559 (038D) DetectTime SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivemustnotreceiveapulsesignaltocausePGo (0.0-10.0s) Expert [Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. F1-18 Deviation3Detection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10 559 (03AD) Selection Setsthenumberofrotationsnecessarytodetectconditionsthatinvertthetorque (0-10) Expert referenceandrateofaccelerationandcausedv3[InversionDetection]. F1-19 Deviation4Detection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 128 560 (03AE) Selection Setsthenumberofpulsesnecessarytocausedv4[InversionPreventionDetection]. (0-5000) Expert 426 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F1-01 (0380) | Encoder1PulseCount (PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofoutputpulsesforeachmotorrevolution. Note: ThedefaultsettingandsettingrangechangewhentheA1-02[ControlMethod Selection]settingchanges: •WhenA1-02=3[CLV],thedefaultsettingis1024,andthesettingrangeis1ppr to60000ppr. •WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis2048,andthesettingrangeis1 pprto20000ppr. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) | 557 |
| F1-02 (0381) Expert | EncoderSignalLoss DetectSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive detectsPGo[Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 1 (0-3) | 557 |
| F1-03 (0382) Expert | OverspeedDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive detectsoS[Overspeed]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 1 (0-3) | 557 |
| F1-04 (0383) Expert | SpeedDeviation DetectionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive detectsdEv[SpeedDeviation]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 3 (0-3) | 558 |
| F1-05 (0384) | Encoder1Rotation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsequencefortheAandBpulsesfromtheencoder,assumingthatthe motorisoperatingintheupdirection. 0:PulseAleadsinUpDirection 1:PulseBleadsinUpDirection | 0 (0,1) | 558 |
| F1-06 (0385) Expert | Encoder1PulseMonitor Scaling | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratiobetweenthepulseinputandthepulseoutputoftheencoderasa3-digit number.Thefirstdigitisthenumeratorandthesecondandthirddigitssetthe denominator. Thedividingratio=(1+x)/yzwhenthesettingvalueisa3-digitvalue(xyz). | 001 (001-032,102-132(1- 1/32)) | 558 |
| F1-08 (0387) Expert | OverspeedDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelofoS[Overspeed]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]. | 115% (0-120%) | 558 |
| F1-09 (0388) Expert | OverspeedDetection DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthespeedfeedbackmustbemorethantheF1-08levelto causeoS[Overspeed]. | 0.0s (0.0-2.0s) | 559 |
| F1-10 (0389) Expert | SpeedDeviation DetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelofdEv[SpeedDeviation]asapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. | 10% (0-50%) | 559 |
| F1-11 (038A) Expert | SpeedDeviationDetect DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedifferencebetweenthespeedreferenceandspeed feedbackmustbemorethanthelevelinF1-10tocausedEv[SpeedDeviation]. | 0.5s (0.0-10.0s) | 559 |
| F1-14 (038D) Expert | EncoderOpen-Circuit DetectTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivemustnotreceiveapulsesignaltocausePGo [Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. | 2.0s (0.0-10.0s) | 559 |
| F1-18 (03AD) Expert | Deviation3Detection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofrotationsnecessarytodetectconditionsthatinvertthetorque referenceandrateofaccelerationandcausedv3[InversionDetection]. | 10 (0-10) | 559 |
| F1-19 (03AE) Expert | Deviation4Detection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofpulsesnecessarytocausedv4[InversionPreventionDetection]. | 128 (0-5000) | 560 |
Source page
Page 427
tsiLretemaraP 11.9 F: Options No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F1-20 Encoder1PCB V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 560 (03B4) DisconnectDetect Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesdetectionofadisconnectedencoder (0,1) connectioncabletocausePGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled F1-29 dEVDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 560 (03BF) ConditionSelect SetswhendEv[SpeedDeviation]detectionisactive. (0-2) Expert 0:@Ref=SFS=MtrSpd 1:@Ref=SFSOutput 2:AlwaysduringRun F1-48 DetectSpeedFilter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 560 (03A6) Setsthefunctiontofiltertheabsoluteencoderdetectionspeed.Usuallyitisnot (0-6) Expert necessarytochangethissetting. Note: Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0. F1-50 PG-F3OptionEncoder V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 561 (03D2) Type SetsthetypeofencoderconnectedtothePG-F3option. (0-2) 0:EnDatSin/Cos 1:EnDatSerialOnly 2:HIPERFACE F1-51 PG-F3PGoHDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% 561 (03D3) Level ThedrivewilldetectPGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]ifthevalueofthis (1-100%) Expert parameterissmallerthanthevalueof . Note: ThisfunctionisenabledwhenF1-20=1[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect= Enabled]. F1-52 SerialEncoderComm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 561 (03D4) Speed SetsthecommunicationspeedbetweenthePG-F3optionandtheserialencoder. (0-2) Expert 0:1M/9600bps 1:500k/19200bps 2:1M/38400bps F1-53 EncoderEEPROM V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 561 (02E0) Access SetsthefunctiontosavedriveparameterstoandloadthemfromtheEEPROMofthe (0-3) Expert encoder. Note: •Youcansetthisparameterfromthekeypadonly. •WhenF1-50≠1[PG-F3OptionEncoderType≠EnDatSerialOnly],thekeypad willnotshowthisparameter. •Whenyoustartuptheelevator,setF1-53=2toloadthesaveddriveparameters. 0:NoAction 1:Save(Drive→Encoder) 2:Load(Encoder→Drive) 3:Verify F1-55 EncoderA-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V 562 (02E2) Voltage SetstheA-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert F1-56 EncoderA-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V 562 (02E3) SetstheA-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert F1-57 EncoderB-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V 562 (02E4) Voltage SetstheB-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert F1-58 EncoderB-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V 562 (02E5) SetstheB-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert F1-59 EncoderC-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V 562 (02E6) Voltage SetstheC-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert F1-60 EncoderC-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V 562 (02E7) SetstheC-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert F1-61 EncoderD-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V 563 (02E8) Voltage SetstheD-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 427
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F1-20 (03B4) | Encoder1PCB DisconnectDetect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesdetectionofadisconnectedencoder connectioncabletocausePGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 560 |
| F1-29 (03BF) Expert | dEVDetection ConditionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhendEv[SpeedDeviation]detectionisactive. 0:@Ref=SFS=MtrSpd 1:@Ref=SFSOutput 2:AlwaysduringRun | 2 (0-2) | 560 |
| F1-48 (03A6) Expert | DetectSpeedFilter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontofiltertheabsoluteencoderdetectionspeed.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. Note: Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0. | 4 (0-6) | 560 |
| F1-50 (03D2) | PG-F3OptionEncoder Type | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofencoderconnectedtothePG-F3option. 0:EnDatSin/Cos 1:EnDatSerialOnly 2:HIPERFACE | 0 (0-2) | 561 |
| F1-51 (03D3) Expert | PG-F3PGoHDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThedrivewilldetectPGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]ifthevalueofthis parameterissmallerthanthevalueof . Note: ThisfunctionisenabledwhenF1-20=1[Encoder1PCBDisconnectDetect= Enabled]. | 80% (1-100%) | 561 |
| F1-52 (03D4) Expert | SerialEncoderComm Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationspeedbetweenthePG-F3optionandtheserialencoder. 0:1M/9600bps 1:500k/19200bps 2:1M/38400bps | 0 (0-2) | 561 |
| F1-53 (02E0) Expert | EncoderEEPROM Access | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontosavedriveparameterstoandloadthemfromtheEEPROMofthe encoder. Note: •Youcansetthisparameterfromthekeypadonly. •WhenF1-50≠1[PG-F3OptionEncoderType≠EnDatSerialOnly],thekeypad willnotshowthisparameter. •Whenyoustartuptheelevator,setF1-53=2toloadthesaveddriveparameters. 0:NoAction 1:Save(Drive→Encoder) 2:Load(Encoder→Drive) 3:Verify | 0 (0-3) | 561 |
| F1-55 (02E2) Expert | EncoderA-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheA-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) | 562 |
| F1-56 (02E3) Expert | EncoderA-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheA-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) | 562 |
| F1-57 (02E4) Expert | EncoderB-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheB-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) | 562 |
| F1-58 (02E5) Expert | EncoderB-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheB-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) | 562 |
| F1-59 (02E6) Expert | EncoderC-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheC-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) | 562 |
| F1-60 (02E7) Expert | EncoderC-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheC-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) | 562 |
| F1-61 (02E8) Expert | EncoderD-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheD-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) | 563 |
Source page
Page 428
11.9 F: Options
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F1-62 EncoderD-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V 563 (02E9) SetstheD-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert F1-63 PG-E3R-PhaseSelect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 563 (02DF) SetsthefunctiontoenableordisabletheR-phasewhenyouuseaPG-E3optioncard. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled F1-66 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 563 (0B9A) Value1 Setsencoderoffset1forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-67 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 563 (0B9B) Value2 Setsencoderoffset2forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-68 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 563 (0B9C) Value3 Setsencoderoffset3forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-69 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 563 (0B9D) Value4 Setsencoderoffset4forthePG-E3optioncard.Thisparameterisautomaticallysetby (0-FF) Expert theexecutionofAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics. F1-70 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0B9E) Value5 Setsencoderoffset5forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-71 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0B9F) Value6 Setsencoderoffset6forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-72 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0BA0) Value7 Setsencoderoffset7forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-73 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0BA1) Value8 Setsencoderoffset8forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-74 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0BA2) Value9 Setsencoderoffset9forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-75 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (BA30) Value10 Setsencoderoffset10forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-76 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0BA4) Value11 Setsencoderoffset11forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-77 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 564 (0BA5) Value12 Setsencoderoffset12forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-78 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 565 (0BA6) Value13 Setsencoderoffset13forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-79 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 565 (0BA7) Value14 Setsencoderoffset14forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-80 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 565 (0BA8) Value15 Setsencoderoffset15forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. F1-81 EncoderAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 565 (0BA9) Value16 Setsencoderoffset16forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. 428 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F1-62 (02E9) Expert | EncoderD-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheD-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) | 563 |
| F1-63 (02DF) Expert | PG-E3R-PhaseSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableordisabletheR-phasewhenyouuseaPG-E3optioncard. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 563 |
| F1-66 (0B9A) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset1forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 563 |
| F1-67 (0B9B) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset2forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 563 |
| F1-68 (0B9C) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset3forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 563 |
| F1-69 (0B9D) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset4forthePG-E3optioncard.Thisparameterisautomaticallysetby theexecutionofAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 563 |
| F1-70 (0B9E) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset5forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-71 (0B9F) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset6forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-72 (0BA0) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset7forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-73 (0BA1) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset8forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-74 (0BA2) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset9forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-75 (BA30) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset10forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-76 (0BA4) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value11 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset11forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-77 (0BA5) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value12 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset12forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 564 |
| F1-78 (0BA6) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value13 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset13forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 565 |
| F1-79 (0BA7) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value14 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset14forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 565 |
| F1-80 (0BA8) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value15 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset15forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 565 |
| F1-81 (0BA9) Expert | EncoderAdjustment Value16 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset16forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 565 |
Source page
Page 429
tsiLretemaraP 11.9 F: Options ◆ F3: Digital Input Option No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F3-01 DigitalInputFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 566 (0390) Selection Setsthedataformatofdigitalinputsignals.Thisparameterisenabledwheno1-03=0 (0-8) Expert or1[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection=0.01Hzor0.01%(100%=E1-04)]. Note: Wheno1-03=2or3[RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM)orUserUnits(o1-10&o1- 11)],theinputsignalwillbeBCD.Theo1-03valuesetsthesettingunits. 0:BCD,1%units 1:BCD,0.1%units 2:BCD,0.01%units 3:BCD,1Hzunits 4:BCD,0.1Hzunits 5:BCD,0.01Hzunits 6:BCD(5-digit),0.02Hz 7:Binaryinput 8:Multi-FunctionDigitalInput F3-03 DigitalInputData V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 566 (03B9) LengthSelect SetsthenumberofbitstosetthespeedreferencewithDI-A3. (0-2) Expert 0:8-bit 1:12-bit 2:16-bit F3-10 TerminalD0Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 567 (0BE3) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD0oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-11 TerminalD1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 567 (0BE4) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD1oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-12 TerminalD2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BE5) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD2oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-13 TerminalD3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BE6) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD3oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-14 TerminalD4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BE7) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD4oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-15 TerminalD5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BE8) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD5oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-16 TerminalD6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BE9) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD6oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-17 TerminalD7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 568 (0BEA) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD7oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-18 TerminalD8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BEB) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD8oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: 11 Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 429
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F3-01 (0390) Expert | DigitalInputFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedataformatofdigitalinputsignals.Thisparameterisenabledwheno1-03=0 or1[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection=0.01Hzor0.01%(100%=E1-04)]. Note: Wheno1-03=2or3[RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM)orUserUnits(o1-10&o1- 11)],theinputsignalwillbeBCD.Theo1-03valuesetsthesettingunits. 0:BCD,1%units 1:BCD,0.1%units 2:BCD,0.01%units 3:BCD,1Hzunits 4:BCD,0.1Hzunits 5:BCD,0.01Hzunits 6:BCD(5-digit),0.02Hz 7:Binaryinput 8:Multi-FunctionDigitalInput | 0 (0-8) | 566 |
| F3-03 (03B9) Expert | DigitalInputData LengthSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofbitstosetthespeedreferencewithDI-A3. 0:8-bit 1:12-bit 2:16-bit | 2 (0-2) | 566 |
| F3-10 (0BE3) Expert | TerminalD0Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD0oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 567 |
| F3-11 (0BE4) Expert | TerminalD1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD1oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 567 |
| F3-12 (0BE5) Expert | TerminalD2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD2oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-13 (0BE6) Expert | TerminalD3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD3oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-14 (0BE7) Expert | TerminalD4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD4oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-15 (0BE8) Expert | TerminalD5Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD5oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-16 (0BE9) Expert | TerminalD6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD6oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-17 (0BEA) Expert | TerminalD7Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD7oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 568 |
| F3-18 (0BEB) Expert | TerminalD8Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD8oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
Source page
Page 430
11.9 F: Options
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F3-19 TerminalD9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BEC) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD9oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-20 TerminalDAFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BED) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDAoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-21 TerminalDBFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BEE) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDBoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-22 TerminalDCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BEF) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDCoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-23 TerminalDDFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 569 (0BF0) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDDoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-24 TerminalDEFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 570 (0BF1) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDEoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. F3-25 TerminalDFFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 570 (0BF2) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDFoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput (1-1FF) Expert FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. ◆ F4: Analog Output Option No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F4-01 TerminalV1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 570 (0391) Selection SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV1. (000-999) Expert Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setF4-01=102tomonitorU1- 02[OutputSpeed]. F4-02 TerminalV1Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 571 (0392) SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Setstheanalogsignal (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN m ou o t n p i u t t o l r e in v g el it f e ro m m si t s he 10 te 0 r % m . inalV1at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputfor Expert F4-03 TerminalV2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 571 (0393) Selection SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV2. (000-999) Expert Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setF4-03=103tomonitorU1- 03[OutputCurrent]. F4-04 TerminalV2Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% 571 (0394) SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setstheanalogsignal (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN o it u e t m pu s t is le 1 v 0 e 0 l % fr . omterminalV2at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoring Expert F4-05 TerminalV1Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 571 (0395) SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Whenanoutputfor (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN t m er o m ni i t n o a r l in a g sa ite p m er s ce is n 0 ta % ge ,t o h f is 10 pa V ra o m r e 2 t 0 er m se A ts . theanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheV1 Expert F4-06 TerminalV2Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 572 (0396) SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setthelevelofthe (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN a m n o a n lo it g or s i i n g g na it l e s m en s t is fr 0 o % m . theV2terminalat10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputfor Expert 430 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F3-19 (0BEC) Expert | TerminalD9Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD9oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
| F3-20 (0BED) Expert | TerminalDAFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDAoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
| F3-21 (0BEE) Expert | TerminalDBFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDBoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
| F3-22 (0BEF) Expert | TerminalDCFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDCoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
| F3-23 (0BF0) Expert | TerminalDDFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDDoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 569 |
| F3-24 (0BF1) Expert | TerminalDEFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDEoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 570 |
| F3-25 (0BF2) Expert | TerminalDFFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDFoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInput FunctionSelection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (1-1FF) | 570 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F4-01 (0391) Expert | TerminalV1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV1. Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setF4-01=102tomonitorU1- 02[OutputSpeed]. | 102 (000-999) | 570 |
| F4-02 (0392) RUN Expert | TerminalV1Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Setstheanalogsignal outputlevelfromtheterminalV1at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputfor monitoringitemsis100%. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 571 |
| F4-03 (0393) Expert | TerminalV2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV2. Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setF4-03=103tomonitorU1- 03[OutputCurrent]. | 103 (000-999) | 571 |
| F4-04 (0394) RUN Expert | TerminalV2Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setstheanalogsignal outputlevelfromterminalV2at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoring itemsis100%. | 50.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 571 |
| F4-05 (0395) RUN Expert | TerminalV1Bias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Whenanoutputfor monitoringitemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheV1 terminalasapercentageof10Vor20mA. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 571 |
| F4-06 (0396) RUN Expert | TerminalV2Bias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setthelevelofthe analogsignalsentfromtheV2terminalat10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputfor monitoringitemsis0%. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 572 |
Source page
Page 431
tsiLretemaraP 11.9 F: Options No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F4-07 TerminalV1Signal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 572 (0397) Level SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV1. (0,1) Expert 0:0to10V 1:-10to10V F4-08 TerminalV2Signal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 572 (0398) Level SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV2. (0,1) Expert 0:0to10V 1:-10to10V ◆ F5: Digital Output Option No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F5-01 TerminalP1-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 574 (0399) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP1-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-02 TerminalP2-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 574 (039A) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP2-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-03 TerminalP3-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 574 (039B) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP3-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-04 TerminalP4-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 574 (039C) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP4-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-05 TerminalP5-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 574 (039D) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP5-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-06 TerminalP6-PC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 37 574 (039E) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalP6-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-07 TerminalM1-M2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 574 (039F) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M2ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-08 TerminalM3-M4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 575 (03A0) FunctionSelect SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M4ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 (0-1FF) Expert OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. F5-09 DO-A3OutputMode V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 575 (03A1) Selection SetstheoutputmodeofsignalsfromtheDO-A3option. (0-2) Expert 0:PredefinedIndividualOutputs 1:BinaryOutput 2:Programmable(F5-01toF5-08) ◆ F6: Communication Options No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F6-01 CommunicationError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 575 (03A2) Selection Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive (0-3) Expert detectsbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly F6-02 CommExternalFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 576 (03A3) (EF0)Detect SetstheconditionsatwhichEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]isdetected. (0,1) Expert 0:AlwaysDetected 1:DetectedduringRUNOnly 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 431
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F4-07 (0397) Expert | TerminalV1Signal Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV1. 0:0to10V 1:-10to10V | 1 (0,1) | 572 |
| F4-08 (0398) Expert | TerminalV2Signal Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV2. 0:0to10V 1:-10to10V | 1 (0,1) | 572 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F5-01 (0399) Expert | TerminalP1-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP1-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 0 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-02 (039A) Expert | TerminalP2-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP2-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 1 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-03 (039B) Expert | TerminalP3-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP3-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 2 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-04 (039C) Expert | TerminalP4-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP4-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 4 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-05 (039D) Expert | TerminalP5-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP5-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 6 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-06 (039E) Expert | TerminalP6-PC FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP6-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 37 (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-07 (039F) Expert | TerminalM1-M2 FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M2ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | F (0-1FF) | 574 |
| F5-08 (03A0) Expert | TerminalM3-M4 FunctionSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M4ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3 OutputModeSelection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | F (0-1FF) | 575 |
| F5-09 (03A1) Expert | DO-A3OutputMode Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputmodeofsignalsfromtheDO-A3option. 0:PredefinedIndividualOutputs 1:BinaryOutput 2:Programmable(F5-01toF5-08) | 0 (0-2) | 575 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F6-01 (03A2) Expert | CommunicationError Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive detectsbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 1 (0-3) | 575 |
| F6-02 (03A3) Expert | CommExternalFault (EF0)Detect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheconditionsatwhichEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]isdetected. 0:AlwaysDetected 1:DetectedduringRUNOnly | 0 (0,1) | 576 |
Source page
Page 432
11.9 F: Options
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) F6-03 CommExternalFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 576 (03A4) (EF0)Select Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive (0-3) Expert detectsanEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly F6-04 bUSErrorDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s 576 (03A5) Time SetsthedelaytimeforthedrivetodetectbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. (0.0-5.0s) Expert Note: Whenyouinstallanoptioncardinthedrive,theparametervaluechangesto0.0s. F6-06 TorqueReference/Limit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 576 (03A7) byComm Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesthetorquereferenceandtorquelimit (0,1) Expert receivedfromthecommunicationoption. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled F6-08 CommParameterReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 577 (036A) @Initialize SetsthefunctiontoinitializeF6-xxparameterwhenthedriveisinitializedwithA1-03 (0,1) Expert [InitializeParameters]. 0:NoReset-ParametersRetained 1:ResetBacktoFactoryDefault F6-15 Comm.Option V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 577 (0B5B) ParametersReload SetstheupdatemethodwhenyouchangeF6-xx[CommunicationOptions]. (0-2) 0:ReloadatNextPowerCycle 1:ReloadNow 2:CancelReloadRequest F6-35 CANopenNodeID V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 577 (03D0) Selection SetsthenodeaddressforCANopencommunication.Restartthedriveafteryouchange (0-126) Expert theparametersetting. Note: Besuretosetanaddressthatisdifferentthanallothernodeaddresses.Donotset thisparameterto0. F6-36 CANopen V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 577 (03D1) CommunicationSpeed SetstheCANopencommunicationsspeed.Restartthedriveafteryouchangethe (0-8) Expert parametersetting. 0:Auto-detection 1:10kbps 2:20kbps 3:50kbps 4:125kbps 5:250kbps 6:500kbps 7:800kbps 8:1Mbps
432 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| F6-03 (03A4) Expert | CommExternalFault (EF0)Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrive detectsanEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 1 (0-3) | 576 |
| F6-04 (03A5) Expert | bUSErrorDetection Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeforthedrivetodetectbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. Note: Whenyouinstallanoptioncardinthedrive,theparametervaluechangesto0.0s. | 2.0s (0.0-5.0s) | 576 |
| F6-06 (03A7) Expert | TorqueReference/Limit byComm | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesthetorquereferenceandtorquelimit receivedfromthecommunicationoption. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 576 |
| F6-08 (036A) Expert | CommParameterReset @Initialize | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoinitializeF6-xxparameterwhenthedriveisinitializedwithA1-03 [InitializeParameters]. 0:NoReset-ParametersRetained 1:ResetBacktoFactoryDefault | 0 (0,1) | 577 |
| F6-15 (0B5B) | Comm.Option ParametersReload | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheupdatemethodwhenyouchangeF6-xx[CommunicationOptions]. 0:ReloadatNextPowerCycle 1:ReloadNow 2:CancelReloadRequest | 0 (0-2) | 577 |
| F6-35 (03D0) Expert | CANopenNodeID Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenodeaddressforCANopencommunication.Restartthedriveafteryouchange theparametersetting. Note: Besuretosetanaddressthatisdifferentthanallothernodeaddresses.Donotset thisparameterto0. | 0 (0-126) | 577 |
| F6-36 (03D1) Expert | CANopen CommunicationSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheCANopencommunicationsspeed.Restartthedriveafteryouchangethe parametersetting. 0:Auto-detection 1:10kbps 2:20kbps 3:50kbps 4:125kbps 5:250kbps 6:500kbps 7:800kbps 8:1Mbps | 6 (0-8) | 577 |
Source page
Page 433
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions 11.10 H: Terminal Functions ◆ H1: Digital Inputs No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H1-01 TerminalS1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 40 579 (0438) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS1. (F,40) Expert H1-02 TerminalS2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 41 579 (0439) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS2. (F,41) Expert H1-03 TerminalS3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 579 (0400) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS3. (0-1FF) Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS3changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis24[ExternalFault(NO-Always-Coast)]. •Whend1-18=1,2,or4[Highspeedhaspriority,Levelingspeedhaspriority,or SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingis50[NominalSpeed]. H1-04 TerminalS4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 579 (0401) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS4. (0-1FF) Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS4changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis14[FaultReset]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingis54[InspectionOperation]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. H1-05 TerminalS5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 580 (0402) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS5. (0-1FF) Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS5changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis3[Multi-StepSpeedReference1]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingis51[IntermediateSpeed]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. H1-06 TerminalS6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 580 (0403) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS6. (0-1FF) Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS6changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis4[Multi-StepSpeedReference2]. •Whend1-18=1,2,or4[Highspeedhaspriority,Levelingspeedhaspriority,or SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingis53[LevelingSpeed]. H1-07 TerminalS7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 580 (0404) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS7. (0-1FF) Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS7changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis5[Multi-StepSpeedReference3]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisBA[LandingZone]. H1-08 TerminalS8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 580 (0405) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS8. (0-1FF) H1-09 TerminalS9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 580 (0406) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS9. (0-1FF) H1-10 TerminalS10Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 581 (0407) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS10. (0-1FF) H1-21 TerminalS1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 581 (0B70) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS1. (0-1FF) Expert Note: 11 Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 433
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H1-01 (0438) Expert | TerminalS1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS1. | 40 (F,40) | 579 |
| H1-02 (0439) Expert | TerminalS2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS2. | 41 (F,41) | 579 |
| H1-03 (0400) | TerminalS3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS3. Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS3changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis24[ExternalFault(NO-Always-Coast)]. •Whend1-18=1,2,or4[Highspeedhaspriority,Levelingspeedhaspriority,or SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingis50[NominalSpeed]. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) | 579 |
| H1-04 (0401) | TerminalS4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS4. Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS4changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis14[FaultReset]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingis54[InspectionOperation]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) | 579 |
| H1-05 (0402) | TerminalS5Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS5. Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS5changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis3[Multi-StepSpeedReference1]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingis51[IntermediateSpeed]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) | 580 |
| H1-06 (0403) | TerminalS6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS6. Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS6changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis4[Multi-StepSpeedReference2]. •Whend1-18=1,2,or4[Highspeedhaspriority,Levelingspeedhaspriority,or SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingis53[LevelingSpeed]. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) | 580 |
| H1-07 (0404) | TerminalS7Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS7. Note: ThedrivedefaultsettingsandfunctionssetfortheterminalS7changeswhenthe d1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges: •Whend1-18=0or3[Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)],thedefaultsettingis5[Multi-StepSpeedReference3]. •Whend1-18=1or2,[HighspeedhaspriorityorLevelingspeedhaspriority], thedefaultsettingisF[NotUsed]. •Whend1-18=4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultsettingisBA[LandingZone]. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) | 580 |
| H1-08 (0405) | TerminalS8Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS8. | F (0-1FF) | 580 |
| H1-09 (0406) | TerminalS9Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS9. | F (0-1FF) | 580 |
| H1-10 (0407) | TerminalS10Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS10. | F (0-1FF) | 581 |
| H1-21 (0B70) Expert | TerminalS1Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS1. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 581 |
Source page
Page 434
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H1-22 TerminalS2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 581 (0B71) Select2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS2. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-23 TerminalS3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 581 (0B72) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS3. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-24 TerminalS4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 581 (0B73) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS4. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-25 TerminalS5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 582 (0B74) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS5. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-26 TerminalS6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 582 (0B75) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS6. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-27 TerminalS7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 582 (0B76) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS7. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-28 TerminalS8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 582 (0B77) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS8. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-29 TerminalS9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 582 (0B78) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS9. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. H1-30 TerminalS10Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 583 (0B79) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS10. (0-1FF) Expert Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. ◆ H1-xx: MFDI Setting Values SettingValue Function Description Ref. 3 Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 583 Reference1 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. 4 Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 583 Reference2 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. 5 Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 583 Reference3 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. 6 JogReferenceSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 583 SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection 1≠AnalogInput]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. 7 Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 584 Selection1 SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1- 03,C1-04]. 8 BaseblockCommand(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 584 O.) SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputisON. ON:Baseblock(driveoutputstop) OFF:Normaloperation 9 BaseblockCommand(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 584 C.) SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputterminalisOFF. ON:Normaloperation OFF:Baseblock(driveoutputstop) F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 584 Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. 434 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H1-22 (0B71) Expert | TerminalS2Function Select2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS2. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 581 |
| H1-23 (0B72) Expert | TerminalS3Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS3. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 581 |
| H1-24 (0B73) Expert | TerminalS4Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS4. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 581 |
| H1-25 (0B74) Expert | TerminalS5Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS5. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 582 |
| H1-26 (0B75) Expert | TerminalS6Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS6. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 582 |
| H1-27 (0B76) Expert | TerminalS7Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS7. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 582 |
| H1-28 (0B77) Expert | TerminalS8Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS8. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 582 |
| H1-29 (0B78) Expert | TerminalS9Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS9. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 582 |
| H1-30 (0B79) Expert | TerminalS10Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS10. Note: Youcannotset40[UpCommand]and41[DownCommand]tothisparameter. | F (0-1FF) | 583 |
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 3 | Multi-StepSpeed Reference1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. | 583 |
| 4 | Multi-StepSpeed Reference2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. | 583 |
| 5 | Multi-StepSpeed Reference3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. | 583 |
| 6 | JogReferenceSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection 1≠AnalogInput]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. | 583 |
| 7 | Accel/DecelRamp Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1- 03,C1-04]. | 584 |
| 8 | BaseblockCommand(N. O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputisON. ON:Baseblock(driveoutputstop) OFF:Normaloperation | 584 |
| 9 | BaseblockCommand(N. C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputterminalisOFF. ON:Normaloperation OFF:Baseblock(driveoutputstop) | 584 |
| F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. | 584 |
Source page
Page 435
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 14 FaultReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 585 SetsthecommandtoresetthecurrentfaultwhentheUp/Downcommandisinactive. Note: ThedriveignoresthefaultresetcommandwhentheUp/Downcommandisactive.RemovetheUp/Down commandbeforetryingtoresetafault. 15 EmergencyStop(N.O.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 585 SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinput terminalisONwhilethedriveisoperating. 16 Motor2Selection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 585 Setsthecommandforthedrivetooperatemotor1ormotor2.Stopthemotorsbeforeswitching. ON:Selectsmotor2 OFF:Selectsmotor1 17 EmergencyStop(N.C.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 586 SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinput terminalisONwhilethedriveisoperating. 18 TimerFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 586 Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithTimerOutput[H2-xx=12]. 1A Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Selection2 SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp3[C1-05,C1-06]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp4[C1- 07,C1-08].SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=7[Accel/DecelRampSelection1]together. 20 ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-Ramp) Whentheterminalactivates,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. 21 ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-Ramp) Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. 22 ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Ramp) Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutput terminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhilethe driveisstopped. 23 ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Ramp) Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. 24 ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-Coast) Whentheterminalactivates,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. 25 ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-Coast) Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelayoutput terminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthe driveisstoppedorrunning. 26 ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Coast) Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. 27 ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Coast) Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. 28 ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-FStop) Whentheterminalactivates,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09[EmergencyStop Ramp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrivesandrunningdrives willdetectexternalfaults. 29 ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-FStop) Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09[EmergencyStop Ramp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrivesandrunningdrives willdetectexternalfaults. 2A ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-FStop) Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09 [EmergencyStopRamp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrives willnotdetectexternalfaults. 2B ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-FStop) Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09 [EmergencyStopRamp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrives willnotdetectexternalfaults. 2C ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 11 Always-Alarm) Whentheterminalactivates,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutputterminal setforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation.Stoppeddrives andrunningdriveswilldetectexternalfaults. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 435
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 14 | FaultReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoresetthecurrentfaultwhentheUp/Downcommandisinactive. Note: ThedriveignoresthefaultresetcommandwhentheUp/Downcommandisactive.RemovetheUp/Down commandbeforetryingtoresetafault. | 585 |
| 15 | EmergencyStop(N.O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinput terminalisONwhilethedriveisoperating. | 585 |
| 16 | Motor2Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandforthedrivetooperatemotor1ormotor2.Stopthemotorsbeforeswitching. ON:Selectsmotor2 OFF:Selectsmotor1 | 585 |
| 17 | EmergencyStop(N.C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinput terminalisONwhilethedriveisoperating. | 586 |
| 18 | TimerFunction | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithTimerOutput[H2-xx=12]. | 586 |
| 1A | Accel/DecelRamp Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp3[C1-05,C1-06]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp4[C1- 07,C1-08].SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=7[Accel/DecelRampSelection1]together. | 587 |
| 20 | ExternalFault(NO- Always-Ramp) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivates,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. | 587 |
| 21 | ExternalFault(NC- Always-Ramp) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. | 587 |
| 22 | ExternalFault(NO- @Run-Ramp) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelayoutput terminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhilethe driveisstopped. | 587 |
| 23 | ExternalFault(NC- @Run-Ramp) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedriverampstostopintheselecteddecelerationtime.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. | 587 |
| 24 | ExternalFault(NO- Always-Coast) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivates,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelayoutputterminal MA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthedriveis stoppedorrunning. | 587 |
| 25 | ExternalFault(NC- Always-Coast) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelayoutput terminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivealwaysdetectsexternalfaultswhetherthe driveisstoppedorrunning. | 587 |
| 26 | ExternalFault(NO- @Run-Coast) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. | 587 |
| 27 | ExternalFault(NC- @Run-Coast) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedriveshutsofftheoutputandthemotorcoaststostop.Faultrelay outputterminalMA-MCwillturnON,andMB-MCwillturnOFF.Thedrivedoesnotdetectexternalfaultswhile thedriveisstopped. | 587 |
| 28 | ExternalFault(NO- Always-FStop) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivates,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09[EmergencyStop Ramp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrivesandrunningdrives willdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 29 | ExternalFault(NC- Always-FStop) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivates,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09[EmergencyStop Ramp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrivesandrunningdrives willdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 2A | ExternalFault(NO- @Run-FStop) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09 [EmergencyStopRamp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrives willnotdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 2B | ExternalFault(NC- @Run-FStop) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thedrivestopsthemotorinthedecelerationrampsettoC1-09 [EmergencyStopRamp].FaultrelayoutputterminalMA-MCturnsON,andMB-MCturnsOFF.Stoppeddrives willnotdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 2C | ExternalFault(NO- Always-Alarm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivates,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutputterminal setforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation.Stoppeddrives andrunningdriveswilldetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
Source page
Page 436
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 2D ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 Always-Alarm) Whentheterminaldeactivates,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutputterminal setforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation.Stoppeddrives andrunningdriveswilldetectexternalfaults. 2E ExternalFault(NO- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Alarm) Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutput terminalsetforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation. Stoppeddriveswillnotdetectexternalfaults. 2F ExternalFault(NC- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 @Run-Alarm) Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andthe outputterminalsetforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation. Stoppeddriveswillnotdetectexternalfaults. 30 CreepCancel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 587 SetsthecommandtocancelthecreepoperationwhentheterminalisOFF. ON:Thedrivecontinuesthecreepoperation. OFF:Thedrivecancelsthecreepoperation(N.C.). 40 UpCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 588 Expert SetstheUpcommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=41[DownCommand]together. ON:Up OFF:Stop Note: •IfyouturnONtheUpcommandterminalandtheDowncommandterminal,itwillcauseanEF[Up/Down CommandInputError]alarmandthemotorwillramptostop. •Initializethedrivewitha2-wiresequencetosettheUpcommandtoterminalS1. 41 DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 588 Expert SetstheDowncommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=40[UpCommand]together. ON:Down OFF:Stop Note: •IfyouturnONtheUpcommandterminalandtheDowncommandterminal,itwillcauseanEF[Up/Down CommandInputError]alarmandthemotorwillramptostop. •Initializethedrivewitha2-wiresequencetosettheDowncommandtoterminalS2. 4B ShortCircuit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 588 MCFeedback(NO) SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotordoesnothaveashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON:Themotordoesnothaveashortcircuit. OFF:Themotorhasashortcircuit. 4C ShortCircuit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 588 MCFeedback(NC) SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotorhasashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON:Themotorhasashortcircuit. OFF:Themotordoesnothaveashortcircuit. 50 NominalSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 51 IntermediateSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisON. Setthisfunction,50[NominalSpeed],and52[RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeedreference setind1-21[IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 52 RelevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 53 LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 54 InspectionOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalis ON. 55 RescueOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisON. 56 MotorContactor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 589 FeedbackN.O. SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisclosedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisclosed(N.O.). OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. 436 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2D | ExternalFault(NC- Always-Alarm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivates,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutputterminal setforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation.Stoppeddrives andrunningdriveswilldetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 2E | ExternalFault(NO- @Run-Alarm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminalactivatesduringrun,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andtheoutput terminalsetforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation. Stoppeddriveswillnotdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 2F | ExternalFault(NC- @Run-Alarm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whentheterminaldeactivatesduringrun,thekeypadshowsEFx[ExternalFault(InputTerminalSx)]andthe outputterminalsetforH2-xx=10[MFDOFunctionSelection=Alarm]activates.Thedrivecontinuesoperation. Stoppeddriveswillnotdetectexternalfaults. | 587 |
| 30 | CreepCancel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocancelthecreepoperationwhentheterminalisOFF. ON:Thedrivecontinuesthecreepoperation. OFF:Thedrivecancelsthecreepoperation(N.C.). | 587 |
| 40 Expert | UpCommand | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheUpcommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=41[DownCommand]together. ON:Up OFF:Stop Note: •IfyouturnONtheUpcommandterminalandtheDowncommandterminal,itwillcauseanEF[Up/Down CommandInputError]alarmandthemotorwillramptostop. •Initializethedrivewitha2-wiresequencetosettheUpcommandtoterminalS1. | 588 |
| 41 Expert | DownCommand | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDowncommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=40[UpCommand]together. ON:Down OFF:Stop Note: •IfyouturnONtheUpcommandterminalandtheDowncommandterminal,itwillcauseanEF[Up/Down CommandInputError]alarmandthemotorwillramptostop. •Initializethedrivewitha2-wiresequencetosettheDowncommandtoterminalS2. | 588 |
| 4B | ShortCircuit MCFeedback(NO) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotordoesnothaveashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON:Themotordoesnothaveashortcircuit. OFF:Themotorhasashortcircuit. | 588 |
| 4C | ShortCircuit MCFeedback(NC) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotorhasashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON:Themotorhasashortcircuit. OFF:Themotordoesnothaveashortcircuit. | 588 |
| 50 | NominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 589 |
| 51 | IntermediateSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisON. Setthisfunction,50[NominalSpeed],and52[RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeedreference setind1-21[IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 589 |
| 52 | RelevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 589 |
| 53 | LevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 589 |
| 54 | InspectionOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalis ON. | 589 |
| 55 | RescueOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisON. | 589 |
| 56 | MotorContactor FeedbackN.O. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisclosedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisclosed(N.O.). OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. | 589 |
Source page
Page 437
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 57 HighSpeedLimitUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalis ON. 58 HighSpeedLimitDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminal isON. 5A MotorContactor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 FeedbackN.C. SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisopenwhentheterminalisON. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisclosed(N.C.). 5B BrakeFeedbackN.C. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisappliedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thebrakeisapplied. OFF:Thebrakeisreleased(N.C.). 5C StopDistanceCorrection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisON. 5D BrakeTrqReq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 590 SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhenthe terminalisON. Note: YoucannotsetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10Function Select2]. ON:ThedriverequeststostarttheBrakeTorqueCheck. OFF:Thedriveoperatesnormally. 67 CommunicationsTest V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 591 Mode Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. 79 BrakeFeedbackN.O. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 591 SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisreleasedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thebrakeisreleased(N.O.). OFF:Thebrakeisapplied. BA LandingZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 591 Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequence afterthedecelerationhasbeencompleted. Note: Youcannotthisfunctionintheseconditions: •Whenyouselecta2ndmotorwhiled1-27[Motor2SpeedReference]≠0 •DuringInspectionOperation •DuringRescueOperation •DuringLightLoadSearch BB Standby V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 591 SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisON. Note: Whenyouusethisfunction,alsosetH2-xx=65or165foranMFDOterminal.IfyoudonotsetanyMFDO terminals,thedrivedetectsoPE08[ParameterSelectionError]. ON:ThedrivemovesontheStandbyMode. OFF:Thedriveoperatesnormally. BC WakeUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 591 SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromthe MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisON.When thedriveisnotinStandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. Note: YoucansetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10FunctionSelect 2]. ON:ThedrivereturnsfromtheStandbyMode. 103 !Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Reference1 Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. 104 !Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Reference2 Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. 105 !Multi-StepSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Reference3 Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. 106 !JogReferenceSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection 1≠AnalogInput]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. 11 107 !Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Selection1 SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1- 03,C1-04]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 437
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 57 | HighSpeedLimitUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalis ON. | 590 |
| 58 | HighSpeedLimitDown | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminal isON. | 590 |
| 5A | MotorContactor FeedbackN.C. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisopenwhentheterminalisON. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisclosed(N.C.). | 590 |
| 5B | BrakeFeedbackN.C. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisappliedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thebrakeisapplied. OFF:Thebrakeisreleased(N.C.). | 590 |
| 5C | StopDistanceCorrection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisON. | 590 |
| 5D | BrakeTrqReq | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhenthe terminalisON. Note: YoucannotsetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10Function Select2]. ON:ThedriverequeststostarttheBrakeTorqueCheck. OFF:Thedriveoperatesnormally. | 590 |
| 67 | CommunicationsTest Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. | 591 |
| 79 | BrakeFeedbackN.O. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisreleasedwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thebrakeisreleased(N.O.). OFF:Thebrakeisapplied. | 591 |
| BA | LandingZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequence afterthedecelerationhasbeencompleted. Note: Youcannotthisfunctionintheseconditions: •Whenyouselecta2ndmotorwhiled1-27[Motor2SpeedReference]≠0 •DuringInspectionOperation •DuringRescueOperation •DuringLightLoadSearch | 591 |
| BB | Standby | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisON. Note: Whenyouusethisfunction,alsosetH2-xx=65or165foranMFDOterminal.IfyoudonotsetanyMFDO terminals,thedrivedetectsoPE08[ParameterSelectionError]. ON:ThedrivemovesontheStandbyMode. OFF:Thedriveoperatesnormally. | 591 |
| BC | WakeUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromthe MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisON.When thedriveisnotinStandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. Note: YoucansetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10FunctionSelect 2]. ON:ThedrivereturnsfromtheStandbyMode. | 591 |
| 103 | !Multi-StepSpeed Reference1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. | 592 |
| 104 | !Multi-StepSpeed Reference2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. | 592 |
| 105 | !Multi-StepSpeed Reference3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesacombinationofmulti-stepspeedreferences1,2and3(N.C.)tosetd1-01tod1-08[Multi-StepSpeed Reference]. | 592 |
| 106 | !JogReferenceSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection 1≠AnalogInput]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. | 592 |
| 107 | !Accel/DecelRamp Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1- 03,C1-04]. | 592 |
Source page
Page 438
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 114 !FaultReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtoresetthecurrentfaultwhentheUp/Downcommandisinactive. Note: ThedriveignoresthefaultresetcommandwhentheUp/Downcommandisactive.RemovetheUp/Down commandbeforetryingtoresetafault. 116 !Motor2Selection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandforthedrivetooperatemotor1ormotor2.Stopthemotorsbeforeswitching. ON:Selectsmotor1 OFF:Selectsmotor2 118 !TimerFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithH2-xx=112[!TimerOutput]. 11A !Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Selection2 SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=107[!Accel/DecelRampSelection1]together.SetsthedrivetouseC1-01toC1-08 [Acceleration/DecelerationRamps1to4]. 130 !CreepCancel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtocancelthecreepoperationwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thedrivecancelsthecreepoperation(N.O.). OFF:Thedrivecontinuesthecreepoperation. 150 !NominalSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisOFF. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 151 !IntermediateSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisOFF. Setthisfunction,150[!NominalSpeed],and152[!RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeed referencesetind1-21[IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 152 !RelevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisOFF. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 153 !LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. 154 !InspectionOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalis OFF. 155 !RescueOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisOFF. 157 !HighSpeedLimitUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalis OFF. 158 !HighSpeedLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Down Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminal isOFF. 15C !StopDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Correction SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisOFF. 15D !BrakeTrqReq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhenthe terminalisOFF. Note: YoucannotsetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10Function Select2]. ON:Thedriveoperatesnormally. OFF:ThedriverequeststostarttheBrakeTorqueCheck. 167 !CommunicationsTest V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Mode Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. 1BA !LandingZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequence afterthedecelerationhasbeencompleted. Note: Youcannotthisfunctionintheseconditions: •Whenyouselecta2ndmotorwhiled1-27[Motor2SpeedReference]≠0 •DuringInspectionOperation •DuringRescueOperation •DuringLightLoadSearch 438 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 114 | !FaultReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoresetthecurrentfaultwhentheUp/Downcommandisinactive. Note: ThedriveignoresthefaultresetcommandwhentheUp/Downcommandisactive.RemovetheUp/Down commandbeforetryingtoresetafault. | 592 |
| 116 | !Motor2Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandforthedrivetooperatemotor1ormotor2.Stopthemotorsbeforeswitching. ON:Selectsmotor1 OFF:Selectsmotor2 | 592 |
| 118 | !TimerFunction | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithH2-xx=112[!TimerOutput]. | 592 |
| 11A | !Accel/DecelRamp Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=107[!Accel/DecelRampSelection1]together.SetsthedrivetouseC1-01toC1-08 [Acceleration/DecelerationRamps1to4]. | 592 |
| 130 | !CreepCancel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocancelthecreepoperationwhentheterminalisON. ON:Thedrivecancelsthecreepoperation(N.O.). OFF:Thedrivecontinuesthecreepoperation. | 592 |
| 150 | !NominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisOFF. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 592 |
| 151 | !IntermediateSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisOFF. Setthisfunction,150[!NominalSpeed],and152[!RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeed referencesetind1-21[IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 592 |
| 152 | !RelevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisOFF. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 592 |
| 153 | !LevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: Theoperationconditionschangewhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode]settingchanges. | 592 |
| 154 | !InspectionOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalis OFF. | 592 |
| 155 | !RescueOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisOFF. | 592 |
| 157 | !HighSpeedLimitUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalis OFF. | 592 |
| 158 | !HighSpeedLimit Down | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminal isOFF. | 592 |
| 15C | !StopDistance Correction | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisOFF. | 592 |
| 15D | !BrakeTrqReq | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhenthe terminalisOFF. Note: YoucannotsetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10Function Select2]. ON:Thedriveoperatesnormally. OFF:ThedriverequeststostarttheBrakeTorqueCheck. | 592 |
| 167 | !CommunicationsTest Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. | 592 |
| 1BA | !LandingZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequence afterthedecelerationhasbeencompleted. Note: Youcannotthisfunctionintheseconditions: •Whenyouselecta2ndmotorwhiled1-27[Motor2SpeedReference]≠0 •DuringInspectionOperation •DuringRescueOperation •DuringLightLoadSearch | 592 |
Source page
Page 439
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 1BB !Standby V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisOFF. Note: Whenyouusethisfunction,alsosetH2-xx=65or165foranMFDOterminal.IfyoudonotsetanyMFDO terminals,thedrivedetectsoPE08[ParameterSelectionError]. ON:Thedriveoperatesnormally. OFF:ThedrivemovesontheStandbyMode. 1BC !WakeUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 592 SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromthe MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisOFF.When thedriveisnotinStandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. Note: YoucansetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10FunctionSelect 2]. OFF:ThedrivereturnsfromtheStandbyMode. ◆ H2: Digital Outputs No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H2-01 TermM1-M2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50 593 (040B) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM1-M2. (0-1FF) Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. H2-02 TermM3-M4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 51 593 (040C) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM3-M4. (0-1FF) Note: •Thedefaultsettingchangeswhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] settingchanges: -Whend1-18≠4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultfunctionsettingis51[Output ContactorControl]. -Whend1-18=4,thedefaultfunctionsettingis74[SlowDown]. •Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. H2-03 TermM5-M6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 593 (040D) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM5-M6. (0-1FF) Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. H2-04 TermP1-C1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 37 593 (040E) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP1-C1. (0-1FF) Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. H2-05 TermP2-C2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F 593 (040F) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP2-C2. (0-1FF) Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 439
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1BB | !Standby | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[Standby Outputor!StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisOFF. Note: Whenyouusethisfunction,alsosetH2-xx=65or165foranMFDOterminal.IfyoudonotsetanyMFDO terminals,thedrivedetectsoPE08[ParameterSelectionError]. ON:Thedriveoperatesnormally. OFF:ThedrivemovesontheStandbyMode. | 592 |
| 1BC | !WakeUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromthe MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisOFF.When thedriveisnotinStandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. Note: YoucansetthisfunctionforH1-21[TerminalS1FunctionSelect2]toH1-30[TerminalS10FunctionSelect 2]. OFF:ThedrivereturnsfromtheStandbyMode. | 592 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H2-01 (040B) | TermM1-M2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM1-M2. Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. | 50 (0-1FF) | 593 |
| H2-02 (040C) | TermM3-M4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM3-M4. Note: •Thedefaultsettingchangeswhenthed1-18[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] settingchanges: -Whend1-18≠4[SmartReplacement],thedefaultfunctionsettingis51[Output ContactorControl]. -Whend1-18=4,thedefaultfunctionsettingis74[SlowDown]. •Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. | 51 (0-1FF) | 593 |
| H2-03 (040D) | TermM5-M6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM5-M6. Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. | 6 (0-1FF) | 593 |
| H2-04 (040E) | TermP1-C1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP1-C1. Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. | 37 (0-1FF) | 593 |
| H2-05 (040F) | TermP2-C2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP2-C2. Note: Whenyoudonotusetheterminalorwhenyouusetheterminalinthroughmode, setthisparametertoF[NotUsed]. | F (0-1FF) | 593 |
Source page
Page 440
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
◆ H2-xx: MFDO Setting Values
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 0 DuringRun V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 594 TheterminalactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage. ON:Driveisrunning OFF:Driveisstopping 1 ZeroSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 594 Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevel atStop]. Note: ParameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]selectswhichparameteristhereference. A1-02Setting ControlMethodSelection ParameterUsedastheReference 0 V/f E1-09 2 OLV E1-09 3 CLV S1-01 7 CLV/PM S1-01 ON:Outputspeed<valueofE1-09orS1-01. OFF:Outputspeed≥valueofE1-09orS1-01. 2 SpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 594 Theterminalturnsonwhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetection Width]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-02”. OFF:Theoutputspeeddoesnotalignwiththespeedreferencealthoughthedriveisrunning. 3 User-SetSpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 595 TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. 4 SpeedDetection1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 595 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthe valueofL4-01. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<L4-01,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-01+L4-02” OFF:Theoutputspeed>“L4-01+L4-02” 5 SpeedDetection2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 596 Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminalactivates, theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>L4-01 OFF:Theoutputspeed<“L4-01-L4-02”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-01 6 DriveReady V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 596 Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. 7 DCBusUndervoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 596 TheterminalactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05 [UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsoactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbus voltage. ON:TheDCbusvoltage≤L2-05 OFF:TheDCbusvoltage>L2-05 8 DuringBaseblock(N.O.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Theterminalactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitching anddoesnotmakeDCbusvoltage. ON:Duringbaseblock OFF:Thedriveisnotinbaseblock. 440 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | DuringRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage. ON:Driveisrunning OFF:Driveisstopping | 594 |
| 1 | ZeroSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevel atStop]. Note: ParameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]selectswhichparameteristhereference. A1-02Setting ControlMethodSelection ParameterUsedastheReference 0 V/f E1-09 2 OLV E1-09 3 CLV S1-01 7 CLV/PM S1-01 ON:Outputspeed<valueofE1-09orS1-01. OFF:Outputspeed≥valueofE1-09orS1-01. | 594 |
| 2 | SpeedAgree1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalturnsonwhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetection Width]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-02”. OFF:Theoutputspeeddoesnotalignwiththespeedreferencealthoughthedriveisrunning. | 594 |
| 3 | User-SetSpeedAgree1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. | 595 |
| 4 | SpeedDetection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthe valueofL4-01. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<L4-01,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-01+L4-02” OFF:Theoutputspeed>“L4-01+L4-02” | 595 |
| 5 | SpeedDetection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminalactivates, theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>L4-01 OFF:Theoutputspeed<“L4-01-L4-02”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-01 | 596 |
| 6 | DriveReady | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. | 596 |
| 7 | DCBusUndervoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05 [UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsoactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbus voltage. ON:TheDCbusvoltage≤L2-05 OFF:TheDCbusvoltage>L2-05 | 596 |
| 8 | DuringBaseblock(N.O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitching anddoesnotmakeDCbusvoltage. ON:Duringbaseblock OFF:Thedriveisnotinbaseblock. | 597 |
| A1-02Setting | ControlMethodSelection | ParameterUsedastheReference |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | V/f | E1-09 |
| 2 | OLV | E1-09 |
| 3 | CLV | S1-01 |
| 7 | CLV/PM | S1-01 |
Source page
Page 441
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 9 SpeedReferencefrom V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Keypad Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. ON:Thekeypadisthespeedreferencesource. OFF:Parameterb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]isthespeedreferencesource. A Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Source ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ON:ThekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. OFF:Parameterb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]istheUp/Downcommandsource. B TorqueDetection1(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 O.) Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. ON:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-02for longerthanthetimesetinL6-03[TorqueDetectionTime1]. E Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Note: TheterminalwillnotactivateforCPF00andCPF01[ControlCircuitError]faults. F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.AlsousethissettingasthePLCcontact outputviaMEMOBUS/Modbusorthecommunicationoption.Thissignaldoesnotfunctionifyoudonot configuresignalsfromthePLC. 10 Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 597 Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. 11 FaultResetCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 598 Active TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serial communications,orthecommunicationoption. 12 TimerOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 598 Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=18[MFDIFunction Selection=TimerFunction]. 13 SpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 598 Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. 14 User-SetSpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 598 TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4-04 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. 15 SpeedDetection3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 599 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[Speed AgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeed isatthevalueofL4-03. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<L4-03,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-03+L4-04” OFF:Theoutputspeed>“L4-03+L4-04” 16 SpeedDetection4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 599 Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminal activates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>L4-03 OFF:Theoutputspeed<“L4-03-L4-04”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-03 18 TorqueDetection2(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 600 O.) Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. ON:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-05for longerthanthetimesetinL6-06[TorqueDetectionTime2]. 1A DuringDownDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 600 TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirection. 11 OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirectionorthemotorstopped. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 441
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 9 | SpeedReferencefrom Keypad | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. ON:Thekeypadisthespeedreferencesource. OFF:Parameterb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]isthespeedreferencesource. | 597 |
| A | Up/DownCommand Source | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ON:ThekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. OFF:Parameterb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]istheUp/Downcommandsource. | 597 |
| B | TorqueDetection1(N. O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. ON:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-02for longerthanthetimesetinL6-03[TorqueDetectionTime1]. | 597 |
| E | Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Note: TheterminalwillnotactivateforCPF00andCPF01[ControlCircuitError]faults. | 597 |
| F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.AlsousethissettingasthePLCcontact outputviaMEMOBUS/Modbusorthecommunicationoption.Thissignaldoesnotfunctionifyoudonot configuresignalsfromthePLC. | 597 |
| 10 | Alarm | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. | 597 |
| 11 | FaultResetCommand Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serial communications,orthecommunicationoption. | 598 |
| 12 | TimerOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=18[MFDIFunction Selection=TimerFunction]. | 598 |
| 13 | SpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. | 598 |
| 14 | User-SetSpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4-04 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. OFF:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. | 598 |
| 15 | SpeedDetection3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[Speed AgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeed isatthevalueofL4-03. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<L4-03,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-03+L4-04” OFF:Theoutputspeed>“L4-03+L4-04” | 599 |
| 16 | SpeedDetection4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminal activates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>L4-03 OFF:Theoutputspeed<“L4-03-L4-04”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-03 | 599 |
| 18 | TorqueDetection2(N. O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. ON:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-05for longerthanthetimesetinL6-06[TorqueDetectionTime2]. | 600 |
| 1A | DuringDownDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirection. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirectionorthemotorstopped. | 600 |
Source page
Page 442
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 1B DuringBaseblock(N.C.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 600 Theterminaldeactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstops switchinganddoesnotmakeDCbusvoltage. ON:Thedriveisnotinbaseblock. OFF:Duringbaseblock 1C Motor2Selected V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 600 Theterminalactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. ON:Motor2Selected OFF:Motor1Selected 1E ResetEnabled V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 601 Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. 1F MotorOverloadAlarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 601 (oL1) Theterminalactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionisa minimumof90%ofthedetectionlevel. 20 DriveOverheatPre- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 601 Alarm(oH) TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarmLevel]. 21 SafeTorqueOFF V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 601 Theterminalactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperatingcorrectly andwhenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). ON:Safetystopstate OFF:SafetycircuitfaultorRUN/READY 2F Maintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 601 Notification Theterminalactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. Tellsyouaboutthemaintenanceperiodfortheseitems: • IGBT • CoolingFan • Capacitor • Softchargebypassrelay 30 DuringTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 TheterminalactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,orH3- 10[MFAIFunctionSelection]. 33 ZeroServoComplete V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 TheterminalactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth] duringPositionLockatstartorstop. 37 DuringFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 Output Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. ON:Thedriveisoutputtingfrequency. OFF:Thedriveisnotoutputtingfrequency. 47 InputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 ThisterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. 4E BrakingTransistorFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 (rr) Theterminalactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[DynamicBraking TransistorFault]fault. 50 BrakeControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 602 Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequenceforthe elevatorapplication. ON:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoreleasethebrake. OFF:Thebrakeisapplied. 51 OutputContactor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 Control Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethis settingtoopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. ON:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactorontheoutputside. OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. 52 DoorZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 TheterminalactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontroller shouldopentheelevatordoor. 54 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoad DirectionSearchduringemergencyoperation. ON:Thelightloaddirectionisup. OFF:Thelightloaddirectionisdown. 55 LightLoadDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 Active TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. ON:ThedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. OFF:TheLightLoadDirectionSearchisinprogress. 442 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1B | DuringBaseblock(N.C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstops switchinganddoesnotmakeDCbusvoltage. ON:Thedriveisnotinbaseblock. OFF:Duringbaseblock | 600 |
| 1C | Motor2Selected | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. ON:Motor2Selected OFF:Motor1Selected | 600 |
| 1E | ResetEnabled | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. | 601 |
| 1F | MotorOverloadAlarm (oL1) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionisa minimumof90%ofthedetectionlevel. | 601 |
| 20 | DriveOverheatPre- Alarm(oH) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarmLevel]. | 601 |
| 21 | SafeTorqueOFF | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperatingcorrectly andwhenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). ON:Safetystopstate OFF:SafetycircuitfaultorRUN/READY | 601 |
| 2F | Maintenance Notification | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. Tellsyouaboutthemaintenanceperiodfortheseitems: • IGBT • CoolingFan • Capacitor • Softchargebypassrelay | 601 |
| 30 | DuringTorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,orH3- 10[MFAIFunctionSelection]. | 602 |
| 33 | ZeroServoComplete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth] duringPositionLockatstartorstop. | 602 |
| 37 | DuringFrequency Output | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. ON:Thedriveisoutputtingfrequency. OFF:Thedriveisnotoutputtingfrequency. | 602 |
| 47 | InputPhaseLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThisterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. | 602 |
| 4E | BrakingTransistorFault (rr) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[DynamicBraking TransistorFault]fault. | 602 |
| 50 | BrakeControl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequenceforthe elevatorapplication. ON:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoreleasethebrake. OFF:Thebrakeisapplied. | 602 |
| 51 | OutputContactor Control | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethis settingtoopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. ON:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactorontheoutputside. OFF:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. | 603 |
| 52 | DoorZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontroller shouldopentheelevatordoor. | 603 |
| 54 | LightLoadDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoad DirectionSearchduringemergencyoperation. ON:Thelightloaddirectionisup. OFF:Thelightloaddirectionisdown. | 603 |
| 55 | LightLoadDetection Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. ON:ThedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. OFF:TheLightLoadDirectionSearchisinprogress. | 603 |
Source page
Page 443
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 58 SafeDisableActive V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 TheterminalactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.The terminaldeactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. ON:EitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF. OFF:BothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. 5C MotorCurrentMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 603 Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethe driveoutputshutsoff. 5D DuringBrakeTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 604 Check TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5D[BrakeTrqReq]activates. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisON. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. 5E BrakeToruqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 604 Complete TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[MotorTorque RampUpTime]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckhascompletedsuccessfully. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. 60 InternalCoolingFan V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 604 Failure Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. 61 PolePositionDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 604 Complete TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagnetic polepositionofthePMmotor. 65 StandbyOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 604 Theterminalactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime],or whentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=BBor1BB[MFDIFunctionSelection=Standbyor!Standby]activates. ON:DuringStandbyMode OFF:ThedriveisnotinStandbyMode. 69 ExternalPower24V V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 605 Supply Theterminalactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. ON:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpower. OFF:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyisnotsupplyingpower. 6A DataLoggerError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 605 TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. 74 SlowDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 605 TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed]activatesaftertheterminalset forH1-xx=50[NominalSpeed],51[IntermediateSpeed],or52[RelevelingSpeed]activated. ON:TheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx=50,51,or52activated. OFF:TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=0[DuringRun]deactivatesandthedriveisstopped. 75 TDCCPulseOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 606 TheterminalactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Withevery directionchangeoftheelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberof directionchanges. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 76 TDCCAlarmLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 606 Reached TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41 [TravelDirectCounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 77 TDCCFaultLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 606 Reached TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsa TCF[TDCCFault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replace elevatorropes. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 78 ShortCircuitBrake V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 606 Release TheterminalactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. ON:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisremoved. OFF:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisinput. 7A DuringUpDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheUpdirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirection. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirectionorthemotorstopped. 100 !DuringRun V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 11 TheterminaldeactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage. ON:Driveisstopping OFF:Driveisrunning YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 443
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 58 | SafeDisableActive | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.The terminaldeactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. ON:EitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF. OFF:BothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. | 603 |
| 5C | MotorCurrentMonitor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethe driveoutputshutsoff. | 603 |
| 5D | DuringBrakeTorque Check | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5D[BrakeTrqReq]activates. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisON. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. | 604 |
| 5E | BrakeToruqueCheck Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[MotorTorque RampUpTime]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckhascompletedsuccessfully. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. | 604 |
| 60 | InternalCoolingFan Failure | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. | 604 |
| 61 | PolePositionDetection Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagnetic polepositionofthePMmotor. | 604 |
| 65 | StandbyOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime],or whentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=BBor1BB[MFDIFunctionSelection=Standbyor!Standby]activates. ON:DuringStandbyMode OFF:ThedriveisnotinStandbyMode. | 604 |
| 69 | ExternalPower24V Supply | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. ON:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpower. OFF:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyisnotsupplyingpower. | 605 |
| 6A | DataLoggerError | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. | 605 |
| 74 | SlowDown | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed]activatesaftertheterminalset forH1-xx=50[NominalSpeed],51[IntermediateSpeed],or52[RelevelingSpeed]activated. ON:TheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx=50,51,or52activated. OFF:TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=0[DuringRun]deactivatesandthedriveisstopped. | 605 |
| 75 | TDCCPulseOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Withevery directionchangeoftheelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberof directionchanges. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 606 |
| 76 | TDCCAlarmLevel Reached | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41 [TravelDirectCounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 606 |
| 77 | TDCCFaultLevel Reached | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsa TCF[TDCCFault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replace elevatorropes. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 606 |
| 78 | ShortCircuitBrake Release | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. ON:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisremoved. OFF:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisinput. | 606 |
| 7A | DuringUpDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheUpdirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirection. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirectionorthemotorstopped. | 607 |
| 100 | !DuringRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage. ON:Driveisstopping OFF:Driveisrunning | 607 |
Source page
Page 444
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 101 !ZeroSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeed LevelatStop]. Note: ParameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]selectswhichparameteristhereference. A1-02Setting ControlMethodSelection ParameterUsedastheReference 0 V/f E1-09 2 OLV E1-09 3 CLV S1-01 7 CLV/PM S1-01
ON:Outputspeed≥valueofE1-09orS1-01. OFF:Outputspeed<valueofE1-09orS1-01. 102 !SpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeeddoesnotalignwiththespeedreferencealthoughthedriveisrunning. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-02”. 103 !User-SetSpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. 104 !SpeedDetection1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]”.Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof L4-01. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>“L4-01+L4-02” OFF:Theoutputspeed<L4-01,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-01+L4-02” 105 !SpeedDetection2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminal deactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<“L4-01-L4-02”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-01 OFF:Theoutputspeed>L4-01 106 !DriveReady V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. 107 !DCBusUndervoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05 [UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsodeactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbus voltage. ON:TheDCbusvoltage>L2-05 OFF:TheDCbusvoltage≤L2-05 109 !SpeedReferencefrom V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Keypad Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. ON:Parameterb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]isthespeedreferencesource. OFF:Thekeypadisthespeedreferencesource. 10A !Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Source ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ON:Parameterb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]istheUp/Downcommandsource. OFF:ThekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. 10B TorqueDetection1(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 C.) Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. OFF:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-02for longerthanthetimesetinL6-03[TorqueDetectionTime1]. 444 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 101 | !ZeroSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeed LevelatStop]. Note: ParameterA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]selectswhichparameteristhereference. A1-02Setting ControlMethodSelection ParameterUsedastheReference 0 V/f E1-09 2 OLV E1-09 3 CLV S1-01 7 CLV/PM S1-01 ON:Outputspeed≥valueofE1-09orS1-01. OFF:Outputspeed<valueofE1-09orS1-01. | 607 |
| 102 | !SpeedAgree1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeeddoesnotalignwiththespeedreferencealthoughthedriveisrunning. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-02”. | 607 |
| 103 | !User-SetSpeedAgree1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02 [SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-01±L4-02”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-02. | 607 |
| 104 | !SpeedDetection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]”.Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof L4-01. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>“L4-01+L4-02” OFF:Theoutputspeed<L4-01,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-01+L4-02” | 607 |
| 105 | !SpeedDetection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminal deactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections.ThedriveusestheL4-01valueasthe Up/Downdetectionlevel. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<“L4-01-L4-02”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-01 OFF:Theoutputspeed>L4-01 | 607 |
| 106 | !DriveReady | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. | 607 |
| 107 | !DCBusUndervoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05 [UndervoltageDetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsodeactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbus voltage. ON:TheDCbusvoltage>L2-05 OFF:TheDCbusvoltage≤L2-05 | 607 |
| 109 | !SpeedReferencefrom Keypad | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. ON:Parameterb1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1]isthespeedreferencesource. OFF:Thekeypadisthespeedreferencesource. | 607 |
| 10A | !Up/DownCommand Source | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ON:Parameterb1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1]istheUp/Downcommandsource. OFF:ThekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. | 607 |
| 10B | TorqueDetection1(N. C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. OFF:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-02[TorqueDetectionLevel1],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-02for longerthanthetimesetinL6-03[TorqueDetectionTime1]. | 607 |
| A1-02Setting | ControlMethodSelection | ParameterUsedastheReference |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | V/f | E1-09 |
| 2 | OLV | E1-09 |
| 3 | CLV | S1-01 |
| 7 | CLV/PM | S1-01 |
Source page
Page 445
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 10E !Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Note: FaultsCPF00andCPF01[ControlCircuitError]areexcluded. 110 !Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. 111 !FaultResetCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Active TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serial communications,orthecommunicationoption. 112 !TimerOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=118[MFDIFunction Selection=!TimerFunction]. 113 !SpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. 114 !User-SetSpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4- 04[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. 115 !SpeedDetection3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthe valueofL4-03. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>“L4-03+L4-04” OFF:Theoutputspeed<L4-03,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-03+L4-04” 116 !SpeedDetection4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminal deactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<“L4-03-L4-04”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-03 OFF:Theoutputspeed>L4-03 118 TorqueDetection2(N. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 C.) Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. OFF:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-05for longerthanthetimesetinL6-06[TorqueDetectionTime2]. 11A !DuringDownDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirectionorthemotorstopped. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirection. 11C !Motor2Selected V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. ON:Motor1Selected OFF:Motor2Selected 11E !ExecutingAuto-Restart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. 11F !MotorOverloadAlarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 (oL1) Theterminaldeactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionis aminimumof90%ofthedetectionlevel. 120 !DriveOverheatPre- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Alarm(oH) TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarm Level]. 121 !SafeTorqueOFF V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperating correctlyandwhenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). 11 ON:SafetycircuitfaultorRUN/READY OFF:Safetystopstate YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 445
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 10E | !Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Note: FaultsCPF00andCPF01[ControlCircuitError]areexcluded. | 607 |
| 110 | !Alarm | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. | 607 |
| 111 | !FaultResetCommand Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serial communications,orthecommunicationoption. | 607 |
| 112 | !TimerOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=118[MFDIFunction Selection=!TimerFunction]. | 607 |
| 113 | !SpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]. Note: •Thedetectionfunctionoperatesinthetwomotorrotationdirections. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“speedreference±L4-04”. | 607 |
| 114 | !User-SetSpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4- 04[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeedisnotintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”ortherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. OFF:Theoutputspeedisintherangeof“L4-03±L4-04”andtherangeofspeedreference±L4-04. | 607 |
| 115 | !SpeedDetection3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthe valueofL4-03. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed>“L4-03+L4-04” OFF:Theoutputspeed<L4-03,ortheoutputspeed≤“L4-03+L4-04” | 607 |
| 116 | !SpeedDetection4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminal deactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. Note: •ThedetectionlevelsetinL4-03isasignedvalue.Thedrivewillonlydetectinonedirection. •ThedriveoutputsthemotorspeedstatuswhenA1-02=3,7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV,CLV/PM]. ON:Theoutputspeed<“L4-03-L4-04”,ortheoutputspeed≤L4-03 OFF:Theoutputspeed>L4-03 | 607 |
| 118 | TorqueDetection2(N. C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. OFF:Theoutputcurrent/torque>L6-05[TorqueDetectionLevel2],ortheoutputcurrent/torque<L6-05for longerthanthetimesetinL6-06[TorqueDetectionTime2]. | 607 |
| 11A | !DuringDownDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirectionorthemotorstopped. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirection. | 607 |
| 11C | !Motor2Selected | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. ON:Motor1Selected OFF:Motor2Selected | 607 |
| 11E | !ExecutingAuto-Restart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. | 607 |
| 11F | !MotorOverloadAlarm (oL1) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionis aminimumof90%ofthedetectionlevel. | 607 |
| 120 | !DriveOverheatPre- Alarm(oH) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarm Level]. | 607 |
| 121 | !SafeTorqueOFF | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperating correctlyandwhenterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). ON:SafetycircuitfaultorRUN/READY OFF:Safetystopstate | 607 |
Source page
Page 446
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
SettingValue Function Description Ref. 12F !Maintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Notification Theterminaldeactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. Tellsyouaboutthemaintenanceperiodfortheseitems: • IGBT • CoolingFan • Capacitor • Softchargebypassrelay 130 !DuringTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,or H3-10[MFAIFunctionSelection]. 133 !ZeroServoComplete V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth] duringPositionLockatstartorstop. 137 !DuringFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Output Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. ON:Thedriveisnotoutputtingfrequency. OFF:Thedriveisoutputtingfrequency. 147 !InputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 ThisterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. 14E !BrakingTransistorFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 (rr) Theterminaldeactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[Dynamic BrakingTransistorFault]fault. 150 !BrakeControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequenceforthe elevatorapplication. ON:Thebrakeisapplied. OFF:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoreleasethebrake. 151 !OutputContactor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Control Theterminaldeactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethis settingtoopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. OFF:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactorontheoutputside. 152 !DoorZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontroller shouldopentheelevatordoor. 154 !LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoad DirectionSearchduringemergencyoperation. ON:Thelightloaddirectionisdown. OFF:Thelightloaddirectionisup. 155 !LightLoadDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Active TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. ON:TheLightLoadDirectionSearchisinprogress. OFF:ThedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. 158 !SafeDisableActive V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.The terminalactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. ON:BothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. OFF:EitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF. 15C !MotorCurrentMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethe driveoutputshutsoff. 15D !DuringBrakeTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Check TheterminaldeactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=15D[!BrakeTrqReq]activates. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisON. 15E !BrakeToruqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Complete TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[Motor TorqueRampUpTime]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckhascompletedsuccessfully. 160 !InternalCoolingFan V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Failure Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. 161 !PolePositionDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Complete TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagnetic polepositionofthePMmotor. 446 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 12F | !Maintenance Notification | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. Tellsyouaboutthemaintenanceperiodfortheseitems: • IGBT • CoolingFan • Capacitor • Softchargebypassrelay | 607 |
| 130 | !DuringTorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,or H3-10[MFAIFunctionSelection]. | 607 |
| 133 | !ZeroServoComplete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth] duringPositionLockatstartorstop. | 607 |
| 137 | !DuringFrequency Output | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. ON:Thedriveisnotoutputtingfrequency. OFF:Thedriveisoutputtingfrequency. | 607 |
| 147 | !InputPhaseLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThisterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. | 607 |
| 14E | !BrakingTransistorFault (rr) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[Dynamic BrakingTransistorFault]fault. | 607 |
| 150 | !BrakeControl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequenceforthe elevatorapplication. ON:Thebrakeisapplied. OFF:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoreleasethebrake. | 607 |
| 151 | !OutputContactor Control | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethis settingtoopenandclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. ON:Theelectromagneticcontactorisopen. OFF:Theterminaloutputsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactorontheoutputside. | 607 |
| 152 | !DoorZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontroller shouldopentheelevatordoor. | 607 |
| 154 | !LightLoadDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoad DirectionSearchduringemergencyoperation. ON:Thelightloaddirectionisdown. OFF:Thelightloaddirectionisup. | 607 |
| 155 | !LightLoadDetection Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. ON:TheLightLoadDirectionSearchisinprogress. OFF:ThedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. | 607 |
| 158 | !SafeDisableActive | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.The terminalactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. ON:BothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. OFF:EitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF. | 607 |
| 15C | !MotorCurrentMonitor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethe driveoutputshutsoff. | 607 |
| 15D | !DuringBrakeTorque Check | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=15D[!BrakeTrqReq]activates. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisON. | 607 |
| 15E | !BrakeToruqueCheck Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[Motor TorqueRampUpTime]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. ON:TheBrakeTorqueCheckRequestisOFFandtheUp/DowncommandisOFF. OFF:TheBrakeTorqueCheckhascompletedsuccessfully. | 607 |
| 160 | !InternalCoolingFan Failure | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. | 607 |
| 161 | !PolePositionDetection Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagnetic polepositionofthePMmotor. | 607 |
Source page
Page 447
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Description Ref. 165 !StandbyOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Theterminaldeactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetwithb8-51[StandbyModeWait Time]. ON:TheUp/Downcommandturnsonandthemagneticcontactorontheinputsideturnson. OFF:TheUp/Downcommandturnsoffandthedrivestopsoperating.Then,themagneticcontactorontheinput sideturnsoffafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime]elapses. 169 !ExternalPower24V V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Supply Theterminaldeactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. ON:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyisnotsupplyingpower. OFF:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpower. 16A !DataLoggerError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. 174 !SlowDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=153[!LevelingSpeed]activatesafterthe terminalsetforH1-xx=150[!NominalSpeed],151[!IntermediateSpeed],or152[!RelevelingSpeed]activated. ON:TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=100[!DuringRun]deactivatesandthedriveisstopped. OFF:TheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=153activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx=150,151,or152 activated. 175 !TDCCPulseOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Withevery directionchangeoftheelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberof directionchanges. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 176 !TDCCAlarmLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Reached TheterminaldeactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41 [TravelDirectCounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 177 !TDCCFaultLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Reached TheterminaldeactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsa TCF[TDCCFault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replace elevatorropes. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. 178 !ShortCircuitBrake V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 Release TheterminaldeactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. ON:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisinput. OFF:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisremoved. 17A !DuringUpDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 607 TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheUpdirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirectionorthemotorstopped. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirection. ◆ H3: Analog Inputs No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H3-01 TerminalA1Signal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 608 (0410) LevelSelect SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA1. (0,1) 0:0to10V(LowerLimitat0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) H3-02 TerminalA1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 608 (0434) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA1. (0-1F) H3-03 TerminalA1Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 609 (0411) Setting SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-04 TerminalA1Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 609 (0412) Setting SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-05 TerminalA3Signal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 609 (0413) LevelSelect SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA3. (0,1) 0:0to10V(LowerLimitat0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) 11 H3-06 TerminalA3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1F 609 (0414) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA3. (0-1F) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 447
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 165 | !StandbyOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetwithb8-51[StandbyModeWait Time]. ON:TheUp/Downcommandturnsonandthemagneticcontactorontheinputsideturnson. OFF:TheUp/Downcommandturnsoffandthedrivestopsoperating.Then,themagneticcontactorontheinput sideturnsoffafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime]elapses. | 607 |
| 169 | !ExternalPower24V Supply | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. ON:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyisnotsupplyingpower. OFF:Theexternal24Vpowersupplyissupplyingpower. | 607 |
| 16A | !DataLoggerError | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. | 607 |
| 174 | !SlowDown | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=153[!LevelingSpeed]activatesafterthe terminalsetforH1-xx=150[!NominalSpeed],151[!IntermediateSpeed],or152[!RelevelingSpeed]activated. ON:TheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=100[!DuringRun]deactivatesandthedriveisstopped. OFF:TheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=153activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx=150,151,or152 activated. | 607 |
| 175 | !TDCCPulseOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Withevery directionchangeoftheelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberof directionchanges. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 607 |
| 176 | !TDCCAlarmLevel Reached | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41 [TravelDirectCounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 607 |
| 177 | !TDCCFaultLevel Reached | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsa TCF[TDCCFault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replace elevatorropes. Note: Thisfunctionisavailableonlywheno4-40=1[TravelDirectChangeCounterEnbl=Enabled]. | 607 |
| 178 | !ShortCircuitBrake Release | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminal setforH1-xx=9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. ON:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisinput. OFF:TheSToorBaseblockCommandsignalisremoved. | 607 |
| 17A | !DuringUpDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminaldeactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheUpdirection. ON:ThemotorisoperatingintheDowndirectionorthemotorstopped. OFF:ThemotorisoperatingintheUpdirection. | 607 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H3-01 (0410) | TerminalA1Signal LevelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA1. 0:0to10V(LowerLimitat0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) | 0 (0,1) | 608 |
| H3-02 (0434) | TerminalA1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA1. | 0 (0-1F) | 608 |
| H3-03 (0411) RUN | TerminalA1Gain Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 609 |
| H3-04 (0412) RUN | TerminalA1Bias Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 609 |
| H3-05 (0413) | TerminalA3Signal LevelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA3. 0:0to10V(LowerLimitat0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) | 0 (0,1) | 609 |
| H3-06 (0414) | TerminalA3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA3. | 1F (0-1F) | 609 |
Source page
Page 448
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H3-07 TerminalA3Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 609 (0415) Setting SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-08 TerminalA3Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 610 (0416) Setting SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-09 TerminalA2Signal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 610 (0417) LevelSelect SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA2. (0-3) 0:0-10V(LowLim=0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) 2:4to20mA 3:0to20mA H3-10 TerminalA2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1F 610 (0418) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA2. (0-1F) H3-11 TerminalA2Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 610 (0419) Setting SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-12 TerminalA2Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 611 (041A) Setting SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN H3-13 AnalogInputFilterTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.03s 611 (041B) Constant SetsthetimeconstantforprimarydelayfiltersonMFAIterminals. (0.00-2.00s) H3-16 TerminalA1Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 611 (02F0) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA1.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (-500-+500) tochangethissetting. H3-17 TerminalA2Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 611 (02F1) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA2.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (-500-+500) tochangethissetting. H3-18 TerminalA3Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 611 (02F2) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA3.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (-500-+500) tochangethissetting. ◆ H3-xx: MFAI Setting Values SettingValue Function Description Ref. 0 SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 611 TheinputvaluefromtheMFAIterminalsetwiththisfunctionbecomesthemasterspeedreference. 2 AuxiliarySpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 612 Reference1 SetsReference2throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference 1)fromtheanaloginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]settingisasettingvalueof100%. 3 AuxiliarySpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 612 Reference2 SetsReference3throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference 2)fromtheanaloginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]settingisasettingvalueof100%. E MotorTemperature V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 612 (PTCInput) UsesthemotorPositiveTemperatureCoefficient(PTC)thermistortopreventheatdamagetothemotorasa percentageofthecurrentvaluewhenthe10Vanalogsignalisinput. 14 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 612 Entersthetorquecompensationvalueifthemotorratedtorqueis100%. 1F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 612 Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.
448 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H3-07 (0415) RUN | TerminalA3Gain Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 609 |
| H3-08 (0416) RUN | TerminalA3Bias Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 610 |
| H3-09 (0417) | TerminalA2Signal LevelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA2. 0:0-10V(LowLim=0) 1:-10to+10V(BipolarReference) 2:4to20mA 3:0to20mA | 0 (0-3) | 610 |
| H3-10 (0418) | TerminalA2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA2. | 1F (0-1F) | 610 |
| H3-11 (0419) RUN | TerminalA2Gain Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 610 |
| H3-12 (041A) RUN | TerminalA2Bias Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 611 |
| H3-13 (041B) | AnalogInputFilterTime Constant | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantforprimarydelayfiltersonMFAIterminals. | 0.03s (0.00-2.00s) | 611 |
| H3-16 (02F0) | TerminalA1Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA1.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) | 611 |
| H3-17 (02F1) | TerminalA2Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA2.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) | 611 |
| H3-18 (02F2) | TerminalA3Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA3.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) | 611 |
| SettingValue | Function | Description | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | SpeedReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheinputvaluefromtheMFAIterminalsetwiththisfunctionbecomesthemasterspeedreference. | 611 |
| 2 | AuxiliarySpeed Reference1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsReference2throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference 1)fromtheanaloginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]settingisasettingvalueof100%. | 612 |
| 3 | AuxiliarySpeed Reference2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsReference3throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference 2)fromtheanaloginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]settingisasettingvalueof100%. | 612 |
| E | MotorTemperature (PTCInput) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM UsesthemotorPositiveTemperatureCoefficient(PTC)thermistortopreventheatdamagetothemotorasa percentageofthecurrentvaluewhenthe10Vanalogsignalisinput. | 612 |
| 14 | TorqueCompensation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Entersthetorquecompensationvalueifthemotorratedtorqueis100%. | 612 |
| 1F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. | 612 |
Source page
Page 449
tsiLretemaraP 11.10 H: Terminal Functions ◆ H4: Analog Outputs No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H4-01 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 614 (041D) OutputSelect SetsthemonitornumbertosendfromMFAOterminalFM. (000-999) Expert Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setH4-01=102tomonitorU1- 02[OutputSpeed]. H4-02 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 614 (041E) OutputGain SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN SetstheanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheterminalFMat10Vas100%whenan Expert outputformonitoringitemsis100%. H4-03 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 614 (041F) OutputBias SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN SettheleveloftheanalogsignalsentfromterminalFMat10Vas100%whenan Expert outputformonitoringitemsis0%. H4-04 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 614 (0420) OutputSelect SetsthemonitoringnumbertobeoutputfromtheMFAOterminalAM. (000-999) Expert Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setH4-04=103tomonitorU1- 03[OutputCurrent]. H4-05 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% 615 (0421) OutputGain SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutput Expert levelfromtheAMterminalat10Vas100%. H4-06 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 615 (0422) OutputBias SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutput Expert levelfromtheAMterminalat10Vas0%. H4-07 TerminalFMSignal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 615 (0423) LevelSelect SetstheMFAOterminalFMoutputsignallevel. (0,1) Expert 0:0to10Vdc 1:-10to+10Vdc H4-08 TerminalAMSignal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 615 (0424) LevelSelect SetstheMFAOterminalAMoutputsignallevel. (0,1) Expert 0:0to10Vdc 1:-10to+10Vdc H4-20 AnalogPowerMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00kW 615 (0B53) 100%Level Setsthelevelat10VwhenU1-08[OutputPower]issetforanalogoutput. (0.00-650.00kW) ◆ H5: Serial Communication No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H5-01 DriveNodeAddress V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 616 (0425) Setsthecommunicationslaveaddressfordrives. (0-FF) Expert Note: •Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. •Setting0willnotletthedriverespondtoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. H5-02 CommunicationSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 616 (0426) Selection SetsthecommunicationsspeedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. (0-8) Expert Note: Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. 0:1200bps 1:2400bps 2:4800bps 3:9600bps 4:19.2kbps 5:38.4kbps 6:57.6kbps 7:76.8kbps 8:115.2kbps 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 449
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H4-01 (041D) Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitornumbertosendfromMFAOterminalFM. Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setH4-01=102tomonitorU1- 02[OutputSpeed]. | 102 (000-999) | 614 |
| H4-02 (041E) RUN Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. SetstheanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheterminalFMat10Vas100%whenan outputformonitoringitemsis100%. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 614 |
| H4-03 (041F) RUN Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. SettheleveloftheanalogsignalsentfromterminalFMat10Vas100%whenan outputformonitoringitemsis0%. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 614 |
| H4-04 (0420) Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitoringnumbertobeoutputfromtheMFAOterminalAM. Setthex-xxpartoftheUx-xx[Monitor].Forexample,setH4-04=103tomonitorU1- 03[OutputCurrent]. | 103 (000-999) | 614 |
| H4-05 (0421) RUN Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. Whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutput levelfromtheAMterminalat10Vas100%. | 50.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 615 |
| H4-06 (0422) RUN Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. Whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutput levelfromtheAMterminalat10Vas0%. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) | 615 |
| H4-07 (0423) Expert | TerminalFMSignal LevelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheMFAOterminalFMoutputsignallevel. 0:0to10Vdc 1:-10to+10Vdc | 0 (0,1) | 615 |
| H4-08 (0424) Expert | TerminalAMSignal LevelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheMFAOterminalAMoutputsignallevel. 0:0to10Vdc 1:-10to+10Vdc | 0 (0,1) | 615 |
| H4-20 (0B53) | AnalogPowerMonitor 100%Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelat10VwhenU1-08[OutputPower]issetforanalogoutput. | 0.00kW (0.00-650.00kW) | 615 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H5-01 (0425) Expert | DriveNodeAddress | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommunicationslaveaddressfordrives. Note: •Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. •Setting0willnotletthedriverespondtoMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | 1 (0-FF) | 616 |
| H5-02 (0426) Expert | CommunicationSpeed Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationsspeedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Note: Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. 0:1200bps 1:2400bps 2:4800bps 3:9600bps 4:19.2kbps 5:38.4kbps 6:57.6kbps 7:76.8kbps 8:115.2kbps | 3 (0-8) | 616 |
Source page
Page 450
11.10 H: Terminal Functions
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) H5-03 CommunicationParity V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 616 (0427) Selection SetsthecommunicationsparityusedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. (0-2) Expert Note: Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. 0:Noparity 1:Evenparity 2:Oddparity H5-04 CommunicationError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 617 (0428) StopMethod SetsthemotorStoppingMethodwhenthedrivedetectsCE[ModbusCommunication (0-3) Expert Error]issues. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly H5-05 CommFaultDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 617 (0429) Selection SetsthefunctionthatdetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issuesduring (0,1) Expert MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled H5-06 DriveTransmitWait V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5ms 617 (042A) Time Setsthetimetowaittosendaresponsemessageafterthedrivereceivesacommand (5-65ms) Expert messagefromthemaster. Note: Restartthedriveafterchangingtheparametersetting. H5-09 CEDetectionTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s 617 (0435) SetsthedetectiontimeforCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issueswhen (0.0-10.0s) Expert communicationstops. H5-10 ModbusRegister0025H V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 618 (0436) UnitSel SetstheunitofmeasureusedfortheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsmonitor (0,1) Expert register0025H(outputvoltagereferencemonitor). 0:0.1Vunits 1:1Vunits H5-11 CommENTER V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 618 (043C) CommandMode SetsthefunctiontomaketheEntercommandnecessarytochangeparametersthrough (0,1) Expert MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. 0:ENTERCommandRequired 1:ENTERCommandNotRequired H5-18 MotorSpeedFilterover V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms 618 (11A2) Comms SetsthefiltertimeconstantusedwhenmonitoringmotorspeedduringMEMOBUS/ (0-100ms) Modbuscommunicationsorwithacommunicationoption. H5-20 Communication V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 618 (0B57) ParametersReload SetsthefunctiontoimmediatelyenableupdatedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications (0,1) parameters. 0:ReloadatNextPowerCycle 1:ReloadNow H5-25 Function5ARegister1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0044(U1-05) 619 (1589) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister (0000-FF) RUN whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. H5-26 Function5ARegister2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0045(U1-06) 619 (158A) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister (0000-FF) RUN whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. H5-27 Function5ARegister3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0042(U1-03) 619 (158B) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister (0000-FF) RUN whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. H5-28 Function5ARegister4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0049(U1-10) 619 (158C) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister (0000-FF) RUN whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. 450 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| H5-03 (0427) Expert | CommunicationParity Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationsparityusedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Note: Re-energizethedriveorsetH5-20=1[CommunicationParametersReload= ReloadNow]afteryouchangetheparametersetting. 0:Noparity 1:Evenparity 2:Oddparity | 0 (0-2) | 616 |
| H5-04 (0428) Expert | CommunicationError StopMethod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemotorStoppingMethodwhenthedrivedetectsCE[ModbusCommunication Error]issues. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 3 (0-3) | 617 |
| H5-05 (0429) Expert | CommFaultDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionthatdetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issuesduring MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 617 |
| H5-06 (042A) Expert | DriveTransmitWait Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimetowaittosendaresponsemessageafterthedrivereceivesacommand messagefromthemaster. Note: Restartthedriveafterchangingtheparametersetting. | 5ms (5-65ms) | 617 |
| H5-09 (0435) Expert | CEDetectionTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issueswhen communicationstops. | 2.0s (0.0-10.0s) | 617 |
| H5-10 (0436) Expert | ModbusRegister0025H UnitSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheunitofmeasureusedfortheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsmonitor register0025H(outputvoltagereferencemonitor). 0:0.1Vunits 1:1Vunits | 0 (0,1) | 618 |
| H5-11 (043C) Expert | CommENTER CommandMode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontomaketheEntercommandnecessarytochangeparametersthrough MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. 0:ENTERCommandRequired 1:ENTERCommandNotRequired | 0 (0,1) | 618 |
| H5-18 (11A2) | MotorSpeedFilterover Comms | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefiltertimeconstantusedwhenmonitoringmotorspeedduringMEMOBUS/ Modbuscommunicationsorwithacommunicationoption. | 0ms (0-100ms) | 618 |
| H5-20 (0B57) | Communication ParametersReload | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoimmediatelyenableupdatedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications parameters. 0:ReloadatNextPowerCycle 1:ReloadNow | 0 (0,1) | 618 |
| H5-25 (1589) RUN | Function5ARegister1 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. | 0044(U1-05) (0000-FFFF) | 619 |
| H5-26 (158A) RUN | Function5ARegister2 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. | 0045(U1-06) (0000-FFFF) | 619 |
| H5-27 (158B) RUN | Function5ARegister3 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. | 0042(U1-03) (0000-FFFF) | 619 |
| H5-28 (158C) RUN | Function5ARegister4 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregister whenrespondingtothemasterdevice. | 0049(U1-10) (0000-FFFF) | 619 |
Source page
Page 451
tsiLretemaraP 11.11 L: Protection Functions 11.11 L: Protection Functions ◆ L1: Motor Protection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L1-01 MotorOverload(oL1) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 241 (0480) Protection Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. (0-3,5,6) 0:Disabled 1:VariableTorque 2:ConstantTorque10:1SpeedRange 3:ConstantTorque100:1SpeedRange 5:PMConstantTorque 6:VariableTorque(50Hz) Note: •ThedefaultsettingandsettingrangechangewhentheA1-02[ControlMethod Selection]settingchanges: -WhenA1-02=0,2,3[V/f,OLV,CLV],thedefaultsettingis1,andthesetting rangeis0to3,6. -WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis5,andthesettingrangeis0,5. •Whenonlyonemotorisconnectedtoadrive,setL1-01=1to6[Enabled]. Externalthermalrelaysarenotnecessaryintheseconditions. L1-02 MotorOverload V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0min 243 (0481) ProtectionTime Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetoprevent (0.1-5.0min) Expert damagetothemotor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. L1-03 MotorThermistoroH V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 243 (0482) AlarmSelect SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3 (0-3) Expert [MotorOverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly L1-04 MotorThermistoroH V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 244 (0483) FaultSelect SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[Motor (0-2) Expert OverheatFault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) L1-05 MotorThermistorFilter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.20s 624 (0484) Time SetstheprimarydelaytimeconstantforthePTCinputsignalenteredtothedrive.This (0.00-10.00s) Expert parameterpreventsaccidentalmotoroverheatfaults. L1-08 oL1CurrentLevelfor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0A 624 (1103) Motor1 Setsthereferencecurrentforthemotor1thermaloverloaddetection.Whenthecurrent (0.0-2250.0A) Expert level>0.0A,youcannotsetthisvalue<10%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. L1-13 MotorOverloadMemory V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 625 (046D) Selection Setsthefunctionthatkeepsthecurrentelectronicthermalprotectorvaluewhenthe (0,1) drivestopsreceivingpower. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled ◆ L2: Undervoltage Detection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L2-05 UndervoltageDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 625 (0489) Lvl(Uv1) SetsthevoltageatwhichaUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]faultistriggered.Usuallyitis andE1-01 Expert notnecessarytochangethissetting. (200VClass:150-210 V,400VClass:300- NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter 420V) to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 451
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L1-01 (0480) | MotorOverload(oL1) Protection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. 0:Disabled 1:VariableTorque 2:ConstantTorque10:1SpeedRange 3:ConstantTorque100:1SpeedRange 5:PMConstantTorque 6:VariableTorque(50Hz) Note: •ThedefaultsettingandsettingrangechangewhentheA1-02[ControlMethod Selection]settingchanges: -WhenA1-02=0,2,3[V/f,OLV,CLV],thedefaultsettingis1,andthesetting rangeis0to3,6. -WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis5,andthesettingrangeis0,5. •Whenonlyonemotorisconnectedtoadrive,setL1-01=1to6[Enabled]. Externalthermalrelaysarenotnecessaryintheseconditions. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0-3,5,6) | 241 |
| L1-02 (0481) Expert | MotorOverload ProtectionTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetoprevent damagetothemotor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0min (0.1-5.0min) | 243 |
| L1-03 (0482) Expert | MotorThermistoroH AlarmSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3 [MotorOverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 3 (0-3) | 243 |
| L1-04 (0483) Expert | MotorThermistoroH FaultSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[Motor OverheatFault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) | 1 (0-2) | 244 |
| L1-05 (0484) Expert | MotorThermistorFilter Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheprimarydelaytimeconstantforthePTCinputsignalenteredtothedrive.This parameterpreventsaccidentalmotoroverheatfaults. | 0.20s (0.00-10.00s) | 624 |
| L1-08 (1103) Expert | oL1CurrentLevelfor Motor1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthereferencecurrentforthemotor1thermaloverloaddetection.Whenthecurrent level>0.0A,youcannotsetthisvalue<10%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | 0.0A (0.0-2250.0A) | 624 |
| L1-13 (046D) | MotorOverloadMemory Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatkeepsthecurrentelectronicthermalprotectorvaluewhenthe drivestopsreceivingpower. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 625 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L2-05 (0489) Expert | UndervoltageDetection Lvl(Uv1) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthevoltageatwhichaUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]faultistriggered.Usuallyitis notnecessarytochangethissetting. NOTICE:DamagetoEquipment.Whenyousetthisparameter toavaluelowerthanthedefault,youmustinstallanAC reactorontheinputsideofthepowersupply.Ifyoudonot installanACreactor,itwillcausedamagetothedrivecircuitry. | Determinedbyo2-04 andE1-01 (200VClass:150-210 V,400VClass:300- 420V) | 625 |
Source page
Page 452
11.11 L: Protection Functions
◆ L3: Stall Prevention
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L3-01 StallPreventionduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 625 (048F) Accel SetsthemethodoftheStallPreventionDuringAcceleration. (0,1,3) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 3:CurrentLimitMethod L3-02 StallPreventLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyL8-38 626 (0490) duringAccel SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoactivatetheStallPreventionfunctionduringacceleration (0-171%) Expert asapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. L3-05 StallPreventionduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 626 (0493) RUN SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableStallPreventionDuringRun. (0-2) Expert Note: Anoutputspeedlowerthan6HzwilldisableStallPreventionduringRun.TheL3- 05andL3-06[StallPreventLevelduringRun]settingsdonothaveaneffect. 0:Disabled 1:DecelerationRamp1(C1-02) 2:DecelerationRamp2(C1-04) L3-06 StallPreventLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyL8-38 627 (0494) duringRun SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoenabletheStallPreventionfunctionduringoperationas (30-171%) Expert apercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. Note: ThisparameterisapplicablewhenL3-05=1,2[StallPreventionduringRUN= DecelerationRamp1(C1-02),DecelerationRamp2(C1-04)]. ◆ L4: Speed Detection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L4-01 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 627 (0499) Level SetstheleveltodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5 (0.0-100.0%) Expert [ 1 M ,S F p D ee O d F D u e n te c c ti t o io n n S 2 e ] le . ction=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection L4-02 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4.0% 627 (049A) Width SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5 (0.0-40.0%) Expert [ 1 M ,S F p D ee O d F D u e n te c c ti t o io n n S 2 e ] le . ction=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection L4-03 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 627 (049B) Level(+/-) SetsthespeedagreedetectionlevelormotorspeeddetectionlevelwhenH2-01toH2- (-100.0-+100.0%) Expert 0 2 5 ,S = pe 1 e 3 d , D 14 e , te 1 c 5 t , io 1 n 6 3 [ , M S F p D ee O dD Fu e n te c c t t i i o o n n S 4 e ] l . ection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree L4-04 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4.0% 627 (049C) Width(+/-) SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=13,14,15, (0.0-40.0%) Expert 1 D 6 et [ e M ct F io D n O 3, F S u p n e c e t d io D n e S t e e l c e t c io ti n on 4] = . SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,Speed L4-05 SpdRefLossDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 628 (049D) Selection Setstheoperationwhenthedrivedetectsalossofspeedreference. (0,1) Expert 0:Stop 1:Runat(L4-06xLastReference) L4-06 SpeedReference@Loss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80.0% 628 (04C2) ofRef Setsthespeedreferenceasapercentagetocontinuedriveoperationafteritdetectsa (0.0-100.0%) Expert s d p e e te e c d te r d ef t e h r e en lo ce ss l . oss.Thevalueisapercentageofthespeedreferencebeforethedrive L4-07 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 628 (0470) Selection Setstheconditionthatactivatesspeeddetection. (0,1) Expert 0:NoDetectionduringBaseblock 1:DetectionAlwaysEnabled L4-13 DoorZoneLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 628 (04F6) Setsthespeedlevelfortheelevatordoortoopen.Whentheelevatorcardeceleratesto (0.0-100.0%) Expert F th u e n s c p ti e o e n d S le e v le e c l t s io et n i = nt D hi o s o p r a Z ra o m ne e ] te w r, il a l n b M ea F c D ti O ve t . erminalsetforH2-xx=52[MFDO
452 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L3-01 (048F) Expert | StallPreventionduring Accel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodoftheStallPreventionDuringAcceleration. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 3:CurrentLimitMethod | 1 (0,1,3) | 625 |
| L3-02 (0490) Expert | StallPreventLevel duringAccel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoactivatetheStallPreventionfunctionduringacceleration asapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | DeterminedbyL8-38 (0-171%) | 626 |
| L3-05 (0493) Expert | StallPreventionduring RUN | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableStallPreventionDuringRun. Note: Anoutputspeedlowerthan6HzwilldisableStallPreventionduringRun.TheL3- 05andL3-06[StallPreventLevelduringRun]settingsdonothaveaneffect. 0:Disabled 1:DecelerationRamp1(C1-02) 2:DecelerationRamp2(C1-04) | 1 (0-2) | 626 |
| L3-06 (0494) Expert | StallPreventLevel duringRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoenabletheStallPreventionfunctionduringoperationas apercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. Note: ThisparameterisapplicablewhenL3-05=1,2[StallPreventionduringRUN= DecelerationRamp1(C1-02),DecelerationRamp2(C1-04)]. | DeterminedbyL8-38 (30-171%) | 627 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L4-01 (0499) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheleveltodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5 [MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection 1,SpeedDetection2]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 627 |
| L4-02 (049A) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Width | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5 [MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection 1,SpeedDetection2]. | 4.0% (0.0-40.0%) | 627 |
| L4-03 (049B) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Level(+/-) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedagreedetectionlevelormotorspeeddetectionlevelwhenH2-01toH2- 05=13,14,15,16[MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree 2,SpeedDetection3,SpeedDetection4]. | 0.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) | 627 |
| L4-04 (049C) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Width(+/-) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=13,14,15, 16[MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,Speed Detection3,SpeedDetection4]. | 4.0% (0.0-40.0%) | 627 |
| L4-05 (049D) Expert | SpdRefLossDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoperationwhenthedrivedetectsalossofspeedreference. 0:Stop 1:Runat(L4-06xLastReference) | 0 (0,1) | 628 |
| L4-06 (04C2) Expert | SpeedReference@Loss ofRef | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceasapercentagetocontinuedriveoperationafteritdetectsa speedreferenceloss.Thevalueisapercentageofthespeedreferencebeforethedrive detectedtheloss. | 80.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 628 |
| L4-07 (0470) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionthatactivatesspeeddetection. 0:NoDetectionduringBaseblock 1:DetectionAlwaysEnabled | 0 (0,1) | 628 |
| L4-13 (04F6) Expert | DoorZoneLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedlevelfortheelevatordoortoopen.Whentheelevatorcardeceleratesto thespeedlevelsetinthisparameter,anMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=52[MFDO FunctionSelection=DoorZone]willbeactive. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 628 |
Source page
Page 453
tsiLretemaraP 11.11 L: Protection Functions ◆ L5: Automatic Fault Reset No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L5-01 NumberofAutoReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 629 (049E) Attempts SetsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivewilltrytodoAutomaticFaultResetin10.0s. (0-10times) Expert L5-02 FaultOutputduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 630 (049F) AutoReset SetswhethertheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=E[Fault]sendssignalswhenthe (0,1) Expert drivetriestoreset. 0:Nofaultoutput 1:Faultoutputisset L5-06 UndervoltageFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 630 (0522) ResetSelect SetswhetheralimitshouldbeplacedonthenumberofresetattemptsafteraUv1[DC (0,1) Expert BusUndervoltage]fault. 0:SameasL5-01condition 1:AlwaysautomaticallyresetUv1 ◆ L6: Torque Detection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L6-01 TorqueDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 632 (04A1) Selection1 Setstorquedetectionconditionsthatwilltriggeranovertorqueorundertorqueresponse (0-8) Expert fromthedrive. 0:Disabled 1:oL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 2:oL@RUN-Alarmonly 3:oL@SpeedAgree-Fault 4:oL@RUN-Fault 5:UL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 6:UL@RUN-Alarmonly 7:UL@SpeedAgree-Fault 8:UL@RUN-Fault L6-02 TorqueDetectionLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 171% 632 (04A2) 1 SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1.InV/fcontrol, (0-300%) Expert 1 co 0 n 0 t % inu v o a u lu s e r . atedoutputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque= L6-03 TorqueDetectionTime1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.1s 632 (04A3) SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1. (0.0-10.0s) Expert L6-04 TorqueDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 633 (04A4) Selection2 Setsthespeedrangethatdetectsovertorqueandundertorqueandtheoperationofdrives (0-8) Expert (operationstatus)afterdetection. 0:Disabled 1:oL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 2:oL@RUN-Alarmonly 3:oL@SpeedAgree-Fault 4:oL@RUN-Fault 5:UL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 6:UL@RUN-Alarmonly 7:UL@SpeedAgree-Fault 8:UL@RUN-Fault L6-05 TorqueDetectionLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 171% 633 (04A5) 2 SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2.InV/fcontrol, (0-300%) Expert 1 co 0 n 0 t % inu v o a u lu s e r . atedoutputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque= L6-06 TorqueDetectionTime2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.1s 633 (04A6) SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2. (0.0-10.0s) Expert 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 453
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L5-01 (049E) Expert | NumberofAutoReset Attempts | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivewilltrytodoAutomaticFaultResetin10.0s. | 0 (0-10times) | 629 |
| L5-02 (049F) Expert | FaultOutputduring AutoReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhethertheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=E[Fault]sendssignalswhenthe drivetriestoreset. 0:Nofaultoutput 1:Faultoutputisset | 0 (0,1) | 630 |
| L5-06 (0522) Expert | UndervoltageFault ResetSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhetheralimitshouldbeplacedonthenumberofresetattemptsafteraUv1[DC BusUndervoltage]fault. 0:SameasL5-01condition 1:AlwaysautomaticallyresetUv1 | 0 (0,1) | 630 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L6-01 (04A1) Expert | TorqueDetection Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquedetectionconditionsthatwilltriggeranovertorqueorundertorqueresponse fromthedrive. 0:Disabled 1:oL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 2:oL@RUN-Alarmonly 3:oL@SpeedAgree-Fault 4:oL@RUN-Fault 5:UL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 6:UL@RUN-Alarmonly 7:UL@SpeedAgree-Fault 8:UL@RUN-Fault | 0 (0-8) | 632 |
| L6-02 (04A2) Expert | TorqueDetectionLevel 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1.InV/fcontrol, continuousratedoutputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque= 100%value. | 171% (0-300%) | 632 |
| L6-03 (04A3) Expert | TorqueDetectionTime1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1. | 0.1s (0.0-10.0s) | 632 |
| L6-04 (04A4) Expert | TorqueDetection Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedrangethatdetectsovertorqueandundertorqueandtheoperationofdrives (operationstatus)afterdetection. 0:Disabled 1:oL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 2:oL@RUN-Alarmonly 3:oL@SpeedAgree-Fault 4:oL@RUN-Fault 5:UL@SpeedAgree-Alarmonly 6:UL@RUN-Alarmonly 7:UL@SpeedAgree-Fault 8:UL@RUN-Fault | 0 (0-8) | 633 |
| L6-05 (04A5) Expert | TorqueDetectionLevel 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2.InV/fcontrol, continuousratedoutputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque= 100%value. | 171% (0-300%) | 633 |
| L6-06 (04A6) Expert | TorqueDetectionTime2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2. | 0.1s (0.0-10.0s) | 633 |
Source page
Page 454
11.11 L: Protection Functions
◆ L7: Torque Limit
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L7-01 ForwardTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% 634 (04A7) Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorrated (0-300%) RUN torqueisthe100%value. Expert L7-02 ReverseTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% 634 (04A8) Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorrated (0-300%) RUN torqueisthe100%value. Expert L7-03 ForwardRegenerative V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% 635 (04A9) TrqLimit Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthe (0-300%) RUN motorratedtorque. Expert L7-04 ReverseRegenerative V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% 635 (04AA) TrqLimit Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthe (0-300%) RUN motorratedtorque. Expert L7-16 TorqueLimitProcessat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 635 (044D) Start Assignsatimefiltertoallowthetorquelimittobuildatstart. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled ◆ L8: Drive Protection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L8-02 OverheatAlarmLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 635 (04AE) SetstheoHdetectionlevelintemperature. (50-150°C) Expert L8-03 OverheatPre-Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 635 (04AF) Selection SetstheoperationofdriveswhenanoHalarmisdetected. (0-3) Expert 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly L8-05 InputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 636 (04B1) ProtectionSel Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableinputphaselossdetection. (0-3) 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 2:EnableDuringRun 3:EnableatConstantSpeed L8-06 InputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 636 (04B2) DetectionLevel SetsthelevelforinputphaselossdetectionwhenarippleisobservedintheDCbus. (0.0-50.0%) Expert T an h d e t d h r e iv m e i d n e im te u ct m sP v F alu [I e n o p f u t t h P e h v a o s l e ta L g o e s r s i ] p i p f le th > ed L i 8 f - f 0 er 6 e . ncebetweenthemaximumvalue Detectionlevel=100%=Voltageclass×√2 L8-07 OutputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 636 (04B3) ProtectionSel Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableoutputphaselossdetection.ThedrivedetectsLF (0,1) [OutputPhaseLoss]ifthereisaphaselossonone(ormorethanone)oftheU,V,orW phasesontheoutputside. Note: •Thedrivecanincorrectlystartoutputphaselossdetectionintheseconditions: -Themotorratedcurrentisverysmallcomparedtothedriverating. -ThedriveisoperatingaPMmotorwithasmallload. •WhenL8-07=1,settheseparameters: -S1-02[DCInjectionCurrentatStart]>15%(whenA1-02=0,2[Conrtol MethodSelection=V/forOLV]) -S1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]>100ms Ifyousettheseparametersincorrectly,thedrivecanincorrectlystartoutputphase lossdetection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled L8-09 OutputGroundFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 637 (04B5) Detection Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisablegroundfaultprotection. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 454 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L7-01 (04A7) RUN Expert | ForwardTorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorrated torqueisthe100%value. | 300% (0-300%) | 634 |
| L7-02 (04A8) RUN Expert | ReverseTorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorrated torqueisthe100%value. | 300% (0-300%) | 634 |
| L7-03 (04A9) RUN Expert | ForwardRegenerative TrqLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthe motorratedtorque. | 300% (0-300%) | 635 |
| L7-04 (04AA) RUN Expert | ReverseRegenerative TrqLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthe motorratedtorque. | 300% (0-300%) | 635 |
| L7-16 (044D) Expert | TorqueLimitProcessat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Assignsatimefiltertoallowthetorquelimittobuildatstart. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 635 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L8-02 (04AE) Expert | OverheatAlarmLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoHdetectionlevelintemperature. | Determinedbyo2-04 (50-150°C) | 635 |
| L8-03 (04AF) Expert | OverheatPre-Alarm Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoperationofdriveswhenanoHalarmisdetected. 0:RamptoStop 1:CoasttoStop 2:EmergencyStop(UseC1-09) 3:AlarmOnly | 3 (0-3) | 635 |
| L8-05 (04B1) | InputPhaseLoss ProtectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableinputphaselossdetection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 2:EnableDuringRun 3:EnableatConstantSpeed | Determinedbyo2-04 (0-3) | 636 |
| L8-06 (04B2) Expert | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelforinputphaselossdetectionwhenarippleisobservedintheDCbus. ThedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]ifthedifferencebetweenthemaximumvalue andtheminimumvalueofthevoltageripple>L8-06. Detectionlevel=100%=Voltageclass×√2 | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-50.0%) | 636 |
| L8-07 (04B3) | OutputPhaseLoss ProtectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableoutputphaselossdetection.ThedrivedetectsLF [OutputPhaseLoss]ifthereisaphaselossonone(ormorethanone)oftheU,V,orW phasesontheoutputside. Note: •Thedrivecanincorrectlystartoutputphaselossdetectionintheseconditions: -Themotorratedcurrentisverysmallcomparedtothedriverating. -ThedriveisoperatingaPMmotorwithasmallload. •WhenL8-07=1,settheseparameters: -S1-02[DCInjectionCurrentatStart]>15%(whenA1-02=0,2[Conrtol MethodSelection=V/forOLV]) -S1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]>100ms Ifyousettheseparametersincorrectly,thedrivecanincorrectlystartoutputphase lossdetection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 636 |
| L8-09 (04B5) Expert | OutputGroundFault Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisablegroundfaultprotection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | Determinedbyo2-04 (0,1) | 637 |
Source page
Page 455
tsiLretemaraP 11.11 L: Protection Functions No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) L8-10 HeatsinkFanOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 637 (04B6) Selection Setsoperationoftheheatsinkcoolingfan. (0-2) 0:DuringRun,w/L8-11Off-Delay 1:AlwaysOn 2:Temperature-DependentFanCtrl. L8-11 HeatsinkFanOff-Delay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60s 637 (04B7) Time Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillwaitbeforeitstopsthecoolingfanafterit (0-300s) Expert D ca u n r c i e n l g s R th u e n U ,w p/ / D L o 8 w -1 n 1 c O o f m f- m De a l n a d y] w . henL8-10=0[HeatsinkFanOperationSelection= L8-12 AmbientTemperature V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 40°C 637 (04B8) Setting Setstheambienttemperatureofthedriveinstallationarea. (-10°C-+50°C) Expert L8-15 DriveoL2@LowSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 637 (04BB) Protection SetsthefunctiontodecreasethedriveoverloadlevelatwhichthedrivewilltriggeroL2 (0,1) Expert m [D a r in ive ci O rc v u e i r t l t o ra a n d s ] is d t u o r r i s n . glowspeedoperation(6Hzorslower)topreventdamagetothe Note: ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativebeforedisablingthisfunction atlowspeeds.Ifyoufrequentlyoperatedriveswithhighoutputcurrentinlow speedranges,itcancauseheatstressanddecreasethelifespanofdriveIGBTs. 0:Disabled(NoAdditionalDerate) 1:Enabled(ReducedoL2Level) L8-27 OvercurrentDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300.0% 638 (04DD) Gain SetsthePMmotorovercurrentdetectionlevelasapercentageofthemotorratedcurrent (0.0-1000.0%) Expert value. L8-29 OutputUnbalance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 638 (04DF) DetectionSel SetsthefunctiontodetectLF2[OutputCurrentImbalance]. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled L8-35 InstallationMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 638 (04EC) Selection Setsthetypeofdriveinstallation. (0) Expert 0:IP20/OpenChassisEnc/ExHeatsink L8-38 AutomaticTorqueBoost V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 639 (04EF) Function SetstheoperationofAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction.Whentheoutputcurrent, (0,3) integratedoverloadvalue,orheatsinktemperaturearemorethanaspecifiedlevel,the driveincreasestheoutputcurrentlimitanddecreasesthecarrierfrequency.Whenyou setthisparameterto0[Disabled]togiveprioritytooperationswithlowaudiblenoise, selectalargercapacitydrivetopreventinsufficienttorqueifnecessary.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. 0:Disabled 3:Enabled L8-39 ReducedCarrier V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 639 (04F0) Frequency SetsthedecreasedcarrierfrequencyusedbyAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction. (2.0-Determinedbyo2- Expert 04kHz) L8-55 InternalDB V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 639 (045F) TransistorProtection Setstheprotectionfunctionfortheinternalbrakingtransistor. (0-2) Expert 0:RFDisabled/BOLDisabled 1:RFEnabled/BOLEnabled 2:RFDisabled/BOLEnabled L8-88 SafeDisableOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 640 (02F5) Mode SetsthedriveoperationwhentheSafeDisableinputisactivated. (0,1) Expert 0:Mode0(Alarm-On,Ready-Off) 1:Mode1(Alarm-Off,Ready-On) L8-89 CurrentMonitoring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 640 (0B97) Selection SetstheCurrentMonitoringfunction. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled L8-99 CurrentMonitoring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0% 640 (0B98) Level Setsthecurrentmonitoringlevelasapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. (0.0-50.0%) Expert 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 455
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| L8-10 (04B6) | HeatsinkFanOperation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsoperationoftheheatsinkcoolingfan. 0:DuringRun,w/L8-11Off-Delay 1:AlwaysOn 2:Temperature-DependentFanCtrl. | 0 (0-2) | 637 |
| L8-11 (04B7) Expert | HeatsinkFanOff-Delay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillwaitbeforeitstopsthecoolingfanafterit cancelstheUp/DowncommandwhenL8-10=0[HeatsinkFanOperationSelection= DuringRun,w/L8-11Off-Delay]. | 60s (0-300s) | 637 |
| L8-12 (04B8) Expert | AmbientTemperature Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheambienttemperatureofthedriveinstallationarea. | 40°C (-10°C-+50°C) | 637 |
| L8-15 (04BB) Expert | DriveoL2@LowSpeed Protection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontodecreasethedriveoverloadlevelatwhichthedrivewilltriggeroL2 [DriveOverload]duringlowspeedoperation(6Hzorslower)topreventdamagetothe maincircuittransistors. Note: ContactYaskawaoryournearestsalesrepresentativebeforedisablingthisfunction atlowspeeds.Ifyoufrequentlyoperatedriveswithhighoutputcurrentinlow speedranges,itcancauseheatstressanddecreasethelifespanofdriveIGBTs. 0:Disabled(NoAdditionalDerate) 1:Enabled(ReducedoL2Level) | 1 (0,1) | 637 |
| L8-27 (04DD) Expert | OvercurrentDetection Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorovercurrentdetectionlevelasapercentageofthemotorratedcurrent value. | 300.0% (0.0-1000.0%) | 638 |
| L8-29 (04DF) Expert | OutputUnbalance DetectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontodetectLF2[OutputCurrentImbalance]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 638 |
| L8-35 (04EC) Expert | InstallationMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetypeofdriveinstallation. 0:IP20/OpenChassisEnc/ExHeatsink | 0 (0) | 638 |
| L8-38 (04EF) | AutomaticTorqueBoost Function | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoperationofAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction.Whentheoutputcurrent, integratedoverloadvalue,orheatsinktemperaturearemorethanaspecifiedlevel,the driveincreasestheoutputcurrentlimitanddecreasesthecarrierfrequency.Whenyou setthisparameterto0[Disabled]togiveprioritytooperationswithlowaudiblenoise, selectalargercapacitydrivetopreventinsufficienttorqueifnecessary.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. 0:Disabled 3:Enabled | 3 (0,3) | 639 |
| L8-39 (04F0) Expert | ReducedCarrier Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecreasedcarrierfrequencyusedbyAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction. | Determinedbyo2-04 (2.0-Determinedbyo2- 04kHz) | 639 |
| L8-55 (045F) Expert | InternalDB TransistorProtection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheprotectionfunctionfortheinternalbrakingtransistor. 0:RFDisabled/BOLDisabled 1:RFEnabled/BOLEnabled 2:RFDisabled/BOLEnabled | 1 (0-2) | 639 |
| L8-88 (02F5) Expert | SafeDisableOperation Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveoperationwhentheSafeDisableinputisactivated. 0:Mode0(Alarm-On,Ready-Off) 1:Mode1(Alarm-Off,Ready-On) | 1 (0,1) | 640 |
| L8-89 (0B97) Expert | CurrentMonitoring Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheCurrentMonitoringfunction. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 640 |
| L8-99 (0B98) Expert | CurrentMonitoring Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecurrentmonitoringlevelasapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | 10.0% (0.0-50.0%) | 640 |
Source page
Page 456
11.12 n: Special Adjustment
11.12 n: Special Adjustment
◆ n1: Hunting Prevention
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n1-01 HuntingPrevention V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 642 (0580) Selection Setsthefunctiontopreventhunting. (0-2) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled(Normal) 2:Enabled(HighCarrierFrequency) n1-08 CurrentDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 642 (1105) Method Setshowthedrivedecreasesthemotorvibrationthatiscausedbyleakagecurrent. (0,1) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. 0:2-Phases 1:3-Phases n1-16 HuntingPreventionHigh V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 642 (0BFB) FcGain Setsthegainforthehuntingpreventionfunction.Thisparameterfunctionsbestwitha (0.00-2.50) Expert highcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. n1-17 HuntingPreventHighFc V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms 642 (0BFC) Filter Setstheresponsivenessofthehuntingpreventionfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto (0-1000ms) Expert changethisparameter. ◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n2-01 AutomaticFreq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 643 (0584) RegulatorGain SetsthegainoftheAFRfunctionasamagnificationvalue.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (0.00-10.00) Expert tochangethissetting. n2-02 AutomaticFreq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50ms 643 (0585) RegulatorTime1 SetsthetimeconstantthatsetstherateofchangefortheAFRfunction.Usuallyitisnot (0-2000ms) Expert necessarytochangethissetting. n2-03 AutomaticFreq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 750ms 643 (0586) RegulatorTime2 SetsthetimeconstantthatsetsthespeeddifferenceoftheAFRfunction.Usethis (0-2000ms) Expert s p e a t r t a in m g e . terforspeedsearchesorregeneration.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis ◆ n5: Feed Forward Control No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n5-01 FeedForwardControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 645 (05B0) Selection Setsthefeedforwardfunction. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled n5-02 MotorInertia V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 645 (05B1) AccelerationRamp Setsthelengthoftimeforthemotortoacceleratefromthestoppedtothemaximum (0.001-10.000s) Expert frequencywithasinglemotorattheratedtorque. n5-03 FeedForwardControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 646 (05B2) Gain Setstheratiobetweenloadinertiaandmotorinertia.InertiaTuningautomaticallysets (0.00-100.00) Expert theFeedForwardControlGainvalue. n5-07 SpeedFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 647 (0170) CompensationSel SetstheSpeedFeedbackCompensationoperation. (0-2) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 2:TestMode n5-08 SpeedFdbkComp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.00 647 (0171) ProportionalGain SetstheproportionalgainfortheSpeedFeedbackCompensation.Usuallyitisnot (0.00-300.00) Expert necessarytochangethissetting. 456 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n1-01 (0580) Expert | HuntingPrevention Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontopreventhunting. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled(Normal) 2:Enabled(HighCarrierFrequency) | 2 (0-2) | 642 |
| n1-08 (1105) Expert | CurrentDetection Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setshowthedrivedecreasesthemotorvibrationthatiscausedbyleakagecurrent. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. 0:2-Phases 1:3-Phases | 1 (0,1) | 642 |
| n1-16 (0BFB) Expert | HuntingPreventionHigh FcGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainforthehuntingpreventionfunction.Thisparameterfunctionsbestwitha highcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. | 0.50 (0.00-2.50) | 642 |
| n1-17 (0BFC) Expert | HuntingPreventHighFc Filter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheresponsivenessofthehuntingpreventionfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto changethisparameter. | 500ms (0-1000ms) | 642 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n2-01 (0584) Expert | AutomaticFreq RegulatorGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheAFRfunctionasamagnificationvalue.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 1.00 (0.00-10.00) | 643 |
| n2-02 (0585) Expert | AutomaticFreq RegulatorTime1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantthatsetstherateofchangefortheAFRfunction.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 50ms (0-2000ms) | 643 |
| n2-03 (0586) Expert | AutomaticFreq RegulatorTime2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantthatsetsthespeeddifferenceoftheAFRfunction.Usethis parameterforspeedsearchesorregeneration.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis setting. | 750ms (0-2000ms) | 643 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n5-01 (05B0) Expert | FeedForwardControl Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefeedforwardfunction. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 645 |
| n5-02 (05B1) Expert | MotorInertia AccelerationRamp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimeforthemotortoacceleratefromthestoppedtothemaximum frequencywithasinglemotorattheratedtorque. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.001-10.000s) | 645 |
| n5-03 (05B2) Expert | FeedForwardControl Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratiobetweenloadinertiaandmotorinertia.InertiaTuningautomaticallysets theFeedForwardControlGainvalue. | 1.00 (0.00-100.00) | 646 |
| n5-07 (0170) Expert | SpeedFeedback CompensationSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedFeedbackCompensationoperation. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 2:TestMode | 0 (0-2) | 647 |
| n5-08 (0171) Expert | SpeedFdbkComp ProportionalGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheSpeedFeedbackCompensation.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 3.00 (0.00-300.00) | 647 |
Source page
Page 457
tsiLretemaraP 11.12 n: Special Adjustment ◆ n6: Online Tuning No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n6-01 OnlineTuningSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 647 (0570) SetsthetypeofmotordatathatOnlineTuningusesforOLVcontrol. (0-2) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Line-to-LineResistanceTuning 2:VoltageCorrectionTuning n6-05 OnlineTuningGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 647 (05C7) Setsthecompensationgainwhenn6-01=2[OnlineTuningSelection=Voltage (0.1-50.0) Expert CorrectionTuning].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. ◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n8-01 PolePositionDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50% 648 (0540) Current SetstheInitialRotorPositionEstimatedCurrentasapercentagewhereE5-03[PM (0-100%) Expert MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. n8-02 PoleAlignmentCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% 648 (0541) Level SetsthecurrentatthetimeofpolarattractionasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotor (0-150%) Expert RatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. n8-09 IniHarmJdgTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms 649 (0548) Setsthejudgmenttimeforinitialmagneticpoleestimation.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (100-2000ms) Expert s to ho c r h t a e n n g i e tw th i i t s hi s n et t t h in e g r . a W ng h e e n n o i t t t i o s b n e ec e e r s r s o a n r e y o t u o sl s y ho ju rt d e g n e t d h . etakttime,itispossibleto Note: ThisparameterisavailableonlyforHighFrequencyInjection. n8-35 InitialPoleDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 649 (0562) Method Setshowthedrivedetectsthepositionoftherotoratstart. (1,2) Expert 1:HighFrequencyInjection 2:PulseInjection n8-36 HFIFrequencyLevelfor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500Hz 649 (0563) LTuning Setstheinjectionfrequencyforhighfrequencyinjection. (25-1000Hz) Expert Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. n8-37 HFIVoltageAmplitude V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 20.0% 649 (0564) Level Setsthehighfrequencyinjectionamplitudeasapercentagewhere200V=100%for (0.0-99.9%) Expert 2 n 0 ec 0 e V ssa c r l y as t s o d c r h iv a e n s ge an th d is 40 s 0 et V tin = g. 100%fora400Vclassdrives.Usuallyitisnot Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. n8-41 HFIPGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.5 649 (0568) Setstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. (-10.0-+10.0) Expert Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. n8-42 HFIITime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00s 650 (0569) Setstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. (0.00-9.99s) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. n8-62 OutputVoltageLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200.0V, 650 (057D) Level Setstheoutputvoltagelimittopreventsaturationoftheoutputvoltage.Usuallyitisnot 400VClass:400.0V Expert necessarytochangethisparameter. (200VClass:0.0- 240.0,400VClass:0.0- 480.0V) n8-81 HighFreqInjection@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 130Hz 650 (02D0) Rescue SetsthefrequencyusedforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperation. (25-1000Hz) Expert n8-82 HighFreqInject V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 15.0% 650 (02D1) Amplitude@Rescue SetstheamplitudeforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperationasa (0.1-99.9%) Expert percentageofthevoltageclass. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 457
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n6-01 (0570) Expert | OnlineTuningSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofmotordatathatOnlineTuningusesforOLVcontrol. 0:Disabled 1:Line-to-LineResistanceTuning 2:VoltageCorrectionTuning | 2 (0-2) | 647 |
| n6-05 (05C7) Expert | OnlineTuningGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecompensationgainwhenn6-01=2[OnlineTuningSelection=Voltage CorrectionTuning].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0 (0.1-50.0) | 647 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n8-01 (0540) Expert | PolePositionDetection Current | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheInitialRotorPositionEstimatedCurrentasapercentagewhereE5-03[PM MotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 50% (0-100%) | 648 |
| n8-02 (0541) Expert | PoleAlignmentCurrent Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecurrentatthetimeofpolarattractionasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotor RatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 80% (0-150%) | 648 |
| n8-09 (0548) Expert | IniHarmJdgTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejudgmenttimeforinitialmagneticpoleestimation.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting.Whenitisnecessarytoshortenthetakttime,itispossibleto shortenitwithintherangenottobeerroneouslyjudged. Note: ThisparameterisavailableonlyforHighFrequencyInjection. | 1000ms (100-2000ms) | 649 |
| n8-35 (0562) Expert | InitialPoleDetection Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setshowthedrivedetectsthepositionoftherotoratstart. 1:HighFrequencyInjection 2:PulseInjection | 1 (1,2) | 649 |
| n8-36 (0563) Expert | HFIFrequencyLevelfor LTuning | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinjectionfrequencyforhighfrequencyinjection. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. | 500Hz (25-1000Hz) | 649 |
| n8-37 (0564) Expert | HFIVoltageAmplitude Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthehighfrequencyinjectionamplitudeasapercentagewhere200V=100%for 200Vclassdrivesand400V=100%fora400Vclassdrives.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. | 20.0% (0.0-99.9%) | 649 |
| n8-41 (0568) Expert | HFIPGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. | 2.5 (-10.0-+10.0) | 649 |
| n8-42 (0569) Expert | HFIITime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.00s (0.00-9.99s) | 650 |
| n8-62 (057D) Expert | OutputVoltageLimit Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputvoltagelimittopreventsaturationoftheoutputvoltage.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethisparameter. | 200VClass:200.0V, 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0- 240.0,400VClass:0.0- 480.0V) | 650 |
| n8-81 (02D0) Expert | HighFreqInjection@ Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefrequencyusedforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperation. | 130Hz (25-1000Hz) | 650 |
| n8-82 (02D1) Expert | HighFreqInject Amplitude@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamplitudeforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperationasa percentageofthevoltageclass. | 15.0% (0.1-99.9%) | 650 |
Source page
Page 458
11.12 n: Special Adjustment
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) n8-84 PolarityDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyC6-23 650 (02D3) Current Setsthecurrentthatthedriveusestoestimatetheinitialmotormagneticpoleasa (0-150%) Expert percentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%. Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheC6-23[CarrierFrequency@PoleSearch] settingchanges: •C6-23=0[2kHz]:100% •C6-23=1[UsethevaluesettoC6-03]:120% n8-86 PoleSearchError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 651 (02D5) DetectionSel SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheInitialPoleSearcherrordetection. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled ◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) nA-05 HFIPGain@Rescue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.5 651 (312E) SetstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescue (-10.0-+10.0) Expert Operation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. nA-06 HFIITime@Rescue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 651 (312F) Setstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationat (0.00-9.99) Expert RescueOperation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter.
458 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| n8-84 (02D3) Expert | PolarityDetection Current | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecurrentthatthedriveusestoestimatetheinitialmotormagneticpoleasa percentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%. Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheC6-23[CarrierFrequency@PoleSearch] settingchanges: •C6-23=0[2kHz]:100% •C6-23=1[UsethevaluesettoC6-03]:120% | DeterminedbyC6-23 (0-150%) | 650 |
| n8-86 (02D5) Expert | PoleSearchError DetectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheInitialPoleSearcherrordetection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 651 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| nA-05 (312E) Expert | HFIPGain@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescue Operation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. | 2.5 (-10.0-+10.0) | 651 |
| nA-06 (312F) Expert | HFIITime@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationat RescueOperation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Setn8-35=1[InitialPoleDetectionMethod=HighFrequencyInjection]to enablethisparameter. | 0.00 (0.00-9.99) | 651 |
Source page
Page 459
tsiLretemaraP 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings ◆ o1: Keypad Display No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o1-01 UserMonitorSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 106 652 (0500) SetstheUmonitorfortheDriveMode.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLED (104-999) RUN keypad. Expert o1-02 MonitorSelectionat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 652 (0501) Power-up Setsthemonitoritemthatthekeypadscreenshowsafteryouenergizethedrive.Refer (1-5) RUN t s o ho “U w. : T M h o is ni p to ar r a s” m f e o t r er in i f s o o rm nl a y ti a o v n ai a l b ab o l u e t w th i e th m a o n n L it E or D it k e e m y s pa th d a . tthekeypadscreencan Expert 1:SpeedReference(U1-01) 2:Direction 3:OutputSpeed(U1-02) 4:OutputCurrent(U1-03) 5:UserMonitor(o1-01) o1-03 SpeedDisplayUnit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 653 (0502) Selection Setsthedisplayunitsforthespeedreferenceandoutputspeed. (0-6) 0:0.01Hz 1:0.01%(100%=E1-04) 2:min-1(r/min)units 3:UserUnits(o1-10&o1-11) 4:ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s 5:ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3) 6:ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3) o1-04 V/fPatternDisplayUnit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 653 (0503) SetsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsettheV/fpatternfrequency. (0,1) Expert 0:Hz 1:RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM) o1-05 LCDContrast V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5 654 (0504) Adjustment SetsthecontrastoftheLCDdisplayonthekeypad. (0-10) RUN Expert o1-10 UserUnitsMaximum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6000 654 (0520) Value Setsthevaluethatthedriveshowsasthemaximumoutputspeed. (1-60000) Expert o1-11 UserUnitsDecimal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 654 (0521) Position Setsthenumberofdecimalplacesforspeedreferenceandmonitorvalues. (0-3) Expert 0:NoDecimalPlaces(XXXXX) 1:OneDecimalPlaces(XX.X) 2:TwoDecimalPlaces(XXX.XX) 3:ThreeDecimalPlaces(XX.XXX) o1-12 LengthUnits V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 654 (0739) Setstheunitsusedfordistancecontrolandforthesheavediameter. (0,1) 0:MillimeterUnits 1:InchUnits Note: Thisparameterchangestheunitsoftheseparameters: •o1-20[SheaveDiameter] •S5-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime] •S5-12[OutputContactorDuringAutotune] •U4-42[RemainingDistance] •U4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)] •U4-44[Min.StopDistance] o1-18 SpeedofElevatorCar V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00m/s 655 (1205) Setsthecarspeedatwhichtheelevatorwilltravel(asspecifiedinthecontractbetween (0.00-10.00m/s) architectandliftbuilder);usuallyNominalSpeed. Note: Thedefaultsettingwillchangewhenyousetthespeedunitsinft/min(o1-03=6). Thesettingrangewillbecome0.0to2000.0ft/min. o1-19 ElevatorMotorSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00rpm 655 (1206) Setsthemotorspeedthatcorrespondstothevaluesetino1-18[SpeedofElevatorCar]. (0.00-6000.0rpm) 11 Note: Thisparametercanbethephysicallydrivenspeed;itisusedforscalingthespeed displaysord1-xxupperlimitsinliftunits. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 459
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o1-01 (0500) RUN Expert | UserMonitorSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheUmonitorfortheDriveMode.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLED keypad. | 106 (104-999) | 652 |
| o1-02 (0501) RUN Expert | MonitorSelectionat Power-up | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemonitoritemthatthekeypadscreenshowsafteryouenergizethedrive.Refer to“U:Monitors”forinformationaboutthemonitoritemsthatthekeypadscreencan show.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLEDkeypad. 1:SpeedReference(U1-01) 2:Direction 3:OutputSpeed(U1-02) 4:OutputCurrent(U1-03) 5:UserMonitor(o1-01) | 1 (1-5) | 652 |
| o1-03 (0502) | SpeedDisplayUnit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedisplayunitsforthespeedreferenceandoutputspeed. 0:0.01Hz 1:0.01%(100%=E1-04) 2:min-1(r/min)units 3:UserUnits(o1-10&o1-11) 4:ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s 5:ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3) 6:ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3) | 1 (0-6) | 653 |
| o1-04 (0503) Expert | V/fPatternDisplayUnit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsettheV/fpatternfrequency. 0:Hz 1:RevolutionsPerMinute(RPM) | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,1) | 653 |
| o1-05 (0504) RUN Expert | LCDContrast Adjustment | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecontrastoftheLCDdisplayonthekeypad. | 5 (0-10) | 654 |
| o1-10 (0520) Expert | UserUnitsMaximum Value | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevaluethatthedriveshowsasthemaximumoutputspeed. | 6000 (1-60000) | 654 |
| o1-11 (0521) Expert | UserUnitsDecimal Position | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofdecimalplacesforspeedreferenceandmonitorvalues. 0:NoDecimalPlaces(XXXXX) 1:OneDecimalPlaces(XXXX.X) 2:TwoDecimalPlaces(XXX.XX) 3:ThreeDecimalPlaces(XX.XXX) | 2 (0-3) | 654 |
| o1-12 (0739) | LengthUnits | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheunitsusedfordistancecontrolandforthesheavediameter. 0:MillimeterUnits 1:InchUnits Note: Thisparameterchangestheunitsoftheseparameters: •o1-20[SheaveDiameter] •S5-11[OutputContactorOpenDelayTime] •S5-12[OutputContactorDuringAutotune] •U4-42[RemainingDistance] •U4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)] •U4-44[Min.StopDistance] | 0 (0,1) | 654 |
| o1-18 (1205) | SpeedofElevatorCar | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarspeedatwhichtheelevatorwilltravel(asspecifiedinthecontractbetween architectandliftbuilder);usuallyNominalSpeed. Note: Thedefaultsettingwillchangewhenyousetthespeedunitsinft/min(o1-03=6). Thesettingrangewillbecome0.0to2000.0ft/min. | 0.00m/s (0.00-10.00m/s) | 655 |
| o1-19 (1206) | ElevatorMotorSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorspeedthatcorrespondstothevaluesetino1-18[SpeedofElevatorCar]. Note: Thisparametercanbethephysicallydrivenspeed;itisusedforscalingthespeed displaysord1-xxupperlimitsinliftunits. | 0.00rpm (0.00-6000.0rpm) | 655 |
Source page
Page 460
11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o1-20 SheaveDiameter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 400mm 655 (0575) Setsthetractionsheavediameterfordisplayunitcalculations. (80-2000mm) Note: Wheno1-12=1[LengthUnitsInchUnits],thedefaultsettingis15.70in,andthe settingrangeis3.00into78.00in. o1-21 RopingRatio V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 655 (0576) Setstheropingratio. (1-4) 1:1:1 2:2:1 3:3:1 4:4:1 o1-22 MechanicalGearRatio V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 655 (0577) Setstheratioofthegearinstalledfordisplayunitcalculations. (0.10-100.00) o1-23 SafeTorqueOffDisplay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 656 (0174) Select SetsthefunctiontohideSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]onthekeypadduringsafetyinput. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o1-24 CustomMonitor1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 101 656 (11AD) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o re 1 g - i 2 s 4 te t r o ed o1 m -3 o 5 n . it T or hi i s s p a a ls r o am us e e te d r f s o e r ts di t f h f e er u e s n e t r m m o o n n it i o to r r d t i o sp s l h a o y w so o f n b t a h r e g f r i a rs p t h l , in a e n . a T lo h g e meter, andwaveform. o1-25 CustomMonitor2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 656 (11AE) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o re 1 g - i 2 s 4 te t r o ed o1 m -3 o 5 n . it T or hi i s s p a a ls r o am us e e te d r f s o e r ts di t f h f e er u e s n e t r m m o o n n it i o to r r d t i o sp s l h a o y w so o f n b t a h r e g s r e a c p o h n a d n l d ine.The waveform. o1-26 CustomMonitor3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 656 (11AF) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o re 1 g - i 2 s 4 te t r o ed o1 m -3 o 5 n . it T or hi i s s p a a ls r o am us e e te d r f s o e r ts th t e he m u o s n e i r to m r o d n is it p o l r ay to o s f h t o h w eb o a n r t g h r e ap th h i . rdline.The o1-27 CustomMonitor4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 656 (11B0) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthefourthline. o1-28 CustomMonitor5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 112 656 (11B1) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthefifthline. o1-29 CustomMonitor6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 106 656 (11B2) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthesixthline. o1-30 CustomMonitor7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 107 656 (11B3) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheseventhline. o1-31 CustomMonitor8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 656 (11B4) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheeighthline. o1-32 CustomMonitor9 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 413 656 (11B5) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheninthline. o1-33 CustomMonitor10 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 140 656 (11B6) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe10thline. o1-34 CustomMonitor11 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 141 656 (11B7) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe11thline. o1-35 CustomMonitor12 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 111 656 (11B8) Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters (0,101-999) RUN o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe12thline. o1-36 LCDBacklight V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 656 (11B9) Brightness SetstheintensityoftheLCDkeypadbacklight. (1-5) RUN o1-37 LCDBacklightON/OFF V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 657 (11BA) Selection SetstheautomaticshutofffunctionfortheLCDbacklight. (0,1) RUN 0:OFF 1:ON 460 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o1-20 (0575) | SheaveDiameter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetractionsheavediameterfordisplayunitcalculations. Note: Wheno1-12=1[LengthUnitsInchUnits],thedefaultsettingis15.70in,andthe settingrangeis3.00into78.00in. | 400mm (80-2000mm) | 655 |
| o1-21 (0576) | RopingRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheropingratio. 1:1:1 2:2:1 3:3:1 4:4:1 | 2 (1-4) | 655 |
| o1-22 (0577) | MechanicalGearRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratioofthegearinstalledfordisplayunitcalculations. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.10-100.00) | 655 |
| o1-23 (0174) Expert | SafeTorqueOffDisplay Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontohideSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]onthekeypadduringsafetyinput. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 656 |
| o1-24 (11AD) RUN | CustomMonitor1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthefirstline.The registeredmonitorisalsousedfordifferentmonitordisplaysofbargraph,analogmeter, andwaveform. | 101 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-25 (11AE) RUN | CustomMonitor2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthesecondline.The registeredmonitorisalsousedfordifferentmonitordisplaysofbargraphand waveform. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-26 (11AF) RUN | CustomMonitor3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthethirdline.The registeredmonitorisalsousedforthemonitordisplayofthebargraph. | 103 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-27 (11B0) RUN | CustomMonitor4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthefourthline. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-28 (11B1) RUN | CustomMonitor5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthefifthline. | 112 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-29 (11B2) RUN | CustomMonitor6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthesixthline. | 106 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-30 (11B3) RUN | CustomMonitor7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheseventhline. | 107 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-31 (11B4) RUN | CustomMonitor8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheeighthline. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-32 (11B5) RUN | CustomMonitor9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowontheninthline. | 413 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-33 (11B6) RUN | CustomMonitor10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe10thline. | 140 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-34 (11B7) RUN | CustomMonitor11 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe11thline. | 141 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-35 (11B8) RUN | CustomMonitor12 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitorsandsetthemtoparameters o1-24too1-35.Thisparametersetstheusermonitortoshowonthe12thline. | 111 (0,101-999) | 656 |
| o1-36 (11B9) RUN | LCDBacklight Brightness | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintensityoftheLCDkeypadbacklight. | 3 (1-5) | 656 |
| o1-37 (11BA) RUN | LCDBacklightON/OFF Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheautomaticshutofffunctionfortheLCDbacklight. 0:OFF 1:ON | 1 (0,1) | 657 |
Source page
Page 461
tsiLretemaraP 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o1-38 LCDBacklightOff- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300s 657 (11BB) Delay SetsthetimeuntiltheLCDbacklightautomaticallyturnsoff. (10-600s) RUN Expert o1-39 ShowInitialSetup V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 657 (11BC) Screen SetsthefunctiontoshowtheLCDkeypadinitialsetupscreeneachtimeyouenergize (0,1) RUN thedrive.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLCDkeypad. Expert 0:No 1:Yes o1-58 MotorPowerUnit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 657 (3125) Selection Setsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsetthemotorratedpower. (0,1) 0:kW 1:HP ◆ o2: Keypad Operation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o2-01 LO/REKeyFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 658 (0505) Selection (0,1) Setsthefunctionthatletsyouuse toswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTE Expert Modes. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o2-02 STOPKeyFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 658 (0506) Selection (0,1) Expert Setsthefunctiontouse onthekeypadtostopthedrivewhentheUp/Down commandsourceforthedriveisREMOTE(external)andnotassignedtothekeypad. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o2-03 UserParameterDefault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 658 (0507) Value Setsthefunctiontokeepthesettingsofchangedparametersasuserparameterdefaults (0-2) Expert touseduringinitialization. 0:Nochange 1:Setdefaults 2:Clearall o2-04 DriveModel(KVA) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 659 (0508) Selection SetstheDriveModelcode.Setthisparameterafterreplacingthecontrolboard. Determinedbythedrive Expert (-) o2-06 KeypadDisconnect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 659 (050A) Detection Setsthefunctionthatstopsthedriveifyoudisconnectthekeypadconnectioncable (0,1) Expert f s r o o u m rce th . edriveorifyoudamagethecablewhilethekeypadistheUp/Downcommand 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o2-09 Reserved - - 660 (050D) Expert o2-23 External24VPowerloss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 660 (11F8) Detection Setsthefunctiontogiveawarningifthebackupexternal24Vpowersupplyturnsoff (0,1) RUN whenthemaincircuitpowersupplyisinoperation. Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o2-26 AlarmDisplayatExt. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 660 (1563) 24VPower Whenyouconnectabackupexternal24Vpowersupply,thisparametersetsthe (0,1) Expert functiontotriggeranalarmwhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. Note: Thedrivewillnotrunwhenitisoperatingfromone24-Vexternalpowersupply. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 461
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o1-38 (11BB) RUN Expert | LCDBacklightOff- Delay | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeuntiltheLCDbacklightautomaticallyturnsoff. | 300s (10-600s) | 657 |
| o1-39 (11BC) RUN Expert | ShowInitialSetup Screen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoshowtheLCDkeypadinitialsetupscreeneachtimeyouenergize thedrive.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLCDkeypad. 0:No 1:Yes | 1 (0,1) | 657 |
| o1-58 (3125) | MotorPowerUnit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsetthemotorratedpower. 0:kW 1:HP | 0 (0,1) | 657 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o2-01 (0505) Expert | LO/REKeyFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatletsyouuse toswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTE Modes. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 658 |
| o2-02 (0506) Expert | STOPKeyFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontouse onthekeypadtostopthedrivewhentheUp/Down commandsourceforthedriveisREMOTE(external)andnotassignedtothekeypad. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 658 |
| o2-03 (0507) Expert | UserParameterDefault Value | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontokeepthesettingsofchangedparametersasuserparameterdefaults touseduringinitialization. 0:Nochange 1:Setdefaults 2:Clearall | 0 (0-2) | 658 |
| o2-04 (0508) Expert | DriveModel(KVA) Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDriveModelcode.Setthisparameterafterreplacingthecontrolboard. | 0 Determinedbythedrive (-) | 659 |
| o2-06 (050A) Expert | KeypadDisconnect Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatstopsthedriveifyoudisconnectthekeypadconnectioncable fromthedriveorifyoudamagethecablewhilethekeypadistheUp/Downcommand source. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 659 |
| o2-09 (050D) Expert | Reserved | - | - | 660 |
| o2-23 (11F8) RUN Expert | External24VPowerloss Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontogiveawarningifthebackupexternal24Vpowersupplyturnsoff whenthemaincircuitpowersupplyisinoperation. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 660 |
| o2-26 (1563) Expert | AlarmDisplayatExt. 24VPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whenyouconnectabackupexternal24Vpowersupply,thisparametersetsthe functiontotriggeranalarmwhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. Note: Thedrivewillnotrunwhenitisoperatingfromone24-Vexternalpowersupply. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 660 |
Source page
Page 462
11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings
◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o3-01 CopyKeypadFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 660 (0515) Selection Setsthefunctionthatsavesandcopiesdriveparameterstoadifferentdrivewiththe (0-3) keypad. 0:CopySelect 1:Backup(drive→keypad) 2:Restore(keypad→drive) 3:Verify(checkformismatch) o3-02 CopyAllowedSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 661 (0516) Setsthecopyfunctionwheno3-01=1[CopyKeypadFunctionSelection=Backup (0,1) (drive→keypad)]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o3-04 SelectBackup/Restore V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 661 (0B3E) Location Setsthestoragelocationfordriveparameterswhenyoubackupandrestoreparameters. (0-3) ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:MemoryLocation1 1:MemoryLocation2 2:MemoryLocation3 3:MemoryLocation4 o3-06 AutoParameterBackup V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 661 (0BDE) Selection Setsthefunctionthatautomaticallybacksupparameters.Thisparameterisonly (0,1) Expert availablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o3-07 AutoParameterBackup V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 661 (0BDF) Interval Setstheintervalatwhichtheautomaticparameterbackupfunctionsavesparameters (0-3) Expert fromthedrivetothekeypad. Note: ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:Every10minutes 1:Every30minutes 2:Every60minutes 3:Every12hours ◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o4-01 ElapsedOperatingTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0h 664 (050B) Setting Setstheinitialvalueofthecumulativedriveoperationtimein10-hourunits. (0-9999h) Expert o4-02 ElapsedOperatingTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 665 (050C) Selection Setstheconditionthatcountsthecumulativeoperationtime. (0,1) Expert 0:U4-01ShowsTotalPower-upTime 1:U4-01ShowsTotalRUNTime o4-03 FanOperationTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0h 665 (050E) Setting Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10- (0-9999h) Expert hourunits. o4-05 CapacitorMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% 665 (051D) Setting SetstheU4-05[CapacitorMaintenance]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert o4-07 SoftchargeRelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% 665 (0523) MaintenanceSet SetstheU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert o4-09 IGBTMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% 665 (0525) Setting SetstheU4-07[IGBTMaintenance]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert o4-11 FaultTrace/History V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 666 (0510) Initialize ResetstherecordsofMonitorsU2-xx[FaultTrace],U3-xx[FaultHistory],andU9-xx (0,1) Expert [FaultTrace]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 462 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o3-01 (0515) | CopyKeypadFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatsavesandcopiesdriveparameterstoadifferentdrivewiththe keypad. 0:CopySelect 1:Backup(drive→keypad) 2:Restore(keypad→drive) 3:Verify(checkformismatch) | 0 (0-3) | 660 |
| o3-02 (0516) | CopyAllowedSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecopyfunctionwheno3-01=1[CopyKeypadFunctionSelection=Backup (drive→keypad)]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 661 |
| o3-04 (0B3E) | SelectBackup/Restore Location | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoragelocationfordriveparameterswhenyoubackupandrestoreparameters. ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:MemoryLocation1 1:MemoryLocation2 2:MemoryLocation3 3:MemoryLocation4 | 0 (0-3) | 661 |
| o3-06 (0BDE) Expert | AutoParameterBackup Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatautomaticallybacksupparameters.Thisparameterisonly availablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 661 |
| o3-07 (0BDF) Expert | AutoParameterBackup Interval | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheintervalatwhichtheautomaticparameterbackupfunctionsavesparameters fromthedrivetothekeypad. Note: ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:Every10minutes 1:Every30minutes 2:Every60minutes 3:Every12hours | 1 (0-3) | 661 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o4-01 (050B) Expert | ElapsedOperatingTime Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinitialvalueofthecumulativedriveoperationtimein10-hourunits. | 0h (0-9999h) | 664 |
| o4-02 (050C) Expert | ElapsedOperatingTime Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionthatcountsthecumulativeoperationtime. 0:U4-01ShowsTotalPower-upTime 1:U4-01ShowsTotalRUNTime | 0 (0,1) | 665 |
| o4-03 (050E) Expert | FanOperationTime Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10- hourunits. | 0h (0-9999h) | 665 |
| o4-05 (051D) Expert | CapacitorMaintenance Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-05[CapacitorMaintenance]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) | 665 |
| o4-07 (0523) Expert | SoftchargeRelay MaintenanceSet | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) | 665 |
| o4-09 (0525) Expert | IGBTMaintenance Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-07[IGBTMaintenance]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) | 665 |
| o4-11 (0510) Expert | FaultTrace/History Initialize | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetstherecordsofMonitorsU2-xx[FaultTrace],U3-xx[FaultHistory],andU9-xx [FaultTrace]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 666 |
Source page
Page 463
tsiLretemaraP 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o4-12 kWhMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 666 (0512) Initialization ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]andU4-11[kWh,Upper5 (0,1) Expert Digits]. 0:NoReset 1:Reset o4-13 NumberofTravels V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 666 (0528) CounterReset ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-24[NumberofTravels(Low)]andU4-25[Numberof (0,1) Expert Travels(High)]. 0:NoReset 1:Reset o4-15 MaintenanceAlarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2% 666 (0537) SnoozePeriod Setsthesnoozeperiodofmaintenancealarmsasapercentageofthelifetimeofthe (0-20%) Expert t c h o i m sp p a o r n a e m nt e . te A r f d te e r te a rm m i a n i e n s te t n h a e n l c e e ve a l la t r h m at o w u i t l p l u tr t i h g a g s er be th e e n n tr e i x g t g a e l r a e r d m an fo d r t t h h e e a s l a a m rm e isreset, component.Thesamealarmwillbetriggeredbythedetectionlevelthattriggeredthe originalalarmplusthelevelsetino4-15. Note: ParameterA1-03[InitializeParameters]doesnotinitializethisparameter. o4-16 MaintenanceMonitoring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 667 (0176) Selection Setsthefunctiontousebit0tobit3to1(ON)or0(OFF)toenableanddisablefour (0000-1111) Expert L M T a - i 3 nt [ e S n o a f n tC ce ha M rg o e n B it y o p r a s s . s F R ro el m ay le M ft a t i o nt r e i T g i h m t, e t ] h , e L d T i - g 2 it [ s C s a e p t a L c T i - t 4 or [I M G a B i T nte M n a a i n n c t e en T a i n m c e e ], T a im nd e], LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]inorder. Note: ParameterA1-03[InitializeParameters]doesnotinitializethisparameter. Allbits=0:MaintenanceMonitorsaredisabled bit0:LT1(coolingfan) bit1:LT2(DCbuscapacitors) bit2:LT3(soft-chargebypassrelay) bit3:LT4(IGBT) o4-22 TimeFormat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 667 (154F) Setsthetimedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD (0-2) RUN keypad. 0:24HourClock 1:12HourClock 2:12HourJPClock o4-23 DateFormat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 667 (1550) Setsthedatedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD (0-2) RUN keypad. 0:YY/M/D 1:D/M/YY 2:M/D/YY o4-24 bATDetectionSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 667 (310F) SetsoperationwhenthedrivedetectsbAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage]andTiM (0-2) RUN [KeypadTimeNotSet]. Expert 0:Disable 1:Enable(AlarmDetected) 2:Enable(FaultDetected) o4-40 TravelDirectChange V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 668 (303D) CounterEnbl SetsthefunctiontoenabletheTravelDirectionChangeCounter. (0,1) Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled o4-41 TravelDirectCounter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50 668 (303E) AlarmLevel SetsthedetectionlevelforTCA[TDCCAlarm]inunitsof1000directionchanges. (0-10000) Whenyouwanttosetonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000. Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 463
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o4-12 (0512) Expert | kWhMonitor Initialization | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]andU4-11[kWh,Upper5 Digits]. 0:NoReset 1:Reset | 0 (0,1) | 666 |
| o4-13 (0528) Expert | NumberofTravels CounterReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-24[NumberofTravels(Low)]andU4-25[Numberof Travels(High)]. 0:NoReset 1:Reset | 0 (0,1) | 666 |
| o4-15 (0537) Expert | MaintenanceAlarm SnoozePeriod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthesnoozeperiodofmaintenancealarmsasapercentageofthelifetimeofthe component.Afteramaintenancealarmoutputhasbeentriggeredandthealarmisreset, thisparameterdeterminesthelevelthatwilltriggerthenextalarmforthesame component.Thesamealarmwillbetriggeredbythedetectionlevelthattriggeredthe originalalarmplusthelevelsetino4-15. Note: ParameterA1-03[InitializeParameters]doesnotinitializethisparameter. | 2% (0-20%) | 666 |
| o4-16 (0176) Expert | MaintenanceMonitoring Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontousebit0tobit3to1(ON)or0(OFF)toenableanddisablefour MaintenanceMonitors.Fromlefttoright,thedigitssetLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime], LT-3[SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime],LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime],and LT-1[CoolingFanMaintenanceTime]inorder. Note: ParameterA1-03[InitializeParameters]doesnotinitializethisparameter. Allbits=0:MaintenanceMonitorsaredisabled bit0:LT1(coolingfan) bit1:LT2(DCbuscapacitors) bit2:LT3(soft-chargebypassrelay) bit3:LT4(IGBT) | 1000 (0000-1111) | 667 |
| o4-22 (154F) RUN | TimeFormat | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD keypad. 0:24HourClock 1:12HourClock 2:12HourJPClock | 0 (0-2) | 667 |
| o4-23 (1550) RUN | DateFormat | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD keypad. 0:YYYY/MM/DD 1:DD/MM/YYYY 2:MM/DD/YYYY | 0 (0-2) | 667 |
| o4-24 (310F) RUN Expert | bATDetectionSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsoperationwhenthedrivedetectsbAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage]andTiM [KeypadTimeNotSet]. 0:Disable 1:Enable(AlarmDetected) 2:Enable(FaultDetected) | 0 (0-2) | 667 |
| o4-40 (303D) | TravelDirectChange CounterEnbl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenabletheTravelDirectionChangeCounter. Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 668 |
| o4-41 (303E) | TravelDirectCounter AlarmLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforTCA[TDCCAlarm]inunitsof1000directionchanges. Whenyouwanttosetonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000. Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. | 50 (0-10000) | 668 |
Source page
Page 464
11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o4-42 TravelDirectChangeCnt V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 668 (303F) PresetLvl Setsthenumberofallowabledirectionchangesafteraropechangeinunitsof1000 (0-65535) directionchanges.Whenyouwanttosettoonemilliondirectionchanges,setthis parameter=1000.Thedirectioncounterissettotheinputvalueandtheparameteris changedbackto0. Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. o4-44 TravelDirectChgCntr V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 668 (3041) PasswdSet SetsthepasswordtousetheTravelDirectionChangeCounter.Thepasswordneedsto (0-FF) beenteredtwice(identically).Theactivepasswordlocksparameterso4-40[Travel DirectChangeCounterEnbl]too4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]from editingandstartstheTravelDirectionChangecountingprocess.Thepasswordcanonly besetwheno4-40isenabled.Whenthesamepasswordisenteredagain,theparameters areunlockedagain. Note: •TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. •Thisparameterisalwayssetbackto0afterauserinput. •Ifyouseto4-40=1[Enabled]butyoudonotdefinethepassword,thedrive detectsTCS[TDCCSetup].ThisalarmhashigherprioritythanTCA[TDCC Alarm]. ◆ o5: Log Function No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o5-01 LogStart/StopSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 671 (1551) Setsthedatalogfunction.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (0,1) RUN 0:OFF Expert 1:ON o5-02 LogSamplingInterval V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100ms 671 (1552) Setsthedatalogsamplingcycle.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD (100-60000ms) RUN keypad. Expert o5-03 LogMonitorData1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 101 671 (1553) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-04 LogMonitorData2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 672 (1554) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-05 LogMonitorData3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 672 (1555) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-06 LogMonitorData4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 107 672 (1556) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-07 LogMonitorData5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 672 (1557) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Note: Expert ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV]:000 •A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]:109 o5-08 LogMonitorData6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 672 (1558) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Note: Expert ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV]:116 •A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]:105 o5-09 LogMonitorData7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 110 673 (1559) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert 464 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o4-42 (303F) | TravelDirectChangeCnt PresetLvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofallowabledirectionchangesafteraropechangeinunitsof1000 directionchanges.Whenyouwanttosettoonemilliondirectionchanges,setthis parameter=1000.Thedirectioncounterissettotheinputvalueandtheparameteris changedbackto0. Note: TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. | 0 (0-65535) | 668 |
| o4-44 (3041) | TravelDirectChgCntr PasswdSet | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepasswordtousetheTravelDirectionChangeCounter.Thepasswordneedsto beenteredtwice(identically).Theactivepasswordlocksparameterso4-40[Travel DirectChangeCounterEnbl]too4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]from editingandstartstheTravelDirectionChangecountingprocess.Thepasswordcanonly besetwheno4-40isenabled.Whenthesamepasswordisenteredagain,theparameters areunlockedagain. Note: •TheDriveWizarddoesnotshowthisparameter. •Thisparameterisalwayssetbackto0afterauserinput. •Ifyouseto4-40=1[Enabled]butyoudonotdefinethepassword,thedrive detectsTCS[TDCCSetup].ThisalarmhashigherprioritythanTCA[TDCC Alarm]. | 0 (0-FFFF) | 668 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o5-01 (1551) RUN Expert | LogStart/StopSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogfunction.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. 0:OFF 1:ON | 0 (0,1) | 671 |
| o5-02 (1552) RUN Expert | LogSamplingInterval | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogsamplingcycle.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCD keypad. | 100ms (100-60000ms) | 671 |
| o5-03 (1553) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 101 (000,101-999) | 671 |
| o5-04 (1554) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 102 (000,101-999) | 672 |
| o5-05 (1555) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 103 (000,101-999) | 672 |
| o5-06 (1556) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 107 (000,101-999) | 672 |
| o5-07 (1557) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV]:000 •A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]:109 | DeterminedbyA1-02 (000,101-999) | 672 |
| o5-08 (1558) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV]:116 •A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM]:105 | DeterminedbyA1-02 (000,101-999) | 672 |
| o5-09 (1559) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 110 (000,101-999) | 673 |
Source page
Page 465
tsiLretemaraP 11.13 o: Keypad-Related Settings No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) o5-10 LogMonitorData8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 112 673 (155A) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-11 LogMonitorData9 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 673 (155B) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert o5-12 LogMonitorData10 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 673 (155C) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 465
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| o5-10 (155A) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 112 (000,101-999) | 673 |
| o5-11 (155B) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (000,101-999) | 673 |
| o5-12 (155C) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (000,101-999) | 673 |
Source page
Page 466
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters
◆ S1: Brake/Contactor Sequence
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S1-01 ZeroSpeedLevelatStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 674 (0680) SetsthespeedtobeginapplyingDCInjection(orPositionLock)whenb1-03=0 (0.000-9.999%) [StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop]asapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. S1-02 DCInjectionCurrentat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 57% 674 (0681) Start SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstartasapercentageofthe (0-100%) continuousratedoutputcurrent. S1-03 DCInjectionCurrentat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 57% 675 (0682) Stop SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstopasapercentageofthe (0-100%) continuousratedoutputcurrent. S1-04 DCInj/PosLockTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.40s 675 (0683) Start SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstart.WhenA1-02=3or7 (0.00-10.00s) [ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftime thatthedrivewilldoPositionLockatstart.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00 s. S1-05 DCInj/PosLockTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.60s 675 (0684) Stop SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstop.WhenA1-02=3or7 (0.00-10.00s) [ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftime thatthedrivewilldoPositionLockatstop.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00 s. S1-06 BrakeReleaseDelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.20s 675 (0685) Time SetsthedelaytimebetweenthestartofDCinjection/PositionLockandtheactivationof (0.00-10.00s) anMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=BrakeControl]to releasethebrakeatthebeginningoftheride. S1-07 BrakeCloseDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s 675 (0686) SetsthedelaytimebetweenreachingZeroSpeedsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelat (0.00s-S1-05) Stop]andthedeactivationofanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunction Selection=BrakeControl]toapplythebrakeattheendoftheride. Note: ThemaximumvalueforthisparameteristhevaluesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLock TimeatStop].IfyousetS1-05<S1-07,thedrivedetectsoPE21[Elevator ParameterSettingFault]. S1-10 Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s 675 (0687) DelayTime SetsthedelaytimeuntilthedrivestartsoperationafteritreceivesanUp/Down (0.00-1.00s) command.Youmustsetenoughtimeforthemotorcontactorontheoutputsidetobe active. S1-11 OutputContactorOpen V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s 675 (0688) DelayTime SetsthedelaytimetodeactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51[MFDO (0.00-1.00s) FunctionSelection=OutputContactorControl]toreleasethemotorcontactorafterthe drivehasstoppedandshutofftheoutput. S1-12 OutputContactorDuring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 676 (06E0) Autotune SetsthefunctiontoautomaticallyactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51 (0-2) [OutputContactorControl]whenthedrivestartsAuto-Tuning. 0:Disable 1:Enable 2:EnabledduringA-TuningandSTo S1-26 EmergencyStopStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0% 676 (06D7) Level SetstheEmergencyStopStartLevelasapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput (0.0-100.0%) Frequency]. ◆ S2: Elevator Slip Compensation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S2-01 MotorRatedSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1380rpm 676 (068F) Setsthemotorratedspeed. (300-1800rpm) S2-02 SlipCompGainduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.7 676 (0690) Motoring Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringmotoring.Thiscanhelpimprove (0.0-5.0) RUN theaccuracyofleveling. S2-03 SlipCompGainduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 676 (0691) Regen Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringregeneration.Thiscanhelp (0.0-5.0) RUN improvetheaccuracyofleveling. 466 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S1-01 (0680) | ZeroSpeedLevelatStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedtobeginapplyingDCInjection(orPositionLock)whenb1-03=0 [StoppingMethodSelection=RamptoStop]asapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-9.999%) | 674 |
| S1-02 (0681) | DCInjectionCurrentat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstartasapercentageofthe continuousratedoutputcurrent. | 57% (0-100%) | 674 |
| S1-03 (0682) | DCInjectionCurrentat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstopasapercentageofthe continuousratedoutputcurrent. | 57% (0-100%) | 675 |
| S1-04 (0683) | DCInj/PosLockTimeat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstart.WhenA1-02=3or7 [ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftime thatthedrivewilldoPositionLockatstart.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00 s. | 0.40s (0.00-10.00s) | 675 |
| S1-05 (0684) | DCInj/PosLockTimeat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstop.WhenA1-02=3or7 [ControlMethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftime thatthedrivewilldoPositionLockatstop.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00 s. | 0.60s (0.00-10.00s) | 675 |
| S1-06 (0685) | BrakeReleaseDelay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimebetweenthestartofDCinjection/PositionLockandtheactivationof anMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=BrakeControl]to releasethebrakeatthebeginningoftheride. | 0.20s (0.00-10.00s) | 675 |
| S1-07 (0686) | BrakeCloseDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimebetweenreachingZeroSpeedsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelat Stop]andthedeactivationofanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunction Selection=BrakeControl]toapplythebrakeattheendoftheride. Note: ThemaximumvalueforthisparameteristhevaluesetinS1-05[DCInj/PosLock TimeatStop].IfyousetS1-05<S1-07,thedrivedetectsoPE21[Elevator ParameterSettingFault]. | 0.10s (0.00s-S1-05) | 675 |
| S1-10 (0687) | Up/DownCommand DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeuntilthedrivestartsoperationafteritreceivesanUp/Down command.Youmustsetenoughtimeforthemotorcontactorontheoutputsidetobe active. | 0.10s (0.00-1.00s) | 675 |
| S1-11 (0688) | OutputContactorOpen DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimetodeactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51[MFDO FunctionSelection=OutputContactorControl]toreleasethemotorcontactorafterthe drivehasstoppedandshutofftheoutput. | 0.10s (0.00-1.00s) | 675 |
| S1-12 (06E0) | OutputContactorDuring Autotune | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoautomaticallyactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51 [OutputContactorControl]whenthedrivestartsAuto-Tuning. 0:Disable 1:Enable 2:EnabledduringA-TuningandSTo | 0 (0-2) | 676 |
| S1-26 (06D7) | EmergencyStopStart Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheEmergencyStopStartLevelasapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]. | 10.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 676 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S2-01 (068F) | MotorRatedSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedspeed. | 1380rpm (300-1800rpm) | 676 |
| S2-02 (0690) RUN | SlipCompGainduring Motoring | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringmotoring.Thiscanhelpimprove theaccuracyofleveling. | 0.7 (0.0-5.0) | 676 |
| S2-03 (0691) RUN | SlipCompGainduring Regen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringregeneration.Thiscanhelp improvetheaccuracyofleveling. | 1.0 (0.0-5.0) | 676 |
Source page
Page 467
tsiLretemaraP 11.14 S: Elevator Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S2-05 SlipCompTorqDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms 677 (0693) DelayTime Setsadelaytimebeforedetectingtorqueforslipcompensation. (0-10000ms) S2-06 SlipCompTorqDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms 677 (0694) FilterTime Setsthefiltertimeconstantappliedtothetorquesignalusedfortheslipcompensation (0-2000ms) valuecalculation. ◆ S3: Start/Stop Optimization No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S3-02 PositionLockGain2at V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 677 (0698) Start Setsgainlevel2forthePositionLockfunction.PositionLockatstartcompensatesthe (0.00-100.00) RUN motortorquetokeepthecarpositiontopreventrollbackwhenthebrakeisreleased. S3-03 PositionLockGainat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5 677 (0699) Stop SetsthePositionLockgainatstop.PositionLockatstopcompensatesthemotortorque (0-100) RUN tokeepthecarpositionuntilthebrakeisfullyapplied. S3-04 PositionLock V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10 677 (069A) Bandwidth SetsthebandwidtharoundthestoppositioninwhichanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx (0-16383) =33[ZeroServoComplete]activates. S3-10 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms 678 (069B) RampTime Setsatimeconstantforthetorquereferencetoreach300%.Thisparameterisenabled (0-5000ms) Expert whenH3-xx=14[MFAIFunctionSelection=TorqueCompensation]. S3-11 IdBias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5.0% 678 (069C) Setsthemotord-axiscurrentflowingduringstartupin0.1%incrementsasapercentage (0.0-100.0%) Expert ofthemotorratedcurrent. S3-12 TorqueComp.Biasin V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 678 (069D) DownDirect Setsthebiasaddedtotorquecompensationvaluefromtheloadcellwhentheelevator (-40.0-+40.0%) Expert carmovesdownwardin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. S3-14 TorqueCompFadeout V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0Hz 678 (069F) Speed SetsthespeedlevelfortorquecompensationtodiminishduringthetimesetinS3-15 (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert [TorqueCompFadeoutTime].Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.0Hz. S3-15 TorqueCompFadeout V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms 678 (06A0) Time Setsthetimefortorquecompensationtodiminishwhenthemotorspeedreachesthe (0-5000ms) Expert levelsetinS3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]. S3-16 TorqueLimitReduction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100ms 678 (06A1) Time@Stop SetsthetimetodecreasethetorquelimitrateafterPositionLockatstopcompletes. (0-10000ms) S3-20 Dwell2Speed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 678 (06A2) Reference SetsthespeedreferencefortheDwell2function. (0.00-100.00%) Expert Note: Dwell2functionisdisabledwhenyousetthisparameterto0.00%. S3-21 Dwell2EndSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 679 (06A5) SetsthespeedatwhichthedriveendstheDwell2function. (0.00-100.00%) Expert Note: WhenS3-21≠0.00%,thedrivedoesnotswitchtheaccelerationrampsatthespeed setinC1-11[Accel/DecelRampSwitchoverSpd]. S3-27 Load1Torque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM -50.0% 679 (06BD) CompensationLevel Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition1. (-100.0-+100.0%) S3-28 Load2Torque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% 680 (06BE) CompensationLevel Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition2. (-100.0-+100.0%) S3-29 Load1AnalogInput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 680 (06BF) Level Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition1. (-100.0-+100.0%) S3-30 Load2AnalogInput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% 680 (06C0) Level Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition2. (-100.0-+100.0%) S3-34 PositionLockTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 680 (06C4) Bias1 SetsanintermediatevalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-Rollbackwhenthedrive (0.0-100.0%) Expert doesPositionLockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. S3-35 PositionLockTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 681 (06C5) Bias2 SetsamaximumvalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-Rollbackwhenthedrivedoes (0.0-100.0%) Expert PositionLockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. 11 S3-37 TorqueBias1Pos.Dev. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms 681 (06C7) Lvl SetsthepositiondeviationlevelatwhichS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]activates. (0-32767ms) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 467
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S2-05 (0693) | SlipCompTorqDetect DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsadelaytimebeforedetectingtorqueforslipcompensation. | 1000ms (0-10000ms) | 677 |
| S2-06 (0694) | SlipCompTorqDetect FilterTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefiltertimeconstantappliedtothetorquesignalusedfortheslipcompensation valuecalculation. | 500ms (0-2000ms) | 677 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S3-02 (0698) RUN | PositionLockGain2at Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsgainlevel2forthePositionLockfunction.PositionLockatstartcompensatesthe motortorquetokeepthecarpositiontopreventrollbackwhenthebrakeisreleased. | 0.00 (0.00-100.00) | 677 |
| S3-03 (0699) RUN | PositionLockGainat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePositionLockgainatstop.PositionLockatstopcompensatesthemotortorque tokeepthecarpositionuntilthebrakeisfullyapplied. | 5 (0-100) | 677 |
| S3-04 (069A) | PositionLock Bandwidth | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebandwidtharoundthestoppositioninwhichanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx =33[ZeroServoComplete]activates. | 10 (0-16383) | 677 |
| S3-10 (069B) Expert | TorqueCompensation RampTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsatimeconstantforthetorquereferencetoreach300%.Thisparameterisenabled whenH3-xx=14[MFAIFunctionSelection=TorqueCompensation]. | 500ms (0-5000ms) | 678 |
| S3-11 (069C) Expert | IdBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotord-axiscurrentflowingduringstartupin0.1%incrementsasapercentage ofthemotorratedcurrent. | 5.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 678 |
| S3-12 (069D) Expert | TorqueComp.Biasin DownDirect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebiasaddedtotorquecompensationvaluefromtheloadcellwhentheelevator carmovesdownwardin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. | 0.0% (-40.0-+40.0%) | 678 |
| S3-14 (069F) Expert | TorqueCompFadeout Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedlevelfortorquecompensationtodiminishduringthetimesetinS3-15 [TorqueCompFadeoutTime].Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.0Hz. | 0.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) | 678 |
| S3-15 (06A0) Expert | TorqueCompFadeout Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimefortorquecompensationtodiminishwhenthemotorspeedreachesthe levelsetinS3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]. | 1000ms (0-5000ms) | 678 |
| S3-16 (06A1) | TorqueLimitReduction Time@Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetodecreasethetorquelimitrateafterPositionLockatstopcompletes. | 100ms (0-10000ms) | 678 |
| S3-20 (06A2) Expert | Dwell2Speed Reference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencefortheDwell2function. Note: Dwell2functionisdisabledwhenyousetthisparameterto0.00%. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 678 |
| S3-21 (06A5) Expert | Dwell2EndSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedatwhichthedriveendstheDwell2function. Note: WhenS3-21≠0.00%,thedrivedoesnotswitchtheaccelerationrampsatthespeed setinC1-11[Accel/DecelRampSwitchoverSpd]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 679 |
| S3-27 (06BD) | Load1Torque CompensationLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition1. | -50.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) | 679 |
| S3-28 (06BE) | Load2Torque CompensationLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition2. | 50.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) | 680 |
| S3-29 (06BF) | Load1AnalogInput Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition1. | 0.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) | 680 |
| S3-30 (06C0) | Load2AnalogInput Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition2. | 100.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) | 680 |
| S3-34 (06C4) Expert | PositionLockTorque Bias1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsanintermediatevalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-Rollbackwhenthedrive doesPositionLockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 680 |
| S3-35 (06C5) Expert | PositionLockTorque Bias2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamaximumvalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-Rollbackwhenthedrivedoes PositionLockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 681 |
| S3-37 (06C7) Expert | TorqueBias1Pos.Dev. Lvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepositiondeviationlevelatwhichS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]activates. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0ms (0-32767ms) | 681 |
Source page
Page 468
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S3-38 TorqueBias2Pos.Dev. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms 681 (06C8) Lvl SetsthepositiondeviationlevelwhenthedriveshouldswitchfromtheAnti-Rollback (0-32767ms) Expert t [ o P r o q s u i e tio b n ia L s o s c e k ti T n o S rq 3 u -3 e 4 B [ i P as os 2 i ] ti . o U n s L u o al c l k y T it o i r s qu n e ot B n i e a c s e 1 s ] sa t r o y th to e c to h r a q n u g e e b th ia is s s s e e t t t i i n ng S . 3-35 S3-39 PositionLockIntegral V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 681 (06C9) Gain SetsthedriveresponsivenessforAnti-RollbackduringPositionLock.Usuallyitisnot (-30.00-+30.00) necessarytochangethissetting. S3-40 PositionLockMovement V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 681 (06CA) Detection SetstheamountofpulsesformovementdetectionduringAnti-Rollback. (0-100) Expert S3-41 PosLockGain2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 681 (06CB) ReductionFactor SetsareductionfactorfortheAnti-RollbackGainsetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2at (0.00-1.00) Expert Start]. S3-52 ACRPGainatNormal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 681 (1A9F) Run SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatorgainatnormal (0-5000) Expert operation. S3-53 ACRIntegralTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0ms 682 (1AA0) NormalRun SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratnormaloperation. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert S3-54 ACRPGainatStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 682 (1AA1) SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. (0-5000) Expert S3-55 ACRIntegralTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0ms 682 (1AA2) Start SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert ◆ S4: Rescue Operation No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S4-01 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 682 (06A6) SearchSel SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0-3) 0:Disabled 1:EnabledforMotor1andMotor2 2:EnabledforMotor1only 3:Enabled-Advanced S4-02 LightLoadSearch V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 682 (06A7) Method SetsthemethodusedtodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0,1) Expert 0:OutputCurrent 1:RegenerativeDirectionDetection S4-03 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0s 683 (06A8) SearchTime SetsthetimetodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0.0-5.0s) S4-04 LightLoadSearchSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 683 (06A9) Ref. SetsthespeedreferencetouseduringLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0.00-20.00%) Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis10.00%. •WhenA1-02≠7,thedefaultsettingis5.00%. S4-05 RescueOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100% 683 (06AA) TorqueLimit SetsthetorquelimitusedduringRescueOperation. (0-300%) Expert S4-06 RescuePowerSupply V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 683 (06CC) Selection Setsthetypeofbackuppowersupplythedriveshouldswitchtowhenthepowergoes (0-2) Expert out. 0:Battery 1:SinglePhaseUPS 2:ThreePhaseUPS S4-07 UPSPowerRating V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0kVA 683 (06CD) SetsthecapacityoftheUPS. (0.0-100.0kVA) Expert 468 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S3-38 (06C8) Expert | TorqueBias2Pos.Dev. Lvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepositiondeviationlevelwhenthedriveshouldswitchfromtheAnti-Rollback torquebiassetinS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]tothetorquebiassetinS3-35 [PositionLockTorqueBias2].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0ms (0-32767ms) | 681 |
| S3-39 (06C9) | PositionLockIntegral Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveresponsivenessforAnti-RollbackduringPositionLock.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 0.00 (-30.00-+30.00) | 681 |
| S3-40 (06CA) Expert | PositionLockMovement Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofpulsesformovementdetectionduringAnti-Rollback. | 1 (0-100) | 681 |
| S3-41 (06CB) Expert | PosLockGain2 ReductionFactor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsareductionfactorfortheAnti-RollbackGainsetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2at Start]. | 0.50 (0.00-1.00) | 681 |
| S3-52 (1A9F) Expert | ACRPGainatNormal Run | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatorgainatnormal operation. | 1000 (0-5000) | 681 |
| S3-53 (1AA0) Expert | ACRIntegralTimeat NormalRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratnormaloperation. | 10.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) | 682 |
| S3-54 (1AA1) Expert | ACRPGainatStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. | 1000 (0-5000) | 682 |
| S3-55 (1AA2) Expert | ACRIntegralTimeat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. | 10.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) | 682 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S4-01 (06A6) | LightLoadDirection SearchSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheLightLoadDirectionSearch. 0:Disabled 1:EnabledforMotor1andMotor2 2:EnabledforMotor1only 3:Enabled-Advanced | 0 (0-3) | 682 |
| S4-02 (06A7) Expert | LightLoadSearch Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodusedtodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. 0:OutputCurrent 1:RegenerativeDirectionDetection | 1 (0,1) | 682 |
| S4-03 (06A8) | LightLoadDirection SearchTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. | 1.0s (0.0-5.0s) | 683 |
| S4-04 (06A9) | LightLoadSearchSpeed Ref. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencetouseduringLightLoadDirectionSearch. Note: ThedefaultsettingchangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •WhenA1-02=7[CLV/PM],thedefaultsettingis10.00%. •WhenA1-02≠7,thedefaultsettingis5.00%. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-20.00%) | 683 |
| S4-05 (06AA) Expert | RescueOperation TorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetorquelimitusedduringRescueOperation. | 100% (0-300%) | 683 |
| S4-06 (06CC) Expert | RescuePowerSupply Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetypeofbackuppowersupplythedriveshouldswitchtowhenthepowergoes out. 0:Battery 1:SinglePhaseUPS 2:ThreePhaseUPS | 0 (0-2) | 683 |
| S4-07 (06CD) Expert | UPSPowerRating | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecapacityoftheUPS. | 0.0kVA (0.0-100.0kVA) | 683 |
Source page
Page 469
tsiLretemaraP 11.14 S: Elevator Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S4-08 UPSSpeedLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 683 (06CE) Selection SetshowaspeedlimitshouldbeappliedtotheRescueOperationspeedsetinS4-15 (0-2) Expert [RescueSpeedReferenceSelection]whenthedriveusesaUPStodoRescueOperation. Note: ThisparameterisenabledonlywhenS4-06=1,2[RescuePowerSupplySelection =SinglePhaseUPS,ThreePhaseUPS]. 0:Disabled 1:EnabledduringLightLoadSearch 2:Enabled S4-12 DCBusVoltageduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0V 684 (06D2) Rescue SetstheDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperation. (0-1150V) Expert S4-13 PowerSupplyReduction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% 684 (06D3) Lvl@Rescue SetsthelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsaPF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError]fault. (10-100%) Expert S4-15 RescueSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 684 (06DA) Selection SetsthespeedreferenceusedforRescueOperation. (0,1) 0:D1-25 1:SelectedSpeed S4-20 LightLoadSearchDir V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 684 (1A9D) Override SetstheevacuationinLightLoadDirectiondeterminedbydrive. (0,1) Expert Note: ThisparameterisenabledonlywhenS4-01=3[LightLoadDirectionSearchSel= AdvancedSearch(Motor1)]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled ◆ S5: Elevator Functionality No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S5-01 ShortFloorOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 690 (06AB) Selection SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheShortFloorfunction. (0-2) 0:Disabled 1:StandardShortFloor 2:AdvanceShortFloor S5-02 ShortFloorNominal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% 690 (06AC) Speed SetsthenominalspeedusedtocalculatethedistancefortheShortFloorfunctionwhen (0.0-100.0%) d1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)]. S5-03 ShortFloorConstant V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s 690 (06AD) SpeedTime SetstheminimumtimeoftheconstantspeedoperationwhenS5-01=2[ShortFloor (0.0-2.0s) Expert OperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. S5-04 DistanceCalcAccTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150.0% 690 (06AE) Gain Setsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkataccelerationforanoptimumspeedcalculation (50.0-200.0%) Expert whenS5-01=2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. Note: Ifthesettingvalueistoolow,itmaytriggeranoverrunbecauseoffasteroptimum speedsandshortenedlevelingtimes.Youmustnotsetthisgainlowerthan100%. S5-05 DistanceCalcDecTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150.0% 691 (06AF) Gain Setsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkatdecelerationandoptimumspeedcalculationwhen (50.0-200.0%) Expert S5-01=2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. Note: Ifthesettingvalueistoolow,itmaytriggeranoverrunbecauseoffasteroptimum speedsandshortenedlevelingtimes.Youmustnotsetthisgainlowerthan100%. S5-10 LevelingStopMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 691 (06B0) Selection Setsthestoppingmethod. (0-3) Expert 0:SpeedControl 1:DirectLanding 2:LevelingDistCtrl 3:Direct+Leveling S5-11 Deceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm 691 (06B1) Distance@HighSpeed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. (0-32767mm) Expert Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 11 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-11<U4-43,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 469
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S4-08 (06CE) Expert | UPSSpeedLimit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetshowaspeedlimitshouldbeappliedtotheRescueOperationspeedsetinS4-15 [RescueSpeedReferenceSelection]whenthedriveusesaUPStodoRescueOperation. Note: ThisparameterisenabledonlywhenS4-06=1,2[RescuePowerSupplySelection =SinglePhaseUPS,ThreePhaseUPS]. 0:Disabled 1:EnabledduringLightLoadSearch 2:Enabled | 2 (0-2) | 683 |
| S4-12 (06D2) Expert | DCBusVoltageduring Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperation. | 0V (0-1150V) | 684 |
| S4-13 (06D3) Expert | PowerSupplyReduction Lvl@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsaPF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError]fault. | 80% (10-100%) | 684 |
| S4-15 (06DA) | RescueSpeedReference Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceusedforRescueOperation. 0:D1-25 1:SelectedSpeed | 0 (0,1) | 684 |
| S4-20 (1A9D) Expert | LightLoadSearchDir Override | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheevacuationinLightLoadDirectiondeterminedbydrive. Note: ThisparameterisenabledonlywhenS4-01=3[LightLoadDirectionSearchSel= AdvancedSearch(Motor1)]. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 684 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S5-01 (06AB) | ShortFloorOperation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheShortFloorfunction. 0:Disabled 1:StandardShortFloor 2:AdvanceShortFloor | 0 (0-2) | 690 |
| S5-02 (06AC) | ShortFloorNominal Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenominalspeedusedtocalculatethedistancefortheShortFloorfunctionwhen d1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)or Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) | 690 |
| S5-03 (06AD) Expert | ShortFloorConstant SpeedTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumtimeoftheconstantspeedoperationwhenS5-01=2[ShortFloor OperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. | 0.0s (0.0-2.0s) | 690 |
| S5-04 (06AE) Expert | DistanceCalcAccTime Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkataccelerationforanoptimumspeedcalculation whenS5-01=2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. Note: Ifthesettingvalueistoolow,itmaytriggeranoverrunbecauseoffasteroptimum speedsandshortenedlevelingtimes.Youmustnotsetthisgainlowerthan100%. | 150.0% (50.0-200.0%) | 690 |
| S5-05 (06AF) Expert | DistanceCalcDecTime Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkatdecelerationandoptimumspeedcalculationwhen S5-01=2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. Note: Ifthesettingvalueistoolow,itmaytriggeranoverrunbecauseoffasteroptimum speedsandshortenedlevelingtimes.Youmustnotsetthisgainlowerthan100%. | 150.0% (50.0-200.0%) | 691 |
| S5-10 (06B0) Expert | LevelingStopMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoppingmethod. 0:SpeedControl 1:DirectLanding 2:LevelingDistCtrl 3:Direct+Leveling | 0 (0-3) | 691 |
| S5-11 (06B1) Expert | Deceleration Distance@HighSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-11<U4-43,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 0mm (0-32767mm) | 691 |
Source page
Page 470
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S5-12 UpStoppingDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150mm 692 (06B2) Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorintheupdirectionand (0-10000mm) RUN whenStopDistanceControlisenabled. Expert N •P o a te ra : metero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis5.91in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-44[Min.StopDistance]tothisparameter.IfyousetS5- 12<U4-44,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-13 DirectLanding V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 8.00% 692 (06D6) MinimumSpdLevel SetsthespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum (0.00-100.00%) Expert OutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],ifyousetS5-13≤S5-24[CreepStart Speed],thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-14 DecelDistance@Mid V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm 692 (06EF) Speed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed (0-32767mm) Expert Level]orless. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-47[Min.Dec.Distance(M)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-14<U4-47,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-15 DecelDistance@Low V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm 692 (06D8) Speed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeed (0-32767mm) Expert Level]orless. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-48[Min.Dec.Distance(L)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-15<U4-48,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-16 DirectLandingMid V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 693 (06D9) SpeedLevel SetsthemiddlespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04 (0.00-100.00%) Expert [MaximumOutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •IfyousetS5-16≥S5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel]andwhenS5-17≠ 0.00%,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-17 DirectLandingLow V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% 693 (06DB) SpeedLevel SetsthelowspeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04 (0.00-100.00%) Expert [MaximumOutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •IfyousetS5-17≤S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel]andwhenS5-17≠ 0.00%,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-18 DigitalInput5CAccept V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500mm 693 (06DC) Distance SettheremainingdistanceatwhichthesignalfromanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx= (0-32767mm) Expert 5C[StopDistanceCorrection]isapplicable. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis19.69in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. S5-19 DownStoppingDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150mm 693 (06DD) Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorinthedowndirection (0-10000mm) RUN andwhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. Expert N •P o a te ra : metero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis5.91in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-44[Min.StopDistance]tothisparameter.IfyousetS5- 19<U4-44,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-20 FeedForwardPGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 694 (06DE) @Direct-Land Setstheproportionalgainoffeedforwardcontroltobeswitchedduringdistance (0.01-100.00) Expert control. S5-21 FeedForwardGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.100s 694 (06DF) SwitchingTime Setsthetimetoswitchthefeedforwardcontrolgainfromn5-03[FeedForward (0.001-10.000s) Expert ControlGain]toS5-20[FeedForwardPGain@Direct-Land]. S5-24 CreepStartSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.20% 694 (06E3) SetsthespeedatwhichcreepmovementstartswhenS5-10=3[LevelingStopMethod (0.00-100.00%) Expert Selection=Direct+Leveling]. • Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. • WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],ifyousetS5-24≥S5-13[DirectLanding MinimumSpdLevel],thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. 470 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S5-12 (06B2) RUN Expert | UpStoppingDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorintheupdirectionand whenStopDistanceControlisenabled. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis5.91in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-44[Min.StopDistance]tothisparameter.IfyousetS5- 12<U4-44,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 150mm (0-10000mm) | 692 |
| S5-13 (06D6) Expert | DirectLanding MinimumSpdLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],ifyousetS5-13≤S5-24[CreepStart Speed],thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 8.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 692 |
| S5-14 (06EF) Expert | DecelDistance@Mid Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed Level]orless. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-47[Min.Dec.Distance(M)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-14<U4-47,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 0mm (0-32767mm) | 692 |
| S5-15 (06D8) Expert | DecelDistance@Low Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeed Level]orless. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-48[Min.Dec.Distance(L)]tothisparameter.Ifyouset S5-15<U4-48,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 0mm (0-32767mm) | 692 |
| S5-16 (06D9) Expert | DirectLandingMid SpeedLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemiddlespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04 [MaximumOutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •IfyousetS5-16≥S5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel]andwhenS5-17≠ 0.00%,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 693 |
| S5-17 (06DB) Expert | DirectLandingLow SpeedLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelowspeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04 [MaximumOutputFrequency]. Note: •Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. •IfyousetS5-17≤S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel]andwhenS5-17≠ 0.00%,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) | 693 |
| S5-18 (06DC) Expert | DigitalInput5CAccept Distance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SettheremainingdistanceatwhichthesignalfromanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx= 5C[StopDistanceCorrection]isapplicable. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis19.69in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 655.00in. | 500mm (0-32767mm) | 693 |
| S5-19 (06DD) RUN Expert | DownStoppingDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorinthedowndirection andwhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. Note: •Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis5.91in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. •SetavaluelargerthanU4-44[Min.StopDistance]tothisparameter.IfyousetS5- 19<U4-44,thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 150mm (0-10000mm) | 693 |
| S5-20 (06DE) Expert | FeedForwardPGain @Direct-Land | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheproportionalgainoffeedforwardcontroltobeswitchedduringdistance control. | 1.00 (0.01-100.00) | 694 |
| S5-21 (06DF) Expert | FeedForwardGain SwitchingTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimetoswitchthefeedforwardcontrolgainfromn5-03[FeedForward ControlGain]toS5-20[FeedForwardPGain@Direct-Land]. | 0.100s (0.001-10.000s) | 694 |
| S5-24 (06E3) Expert | CreepStartSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedatwhichcreepmovementstartswhenS5-10=3[LevelingStopMethod Selection=Direct+Leveling]. • Parametero1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]setstheunitsforthisparameter. • WhenS5-10=3[Direct+Leveling],ifyousetS5-24≥S5-13[DirectLanding MinimumSpdLevel],thedrivedetectsoPE21[ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 1.20% (0.00-100.00%) | 694 |
Source page
Page 471
tsiLretemaraP 11.14 S: Elevator Parameters No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S5-25 CreepDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500mm 694 (06E4) Setsthedistancefromcreepspeedtostop. (0-10000mm) Expert Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis19.69in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. S5-26 AdjusterforDec V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm 694 (06E5) Distance SetsthevaluetodecreasethedecelerationdistanceinDirectLandingwhenS5-10=3 (-500-+500mm) Expert [LevelingStopMethodSelection=Direct+Leveling]. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis-19.69into +19.69in. S5-30 BrakeTorqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0% 694 (06E9) Speed SetsthespeedreferenceatBrakeTorqueCheckfunctionasapercentageofE1-04 (0.0-20.0%) Expert [MaximumOutputFrequency]. S5-31 CarMovement@Brake V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60mm 695 (06EA) TCheck Setstheallowableamountofcarmovementduringthebraketorquecheck. (0-100mm) Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis2.36in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into3.93in. S5-32 ApplyingMotorTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100% 695 (06EB) DuringBTC Setstheamountoftorqueappliedduringthebraketorquecheckasapercentageofthe (50-200%) motorratedtorque. Note: Ifyousetavaluelargerthanthetorquelimitofthedrive,thedrivedetectsoPE21 [ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. S5-33 MotorTorqueRampUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s 695 (06EC) Time SetstherampuptimetoincreasethemotortorquetothevaluesetinS5-32[Applying (0.0-3.0s) MotorTorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. S5-34 MotorTorqueRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s 695 (06ED) DownTime SetstherampdowntimetodecreasethemotortorquefromthevaluesetinS5-32 (0.0-3.0s) [ApplyingMotorTorqueDuringBTC]to0%duringthebraketorquecheck. S5-35 BrakeTorqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0s 695 (06EE) RunTime SetsthetimetooperatethedriveatthemotortorquevaluesetinS5-32[Applying (0.0-10.0s) MotorTorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. ◆ S6: Elevator Error Detection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S6-01 MtrContactError(SE1) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 696 (06B3) ResetSel SetswhenthedriveshoulddetectSE1[MotorContactorResponseError]andthe (0-2) conditionoffaultreset. 0:ManualResetatStop 1:AutoResetatStop 2:NoSE1Detection S6-02 StartIError(SE2)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms 696 (06B4) DelayT SetsthedelaytimeforSE2[StartingCurrentError]detection. (0-10000ms) S6-03 StartIError(SE2)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 25% 696 (06B5) Level SetsthelevelofcurrentappliedtothemotorwhentheBrakeControlcommandis (0-100%) activated,asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. S6-04 MtrIError(SE3)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms 696 (06B6) DelayT SetsadelaytimeforSE3[OutputCurrentError]detection. (0-5000ms) S6-05 BrakeSetError(SE4) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms 696 (06B7) DetectDelayT SetsadelaytimeforSE4[BrakeResponseError]detection. (0-10000ms) S6-06 SE4DetectionTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms 697 (1A98) DuringRun SetthetimetodetectSE4[BrakeResponseError]duringrunwhenS6-07=1[Brake (0-10000ms) Expert ResponseMonitorFunction=Enabled]. S6-07 BrakeResponseMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 697 (1A99) Function SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheBrakeResponseMonitorfunction. (0,1) 0:Disabled 1:Enabled 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 471
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S5-25 (06E4) Expert | CreepDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedistancefromcreepspeedtostop. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis19.69in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into 393.00in. | 500mm (0-10000mm) | 694 |
| S5-26 (06E5) Expert | AdjusterforDec Distance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthevaluetodecreasethedecelerationdistanceinDirectLandingwhenS5-10=3 [LevelingStopMethodSelection=Direct+Leveling]. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis0.00in,andthesettingrangeis-19.69into +19.69in. | 0mm (-500-+500mm) | 694 |
| S5-30 (06E9) Expert | BrakeTorqueCheck Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceatBrakeTorqueCheckfunctionasapercentageofE1-04 [MaximumOutputFrequency]. | 3.0% (0.0-20.0%) | 694 |
| S5-31 (06EA) | CarMovement@Brake TCheck | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheallowableamountofcarmovementduringthebraketorquecheck. Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setstheunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],thedefaultsettingis2.36in,andthesettingrangeis0.00into3.93in. | 60mm (0-100mm) | 695 |
| S5-32 (06EB) | ApplyingMotorTorque DuringBTC | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheamountoftorqueappliedduringthebraketorquecheckasapercentageofthe motorratedtorque. Note: Ifyousetavaluelargerthanthetorquelimitofthedrive,thedrivedetectsoPE21 [ElevatorParameterSettingFault]. | 100% (50-200%) | 695 |
| S5-33 (06EC) | MotorTorqueRampUp Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampuptimetoincreasethemotortorquetothevaluesetinS5-32[Applying MotorTorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. | 0.5s (0.0-3.0s) | 695 |
| S5-34 (06ED) | MotorTorqueRamp DownTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampdowntimetodecreasethemotortorquefromthevaluesetinS5-32 [ApplyingMotorTorqueDuringBTC]to0%duringthebraketorquecheck. | 0.5s (0.0-3.0s) | 695 |
| S5-35 (06EE) | BrakeTorqueCheck RunTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetooperatethedriveatthemotortorquevaluesetinS5-32[Applying MotorTorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. | 3.0s (0.0-10.0s) | 695 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S6-01 (06B3) | MtrContactError(SE1) ResetSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhenthedriveshoulddetectSE1[MotorContactorResponseError]andthe conditionoffaultreset. 0:ManualResetatStop 1:AutoResetatStop 2:NoSE1Detection | 0 (0-2) | 696 |
| S6-02 (06B4) | StartIError(SE2)Detect DelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeforSE2[StartingCurrentError]detection. | 200ms (0-10000ms) | 696 |
| S6-03 (06B5) | StartIError(SE2)Detect Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelofcurrentappliedtothemotorwhentheBrakeControlcommandis activated,asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. | 25% (0-100%) | 696 |
| S6-04 (06B6) | MtrIError(SE3)Detect DelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytimeforSE3[OutputCurrentError]detection. | 200ms (0-5000ms) | 696 |
| S6-05 (06B7) | BrakeSetError(SE4) DetectDelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytimeforSE4[BrakeResponseError]detection. | 500ms (0-10000ms) | 696 |
| S6-06 (1A98) Expert | SE4DetectionTime DuringRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetthetimetodetectSE4[BrakeResponseError]duringrunwhenS6-07=1[Brake ResponseMonitorFunction=Enabled]. | 200ms (0-10000ms) | 697 |
| S6-07 (1A99) | BrakeResponseMonitor Function | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheBrakeResponseMonitorfunction. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 697 |
Source page
Page 472
11.14 S: Elevator Parameters
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) S6-08 SE4FaultReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 697 (1A9A) SetsfaultresetmethodswhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorSelection= (0,1) Enabled]andthedrivedetectsSE4[BrakeResponseError].WhenS6-07=1,youcan resettheSE4faultonlywhenS6-08=1. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled S6-09 BrakeResp. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 698 (1AA3) Fault@TravelSelect SetsbehavioroftheBrakeResponseFaultduringtravel. (0,1) 0:Fault@Detection 1:Alarm@Detection/FaultafterStop S6-10 Overacceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo1-03 698 (06B8) DetectionLevel Setstheaccelerationratethattriggersthedv6[OverJerk]fault.Overacceleration (Determinedbyo1-03) detectionisdisabledwhensetto0.0m/s2. Note: Thedefaultsettingandthesettingrangechangewheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnit Selection]changes: •Wheno1-03=0to5,thedefaultsettingis1.5m/s2,andthesettingrangeis0.0to 20.0m/s2. •Wheno1-03=6,thedefaultis5.0ft/s2.andthesettingrangeis0.0to50.0ft/s2. S6-11 Overacceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50ms 698 (06B9) DetectionTime Setstheprimarydelaytimethattheaccelerationmustexceedtheoveracceleration (0-5000ms) detectionlevelbeforeasdv6[OverJerk]istriggered.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto changethissetting. S6-12 Overacceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 698 (06BA) DetectionSel Setstheconditionsfordv6[OverJerk]detection. (0,1) Expert 0:AlwaysEnabled 1:EnabledonlyDuringRun S6-15 SpeedReferenceLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 698 (06BB) Detection SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableFrL[SpeedReferenceMissing]detection. (0,1) Expert 0:Disabled 1:Enabled S6-16 BaseBlock(BB)Restart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 698 (06BC) Selection Setsthefunctiontoletthedriverestartthemotorafterreturningtonormaloperation (0,1) Expert f ( r N o . m C.) B ] a ) s o e r b f l r o o c m ks S ta a t f e e ( T H o 1 rq -x u x e- = O 8 ff /9 st [ a B te a ( s S eb af lo e c D k i C sa o b m le m i a n n p d ut ( s N H .O 1 . a )/ n B d a H se 2 bl e o n c a k b C le o d m )w m h a i n l d e theUp/Downcommandisstillactive. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled
472 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| S6-08 (1A9A) | SE4FaultReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsfaultresetmethodswhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorSelection= Enabled]andthedrivedetectsSE4[BrakeResponseError].WhenS6-07=1,youcan resettheSE4faultonlywhenS6-08=1. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 697 |
| S6-09 (1AA3) | BrakeResp. Fault@TravelSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsbehavioroftheBrakeResponseFaultduringtravel. 0:Fault@Detection 1:Alarm@Detection/FaultafterStop | 0 (0,1) | 698 |
| S6-10 (06B8) | Overacceleration DetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheaccelerationratethattriggersthedv6[OverJerk]fault.Overacceleration detectionisdisabledwhensetto0.0m/s2. Note: Thedefaultsettingandthesettingrangechangewheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnit Selection]changes: •Wheno1-03=0to5,thedefaultsettingis1.5m/s2,andthesettingrangeis0.0to 20.0m/s2. •Wheno1-03=6,thedefaultis5.0ft/s2.andthesettingrangeis0.0to50.0ft/s2. | Determinedbyo1-03 (Determinedbyo1-03) | 698 |
| S6-11 (06B9) | Overacceleration DetectionTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheprimarydelaytimethattheaccelerationmustexceedtheoveracceleration detectionlevelbeforeasdv6[OverJerk]istriggered.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto changethissetting. | 50ms (0-5000ms) | 698 |
| S6-12 (06BA) Expert | Overacceleration DetectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionsfordv6[OverJerk]detection. 0:AlwaysEnabled 1:EnabledonlyDuringRun | 0 (0,1) | 698 |
| S6-15 (06BB) Expert | SpeedReferenceLoss Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableFrL[SpeedReferenceMissing]detection. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 1 (0,1) | 698 |
| S6-16 (06BC) Expert | BaseBlock(BB)Restart Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoletthedriverestartthemotorafterreturningtonormaloperation fromBaseblockstate(H1-xx=8/9[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)/BaseblockCommand (N.C.)])orfromSafeTorque-Offstate(SafeDisableinputsH1andH2enabled)while theUp/Downcommandisstillactive. 0:Disabled 1:Enabled | 0 (0,1) | 698 |
Source page
Page 473
tsiLretemaraP 11.15 T: Auto-Tuning 11.15 T: Auto-Tuning ◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) T0-00 TuningModeSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 700 (1197) SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. (0) 0:MotorParameterTuning ◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) T1-01 Auto-TuningMode V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 700 (0701) Selection SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: ThesettingrangechangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0[V/f]:0,2 •A1-02=2,3[OLV,CLV]:0-2 0:RotationalAuto-Tuning 1:StationaryAuto-Tuning1 2:StationaryLine-LineResistance T1-02 MotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 700 (0702) Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthemotorratedoutput (0.00-650.00kW) power. T1-03 MotorRatedVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200.0V, 701 (0703) Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor.Enterthebasespeedvoltageforconstantoutput 400VClass:400.0V motors. (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) T1-04 MotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 701 (0704) Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) T1-05 MotorBaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60.0Hz 701 (0705) Setsthebasefrequency(Hz)ofthemotor. (0.0-590.0Hz) T1-06 NumberofMotorPoles V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 701 (0706) Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) T1-07 MotorBaseSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1750min-1(r/min) 701 (0707) SetsthemotorbasespeedforAuto-Tuning(min-1(r/min)). (0-35400min-1(r/min)) T1-08 EncoderPulseCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1024ppr 701 (0708) (PPR) SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. (0-60,000ppr) T1-09 MotorNo-LoadCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM - 702 (0709) Setstheno-loadcurrentofthemotor. (0A-T1-04;max.of 2999.9) T1-10 MotorRatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000Hz 702 (070A) Frequency Setsmotorratedslip. (0.000-20.000Hz) T1-12 TestModeSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 702 (0BDB) SetsthefunctiontoenableTestModeafterStationaryAuto-Tuning.Whenyoucan (0,1) operatethemotorwithalightloadattachedafterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete, enablethisparameter. Note: YoumustfirstsetT1-10=0[MotorRatedSlipFrequency=0Hz]toenablethis parameter. 0:No 1:Yes T1-13 No-LoadVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM T1-03×0.85 702 (0BDC) Setstheno-loadvoltageofthemotor.Whentheno-loadvoltageatratedspeedis (200VClass:0.0-255.0 available,forexampleonthemotortestreport,setthevoltageinthisparameter.Ifthe V,400VClass:0.0- no-loadvoltageisnotavailable,donotchangethisparameter. 510.0V) Note: TogetthesamequalitiesasaYaskawa1000-seriesdriveorpreviousseriesdrive, setthisparameter=T1-03[MotorRatedVoltage]. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 473
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| T0-00 (1197) | TuningModeSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. 0:MotorParameterTuning | 0 (0) | 700 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| T1-01 (0701) | Auto-TuningMode Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. Note: ThesettingrangechangeswhentheA1-02[ControlMethodSelection]setting changes: •A1-02=0[V/f]:0,2 •A1-02=2,3[OLV,CLV]:0-2 0:RotationalAuto-Tuning 1:StationaryAuto-Tuning1 2:StationaryLine-LineResistance | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) | 700 |
| T1-02 (0702) | MotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthemotorratedoutput power. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) | 700 |
| T1-03 (0703) | MotorRatedVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor.Enterthebasespeedvoltageforconstantoutput motors. | 200VClass:200.0V, 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 701 |
| T1-04 (0704) | MotorRatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) | 701 |
| T1-05 (0705) | MotorBaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebasefrequency(Hz)ofthemotor. | 60.0Hz (0.0-590.0Hz) | 701 |
| T1-06 (0706) | NumberofMotorPoles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. | 4 (2-120) | 701 |
| T1-07 (0707) | MotorBaseSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemotorbasespeedforAuto-Tuning(min-1(r/min)). | 1750min-1(r/min) (0-35400min-1(r/min)) | 701 |
| T1-08 (0708) | EncoderPulseCount (PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. | 1024ppr (0-60,000ppr) | 701 |
| T1-09 (0709) | MotorNo-LoadCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentofthemotor. | - (0A-T1-04;max.of 2999.9) | 702 |
| T1-10 (070A) | MotorRatedSlip Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsmotorratedslip. | 0.000Hz (0.000-20.000Hz) | 702 |
| T1-12 (0BDB) | TestModeSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableTestModeafterStationaryAuto-Tuning.Whenyoucan operatethemotorwithalightloadattachedafterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete, enablethisparameter. Note: YoumustfirstsetT1-10=0[MotorRatedSlipFrequency=0Hz]toenablethis parameter. 0:No 1:Yes | 0 (0,1) | 702 |
| T1-13 (0BDC) | No-LoadVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadvoltageofthemotor.Whentheno-loadvoltageatratedspeedis available,forexampleonthemotortestreport,setthevoltageinthisparameter.Ifthe no-loadvoltageisnotavailable,donotchangethisparameter. Note: TogetthesamequalitiesasaYaskawa1000-seriesdriveorpreviousseriesdrive, setthisparameter=T1-03[MotorRatedVoltage]. | T1-03×0.85 (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 702 |
Source page
Page 474
11.15 T: Auto-Tuning
◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning
No. Default Name Description Ref. (Hex.) (Range) T2-01 PMAuto-Tuning V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 703 (0750) Selection SetsthetypeofAuto-TuningforPMmotors. (0,1,3,4) 0:ManualEntryw/MotorDataSheet 1:Stationary(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF,Encoderoffset) 3:StationaryEncoderOffsetTuning 4:Rotational(Onlyback-EMF,Encoderoffset) T2-04 PMMotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 703 (0730) Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthePMmotorrated (0.00-650.00kW) outputpower. T2-05 PMMotorRatedVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200.0V, 703 (0732) Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor. 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) T2-06 PMMotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 703 (0733) Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) T2-08 NumberofPMMotor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 12 703 (0734) Poles Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: WhenyouconnectthePG-E3option,themaximumvalueforthisparameteris48. T2-09 PMMotorBaseSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150min-1(r/min) 703 (0731) Setsthemotorbasespeed(min-1(r/min)). (0-24000min-1(r/min)) T2-10 PMMotorStator V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000Ω 704 (0754) Resistance Setsthestatorresistanceforeachmotorphase. (0.000-65.000Ω) T2-11 PMMotord-Axis V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00mH 704 (0735) Inductance Setsthed-axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. (0.00-600.00mH) T2-12 PMMotorq-Axis V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00mH 704 (0736) Inductance Setstheq-Axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. (0.00-600.00mH) T2-13 Back-EMFUnits V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 704 (0755) Selection Setstheunitsthatthedriveusestosettheinducedvoltageconstant. (0,1) 0:mV/(rev/min) 1:mV/(rad/sec) T2-14 Back-EMFVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyT2-13 704 (0737) Constant(Ke) Setsthemotorinducedvoltageconstant(Ke). (0.0-6500.0) T2-15 Pull-InCurrentLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 30% 704 (0756) Setsthelevelofthepull-incurrentasapercentageofE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent (0-120%) (FLA)].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. T2-16 EncoderPulseCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1024ppr 704 (0738) (PPR) SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. (1-15000ppr) T2-17 EncoderZ-PulseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0° 704 (0757) SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset(Δθ)(pulsegenerator,encoder)thatislistedonthe (-180.0-+180.0°) motornameplate. T2-18 SINCOSEncoder V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10min-1(r/min) 705 (0BB0) TuningSpeed SetsthespeedreferenceforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=1, (1-30min-1(r/min)) 3,or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=Stationary(Ld,Lq,R),EncoderTuning,or Rotational(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF)]). T2-19 SINCOSEncoder V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 705 (0BB1) TuningDirection SetsthedirectionofmotorrotationforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics (0,1) (T2-01=3or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R, back-EMF)]). 0:PulseAleadsinUpDirection 1:PulseBleadsinUpDirection 474 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) | Ref. |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| T2-01 (0750) | PMAuto-Tuning Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-TuningforPMmotors. 0:ManualEntryw/MotorDataSheet 1:Stationary(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF,Encoderoffset) 3:StationaryEncoderOffsetTuning 4:Rotational(Onlyback-EMF,Encoderoffset) | 0 (0,1,3,4) | 703 |
| T2-04 (0730) | PMMotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthePMmotorrated outputpower. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) | 703 |
| T2-05 (0732) | PMMotorRatedVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor. | 200VClass:200.0V, 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0 V,400VClass:0.0- 510.0V) | 703 |
| T2-06 (0733) | PMMotorRatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) | 703 |
| T2-08 (0734) | NumberofPMMotor Poles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. Note: WhenyouconnectthePG-E3option,themaximumvalueforthisparameteris48. | 12 (2-120) | 703 |
| T2-09 (0731) | PMMotorBaseSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorbasespeed(min-1(r/min)). | 150min-1(r/min) (0-24000min-1(r/min)) | 703 |
| T2-10 (0754) | PMMotorStator Resistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestatorresistanceforeachmotorphase. | 0.000Ω (0.000-65.000Ω) | 704 |
| T2-11 (0735) | PMMotord-Axis Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthed-axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. | 0.00mH (0.00-600.00mH) | 704 |
| T2-12 (0736) | PMMotorq-Axis Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheq-Axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. | 0.00mH (0.00-600.00mH) | 704 |
| T2-13 (0755) | Back-EMFUnits Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheunitsthatthedriveusestosettheinducedvoltageconstant. 0:mV/(rev/min) 1:mV/(rad/sec) | 1 (0,1) | 704 |
| T2-14 (0737) | Back-EMFVoltage Constant(Ke) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorinducedvoltageconstant(Ke). | DeterminedbyT2-13 (0.0-6500.0) | 704 |
| T2-15 (0756) | Pull-InCurrentLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelofthepull-incurrentasapercentageofE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent (FLA)].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 30% (0-120%) | 704 |
| T2-16 (0738) | EncoderPulseCount (PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. | 1024ppr (1-15000ppr) | 704 |
| T2-17 (0757) | EncoderZ-PulseOffset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset(Δθ)(pulsegenerator,encoder)thatislistedonthe motornameplate. | 0.0° (-180.0-+180.0°) | 704 |
| T2-18 (0BB0) | SINCOSEncoder TuningSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=1, 3,or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=Stationary(Ld,Lq,R),EncoderTuning,or Rotational(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF)]). | 10min-1(r/min) (1-30min-1(r/min)) | 705 |
| T2-19 (0BB1) | SINCOSEncoder TuningDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedirectionofmotorrotationforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics (T2-01=3or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R, back-EMF)]). 0:PulseAleadsinUpDirection 1:PulseBleadsinUpDirection | 0 (0,1) | 705 |
Source page
Page 475
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors 11.16 U: Monitors ◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U1-01 SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Maximum (0040) Showsthespeedreferencevalue. frequency Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto alsochange: +10V) • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U1-02 OutputSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Maximum (0041) Showstheoutputspeed. frequency Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto alsochange: +10V) • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U1-03 OutputCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Continuousrated (0042) Showstheoutputcurrent. outputcurrentofthedrive ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03inamperes(A).WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192=continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”. Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192×continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”touse theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrentvalueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 U1-04 ControlMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0043) Showsthedrivecontrolmethod. 0:V/fControl 2:OpenLoopVector 3:ClosedLoopVector 7:PMClosedLoopVector U1-05 SpeedFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Maximum (0044) Showsthedetectedmotorspeed. frequency Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto alsochange: +10V) • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U1-06 OutputVoltageRef V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=200 (0045) Showstheoutputvoltagereference. Vrms Unit:0.1V 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms U1-07 DCBusVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=400V (0046) ShowstheDCbusvoltage. 400VClass:10V=800V Unit:1V U1-08 OutputPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Drivecapacity(motor (0047) Showstheinternally-calculatedoutputpower. ratedpower)kW WhenyouchangeA1-02[ControlMethodSelection],itwillalsochangethesignallevelofthe (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto analogoutput. +10V) • A1-02=0[V/f]:Drivecapacity(kW) • A1-02=2,3[OLV,CLV]:PMMotorRatedPower[E2-11](kW) • A1-02=7[CLV/PM]:PMMotorRatedPower[E5-02](kW) Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01kW:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1kW:2059-2519,4030-4380 U1-09 TorqueReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Motorratedtorque (0048) Showstheinternaltorquereferencevalue. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 475
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U1-01 (0040) | SpeedReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V=Maximum frequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-02 (0041) | OutputSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V=Maximum frequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-03 (0042) | OutputCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputcurrent. ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03inamperes(A).WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192=continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”. Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192×continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”touse theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrentvalueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 | 10V=Continuousrated outputcurrentofthedrive |
| U1-04 (0043) | ControlMethod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthedrivecontrolmethod. 0:V/fControl 2:OpenLoopVector 3:ClosedLoopVector 7:PMClosedLoopVector | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-05 (0044) | SpeedFeedback | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthedetectedmotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V=Maximum frequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-06 (0045) | OutputVoltageRef | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V | 200VClass:10V=200 Vrms 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms |
| U1-07 (0046) | DCBusVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V | 200VClass:10V=400V 400VClass:10V=800V |
| U1-08 (0047) | OutputPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheinternally-calculatedoutputpower. WhenyouchangeA1-02[ControlMethodSelection],itwillalsochangethesignallevelofthe analogoutput. • A1-02=0[V/f]:Drivecapacity(kW) • A1-02=2,3[OLV,CLV]:PMMotorRatedPower[E2-11](kW) • A1-02=7[CLV/PM]:PMMotorRatedPower[E5-02](kW) Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01kW:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1kW:2059-2519,4030-4380 | 10V:Drivecapacity(motor ratedpower)kW (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-09 (0048) | TorqueReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheinternaltorquereferencevalue. Unit:0.1% | 10V=Motorratedtorque (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
Source page
Page 476
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U1-10 InputTerminalStatus V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0049) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-10shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. bit0:TerminalS1(MFDI1) bit1:TerminalS2(MFDI2) bit2:TerminalS3(MFDI3) bit3:TerminalS4(MFDI4) bit4:TerminalS5(MFDI5) bit5:TerminalS6(MFDI6) bit6:TerminalS7(MFDI7) bit7:TerminalS8(MFDI8) U1-11 OutputTerminalStatus V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (004A) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-11shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. Note: WhenH2-xx=100to178[InverseOutputofFunction],U1-11doesnotshowthestatusin inverse. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC U1-12 DriveStatus V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (004B) Showsdrivestatuswhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-12shows“00000101”duringrunwiththeDowncommand. bit0:DuringRun bit1:Duringzero-speed bit2:Duringdowndirection bit3:Duringfaultresetsignalinput bit4:Duringspeedagreement bit5:Driveready bit6:Duringminorfaultdetection bit7:Duringfaultdetection U1-13 TerminalA1Level V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=100% (004E) ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA1. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) U1-14 TerminalA2Level V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=100% (004F) ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA2. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) U1-15 TerminalA3Level V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=100% (0050) ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA3. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) U1-16 SFSOutputSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Maximum (0053) Showstheoutputspeedaftersoftstart.Showsthefrequencywithaccelerationanddeceleration frequency rampsandjerksettings. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter +10V) alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U1-17 DI-A3InputStatus V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0058) ShowsthereferencevalueinputfromDI-A3option. ShowstheinputsignalforDI-A3inhexadecimalassetinF3-01[DigitalInputFunction Selection]. 3FF:Set(1bit)+Sign(1bit)+16bit U1-18 oPEFaultParameter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0061) ShowstheparameternumberthatcausedtheoPE02[ParameterRangeSettingError]oroPE08 [ParameterSelectionError]. 476 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U1-10 (0049) | InputTerminalStatus | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-10shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. bit0:TerminalS1(MFDI1) bit1:TerminalS2(MFDI2) bit2:TerminalS3(MFDI3) bit3:TerminalS4(MFDI4) bit4:TerminalS5(MFDI5) bit5:TerminalS6(MFDI6) bit6:TerminalS7(MFDI7) bit7:TerminalS8(MFDI8) | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-11 (004A) | OutputTerminalStatus | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-11shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. Note: WhenH2-xx=100to178[InverseOutputofFunction],U1-11doesnotshowthestatusin inverse. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-12 (004B) | DriveStatus | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsdrivestatuswhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-12shows“00000101”duringrunwiththeDowncommand. bit0:DuringRun bit1:Duringzero-speed bit2:Duringdowndirection bit3:Duringfaultresetsignalinput bit4:Duringspeedagreement bit5:Driveready bit6:Duringminorfaultdetection bit7:Duringfaultdetection | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-13 (004E) | TerminalA1Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA1. Unit:0.1% | 10V=100% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-14 (004F) | TerminalA2Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA2. Unit:0.1% | 10V=100% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-15 (0050) | TerminalA3Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthesignallevelofterminalA3. Unit:0.1% | 10V=100% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-16 (0053) | SFSOutputSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedaftersoftstart.Showsthefrequencywithaccelerationanddeceleration rampsandjerksettings. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V=Maximum frequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U1-17 (0058) | DI-A3InputStatus | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthereferencevalueinputfromDI-A3option. ShowstheinputsignalforDI-A3inhexadecimalassetinF3-01[DigitalInputFunction Selection]. 3FFFF:Set(1bit)+Sign(1bit)+16bit | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-18 (0061) | oPEFaultParameter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheparameternumberthatcausedtheoPE02[ParameterRangeSettingError]oroPE08 [ParameterSelectionError]. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 477
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U1-19 MEMOBUS/ModbusError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0066) Code ShowsthecontentsoftheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationerrorwhere1=“error”and0= “noerror”. Forexample,U1-19shows“00000001”whenthereisaCRCerror. bit0:CRCError bit1:DataLengthError bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:ParityError bit4:OverrunError bit5:FramingError bit6:TimedOut bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). U1-25 SoftwareNumberFlash V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (004D) ShowstheFLASHID. U1-26 SoftwareNumberROM V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (005B) ShowstheROMID. U1-40 InputTermStatus1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (009D) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-40shows“00000000”whenterminalsS1toS8areOFF. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS1) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS2) bit2:MFDI3(TerminalS3) bit3:MFDI4(TerminalS4) bit4:MFDI5(TerminalS5) bit5:MFDI6(TerminalS6) bit6:MFDI7(TerminalS7) bit7:MFDI8(TerminalS8) U1-41 InputTermStatus2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (009E) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-41shows“00000000”whenterminalsS9andS10areOFF. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS9) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS10) bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). U1-93 CarrierFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1BC2) Showsactualcarrierfrequency. Expert (WhenPWMisOFF,thisparametershowstheC6-03[CarrierFrequency]value.) Unit:0.1kHz U1-94 DriveStatus2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1BC3) Showsdrivestatuswhere1=ONand0=OFF. Expert Forexample,U1-94[DriveStatus2]shows“00000010”duringrunwiththeduringtorqueboost. bit0:Duringtorquelimit bit1:DuringTorqueBoost(CarrierFReduction) bit2:Duringcurrentlimit bit3:Duringstallprevention bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). ◆ U2: Fault Trace No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U2-01 CurrentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0080) Showsthefaultthatthedrivehaswhenviewingthemonitor. U2-02 PreviousFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0081) Showsthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 477
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U1-19 (0066) | MEMOBUS/ModbusError Code | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthecontentsoftheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationerrorwhere1=“error”and0= “noerror”. Forexample,U1-19shows“00000001”whenthereisaCRCerror. bit0:CRCError bit1:DataLengthError bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:ParityError bit4:OverrunError bit5:FramingError bit6:TimedOut bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-25 (004D) | SoftwareNumberFlash | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheFLASHID. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-26 (005B) | SoftwareNumberROM | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheROMID. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-40 (009D) | InputTermStatus1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-40shows“00000000”whenterminalsS1toS8areOFF. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS1) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS2) bit2:MFDI3(TerminalS3) bit3:MFDI4(TerminalS4) bit4:MFDI5(TerminalS5) bit5:MFDI6(TerminalS6) bit6:MFDI7(TerminalS7) bit7:MFDI8(TerminalS8) | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-41 (009E) | InputTermStatus2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-41shows“00000000”whenterminalsS9andS10areOFF. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS9) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS10) bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-93 (1BC2) Expert | CarrierFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsactualcarrierfrequency. (WhenPWMisOFF,thisparametershowstheC6-03[CarrierFrequency]value.) Unit:0.1kHz | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U1-94 (1BC3) Expert | DriveStatus2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsdrivestatuswhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U1-94[DriveStatus2]shows“00000010”duringrunwiththeduringtorqueboost. bit0:Duringtorquelimit bit1:DuringTorqueBoost(CarrierFReduction) bit2:Duringcurrentlimit bit3:Duringstallprevention bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U2-01 (0080) | CurrentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaultthatthedrivehaswhenviewingthemonitor. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-02 (0081) | PreviousFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 478
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U2-03 SpeedRef@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0082) Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U2-04 OutputSpeed@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0083) Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U2-05 OutputCurrent@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0084) Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 U2-06 SpdFeedback@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0085) Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U2-07 OutputVoltage@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0086) Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V U2-08 DCBusVoltage@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0087) ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V U2-09 OutputPower@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0088) Showstheoutputpoweratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-08[OutputPower]tomonitortheoutputpower. Unit:0.1kW U2-10 TorqueRef@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0089) Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecentlyasapercentageofthemotor ratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% U2-11 InputTerminalStatus@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (008A) Fault ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-11shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 478 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U2-03 (0082) | SpeedRef@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-04 (0083) | OutputSpeed@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-05 (0084) | OutputCurrent@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-06 (0085) | SpdFeedback@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-07 (0086) | OutputVoltage@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-08 (0087) | DCBusVoltage@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-09 (0088) | OutputPower@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputpoweratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-08[OutputPower]tomonitortheoutputpower. Unit:0.1kW | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-10 (0089) | TorqueRef@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecentlyasapercentageofthemotor ratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-11 (008A) | InputTerminalStatus@ Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-11shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 479
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U2-12 OutputTerminalStatus@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (008B) Fault ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-12shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC U2-13 OperationStatus@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (008C) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-13shows“00000001”duringrun. UseU1-12[DriveStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:DuringRun bit1:Duringzero-speed bit2:Duringreverse bit3:Duringfaultresetsignalinput bit4:Duringspeedagreement bit5:Driveready bit6:Duringminorfaultdetection bit7:Duringfaultdetection U2-14 ElapsedTime@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (008D) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthedriveatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU4-01[CumulativeOpeTime]tomonitorthecumulativeoperationtime. Unit:1h U2-15 SFSOutput@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E0) Showstheoutputspeedaftersoftstartatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-16[SFSOutputSpeed]tomonitortheoutputspeedaftersoftstart. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U2-16 q-AxisCurrent@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E1) Showstheq-Axiscurrentofthemotoratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU6-01[IqSecondaryCurrent]tomonitortheq-Axiscurrentofthemotor. Unit:0.1% U2-17 d-AxisCurrent@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E2) Showsthed-Axiscurrentofthemotoratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU6-02[IdExcitationCurrent]tomonitorthed-Axiscurrentofthemotor. Unit:0.1% U2-20 HeatsinkTemp@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (008E) Showstheheatsinktemperatureatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU4-08[HeatsinkTemperature]tomonitorthetemperatureoftheheatsink. Unit:1°C U2-29 InTermStatus2@Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (009F) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-29shows“00000011”whenterminalsS9andS10areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS9) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS10) bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 479
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U2-12 (008B) | OutputTerminalStatus@ Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-12shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-13 (008C) | OperationStatus@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-13shows“00000001”duringrun. UseU1-12[DriveStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:DuringRun bit1:Duringzero-speed bit2:Duringreverse bit3:Duringfaultresetsignalinput bit4:Duringspeedagreement bit5:Driveready bit6:Duringminorfaultdetection bit7:Duringfaultdetection | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-14 (008D) | ElapsedTime@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthedriveatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU4-01[CumulativeOpeTime]tomonitorthecumulativeoperationtime. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-15 (07E0) | SFSOutput@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedaftersoftstartatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU1-16[SFSOutputSpeed]tomonitortheoutputspeedaftersoftstart. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-16 (07E1) | q-AxisCurrent@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheq-Axiscurrentofthemotoratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU6-01[IqSecondaryCurrent]tomonitortheq-Axiscurrentofthemotor. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-17 (07E2) | d-AxisCurrent@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthed-Axiscurrentofthemotoratthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU6-02[IdExcitationCurrent]tomonitorthed-Axiscurrentofthemotor. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-20 (008E) | HeatsinkTemp@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheheatsinktemperatureatthefaultthatoccurredmostrecently. UseU4-08[HeatsinkTemperature]tomonitorthetemperatureoftheheatsink. Unit:1°C | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U2-29 (009F) | InTermStatus2@Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthemostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U2-29shows“00000011”whenterminalsS9andS10areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:MFDI1(TerminalS9) bit1:MFDI2(TerminalS10) bit2:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit3:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit4:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 480
11.16 U: Monitors
◆ U3: Fault History
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U3-01 1stMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0090) Showsthefaulthistoryofthemostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. U3-02 2ndMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0091) Showsthefaulthistoryofthesecondmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. U3-03 3rdMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0092) Showsthefaulthistoryofthethirdmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. U3-04 4thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0093) Showsthefaulthistoryofthefourthmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. U3-05 5thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0804) Showsthefaulthistoryofthefifthmostrecentfault. U3-06 6thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0805) Showsthefaulthistoryofthesixthmostrecentfault. U3-07 7thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0806) Showsthefaulthistoryoftheseventhmostrecentfault. U3-08 8thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0807) Showsthefaulthistoryoftheeighthmostrecentfault. U3-09 9thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0808) Showsthefaulthistoryoftheninthmostrecentfault. U3-10 10thMostRecentFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0809) Showsthefaulthistoryofthetenthmostrecentfault. U3-11 ElapsedTime@1stFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0094) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthemostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h U3-12 ElapsedTime@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0095) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthesecondmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h U3-13 ElapsedTime@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0096) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthethirdmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h U3-14 ElapsedTime@4thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0097) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthefourthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h U3-15 ElapsedTime@5thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (080E) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthefifthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h U3-16 ElapsedTime@6thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (080F) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthesixthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h 480 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U3-01 (0090) | 1stMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthemostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-02 (0091) | 2ndMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthesecondmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-03 (0092) | 3rdMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthethirdmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-04 (0093) | 4thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthefourthmostrecentfault. Note: Thedrivesavesthisfaulthistorytotwotypesofregistersatthesametimeforthe MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-05 (0804) | 5thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthefifthmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-06 (0805) | 6thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthesixthmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-07 (0806) | 7thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryoftheseventhmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-08 (0807) | 8thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryoftheeighthmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-09 (0808) | 9thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryoftheninthmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-10 (0809) | 10thMostRecentFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaulthistoryofthetenthmostrecentfault. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-11 (0094) | ElapsedTime@1stFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthemostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-12 (0095) | ElapsedTime@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthesecondmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-13 (0096) | ElapsedTime@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthethirdmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-14 (0097) | ElapsedTime@4thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthefourthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Note: Thedrivesavesthiscumulativeoperationtimetotwotypesofregistersatthesametimefor theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-15 (080E) | ElapsedTime@5thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthefifthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-16 (080F) | ElapsedTime@6thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthesixthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 481
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U3-17 ElapsedTime@7thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0810) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheseventhmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h U3-18 ElapsedTime@8thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0811) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheeighthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h U3-19 ElapsedTime@9thFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0812) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheninthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h U3-20 ElapsedTime@10Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0813) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthetenthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h ◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-01 CumulativeOpeTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:99999h (004C) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthedrive. Useo4-01[ElapsedOperatingTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor.Useo4-02[ElapsedOperating TimeSelection]toselectthecumulativeoperationtimesfrom: • Thetimefromwhenthedriveisenergizeduntilitisde-energized. • ThetimeatwhichtheUp/DowncommandisturnedON. Themaximumvaluethatthemonitorwillshowis99999.Afterthisvalueismorethan99999,the driveautomaticallyresetsitandstartstocountfrom0again. Unit:1h Note: TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationdataisshownin10hunits.Useregister0099Hfor datain1hunits. U4-03 CoolingFanOpeTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:99999h (0067) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthecoolingfans. Useo4-03[FanOperationTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor.Themaximumvaluethatthe monitorwillshowis99999.Afterthisvalueismorethan99999,thedriveautomaticallyresetsit andstartstocountfrom0again. Unit:1h Note: TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationdataisshownin10hunits.Useregister009BHfor datain1hunits. U4-04 CoolFanMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100% (007E) Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthecoolingfansasapercentageoftheestimated performancelifeofthecoolingfans. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-03[FanOperationTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethecoolingfanswhenthismonitorisat90%. U4-05 CapacitorMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100% (007C) Showstheoperationtimeoftheelectrolyticcapacitorsforthemaincircuitandcontrolcircuitasa percentageoftheestimatedperformancelifeoftheelectrolyticcapacitors. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-05[CapacitorMaintenanceSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacetheelectrolyticcapacitorwhenthismonitorisat90%. U4-06 PreChargeRelayMainte V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100% (07D6) Showstheoperationtimeofthesoftchargebypassrelayasapercentageoftheestimated performancelifeofthesoftchargebypassrelay. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-07[SoftchargeRelayMaintenanceSet]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethedrivewhenthismonitorisat90%. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 481
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U3-17 (0810) | ElapsedTime@7thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheseventhmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-18 (0811) | ElapsedTime@8thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheeighthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-19 (0812) | ElapsedTime@9thFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhentheninthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U3-20 (0813) | ElapsedTime@10Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimewhenthetenthmostrecentfaultoccurred. Unit:1h | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-01 (004C) | CumulativeOpeTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthedrive. Useo4-01[ElapsedOperatingTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor.Useo4-02[ElapsedOperating TimeSelection]toselectthecumulativeoperationtimesfrom: • Thetimefromwhenthedriveisenergizeduntilitisde-energized. • ThetimeatwhichtheUp/DowncommandisturnedON. Themaximumvaluethatthemonitorwillshowis99999.Afterthisvalueismorethan99999,the driveautomaticallyresetsitandstartstocountfrom0again. Unit:1h Note: TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationdataisshownin10hunits.Useregister0099Hfor datain1hunits. | 10V:99999h |
| U4-03 (0067) | CoolingFanOpeTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthecoolingfans. Useo4-03[FanOperationTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor.Themaximumvaluethatthe monitorwillshowis99999.Afterthisvalueismorethan99999,thedriveautomaticallyresetsit andstartstocountfrom0again. Unit:1h Note: TheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationdataisshownin10hunits.Useregister009BHfor datain1hunits. | 10V:99999h |
| U4-04 (007E) | CoolFanMaintenance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecumulativeoperationtimeofthecoolingfansasapercentageoftheestimated performancelifeofthecoolingfans. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-03[FanOperationTimeSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethecoolingfanswhenthismonitorisat90%. | 10V:100% |
| U4-05 (007C) | CapacitorMaintenance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoperationtimeoftheelectrolyticcapacitorsforthemaincircuitandcontrolcircuitasa percentageoftheestimatedperformancelifeoftheelectrolyticcapacitors. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-05[CapacitorMaintenanceSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacetheelectrolyticcapacitorwhenthismonitorisat90%. | 10V:100% |
| U4-06 (07D6) | PreChargeRelayMainte | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoperationtimeofthesoftchargebypassrelayasapercentageoftheestimated performancelifeofthesoftchargebypassrelay. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-07[SoftchargeRelayMaintenanceSet]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethedrivewhenthismonitorisat90%. | 10V:100% |
Source page
Page 482
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-07 IGBTMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100% (07D7) ShowstheoperationtimeoftheIGBTsasapercentageoftheestimatedperformancelifeofthe IGBTs. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-09[IGBTMaintenanceSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethedrivewhenthismonitorisat90%. U4-08 HeatsinkTemperature V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100°C (0068) Showstheheatsinktemperatureofthedrive. Unit:1°C U4-09 LEDCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (005E) TurnsontheLEDStatusRingandallofthekeypadLEDstomakesurethattheLEDsoperate correctly. Note: AdamagedLEDStatusRingboardwillpreventanaccurateestimateoftheinternalstatusof thedrive.DonotuseonlytheLEDStatusRingtoestimatethestatusofthedriveandmotors. 1. Seto2-24=0[LEDLightFunctionSelection=EnableStatusRing&KeypadLED]. 2. Push whenU4-09isthetopmonitorshownonthekeypad. AllLEDsonthekeypadandLEDStatusRingwillturnon. Note: WhenSafetyinput2CHisopen(STo),READYwillflash. U4-10 kWh,Lower4Digits V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (005C) Showsthelower4digitsofthewatthourvalueforthedrive. Unit:0.1kWh Note: Thewatthourisdisplayedin9digits.MonitorU4-11[kWh,Upper5Digits]showstheupper 5digitsandU4-10showsthelower4digits. Examplefor12345678.9kWh: U4-10:678.9kWh U4-11:12345MWh U4-11 kWh,Upper5Digits V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (005D) Showstheupper5digitsofthewatthourvalueforthedrive. Unit:1MWh Note: MonitorU4-11showstheupper5digitsandU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]showsthelower4 digits. Examplefor12345678.9kWh: U4-10:678.9kWh U4-11:12345MWh U4-13 PeakHoldCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07CF) Showstheholdvalueofthepeakvalue(rms)forthedriveoutputcurrent. UseU4-14[PeakHoldOutputFreq]toshowthedriveoutputspeedatthetimethatthedrive holdstheoutputcurrent. Thedrivewillholdthepeakholdcurrentatthenextstartupandrestartofthepowersupply.The drivekeepsthevaluethatwasunderholdduringbaseblock(duringstop). ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU4-13inamperes(A).WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192=continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”. Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192×continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”touse theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrentvalueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 U4-14 PeakHoldOutputSpd V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07D0) Showstheoutputspeedatwhichthepeakvalue(rms)ofthedriveoutputcurrentisheld. ThepeakholdcurrentcanbemonitoredbyU4-13[PeakHoldCurrent]. Thepeakholdoutputspeedwillbeclearedatthenextstartupandrestartofthepowersupply.The drivekeepsthevaluethatwasunderholdduringbaseblock(duringstop). Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U4-16 MotoroL1Level V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:100% (07D8) ShowstheintegratedvalueofoL1[MotorOverload]asapercentageofoL1detectionlevel. Unit:0.1% U4-17 DriveoL2Level V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07D9) ShowstheintegratedvalueofoL2[DriveOverload]asapercentageofoL2detectionlevel. Unit:0.1% 482 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-07 (07D7) | IGBTMaintenance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheoperationtimeoftheIGBTsasapercentageoftheestimatedperformancelifeofthe IGBTs. Thedefaultvalueis0.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Useo4-09[IGBTMaintenanceSetting]toresetthismonitor. Unit:1% Note: Replacethedrivewhenthismonitorisat90%. | 10V:100% |
| U4-08 (0068) | HeatsinkTemperature | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheheatsinktemperatureofthedrive. Unit:1°C | 10V:100°C |
| U4-09 (005E) | LEDCheck | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TurnsontheLEDStatusRingandallofthekeypadLEDstomakesurethattheLEDsoperate correctly. Note: AdamagedLEDStatusRingboardwillpreventanaccurateestimateoftheinternalstatusof thedrive.DonotuseonlytheLEDStatusRingtoestimatethestatusofthedriveandmotors. 1. Seto2-24=0[LEDLightFunctionSelection=EnableStatusRing&KeypadLED]. 2. Push whenU4-09isthetopmonitorshownonthekeypad. AllLEDsonthekeypadandLEDStatusRingwillturnon. Note: WhenSafetyinput2CHisopen(STo),READYwillflash. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-10 (005C) | kWh,Lower4Digits | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthelower4digitsofthewatthourvalueforthedrive. Unit:0.1kWh Note: Thewatthourisdisplayedin9digits.MonitorU4-11[kWh,Upper5Digits]showstheupper 5digitsandU4-10showsthelower4digits. Examplefor12345678.9kWh: U4-10:678.9kWh U4-11:12345MWh | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-11 (005D) | kWh,Upper5Digits | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheupper5digitsofthewatthourvalueforthedrive. Unit:1MWh Note: MonitorU4-11showstheupper5digitsandU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]showsthelower4 digits. Examplefor12345678.9kWh: U4-10:678.9kWh U4-11:12345MWh | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-13 (07CF) | PeakHoldCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheholdvalueofthepeakvalue(rms)forthedriveoutputcurrent. UseU4-14[PeakHoldOutputFreq]toshowthedriveoutputspeedatthetimethatthedrive holdstheoutputcurrent. Thedrivewillholdthepeakholdcurrentatthenextstartupandrestartofthepowersupply.The drivekeepsthevaluethatwasunderholdduringbaseblock(duringstop). ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU4-13inamperes(A).WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192=continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”. Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192×continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”touse theMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrentvalueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-14 (07D0) | PeakHoldOutputSpd | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedatwhichthepeakvalue(rms)ofthedriveoutputcurrentisheld. ThepeakholdcurrentcanbemonitoredbyU4-13[PeakHoldCurrent]. Thepeakholdoutputspeedwillbeclearedatthenextstartupandrestartofthepowersupply.The drivekeepsthevaluethatwasunderholdduringbaseblock(duringstop). Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-16 (07D8) | MotoroL1Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheintegratedvalueofoL1[MotorOverload]asapercentageofoL1detectionlevel. Unit:0.1% | 10V:100% |
| U4-17 (07D9) | DriveoL2Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheintegratedvalueofoL2[DriveOverload]asapercentageofoL2detectionlevel. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 483
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-18 SpeedRefSource V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07DA) Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. Thekeypadshowsthespeedreferencesourceas“XY-nn”asspecifiedbytheserules: X:Speedreference • 1:b1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1] Y-nn:Speedreferencesource • 0-01:Keypad(d1-01[Reference1]) • 1-00:Analoginput(unassigned) • 1-01:MFAIterminalA1 • 1-02:MFAIterminalA2 • 1-03:MFAIterminalA3 • 2-00:Multi-stepspeedreference(unassigned) • 2-02to2-08,2-19to2-26:Multi-stepspeedreference(d1-02tod1-08[Reference2to8],d1- 19tod1-26[Reference19to26]) • 3-01:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • 4-01:Communicationoptioncard U4-19 ModbusSpdRef(dec) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Maximumfrequency (07DB) ShowsthespeedreferencesenttothedrivefromtheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsasa (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto decimal. +10V) Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U4-20 OptionSpdRef(dec) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07DC) Showsthespeedreferencesenttothedrivefromthecommunicationoptionasadecimal. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U4-21 Up/DownCmdSource V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07DD) ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ThekeypadshowstheUp/Downcommandsourceas“XY-nn”asspecifiedbytheserules: X:Up/Downcommand • 1:b1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1] Y:Up/Downcommandsource • 0:Keypad • 1:Controlcircuitterminal • 3:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • 4:Communicationoptioncard nn:Up/Downcommandlimitstatusdata • 00:Nolimitstatus. • 01:TheUp/DowncommandwasleftONwhenthedrivestoppedintheProgrammingMode. • 02:TheUp/DowncommandwasleftONwhenswitchingfromLOCALModetoREMOTE Mode. • 03:TheUp/Downcommandisinstandbyafterthedrivewasenergizeduntilthesoftcharge bypasscontactorturnsON. Note: ThedrivewilldetectUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]orUv[Undervoltage]ifthesoftcharge bypasscontactordoesnotturnONafter10s. • 04:Restartafterrunstopisprohibited. • 05:FaststophasbeenexecutedusingtheMFDIterminal.Or,themotorhasrampedtostopby pressingtheSTOPkeyonthekeypad. • 07:Duringbaseblockwhilecoasttostopwithtimer. • 08:SpeedreferenceisbelowE1-09[MinimumOutputSpeed]duringbaseblock. • 09:WaitingfortheEntercommandfromPLC. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 483
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-18 (07DA) | SpeedRefSource | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. Thekeypadshowsthespeedreferencesourceas“XY-nn”asspecifiedbytheserules: X:Speedreference • 1:b1-01[SpeedReferenceSelection1] Y-nn:Speedreferencesource • 0-01:Keypad(d1-01[Reference1]) • 1-00:Analoginput(unassigned) • 1-01:MFAIterminalA1 • 1-02:MFAIterminalA2 • 1-03:MFAIterminalA3 • 2-00:Multi-stepspeedreference(unassigned) • 2-02to2-08,2-19to2-26:Multi-stepspeedreference(d1-02tod1-08[Reference2to8],d1- 19tod1-26[Reference19to26]) • 3-01:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • 4-01:Communicationoptioncard | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-19 (07DB) | ModbusSpdRef(dec) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthespeedreferencesenttothedrivefromtheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsasa decimal. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V:Maximumfrequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U4-20 (07DC) | OptionSpdRef(dec) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthespeedreferencesenttothedrivefromthecommunicationoptionasadecimal. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-21 (07DD) | Up/DownCmdSource | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ThekeypadshowstheUp/Downcommandsourceas“XY-nn”asspecifiedbytheserules: X:Up/Downcommand • 1:b1-02[Up/DownCommandSelection1] Y:Up/Downcommandsource • 0:Keypad • 1:Controlcircuitterminal • 3:MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications • 4:Communicationoptioncard nn:Up/Downcommandlimitstatusdata • 00:Nolimitstatus. • 01:TheUp/DowncommandwasleftONwhenthedrivestoppedintheProgrammingMode. • 02:TheUp/DowncommandwasleftONwhenswitchingfromLOCALModetoREMOTE Mode. • 03:TheUp/Downcommandisinstandbyafterthedrivewasenergizeduntilthesoftcharge bypasscontactorturnsON. Note: ThedrivewilldetectUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]orUv[Undervoltage]ifthesoftcharge bypasscontactordoesnotturnONafter10s. • 04:Restartafterrunstopisprohibited. • 05:FaststophasbeenexecutedusingtheMFDIterminal.Or,themotorhasrampedtostopby pressingtheSTOPkeyonthekeypad. • 07:Duringbaseblockwhilecoasttostopwithtimer. • 08:SpeedreferenceisbelowE1-09[MinimumOutputSpeed]duringbaseblock. • 09:WaitingfortheEntercommandfromPLC. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 484
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-22 ModbusCmdData(hex) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07DE) Showstheoperationsignal(register0001H)senttothedrivefromMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationsasa4-digithexadecimalnumber(zerosuppress). Thekeypadshowstheoperationsignalasspecifiedbytheserules: bit0:Upcommand/Stop bit1:Downcommand/Stop bit2:Externalfault bit3:FaultReset bit4:Multi-functioninput1 bit5:Multi-functioninput2 bit6:Multi-functioninput3 bit7:Multi-functioninput4 bit8:Multi-functioninput5 bit9:Multi-functioninput6 bitA:Multi-functioninput7 bitB:Multi-functioninput8 bitC:Multi-functioninput9 bitD:Multi-functioninput10 bitE:Notused(normalvalueof0). bitF:Notused(normalvalueof0). U4-23 OptionCmdData(hex) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07DF) Showstheoperationsignal(register0001H)senttothedrivefromMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationsasa4-digithexadecimalnumber.Thekeypadshowstheoperationsignalas specifiedbytheserules: bit0:Upcommand/Stop bit1:Downcommand/Stop bit2:Externalfault bit3:FaultReset bit4:Multi-functioninput1 bit5:Multi-functioninput2 bit6:Multi-functioninput3 bit7:Multi-functioninput4 bit8:Multi-functioninput5 bit9:Multi-functioninput6 bitA:Multi-functioninput7 bitB:Multi-functioninput8 bitC:Multi-functioninput9 bitD:Multi-functioninput10 bitE:Notused(normalvalueof0). bitF:Notused(normalvalueof0). U4-24 NumofTravels(Low) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E6) Showsthelower4digitsofthedrivetravelcount. Unit:1time Note: Thedrivetravelcountisan8-digitnumber.MonitorU4-25[NumofTravels(High)]showsthe upper4digitsandU4-24showsthelower4digits. U4-25 NumofTravels(High) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E7) Showstheupper4digitsofthedrivetravelcount. Unit:1time Note: Thedrivetravelcountisan8-digitnumber.MonitorU4-25showstheupper4digitsandU4- 24[NumofTravels(Low)]showsthelower4digits. U4-26 MaxCurrent@Accel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E8) Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringacceleration. Unit:0.1A U4-27 MaxCurrent@Decel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07E9) Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringdeceleration. Unit:0.1A U4-28 MaxCurrent@Steady V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07EA) Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringrideattopspeed. Unit:0.1A U4-29 MaxCurrent@Leveling V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07ED) Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringrideatlevelingspeed Unit:0.1A U4-30 SlipCompValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07EE) Showstheslipcompensationvalue. Unit:0.01% 484 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-22 (07DE) | ModbusCmdData(hex) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoperationsignal(register0001H)senttothedrivefromMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationsasa4-digithexadecimalnumber(zerosuppress). Thekeypadshowstheoperationsignalasspecifiedbytheserules: bit0:Upcommand/Stop bit1:Downcommand/Stop bit2:Externalfault bit3:FaultReset bit4:Multi-functioninput1 bit5:Multi-functioninput2 bit6:Multi-functioninput3 bit7:Multi-functioninput4 bit8:Multi-functioninput5 bit9:Multi-functioninput6 bitA:Multi-functioninput7 bitB:Multi-functioninput8 bitC:Multi-functioninput9 bitD:Multi-functioninput10 bitE:Notused(normalvalueof0). bitF:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-23 (07DF) | OptionCmdData(hex) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoperationsignal(register0001H)senttothedrivefromMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationsasa4-digithexadecimalnumber.Thekeypadshowstheoperationsignalas specifiedbytheserules: bit0:Upcommand/Stop bit1:Downcommand/Stop bit2:Externalfault bit3:FaultReset bit4:Multi-functioninput1 bit5:Multi-functioninput2 bit6:Multi-functioninput3 bit7:Multi-functioninput4 bit8:Multi-functioninput5 bit9:Multi-functioninput6 bitA:Multi-functioninput7 bitB:Multi-functioninput8 bitC:Multi-functioninput9 bitD:Multi-functioninput10 bitE:Notused(normalvalueof0). bitF:Notused(normalvalueof0). | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-24 (07E6) | NumofTravels(Low) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthelower4digitsofthedrivetravelcount. Unit:1time Note: Thedrivetravelcountisan8-digitnumber.MonitorU4-25[NumofTravels(High)]showsthe upper4digitsandU4-24showsthelower4digits. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-25 (07E7) | NumofTravels(High) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheupper4digitsofthedrivetravelcount. Unit:1time Note: Thedrivetravelcountisan8-digitnumber.MonitorU4-25showstheupper4digitsandU4- 24[NumofTravels(Low)]showsthelower4digits. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-26 (07E8) | MaxCurrent@Accel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringacceleration. Unit:0.1A | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-27 (07E9) | MaxCurrent@Decel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringdeceleration. Unit:0.1A | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-28 (07EA) | MaxCurrent@Steady | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringrideattopspeed. Unit:0.1A | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-29 (07ED) | MaxCurrent@Leveling | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemaximumcurrentthatoccurredduringrideatlevelingspeed Unit:0.1A | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-30 (07EE) | SlipCompValue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheslipcompensationvalue. Unit:0.01% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 485
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-31 CarAccelRate V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07EF) Showsthecaraccelerationrate. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U4-40 RescueSpeedLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07FD) ShowsthespeedlimitforRescueOperationbasedonhowmuchpowerthebackupbatteryorUPS has.WhenthedrivedoesnotdoRescueOperation,thisparametershows0%. Unit:0.01% U4-42 RemainingDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V: (0855) Showstheremainingdistanceaccordingtothestoppingmethodselected. S5-10=1:S5-11 Unit:1mm S5-10=2:S5-12 Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. U4-43 Min.Dec.Distance(H) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0856) ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. U4-44 Min.StopDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0857) ShowstheMinimumStopDistancecalculatedbyd1-26[LevelingSpeed]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. U4-47 Min.Dec.Distance(M) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (085A) ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed Level]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. U4-48 Min.Dec.Distance(L) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (085B) ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeed Level]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. U4-60 LastDirChngPreset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3040) Showstheo4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]valueusedaspresetforthelastcounter reset. Forexample,whenyouseto4-42=1000tosetonemilliondirectionchangesaspresetforthelast counterreset,thisparametershows“1000”. Unit:1000 U4-64 RemainDirectChngLow V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3044) Showsthelower3digitsofremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1time Note: TheremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to 65,535,000.MonitorU4-65[RemainDirectChngHigh]showstheupper5digitsandU4-64 showsthelower3digits.Thevaluecountsdownfromapresetvaluesetino4-42 [TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-64:760 U4-65:12498 U4-65 RemainDirectChngHigh V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3045) Showstheupper5digitsofremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1000times Note: TheremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to 65,535,000.MonitorU4-65showstheupper5digitsandU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow] showsthelower3digits.Thevaluecountsdownfromapresetvaluesetino4-42 [TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]. Examplefor12,498,760times: 11 U4-64:760 U4-65:12498 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 485
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-31 (07EF) | CarAccelRate | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthecaraccelerationrate. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-40 (07FD) | RescueSpeedLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthespeedlimitforRescueOperationbasedonhowmuchpowerthebackupbatteryorUPS has.WhenthedrivedoesnotdoRescueOperation,thisparametershows0%. Unit:0.01% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-42 (0855) | RemainingDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheremainingdistanceaccordingtothestoppingmethodselected. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. | 10V: S5-10=1:S5-11 S5-10=2:S5-12 |
| U4-43 (0856) | Min.Dec.Distance(H) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-44 (0857) | Min.StopDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheMinimumStopDistancecalculatedbyd1-26[LevelingSpeed]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-47 (085A) | Min.Dec.Distance(M) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeed Level]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-48 (085B) | Min.Dec.Distance(L) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheMinimumDecelerationDistancecalculatedbyS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeed Level]. Unit:1mm Note: Parametero1-12[LengthUnits]setsthedisplayunitsforthisparameter.Wheno1-12=1 [InchUnits],theunitisinch. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-60 (3040) | LastDirChngPreset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheo4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]valueusedaspresetforthelastcounter reset. Forexample,whenyouseto4-42=1000tosetonemilliondirectionchangesaspresetforthelast counterreset,thisparametershows“1000”. Unit:1000 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-64 (3044) | RemainDirectChngLow | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthelower3digitsofremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1time Note: TheremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to 65,535,000.MonitorU4-65[RemainDirectChngHigh]showstheupper5digitsandU4-64 showsthelower3digits.Thevaluecountsdownfromapresetvaluesetino4-42 [TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-64:760 U4-65:12498 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-65 (3045) | RemainDirectChngHigh | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheupper5digitsofremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1000times Note: TheremainingTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to 65,535,000.MonitorU4-65showstheupper5digitsandU4-64[RemainDirectChngLow] showsthelower3digits.Thevaluecountsdownfromapresetvaluesetino4-42 [TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-64:760 U4-65:12498 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 486
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U4-66 TotalDirChngLow V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3046) Showsthelower3digitsoftotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1time Note: ThetotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to65,535,999. MonitorU4-67[TotalDirChngHigh]showstheupper5digitsandU4-66showsthelower3 digits.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-66:760 U4-67:12498 U4-67 TotalDirChngHigh V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3047) Showstheupper5digitsoftotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1000times Note: ThetotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to65,535,999. MonitorU4-67showstheupper5digitsandU4-66[TotalDirChngLow]showsthelower3 digits.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-66:760 U4-67:12498 U4-68 Est.TimeToService V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (3048) ShowstheestimatednumberofdaysuntiltheTravelDirectionChangeCountervaluereaches0 andropesmustbereplaced. Unit:1day Note: Theestimatednumberofdaysremaininguntilthereplacementofropesarecalculatedbythis formula: Estimateddaysremaining=TravelDirectionChangeCountervalue/averagedirection changesperday U4-69 TotalTDCCPresets V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (306C) Showsthenumberofpresetoperations(includesresetto0)oftheTravelDirectionChange Counter.Thevaluewrapsaroundto0whenbeingincrementedfrom63. ◆ U6: Operation Status Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U6-01 IqSecondaryCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Motorsecondary (0051) Showsthevaluecalculatedforthemotorsecondarycurrent(q-Axis)asapercentageofthemotor ratedcurrent ratedsecondarycurrent. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) U6-02 IdExcitationCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Motorsecondary (0052) Showsthevaluecalculatedforthemotorexcitationcurrent(d-Axis)asapercentageofthemotor ratedcurrent ratedsecondarycurrent. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1% +10V) U6-03 ASRInput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Maximumfrequency (0054) ShowstheASRinputvalueasapercentageofthemaximumfrequency. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.01% +10V) U6-04 ASROutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:Motorsecondary (0055) ShowstheASRoutputvalueasapercentageofthemotorratedsecondarycurrent. ratedcurrent Unit:0.01% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-05 OutputVoltageRef:Vq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=200 (0059) Showsthedriveinternalvoltagereferenceformotorsecondarycurrentcontrol(q-Axis). Vrms Unit:0.1V 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-06 OutputVoltageRef:Vd V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=200 (005A) Showsthedriveinternalvoltagereferenceformotorexcitationcurrentcontrol(d-Axis). Vrms Unit:0.1V 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-07 q-AxisACROutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=200 (005F) Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtomotorsecondarycurrent(qaxis). Vrms Expert Unit:0.1% 400VCla V ss r : m 1 s 0V=400 (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) 486 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U4-66 (3046) | TotalDirChngLow | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthelower3digitsoftotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1time Note: ThetotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to65,535,999. MonitorU4-67[TotalDirChngHigh]showstheupper5digitsandU4-66showsthelower3 digits.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-66:760 U4-67:12498 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-67 (3047) | TotalDirChngHigh | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheupper5digitsoftotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalue. Unit:1000times Note: ThetotalTravelDirectionChangeCountervalueisan8-digitnumberfrom0to65,535,999. MonitorU4-67showstheupper5digitsandU4-66[TotalDirChngLow]showsthelower3 digits.Thevaluecountsupfrom0. Examplefor12,498,760times: U4-66:760 U4-67:12498 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-68 (3048) | Est.TimeToService | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheestimatednumberofdaysuntiltheTravelDirectionChangeCountervaluereaches0 andropesmustbereplaced. Unit:1day Note: Theestimatednumberofdaysremaininguntilthereplacementofropesarecalculatedbythis formula: Estimateddaysremaining=TravelDirectionChangeCountervalue/averagedirection changesperday | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U4-69 (306C) | TotalTDCCPresets | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthenumberofpresetoperations(includesresetto0)oftheTravelDirectionChange Counter.Thevaluewrapsaroundto0whenbeingincrementedfrom63. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U6-01 (0051) | IqSecondaryCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthevaluecalculatedforthemotorsecondarycurrent(q-Axis)asapercentageofthemotor ratedsecondarycurrent. Unit:0.1% | 10V:Motorsecondary ratedcurrent (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-02 (0052) | IdExcitationCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthevaluecalculatedforthemotorexcitationcurrent(d-Axis)asapercentageofthemotor ratedsecondarycurrent. Unit:0.1% | 10V:Motorsecondary ratedcurrent (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-03 (0054) | ASRInput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheASRinputvalueasapercentageofthemaximumfrequency. Unit:0.01% | 10V:Maximumfrequency (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-04 (0055) | ASROutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheASRoutputvalueasapercentageofthemotorratedsecondarycurrent. Unit:0.01% | 10V:Motorsecondary ratedcurrent (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-05 (0059) | OutputVoltageRef:Vq | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthedriveinternalvoltagereferenceformotorsecondarycurrentcontrol(q-Axis). Unit:0.1V | 200VClass:10V=200 Vrms 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-06 (005A) | OutputVoltageRef:Vd | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthedriveinternalvoltagereferenceformotorexcitationcurrentcontrol(d-Axis). Unit:0.1V | 200VClass:10V=200 Vrms 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-07 (005F) Expert | q-AxisACROutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtomotorsecondarycurrent(qaxis). Unit:0.1% | 200VClass:10V=200 Vrms 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
Source page
Page 487
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U6-08 d-AxisACROutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:10V=200 (0060) Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtomotorexcitationcurrent(daxis). Vrms Expert Unit:0.1% 400VCla V ss r : m 1 s 0V=400 (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-11 IqSecondaryCurrRef V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Motorsecondary (07C6) Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtotheq-AxisCurrentReference. ratedcurrent Unit:0.1% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-12 IdExcitationCurRef V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Motorsecondary (07C7) Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtothed-AxisCurrentReference. ratedcurrent Unit:0.1% (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) U6-13 MagPolePosition(Enc) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:180° (07CA) Showsthevalueofthefluxpositiondetection. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Unit:0.1° +10V) U6-18 Enc1PulseCounter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V:65536 (07CD) Showsthenumberofpulsesforspeeddetection(PG1). Unit:1pulse U6-22 ZeroServoPulseMove V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Numberofpulses (0062) ShowsthedistancethattherotormovedfromitslastpositionwhenZeroServoisavailable.The perrevolution valueshowninthismonitor=4×[No.ofPGpulses]. (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto Note: +10V) ItshowsthenumberofmovingPGpulsesduringS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]at start. Unit:1pulse U6-25 ASROutputLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (006B) ShowstheprimarydelayfilterinputvalueoftheASR(speedcontrolloop). Expert Unit:0.01% U6-26 FeedFwdContOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (006C) ShowstheFeedForwardcontroloutput. Expert Unit:0.01% U6-27 FeedFwdEstimateSpd V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (006D) Showsthefeedforwardestimatedspeed. Expert Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U6-36 CommErrors-Host V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0720) Showsthenumberofinter-CPUcommunicationerrors.Whenyoude-energizethedrive,this Expert valueresetsto0. U6-37 CommErrors-Sensor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0721) Showsthenumberofinter-CPUcommunicationerrors.Whenyoude-energizethedrive,this Expert valueresetsto0. U6-48 ASICCommErrors V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (072E) Showsthenumberofinter-ASICcommunicationerrorsdetectedbytheASIC.Whenyoude- Expert energizethedrive,thisvalueresetsto0. U6-56 SpdFbkCmpOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10V=Maximum (07C3) Showsobservedspeedwhenn5-07=1or2[SpeedFeedbackCompensationSel=Enabledor frequency Expert TestMode]. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U6-57 PolePolarityDeterVal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (07C4) Showsthechangefromtheintegratedcurrentwhenthedrivefindsthepolarity. Expert Unit:1 Note: Ifthechangefromtheintegratedcurrentislessthan819,increasen8-84[PolarityDetection Current].U6-57=8192isequivalenttothemotorratedcurrent. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 487
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U6-08 (0060) Expert | d-AxisACROutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtomotorexcitationcurrent(daxis). Unit:0.1% | 200VClass:10V=200 Vrms 400VClass:10V=400 Vrms (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-11 (07C6) | IqSecondaryCurrRef | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtotheq-AxisCurrentReference. Unit:0.1% | 10V=Motorsecondary ratedcurrent (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-12 (07C7) | IdExcitationCurRef | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvalueforcurrentcontrolrelatedtothed-AxisCurrentReference. Unit:0.1% | 10V=Motorsecondary ratedcurrent (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-13 (07CA) | MagPolePosition(Enc) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthevalueofthefluxpositiondetection. Unit:0.1° | 10V:180° (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-18 (07CD) | Enc1PulseCounter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthenumberofpulsesforspeeddetection(PG1). Unit:1pulse | 10V:65536 |
| U6-22 (0062) | ZeroServoPulseMove | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthedistancethattherotormovedfromitslastpositionwhenZeroServoisavailable.The valueshowninthismonitor=4×[No.ofPGpulses]. Note: ItshowsthenumberofmovingPGpulsesduringS1-04[DCInj/PosLockTimeatStart]at start. Unit:1pulse | 10V=Numberofpulses perrevolution (Alsoavailablefor-10Vto +10V) |
| U6-25 (006B) Expert | ASROutputLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheprimarydelayfilterinputvalueoftheASR(speedcontrolloop). Unit:0.01% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-26 (006C) Expert | FeedFwdContOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheFeedForwardcontroloutput. Unit:0.01% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-27 (006D) Expert | FeedFwdEstimateSpd | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefeedforwardestimatedspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-36 (0720) Expert | CommErrors-Host | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthenumberofinter-CPUcommunicationerrors.Whenyoude-energizethedrive,this valueresetsto0. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-37 (0721) Expert | CommErrors-Sensor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthenumberofinter-CPUcommunicationerrors.Whenyoude-energizethedrive,this valueresetsto0. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-48 (072E) Expert | ASICCommErrors | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthenumberofinter-ASICcommunicationerrorsdetectedbytheASIC.Whenyoude- energizethedrive,thisvalueresetsto0. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U6-56 (07C3) Expert | SpdFbkCmpOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsobservedspeedwhenn5-07=1or2[SpeedFeedbackCompensationSel=Enabledor TestMode]. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | 10V=Maximum frequency |
| U6-57 (07C4) Expert | PolePolarityDeterVal | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthechangefromtheintegratedcurrentwhenthedrivefindsthepolarity. Unit:1 Note: Ifthechangefromtheintegratedcurrentislessthan819,increasen8-84[PolarityDetection Current].U6-57=8192isequivalenttothemotorratedcurrent. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 488
11.16 U: Monitors
◆ U9: Fault Trace
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U9-01 2ndLastFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0820) Showsthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. U9-02 SpeedRef@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0821) Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-03 OutputSpd@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0822) Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-04 OutputI@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0823) Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 U9-05 MotorSpeed@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0824) Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-06 OutputV@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0825) Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V U9-07 Vdc@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0826) ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V U9-08 TorqueRef@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0827) Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecentlyasapercentageof themotorratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% U9-09 InputTerm@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0828) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthesecondmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0= OFF. Forexample,U9-09shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 488 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U9-01 (0820) | 2ndLastFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-02 (0821) | SpeedRef@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-03 (0822) | OutputSpd@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-04 (0823) | OutputI@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-05 (0824) | MotorSpeed@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-06 (0825) | OutputV@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-07 (0826) | Vdc@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-08 (0827) | TorqueRef@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthesecondmostrecentlyasapercentageof themotorratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-09 (0828) | InputTerm@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthesecondmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0= OFF. Forexample,U9-09shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 489
tsiLretemaraP 11.16 U: Monitors No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U9-10 OutputTerm@2ndFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (0829) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthesecondmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0= OFF. Forexample,U9-10shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC U9-21 3rdLastFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A74) Showsthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. U9-22 SpeedRef@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A75) Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-23 OutputSpd@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A76) Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-24 OutputI@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A77) Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 U9-25 MotorSpeed@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A78) Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min U9-26 OutputV@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A79) Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V U9-27 Vdc@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A7A) ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V U9-28 TorqueRef@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A7B) Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecentlyasapercentageofthe motorratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 489
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U9-10 (0829) | OutputTerm@2ndFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthesecondmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0= OFF. Forexample,U9-10shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-21 (1A74) | 3rdLastFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-22 (1A75) | SpeedRef@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthespeedreferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-01[SpeedReference]tomonitorthespeedreferencevalue. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-23 (1A76) | OutputSpd@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-02[OutputSpeed]tomonitortheactualoutputspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-24 (1A77) | OutputI@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputcurrentatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-03[OutputCurrent]tomonitortheoutputcurrent.ThekeypadshowsthevalueofU1-03 inamperes(A). WhenyouuseMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationstoshowthemonitor,thecurrentis“8192= continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”.Usetheformula:“Numeralsbeingdisplayed/8192× continuousratedoutputcurrent(A)”tousetheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationcurrent valueshowninthemonitor. Unit:Whenthedrivemodelchanges,thedisplayunitsforthisparameteralsochange: • 0.01A:2022-2041,4012-4023 • 0.1A:2059-2519,4030-4380 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-25 (1A78) | MotorSpeed@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthemotorspeedatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-05[SpeedFeedback]tomonitorthemotorspeed. Unit:Wheno1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]changes,thedisplayunitsforthisparameter alsochange: • o1-03=0[0.01Hz]:0.01Hz • o1-03=4[ElevatorUnit1-m/s,s,s]or5[ElevatorUnit2-m/(s,s^2,s^3)]:0.01m/s • o1-03=6[ElevatorUnit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3)]:0.1ft/min | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-26 (1A79) | OutputV@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheoutputvoltagereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-06[OutputVoltageRef]tomonitortheoutputvoltagereference. Unit:0.1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-27 (1A7A) | Vdc@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheDCbusvoltageatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecently. UseU1-07[DCBusVoltage]tomonitortheDCbusvoltage. Unit:1V | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-28 (1A7B) | TorqueRef@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showsthetorquereferenceatthefaultthatoccurredthethirdmostrecentlyasapercentageofthe motorratedtorque. UseU1-09[TorqueReference]tomonitorthetorquereference. Unit:0.1% | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 490
11.16 U: Monitors
No. Name Description MFAOSignalLevel (Hex.) U9-29 InputTerm@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A7C) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthethirdmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U9-29shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 U9-30 OutputTerm@3rdFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Nosignaloutputavailable (1A7D) ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthethirdmostrecentfaultwhere1=(ON)and0= (OFF). Forexample,U9-30shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC
490 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | MFAOSignalLevel |
|---|---|---|---|
| U9-29 (1A7C) | InputTerm@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDIterminalsatthethirdmostrecentfaultwhere1=ONand0=OFF. Forexample,U9-29shows“00000011”whenterminalsS1andS2areON. UseU1-10[InputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDIterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalS1 bit1:TerminalS2 bit2:TerminalS3 bit3:TerminalS4 bit4:TerminalS5 bit5:TerminalS6 bit6:TerminalS7 bit7:TerminalS8 | Nosignaloutputavailable |
| U9-30 (1A7D) | OutputTerm@3rdFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowsthestatusoftheMFDOterminalsatthethirdmostrecentfaultwhere1=(ON)and0= (OFF). Forexample,U9-30shows“00000011”whenterminalsM1andM3areON. UseU1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]tomonitortheMFDOterminalstatus. bit0:TerminalM1-M2 bit1:TerminalM3-M4 bit2:TerminalM5-M6 bit3:TerminalP1-C1 bit4:TerminalP2-C2 bit5:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit6:Notused(normalvalueof0). bit7:FaultrelayMA/MB-MC | Nosignaloutputavailable |
Source page
Page 491
tsiLretemaraP 11.17 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] 11.17 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection] The values for the parameters in this table depend on the values for A1-02. When you change A1-02, the default settings will change. ControlMethod(A1-02Setting) No. Name Range Unit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (0) (2) (3) (7) A2-01 UserParameter1 - - A1-00 A1-00 A1-00 A1-00 A2-02 UserParameter2 - - A1-02 A1-02 A1-02 A1-02 A2-03 UserParameter3 - - C1-01 C1-01 C1-01 C1-01 A2-04 UserParameter4 - - C1-02 C1-02 C1-02 C1-02 A2-05 UserParameter5 - - C2-01 C2-01 C2-01 C2-01 A2-06 UserParameter6 - - C2-02 C2-02 C2-02 C2-02 A2-07 UserParameter7 - - C2-03 C2-03 C2-03 C2-03 A2-08 UserParameter8 - - C2-04 C2-04 C2-04 C2-04 A2-09 UserParameter9 - - C2-05 C2-05 C2-05 C2-05 A2-10 UserParameter10 - - C6-03 C6-03 C5-01 C5-01 A2-11 UserParameter11 - - d1-18 d1-18 C5-02 C5-02 A2-12 UserParameter12 - - d1-24 d1-24 C6-03 C5-03 A2-13 UserParameter13 - - d1-25 d1-25 d1-18 C5-04 A2-14 UserParameter14 - - d1-26 d1-26 d1-24 C5-07 A2-15 UserParameter15 - - d1-28 d1-28 d1-25 C5-19 A2-16 UserParameter16 - - d1-29 d1-29 d1-26 C5-20 A2-17 UserParameter17 - - E2-01 E2-01 d1-28 C6-03 A2-18 UserParameter18 - - E2-03 E2-03 d1-29 d1-18 A2-19 UserParameter19 - - S1-02 S1-02 F1-01 d1-24 A2-20 UserParameter20 - - S1-03 S1-03 F1-05 d1-25 A2-21 UserParameter21 - - S1-04 S1-04 S1-04 d1-26 A2-22 UserParameter22 - - S1-06 S1-06 S1-06 d1-28 A2-23 UserParameter23 - - S1-07 S1-07 S1-07 d1-29 A2-24 UserParameter24 - - - - S3-02 F1-05 A2-25 UserParameter25 - - - - S3-39 H3-03 A2-26 UserParameter26 - - - - - H3-04 A2-27 UserParameter27 - - - - - H3-11 A2-28 UserParameter28 - - - - - H3-12 A2-29 UserParameter29 - - - - - S1-04 A2-30 UserParameter30 - - - - - S1-05 A2-31 UserParameter31 - - - - - S3-02 A2-32 UserParameter32 - - - - - S3-39 C4-02 TorqueCompensationDelayTime 0-60000 1ms 200 50 - - C5-01 ASRProportionalGain1 0.00-300.00 0.01 - - 40.00 3.00 C5-02 ASRIntegralTime1 0.000-60.000 0.001s - - 0.500 0.300 C5-03 ASRProportionalGain2 0.00-300.00 0.01 - - 20.00 3.00 C5-04 ASRIntegralTime2 0.000-60.000 0.001s - - 0.500 0.500 C5-07 ASRGainSwitchoverFrequency 0.0-100.0 0.1% - - 0.0 2.0 11 C5-13 ASRProportionalGain3 0.00-300.00 0.01 - - 40.00 3.00 C5-14 ASRIntegralTime3 0.000-10.000 0.001s - - 0.500 0.300 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 491
| No. | Name | Range | Unit | ControlMethod(A1-02Setting) | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| V/f (0) | OLV (2) | CLV (3) | CLV/PM (7) | ||||
| A2-01 | UserParameter1 | - | - | A1-00 | A1-00 | A1-00 | A1-00 |
| A2-02 | UserParameter2 | - | - | A1-02 | A1-02 | A1-02 | A1-02 |
| A2-03 | UserParameter3 | - | - | C1-01 | C1-01 | C1-01 | C1-01 |
| A2-04 | UserParameter4 | - | - | C1-02 | C1-02 | C1-02 | C1-02 |
| A2-05 | UserParameter5 | - | - | C2-01 | C2-01 | C2-01 | C2-01 |
| A2-06 | UserParameter6 | - | - | C2-02 | C2-02 | C2-02 | C2-02 |
| A2-07 | UserParameter7 | - | - | C2-03 | C2-03 | C2-03 | C2-03 |
| A2-08 | UserParameter8 | - | - | C2-04 | C2-04 | C2-04 | C2-04 |
| A2-09 | UserParameter9 | - | - | C2-05 | C2-05 | C2-05 | C2-05 |
| A2-10 | UserParameter10 | - | - | C6-03 | C6-03 | C5-01 | C5-01 |
| A2-11 | UserParameter11 | - | - | d1-18 | d1-18 | C5-02 | C5-02 |
| A2-12 | UserParameter12 | - | - | d1-24 | d1-24 | C6-03 | C5-03 |
| A2-13 | UserParameter13 | - | - | d1-25 | d1-25 | d1-18 | C5-04 |
| A2-14 | UserParameter14 | - | - | d1-26 | d1-26 | d1-24 | C5-07 |
| A2-15 | UserParameter15 | - | - | d1-28 | d1-28 | d1-25 | C5-19 |
| A2-16 | UserParameter16 | - | - | d1-29 | d1-29 | d1-26 | C5-20 |
| A2-17 | UserParameter17 | - | - | E2-01 | E2-01 | d1-28 | C6-03 |
| A2-18 | UserParameter18 | - | - | E2-03 | E2-03 | d1-29 | d1-18 |
| A2-19 | UserParameter19 | - | - | S1-02 | S1-02 | F1-01 | d1-24 |
| A2-20 | UserParameter20 | - | - | S1-03 | S1-03 | F1-05 | d1-25 |
| A2-21 | UserParameter21 | - | - | S1-04 | S1-04 | S1-04 | d1-26 |
| A2-22 | UserParameter22 | - | - | S1-06 | S1-06 | S1-06 | d1-28 |
| A2-23 | UserParameter23 | - | - | S1-07 | S1-07 | S1-07 | d1-29 |
| A2-24 | UserParameter24 | - | - | - | - | S3-02 | F1-05 |
| A2-25 | UserParameter25 | - | - | - | - | S3-39 | H3-03 |
| A2-26 | UserParameter26 | - | - | - | - | - | H3-04 |
| A2-27 | UserParameter27 | - | - | - | - | - | H3-11 |
| A2-28 | UserParameter28 | - | - | - | - | - | H3-12 |
| A2-29 | UserParameter29 | - | - | - | - | - | S1-04 |
| A2-30 | UserParameter30 | - | - | - | - | - | S1-05 |
| A2-31 | UserParameter31 | - | - | - | - | - | S3-02 |
| A2-32 | UserParameter32 | - | - | - | - | - | S3-39 |
| C4-02 | TorqueCompensationDelayTime | 0-60000 | 1ms | 200 | 50 | - | - |
| C5-01 | ASRProportionalGain1 | 0.00-300.00 | 0.01 | - | - | 40.00 | 3.00 |
| C5-02 | ASRIntegralTime1 | 0.000-60.000 | 0.001s | - | - | 0.500 | 0.300 |
| C5-03 | ASRProportionalGain2 | 0.00-300.00 | 0.01 | - | - | 20.00 | 3.00 |
| C5-04 | ASRIntegralTime2 | 0.000-60.000 | 0.001s | - | - | 0.500 | 0.500 |
| C5-07 | ASRGainSwitchoverFrequency | 0.0-100.0 | 0.1% | - | - | 0.0 | 2.0 |
| C5-13 | ASRProportionalGain3 | 0.00-300.00 | 0.01 | - | - | 40.00 | 3.00 |
| C5-14 | ASRIntegralTime3 | 0.000-10.000 | 0.001s | - | - | 0.500 | 0.300 |
Source page
Page 492
11.17 Parameters that Change from the Default Settings with A1-02 [Control Method Selection]
ControlMethod(A1-02Setting) No. Name Range Unit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (0) (2) (3) (7) C5-17 MotorInertia 0.0001-6.0000 0.0001kgm2 - - - 0.010 C5-19 ASRPGainduringPositionLock 0.00-300.00 0.01 - - 40.00 10.00
d6-03 FieldForcingSelection 0,1 - - 0 0 - A1-02=0,2,3:10.0- E1-04 MaximumOutputFrequency 200.0 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 50.0 50.0 50.0 150 A1-02=7:4.0-200.0 E1-05 MaximumOutputVoltage 0.0-255.0*2 0.1V 190.0*2 190.0*2 190.0*2 0.0 E1-06 BaseFrequency 0.0-200.0 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 50.0 50.0 50.0 150 E1-07 MidPointAFrequency 0.0-200.0 0.1Hz 3.0 3.0 - - E1-08 MidPointAVoltage 0.0-255.0*2 0.1V 20.0*2*3 14.4*2 - - E1-09 MinimumOutputFrequency 0.0-200.0 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 0.5 0.3 0.0 0 E1-10 MinimumOutputVoltage 0.0-255.0*2 0.1V 12.5*2*3 2.5*2 - - E1-11 MidPointBFrequency 0.0-200.0 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 0.0 0.0 0.0 -
E1-12 MidPointAVoltage 0.0-255.0*2 0.1V 0.0 0.0 0.0 - E1-13 BaseVoltage 0.0-255.0*2 0.1V 0.0 0.0 0.0 - A1-02=3:1-60000 F1-01 Encoder1PulseCount(PPR) 1ppr - - 1024 2048 A1-02=7:1-20000 F1-04 SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect 0-3 1 - - 3 3 F1-05 Encoder1RotationSelection 0,1 1 - - 0 0 A1-02=0,2,3:0-3,6 L1-01 MotorOverload(oL1)Protection 1 1 1 1 5 A1-02=7:0,5 n5-02 MotorInertiaAccelerationTime 0.001-10.000 0.001s - - *4 0.100 o1-04 V/fPatternDisplayUnit 0,1 1 - - 0 1 o1-24 CustomMonitor1 0-999 1 101 101 101 101 o1-25 CustomMonitor2 0-999 1 102 105 105 105 o1-26 CustomMonitor3 0-999 1 103 103 103 103 o1-27 CustomMonitor4 0-999 1 116 102 102 102 o1-28 CustomMonitor5 0-999 1 112 112 112 112 o1-29 CustomMonitor6 0-999 1 106 106 106 106 o1-30 CustomMonitor7 0-999 1 107 107 107 107 o1-31 CustomMonitor8 0-999 1 108 109 109 109 o1-32 CustomMonitor9 0-999 1 413 413 413 413 o1-33 CustomMonitor10 0-999 1 140 140 140 140 o1-34 CustomMonitor11 0-999 1 141 141 141 141
o1-35 CustomMonitor12 0-999 1 111 111 111 111 o5-07 LogMonitorData5 0-999 1 0 0 109 109 o5-08 LogMonitorData6 0-999 1 116 116 105 105 S1-01 ZeroSpeedLevelatStop 0.000-9.999 0.001% 2.400 1.000 0.200 0.350 S4-04 LightLoadSearchSpeedRef. 0.00-20.00 0.01% 5.00 5.00 5.00 10.00
*1 The unit changes when A1-02 and o1-04 change. When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the unit is “rpm”. *2 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives. *3 The default setting changes when the drive model changes. *4 The default setting changes when o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] changes.
492 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name | Range | Unit | ControlMethod(A1-02Setting) | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| V/f (0) | OLV (2) | CLV (3) | CLV/PM (7) | ||||
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | 0.0001-6.0000 | 0.0001kgm2 | - | - | - | 0.010 |
| C5-19 | ASRPGainduringPositionLock | 0.00-300.00 | 0.01 | - | - | 40.00 | 10.00 |
| d6-03 | FieldForcingSelection | 0,1 | - | - | 0 | 0 | - |
| E1-04 | MaximumOutputFrequency | A1-02=0,2,3:10.0- 200.0 A1-02=7:4.0-200.0 | 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 | 50.0 | 50.0 | 50.0 | 150 |
| E1-05 | MaximumOutputVoltage | 0.0-255.0*2 | 0.1V | 190.0*2 | 190.0*2 | 190.0*2 | 0.0 |
| E1-06 | BaseFrequency | 0.0-200.0 | 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 | 50.0 | 50.0 | 50.0 | 150 |
| E1-07 | MidPointAFrequency | 0.0-200.0 | 0.1Hz | 3.0 | 3.0 | - | - |
| E1-08 | MidPointAVoltage | 0.0-255.0*2 | 0.1V | 20.0*2*3 | 14.4*2 | - | - |
| E1-09 | MinimumOutputFrequency | 0.0-200.0 | 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 | 0.5 | 0.3 | 0.0 | 0 |
| E1-10 | MinimumOutputVoltage | 0.0-255.0*2 | 0.1V | 12.5*2*3 | 2.5*2 | - | - |
| E1-11 | MidPointBFrequency | 0.0-200.0 | 0.1Hz/1rpm*1 | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | - |
| E1-12 | MidPointAVoltage | 0.0-255.0*2 | 0.1V | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | - |
| E1-13 | BaseVoltage | 0.0-255.0*2 | 0.1V | 0.0 | 0.0 | 0.0 | - |
| F1-01 | Encoder1PulseCount(PPR) | A1-02=3:1-60000 A1-02=7:1-20000 | 1ppr | - | - | 1024 | 2048 |
| F1-04 | SpeedDeviationDetectionSelect | 0-3 | 1 | - | - | 3 | 3 |
| F1-05 | Encoder1RotationSelection | 0,1 | 1 | - | - | 0 | 0 |
| L1-01 | MotorOverload(oL1)Protection | A1-02=0,2,3:0-3,6 A1-02=7:0,5 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 5 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertiaAccelerationTime | 0.001-10.000 | 0.001s | - | - | *4 | 0.100 |
| o1-04 | V/fPatternDisplayUnit | 0,1 | 1 | - | - | 0 | 1 |
| o1-24 | CustomMonitor1 | 0-999 | 1 | 101 | 101 | 101 | 101 |
| o1-25 | CustomMonitor2 | 0-999 | 1 | 102 | 105 | 105 | 105 |
| o1-26 | CustomMonitor3 | 0-999 | 1 | 103 | 103 | 103 | 103 |
| o1-27 | CustomMonitor4 | 0-999 | 1 | 116 | 102 | 102 | 102 |
| o1-28 | CustomMonitor5 | 0-999 | 1 | 112 | 112 | 112 | 112 |
| o1-29 | CustomMonitor6 | 0-999 | 1 | 106 | 106 | 106 | 106 |
| o1-30 | CustomMonitor7 | 0-999 | 1 | 107 | 107 | 107 | 107 |
| o1-31 | CustomMonitor8 | 0-999 | 1 | 108 | 109 | 109 | 109 |
| o1-32 | CustomMonitor9 | 0-999 | 1 | 413 | 413 | 413 | 413 |
| o1-33 | CustomMonitor10 | 0-999 | 1 | 140 | 140 | 140 | 140 |
| o1-34 | CustomMonitor11 | 0-999 | 1 | 141 | 141 | 141 | 141 |
| o1-35 | CustomMonitor12 | 0-999 | 1 | 111 | 111 | 111 | 111 |
| o5-07 | LogMonitorData5 | 0-999 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 109 | 109 |
| o5-08 | LogMonitorData6 | 0-999 | 1 | 116 | 116 | 105 | 105 |
| S1-01 | ZeroSpeedLevelatStop | 0.000-9.999 | 0.001% | 2.400 | 1.000 | 0.200 | 0.350 |
| S4-04 | LightLoadSearchSpeedRef. | 0.00-20.00 | 0.01% | 5.00 | 5.00 | 5.00 | 10.00 |
Source page
Page 493
tsiLretemaraP 11.18 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] 11.18 Parameters Changed by E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] The values for A1-02 [Control Method Selection] and E1-03 [V/f Pattern Selection] change the default settings for the parameters in these tables: Table 11.1 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (2022, 4012) No. E1-03 E1-04 E1-05*1 E1-06 E1-07 E1-08*1 E1-09 E1-10*1 Unit - Hz/rpm*2 V Hz/rpm*2 Hz V Hz/rpm*2 V V/f(0) F 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 20.0 0.5 12.5 ControlMethodSelection OLV(2) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 12.5 0.3 2.5 (A1-02Setting) CLV(3) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 - - 0.0 - CLV/PM(7) - 150 0.0 150 - - 0 - *1 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives. *2 The unit changes when A1-02 and o1-04 change. When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the unit is “rpm”. Table 11.2 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (2031 - 2225, 4019 - 4114) No. E1-03 E1-04 E1-05*1 E1-06 E1-07 E1-08*1 E1-09 E1-10*1 Unit - Hz/rpm*2 V Hz/rpm*2 Hz V Hz/rpm*2 V V/f(0) F 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 18.6 0.5 9.7 ControlMethodSelection OLV(2) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 12.5 0.3 2.5 (A1-02Setting) CLV(3) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 - - 0.0 - CLV/PM(7) - 150 0.0 150 - - 0 - *1 This is the value for 200 V class drives. Double the value for 400 V class drives. *2 The unit changes when A1-02 and o1-04 change. When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the unit is “rpm”. Table 11.3 Parameters Changed by E1-03 (2269 - 2519, 4140 - 4380) No. E1-03 E1-04 E1-05*1 E1-06 E1-07 E1-08*1 E1-09 E1-10*1 Unit - Hz/rpm*2 V Hz/rpm*2 Hz V Hz/rpm*2 V V/f(0) F 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 16.0 0.5 8.3 ControlMethodSelection OLV(2) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 3.0 12.5 0.3 2.5 (A1-02Setting) CLV(3) - 50.0 190.0 50.0 - - 0.0 - CLV/PM(7) - 150 0.0 150 - - 0 - 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 493
| No. | Column | E1-03 | E1-04 | E1-05*1 | E1-06 | E1-07 | E1-08*1 | E1-09 | E1-10*1 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Unit | - | Hz/rpm*2 | V | Hz/rpm*2 | Hz | V | Hz/rpm*2 | V | |
| ControlMethodSelection (A1-02Setting) | V/f(0) | F | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 20.0 | 0.5 | 12.5 |
| OLV(2) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 12.5 | 0.3 | 2.5 | |
| CLV(3) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | - | - | 0.0 | - | |
| CLV/PM(7) | - | 150 | 0.0 | 150 | - | - | 0 | - |
| No. | Column | E1-03 | E1-04 | E1-05*1 | E1-06 | E1-07 | E1-08*1 | E1-09 | E1-10*1 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Unit | - | Hz/rpm*2 | V | Hz/rpm*2 | Hz | V | Hz/rpm*2 | V | |
| ControlMethodSelection (A1-02Setting) | V/f(0) | F | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 18.6 | 0.5 | 9.7 |
| OLV(2) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 12.5 | 0.3 | 2.5 | |
| CLV(3) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | - | - | 0.0 | - | |
| CLV/PM(7) | - | 150 | 0.0 | 150 | - | - | 0 | - |
| No. | Column | E1-03 | E1-04 | E1-05*1 | E1-06 | E1-07 | E1-08*1 | E1-09 | E1-10*1 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Unit | - | Hz/rpm*2 | V | Hz/rpm*2 | Hz | V | Hz/rpm*2 | V | |
| ControlMethodSelection (A1-02Setting) | V/f(0) | F | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 16.0 | 0.5 | 8.3 |
| OLV(2) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | 3.0 | 12.5 | 0.3 | 2.5 | |
| CLV(3) | - | 50.0 | 190.0 | 50.0 | - | - | 0.0 | - | |
| CLV/PM(7) | - | 150 | 0.0 | 150 | - | - | 0 | - |
Source page
Page 494
11.19 Defaults by Drive Model
11.19 Defaults by Drive Model
The values for the parameters in these tables depend on the values for o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection]. Changing the settings for o2-04 will change the default settings.
◆ Three-Phase 200 V Class
No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 2022 2031 2041 2059 2075
o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 68 6A 6B 6D 6E
( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.0158 0.026 0.037 0.053 0.076 C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
(E E 4 2 - - 0 0 1 1 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n R t( a F te L d A) A 14 19.6 26.6 39.7 53 E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 2.73 1.5 1.3 1.7 1.6 (E4-02) (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 3 3 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n N t o-Load A 4.5 5.1 8 11.2 15.2
(E E 4 2 - - 0 0 5 5 ) M Re o s t i o s r ta L n i c n e e-to-Line Ω 0.771 0.399 0.288 0.23 0.138
(E E 4 2 - - 0 0 6 6 ) M Ind o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 19.6 18.2 15.5 19.5 17.2 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 112 172 262 245 272 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 E5-02 P P o M w M er otorRated kW 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
E5-03 C PM urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 14.6 20.0 29.3 37.9 53.2 PMMotor E5-05 Resistance(ohms/ Ω 0.331 0.370 0.223 0.153 0.095 phase) PMd-axis E5-06 Inductance(mH/ mH 4.78 5.39 3.58 3.46 2.46 phase) PMq-axis E5-07 Inductance(mH/ mH 6.52 7.36 4.89 4.96 3.70 phase) E5-09 P V M pea B k ac (m k- V EM /(r F ad/s)) - 239.3 254.3 237.0 270.0 254.3 L2-05 U D n et d e e c r t v io o n lta L g v e l(Uv1) V 190 190 190 190 190 L8-02 O Le v v e e rh l eatAlarm °C 110 100 130 115 115 L8-06 D In e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 14 17 20 21 20
L8-09 O Fa u u tp lt u D tG et r e o c u ti n o d n - 1 1 1 1 1
L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 3 L8-39 R Fr e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
n5-02 M Ac o c t e o l r e I r n at e i r o t n ia Time s 0.154 0.168 0.175 0.265 0.244 *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.
494 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 2022 | 2031 | 2041 | 2059 | 2075 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 68 | 6A | 6B | 6D | 6E |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 3.7 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11 | 15 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.0158 | 0.026 | 0.037 | 0.053 | 0.076 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 14 | 19.6 | 26.6 | 39.7 | 53 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 2.73 | 1.5 | 1.3 | 1.7 | 1.6 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-Load Current | A | 4.5 | 5.1 | 8 | 11.2 | 15.2 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | Ω | 0.771 | 0.399 | 0.288 | 0.23 | 0.138 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 19.6 | 18.2 | 15.5 | 19.5 | 17.2 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 112 | 172 | 262 | 245 | 272 |
| E2-11 | MotorRatedPower | kW | 3.7 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11 | 15 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRated Power | kW | 3.7 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11 | 15 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 14.6 | 20.0 | 29.3 | 37.9 | 53.2 |
| E5-05 | PMMotor Resistance(ohms/ phase) | Ω | 0.331 | 0.370 | 0.223 | 0.153 | 0.095 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 4.78 | 5.39 | 3.58 | 3.46 | 2.46 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 6.52 | 7.36 | 4.89 | 4.96 | 3.70 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMF Vpeak(mV/(rad/s)) | - | 239.3 | 254.3 | 237.0 | 270.0 | 254.3 |
| L2-05 | Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1) | V | 190 | 190 | 190 | 190 | 190 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarm Level | °C | 110 | 100 | 130 | 115 | 115 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 14 | 17 | 20 | 21 | 20 |
| L8-09 | OutputGround FaultDetection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia AccelerationTime | s | 0.154 | 0.168 | 0.175 | 0.265 | 0.244 |
Source page
Page 495
tsiLretemaraP 11.19 Defaults by Drive Model No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 2094 2110 2144 2181 2225 o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 6F 70 72 73 74 ( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.138 0.165 0.220 0.273 0.333 C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 8.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 1 1 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n R t( a F te L d A) A 65.8 77.2 105 131 160 E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 1.67 1.7 1.8 1.33 1.6 (E4-02) (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 3 3 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n N t o-Load A 15.7 18.5 21.9 38.2 44 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 5 5 ) M Re o s t i o s r ta L n i c n e e-to-Line Ω 0.101 0.079 0.064 0.039 0.03 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 6 6 ) M Ind o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 20.1 19.5 20.8 18.8 20.2 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 505 538 699 823 852 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 E5-02 P P o M w M er otorRated kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 E5-03 C PM urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 65.0 76.4 103.5 133.1 149.4 PMMotor E5-05 Resistance(ohms/ Ω 0.069 0.054 0.041 0.027 0.022 phase) PMd-axis E5-06 Inductance(mH/ mH 1.99 1.70 1.29 0.91 0.90 phase) PMq-axis E5-07 Inductance(mH/ mH 2.99 2.55 2.00 1.41 1.39 phase) E5-09 P V M pea B k ac (m k- V EM /(r F ad/s)) - 256.7 261.1 260.4 245.1 276.0 L2-05 U D n et d e e c r t v io o n lta L g v e l(Uv1) V 190 190 190 190 190 L8-02 O Le v v e e rh l eatAlarm °C 120 110 110 105 105 L8-06 D In e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 21 21 16 27 28 L8-09 O Fa u u tp lt u D tG et r e o c u ti n o d n - 1 1 1 1 1 L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 3 L8-39 R Fr e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 n5-02 M Ac o c t e o l r e I r n at e i r o t n ia Time s 0.317 0.355 0.323 0.32 0.387 *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2. No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 2269 2354 2432 2519 o2-04 Drive Se M le o c d t e io l( n KVA) Hex. 75 76 77 78 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 55 75 90 110 (E4-11) C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.49 0.90 1.10 1.90 C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 ( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 1 1) M (F o L t A or ) RatedCurrent A 190 260 260 260 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 495
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 2094 | 2110 | 2144 | 2181 | 2225 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 6F | 70 | 72 | 73 | 74 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 37 | 45 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.138 | 0.165 | 0.220 | 0.273 | 0.333 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 65.8 | 77.2 | 105 | 131 | 160 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 1.67 | 1.7 | 1.8 | 1.33 | 1.6 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-Load Current | A | 15.7 | 18.5 | 21.9 | 38.2 | 44 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | Ω | 0.101 | 0.079 | 0.064 | 0.039 | 0.03 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 20.1 | 19.5 | 20.8 | 18.8 | 20.2 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 505 | 538 | 699 | 823 | 852 |
| E2-11 | MotorRatedPower | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 37 | 45 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRated Power | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 37 | 45 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 65.0 | 76.4 | 103.5 | 133.1 | 149.4 |
| E5-05 | PMMotor Resistance(ohms/ phase) | Ω | 0.069 | 0.054 | 0.041 | 0.027 | 0.022 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 1.99 | 1.70 | 1.29 | 0.91 | 0.90 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 2.99 | 2.55 | 2.00 | 1.41 | 1.39 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMF Vpeak(mV/(rad/s)) | - | 256.7 | 261.1 | 260.4 | 245.1 | 276.0 |
| L2-05 | Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1) | V | 190 | 190 | 190 | 190 | 190 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarm Level | °C | 120 | 110 | 110 | 105 | 105 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 21 | 21 | 16 | 27 | 28 |
| L8-09 | OutputGround FaultDetection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia AccelerationTime | s | 0.317 | 0.355 | 0.323 | 0.32 | 0.387 |
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 2269 | 2354 | 2432 | 2519 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel(KVA) Selection | Hex. | 75 | 76 | 77 | 78 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRatedPower | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.49 | 0.90 | 1.10 | 1.90 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRatedCurrent (FLA) | A | 190 | 260 | 260 | 260 |
Source page
Page 496
11.19 Defaults by Drive Model
No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 2269 2354 2432 2519
o2-04 Drive Se M le o c d t e io l( n KVA) Hex. 75 76 77 78 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 55 75 90 110 (E4-11) E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 1.43 1.39 1.39 1.39 (E4-02) E2-03 MotorNo-LoadCurrent A 45.6 72 72 72 (E4-03) ( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 5 5) M Re o s t i o s r ta L n i c n e e-to-Line Ω 0.022 0.023 0.023 0.023 ( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 6 6) M Ind o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 20.5 20 20 20 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 960 1200 1200 1200 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 55 75 90 110 E5-02 PMMotorRatedPower kW 55 75 90 110 E5-03 P C M urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 181.6 181.6 181.6 181.6 E5-05 P (o M hm M s/ o p t h o a r s R e) esistance Ω 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.016
E5-06 ( P m M H d /p -a h x a i s s e) Inductance mH 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 E5-07 ( P m M H q /p -a h x a i s s e) Inductance mH 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11
E5-09 P (m M V B /( a ra c d k / - s E ) M ) FVpeak - 277.1 277.1 277.1 277.1
L2-05 U Lv n l d ( e U rv v o 1 l ) tageDetection V 190 190 190 190 L8-02 OverheatAlarmLevel °C 100 110 95 120
L8-06 I D n e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 17 16 24 22 L8-09 O D u et t e p c u t t io G n roundFault - 1 1 1 1
L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 L8-39 F R r e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
n5-02 M Ac o c t e o l r e I r n at e i r o t n ia Time s 0.317 0.533 0.592 0.646
*1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2. ◆ Three-Phase 400 V Class
No.*1 Name Unit Default
- DriveModel - 4012 4019 4023 4030 4039 o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 97 99 9A 9C 9D
( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.0158 0.026 0.037 0.053 0.076
C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
(E E 4 2 - - 0 0 1 1 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n R t( a F te L d A) A 7.0 9.8 13.3 19.9 26.5 E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 2.7 1.5 1.3 1.7 1.6 (E4-02) (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 3 3 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n N t o-Load A 2.3 2.6 4.0 5.6 7.6 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 5 5 ) M Re o s t i o s r ta L n i c n e e-to-Line Ω 3.333 1.595 1.152 0.922 0.55
496 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 2269 | 2354 | 2432 | 2519 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel(KVA) Selection | Hex. | 75 | 76 | 77 | 78 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRatedPower | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 1.43 | 1.39 | 1.39 | 1.39 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-LoadCurrent | A | 45.6 | 72 | 72 | 72 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | Ω | 0.022 | 0.023 | 0.023 | 0.023 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 20.5 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 960 | 1200 | 1200 | 1200 |
| E2-11 | MotorRatedPower | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRatedPower | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 181.6 | 181.6 | 181.6 | 181.6 |
| E5-05 | PMMotorResistance (ohms/phase) | Ω | 0.016 | 0.016 | 0.016 | 0.016 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axisInductance (mH/phase) | mH | 0.72 | 0.72 | 0.72 | 0.72 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axisInductance (mH/phase) | mH | 1.11 | 1.11 | 1.11 | 1.11 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMFVpeak (mV/(rad/s)) | - | 277.1 | 277.1 | 277.1 | 277.1 |
| L2-05 | UndervoltageDetection Lvl(Uv1) | V | 190 | 190 | 190 | 190 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarmLevel | °C | 100 | 110 | 95 | 120 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 17 | 16 | 24 | 22 |
| L8-09 | OutputGroundFault Detection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia AccelerationTime | s | 0.317 | 0.533 | 0.592 | 0.646 |
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4012 | 4019 | 4023 | 4030 | 4039 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 97 | 99 | 9A | 9C | 9D |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11 | 15 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.0158 | 0.026 | 0.037 | 0.053 | 0.076 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 7.0 | 9.8 | 13.3 | 19.9 | 26.5 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 2.7 | 1.5 | 1.3 | 1.7 | 1.6 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-Load Current | A | 2.3 | 2.6 | 4.0 | 5.6 | 7.6 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | Ω | 3.333 | 1.595 | 1.152 | 0.922 | 0.55 |
Source page
Page 497
tsiLretemaraP 11.19 Defaults by Drive Model No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 4012 4019 4023 4030 4039 o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 97 99 9A 9C 9D ( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 6 6 ) I M nd o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 19.3 18.2 15.5 19.6 17.2 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 130 193 263 385 440 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 4.0 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 E5-02 P P M ow M er otorRated kW 4.0 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.0 E5-03 P C M urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 7.3 10.0 14.6 19.0 26.6 PMMotor E5-05 Resistance(ohms/ Ω 1.326 1.479 0.892 0.613 0.378 phase) PMd-axis E5-06 Inductance(mH/ mH 19.11 21.58 14.33 13.84 9.85 phase) PMq-axis E5-07 Inductance(mH/ mH 26.08 29.44 19.56 19.83 14.79 phase) E5-09 P V M pea B k ac (m k- V EM /(r F ad/s)) - 47.86 50.84 47.39 54.00 50.84 L2-05 U D n et d e e c r t v io o n lta L g v e l(Uv1) V 380 380 380 380 380 L8-02 O Le v v e e rh l eatAlarm °C 103 115 115 130 130 L8-06 D In e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 14.0 25.0 25.0 20.0 21.0 L8-09 O Fa u u tp lt u D tG et r e o c u ti n o d n - 1 1 1 1 1 L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 3 L8-39 R Fr e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 n5-02 M Ac o c t e o l r e I r n at e i r o t n ia Time s 0.154 0.168 0.175 0.265 0.244 *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2. No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 4049 4056 4075 4094 4114 o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 9E 9F A1 A2 A3 ( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 18.5 22 30 47 45 C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.138 0.165 0.220 0.273 0.333 C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 8.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 1 1 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n R t( a F te L d A) A 32.9 38.6 52.3 65.6 79.7 E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 1.67 1.7 1.8 1.33 1.6 (E4-02) (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 3 3 ) M Cu o r t r o e r n N t o-Load A 7.8 9.2 10.9 19.1 22 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 5 5 ) M Re o s t i o s r ta L n i c n e e-to-Line Ω 0.403 0.316 0.269 0.155 0.122 (E E 4 2 - - 0 0 6 6 ) M Ind o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 20.1 23.5 20.7 18.8 19.9 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 508 586 750 925 1125 11 E2-11 MotorRatedPower kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 E5-02 P P o M w M er otorRated kW 18.5 22 30 37 45 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 497
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4012 | 4019 | 4023 | 4030 | 4039 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 97 | 99 | 9A | 9C | 9D |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11 | 15 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 19.3 | 18.2 | 15.5 | 19.6 | 17.2 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 130 | 193 | 263 | 385 | 440 |
| E2-11 | MotorRatedPower | kW | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11.0 | 15.0 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRated Power | kW | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.5 | 11.0 | 15.0 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 7.3 | 10.0 | 14.6 | 19.0 | 26.6 |
| E5-05 | PMMotor Resistance(ohms/ phase) | Ω | 1.326 | 1.479 | 0.892 | 0.613 | 0.378 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 19.11 | 21.58 | 14.33 | 13.84 | 9.85 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 26.08 | 29.44 | 19.56 | 19.83 | 14.79 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMF Vpeak(mV/(rad/s)) | - | 47.86 | 50.84 | 47.39 | 54.00 | 50.84 |
| L2-05 | Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1) | V | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarm Level | °C | 103 | 115 | 115 | 130 | 130 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 14.0 | 25.0 | 25.0 | 20.0 | 21.0 |
| L8-09 | OutputGround FaultDetection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia AccelerationTime | s | 0.154 | 0.168 | 0.175 | 0.265 | 0.244 |
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4049 | 4056 | 4075 | 4094 | 4114 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 9E | 9F | A1 | A2 | A3 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 47 | 45 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.138 | 0.165 | 0.220 | 0.273 | 0.333 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 8.0 | 8.0 | 8.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 32.9 | 38.6 | 52.3 | 65.6 | 79.7 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 1.67 | 1.7 | 1.8 | 1.33 | 1.6 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-Load Current | A | 7.8 | 9.2 | 10.9 | 19.1 | 22 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | Ω | 0.403 | 0.316 | 0.269 | 0.155 | 0.122 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 20.1 | 23.5 | 20.7 | 18.8 | 19.9 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 508 | 586 | 750 | 925 | 1125 |
| E2-11 | MotorRatedPower | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 37 | 45 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRated Power | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 37 | 45 |
Source page
Page 498
11.19 Defaults by Drive Model
No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 4049 4056 4075 4094 4114
o2-04 (K D V r A iv ) e Se M le o c d t e io l n Hex. 9E 9F A1 A2 A3
( E E 2 4 - - 1 1 1 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 18.5 22 30 47 45 E5-03 P C M urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 32.5 38.2 51.8 66.6 74.7
PMMotor E5-05 Resistance(ohms/ Ω 0.276 0.217 0.165 0.107 0.087 phase) PMd-axis E5-06 Inductance(mH/ mH 7.95 6.80 5.15 3.62 3.59 phase) PMq-axis E5-07 Inductance(mH/ mH 11.94 10.22 8.00 5.63 5.55 phase) E5-09 P V M pea B k ac (m k- V EM /(r F ad/s)) - 513.7 522.3 520.8 490.2 552.0 L2-05 U D n et d e e c r t v io o n lta L g v e l(Uv1) V 380 380 380 380 380 L8-02 O Le v v e e rh l eatAlarm °C 110 120 115 105 110 L8-06 D In e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 26 18 17 21 20 L8-09 O Fa u u tp lt u D tG et r e o c u ti n o d n - 1 1 1 1 1
L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 3 L8-39 R Fr e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
n5-02 M Ac o c t e o l r e I r n at e i r o t n ia Time s 0.317 0.355 0.323 0.32 0.387 *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2.
No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 4140 4188 4225 4270 4325 4380
DriveModel o2-04 (KVA) Hex. A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Selection (E E 4 2 - - 1 11 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 C5-17 MotorInertia kgm2 0.49 0.90 1.10 1.90 2.10 3.30 C6-03 CarrierFrequency kHz 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 1 1) M Cu o r t r o e r n R t( a F te L d A) A 95 130 156 190 223 270 E2-02 MotorRatedSlip Hz 1.46 1.39 1.4 1.4 1.38 1.35 (E4-02) ( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 3 3) M Cu o r t r o e r n N t o-Load A 24 36 40 49 58 70 ( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 5 5) M Li o n t e o R r e L s i i n s e ta -t n o c - e Ω 0.088 0.092 0.056 0.046 0.035 0.029
( E E 2 4 - - 0 0 6 6) M Ind o u to c r ta L n e c a e kage % 20 20 20 20 20 20 E2-10 MotorIronLoss W 1260 1600 1760 2150 2350 2850
E2-11 M Po o w to e r r Rated kW 55 75 90 110 132 160
E5-02 P P M ow M er otorRated kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 E5-03 P C M urr M en o t t ( o F r L R A a ) ted A 90.8 130.0 130.0 130.0 130.0 130.0
PMMotor E5-05 Resistance(ohms/ Ω 0.064 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 phase)
498 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4049 | 4056 | 4075 | 4094 | 4114 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA)Selection | Hex. | 9E | 9F | A1 | A2 | A3 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 18.5 | 22 | 30 | 47 | 45 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 32.5 | 38.2 | 51.8 | 66.6 | 74.7 |
| E5-05 | PMMotor Resistance(ohms/ phase) | Ω | 0.276 | 0.217 | 0.165 | 0.107 | 0.087 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 7.95 | 6.80 | 5.15 | 3.62 | 3.59 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 11.94 | 10.22 | 8.00 | 5.63 | 5.55 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMF Vpeak(mV/(rad/s)) | - | 513.7 | 522.3 | 520.8 | 490.2 | 552.0 |
| L2-05 | Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1) | V | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarm Level | °C | 110 | 120 | 115 | 105 | 110 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 26 | 18 | 17 | 21 | 20 |
| L8-09 | OutputGround FaultDetection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia AccelerationTime | s | 0.317 | 0.355 | 0.323 | 0.32 | 0.387 |
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4140 | 4188 | 4225 | 4270 | 4325 | 4380 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA) Selection | Hex. | A4 | A5 | A6 | A7 | A8 | A9 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 | 132 | 160 |
| C5-17 | MotorInertia | kgm2 | 0.49 | 0.90 | 1.10 | 1.90 | 2.10 | 3.30 |
| C6-03 | CarrierFrequency | kHz | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
| E2-01 (E4-01) | MotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 95 | 130 | 156 | 190 | 223 | 270 |
| E2-02 (E4-02) | MotorRatedSlip | Hz | 1.46 | 1.39 | 1.4 | 1.4 | 1.38 | 1.35 |
| E2-03 (E4-03) | MotorNo-Load Current | A | 24 | 36 | 40 | 49 | 58 | 70 |
| E2-05 (E4-05) | MotorLine-to- LineResistance | Ω | 0.088 | 0.092 | 0.056 | 0.046 | 0.035 | 0.029 |
| E2-06 (E4-06) | MotorLeakage Inductance | % | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 | 20 |
| E2-10 | MotorIronLoss | W | 1260 | 1600 | 1760 | 2150 | 2350 | 2850 |
| E2-11 | MotorRated Power | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 | 132 | 160 |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRated Power | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 | 132 | 160 |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRated Current(FLA) | A | 90.8 | 130.0 | 130.0 | 130.0 | 130.0 | 130.0 |
| E5-05 | PMMotor Resistance(ohms/ phase) | Ω | 0.064 | 0.022 | 0.022 | 0.022 | 0.022 | 0.022 |
Source page
Page 499
tsiLretemaraP 11.19 Defaults by Drive Model No.*1 Name Unit Default - DriveModel - 4140 4188 4225 4270 4325 4380 DriveModel o2-04 (KVA) Hex. A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Selection (E E 4 2 - - 1 11 1) Mo P to o r w R e a r ted kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 PMd-axis E5-06 Inductance(mH/ mH 2.87 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 phase) PMq-axis E5-07 Inductance(mH/ mH 4.44 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 phase) PMBack-EMF E5-09 Vpeak(mV/(rad/ - 554.4 1280.0 1280.0 1280.0 1280.0 1280.0 s)) Undervoltage L2-05 DetectionLvl V 380 380 380 380 380 380 (Uv1) L8-02 O Le v v e e rh l eatAlarm °C 100 110 105 110 100 95 L8-06 I D n e p t u e t ct P io h n as L e e L v o e s l s % 20 29 26 25 25 25 L8-09 O Fa u u tp lt u D tG et r e o c u ti n o d n - 1 1 1 1 1 1 L8-38 C R a e r d r u ie c r ti F on requency - 3 3 3 3 3 3 L8-39 R Fr e e d q u u c e e n d cy Carrier kHz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 MotorInertia n5-02 Acceleration s 0.317 0.533 0.592 0.646 0.673 0.777 Time *1 Parameters within parentheses are for motor 2. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 499
| No.*1 | Name | Unit | Default | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| - | DriveModel | - | 4140 | 4188 | 4225 | 4270 | 4325 | 4380 |
| o2-04 | DriveModel (KVA) Selection | Hex. | A4 | A5 | A6 | A7 | A8 | A9 |
| E2-11 (E4-11) | MotorRated Power | kW | 55 | 75 | 90 | 110 | 132 | 160 |
| E5-06 | PMd-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 2.87 | 1.80 | 1.80 | 1.80 | 1.80 | 1.80 |
| E5-07 | PMq-axis Inductance(mH/ phase) | mH | 4.44 | 2.80 | 2.80 | 2.80 | 2.80 | 2.80 |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMF Vpeak(mV/(rad/ s)) | - | 554.4 | 1280.0 | 1280.0 | 1280.0 | 1280.0 | 1280.0 |
| L2-05 | Undervoltage DetectionLvl (Uv1) | V | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 | 380 |
| L8-02 | OverheatAlarm Level | °C | 100 | 110 | 105 | 110 | 100 | 95 |
| L8-06 | InputPhaseLoss DetectionLevel | % | 20 | 29 | 26 | 25 | 25 | 25 |
| L8-09 | OutputGround FaultDetection | - | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| L8-38 | CarrierFrequency Reduction | - | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 |
| L8-39 | ReducedCarrier Frequency | kHz | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
| n5-02 | MotorInertia Acceleration Time | s | 0.317 | 0.533 | 0.592 | 0.646 | 0.673 | 0.777 |
Source page
Page 500
11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection]
11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection]
Table 11.4 shows parameters, default settings, and setting ranges that change according to o1-03.
Table 11.4 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 SpeedDisplayUnitSelection(o1-03Setting)
No. Name [0.01 0 Hz] [0. = 01 E % 1 1 - ( 0 1 4 0 ) 0 ] % [R P e e ( v r R o M P 2 lu M in t ) i u o ] t n e s ( [ o U 1 s - e 1 1 r 0 1 3 U ) & ] n o it 1 s - Un [ i E t1 le - s v 4 ] m at / o s r ,s, U s n E ^ i l t e 2 2 v , 5 - a s m t ^ o 3 / r ( ) s, Un s [E i ^ t l 3 2 e - , v 6 f s t a ^ /( t 3 m o ) r ] in, Default
C1-01 A Ra c m ce p le 1 ration C1-02 D Ra e m ce p le 1 ration
C1-03 A Ra c m ce p le 2 ration
C1-04 D Ra e m ce p le 2 ration C1-05 A Ra c m ce p le 3 ration 1.50s
C1-06 D Ra e m ce p le 3 ration 0.00-600.00s*1 0.00-*2m/s2 0.00-*2ft/s2 C1-07 A Ra c m ce p le 4 ration C1-08 D Ra e m ce p le 4 ration
C1-09 E St m op er R ge a n m c p y Inspection C1-15 Deceleration 0.00s Ramp C2-01 J A e c rk ce @ l Startof C2-02 J A e c rk ce @ l Endof
C2-03 J D e e rk ce @ l Startof 0.00-10.00s 0.00-*2m/s3 0.00-*2ft/s3 0.50s
C2-04 J D e e rk ce @ l Endof C2-05 J L e e r v k e b li e n l g ow Speed
500 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name | SpeedDisplayUnitSelection(o1-03Setting) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 [0.01Hz] | 1 [0.01%(100% =E1-04)] | 2 [Revolutions PerMinute (RPM)] | 3 [UserUnits (o1-10&o1- 11)] | 4 [Elevator Unit1-m/s,s, s] | 5 Elevator Unit2-m/(s, s^2,s^3) | 6 [Elevator Unit3-ft/(min, s^2,s^3)] | Default | ||
| C1-01 | Acceleration Ramp1 | 0.00-600.00s*1 | 0.00-*2m/s2 | 0.00-*2ft/s2 | 1.50s | ||||
| C1-02 | Deceleration Ramp1 | ||||||||
| C1-03 | Acceleration Ramp2 | ||||||||
| C1-04 | Deceleration Ramp2 | ||||||||
| C1-05 | Acceleration Ramp3 | ||||||||
| C1-06 | Deceleration Ramp3 | ||||||||
| C1-07 | Acceleration Ramp4 | ||||||||
| C1-08 | Deceleration Ramp4 | ||||||||
| C1-09 | Emergency StopRamp | ||||||||
| C1-15 | Inspection Deceleration Ramp | 0.00s | |||||||
| C2-01 | Jerk@Startof Accel | 0.00-10.00s | 0.00-*2m/s3 | 0.00-*2ft/s3 | 0.50s | ||||
| C2-02 | Jerk@Endof Accel | ||||||||
| C2-03 | Jerk@Startof Decel | ||||||||
| C2-04 | Jerk@Endof Decel | ||||||||
| C2-05 | Jerkbelow LevelingSpeed |
Source page
Page 501
tsiLretemaraP 11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] SpeedDisplayUnitSelection(o1-03Setting) No. Name [0.01 0 Hz] [0. = 01 E % 1 1 - ( 0 1 4 0 ) 0 ] % [R P e e ( v r R o M P 2 lu M in t ) i u o ] t n e s ( [ o U 1 s - e 1 1 r 0 1 3 U ) & ] n o it 1 s - Un [ i E t1 le - s v 4 ] m at / o s r ,s, U s n E ^ i l t e 2 2 v , 5 - a s m t ^ o 3 / r ( ) s, Un s [E i ^ t l 3 2 e - , v 6 f s t a ^ /( t 3 m o ) r ] in, Default d1-01 Reference1 d1-02 Reference2 d1-03 Reference3 d1-04 Reference4 d1-05 Reference5 0.00% d1-06 Reference6 d1-07 Reference7 d1-08 Reference8 d1-19 NominalSpeed d1-20 I S n p t e e e rm d e 1 diate 0.00-E1-04Hz 0.00-100.00% 0.00-*3r/min Userdefined 0.00-*2m/s 0.00-*2ft/min 100.00% d1-21 I S n p t e e e rm d e 2 diate d1-22 I S n p t e e e rm d e 3 diate 0.00% d1-23 R Sp e e le e v d eling Inspection d1-24 Operation 50.00% Speed Rescue d1-25 Operation 10.00% Speed d1-26 LevelingSpeed 8.00% *1 The setting range changes when C1-10 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units] changes. When C1-10 = 1 [0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 - 6000.0 s. *2 The drive automatically calculates the maximum value from the values set in o1-20 [Sheave Diameter], o1-21 [Roping Ratio], o1-22 [Mechanical Gear Ratio], and E2-xx [Motor Parameters]/E5-xx [PM Motor Settings]. *3 The drive automatically calculates the maximum value from the values set in E2-xx/E5-xx. 11 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 501
| No. | Name | SpeedDisplayUnitSelection(o1-03Setting) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 [0.01Hz] | 1 [0.01%(100% =E1-04)] | 2 [Revolutions PerMinute (RPM)] | 3 [UserUnits (o1-10&o1- 11)] | 4 [Elevator Unit1-m/s,s, s] | 5 Elevator Unit2-m/(s, s^2,s^3) | 6 [Elevator Unit3-ft/(min, s^2,s^3)] | Default | ||
| d1-01 | Reference1 | 0.00-E1-04Hz | 0.00-100.00% | 0.00-*3r/min | Userdefined | 0.00-*2m/s | 0.00-*2ft/min | 0.00% | |
| d1-02 | Reference2 | ||||||||
| d1-03 | Reference3 | ||||||||
| d1-04 | Reference4 | ||||||||
| d1-05 | Reference5 | ||||||||
| d1-06 | Reference6 | ||||||||
| d1-07 | Reference7 | ||||||||
| d1-08 | Reference8 | ||||||||
| d1-19 | NominalSpeed | ||||||||
| d1-20 | Intermediate Speed1 | 100.00% | |||||||
| d1-21 | Intermediate Speed2 | 0.00% | |||||||
| d1-22 | Intermediate Speed3 | ||||||||
| d1-23 | Releveling Speed | ||||||||
| d1-24 | Inspection Operation Speed | 50.00% | |||||||
| d1-25 | Rescue Operation Speed | 10.00% | |||||||
| d1-26 | LevelingSpeed | 8.00% |
Source page
Page 502
11.20 Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection]
502 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 503
12
Parameter Details
12.1 Section Safety .........................................................................................................504
12.2 A: Initialization Parameters..................................................................................505 12.3 b: Application..........................................................................................................511 12.4 C: Tuning ..................................................................................................................522 12.5 d: References ..........................................................................................................539 12.6 E: Motor Parameters..............................................................................................545 12.7 F: Options.................................................................................................................556
12.8 H: Terminal Functions...........................................................................................578 12.9 L: Protection Functions........................................................................................620 12.10 n: Special Adjustment...........................................................................................642 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings.................................................................................652 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters.........................................................................................674 12.13 T: Auto-Tuning.........................................................................................................700
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 503
Source page
Page 504
12.1 Section Safety
12.1 Section Safety
Do not ignore the safety messages in this manual. If you ignore the safety messages in this manual, it will cause serious injury or death. The manufacturer is not responsible for injuries or damage to equipment.
504 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| DANGER |
|---|
| Donotignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual. Ifyouignorethesafetymessagesinthismanual,itwillcauseseriousinjuryordeath.Themanufacturerisnot responsibleforinjuriesordamagetoequipment. |
Source page
Page 505
sliateDretemaraP 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters A parameters [Initialization Parameters] set the operating environment and operating conditions for the drive. ◆ A1: Initialization A1 parameters set the operating environment and operating conditions for the drive. For example, these parameters set the keypad language, the control method, and the parameter access level for the drive. ■ A1-00: Language Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-00 LanguageSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0100) SetsthelanguagefortheLCDkeypad. (0-12) RUN Note: •This parameter is only available when you use an LCD keypad or a Bluetooth LCD Keypad. •When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will not reset this parameter. 0 : English 1 : Japanese 2 : German 3 : French 4 : Italian 5 : Spanish 6 : Portuguese 7 : Chinese 8 : Czech 9 : Russian 10 : Turkish 11 : Polish 12 : Greek ■ A1-01: Access Level Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-01 AccessLevelSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (0101) Setsuseraccesstoparameters.Theaccesslevelcontrolswhichparametersthekeypadwill (0-3) RUN display,andwhichparameterstheusercanset. 0 : Operation Only Access to A1-00, A1-01, A1-04 [Password], and the U Monitors. 1 : User Parameters Access to A1-00, A1-01, A1-04, and A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameters 1 to 32]. 2 : Advanced Level Access to all parameters, but not Expert Mode parameters. 3 : Expert Level Access to all parameters including Expert Mode parameters. Table 12.1 shows which keypad screens are available for each A1-01 setting. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 505
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-00 (0100) RUN | LanguageSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelanguagefortheLCDkeypad. | 0 (0-12) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-01 (0101) RUN | AccessLevelSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsuseraccesstoparameters.Theaccesslevelcontrolswhichparametersthekeypadwill display,andwhichparameterstheusercanset. | 2 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 506
12.2 A: Initialization Parameters
Table 12.1 Access Level and Available Keypad Screens A1-01Settings Mode KeypadScreen 0 1 2 3 DriveMode Monitors Yes Yes Yes Yes Parameters Yes Yes Yes Yes UserCustomParameters No Yes Yes Yes ParameterBackup/Restore No No Yes Yes ProgrammingMode M Lo o g difiedParameters/Fault No No Yes Yes
Auto-Tuning No No Yes Yes InitialSetupScreen No No Yes Yes DiagnosticTools No No Yes Yes Note: •When you use A1-04 and A1-05 [Password Setting] to set a password, you cannot change the values set in A1-01 to A1-03 or A2-01 to A2-32. •When you use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, you must send the Enter command from the controller to the drive and complete the serial communication write process before you can use the keypad to change parameter settings. ■ A1-02: Control Method Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-02 ControlMethodSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (0102) Setsthecontrolmethodforthedriveapplicationandthemotor. (0,2,3,7) Note: When you change the control methods, the parameter values specified by A1-02 are changed to their default values. 0 : V/f Control Use this control method in these applications and conditions: • For general variable-speed control applications in which a high level of responsiveness or high-precision speed control is not necessary. • Applications in which more than one motor are connected to one drive • When there is not sufficient data to set the motor parameters • When it is not possible to do Auto-Tuning. The speed control range is 1:40. 2 : Open Loop Vector Use this control method for general variable-speed control applications in which high-precision speed control is necessary. In this control method, a feedback signal from the motor is not necessary to have high torque response and high torque when you operate the drive at low speeds. The speed control range is 1:200. 3 : Closed Loop Vector Use this control method for general variable-speed control applications in which these qualities are necessary: • A high level of responsiveness • High-precision speed control up to zero speed • High-precision torque control. A speed feedback signal from the motor is necessary for this control method. The speed control range is 1:1500. 7 : PM Closed Loop Vector
The drive controls a PM motor in this control method. Use this control method for constant torque applications in which high-precision control with a PM motor is necessary. Also use this control method for general variable- speed control applications in which high torque response and high-precision torque control are necessary. A speed feedback signal from the motor is necessary for this control method. The speed control range is 1:1500. ■ A1-03: Initialize Parameters
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-03 InitializeParameters V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0103) Setsparameterstodefaultvalues. (0-2220)
506 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Mode | KeypadScreen | A1-01Settings | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | ||
| DriveMode | Monitors | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| ProgrammingMode | Parameters | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| UserCustomParameters | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | |
| ParameterBackup/Restore | No | No | Yes | Yes | |
| ModifiedParameters/Fault Log | No | No | Yes | Yes | |
| Auto-Tuning | No | No | Yes | Yes | |
| InitialSetupScreen | No | No | Yes | Yes | |
| DiagnosticTools | No | No | Yes | Yes |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-02 (0102) | ControlMethodSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecontrolmethodforthedriveapplicationandthemotor. | 2 (0,2,3,7) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-03 (0103) | InitializeParameters | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsparameterstodefaultvalues. | 0 (0-2220) |
Source page
Page 507
sliateDretemaraP 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters Note: •After you initialize the drive, the drive automatically sets A1-03 = 0. •User Parameters can save the parameter values for your application and use these values as default values for drive initialization. •To use the 2 motor switchover function, first turn OFF the terminal to which H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Selection = Motor 2 Selection] is set, then change the A1-03 setting. An incorrect procedure will trigger oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error]. 0 : No Initialization 1110 : User Initialization Sets parameters to the values set by the user as user settings. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set defaults] to save the user settings. You can save the parameter settings that were adjusted for the test run as user-set default values to the drive. Set A1-03 = 1110 to reset to the saved parameter settings. Follow this procedure to save User Parameter setting values, and to do a User Initialization. 1. Set parameters correctly for the application. 2. Set o2-03 = 1 [User Parameter Default Value = Set defaults]. This saves parameter settings for a User Initialization. The drive will then automatically set o2-03 = 0. 3. Set A1-03 = 1110 to reset to the saved parameter settings. When you initialize the drive, the drive sets the parameter values to the User Parameter setting values. 2220 : 2-Wire Initialization Resets all parameters to default settings with MFDI terminals S1 and S2 configured as Up Command and Down Command, respectively. The drive will not initialize the parameters in Table 12.2 when A1-03 = 2220. Table 12.2 Parameters that are not Initialized Using a 2-Wire Sequence No. Name A1-00 LanguageSelection A1-02 ControlMethodSelection A1-12 BluetoothID E1-03 V/fPatternSelection E5-02 PMMotorRatedPower(kW) E5-03 MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) E5-04 PMMotorPoleCount E5-05 PMMotorResistance(ohms/phase) E5-06 PMd-axisInductance(mH/phase) E5-07 PMq-axisInductance(mH/phase) E5-09 PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) E5-11 EncoderZ-PulseOffset E5-24 PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) F6-08 CommParameterReset@Initialize CommunicationOptionParameters F6-xx SetF6-08=1[CommParameterReset@Initialize=ResetBacktoFactoryDefault]toinitializecommunicationoption parameters. L8-35 InstallationMethodSelection o2-04 DriveModel(KVA)Selection Note: • The drive does not initialize A1-02 when A1-03 = 2220. •When A1-03 = 2220, the drive automatically set A1-05 [Password Setting] = 0000. Make sure that you set the password again for applications where a password is necessary. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 507
| No. | Name |
|---|---|
| A1-00 | LanguageSelection |
| A1-02 | ControlMethodSelection |
| A1-12 | BluetoothID |
| E1-03 | V/fPatternSelection |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRatedPower(kW) |
| E5-03 | MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) |
| E5-04 | PMMotorPoleCount |
| E5-05 | PMMotorResistance(ohms/phase) |
| E5-06 | PMd-axisInductance(mH/phase) |
| E5-07 | PMq-axisInductance(mH/phase) |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) |
| E5-11 | EncoderZ-PulseOffset |
| E5-24 | PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) |
| F6-08 | CommParameterReset@Initialize |
| F6-xx | CommunicationOptionParameters SetF6-08=1[CommParameterReset@Initialize=ResetBacktoFactoryDefault]toinitializecommunicationoption parameters. |
| L8-35 | InstallationMethodSelection |
| o2-04 | DriveModel(KVA)Selection |
Source page
Page 508
12.2 A: Initialization Parameters
■ A1-04: Password
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-04 Password V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0000 (0104) EntrypointforthepasswordsetinA1-05[PasswordSetting].Theusercanviewthesettingsof (0000-9999) parametersthatarelockedwithoutenteringthepassword.Enterthecorrectpasswordinthis parametertochangeparametersettings. If the password entered in A1-04 does not agree with the password setting in A1-05, you cannot change these parameters: • A1-01 [Access Level Selection] • A1-02 [Control Method Selection] • A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] • A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameter 1 to 32] To lock parameter settings after making changes without changing the password, enter the incorrect password in A1-04 and push . ■ A1-05: Password Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-05 PasswordSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0000 (0105) Setthepasswordtolockparametersandpreventchangestoparametersettings.Enterthecorrect (0000-9999) passwordinA1-04[Password]tounlockparametersandacceptchanges. This parameter can lock these parameter settings: • A1-01 [Access Level Selection] • A1-02 [Control Method Selection] • A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] • A2-01 to A2-32 [User Parameter 1 to 32] Note: •Usually, the keypad will not show A1-05. To show and set A1-05, show A1-04 [Password] and then push and on the keypad at the same time. •After you set A1-05, the keypad will not show it again until you enter the correct password in A1-04. Make sure that you remember the A1-05 setting value. If you do not know the A1-05 setting value, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative. •When A1-03 = 2220 [2-Wire Initialization], the drive is initialized to A1-05 = 0000. Be sure to set the password again when a password is necessary for the application. •Change the setting value in A1-05 to change the password. The new setting value becomes the new password. •When you use the password to unlock and change a parameter, enter a value other than the password in A1-04 to lock the parameter again with the same password. •If A1-04 ≠ A1-05, MEMOBUS Communication cannot read or write A1-05. Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters Use this procedure to unlock parameter settings. Set the password in A1-05 [Password Setting], and show the Parameter Setting Mode screen on the keypad. This procedure verifies the password, and makes sure that the parameter settings are unlocked. 1. Push or to select “A: Initialization Parameters”, then push . 2. Push or to select [A1-04], then push .
You can now change parameter settings. 3. Push or to move the digit and enter the password. 4. Push to confirm the password.
The drive unlocks the parameters and automatically shows the Parameters Screen. 5. Push or to show [A1-02], then push . The keypad shows the setting value for [A1-02]. 6. Push or to make sure that you can change the setting value.
508 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-04 (0104) | Password | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM EntrypointforthepasswordsetinA1-05[PasswordSetting].Theusercanviewthesettingsof parametersthatarelockedwithoutenteringthepassword.Enterthecorrectpasswordinthis parametertochangeparametersettings. | 0000 (0000-9999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-05 (0105) | PasswordSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthepasswordtolockparametersandpreventchangestoparametersettings.Enterthecorrect passwordinA1-04[Password]tounlockparametersandacceptchanges. | 0000 (0000-9999) |
Source page
Page 509
sliateDretemaraP 12.2 A: Initialization Parameters Push (Back) until the keypad shows the Parameter Setup Mode screen. ■ A1-11: Firmware Update Lock No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-11 FirmwareUpdateLock V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (111D) Protectsthedrivefirmware.Whenyouenabletheprotection,youcannotupdatethedrive (0,1) Expert firmware. 0 : Disabled Lock is disabled. 1 : Enabled Lock is enabled. ■ A1-12: Bluetooth ID No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A1-12 BluetoothID V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1915 (1564) SetsthepasswordnecessarytouseBluetoothtocontrolthedrivewithasmartphoneortablet. (0000-9999) ◆ A2: User Parameters You can register frequently used parameters and recently changed parameters here to access them quickly. You can show the registered parameters in [User Custom Parameters] in the main menu. ■ A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A2-01toA2-32 UserParameters1to32 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0106-0125) Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandsetthemtoparametersA2-01toA2- 32.The[UserParameters]sectionofthekeypadmainmenushowsthesetparameters.Youcan immediatelyaccessthesesetparameters. Note: You must set A1-01 = 1 [Access Level Selection = User Parameters] to access parameters A2-01 to A2-32. The drive saves these parameters to A2-01 to A2-32. • The drive saves a maximum of 32 parameters. Note: Set A1-01 = 2 [Advanced Level] or A1-01 = 3 [Expert Level] to save the necessary parameters. • The drive automatically saves changed parameters to A2-17 to A2-32. Note: Set A2-33 = 1 [User Parameter Auto Selection = Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms]. When A1-02 [Control Method Selection] changes, the default settings for A2-01 to A2-32 will also change. Refer to Table 12.3 for the default settings for each control method. Table 12.3 Default Setting of User Parameters Default UserParameterNo. A1-02=0[V/f] A1-02=2[OLV] A1-02=3[CLV] A1-02=7[CLV] A2-01 A1-00 A1-00 A1-00 A1-00 A2-02 A1-02 A1-02 A1-02 A1-02 A2-03 C1-01 C1-01 C1-01 C1-01 A2-04 C1-02 C1-02 C1-02 C1-02 A2-05 C2-01 C2-01 C2-01 C2-01 A2-06 C2-02 C2-02 C2-02 C2-02 A2-07 C2-03 C2-03 C2-03 C2-03 A2-08 C2-04 C2-04 C2-04 C2-04 12 A2-09 C2-05 C2-05 C2-05 C2-05 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 509
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-11 (111D) Expert | FirmwareUpdateLock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Protectsthedrivefirmware.Whenyouenabletheprotection,youcannotupdatethedrive firmware. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A1-12 (1564) | BluetoothID | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepasswordnecessarytouseBluetoothtocontrolthedrivewithasmartphoneortablet. | 1915 (0000-9999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A2-01toA2-32 (0106-0125) | UserParameters1to32 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Youcanselectamaximumof32parametersforthedriveandsetthemtoparametersA2-01toA2- 32.The[UserParameters]sectionofthekeypadmainmenushowsthesetparameters.Youcan immediatelyaccessthesesetparameters. | DeterminedbyA1-02 |
| UserParameterNo. | Default | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A1-02=0[V/f] | A1-02=2[OLV] | A1-02=3[CLV] | A1-02=7[CLV] | |
| A2-01 | A1-00 | A1-00 | A1-00 | A1-00 |
| A2-02 | A1-02 | A1-02 | A1-02 | A1-02 |
| A2-03 | C1-01 | C1-01 | C1-01 | C1-01 |
| A2-04 | C1-02 | C1-02 | C1-02 | C1-02 |
| A2-05 | C2-01 | C2-01 | C2-01 | C2-01 |
| A2-06 | C2-02 | C2-02 | C2-02 | C2-02 |
| A2-07 | C2-03 | C2-03 | C2-03 | C2-03 |
| A2-08 | C2-04 | C2-04 | C2-04 | C2-04 |
| A2-09 | C2-05 | C2-05 | C2-05 | C2-05 |
Source page
Page 510
12.2 A: Initialization Parameters
Default UserParameterNo. A1-02=0[V/f] A1-02=2[OLV] A1-02=3[CLV] A1-02=7[CLV] A2-10 C6-03 C6-03 C5-01 C5-01 A2-11 d1-18 d1-18 C5-02 C5-02 A2-12 d1-24 d1-24 C6-03 C5-03 A2-13 d1-25 d1-25 d1-18 C5-04 A2-14 d1-26 d1-26 d1-24 C5-07 A2-15 d1-28 d1-28 d1-25 C5-19
A2-16 d1-29 d1-29 d1-26 C5-20 A2-17 E2-01 E2-01 d1-28 C6-03 A2-18 E2-03 E2-03 d1-29 d1-18 A2-19 S1-02 S1-02 F1-01 d1-24 A2-20 S1-03 S1-03 F1-05 d1-25
A2-21 S1-04 S1-04 S1-04 d1-26 A2-22 S1-06 S1-06 S1-06 d1-28 A2-23 S1-07 S1-07 S1-07 d1-29 A2-24 - - S3-02 F1-05 A2-25 - - S3-39 H3-03
A2-26 - - - H3-04 A2-27 - - - H3-11 A2-28 - - - H3-12 A2-29 - - - S1-04 A2-30 - - - S1-05
A2-31 - - - S3-02 A2-32 - - - S3-39 ■ A2-33: User Parameter Auto Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) A2-33 UserParameterAuto V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0126) Selection SetstheautomaticsavefeatureforchangestoparametersA2-17toA2-32[UserParameters17to (0,1) 32]. 0 : Disabled: Manual Entry Required Set User Parameters manually. 1 : Enabled: Auto Save Recent Parms The drive automatically registers changed parameter A2-17 to A2-32. The drive automatically saves the most recently changed parameter to A2-17, and saves a maximum of 16 parameters. After the drive registers 16 parameters, when you save a new parameter, the drive will remove a parameter from the User Parameter list to make space for the new parameter. The drive removes parameters with First In, First Out. You can show the registered parameters in [User Custom Parameters] in the main menu. Note: In General-Purpose Setup Mode, the drive saves parameters starting with A2-27 because the drive saves parameters A2-26 and lower by default.
510 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| UserParameterNo. | Default | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| A1-02=0[V/f] | A1-02=2[OLV] | A1-02=3[CLV] | A1-02=7[CLV] | |
| A2-10 | C6-03 | C6-03 | C5-01 | C5-01 |
| A2-11 | d1-18 | d1-18 | C5-02 | C5-02 |
| A2-12 | d1-24 | d1-24 | C6-03 | C5-03 |
| A2-13 | d1-25 | d1-25 | d1-18 | C5-04 |
| A2-14 | d1-26 | d1-26 | d1-24 | C5-07 |
| A2-15 | d1-28 | d1-28 | d1-25 | C5-19 |
| A2-16 | d1-29 | d1-29 | d1-26 | C5-20 |
| A2-17 | E2-01 | E2-01 | d1-28 | C6-03 |
| A2-18 | E2-03 | E2-03 | d1-29 | d1-18 |
| A2-19 | S1-02 | S1-02 | F1-01 | d1-24 |
| A2-20 | S1-03 | S1-03 | F1-05 | d1-25 |
| A2-21 | S1-04 | S1-04 | S1-04 | d1-26 |
| A2-22 | S1-06 | S1-06 | S1-06 | d1-28 |
| A2-23 | S1-07 | S1-07 | S1-07 | d1-29 |
| A2-24 | - | - | S3-02 | F1-05 |
| A2-25 | - | - | S3-39 | H3-03 |
| A2-26 | - | - | - | H3-04 |
| A2-27 | - | - | - | H3-11 |
| A2-28 | - | - | - | H3-12 |
| A2-29 | - | - | - | S1-04 |
| A2-30 | - | - | - | S1-05 |
| A2-31 | - | - | - | S3-02 |
| A2-32 | - | - | - | S3-39 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| A2-33 (0126) | UserParameterAuto Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheautomaticsavefeatureforchangestoparametersA2-17toA2-32[UserParameters17to 32]. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 511
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-01 (0180) | SpeedReferenceSelection 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinputmethodforthespeedreference. | 0 (0-3) |
| Terminal | TerminalSignal Level | ParameterSettings | Column | Column | Column | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SignalLevel Selection | FunctionSelection | Gain | Bias | |||
| A1 | 0-10V | H3-01=0 | H3-02=0 [SpeedReference] | H3-03 | H3-04 | - |
| -10-+10V | H3-01=1 | |||||
| A2 | 0-10V | H3-09=0 | H3-10=0 [SpeedReference] | H3-11 | H3-12 | SetDIPswitchS1to“V”for voltageinput. |
| -10-+10V | H3-09=1 | |||||
| A3 | 0-10V | H3-05=0 | H3-06=0 [SpeedReference] | H3-07 | H3-08 | SetDIPswitchS4to“AI”for analoginput. |
| -10-+10V | H3-05=1 |
Source page
Page 512
12.3 b: Application
Figure 12.1 Example of Setting the Speed Reference with a Voltage Signal to Terminal A1 Note: You can also use this diagram to wire terminals A2 and A3. • Current Input Refer to Table 12.5 to use a current signal input to one of the MFAI terminals. Table 12.5 Speed Reference Current Input ParameterSettings Terminal SignalLevel Note Si S g e n l a e l c L ti e o v n el FunctionSelection Gain Bias A2 4-20mA H3-09=2 H3-10=0 H3-11 H3-12 SetDIPswitchS1to“I”for [SpeedReference] currentinput. 0-20mA H3-09=3
Figure 12.2 Example of Setting the Speed Reference with a Current Signal to Terminal A2 Note: You can also use this diagram to wire terminals A1 and A3. Changing between Master and Auxiliary Speed References Use the multi-step speed reference function to change the speed reference input between terminals A1, A2, and A3. 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications You can use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the speed reference. To use this setting, set d1-18 = 0. Refer to d1: Speed Reference on page 539 for more information.
3 : Option PCB You can use a communications option card or input option card connected to the drive to enter the Up/Down command. To use this setting, set d1-18 = 0. Refer to d1: Speed Reference on page 539 for more information. Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card. Note: If b1-01 = 3, but you did not connect a communications option card, oPE05 [Run Cmd/Freq Ref Source Sel Err] will flash on the keypad.
512 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Terminal | SignalLevel | ParameterSettings | Column | Column | Column | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SignalLevel Selection | FunctionSelection | Gain | Bias | |||
| A2 | 4-20mA | H3-09=2 | H3-10=0 [SpeedReference] | H3-11 | H3-12 | SetDIPswitchS1to“I”for currentinput. |
| 0-20mA | H3-09=3 |
Source page
Page 513
sliateDretemaraP 12.3 b: Application ■ b1-02: Up/Down Command Selection 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-02 Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0181) Selection1 SetstheinputmethodfortheUp/Downcommand. (0-3) 0 : Keypad The drive uses the keypad to enter the Up/Down command. Note: on the keypad will illuminate when the keypad is the Up/Down command source. 1 : Digital Input The drive uses the control circuit terminals to enter the Up/Down command. Select the input method for the Up/ Down command with an H1-xx parameter. Set H1-xx = 40 or 41 [Up Command or Down Command]. • 2-wire Sequence 1 This sequence has two input types: Up/Stop and Down/Stop. Set A1-03 = 2220 [Initialize Parameters = 2-Wire Initialization] to initialize the drive and set terminals S1 and S2 for a 2-wire sequence. 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications The drive uses MEMOBUS/Modbus communications to enter the Up/Down command. 3 : Option PCB The drive uses a communications option card or input option card connected to the drive to enter the Up/Down command. Refer to the instruction manual included with the option card to install and set the option card. ■ b1-03: Stopping Method Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-03 StoppingMethodSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0182) SetsthemethodtostopthemotorafterremovinganUp/DowncommandorenteringaStop (0,1,4) command. Note: When A1-02 = 0, 2 [Control Method Selection = V/f, OLV], the setting range is 0, 1. Select the applicable stopping method for the application from these three options: 0 : Ramp to Stop When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Up/Down command, the drive ramps the motor to stop. The drive ramps the motor to stop as specified by the deceleration ramp. The default setting for the deceleration ramp is C1-02 [Deceleration Ramp 1]. The actual deceleration ramp changes as the load conditions change (for example, mechanical loss and inertia). If the output speed is less than or equal to the value set in S1-01 [Zero Speed Level at Stop] during deceleration, the drive will do DC Injection Braking or Position Lock as specified by the control method. • Ramp to Stop with V/f and OLV Control Methods Parameter S1-01 sets the speed to start DC Injection Braking at stop. If the output speed is less than or equal to the value set in S1-01 during deceleration, then the drive will do DC Injection Braking for the time set in S1-05 [DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Stop]. Figure 12.3 Ramp to Stop with V/f and OLV Control Methods Note: When S1-01 ≤ E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency], the drive will start DC Injection Braking from the speed set in E1-09. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 513
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-02 (0181) | Up/DownCommand Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputmethodfortheUp/Downcommand. | 1 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-03 (0182) | StoppingMethodSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotorafterremovinganUp/DowncommandorenteringaStop command. | 0 (0,1,4) |
Source page
Page 514
12.3 b: Application
• Ramp to Stop in CLVand CLV/PM Control Methods Parameter S1-01 sets the speed to start Position Lock at stop. When the output speed is less than or equal to the value set in S1-01 during deceleration, the drive will do Position Lock for the time set in S1-05.
Figure 12.4 Ramp to Stop in CLVand CLV/PM Control Methods Note: When S1-01 ≤ E1-09, the drive will start Position Lock from the speed set in E1-09. 1 : Coast to Stop When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Up/Down command, the drive turns OFF the output and coasts the motor to stop. Load conditions will have an effect on the deceleration rate as the motor coasts to stop (for example, mechanical loss and inertia).
Figure 12.5 Coast to Stop Note: Do not enter the Up/Down command until the motor comes to a complete stop. Use DC Injection to restart the motor before it stops. 4 : Elevator Emergency Stop When you enter the Stop command or turn OFF the Up/Down command, the drive uses different stopping methods for different conditions of U1-05 [Speed Feedback] and S1-26 [Emergency Stop Start Level]:
• When U1-05 ≥ S1-26, the drive coasts to stop. • When U1-05 < S1-26, the drive ramps to stop. For more information about this function, refer to Elevator Emergency Stop on page 170. ■ b1-06: Digital Input Reading
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-06 DigitalInputReading V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0185) Setsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivereadsthesequenceinputcommandtopreventmalfunction (0,1) Expert becauseofelectricalinterference. 0 : Single Scan The drive reads the terminal status one time. The drive immediately reads all changes to the terminal status. This setting lets the drive quickly respond to changes in the sequence, but noise can cause malfunction. 1 : Double Scan The drive reads all changes to the terminal status two times to make sure that the reading is the same. The drive responds slower than when it reads the sequence one time, but this setting prevents malfunction because of electrical interference.
514 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-06 (0185) Expert | DigitalInputReading | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivereadsthesequenceinputcommandtopreventmalfunction becauseofelectricalinterference. | 1 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 515
sliateDretemaraP 12.3 b: Application ■ b1-08: Up/Down Select in PRG Mode No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-08 Up/DownSelectinPRG V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0187) Mode SetstheconditionsforthedrivetoacceptanUp/Downcommandenteredfromanexternalsource 0 Expert whenusingthekeypadtosetparameters. (0-2) As a safety precaution, when the drive is in Programming Mode, it will not respond to an Up/Down command. This parameter helps prevent accidents that can occur if the motor starts to rotate because the drive received an Up/Down command from an external source while the user is programming the drive. You can also set the drive to not show the Programming Mode when an Up/Down command is active. Note: Refer to this table for Drive Mode and Programming Mode functions. Mode MenuScreen Function UserCustomParameters ShowstheUserParameters. ProgrammingMode Parameters Changesparametersettings. ModifiedParameters/FaultLog Showsmodifiedparametersandfaulthistory. DriveMode Monitors Setsmonitoritemstodisplay. Auto-Tuning Auto-Tunesthedrive. •Setsdatalogsandbacklight. DiagnosticTools •DoestheRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. ProgrammingMode ParameterBackup/Restore Savesparameterstothekeypadasbackup. •Changesinitialsettings. InitialSetup •UsestheSetupWizardtosetbasicparameters. 0 : Disregard RUN while Programming The drive does not accept the Up/Down command when setting the parameters in the Programming Mode. 1 : Accept RUN while Programming The drive accepts an Up/Down command entered from an external source when setting the parameters in Programming Mode. 2 : Allow Programming Only at Stop The drive does not allow the user to enter the Programming Mode while the drive is operating. The keypad does not display the Programming Mode while the drive is operating. ■ b1-14: Phase Order Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-14 PhaseOrderSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (01C3) SetsthephaseorderforoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.ThisparametercanaligntheUp (0,1) commandfromthedriveandtheupdirectionofthemotorwithoutchangingwiring. Note: If you cannot set the motor rotation direction correctly, use Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot Function to solve the problem. Refer to Rotation Direction Trouble Shoot Function on page 164 for more information about the function. 0 : Standard 1 : Switch Phase Order ■ b1-35: Digital Input Deadband Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-35 DigitalInputDeadband V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0ms (1117) Time SetsthedeadbandtimeforMFDIs. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert When the ON/OFF time for MFDIs is longer than the time set in b1-35, the drive activates the MFDI. Set this parameter to prevent malfunctions caused by relay chattering for applications in which relays send input to MFDI terminals. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 515
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-08 (0187) Expert | Up/DownSelectinPRG Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheconditionsforthedrivetoacceptanUp/Downcommandenteredfromanexternalsource whenusingthekeypadtosetparameters. | 1 0 (0-2) |
| Mode | MenuScreen | Function |
|---|---|---|
| ProgrammingMode | UserCustomParameters | ShowstheUserParameters. |
| Parameters | Changesparametersettings. | |
| ModifiedParameters/FaultLog | Showsmodifiedparametersandfaulthistory. | |
| DriveMode | Monitors | Setsmonitoritemstodisplay. |
| ProgrammingMode | Auto-Tuning | Auto-Tunesthedrive. |
| DiagnosticTools | •Setsdatalogsandbacklight. •DoestheRotationDirectionTroubleShoot. | |
| ParameterBackup/Restore | Savesparameterstothekeypadasbackup. | |
| InitialSetup | •Changesinitialsettings. •UsestheSetupWizardtosetbasicparameters. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-14 (01C3) | PhaseOrderSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthephaseorderforoutputterminalsU/T1,V/T2,andW/T3.ThisparametercanaligntheUp commandfromthedriveandtheupdirectionofthemotorwithoutchangingwiring. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b1-35 (1117) Expert | DigitalInputDeadband Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedeadbandtimeforMFDIs. | 0.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) |
Source page
Page 516
12.3 b: Application
◆ b2: Magnetic Flux Compensation
b2 parameter sets the Magnetic Flux Compensation function.
■ b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b2-08 MagneticFlux V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% (0190) CompensationValue SetshowmuchcurrentthedriveinjectswhenDCInjectionBrakingatStartstarts(Initial (0-1000%) Expert Excitation)asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. This parameter is effective when you start a high-capacity motor (a motor with a large secondary circuit time constant). This function can quickly increase motor flux to make high starting torque (a process called initial excitation). The current level for DC Injection Braking at start changes linearly from the setting of b2-08 to the setting of S1- 04 [DC Inj/Pos LockTime at Start] as shown in Figure 12.6.
Figure 12.6 DC Current Level during DC Injection Braking at Start Note: •If b2-08 < 100%, flux will develop very slowly. •When b2-08 = 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set in S1-02 [DC Injection Current at Start] and S1-03 [DC Injection Current at Stop]. •If you set b2-08 too high, DC Injection Braking at start can cause a large noise. Adjust b2-08 to decrease the volume to the permitted level. ◆ b4: Timer Function
The drive uses timers to delay activating and deactivating MFDO terminals. Timers prevent sensors and switches from making chattering noise. To enable this function, set H1-xx = 18 [MFDI Function Selection = Timer Function], and set H2-01 to H2-05 = 12 [MFDO Function Selection = Timer Output]. ■ Timer Function Operation
Timers that Set a Delay for Timer Inputs and Timer Outputs Triggers timer output if the timer input is active for longer than the time set in b4-01 [Timer Function ON-Delay Time]. Triggers timer output late for the time set in b4-02 [Timer Function OFF-Delay Time]. Figure 12.7 shows an example of how the timer function works.
516 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b2-08 (0190) Expert | MagneticFlux CompensationValue S E | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etshowmuchcurrentthedriveinjectswhenDCInjectionBrakingatStartstarts(Initial xcitation)asapercentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. | 0% (0-1000%) |
Source page
Page 517
sliateDretemaraP 12.3 b: Application Figure 12.7 Example of Timer Function Operation ■ b4-01: Timer Function ON-Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b4-01 TimerFunctionON-Delay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (01A3) Time SetstheON-delaytimeforthetimerinput. (0.0-3000.0s) Expert ■ b4-02: Timer Function OFF-Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b4-02 TimerFunctionOFF-Delay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (01A4) Time SetstheOFF-delaytimeforthetimerinput. (0.0-3000.0s) Expert ◆ b6: Dwell Function The Dwell function momentarily holds the output speed at start and stop. This prevents motor speed loss when you start and stop heavy loads. The Dwell function is also enabled when backlash on the machine side causes sudden movement at the start of acceleration and deceleration. At the start of acceleration, the drive uses the output speed and acceleration time set for the Dwell function to automatically operate at low speed to minimize the effects of backlash. Then, the drive can accelerate again. The Dwell function operates the same for deceleration. For conveyor applications, the Dwell function also lets the drive interlock the output speed and a delay time for the holding brake on the load side. The Dwell function momentarily stops during acceleration to prevent a PM motor from stepping out. Figure 12.8 shows how the Dwell function works. Note: When you use the Dwell function at stop, set b1-03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop]. Figure 12.8 Time Chart for the Dwell Function at Start/Stop ■ b6-01: Dwell Speed Reference at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b6-01 DwellSpeedReferenceat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (01B6) Start Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenthemotorstarts. (0.0-100.0%) Expert When the drive accelerates to the output speed set in b6-01, it holds that speed for the time set in b6-02 [Dwell Time at Start], and starts to accelerate again. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 517
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b4-01 (01A3) Expert | TimerFunctionON-Delay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheON-delaytimeforthetimerinput. | 0.0s (0.0-3000.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b4-02 (01A4) Expert | TimerFunctionOFF-Delay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheOFF-delaytimeforthetimerinput. | 0.0s (0.0-3000.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b6-01 (01B6) Expert | DwellSpeedReferenceat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenthemotorstarts. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
Source page
Page 518
12.3 b: Application
■ b6-02: Dwell Time at Start
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b6-02 DwellTimeatStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (01B7) Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillholdtheoutputspeedwhenthemotorstarts. (0.0-10.0s) Expert ■ b6-03: Dwell Speed Reference at Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b6-03 DwellSpeedReferenceat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (01B8) Stop Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenrampingtostopthemotor. (0.0-100.0%) Expert When the drive decelerates to the output speed set in b6-03, it holds that speed for the time set in b6-04 [Dwell Time at Stop] and starts to decelerate again. ■ b6-04: Dwell Time at Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b6-04 DwellTimeatStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (01B9) Setsthelengthoftimeforthedrivetoholdtheoutputspeedwhenrampingtostopthemotor. (0.0-10.0s) Expert ◆ b7: Droop Control Droop control automatically balances the load level between two motors that operate the same load. Droop control decreases motor speed as the load changes. You must enable the Droop control function for each motor it is operating. To decrease motor speed, the Droop control function decreases the speed reference when an increase in the load increases the torque reference. To increase motor speed, the Droop control function increases the speed reference when a decrease in the load decreases the torque reference. The Droop control function adjusts motor speed as the torque reference changes to balance the load between the motors. Note: When you use Droop control, set n5-01 = 0 [Feed Forward Control Selection = Disabled]. ■ b7-01: Droop Control Gain
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b7-01 DroopControlGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (01CA) Setstheamountofdecelerationwhenthetorquereferenceisat100%asapercentageofE1-04 (0.0-100.0%) RUN [MaximumOutputFrequency]. Expert To disable Droop control, set this parameter to 0.0%.
Figure 12.9 Droop Control Gain
518 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b6-02 (01B7) Expert | DwellTimeatStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillholdtheoutputspeedwhenthemotorstarts. | 0.0s (0.0-10.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b6-03 (01B8) Expert | DwellSpeedReferenceat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputspeedthatthedrivewillholdmomentarilywhenrampingtostopthemotor. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b6-04 (01B9) Expert | DwellTimeatStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimeforthedrivetoholdtheoutputspeedwhenrampingtostopthemotor. | 0.0s (0.0-10.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b7-01 (01CA) RUN Expert | DroopControlGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheamountofdecelerationwhenthetorquereferenceisat100%asapercentageofE1-04 [MaximumOutputFrequency]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
Source page
Page 519
sliateDretemaraP 12.3 b: Application ■ b7-02: Droop Control Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b7-02 DroopControlDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.05s (01CB) SetstheresponsivenessofDroopcontrol.Decreasethissettingwhendriveresponseisslow. (0.03-2.00s) RUN Increasethissettingwhenhuntingoroscillationoccur. Expert ◆ b8: Energy Saving Energy-saving control improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient level. Set b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection], b8-16 [PM E-Save Coefficient Ki], and b8-17 [PM E-Save Coefficient Kt] when you use a PM motor. Note: •Energy-saving control is available only when A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM] and A1-01 = 3 [Access Level Selection = Expert Level]. •Energy-saving control maximizes operation based on precise motor data set to the drive. Always do Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information about the motor before you use the Energy-saving control. ■ Standby Mode The Standby Mode helps to decrease the power consumption of drive in standby condition (no operation longer than b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time]). Standby Mode waits for the drive to stop, uses the relay output of an MFDO terminal to shut off the input side electromagnetic contactor (MC), then shuts off the main circuit power supply. This can limit the standby power consumption only to the drive control power supply including the option. When you use this function, connect an electromagnetic contactor to the drive input side, and connect the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 [Standby Output or !Standby Output]. When the MFDO terminal activates, the electromagnetic contactor must be OFF. Connect an external 24 V power supply directly to between terminals PS-AC for the control power supply of the drive. When you use Standby Mode, make sure that you lock the mechanical brake on the motor shaft. A - Drive C - External 24 V power supply B - MFDO terminal Figure 12.10 Necessary Configuration for Direct Connection • When you enter the Up and Down commands from MFDIs or when you use MFDIs to return the operation from the Standby Mode, use another 24 V power supply isolated from the 24 V power supply connected to between the terminals PS-AC. • When you use the same 24 V power supply for 24V1 and 24V2, use a semiconductor switch (photocoupler) for inputs to terminals S1 to S10 to decrease the effect of electrical noise. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 519
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b7-02 (01CB) RUN Expert | DroopControlDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresponsivenessofDroopcontrol.Decreasethissettingwhendriveresponseisslow. Increasethissettingwhenhuntingoroscillationoccur. | 0.05s (0.03-2.00s) |
Source page
Page 520
12.3 b: Application
Figure 12.11 Sequence Example of Direct Connection *1 The terminal Sx is one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S10. Note: •If the drive frequently moves between Standby Mode and Normal Mode, it can cause early wear on the electromagnetic contactor in the main circuit. The design life of the electromagnetic contactor in the drive main circuit is approximately 10 years when you turn it ON and OFF 48 times a day. •If you frequently open and close the electromagnetic contactor, it will decrease the service life of the drive. The drive does these operations in Standby Mode: • To open or close the MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 • To turn OFF the LCD backlight • To turn OFF all LEDs of the LED Status Ring • To stop the cooling fans
Conditions to Transit to Standby Mode When one of these conditions is true, the drive enters Standby Mode, and the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 activates: • There is an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165, and the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BB or 1BB [Standby or !Standby] activates • There is an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165, and the drive receives the external baseblock signal for longer than b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time] (including the time after the drive is energized to before the operation starts) Conditions to Recover from Standby Mode When one of these conditions is true, the drive recovers from Standby Mode, and the MFDO terminal set for H2- xx = 65 or 165 deactivates to turn ON the electromagnetic contactor for the main circuit power supply: • An external baseblock is canceled • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BB or 1BB deactivates • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 40 or 41 [Up Command or Down Command] activates • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BC or 1BC [Wake Up or !Wake Up] activates • The drive receives the Up/Down command from the keypad, MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, or communication option After the drive receives the request to recover to Normal Mode, it takes 3 s maximum to be ready for operation. When the drive has already received the Up/Down command at the time that the ON signal of the electromagnetic contactor is input, it operates in the requested operation mode at the same time that the ON signal of the electromagnetic contactor is input.
■ b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b8-01 EnergySavingControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (01CC) Selection SetstheEnergy-savingcontrolfunction. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 520 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b8-01 (01CC) Expert | EnergySavingControl Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheEnergy-savingcontrolfunction. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 521
sliateDretemaraP 12.3 b: Application ■ b8-16: PM E-Save Coefficient Ki No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b8-16 PME-SaveCoefficientKi V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10 (01F8) Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKivaluefromthemotornameplate.Usuallyitisnot (0.00-2.00) Expert necessarytochangethissetting. ■ b8-17: PM E-Save Coefficient Kt No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b8-17 PME-SaveCoefficientKt V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 (01F9) Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKtvaluefromthemotornameplate.Usuallyitisnot (0.00-2.00) Expert necessarytochangethissetting. ■ b8-51: Standby Mode Wait Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b8-51 StandbyModeWaitTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 290s (0B01) Setsthedelaytimebeforeturningofftheelectromagneticcontactorafterthedrivestops. (10-6000s) Expert Note: •If the drive frequently moves between Standby Mode and Normal Mode, it can cause early wear on the electromagnetic contactor in the main circuit. The design life of the electromagnetic contactor in the drive main circuit is approximately 10 years when you turn it ON and OFF 48 times a day. •If you frequently open and close the electromagnetic contactor, it will decrease the service life of the drive. Refer to Standby Mode on page 519 for more information about Standby Mode. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 521
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b8-16 (01F8) Expert | PME-SaveCoefficientKi | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKivaluefromthemotornameplate.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 0.10 (0.00-2.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b8-17 (01F9) Expert | PME-SaveCoefficientKt | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquelinearity.ThisparameterusestheKtvaluefromthemotornameplate.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 1.00 (0.00-2.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| b8-51 (0B01) Expert | StandbyModeWaitTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedelaytimebeforeturningofftheelectromagneticcontactorafterthedrivestops. | 290s (10-6000s) |
Source page
Page 522
12.4 C: Tuning
12.4 C: Tuning
C parameters adjust drive operation, including: • Acceleration Ramp • Deceleration Ramp • Slip Compensation • Torque Compensation
• Carrier Frequency ◆ C1: Accel & Decel Ramp
You can set four different acceleration and deceleration ramp pairs in the drive. When you activate and deactivate H1-xx = 7, 16, 1A [MFDI Function Selection = Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 1, Motor 2 Selection, Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 2], you can switch acceleration and deceleration ramp during run. Acceleration ramp parameters always set the ramp to accelerate from 0 Hz to E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]. Deceleration ramp parameters always set the ramp to decelerate from E1-04 to 0 Hz. C1-01 [Acceleration Ramp 1] and C1-02 [Deceleration Ramp 1] are the default active accel/decel settings.
Parameter Range C1-01[AccelerationRamp1]
C1-02[DecelerationRamp1] C1-03[AccelerationRamp2] C1-04[DecelerationRamp2] 0.00to600.00s C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] Note: •The setting range for acceleration and deceleration ramp is 0.0 to 6000.0 s when C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)]. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for C1-01 to C1-08. ■ Use MFDIs to Switch Acceleration Ramp Table 12.6 shows the different acceleration and deceleration ramp.
Table 12.6 Accel/Decel Ramp and Active Parameters H1-xx=7 H1-xx=1A ActiveParameter [Accel/DecelRampSelection1] [Accel/DecelRampSelection2] AccelerationRamp DecelerationRamp OFF OFF C1-01[AccelerationRamp1] C1-02[DecelerationRamp1]
ON OFF C1-03[AccelerationRamp2] C1-04[DecelerationRamp2] OFF ON C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] ON ON C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] Figure 12.12 shows an operation example to change acceleration and deceleration ramp. It is necessary to set b1- 03 = 0 [Stopping Method Selection = Ramp to Stop] for this example.
522 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Parameter | Range |
|---|---|
| C1-01[AccelerationRamp1] | 0.00to600.00s |
| C1-02[DecelerationRamp1] | |
| C1-03[AccelerationRamp2] | |
| C1-04[DecelerationRamp2] | |
| C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] | |
| C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] | |
| C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] | |
| C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] |
| H1-xx=7 [Accel/DecelRampSelection1] | H1-xx=1A [Accel/DecelRampSelection2] | ActiveParameter | Column |
|---|---|---|---|
| AccelerationRamp | DecelerationRamp | ||
| OFF | OFF | C1-01[AccelerationRamp1] | C1-02[DecelerationRamp1] |
| ON | OFF | C1-03[AccelerationRamp2] | C1-04[DecelerationRamp2] |
| OFF | ON | C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] | C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] |
| ON | ON | C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] | C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] |
Source page
Page 523
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning Figure 12.12 Timing Diagram of Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp ■ Use Motor Selection to Switch Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps When you set H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Selection = Motor 2 Selection], you can activate and deactivate the input terminal to switch between motor 1 and motor 2. Note: You cannot use the Motor 2 Selection function with PM motors. Table 12.7 shows the possible acceleration and deceleration ramp combinations when you use the Motor 2 Selection function. Table 12.7 Motor Selection and Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps H1-xx=16[Motor2Selection] H1-xx=7 [Accel/DecelRampSelection Motor2Selection:OFF Motor2Selection:ON 1] AccelerationRamp DecelerationRamp AccelerationRamp DecelerationRamp OFF C1-01 C1-02 C1-05 C1-06 ON C1-03 C1-04 C1-07 C1-08 ■ Use Output Speed Level to Switch Acceleration and Deceleration Ramps The drive can use output speed to automatically switch between different acceleration and deceleration ramps. When the output speed = C1-11 [Accel/Decel Ramp Switchover Spd], the drive automatically switches the acceleration and deceleration ramps. Set C1-11 = 0.0% to disable this function. Note: •Acceleration and deceleration ramps set to MFDIs are more important than the automatic switch using the speed level set in C1-11. For example, if you set the switchover speed to C1-11, the drive will not automatically switch acceleration and deceleration ramp when the MFDI terminal set for Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 1 [H1-xx = 7] is activated. •If Motor 2 Selection [H1-xx = 16] is activated, the drive will set the acceleration/deceleration ramp to C1-05 and C1-06 for motor 2 when the output speed is more than the speed level set in C1-11. •The acceleration rate switch is disabled when the S3-21 [Dwell 2 End Speed] ≠ 0.00%. Figure 12.13 Acceleration/Deceleration Switching Speed 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 523
| H1-xx=7 [Accel/DecelRampSelection 1] | H1-xx=16[Motor2Selection] | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Motor2Selection:OFF | Motor2Selection:ON | |||
| AccelerationRamp | DecelerationRamp | AccelerationRamp | DecelerationRamp | |
| OFF | C1-01 | C1-02 | C1-05 | C1-06 |
| ON | C1-03 | C1-04 | C1-07 | C1-08 |
Source page
Page 524
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C1-01: Acceleration Ramp 1
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-01 AccelerationRamp1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s (0200) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: •When C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. ■ C1-02: Deceleration Ramp 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-02 DecelerationRamp1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s (0201) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Note: •When C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. ■ C1-03: Acceleration Ramp 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-03 AccelerationRamp2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s (0202) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Expert Note: •When C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. ■ C1-04: Deceleration Ramp 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-04 DecelerationRamp2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s (0203) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Expert Note: •When C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. ■ C1-05: Acceleration Ramp 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-05 AccelerationRamp3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.50s (0204) Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. (0.00-600.00s) RUN Expert Note: •When C1-10 = 1 [Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units = 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)], the setting range is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter.
524 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-01 (0200) RUN | AccelerationRamp1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-02 (0201) RUN | DecelerationRamp1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-03 (0202) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-04 (0203) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-05 (0204) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
Source page
Page 525
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-06 (0205) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-07 (0206) RUN Expert | AccelerationRamp4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefromzerotomaximumoutputspeed. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-08 (0207) RUN Expert | DecelerationRamp4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumoutputspeedtozero. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-09 (0208) Expert | EmergencyStopRamp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampthatthedrivewilldeceleratetozeroforaEmergencyStop. | 1.50s (0.00-600.00s) |
Source page
Page 526
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C1-10: Accel/Decel Ramp Setting Units
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-10 Accel/DecelRampSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0209) Units SetsthesettingunitsforC1-01toC1-08[Accel/DecelRamps1to4],C1-09[EmergencyStop (0,1) Expert Ramp],andC1-15[InspectionDecelerationRamp]. 0 : 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s) Sets acceleration and deceleration ramps in 0.01 s units. The setting range for C1-01 to C1-09 is 0.00 to 600.00 s. The setting range for C1-15 is 0.00 to 2.00 s. If one of C1-01 to C1-09 is set to 1000.0 s or longer, you cannot set C1-10 = 0. When one of those parameters is set to a value between 600.1 s and 1000.0 s, you can set C1-10 = 0, but the ramp will change to 600.00 s. 1 : 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s) Sets acceleration and deceleration ramps in 0.1 s units. The setting range for C1-01 to C1-09 is 0.0 to 6000.0 s. The setting range for C1-15 is 0.0 to 20.0 s. ■ C1-11: Accel/Decel Ramp Switchover Spd No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-11 Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (020A) SwitchoverSpd Setsthespeedatwhichthedrivewillautomaticallychangeaccelerationanddecelerationramps. (0.0-100.0%) Expert When the output speed is at the C1-11 value, the drive automatically switches the acceleration and deceleration ramps. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable this function.
Figure 12.14 Accel/Decel Ramp Switchover Spd Table 12.8 lists the possible combinations of acceleration and deceleration ramp switchover speeds and the acceleration ramps for the Motor 2 Selection function.
Table 12.8 Motor and Acceleration and Deceleration Ramp Combination Motor1 Motor2 C1-11 AccelerationRamp DecelerationRamp AccelerationRamp DecelerationRamp Lessthanthesettingvalue C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] Equaltoormorethanthesetting C1-01[AccelerationRamp1] C1-02[DecelerationRamp1] C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] value ■ C1-12: Motor 2 Acceleration Ramp No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-12 Motor2AccelerationRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00s (0246) Setstheramptoacceleratefrom0tomaximumspeedwhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1- (0.00-600.00s) Expert xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: If you do not set any MFDI terminals to H1-xx = 16 or 116, the keypad will not show this parameter.
526 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-10 (0209) Expert | Accel/DecelRampSetting Units | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesettingunitsforC1-01toC1-08[Accel/DecelRamps1to4],C1-09[EmergencyStop Ramp],andC1-15[InspectionDecelerationRamp]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-11 (020A) Expert | Accel/DecelRamp SwitchoverSpd | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedatwhichthedrivewillautomaticallychangeaccelerationanddecelerationramps. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| C1-11 | Motor1 | Column | Motor2 | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| AccelerationRamp | DecelerationRamp | AccelerationRamp | DecelerationRamp | |
| Lessthanthesettingvalue | C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] | C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] | C1-07[AccelerationRamp4] | C1-08[DecelerationRamp4] |
| Equaltoormorethanthesetting value | C1-01[AccelerationRamp1] | C1-02[DecelerationRamp1] | C1-05[AccelerationRamp3] | C1-06[DecelerationRamp3] |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-12 (0246) Expert | Motor2AccelerationRamp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptoacceleratefrom0tomaximumspeedwhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1- xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. | 1.00s (0.00-600.00s) |
Source page
Page 527
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning ■ C1-13: Motor 2 Deceleration Ramp No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-13 Motor2DecelerationRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00s (0247) Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumspeedto0whenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetfor (0.00-600.00s) Expert H1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: If you do not set any MFDI terminals to H1-xx = 16 or 116, the keypad will not show this parameter. ■ C1-15: Inspection Deceleration Ramp No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C1-15 InspectionDeceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00s (0260) Ramp SetsthedecelerationrampduringInspectionOperation. (0.00-2.00s) Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 for more information about the display unit. Refer to Inspection Operation on page 171 for information about Inspection Operation. ◆ C2: Jerk Characteristics C2 parameters set the jerk characteristics that set the transition between acceleration/deceleration rates. Adjust them to smooth out jerks or shocks that occur when you change the speed. Figure 12.15 shows how the drive applies the jerk: Figure 12.15 Jerk Characteristics Note: When o1-03 = 0 to 4 [Speed Display Unit Selection = 0.01 Hz to Elevator Unit1 - m/s, s, s], the keypad shows the jerk settings in seconds. Use these formula to calculate the actual acceleration/deceleration ramp including jerk characteristics: ■ C2-01: Jerk @ Start of Accel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C2-01 Jerk@StartofAccel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s (020B) Setsthejerkatthestartofacceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ C2-02: Jerk @ End of Accel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C2-02 Jerk@EndofAccel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s 12 (020C) Setsthejerkatthecompletionofacceleration. (0.00-10.00s) YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 527
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-13 (0247) Expert | Motor2DecelerationRamp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheramptodeceleratefrommaximumspeedto0whenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetfor H1-xx=16[MFDIFunctionSelection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. | 1.00s (0.00-600.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C1-15 (0260) | InspectionDeceleration Ramp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationrampduringInspectionOperation. | 0.00s (0.00-2.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C2-01 (020B) | Jerk@StartofAccel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthestartofacceleration. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C2-02 (020C) | Jerk@EndofAccel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthecompletionofacceleration. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) |
Source page
Page 528
12.4 C: Tuning
Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ C2-03: Jerk @ Start of Decel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C2-03 Jerk@StartofDecel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s (020D) Setsthejerkatthestartofdeceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ C2-04: Jerk @ End of Decel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C2-04 Jerk@EndofDecel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s (020E) Setsthejerkatthecompletionofdeceleration. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ C2-05: Jerk below Leveling Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C2-05 JerkbelowLevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50s (025F) Setsthejerkwhenthespeedreferenceislowerthanthelevelingspeedsetting. (0.00-10.00s) Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ◆ C3: Slip Compensation The Slip Compensation function improves the speed accuracy of an induction motor. As loads on induction motors increase, motor slip increases and motor speed decreases. By adjusting the output speed in accordance with the motor load, it compensates the slip and makes the motor speed equal to the speed reference. ■ C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-01 SlipCompensationGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 (020F) Setsthegainfortheslipcompensationfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. (0.0-2.5) RUN Note: Correctly set these parameters before you change the slip compensation gain: •E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] •E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] •E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] Adjust this parameter as follows if necessary: • If the motor speed is slower than the speed reference, increase C3-01 in 0.1-unit increments. • If the motor speed is faster than the speed reference, decrease C3-01 in 0.1-unit increments.
528 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C2-03 (020D) | Jerk@StartofDecel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthestartofdeceleration. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C2-04 (020E) | Jerk@EndofDecel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkatthecompletionofdeceleration. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C2-05 (025F) | JerkbelowLevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejerkwhenthespeedreferenceislowerthanthelevelingspeedsetting. | 0.50s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C3-01 (020F) RUN | SlipCompensationGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainfortheslipcompensationfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0 (0.0-2.5) |
Source page
Page 529
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning ■ C3-02: Slip Compensation Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-02 SlipCompensationDelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2000ms (0210) Time Setstheslipcompensationdelaytimewhenspeedisunstableorwhentheslipcompensation (0-10000ms) RUN responseistooslow.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Use these settings to adjust this parameter as necessary: • When the speed is not stable, increase the setting. • When the slip compensation response is too slow, decrease the setting. ■ C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-03 SlipCompensationLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200% (0211) Setstheupperlimitfortheslipcompensationfunctionasapercentageofthemotorratedslip. (0-250%) Expert If you increase the value of C3-01 [Slip Compensation Gain] and the motor speed is slow, use this parameter. The drive uses this parameter when the slip is at the upper limit of slip compensation. Make sure that you measure the motor speed when you increase this parameter value. Set this parameter to make the speed reference and the slip compensation limit less than the permitted range of the machine. The slip compensation limit is constant in the constant torque range (speed reference ≤ E1-06 [Base Frequency]). In the constant output range where the speed reference > E1-06, the slip compensation limit increases with the C3- 03 value and the output speed as shown in Figure 12.16. Figure 12.16 Slip Compensation Limit ■ C3-04: Slip Compensation at Regen No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-04 SlipCompensationat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0212) Regen Setstheslipcompensationfunctionduringregeneration. (0-2) Expert If you apply a regenerative load when the slip compensation function during regeneration is active, the quantity of regeneration can increase immediately. In this condition, it is necessary to use a dynamic braking option (braking resistor or braking resistor unit). 0 : Disabled The drive will not do Slip compensation during regeneration. The load and operation status (regenerative operation) can cause the motor speed to be higher or lower than the frequency reference. 1 : Enabled Above 6Hz Slip compensation function is enabled during regeneration. Slip compensation is disabled at output frequencies of 6 Hz or less. 2 : Enabled Above Defined Range The drive uses E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] to automatically calculate the frequency range where it will disable slip compensation function during regenerative operation. Slip compensation is enabled at frequencies as low as 2 Hz. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 529
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C3-02 (0210) RUN | SlipCompensationDelay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationdelaytimewhenspeedisunstableorwhentheslipcompensation responseistooslow.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 2000ms (0-10000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C3-03 (0211) Expert | SlipCompensationLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheupperlimitfortheslipcompensationfunctionasapercentageofthemotorratedslip. | 200% (0-250%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C3-04 (0212) Expert | SlipCompensationat Regen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationfunctionduringregeneration. | 0 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 530
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-05 OutputVoltageLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0213) Selection Setstheautomaticreductionofmotormagneticfluxwhentheoutputvoltageissaturated. (0,1) Expert The drive will decrease flux and increase current to compensate torque when voltage is saturated. Make sure that the drive has sufficient output current capacity before you enable this parameter. When this parameter = 1 [Enabled], the output current will increase by 10% at a maximum (at rated load) before it is enabled. Enable this parameter to increase speed precision when you move heavy loads at high speeds in these conditions: • Power supply voltage is low • Motor rated voltage is high Do not enable this parameter in these conditions: • Operating a motor in the middle speed range or low speed range • Power supply voltage is a minimum of 10% more than the motor rated voltage When you enable this parameter, if the power supply voltage is much less than the motor rated voltage, torque control will not be accurate. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ◆ C4: Torque Compensation
Torque compensation is a function that increases voltage to increase output torque as compensation for insufficient torque production at start-up or low-speed operation. Voltage drops due to motor winding resistance cause torque generating voltage to decrease, which causes insufficient torque. If the main circuit cable connecting the drive and motor is long, this can also cause insufficient torque due to voltage drops. Note: Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern properly before setting C4 parameters.
■ C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C4-01 TorqueCompensationGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 (0215) Setsthegainforthetorquecompensationfunction.Usethisparametervalueformotor1when (0.00-2.50) RUN operatingmultiplemotors. When A1-02 = 0 [V/f Control], adjust the setting in these conditions: Status Adjustment Torqueisnotsufficientduringlow-speedoperationof10Hzorless. Increasethesettingin0.05-unitincrements. Thereisvibrationinthemotorwhenoperatingthedrivewithalightload. Decreasethesettingin0.05-unitdecrements. Thecablebetweenthedriveandmotoristoolong. Increasethesettingin0.05-unitincrements. Note: •Adjust C4-01 to make sure that the output current is not more than the continuous rated output current during low-speed operation. •When A1-02 = 2 [Open Loop Vector], usually it is not necessary to change this setting. If you change this parameter in that control method, it can decrease the torque precision. ■ C4-02: Torque Compensation Delay Time
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C4-02 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0216) DelayTime Setsthetorquecompensationdelaytime.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. (0-60000ms) RUN Expert Set this parameter in these conditions: 530 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C3-05 (0213) Expert | OutputVoltageLimit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheautomaticreductionofmotormagneticfluxwhentheoutputvoltageissaturated. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C4-01 (0215) RUN | TorqueCompensationGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainforthetorquecompensationfunction.Usethisparametervalueformotor1when operatingmultiplemotors. | 1.00 (0.00-2.50) |
| Status | Adjustment |
|---|---|
| Torqueisnotsufficientduringlow-speedoperationof10Hzorless. | Increasethesettingin0.05-unitincrements. |
| Thereisvibrationinthemotorwhenoperatingthedrivewithalightload. | Decreasethesettingin0.05-unitdecrements. |
| Thecablebetweenthedriveandmotoristoolong. | Increasethesettingin0.05-unitincrements. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C4-02 (0216) RUN Expert | TorqueCompensation DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationdelaytime.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0-60000ms) |
Source page
Page 531
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning • If there is vibration in the motor, increase the setting. • If the motor speed or motor torque response is too slow, decrease the setting. ■ C4-03: Torque Compensation @ Up Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C4-03 TorqueCompensation@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0217) UpStart SettheamountoftorquereferenceforUpstartasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. (0.0-200.0%) Expert The torque compensation function is performed using the time constant set in C4-05 [Torque Compensation Time]. This is available only when you start the motor with the Up command. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable this function. ■ C4-04: Torque Compensation @ Down Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C4-04 TorqueCompensation@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0218) DownStart SetstheamountoftorquereferenceforDownstartasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. (-200.0-0.0%) Expert The drive uses the time constant set in C4-05 [Torque Compensation Time] to do the torque compensation function. This is available only when you start the motor with the Down command. Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable this function. ■ C4-05: Torque Compensation Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C4-05 TorqueCompensationTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10ms (0219) SetsthestartingtorqueconstanttousewithC4-03[TorqueCompensation@UpStart]andC4-04 (0-200ms) Expert [TorqueCompensation@DownStart]. ◆ C5: Auto Speed Regulator (ASR) When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLVor CLV/PM], the ASR adjusts the torque reference to decrease the difference between speed reference and motor speed. Figure 12.17 is speed control block diagram. Figure 12.17 Speed Control Block Diagram ■ Before You Adjust ASR Parameters • Do Auto-Tuning and set up all motor data correctly before you adjust the ASR parameters. • Always make adjustments with the load connected to the motor. • Use analog output signals to monitor U1-16 [SFS Output Speed] and U1-05 [Speed Feedback] when you adjust the ASR. The drive provides three different gain and integral time settings for the speed loop. They are automatically switched over if the switching speed in parameter C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Speed] is set larger than 0.0% (default: 0.0% for CLV, 2.0% for CLV/PM). If no switching speed is defined (C5-07 = 0) the drive will use one set of speed loop parameters only (C5-01 and C5-02). However, in order to achieve adequate performance in all sections of a trip, for the most installations it will be necessary to use two or all three sets of speed loop settings. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 531
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C4-03 (0217) Expert | TorqueCompensation@ UpStart S | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ettheamountoftorquereferenceforUpstartasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. | 0.0% (0.0-200.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C4-04 (0218) Expert | TorqueCompensation@ DownStart S | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etstheamountoftorquereferenceforDownstartasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. | 0.0% (-200.0-0.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C4-05 (0219) Expert | TorqueCompensationTime S [ | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthestartingtorqueconstanttousewithC4-03[TorqueCompensation@UpStart]andC4-04 TorqueCompensation@DownStart]. | 10ms (0-200ms) |
Source page
Page 532
12.4 C: Tuning
Additional Speed loop settings are provided for Position Lock. Those can be used to prevent rollback especially in gearless applications. ■ ASR Adjustment Procedure
Do this procedure to adjust ASR parameters: 1. Examine parameter C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Speed] and set a speed loop setting switching point. • When A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the drive is preset to 2.0%. • When A1-02 = 3 [CLV], set C5-07 between 8.0% to 10.0%. 2. Start a trip and check for any problems like rollback, vibration, overshoot, etc. 3. Adjust C5-19 [ASR P Gain during Position Lock] and C5-20 [ASR I Time during Position Lock] to solve rollback problems During Position Lock right before the motor starts accelerating. If the motor rolls back right after the brake releases, increase C5-19, and decrease C5-20. Set them in the opposite way if vibration occurs. Note: If the rollback cannot be eliminated by adjusting C5-19 and C5-20, refer to S3-02 [Position Lock Gain 2 at Start]. 4. Adjust C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2] and C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2] to improve the performance at start after Position Lock has been finished. If the speed response is slow, increase C5-03, and decrease C5-04. Set them in the opposite way if vibration occurs. 5. Adjust C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] and C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1] to solve problems that occur at speeds higher than C5-07. If overshoot when reaching the top speed occurs, increase C5-01, and decrease C5-02. Set them in the opposite way if vibration occurs. 6. Adjust C5-13 [ASR Proportional Gain 3] and C5-14 [ASR Integral Time 3] to improve the stopping behavior. If the landing accuracy is poor, increase C5-13, and decrease C5-14. Adjust them in the opposite way if vibrations occur. Note: •If problems cannot be resolved by setting C5-13 and C5-14, refer to S3-03 [Position Lock Gain at Stop]. •When you use an analog input to set the speed reference, C5-13 and C5-14 settings will not be effective. 7. Repeat steps 2 to 6 until the desired riding comfort has been reached. Also refer to Improve Ride Comfort on page 201. ■ Speed Waveform Monitoring Method To make small adjustments of ASR parameters, monitor the speed waveforms when you make the adjustments. Table 12.9 shows example settings of parameters to monitor speed waveforms. Table 12.9 Example Settings of MFAO Terminals to Monitor Speed Waveforms
No. Name SettingValue Description H4-01 TerminalFMAnalogOutputSelect 116 LetsyouuseterminalFMtomonitorU1- 16[SFSOutputSpeed]. H4-02 TerminalFMAnalogOutputGain 100.0% H4-03 TerminalFMAnalogOutputBias 0.0% H4-04 TerminalAMAnalogOutputSelect 105 LetsyouuseterminalAMtomonitorU1- 05[SpeedFeedback]. H4-05 TerminalAMAnalogOutputGain 50.0% H4-06 TerminalAMAnalogOutputBias 0.0% H4-07 TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect 1 Letsyoumonitorina-10Vto+10V range. H4-08 TerminalAMSignalLevelSelect 1 These settings cause this MFAO configuration. The MFAO common is terminal AC: • Terminal FM: Outputs the output speed after SFS in a -10 V to +10 V (-100% to +100%) range. • Terminal AM: Outputs the motor speed in a -10 V to +10 V (-200% to +200%) range. Yaskawa recommends that you monitor the output speed after SFS and the motor speed for delays in response and differences in reference values. ■ Adjust ASR Parameters Use Table 12.10 to adjust ASR. The table lists parameters for motor 1. You can make the same changes to motor 2 parameters when you run a second motor.
532 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name | SettingValue | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-01 | TerminalFMAnalogOutputSelect | 116 | LetsyouuseterminalFMtomonitorU1- 16[SFSOutputSpeed]. |
| H4-02 | TerminalFMAnalogOutputGain | 100.0% | |
| H4-03 | TerminalFMAnalogOutputBias | 0.0% | |
| H4-04 | TerminalAMAnalogOutputSelect | 105 | LetsyouuseterminalAMtomonitorU1- 05[SpeedFeedback]. |
| H4-05 | TerminalAMAnalogOutputGain | 50.0% | |
| H4-06 | TerminalAMAnalogOutputBias | 0.0% | |
| H4-07 | TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect | 1 | Letsyoumonitorina-10Vto+10V range. |
| H4-08 | TerminalAMSignalLevelSelect | 1 |
Source page
Page 533
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning Note: When adjusting the proportional gain and integral time, adjust the proportional gain first. Table 12.10 ASR Response and Possible Solutions Problem PossibleSolutions • IncreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13[ASRProportional Gain]. • DecreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14[ASRIntegralTime]. Speedresponseisslow. • DecreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13. • IncreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14. Overshootorundershootoccursattheendofacceleration ordeceleration. • DecreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13. • IncreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14. • IncreaseC5-06[ASRDelayTime]. Vibrationandoscillationoccuratconstantspeed. Oscillationatlowspeedandresponseistooslowathigh WhenA1-02=3and7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV speed. andCLV/PM],useC5-01toC5-04tosetthebestASR - settingsforhighandlowspeed.UseC5-07[ASRGain Oscillationathighspeedandresponseistooslowatlow SwitchoverSpeed]toswitchtheASRproportionalgain speed. andASRintegraltimeasspecifiedbytheoutputspeed. ■ C5-01: ASR Proportional Gain 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-01 ASRProportionalGain1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (021B) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseathighspeed. (0.00-300.00) RUN A higher gain provides a higher speed response. Usually, the gain increases with larger loads. Too much gain will cause vibration. Note: The drive usually sets Motor 1 ASR with C5-01 and C5-02 [ASR Integral Time 1]. You can also use C5-01 and C5-02 as alternatives to C5-03 [ASR Proportional Gain 2] and C5-04 [ASR Integral Time 2], respectively, when the speed is less than or equal to the speed set in C5-07 [ASR Gain Switchover Speed]. ■ C5-02: ASR Integral Time 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-02 ASRIntegralTime1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (021C) SetstheASRintegraltimeathighspeed. (0.000-60.000s) RUN When you increase the integral time, the responsiveness will decrease. An integral time that is too short can cause oscillation. ■ C5-03: ASR Proportional Gain 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-03 ASRProportionalGain2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (021D) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlowspeed. (0.00-300.00) RUN A higher gain provides a higher speed response. Usually, the gain increases with larger loads. Too much gain will cause vibration. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 533
| Problem | Column | PossibleSolutions |
|---|---|---|
| Speedresponseisslow. | • IncreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13[ASRProportional Gain]. • DecreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14[ASRIntegralTime]. | |
| Overshootorundershootoccursattheendofacceleration ordeceleration. | • DecreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13. • IncreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14. | |
| Vibrationandoscillationoccuratconstantspeed. | • DecreaseC5-01/C5-03/C5-13. • IncreaseC5-02/C5-04/C5-14. • IncreaseC5-06[ASRDelayTime]. | |
| Oscillationatlowspeedandresponseistooslowathigh speed. Oscillationathighspeedandresponseistooslowatlow speed. | - | WhenA1-02=3and7[ControlMethodSelection=CLV andCLV/PM],useC5-01toC5-04tosetthebestASR settingsforhighandlowspeed.UseC5-07[ASRGain SwitchoverSpeed]toswitchtheASRproportionalgain andASRintegraltimeasspecifiedbytheoutputspeed. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-01 (021B) RUN | ASRProportionalGain1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseathighspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-02 (021C) RUN | ASRIntegralTime1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeathighspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-60.000s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-03 (021D) RUN | ASRProportionalGain2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlowspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) |
Source page
Page 534
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C5-04: ASR Integral Time 2
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-04 ASRIntegralTime2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (021E) SetstheASRintegraltimeatlowspeed. (0.000-60.000s) RUN When you increase the integral time, the responsiveness will decrease. An integral time that is too short can cause oscillation. ■ C5-06: ASR Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-06 ASRDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.004s (0220) Setsthefiltertimeconstantofthetorquereferenceoutputfromthespeedloop.Usuallyitisnot (0.000-0.500s) necessarytochangethissetting. If you have a load with low rigidity or if oscillation is a problem, decrease C5-01 in 2-unit decrements or decrease C5-06 in 0.001-unit decrements. ■ C5-07: ASR Gain Switchover Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-07 ASRGainSwitchover V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0221) Speed Setsthespeedwherethedrivewillswitchamongtheseparameters: (0.0-100.0%) C5-01[ASRProportionalGain1],C5-03[ASRProportionalGain2],andC5-13[ASR ProportionalGain3] C5-02[ASRIntegralTime1],C5-04[ASRIntegralTime2],andC5-14[ASRIntegralTime3] Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help operation become stable. When C5-07 > 0.0%, the speed loop settings automatically change with the output speed as shown in Figure 12.18 and Figure 12.19.
Figure 12.18 Low-speed/High-speed Gain Settings during Acceleration
Figure 12.19 Low-speed/High-speed Gain Settings during Deceleration When Leveling Speed is Selected
■ C5-08: ASR Integral Limit
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-08 ASRIntegralLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 400% (0222) SetstheupperlimitoftheASRintegralamountasapercentageoftheratedload. (0-400%) Expert
534 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-04 (021E) RUN | ASRIntegralTime2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeatlowspeed. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-60.000s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-06 (0220) | ASRDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefiltertimeconstantofthetorquereferenceoutputfromthespeedloop.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 0.004s (0.000-0.500s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-07 (0221) | ASRGainSwitchover Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedwherethedrivewillswitchamongtheseparameters: C5-01[ASRProportionalGain1],C5-03[ASRProportionalGain2],andC5-13[ASR ProportionalGain3] C5-02[ASRIntegralTime1],C5-04[ASRIntegralTime2],andC5-14[ASRIntegralTime3] | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-08 (0222) Expert | ASRIntegralLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheupperlimitoftheASRintegralamountasapercentageoftheratedload. | 400% (0-400%) |
Source page
Page 535
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning ■ C5-13: ASR Proportional Gain 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-13 ASRProportionalGain3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0272) SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. (0.00-300.00) RUN ■ C5-14: ASR Integral Time 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-14 ASRIntegralTime3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0273) SetstheASRintegraltimeatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. (0.000-10.000s) RUN ■ C5-16: ASR Filter Time during Pos. Lock No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-16 ASRFilterTimeduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000s (0271) Pos.Lock SetsadelaytothetorquecommandoutputfromspeedcontrolloopduringPositionLock.Usually (0.000-0.500s) Expert itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. If vibration is a problem, increase this parameter gradually in 0.01-unit increments. ■ C5-17: Motor Inertia No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-17 MotorInertia V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02and (0276) Setsthemotorinertia. o2-04 Expert (0.0001-6.0000kgm2) Note: The display units for the default setting and setting range are different for different models: •0.0001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.0001 kgm2 to 6.0000 kgm2): 2022, 4012 •0.001 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.001 kgm2 to 60.000 kgm2): 2031 to 2225, 4019 to 4114 •0.01 kgm2 units (setting range: 0.01 kgm2 to 600.00 kgm2): 2269 to 2519, 4140 to 4380 When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLVor CLV/PM], the drive automatically sets C5-17 to the value of [Motor Inertia] when you do Inertia Tuning or ASR Tuning. ■ C5-18: Load Inertia Ratio No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-18 LoadInertiaRatio V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0 (0277) Setstheloadinertiaratioforthemotorinertia. (0.0-6000.0) Expert ■ C5-19: ASR P Gain during Position Lock No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-19 ASRPGainduringPosition V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0274) Lock SetstheSpeedControlLoopProportionalgainusedduringPositionLock. (0.00-300.00) RUN • If the motor rolls back immediately after the brake releases, increase this parameter, and decrease C5-20 [ASR I Time during Position Lock]. • If vibrations occur, decrease this parameter, and increase C5-20. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 535
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-13 (0272) RUN | ASRProportionalGain3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegaintoadjustASRresponseatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-14 (0273) RUN | ASRIntegralTime3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheASRintegraltimeatlevelingspeed.Thesettingisactivefordecelerationonly. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-10.000s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-16 (0271) Expert | ASRFilterTimeduring Pos.Lock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytothetorquecommandoutputfromspeedcontrolloopduringPositionLock.Usually itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.000s (0.000-0.500s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-17 (0276) Expert | MotorInertia | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorinertia. | DeterminedbyA1-02and o2-04 (0.0001-6.0000kgm2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-18 (0277) Expert | LoadInertiaRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheloadinertiaratioforthemotorinertia. | 10.0 (0.0-6000.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-19 (0274) RUN | ASRPGainduringPosition Lock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedControlLoopProportionalgainusedduringPositionLock. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-300.00) |
Source page
Page 536
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C5-20: ASR I Time during Position Lock
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-20 ASRITimeduringPosition V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.100s (0275) Lock SetstheSpeedControlLoopIntegraltimeusedduringPositionLock. (0.000-10.000s) RUN • If the motor rolls back immediately after the brake releases, increase C5-19 [ASR P Gain during Position Lock], and decrease this parameter. • If vibrations occur, decrease C5-19, and increase this parameter. ■ C5-29: Speed Control Response No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-29 SpeedControlResponse V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0B18) Setsthelevelofspeedcontrolresponsiveness.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. (0,1) Expert If a high level of speed control responsiveness is necessary, set C5-29 = 1,then adjust the speed control (ASR) parameter. 0 : Standard 1 : High Performance 1 ■ C5-50: Notch Filter Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-50 NotchFilterFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0Hz (0B14) Setsthemachineresonancefrequency. (0,or20to1000Hz) Expert Machine resonance can cause high-frequency noise and vibration during operation. A notch filter can help prevent the noise and vibration. Notch filters set the resonant frequency of the machine to remove specific vibrational frequency components caused by machine resonance. Note: •Correctly set the value for the notch filter frequency. If the frequency value is too low for the speed loop response frequency, the speed control function will not function correctly. Set the frequency to be a minimum of 4 times the speed loop response frequency. •Set C5-50 = 0 [0 Hz] to disable the notch filter. ■ C5-51: Notch Filter Bandwidth No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-51 NotchFilterBandwidth V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 (0B15) Setsthenotchwidthofthenotchfilter. (0.5-5.0) Expert Note: Set C5-50 = 0 [Notch Filter Frequency = 0 Hz] to disable the notch filter. ◆ C6: Carrier Frequency C6 parameters are used to set the carrier frequencies. ■ C6-03: Carrier Frequency
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-03 CarrierFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0225) Setsthecarrierfrequency. (1.0-15.0kHz)
536 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-20 (0275) RUN | ASRITimeduringPosition Lock | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedControlLoopIntegraltimeusedduringPositionLock. | 0.100s (0.000-10.000s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-29 (0B18) Expert | SpeedControlResponse | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelofspeedcontrolresponsiveness.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-50 (0B14) Expert | NotchFilterFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemachineresonancefrequency. | 0Hz (0,or20to1000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C5-51 (0B15) Expert | NotchFilterBandwidth | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenotchwidthofthenotchfilter. | 1.0 (0.5-5.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-03 (0225) | CarrierFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequency. | Determinedbyo2-04 (1.0-15.0kHz) |
Source page
Page 537
sliateDretemaraP 12.4 C: Tuning ■ C6-06: PWM Modulation Method No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-06 PWMModulationMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0228) SetsPWMmodulationmethod. (0,2) Expert 0 : 2/3 Phase Auto-Modulation 2 : 3-Phase Modulation Note: The continuous rated output current of the drive is decreased with setting 2. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information. ■ C6-07: 2/3 Phase Switchover Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-07 2/3PhaseSwitchoverLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.5 (0229) Setsthecarrierfrequencyto2/3ofthesetcarrierlevel. (0.5-3.0) Expert The switching level is a point where output voltage < on delay time / carrier period × 200 V × 1.5 × C6-07. When C6-07 = 0, the modulation method of PWM at low speed is 3-phase modulation. ■ C6-09: Carrier Freq at Rotational Tune No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-09 CarrierFreqatRotational V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (022B) Tune SetstheAuto-Tuningcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. (0,1) Expert If you set C6-09 = 0 for a high-frequency or low-impedance motor, it can cause oC [Overcurrent]. To prevent oC, set the carrier frequency to a high value and set C6-09 = 1 before you do Auto-Tuning. 0 : 5kHz Note: When A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the carrier frequency is 2 kHz. 1 : use C6-03 ■ C6-21: Carrier Frequency @ Inspection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-21 CarrierFrequency@ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0245) Inspection SetsthecarrierfrequencyduringInspectionOperation. (0,1) Expert 0 : Use the value set to C6-03 1 : 2 kHz ■ C6-23: Carrier Frequency @ Pole Search No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-23 CarrierFrequency@Pole V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (025E) Search Setsthecarrierfrequencywhenthedriveestimatestheinitialpolarity. (0,1) Expert Note: When C6-23 = 1, the drive automatically changes the default setting for n8-84 [Polarity Detection Current] to 120%. 0 : 2 kHz 1 : Use the value set to C6-03 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 537
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-06 (0228) Expert | PWMModulationMethod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsPWMmodulationmethod. | 0 (0,2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-07 (0229) Expert | 2/3PhaseSwitchoverLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequencyto2/3ofthesetcarrierlevel. | 1.5 (0.5-3.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-09 (022B) Expert | CarrierFreqatRotational Tune | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheAuto-Tuningcarrierfrequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-21 (0245) Expert | CarrierFrequency@ Inspection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecarrierfrequencyduringInspectionOperation. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-23 (025E) Expert | CarrierFrequency@Pole Search | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarrierfrequencywhenthedriveestimatestheinitialpolarity. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 538
12.4 C: Tuning
■ C6-34: Carrier Freq Reduce Start Level
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C6-34 CarrierFreqReduceStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% (116E) Level Setstheleveloftheoverloadtotalizeratwhichthedrivestartstodecreasethecarrierfrequencyto (5-90%) Expert thevaluesetinL8-39[ReducedCarrierFrequency].
538 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| C6-34 (116E) Expert | CarrierFreqReduceStart Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheleveloftheoverloadtotalizeratwhichthedrivestartstodecreasethecarrierfrequencyto thevaluesetinL8-39[ReducedCarrierFrequency]. | 80% (5-90%) |
Source page
Page 539
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-01 (0280) RUN | Reference1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-02 (0281) RUN | Reference2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-03 (0282) RUN | Reference3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-04 (0283) RUN | Reference4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
Source page
Page 540
12.5 d: References
Note: •This parameter sets the speed reference of Multi-Step Speed 4. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-05: Reference 5 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-05 Reference5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (0284) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN Note: •This parameter sets the speed reference of Multi-Step Speed 5. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-06: Reference 6 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-06 Reference6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (0285) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN Note: •This parameter sets the speed reference of Multi-Step Speed 6. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-07: Reference 7 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-07 Reference7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (0286) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN Note: •This parameter sets the speed reference of Multi-Step Speed 7. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-08: Reference 8 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-08 Reference8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (0287) Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. (0.00-100.00%) RUN Note: •This parameter sets the speed reference of Multi-Step Speed 8. •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-18: Speed Reference Selection Mode No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-18 SpeedReferenceSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (02C0) Mode Setsthemodeofspeedreferenceselectionbydigitalinputs. (0-4) 540 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-05 (0284) RUN | Reference5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-06 (0285) RUN | Reference6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-07 (0286) RUN | Reference7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-08 (0287) RUN | Reference8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceintheunitsfromo1-03[SpeedDisplayUnitSelection]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-18 (02C0) | SpeedReferenceSelection Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemodeofspeedreferenceselectionbydigitalinputs. | 1 (0-4) |
Source page
Page 541
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-19 (02C1) RUN | NominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenominalspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=50[MFDIFunction Selection=NominalSpeed]isactive. | 100.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-20 (02C2) RUN | IntermediateSpeed1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=51[MFDI FunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeed]isactive. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
Source page
Page 542
12.5 d: References
■ d1-21: Intermediate Speed 2
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-21 IntermediateSpeed2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (02C3) SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=50,51,and52 (0.00-100.00%) RUN [ a M cti F v D e. IFunctionSelection=NominalSpeed,IntermediateSpeed,andRelevelingSpeed]are Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-22: Intermediate Speed 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-22 IntermediateSpeed3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (02C4) SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=51and52[MFDI (0.00-100.00%) RUN FunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeedandRelevelingSpeed]areactive. Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-23: Releveling Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-23 RelevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (02C5) SetstherelevelingspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=52[MFDIFunction (0.00-100.00%) RUN Selection=RelevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-24: Inspection Operation Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-24 InspectionOperationSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.00% (02C6) SetstheinspectionoperationspeedwhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=54[MFDIFunction (0.00-100.00%) RUN Selection=InspectionOperation]isactive. Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. Refer to Inspection Operation on page 171 for more information. ■ d1-25: Rescue Operation Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-25 RescueOperationSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.00% (02C7) SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55[MFDIFunctionSelection= (0.00-100.00%) RUN RescueOperation]isactive. Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. Refer to Rescue Operation on page 179 for more information. 542 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-21 (02C3) RUN | IntermediateSpeed2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=50,51,and52 [MFDIFunctionSelection=NominalSpeed,IntermediateSpeed,andRelevelingSpeed]are active. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-22 (02C4) RUN | IntermediateSpeed3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintermediatespeedreferencewhenMFDIterminalssetforH1-xx=51and52[MFDI FunctionSelection=IntermediateSpeedandRelevelingSpeed]areactive. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-23 (02C5) RUN | RelevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherelevelingspeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=52[MFDIFunction Selection=RelevelingSpeed]isactive. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-24 (02C6) RUN | InspectionOperationSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinspectionoperationspeedwhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=54[MFDIFunction Selection=InspectionOperation]isactive. | 50.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-25 (02C7) RUN | RescueOperationSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=55[MFDIFunctionSelection= RescueOperation]isactive. | 10.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
Source page
Page 543
sliateDretemaraP 12.5 d: References ■ d1-26: Leveling Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-26 LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 8.00% (02C8) SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[MFDIFunctionSelection= (0.00-100.00%) RUN LevelingSpeed]isactive. Note: Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information about the display unit. ■ d1-27: Motor 2 Speed Reference No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-27 Motor2SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00Hz (02C9) SetsthespeedreferencewhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunction (0.00-200.00Hz) Expert Selection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. Note: •If you do not set any MFDI terminals to H1-xx = 16 or 116, the keypad will not show this parameter. •The drive will control motor 1 when you set this parameter to 0.00. •When you use motor 2, also set acceleration/deceleration ramps in C1-12 [Motor 2 Acceleration Ramp] and C1-13 [Motor 2 Deceleration Ramp]. •When you select motor 2, the keypad will show these monitor values in Hz: -U1-01 [Speed Reference] -U1-02 [Output Speed] -U1-05 [Speed Feedback] -U4-19 [Modbus Speed Ref (dec)] -U4-20 [Option Speed Ref(dec)] ■ d1-28: Leveling Speed Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-28 LevelingSpeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (02CA) Level Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectslevelingspeedwhend1-18=0or3 (0.00-100.00%) [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1- 02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceislowerthanthisparameter,thedriveusestheleveling speedasthespeedreference. Note: If you set a value larger than d1-29 [Inspection Speed Detection Level], the drive detects oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err]. ■ d1-29: Inspection Speed Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-29 InspectionSpeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (02CB) Level Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsinspectionspeedwhend1-18=0or3 (0.00-100.00%) [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1- 02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceisbetweend1-28[LevelingSpeedDetectionLevel]and thisparameter,thedriveusestheinspectionspeedasthespeedreference,andactivatesthe inspectionoperationsequence. ◆ d6: Field Forcing d6 parameters set the Field Forcing function. The Field Forcing function adjusts the delaying influence of the motor time constant when the drive changes the excitation current reference and it also increases motor responsiveness. This function uses a high motor excitation current reference for drive start-up only to help develop actual motor excitation current. Enable the Field Forcing function to increase motor responsiveness. Note: You cannot use Field Forcing during DC Injection Braking. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 543
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-26 (02C8) RUN | LevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[MFDIFunctionSelection= LevelingSpeed]isactive. | 8.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-27 (02C9) Expert | Motor2SpeedReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencewhenyouuseanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=16[MFDIFunction Selection=Motor2Selection]toselectmotor2. | 0.00Hz (0.00-200.00Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-28 (02CA) | LevelingSpeedDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectslevelingspeedwhend1-18=0or3 [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1- 02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceislowerthanthisparameter,thedriveusestheleveling speedasthespeedreference. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d1-29 (02CB) | InspectionSpeedDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferencelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsinspectionspeedwhend1-18=0or3 [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1- 02to08)].Iftheselectedspeedreferenceisbetweend1-28[LevelingSpeedDetectionLevel]and thisparameter,thedriveusestheinspectionspeedasthespeedreference,andactivatesthe inspectionoperationsequence. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
Source page
Page 544
12.5 d: References
■ d6-03: Field Forcing Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d6-03 FieldForcingSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02A2) Setsthefieldforcingfunction. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ d6-06: Field Forcing Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d6-06 FieldForcingLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 400% (02A5) Setsthelimitvalueforfieldforcingtoincreasethemotorexcitationcurrentreferenceasa (100-400%) Expert percentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: You cannot use Field Forcing during DC Injection Braking.
544 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d6-03 (02A2) Expert | FieldForcingSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefieldforcingfunction. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| d6-06 (02A5) Expert | FieldForcingLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelimitvalueforfieldforcingtoincreasethemotorexcitationcurrentreferenceasa percentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 400% (100-400%) |
Source page
Page 545
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters 12.6 E: Motor Parameters E parameters cover drive input voltage, V/f pattern, and motor parameters. ◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 E1 parameters set the drive input voltage and motor V/f characteristics. To switch drive operation from one motor to another motor, set the V/f characteristics for motor 1. ■ V/f Pattern Settings The drive uses a V/f pattern to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. Use E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] to E1-10 [Minimum Output Voltage] to manually set the V/f pattern. Note: When you manually set V/f patterns, note these items: •To set linear V/f characteristics at frequencies lower than E1-06 [Base Frequency], set E1-07 = E1-09 [Mid Point A Frequency = Minimum Output Frequency]. In this application, the drive ignores E1-08 [Mid Point AVoltage]. •Set the five frequencies as specified by these rules: Incorrect settings will cause oPE10 [V/f Data Setting Error]. E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04 [Minimum Output Frequency ≤ Mid Point A Frequency < Base Frequency ≤ Mid Point B Frequency ≤ Maximum Output Frequency] •Setting E1-11 = 0 [Mid Point B Frequency = 0 Hz] disables E1-12 [Mid Point B Voltage]. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to the following rules; E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-04 •When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, it will not reset E1-03. Figure 12.20 V/f Pattern ■ E1-01: Input AC Supply Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-01 InputACSupplyVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200V (0300) Setsthedriveinputvoltage. 400VClass:400V (200VClass:155-255V, 400VClass:310-510V) NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Set E1-01 [Input AC Supply Voltage] to align with the drive input voltage (not motor voltage). If this parameter is incorrect, the protective functions of the drive will not operate correctly and it can cause damage to the drive. Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage The value set in E1-01 is the base value that the drive uses for the motor protective functions in Table 12.11. With a 400 V class drive, the detection level changes for some motor protective functions. Table 12.11 Values Related to the Drive Input Voltage ApproximateValues Voltage E1-01Setting BTROperationLevel L2-05 ovDetectionLevel (rrDetectionLevel)*1 [Undervolta (U ge v1 D ) e ] tectionLvl 200VClass Allsettings 410V 394V 190V Settingvalue≥400V 820V 788V 380V 400VClass Settingvalue<400V 820V 788V 350V *1 This is the protection function enabled in drives with built-in braking transistors. These values show the level that will trigger the built-in braking transistor. Refer to “YASKAWA AC Drive Series Option Braking Unit and Braking Resistor Unit Installation Manual (TOBPC72060001)” for more information. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 545
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-01 (0300) | InputACSupplyVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedriveinputvoltage. | 200VClass:200V 400VClass:400V (200VClass:155-255V, 400VClass:310-510V) |
| Voltage | E1-01Setting | ApproximateValues | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ovDetectionLevel | BTROperationLevel (rrDetectionLevel)*1 | L2-05 [UndervoltageDetectionLvl (Uv1)] | ||
| 200VClass | Allsettings | 410V | 394V | 190V |
| 400VClass | Settingvalue≥400V | 820V | 788V | 380V |
| Settingvalue<400V | 820V | 788V | 350V |
Source page
Page 546
12.6 E: Motor Parameters
■ E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-03 V/fPatternSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0302) SetstheV/fpatternforthedriveandmotor.Youcanmakeacustompattern. (F) Note: •Set the correct V/f pattern for the application and operation area. An incorrect V/f pattern can decrease motor torque and increase current from overexcitation. •Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] will not reset the value of E1-03. F : Custom Set E1-04 to E1-13 [V/f Pattern for Motor 1] to set the values for this custom pattern. ■ E1-04: Maximum Output Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-04 MaximumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0303) Frequency SetsthemaximumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E1-05: Maximum Output Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-05 MaximumOutputVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 190.0V (0304) SetsthemaximumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ E1-06: Base Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-06 BaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0305) SetsthebasefrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E1-07: Mid Point A Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-07 MidPointAFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0306) SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E1-08: Mid Point A Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-08 MidPointAVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02and (0307) SetsamiddleoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. o2-04 (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ E1-09: Minimum Output Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-09 MinimumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0308) Frequency SetstheminimumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) 546 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-03 (0302) | V/fPatternSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheV/fpatternforthedriveandmotor.Youcanmakeacustompattern. | F (F) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-04 (0303) | MaximumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemaximumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-05 (0304) | MaximumOutputVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemaximumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 190.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-06 (0305) | BaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebasefrequencyfortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-07 (0306) | MidPointAFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-08 (0307) | MidPointAVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02and o2-04 (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-09 (0308) | MinimumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.0-200.0Hz) |
Source page
Page 547
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E1-10: Minimum Output Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-10 MinimumOutputVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0309) SetstheminimumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ E1-11: Mid Point B Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-11 MidPointBFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0Hz (030A) SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: •Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function. •Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E1-12: Mid Point B Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-12 MidPointBVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0V (030B) SetsamiddlepointvoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, Expert 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) Note: Set this parameter to 0.0 to disable the function. ■ E1-13: Base Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E1-13 BaseVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0V (030C) SetsthebasevoltagefortheV/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, Expert 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) Note: •After Auto-Tuning, the value of E1-13 = E1-05 [Maximum Output Voltage]. •When E1-13 = 0.0, use the value of E1-05 to control the voltage. ◆ E2: Motor Parameters E2 parameters [Motor Parameters] are used to set induction motor data. To switch drive operation from one motor to another motor, configure the first motor (motor 1). Performing Auto-Tuning automatically sets the E2 parameters to the optimal values. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, set the E2 parameters manually. Note: If A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the keypad does not show E2-xx. ■ E2-01: Motor Rated Current (FLA) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-01 MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (030E) Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 547
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-10 (0309) | MinimumOutputVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumoutputvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-11 (030A) Expert | MidPointBFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddleoutputfrequencyfortheV/fpattern. | 0.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-12 (030B) Expert | MidPointBVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamiddlepointvoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 0.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E1-13 (030C) Expert | BaseVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebasevoltagefortheV/fpattern. | 0.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-01 (030E) | MotorRatedCurrent(FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedcurrentinamps. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
Source page
Page 548
12.6 E: Motor Parameters
Note: •If E2-01 < E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current], the drive will detect oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error]. •When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change. -0.01 A: models 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 -0.1 A: models 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 The value set for E2-01 becomes the reference value for motor protection and the torque limit. Enter the motor rated current written on the motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning the drive will automatically set E2-01 to the value input for “Motor Rated Current”. ■ E2-02: Motor Rated Slip
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-02 MotorRatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (030F) Setsmotorratedslip. (0.000-20.000Hz) This parameter value becomes the base slip compensation value. The drive automatically sets this parameter during Auto-Tuning. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, calculate the motor rated slip with the information on the motor nameplate and this formula: E2-02 = f - (n × p) / 120 • f: Motor rated frequency (Hz) • n: Rated motor speed (min-1 (r/min)) • p: Number of motor poles ■ E2-03: Motor No-Load Current No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-03 MotorNo-LoadCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0310) Setstheno-loadcurrentforthemotorinampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyandtheno- (0.0-E2-01) loadvoltage. Note: When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change. •0.01 A: 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 •0.1 A: 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 The drive automatically sets this parameter during Auto-Tuning. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, you can also use the motor no-load current on the motor test report to enter this value manually. Get the test report from the motor manufacturer. Note: The default setting of the no-load current is for a 4-pole motor recommended by Yaskawa. ■ E2-04: Motor Pole Count No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-04 MotorPoleCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 (0311) Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: •When A1-02 = 0, 3 [Control Method Selection = V/f, CLV], the maximum value is 120. •When A1-02 = 2 [OLV], the maximum value is 48. Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Number of Motor Poles]. ■ E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-05 MotorLine-to-Line V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0312) Resistance Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotorstatorwindings. (0.000-65.000Ω) Note: This value is the motor line-to-line resistance. Do not set this parameter with the resistance per phase.
548 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-02 (030F) | MotorRatedSlip | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsmotorratedslip. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-20.000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-03 (0310) | MotorNo-LoadCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentforthemotorinampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyandtheno- loadvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-E2-01) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-04 (0311) | MotorPoleCount | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. | 4 (2-120) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-05 (0312) | MotorLine-to-Line Resistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotorstatorwindings. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) |
Source page
Page 549
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter. If you cannot do Auto-Tuning, use the test report from the motor manufacturer to configure the settings. Use one of these formulas to calculate the motor line-to-line resistance: • E-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.822 • B-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.822 • F-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C] × 0.728 ■ E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-06 MotorLeakageInductance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0313) Setsthevoltagedropfrommotorleakageinductancewhenthemotorisoperatingattherated (0.0-60.0%) frequencyandratedcurrent.ThisvalueisapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage. The drive automatically sets this parameter during Auto-Tuning. Note: The motor nameplate does not usually show the quantity of voltage drop. If you do not know the value of the motor leakage inductance, contact the motor manufacturer to receive a copy of the motor test report. ■ E2-07: Motor Saturation Coefficient 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-07 MotorSaturation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 (0314) Coefficient1 Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat50%ofthemagneticflux. (0.00-0.50) The drive uses this coefficient when it operates with constant output. The drive uses this coefficient when it operates the motor in the constant output range. ■ E2-08: Motor Saturation Coefficient 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-08 MotorSaturation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.75 (0315) Coefficient2 Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat75%ofthemagneticflux. (E2-07-0.75) The drive uses this coefficient when it operates with constant output. The drive uses this coefficient when it operates the motor in the constant output range. ■ E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-09 MotorMechanicalLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0316) Setsthemechanicallossofthemotor.ItissetasapercentageofE2-11[MotorRatedPower]. (0.0-10.0%) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Adjust this parameter in these conditions. The drive adds the configured mechanical loss to the torque reference value as a torque compensation value: • There is a large quantity of torque loss from motor bearing friction. • There is a large quantity of torque loss in fans and pumps. ■ E2-10: Motor Iron Loss No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-10 MotorIronLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0317) Setsthemotorironloss. (0-65535W) ■ E2-11: Motor Rated Power No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E2-11 MotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0318) Setsthemotorratedoutputintheunitsfromo1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. (0.00-650.00kW) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 549
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-06 (0313) | MotorLeakageInductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevoltagedropfrommotorleakageinductancewhenthemotorisoperatingattherated frequencyandratedcurrent.ThisvalueisapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-60.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-07 (0314) | MotorSaturation Coefficient1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat50%ofthemagneticflux. | 0.50 (0.00-0.50) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-08 (0315) | MotorSaturation Coefficient2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoriron-coresaturationcoefficientat75%ofthemagneticflux. | 0.75 (E2-07-0.75) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-09 (0316) Expert | MotorMechanicalLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemechanicallossofthemotor.ItissetasapercentageofE2-11[MotorRatedPower]. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-10.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-10 (0317) | MotorIronLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorironloss. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0-65535W) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E2-11 (0318) | MotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedoutputintheunitsfromo1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) |
Source page
Page 550
12.6 E: Motor Parameters
The drive automatically sets this parameter to the value input for “Motor Rated Power” during Auto-Tuning.
◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 E3 parameters [V/f Pattern for Motor 2] set the control mode and V/f pattern used for motor 2.
Use E3-04 [Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency] to E3-10 [Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage] to manually set the V/f pattern. Note: If A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the keypad does not show E3-xx. ■ Notes on Manually Setting V/f Patterns
Figure 12.21 Motor 2 V/f Pattern Diagram • To configure a linear V/f pattern at frequencies lower than E3-06 [Motor 2 Base Frequency], set E3-07 = E3-09 [Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency = Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency]. In this application, the drive ignores E1-08 [Mid Point A Voltage]. • Set the five frequencies as specified by these rules: E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-04 [Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency ≤ Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency < Motor 2 Base Frequency ≤ Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency] Incorrect settings will trigger oPE10 [V/f Data Setting Error]. • When you use A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] to initialize the drive, the drive will reset the manually set values for E3-04 to E3-10 to default values. ■ E3-04: Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-04 Motor2MaximumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0Hz (031A) Frequency Setthemaximumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (10.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E3-05: Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-05 Motor2MaximumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 190.0V (031B) Voltage Setsthemaximumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, Expert 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ E3-06: Motor 2 Base Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-06 Motor2BaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0Hz (031C) Setsthebasefrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-E3-04) Expert Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter.
550 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-04 (031A) Expert | Motor2MaximumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthemaximumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 50.0Hz (10.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-05 (031B) Expert | Motor2MaximumOutput Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemaximumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 190.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-06 (031C) Expert | Motor2BaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebasefrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 50.0Hz (0.0-E3-04) |
Source page
Page 551
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters ■ E3-07: Motor 2 Mid Point A Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-07 Motor2MidPointA V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0Hz (031D) Frequency Setsamiddleoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E3-08: Motor 2 Mid Point A Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-08 Motor2MidPointA V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 18.6V (031E) Voltage Setsamiddleoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, Expert 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ E3-09: Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-09 Motor2MinimumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5Hz (031F) Frequency Setstheminimumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert Note: Parameter o1-04 [V/f Pattern Display Unit] sets the units for this parameter. ■ E3-10: Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E3-10 Motor2MinimumOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 9.7V (0320) Voltage Setstheminimumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters E4 parameters [Motor 2 Parameters] set induction motor data. To switch drive operation from one motor to a different motor, configure motor 2. Auto-Tuning automatically sets the E4 parameters to the best values for the application. If you cannot do Auto- Tuning, set the E4 parameters manually. Note: •E3-xx and E4-xx are available when H1-xx = 16 [MFDI Function Select = Motor 2 Selection]. •If A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the keypad does not show E4-xx. ■ E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-01 Motor2RatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0321) Setsthemotorratedcurrentformotor2inamps. (10%to200%ofthe Expert continuousratedoutput current) Note: •If E4-01 ≤ E4-03 [Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current], the drive will detect oPE02 [Parameter Range Setting Error]. •When the drive model changes, the display units for this parameter also change. -0.01 A: 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 -0.1 A: 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 The value set for E4-01 becomes the reference value for motor protection and the torque limit. Enter the motor rated current written on the motor nameplate. Auto-Tuning automatically sets the value of E4-01 to the value input for [Motor Rated Current]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 551
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-07 (031D) Expert | Motor2MidPointA Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsamiddleoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 3.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-08 (031E) Expert | Motor2MidPointA Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsamiddleoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 18.6V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-09 (031F) Expert | Motor2MinimumOutput Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheminimumoutputfrequencyforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 0.5Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E3-10 (0320) | Motor2MinimumOutput Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheminimumoutputvoltageforthemotor2V/fpattern. | 9.7V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-01 (0321) Expert | Motor2RatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedcurrentformotor2inamps. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
Source page
Page 552
12.6 E: Motor Parameters
■ E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-02 Motor2RatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0322) Setsthemotorratedslipformotor2. (0.000-20.000Hz) Expert The value set in E4-02 becomes the base slip compensation value. The drive sets this parameter during Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning. If you cannot do Auto-Tuning, use the information written on the motor nameplate and this formula to calculate the motor rated slip: E4-02 = f - (n × p) / 120 • f: Motor rated frequency (Hz) • n: Rated motor speed (min-1 (r/min)) • p: Number of motor poles ■ E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-03 Motor2RatedNo-Load V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0323) Current Setstheno-loadcurrentformotor2inampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyandtheno- (0.0-E4-01) Expert loadvoltage. Note: The display units are different for different models: •0.01 A: 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 •0.1 A: 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 You can also manually enter the motor no-load current shown on the motor test report to E4-03. Contact the motor manufacturer for the motor test report. Note: The default setting of the no-load current is for a 4-pole motor recommended by Yaskawa. ■ E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-04 Motor2MotorPoles V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 (0324) Setsthenumberofpolesformotor2. (2-120) Expert Auto-Tuning automatically sets E4-04 to the value input for [Number of Motor Poles]. ■ E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-05 Motor2Line-to-Line V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0325) Resistance Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotor2statorwindings. (0.000-65.000Ω) Expert Note: This value is the line-to-line resistance for motor 2. Do not set this parameter with the resistance per phase. Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter. If you cannot do Auto-Tuning, use the test report from the motor manufacturer to configure the settings. Use one of these formulas to calculate the motor line-to-line resistance: • E-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.822 • B-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 75 °C] × 0.822 • F-type insulation: [the resistance value (Ω) shown on the test report at 115 °C] × 0.728
552 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-02 (0322) Expert | Motor2RatedSlip | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedslipformotor2. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-20.000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-03 (0323) Expert | Motor2RatedNo-Load Current | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentformotor2inampswhenoperatingattheratedfrequencyandtheno- loadvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-E4-01) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-04 (0324) Expert | Motor2MotorPoles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofpolesformotor2. | 4 (2-120) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-05 (0325) Expert | Motor2Line-to-Line Resistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheline-to-lineresistanceforthemotor2statorwindings. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) |
Source page
Page 553
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters ■ E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E4-06 Motor2Leakage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0326) Inductance Setsthevoltagedropfrommotor2leakageinductanceasapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage (0.0-60.0%) Expert whenmotor2operatesattheratedfrequencyandratedcurrent. The drive sets this parameter during Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning. Note: You cannot usually find the quantity of voltage drop on the motor nameplate. If you do not know the value of the motor 2 leakage inductance, get the test report from the motor manufacturer. ◆ E5: PM Motor Settings E5 parameters are used to set PM motor data. Perform Auto-Tuning for all other PM motors. If information from motor nameplates or test reports is available, the E5 parameters can be manually entered. Note: •The keypad displays E5-xx only when A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM]. •E5-xx parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters]. ■ E5-02: PM Motor Rated Power No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-02 PMMotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032A) SetsthePMmotorratedoutputintheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. (0.10-650.00kW) The drive will automatically set this parameter the next time you do Auto-Tuning. • PM Motor Parameter Settings • PM Stationary Auto-Tuning • PM Rotational Auto-Tuning ■ E5-03: PM Motor Rated Current (FLA) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-03 PMMotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032B) (FLA) SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) Note: The display units are different for different models: •0.01 A: models 2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023 •0.1 A: models 2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380 The drive automatically sets E5-03 to the value input for “PM Motor Rated Current” after you do these types of Auto-Tuning: • PM Motor Parameter Settings • PM Stationary Auto-Tuning • PM Rotational Auto-Tuning ■ E5-04: PM Motor Pole Count No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-04 PMMotorPoleCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 12 (032C) SetsthenumberofPMmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: When you connect the PG-E3 option, the maximum value for this parameter is 48. These types of Auto-Tuning will automatically set this parameter to the value of [Number of Motor Poles]: 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 553
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E4-06 (0326) Expert | Motor2Leakage Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevoltagedropfrommotor2leakageinductanceasapercentageofMotorRatedVoltage whenmotor2operatesattheratedfrequencyandratedcurrent. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-60.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-02 (032A) | PMMotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorratedoutputintheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.10-650.00kW) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-03 (032B) | PMMotorRatedCurrent (FLA) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorratedcurrent(FLA). | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-04 (032C) | PMMotorPoleCount | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPMmotorpoles. | 12 (2-120) |
Source page
Page 554
12.6 E: Motor Parameters
• PM Motor Parameter Settings • PM Stationary Auto-Tuning • PM Rotational Auto-Tuning ■ E5-05: PM Motor Resistance (ohms/phase)
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-05 PMMotorResistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032D) (ohms/phase) SetstheresistanceperphaseofaPMmotor.Set50%oftheline-to-lineresistance. (0.000-65.000Ω) PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor Stator Resistance]. Note: Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary. ■ E5-06: PM d-axis Inductance (mH/phase)
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-06 PMd-axisInductance(mH/ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032E) phase) SetsthePMmotord-axisinductance. (0.00-600.00mH) PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor d-Axis Inductance]. Note: Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary. ■ E5-07: PM q-axis Inductance (mH/phase) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-07 PMq-axisInductance(mH/ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (032F) phase) SetsthePMmotorq-axisinductance. (0.00-600.00mH) PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [PM Motor q-Axis Inductance]. Note: Do not change the setting calculated by Auto-Tuning unless it is necessary. ■ E5-09: PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s)) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-09 PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/ V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0331) (rad/s)) SetsthepeakvalueofPMmotorinducedvoltage. (0.0-6500.0mV/(rad/s)) Set this parameter when you use an IPM motor with derated torque or an IPM motor with constant torque. PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)]. Set only E5-09 or E5-24 [PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)] as the induced voltage constant. Note: When you set this parameter, also set E5-24 = 0.0. The drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error] in these conditions: •E5-09 = 0.0 and E5-24 = 0.0 •E5-09 ≠ 0.0 and E5-24 ≠ 0.0 ■ E5-11: Encoder Z-Pulse Offset
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-11 EncoderZ-PulseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0° (0333) SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset. (-180.0-+180.0°) The drive uses the PM motor parameter settings and PM Stationary Auto-Tuning to set E5-11 to the value input for “Encoder Z-Pulse Offset” automatically. The drive uses Encoder Tuning or the Rotational Auto-Tuning to set E5-11.
554 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-05 (032D) | PMMotorResistance (ohms/phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresistanceperphaseofaPMmotor.Set50%oftheline-to-lineresistance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.000-65.000Ω) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-06 (032E) | PMd-axisInductance(mH/ phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotord-axisinductance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-600.00mH) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-07 (032F) | PMq-axisInductance(mH/ phase) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorq-axisinductance. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-600.00mH) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-09 (0331) | PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/ (rad/s)) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepeakvalueofPMmotorinducedvoltage. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-6500.0mV/(rad/s)) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-11 (0333) | EncoderZ-PulseOffset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset. | 0.0° (-180.0-+180.0°) |
Source page
Page 555
sliateDretemaraP 12.6 E: Motor Parameters ■ E5-24: PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-24 PMBack-EMFL-LVrms V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0 (0353) (mV/rpm) SetstheRMSvalueforPMmotorlinevoltage. (0.0-6500.0mV/min-1) Set this parameter when you use an SPM motor. PM motor Auto-Tuning automatically sets this parameter to the value of [Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke)]. Set only E5-09 [PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] or E5-24 as the induced voltage constant. Note: When you set this parameter, also set E5-09 = 0.0. The drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error] in these conditions: •E5-09 = 0.0 and E5-24 = 0.0 •E5-09 ≠ 0.0 and E5-24 ≠ 0.0 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 555
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| E5-24 (0353) | PMBack-EMFL-LVrms (mV/rpm) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheRMSvalueforPMmotorlinevoltage. | 0.0 (0.0-6500.0mV/min-1) |
Source page
Page 556
12.7 F: Options
12.7 F: Options
F parameters are used to set option cards, which function as interfaces for encoders, analog outputs, digital I/O, and fieldbus communication.
◆ F1: Encoder Option Setup
F1-10 x x x x F1-11 x x x x F1-14 x x x x F1-18 x x x x F1-19 x x x x F1-20 - x x x
F1-48 - - x x F1-50 - - x - F1-51 - - x x F1-52 - - x - F1-53 - - x -
F1-55 - - x x F1-56 - - x x F1-57 - - x x F1-58 - - x x F1-59 - - x x
F1-60 - - x x F1-61 - - x x F1-62 - - x x F1-63 - - x x F1-66-F1-81 - - - x
Num i b n e s r ta o l f le c d ar i d n s a th d a ri t v c e anbe 2 2 1 1
556 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingParameter | EncoderOptionCard | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| PG-B3 | PG-X3 | PG-F3 | PG-E3 | |
| F1-01 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-02 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-03 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-04 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-05 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-06 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-08 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-09 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-10 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-11 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-14 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-18 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-19 | x | x | x | x |
| F1-20 | - | x | x | x |
| F1-48 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-50 | - | - | x | - |
| F1-51 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-52 | - | - | x | - |
| F1-53 | - | - | x | - |
| F1-55 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-56 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-57 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-58 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-59 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-60 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-61 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-62 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-63 | - | - | x | x |
| F1-66-F1-81 | - | - | - | x |
| Numberofcardsthatcanbe installedinadrive | 2 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Source page
Page 557
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F1-01: Encoder 1 Pulse Count (PPR) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-01 Encoder1PulseCount V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0380) (PPR) Setsthenumberofoutputpulsesforeachmotorrevolution. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: The default setting and setting range change when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: •When A1-02 = 3 [CLV], the default setting is 1024, and the setting range is 1 ppr to 60000 ppr. •When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the default setting is 2048, and the setting range is 1 ppr to 20000 ppr. ■ F1-02: Encoder Signal Loss Detect Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-02 EncoderSignalLossDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0381) Sel SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsPGo (0-3) Expert [Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. If the drive does not detect ouput pulses from the encoder for the time set in F1-14 [Encoder Open-Circuit Detect Time], it will trigger PGo. Note: Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only The keypad shows PGo and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ F1-03: Overspeed Detection Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-03 OverspeedDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0382) Selection SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsoS (0-3) Expert [Overspeed]. When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 [Overspeed Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-09 [Overspeed Detection Delay Time], the drive will detect oS. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only The keypad shows oS and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 557
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-01 (0380) | Encoder1PulseCount (PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofoutputpulsesforeachmotorrevolution. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-02 (0381) Expert | EncoderSignalLossDetect Sel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsPGo [Encoder(PG)FeedbackLoss]. | 1 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-03 (0382) Expert | OverspeedDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsoS [Overspeed]. | 1 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 558
12.7 F: Options
■ F1-04: Speed Deviation Detection Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-04 SpeedDeviationDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (0383) Select SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsdEv (0-3) Expert [SpeedDeviation]. When the difference between the speed reference and the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-10 [Speed Deviation Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-11 [Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime], the drive will detect dEv. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only The keypad shows dEv and the drive continues operation. Only use this setting in special conditions to prevent damage to the motor and machinery. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ F1-05: Encoder 1 Rotation Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-05 Encoder1Rotation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0384) Selection SetstheoutputsequencefortheAandBpulsesfromtheencoder,assumingthatthemotoris (0,1) operatingintheupdirection. Refer to the option card installation manual for more information about how to set the encoder pulse output sequence and make sure that it is correct. 0 : Pulse A leads in Up Direction 1 : Pulse B leads in Up Direction ■ F1-06: Encoder 1 Pulse Monitor Scaling No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-06 Encoder1PulseMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 001 (0385) Scaling Setstheratiobetweenthepulseinputandthepulseoutputoftheencoderasa3-digitnumber.The (001-032,102-132(1-1/ Expert firstdigitisthenumeratorandthesecondandthirddigitssetthedenominator. 32)) When the setting value is a 3-digit value (xyz), the dividing ratio is (1 + x)/yz For example, when F1-06 = 032, the dividing ratio is 1/32. Note: When you use a single-pulse encoder, the dividing ratio for the monitor signal is 1:1 ■ F1-08: Overspeed Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-08 OverspeedDetectionLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 115% (0387) SetsthedetectionlevelofoS[Overspeed]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput (0-120%) Expert Frequency]. When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set in F1-09 [Overspeed Detection Delay Time], the drive will detect oS.
558 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-04 (0383) Expert | SpeedDeviationDetection Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsdEv [SpeedDeviation]. | 3 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-05 (0384) | Encoder1Rotation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsequencefortheAandBpulsesfromtheencoder,assumingthatthemotoris operatingintheupdirection. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-06 (0385) Expert | Encoder1PulseMonitor Scaling | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratiobetweenthepulseinputandthepulseoutputoftheencoderasa3-digitnumber.The firstdigitisthenumeratorandthesecondandthirddigitssetthedenominator. | 001 (001-032,102-132(1-1/ 32)) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-08 (0387) Expert | OverspeedDetectionLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelofoS[Overspeed]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]. | 115% (0-120%) |
Source page
Page 559
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F1-09: Overspeed Detection Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-09 OverspeedDetectionDelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (0388) Time SetsthelengthoftimethatthespeedfeedbackmustbemorethantheF1-08leveltocauseoS (0.0-2.0s) Expert [Overspeed]. When the motor speed is more than the value set in F1-08 [Overspeed Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-09, the drive will detect oS. ■ F1-10: Speed Deviation Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-10 SpeedDeviationDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10% (0389) Level SetsthedetectionlevelofdEv[SpeedDeviation]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput (0-50%) Expert Frequency]. When the speed deviation between the speed reference and the actual motor speed is more than the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-11 [Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime], the drive will detect dEv. ■ F1-11: Speed Deviation Detect DelayTime No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-11 SpeedDeviationDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s (038A) DelayTime Setsthelengthoftimethatthedifferencebetweenthespeedreferenceandspeedfeedbackmust (0.0-10.0s) Expert bemorethanthelevelinF1-10tocausedEv[SpeedDeviation]. When the speed deviation between the speed reference and the actual motor speed is more than the value set in F1-10 [Speed Deviation Detection Level] for longer than the time set in F1-11, the drive will detect dEv. ■ F1-14: Encoder Open-Circuit Detect Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-14 EncoderOpen-Circuit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s (038D) DetectTime SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivemustnotreceiveapulsesignaltocausePGo[Encoder(PG) (0.0-10.0s) Expert FeedbackLoss]. If the drive does not detect output pulses from the encoder for longer than the time set in F1-14, the drive will detect PGo. Note: Motor speed and load conditions can cause ov [Overvoltage] and oC [Overcurrent] faults. ■ F1-18: Deviation 3 Detection Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-18 Deviation3Detection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10 (03AD) Selection Setsthenumberofrotationsnecessarytodetectconditionsthatinvertthetorquereferenceand (0-10) Expert rateofaccelerationandcausedv3[InversionDetection]. When the drive detects these two conditions at the same time for the number of times set in F1-18, the drive will detect dv3. • The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions. For example, torque reference is in elevator up direction and the acceleration is in a negative direction. • The difference between the speed reference and the actual motor speed is more than 30%. Note: •Reference the setting value for E5-11 [Encoder Z-Pulse Offset] and the δθ value found on the motor nameplate. A usual cause for a dv3 fault is an incorrect E5-11 setting. •Set F1-18 = 0 to disable the function. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 559
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-09 (0388) Expert | OverspeedDetectionDelay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthespeedfeedbackmustbemorethantheF1-08leveltocauseoS [Overspeed]. | 0.0s (0.0-2.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-10 (0389) Expert | SpeedDeviationDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelofdEv[SpeedDeviation]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]. | 10% (0-50%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-11 (038A) Expert | SpeedDeviationDetect DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedifferencebetweenthespeedreferenceandspeedfeedbackmust bemorethanthelevelinF1-10tocausedEv[SpeedDeviation]. | 0.5s (0.0-10.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-14 (038D) Expert | EncoderOpen-Circuit DetectTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivemustnotreceiveapulsesignaltocausePGo[Encoder(PG) FeedbackLoss]. | 2.0s (0.0-10.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-18 (03AD) Expert | Deviation3Detection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofrotationsnecessarytodetectconditionsthatinvertthetorquereferenceand rateofaccelerationandcausedv3[InversionDetection]. | 10 (0-10) |
Source page
Page 560
12.7 F: Options
■ F1-19: Deviation 4 Detection Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-19 Deviation4Detection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 128 (03AE) Selection Setsthenumberofpulsesnecessarytocausedv4[InversionPreventionDetection]. (0-5000) Expert The drive detects a dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection] fault when the pulses in a down direction to the speed reference are input for longer than the time set in F1-19. Note: •Refer to the E5-11 [Encoder Z-Pulse Offset] value and the Δθ value shown on the motor nameplate. An incorrect E5-11 value will frequently be the cause of a dv4 fault. •When you use the drive in an application that rotates the motor from the load side in the down direction of the speed reference, set F1- 19 = 0. ■ F1-20: Encoder 1 PCB Disconnect Detect No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-20 Encoder1PCBDisconnect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (03B4) Detect Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesdetectionofadisconnectedencoderconnectioncable (0,1) tocausePGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ F1-29: dEV Detection Condition Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-29 dEVDetectionCondition V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (03BF) Select SetswhendEv[SpeedDeviation]detectionisactive. (0-2) Expert 0 : @ Ref=SFS=MtrSpd The drive starts dEV detection after speed reference, SFS output and motor speed have matched. 1 : @ Ref=SFS Output The drive starts dEV detection after speed reference and SFS output have matched. 2 : Always during Run The drive always detects dEv during Run.
Figure 12.22 Speed Deviation Detection Conditions Flowchart
■ F1-48: Detect Speed Filter
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-48 DetectSpeedFilter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 (03A6) Setsthefunctiontofiltertheabsoluteencoderdetectionspeed.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto (0-6) Expert changethissetting. If the motor or machine vibrates during Position Lock, adjust the setting value in 1-unit increments. Note: This parameter is disabled when set to 0. 560 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-19 (03AE) Expert | Deviation4Detection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofpulsesnecessarytocausedv4[InversionPreventionDetection]. | 128 (0-5000) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-20 (03B4) | Encoder1PCBDisconnect Detect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesdetectionofadisconnectedencoderconnectioncable tocausePGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-29 (03BF) Expert | dEVDetectionCondition Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhendEv[SpeedDeviation]detectionisactive. | 2 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-48 (03A6) Expert | DetectSpeedFilter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontofiltertheabsoluteencoderdetectionspeed.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto changethissetting. | 4 (0-6) |
Source page
Page 561
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F1-50: PG-F3 Option Encoder Type No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-50 PG-F3OptionEncoder V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (03D2) Type SetsthetypeofencoderconnectedtothePG-F3option. (0-2) 0 : EnDat Sin/Cos 1 : EnDat Serial Only 2 : HIPERFACE ■ F1-51: PG-F3 PGoH Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-51 PG-F3PGoHDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% (03D3) Level ThedrivewilldetectPGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]ifthevalueofthisparameteris (1-100%) Expert smallerthanthevalueof . The drive will detect PGoH if the value of this parameter is smaller than the value of . Regarding the expression , Sin θ is the single-track (phase B) output from the encoder and Cos θ is the single-track (phase A) output from the encoder. Note: This function is enabled when F1-20 = 1 [Encoder 1 PCB Disconnect Detect = Enabled]. ■ F1-52: Serial Encoder Comm Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-52 SerialEncoderComm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (03D4) Speed SetsthecommunicationspeedbetweenthePG-F3optionandtheserialencoder. (0-2) Expert Note: This function is enabled when F1-50 = 1 or 2 [PG-F3 Option Encoder Type = EnDat Serial Only or HIPERFACE]. 0 : 1M/9600bps 1 : 500k/19200bps 2 : 1M/38400bps ■ F1-53: Encoder EEPROM Access No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-53 EncoderEEPROMAccess V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02E0) SetsthefunctiontosavedriveparameterstoandloadthemfromtheEEPROMoftheencoder. (0-3) Expert 0 : No Action 1 : Save (Drive → Encoder) The drive saves the parameter settings to the EEPROM of the encoder. 2 : Load (Encoder → Drive) The drive loads the saved parameter settings from the EEPROM of the encoder. 3 : Verify The drive examines whether the parameter settings in the drive agree with the parameters saved in the EEPROM of the encoder. When you use this function, the drive saves parameters shown in Table 12.13 to and loads them from the EEPROM of the encoder. When you set F1-53 = 1, 2, or 3, the drive will do the selected function, and it will show one of these messages on the keypad: [Save Completed]/[Load Completed]/[Verify Completed]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 561
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-50 (03D2) | PG-F3OptionEncoder Type | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofencoderconnectedtothePG-F3option. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-51 (03D3) Expert | PG-F3PGoHDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThedrivewilldetectPGoH[Encoder(PG)HardwareFault]ifthevalueofthisparameteris smallerthanthevalueof . | 80% (1-100%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-52 (03D4) Expert | SerialEncoderComm Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationspeedbetweenthePG-F3optionandtheserialencoder. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-53 (02E0) Expert | EncoderEEPROMAccess | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontosavedriveparameterstoandloadthemfromtheEEPROMoftheencoder. | 0 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 562
12.7 F: Options
Note: •You can set this parameter from the keypad only. •When F1-50 ≠ 1 [PG-F3 Option Encoder Type ≠ EnDat Serial Only], the keypad will not show this parameter. •When you start up the elevator, set F1-53 = 2 to load the saved drive parameters. Table 12.13 Parameters to Save and Load ParameterNo. ParameterName ParameterNo. ParameterName E1-04 MaximumOutputFrequency E5-07 PMq-axisInductance(mH/phase)
E1-05 MaximumOutputVoltage E5-09 PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) E1-06 BaseFrequency E5-11 EncoderZ-PulseOffset E5-02 PMMotorRatedPower E5-24 PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) E5-03 PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA) F1-01 Encoder1PulseCount(PPR) E5-04 PMMotorPoleCount F1-05 Encoder1RotationSelection
E5-05 PMMotorResistance(ohms/phase) o1-04 V/fPatternDisplayUnit E5-06 PMd-axisInductance(mH/phase) ■ F1-55: Encoder A-Phase Offset Voltage
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-55 EncoderA-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V (02E2) Voltage SetstheA-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert ■ F1-56: Encoder A-Phase Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-56 EncoderA-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V (02E3) SetstheA-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert ■ F1-57: Encoder B-Phase Offset Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-57 EncoderB-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V (02E4) Voltage SetstheB-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert ■ F1-58: Encoder B-Phase Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-58 EncoderB-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V (02E5) SetstheB-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert ■ F1-59: Encoder C-Phase Offset Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-59 EncoderC-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V (02E6) Voltage SetstheC-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert ■ F1-60: Encoder C-Phase Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-60 EncoderC-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V (02E7) SetstheC-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert 562 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ParameterNo. | ParameterName |
|---|---|
| E1-04 | MaximumOutputFrequency |
| E1-05 | MaximumOutputVoltage |
| E1-06 | BaseFrequency |
| E5-02 | PMMotorRatedPower |
| E5-03 | PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA) |
| E5-04 | PMMotorPoleCount |
| E5-05 | PMMotorResistance(ohms/phase) |
| E5-06 | PMd-axisInductance(mH/phase) |
| ParameterNo. | ParameterName |
|---|---|
| E5-07 | PMq-axisInductance(mH/phase) |
| E5-09 | PMBack-EMFVpeak(mV/(rad/s)) |
| E5-11 | EncoderZ-PulseOffset |
| E5-24 | PMBack-EMFL-LVrms(mV/rpm) |
| F1-01 | Encoder1PulseCount(PPR) |
| F1-05 | Encoder1RotationSelection |
| o1-04 | V/fPatternDisplayUnit |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-55 (02E2) Expert | EncoderA-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheA-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-56 (02E3) Expert | EncoderA-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheA-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-57 (02E4) Expert | EncoderB-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheB-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-58 (02E5) Expert | EncoderB-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheB-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-59 (02E6) Expert | EncoderC-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheC-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-60 (02E7) Expert | EncoderC-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheC-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) |
Source page
Page 563
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F1-61: Encoder D-Phase Offset Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-61 EncoderD-PhaseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.500V (02E8) Voltage SetstheD-phaseoffsetvoltage. (1.500-3.500V) Expert ■ F1-62: Encoder D-Phase Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-62 EncoderD-PhaseGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.090V (02E9) SetstheD-phasegain. (0.500-1.750V) Expert ■ F1-63: PG-E3 R-Phase Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-63 PG-E3R-PhaseSelect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02DF) SetsthefunctiontoenableordisabletheR-phasewhenyouuseaPG-E3optioncard. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled The R-phase is not used. The rotor magnet position is calculated from the C-phase and D-phase signal only. 1 : Enabled The R-phase signals are used to determine the rotor magnet position. ■ F1-66: Encoder Adjustment Value 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-66 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9A) 1 Setsencoderoffset1forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-67: Encoder Adjustment Value 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-67 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9B) 2 Setsencoderoffset2forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-68: Encoder Adjustment Value 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-68 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9C) 3 Setsencoderoffset3forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-69: Encoder Adjustment Value 4 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-69 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9D) 4 Setsencoderoffset4forthePG-E3optioncard.Thisparameterisautomaticallysetbythe (0-FF) Expert executionofAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 563
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-61 (02E8) Expert | EncoderD-PhaseOffset Voltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheD-phaseoffsetvoltage. | 2.500V (1.500-3.500V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-62 (02E9) Expert | EncoderD-PhaseGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheD-phasegain. | 1.090V (0.500-1.750V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-63 (02DF) Expert | PG-E3R-PhaseSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableordisabletheR-phasewhenyouuseaPG-E3optioncard. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-66 (0B9A) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset1forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-67 (0B9B) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset2forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-68 (0B9C) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset3forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-69 (0B9D) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset4forthePG-E3optioncard.Thisparameterisautomaticallysetbythe executionofAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
Source page
Page 564
12.7 F: Options
■ F1-70: Encoder Adjustment Value 5
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-70 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9E) 5 Setsencoderoffset5forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-71: Encoder Adjustment Value 6 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-71 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B9F) 6 Setsencoderoffset6forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-72: Encoder Adjustment Value 7 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-72 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BA0) 7 Setsencoderoffset7forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-73: Encoder Adjustment Value 8 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-73 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BA1) 8 Setsencoderoffset8forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-74: Encoder Adjustment Value 9 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-74 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BA2) 9 Setsencoderoffset9forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-75: Encoder Adjustment Value 10 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-75 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (BA30) 10 Setsencoderoffset10forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-76: Encoder Adjustment Value 11 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-76 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BA4) 11 Setsencoderoffset11forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter. ■ F1-77: Encoder Adjustment Value 12 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-77 EncoderAdjustmentValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BA5) 12 Setsencoderoffset12forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive (0-FF) Expert automaticallysetsthisparameter.
564 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-70 (0B9E) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset5forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-71 (0B9F) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset6forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-72 (0BA0) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset7forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-73 (0BA1) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset8forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-74 (0BA2) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset9forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-75 (BA30) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset10forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-76 (0BA4) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 11 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset11forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-77 (0BA5) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 12 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset12forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
Source page
Page 565
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-78 (0BA6) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 13 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset13forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-79 (0BA7) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 14 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset14forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-80 (0BA8) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 15 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset15forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F1-81 (0BA9) Expert | EncoderAdjustmentValue 16 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsencoderoffset16forthePG-E3optioncard.WhenyoudoAuto-Tuning,thedrive automaticallysetsthisparameter. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
Source page
Page 566
12.7 F: Options
■ F3-01: Digital Input Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-01 DigitalInputFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0390) Selection Setsthedataformatofdigitalinputsignals.Thisparameterisenabledwheno1-03=0or1 (0-8) Expert [SpeedDisplayUnitSelection=0.01Hzor0.01%(100%=E1-04)]. Note: When o1-03 = 2 [min-1 (r/min) unit] or 3 [User Units], the input signal type is BCD. The o1-03 value sets the setting units. 0 : BCD, 1% units 1 : BCD, 0.1% units 2 : BCD, 0.01% units 3 : BCD, 1 Hz units 4 : BCD, 0.1 Hz units 5 : BCD, 0.01 Hz units 6 : BCD (5-digit), 0.01 Hz 7 : Binary input The setting unit and setting range are different for different values of F3-03 [Digital Input Data Length Select]. • F3-03 = 0 [8-bit]: 100%/255 (-255 to +255) • F3-03 = 1 [12-bit]: 100%/4095 (-4095 to +4095) • F3-03 = 2 [16-bit]: 100%/30000 (-33000 to +33000) 8 : Multi-Function Digital Input The DI-A3 option is also used as a multi-function digital input terminal.
■ F3-03: Digital Input Data Length Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-03 DigitalInputDataLength V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (03B9) Select SetsthenumberofbitstosetthespeedreferencewithDI-A3. (0-2) Expert 0 : 8-bit 1 : 12-bit 2 : 16-bit
566 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-01 (0390) Expert | DigitalInputFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedataformatofdigitalinputsignals.Thisparameterisenabledwheno1-03=0or1 [SpeedDisplayUnitSelection=0.01Hzor0.01%(100%=E1-04)]. | 0 (0-8) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-03 (03B9) Expert | DigitalInputDataLength Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofbitstosetthespeedreferencewithDI-A3. | 2 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 567
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options Table 12.14 DI-A3 Terminal Function Selection BCD,Signed BCD,Unsigned Binary,Signed [F3-01=0to5] [F3-01=6]*1 [F3-01=7] Terminal Terminal Block Name 8-bit 12-bit 16-bit 8-bit 12-bit 16-bit [F3-03=0] [F3-03=1] [F3-03=2] [F3 0 -0 ] 3= [F3-03=1] [F3 2 -0 ] 3= TB2 D0 1digit(0- 1 1digit(0- 1 1digit(0- 1 1digit(0, 2 bit0 bit0 bit0 9) 9) 9) 2,4,6,8) D1 2 2 2 4 bit1 bit1 bit1 D2 4 4 4 8 bit2 bit2 bit2 D3 8 8 8 2digits(0- 1 bit3 bit3 bit3 9) D4 2digits(0- 1 2digits(0- 1 2digits(0- 1 2 bit4 bit4 bit4 15)*2 9) 9) D5 2 2 2 4 bit5 bit5 bit5 D6 4 4 4 8 bit6 bit6 bit6 D7 8 8 8 3digits(0- 1 bit7 bit7 bit7 9) TB3 D8 - - 3digits(0- 1 3digits(0- - 2 - bit8 bit8 15)*2 9) D9 - 2 - 4 - bit9 bit9 DA - 4 - 8 - bit10 bit10 DB - 8 - 4digits(0- 1 - bit11 bit11 9) DC - - - - 4digits(0- - 2 - - bit12 15)*2 DD - - - 4 - - bit13 DE - - - 8 - - bit14 DF - - - 5digits(0- 1 - - bit15 3) TB1 SI SIGN(encoded)signal 2 SIGN(encoded)signal 0:Upcommand,1:Downcommand 0:Upcommand,1:Downcommand SE SET(loaded)signal 1:LoadsthevaluesetforD0toDFandSI. SP Internalpowersupply:24V±5% SC Inputsignalcommon SN Internalpowersupplycommon:0V SD Cablesheathconnectionterminal(ungrounded) FE Cablesheathconnectionterminal(grounded) *1 Setting F3-03 = 2 [Digital Input Data Length Select = 16-bit] enables F3-01 = 6 [Digital Input Function Selection = BCD (5-digit), 0.01 Hz] and a frequency between 0.00 Hz to 399.8 Hz can be set by the BCD. Note that terminal SI is also used as for data bits. Negative commands cannot be input as encoding information (positive/negative) cannot be added to the data. The minimum bit value for the first BCD digit is 2. For this reason, 0.02 Hz is the smallest setting unit available for this frequency setting. An oPE05 [Run Cmd/Speed Source Sel Err] occurs when F3-03 ≠ 2 while F3-01 = 6. *2 The most significant digit can be set to a value between 0 to 15 when using “BCD, Signed”. Other digits can be set to a value between 0 to 9. ■ F3-10: Terminal D0 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-10 TerminalD0Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE3) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD0oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-11: Terminal D1 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-11 TerminalD1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE4) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD1oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 567
| Terminal Block | Terminal Name | BCD,Signed [F3-01=0to5] | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | BCD,Unsigned [F3-01=6]*1 | Column | Binary,Signed [F3-01=7] | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 8-bit [F3-03=0] | 12-bit [F3-03=1] | 16-bit [F3-03=2] | 8-bit [F3-03= 0] | 12-bit [F3-03=1] | 16-bit [F3-03= 2] | |||||||
| TB2 | D0 | 1digit(0- 9) | 1 | 1digit(0- 9) | 1 | 1digit(0- 9) | 1 | 1digit(0, 2,4,6,8) | 2 | bit0 | bit0 | bit0 |
| D1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 4 | bit1 | bit1 | bit1 | |||||
| D2 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 8 | bit2 | bit2 | bit2 | |||||
| D3 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 2digits(0- 9) | 1 | bit3 | bit3 | bit3 | ||||
| D4 | 2digits(0- 15)*2 | 1 | 2digits(0- 9) | 1 | 2digits(0- 9) | 1 | 2 | bit4 | bit4 | bit4 | ||
| D5 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 4 | bit5 | bit5 | bit5 | |||||
| D6 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 8 | bit6 | bit6 | bit6 | |||||
| D7 | 8 | 8 | 8 | 3digits(0- 9) | 1 | bit7 | bit7 | bit7 | ||||
| TB3 | D8 | - | - | 3digits(0- 15)*2 | 1 | 3digits(0- 9) | - | 2 | - | bit8 | bit8 | |
| D9 | - | 2 | - | 4 | - | bit9 | bit9 | |||||
| DA | - | 4 | - | 8 | - | bit10 | bit10 | |||||
| DB | - | 8 | - | 4digits(0- 9) | 1 | - | bit11 | bit11 | ||||
| DC | - | - | - | - | 4digits(0- 15)*2 | - | 2 | - | - | bit12 | ||
| DD | - | - | - | 4 | - | - | bit13 | |||||
| DE | - | - | - | 8 | - | - | bit14 | |||||
| DF | - | - | - | 5digits(0- 3) | 1 | - | - | bit15 | ||||
| TB1 | SI | SIGN(encoded)signal 0:Upcommand,1:Downcommand | 2 | SIGN(encoded)signal 0:Upcommand,1:Downcommand | ||||||||
| SE | SET(loaded)signal 1:LoadsthevaluesetforD0toDFandSI. | |||||||||||
| SP | Internalpowersupply:24V±5% | |||||||||||
| SC | Inputsignalcommon | |||||||||||
| SN | Internalpowersupplycommon:0V | |||||||||||
| SD | Cablesheathconnectionterminal(ungrounded) | |||||||||||
| FE | Cablesheathconnectionterminal(grounded) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-10 (0BE3) Expert | TerminalD0Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD0oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-11 (0BE4) Expert | TerminalD1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD1oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
Source page
Page 568
12.7 F: Options
Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-12: Terminal D2 Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-12 TerminalD2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE5) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD2oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-13: Terminal D3 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-13 TerminalD3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE6) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD3oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-14: Terminal D4 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-14 TerminalD4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE7) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD4oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-15: Terminal D5 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-15 TerminalD5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE8) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD5oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-16: Terminal D6 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-16 TerminalD6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BE9) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD6oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-17: Terminal D7 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-17 TerminalD7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BEA) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD7oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter.
568 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-12 (0BE5) Expert | TerminalD2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD2oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-13 (0BE6) Expert | TerminalD3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD3oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-14 (0BE7) Expert | TerminalD4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD4oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-15 (0BE8) Expert | TerminalD5Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD5oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-16 (0BE9) Expert | TerminalD6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD6oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-17 (0BEA) Expert | TerminalD7Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD7oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
Source page
Page 569
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F3-18: Terminal D8 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-18 TerminalD8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BEB) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD8oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-19: Terminal D9 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-19 TerminalD9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BEC) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalD9oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-20: Terminal DA Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-20 TerminalDAFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BED) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDAoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-21: Terminal DB Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-21 TerminalDBFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BEE) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDBoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-22: Terminal DC Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-22 TerminalDCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BEF) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDCoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-23: Terminal DD Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-23 TerminalDDFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BF0) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDDoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 569
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-18 (0BEB) Expert | TerminalD8Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD8oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-19 (0BEC) Expert | TerminalD9Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalD9oftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-20 (0BED) Expert | TerminalDAFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDAoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-21 (0BEE) Expert | TerminalDBFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDBoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-22 (0BEF) Expert | TerminalDCFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDCoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-23 (0BF0) Expert | TerminalDDFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDDoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
Source page
Page 570
12.7 F: Options
■ F3-24: Terminal DE Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-24 TerminalDEFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BF1) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDEoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ■ F3-25: Terminal DF Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F3-25 TerminalDFFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0BF2) Selection SetsthefunctionforterminalDFoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction (1-1FF) Expert Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. ◆ F4: Analog Monitor Option F4 parameters set drive operation when you use analog monitor option card AO-A3. The AO-A3 card has 2 output terminals (terminals V1 and V2) for signals with an Output resolution of 11 bits (1/2048) + encoding and that have an output voltage range of -10 V to +10 V. Install the AO-A3 card to a drive to output analog signals that monitor the output status of the drive (output frequency and output current). Refer to the AO-A3 card manual for more information about how to install, wire, and set the AO-A3 card. Use the U monitor number to set the monitor data to be output from terminals V1 and V2 on the AO-A3 card. Enter the last three digits of Ux-xx as the setting value. • Use Gain and Bias to Adjust the Output Signal Level of Terminal V1 You must stop the drive to adjust the output signal. Use this procedure to calibrate the drive: 1. View the F4-02 [Terminal V1 Gain] value on the keypad. Terminal V1 will output a voltage = 100% of the monitor set in F4-01 [Terminal V1 Function Selection]. 2. View the monitor connected to terminal V1 and adjust F4-02. 3. View the F4-05 [Terminal V1 Bias] value on the keypad. Terminal V1 will output an analog signal = 100% of the parameter set in F4-01. 4. View the monitor connected to terminal V1 and adjust F4-05. • Use Gain and Bias to Adjust the Output Signal Level of Terminal V2
You must stop the drive to adjust the output signal. Use this procedure to calibrate the drive: 1. View the F4-04 [Terminal V2 Gain] value on the keypad. Terminal V2 will output a voltage = 100% of the monitor set in F4-03 [Terminal V2 Function Selection]. 2. View the monitor connected to terminal V2 and adjust F4-04. 3. View the F4-06 [Terminal V2 Bias] value on the keypad. The analog signal equal to 0% of the parameter being set in F4-03 will be output from terminal V2. 4. View the monitor connected to terminal V2 and adjust F4-06. ■ F4-01: Terminal V1 Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-01 TerminalV1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 (0391) Selection SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV1. (000-999) Expert Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitors] to set monitor data to output from the option card. For example, set F4- 01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Speed]. Note: •You cannot use all of the monitors in all of the control methods. •When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can use MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option to set the terminal V1 output level from the PLC. 570 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-24 (0BF1) Expert | TerminalDEFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDEoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F3-25 (0BF2) Expert | TerminalDFFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforterminalDFoftheDI-A3optionwhenF3-01=8[DigitalInputFunction Selection=Multi-FunctionDigitalInput]. | F (1-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-01 (0391) Expert | TerminalV1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV1. | 102 (000-999) |
Source page
Page 571
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F4-02: Terminal V1 Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-02 TerminalV1Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (0392) SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Setstheanalogsignaloutput (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN l 1 e 0 v 0 e % lf . romtheterminalV1at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis Expert The maximum output voltage output from terminal V1 is ±10 V. Use F4-07 [Terminal V1 Signal Level] to set the signal level. Example settings: When you use these settings, and the monitored output voltage is at 100% (continuous rated output current of the drive), the output voltage of terminal V1 is 5 V (50% of 10 V). The output current is 200% of the continuous rated output current when terminal V1 outputs a maximum voltage of 10 V. • F4-01 [Terminal V1 Function Selection] = 102 (U1-02: Output Speed) • F4-02 = 50.0% • F4-05 [Terminal V1 Bias] = 0.0% • F4-07 = 0 (0 V to 10 V) ■ F4-03: Terminal V2 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-03 TerminalV2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 (0393) Selection SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV2. (000-999) Expert Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitors] to set monitor data to output from the option card. For example, set F4- 03 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current]. Note: •You cannot use all of the monitors in all of the control methods. •When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can use this setting to adjust the V2 terminal output from PLC through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or a communications option. ■ F4-04: Terminal V2 Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-04 TerminalV2Gain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% (0394) SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setstheanalogsignaloutput (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN levelfromterminalV2at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis100%. Expert The maximum output voltage output from terminal V2 is ±10 V. Use F4-08 [Terminal V2 Signal Level] to set the signal level. Example settings: When you use these settings, and the monitored output voltage is at 100% (continuous rated output current of the drive), the output voltage of terminal V2 is 5 V (50% of 10 V). The output current is 200% of the continuous rated output current when terminal V2 outputs a maximum voltage of 10 V. • F4-03 [Terminal V2 Function Selection] = 103 (U1-03: Output Current) • F4-04 = 50.0% • F4-06 [Terminal V2 Bias] = 0.0% • F4-08 = 0 (0 V to 10 V) ■ F4-05: Terminal V1 Bias No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-05 TerminalV1Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0395) SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Whenanoutputformonitoring (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN i p t e e r m ce s n i t s a 0 g % eo , f th 1 i 0 sp V a o ra r m 20 ete m r A se . tstheanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheV1terminalasa Expert 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 571
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-02 (0392) RUN Expert | TerminalV1Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Setstheanalogsignaloutput levelfromtheterminalV1at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis 100%. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-03 (0393) Expert | TerminalV2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitorsignaloutputfromterminalV2. | 103 (000-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-04 (0394) RUN Expert | TerminalV2Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Setstheanalogsignaloutput levelfromterminalV2at10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis100%. | 50.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-05 (0395) RUN Expert | TerminalV1Bias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV1.Whenanoutputformonitoring itemsis0%,thisparametersetstheanalogsignaloutputlevelfromtheV1terminalasa percentageof10Vor20mA. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
Source page
Page 572
12.7 F: Options
The maximum output voltage output from terminal V1 is ±10 V. Use F4-07 [Terminal V1 Signal Level] to set the signal level. ■ F4-06: Terminal V2 Bias
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-06 TerminalV2Bias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0396) SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Settheleveloftheanalogsignal (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN sentfromtheV2terminalat10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%. Expert The maximum output voltage output from terminal V2 is ±10 V. Use F4-08 [Terminal V2 Signal Level] to set the signal level. ■ F4-07: Terminal V1 Signal Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-07 TerminalV1SignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0397) SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV1. (0,1) Expert 0 : 0 to 10 V 1 : -10 to 10 V ■ F4-08: Terminal V2 Signal Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F4-08 TerminalV2SignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0398) SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV2. (0,1) Expert 0 : 0 to 10 V 1 : -10 to 10 V ◆ F5: Digital Output Option F5 parameters set the output mode and function of output signals when you use digital output option card DO-A3.
When you install a DO-A3 to the drive, you can output isolated digital signals to monitor the drive operation status. • 6 points of photocoupler output (48 V, 50 mA or less) • 2 points of relay contact output (250 Vac, 30 Vdc: 1 A or less) Refer to the DO-A3 option manual for more information about how to install, wire, and set the DO-A3 card.
■ Use Parameters to Select Output Modes Use parameter F5-09 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection] to set signal output from the DO-A3 card.
572 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-06 (0396) RUN Expert | TerminalV2Bias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromterminalV2.Settheleveloftheanalogsignal sentfromtheV2terminalat10Vor20mAas100%whenanoutputformonitoringitemsis0%. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-07 (0397) Expert | TerminalV1SignalLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV1. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F4-08 (0398) Expert | TerminalV2SignalLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputsignallevelforterminalV2. | 1 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 573
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options Table 12.15 Details of F5-09 and the DO-A3 Terminal Output DO-A3TerminalBlock DO-A3TerminalName Indi F v 5 id -0 u 9 al = O 0 u [ t P p r u e t d s] ef ( i D n e e f d ault) F5-09=1[BinaryOutput] F5-09 (F = 5- 2 01 [P t r o o F g 5 ra -0 m 8 m )] able TB1 M1-M2 Zerospeeddetectioninprogress Duringrun DependingonthesettingofF5-07 [TerminalM1-M2Function Select] M3-M4 Duringspeedagreement Minorfault(excludingbb DependingonthesettingofF5-08 [Baseblock]) [TerminalM3-M4Function Select] TB2 P1-PC oC[Overcurrent],GF[Ground Codedoutput DependingonthesettingofF5-01 Fault] Note: [TerminalP1-PCFunctionSelect] P2-PC ov[Overvoltage] RefertoTable12.16formore DependingonthesettingofF5-02 information. [TerminalP2-PCFunctionSelect] P3-PC oL2[DriveOverload] DependingonthesettingofF5-03 [TerminalP3-PCFunctionSelect] P4-PC Notused DependingonthesettingofF5-04 [TerminalP4-PCFunctionSelect] P5-PC oS[Overspeed] Zerospeeddetectioninprogress DependingonthesettingofF5-05 [TerminalP5-PCFunctionSelect] P6-PC oH,oH1[HeatsinkOverheat]or Duringspeedagreement DependingonthesettingofF5-06 oL1[MotorOverload] [TerminalP6-PCFunctionSelect] Table 12.16 Binary Output [F5-09 = 1] DO-A3TerminalBlockTB2 CodedOutput(Binary) Description TerminalP1-PC TerminalP2-PC TerminalP3-PC TerminalP4-PC 0 Nofault 0 0 0 0 1 oC[Overcurrent],GF 1 0 0 0 [GroundFault] 2 ov[Overvoltage] 0 1 0 0 3 oL2[DriveOverload] 1 1 0 0 4 oH,oH1[Heatsink 0 0 1 0 Overheat] 5 oS[Overspeed] 1 0 1 0 6 Notused 0 1 1 0 7 rr[DynamicBraking 1 1 1 0 TransistorFault] 8 EF3toEF10[External 0 0 0 1 Fault(TerminalsS3to S10)] 9 CPFxx,oFAxx,oFbxx, 1 0 0 1 oFCxx[DriveHardware Fault]*1 A oL1[MotorOverload] 0 1 0 1 B Notused 1 1 0 1 C Uv1[DCBus 0 0 1 1 Undervoltage],Uv2 [ControlPower Undervoltage],Uv3[Soft ChargeAnswerbackFault] D dEv[SpeedDeviation] 1 0 1 1 E PGo[Encoder(PG) 0 1 1 1 FeedbackLoss] F Notused 1 1 1 1 *1 The “xx” characters are different for different faults. ■ Digital Output Card Selection Refer to “H2: Multi-function Digital Output” for more information about the functions that output from the terminals when F5-09 = 2 [DO-A3 Output Mode Selection = Programmable (F5-01 to F5-08)]. Use F5-01 to F5- 08 to set the output items. No. Name SettingRange Default F5-01 TerminalP1-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 0:DuringRun F5-02 TerminalP2-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 1:ZeroSpeed 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 573
| DO-A3TerminalBlock | DO-A3TerminalName | F5-09=0[Predefined IndividualOutputs](Default) | F5-09=1[BinaryOutput] | F5-09=2[Programmable (F5-01toF5-08)] |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TB1 | M1-M2 | Zerospeeddetectioninprogress | Duringrun | DependingonthesettingofF5-07 [TerminalM1-M2Function Select] |
| M3-M4 | Duringspeedagreement | Minorfault(excludingbb [Baseblock]) | DependingonthesettingofF5-08 [TerminalM3-M4Function Select] | |
| TB2 | P1-PC | oC[Overcurrent],GF[Ground Fault] | Codedoutput Note: RefertoTable12.16formore information. | DependingonthesettingofF5-01 [TerminalP1-PCFunctionSelect] |
| P2-PC | ov[Overvoltage] | DependingonthesettingofF5-02 [TerminalP2-PCFunctionSelect] | ||
| P3-PC | oL2[DriveOverload] | DependingonthesettingofF5-03 [TerminalP3-PCFunctionSelect] | ||
| P4-PC | Notused | DependingonthesettingofF5-04 [TerminalP4-PCFunctionSelect] | ||
| P5-PC | oS[Overspeed] | Zerospeeddetectioninprogress | DependingonthesettingofF5-05 [TerminalP5-PCFunctionSelect] | |
| P6-PC | oH,oH1[HeatsinkOverheat]or oL1[MotorOverload] | Duringspeedagreement | DependingonthesettingofF5-06 [TerminalP6-PCFunctionSelect] |
| CodedOutput(Binary) | Description | DO-A3TerminalBlockTB2 | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| TerminalP1-PC | TerminalP2-PC | TerminalP3-PC | TerminalP4-PC | ||
| 0 | Nofault | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 1 | oC[Overcurrent],GF [GroundFault] | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 2 | ov[Overvoltage] | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 3 | oL2[DriveOverload] | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 4 | oH,oH1[Heatsink Overheat] | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| 5 | oS[Overspeed] | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| 6 | Notused | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 7 | rr[DynamicBraking TransistorFault] | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 8 | EF3toEF10[External Fault(TerminalsS3to S10)] | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 9 | CPFxx,oFAxx,oFbxx, oFCxx[DriveHardware Fault]*1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| A | oL1[MotorOverload] | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| B | Notused | 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| C | Uv1[DCBus Undervoltage],Uv2 [ControlPower Undervoltage],Uv3[Soft ChargeAnswerbackFault] | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| D | dEv[SpeedDeviation] | 1 | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| E | PGo[Encoder(PG) FeedbackLoss] | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| F | Notused | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| No. | Name | SettingRange | Default |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-01 | TerminalP1-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 0:DuringRun |
| F5-02 | TerminalP2-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 1:ZeroSpeed |
Source page
Page 574
12.7 F: Options
No. Name SettingRange Default F5-03 TerminalP3-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 2:SpeedAgree1 F5-04 TerminalP4-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 4:SpeedDetection1
F5-05 TerminalP5-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 6:DriveReady F5-06 TerminalP6-PCFunctionSelect 0-1FF 37:DuringFrequencyOutput F5-07 TerminalM1-M2FunctionSelect 0-1FF F:NotUsed F5-08 TerminalM3-M4FunctionSelect 0-1FF F:NotUsed
■ F5-01: Terminal P1-PC Function Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-01 TerminalP1-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0399) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP1-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-02: Terminal P2-PC Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-02 TerminalP2-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (039A) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP2-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-03: Terminal P3-PC Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-03 TerminalP3-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (039B) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP3-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-04: Terminal P4-PC Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-04 TerminalP4-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 (039C) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP4-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-05: Terminal P5-PC Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-05 TerminalP5-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 (039D) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP5-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-06: Terminal P6-PC Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-06 TerminalP6-PCFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 37 (039E) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalP6-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. ■ F5-07: Terminal M1-M2 Function Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F5-07 TerminalM1-M2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (039F) Select SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M2ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode (0-1FF) Expert Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. 574 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name | SettingRange | Default |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-03 | TerminalP3-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 2:SpeedAgree1 |
| F5-04 | TerminalP4-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 4:SpeedDetection1 |
| F5-05 | TerminalP5-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 6:DriveReady |
| F5-06 | TerminalP6-PCFunctionSelect | 0-1FF | 37:DuringFrequencyOutput |
| F5-07 | TerminalM1-M2FunctionSelect | 0-1FF | F:NotUsed |
| F5-08 | TerminalM3-M4FunctionSelect | 0-1FF | F:NotUsed |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-01 (0399) Expert | TerminalP1-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP1-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 0 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-02 (039A) Expert | TerminalP2-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP2-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 1 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-03 (039B) Expert | TerminalP3-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP3-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 2 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-04 (039C) Expert | TerminalP4-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP4-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 4 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-05 (039D) Expert | TerminalP5-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP5-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 6 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-06 (039E) Expert | TerminalP6-PCFunction Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalP6-PContheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | 37 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-07 (039F) Expert | TerminalM1-M2Function Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M2ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | F (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 575
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-08 (03A0) Expert | TerminalM3-M4Function Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionofterminalM3-M4ontheDO-A3option.SetF5-09=2[DO-A3OutputMode Selection=Programmable(F5-01toF5-08)]toenablethisfunction. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F5-09 (03A1) Expert | DO-A3OutputMode Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputmodeofsignalsfromtheDO-A3option. | 0 (0-2) |
| Parameter | CANopen SI-S3 |
|---|---|
| F6-01toF6-03 | x |
| F6-04 | - |
| F6-06,F6-08 | x |
| F6-35,F6-36 | x |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-01 (03A2) Expert | CommunicationError Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsbUS [OptionCommunicationError]. | 1 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 576
12.7 F: Options
Note: Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example emergency stop switches. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ F6-02: Comm External Fault (EF0) Detect
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-02 CommExternalFault(EF0) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (03A3) Detect SetstheconditionsatwhichEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]isdetected. (0,1) Expert 0 : Always Detected 1 : Detected during RUN Only ■ F6-03: Comm External Fault (EF0) Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-03 CommExternalFault(EF0) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (03A4) Select Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsan (0-3) Expert EF0[OptionCardExternalFault]. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only The keypad shows EF0 and the drive continues operation. Note: Separately prepare safety protection equipment and systems, for example emergency stop switches. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ F6-04: bUS Error Detection Time
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-04 bUSErrorDetectionTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s (03A5) SetsthedelaytimeforthedrivetodetectbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. (0.0-5.0s) Expert Note: When you install an option card in the drive, the parameter value changes to 0.0 s. ■ F6-06: Torque Reference/Limit by Comm No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-06 TorqueReference/Limitby V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (03A7) Comm Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesthetorquereferenceandtorquelimitreceivedfromthe (0,1) Expert communicationoption. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled
576 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-02 (03A3) Expert | CommExternalFault(EF0) Detect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheconditionsatwhichEF0[OptionCardExternalFault]isdetected. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-03 (03A4) Expert | CommExternalFault(EF0) Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemethodtostopthemotororletthemotorcontinueoperatingwhenthedrivedetectsan EF0[OptionCardExternalFault]. | 1 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-04 (03A5) Expert | bUSErrorDetectionTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeforthedrivetodetectbUS[OptionCommunicationError]. | 2.0s (0.0-5.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-06 (03A7) Expert | TorqueReference/Limitby Comm | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatenablesanddisablesthetorquereferenceandtorquelimitreceivedfromthe communicationoption. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 577
sliateDretemaraP 12.7 F: Options ■ F6-08: Comm Parameter Reset @Initialize No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-08 CommParameterReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (036A) @Initialize SetsthefunctiontoinitializeF6-xxparameterwhenthedriveisinitializedwithA1-03[Initialize (0,1) Expert Parameters]. 0 : No Reset - Parameters Retained 1 : Reset Back to Factory Default Note: When you use A1-03 to initialize the drive, this setting will not change. ■ F6-15: Comm. Option Parameters Reload No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-15 Comm.OptionParameters V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B5B) Reload SetstheupdatemethodwhenyouchangeF6-xx[CommunicationOptions]. (0-2) Note: •Set F6-15 = 0, 1 to reload F6-xx. •Set F6-15 = 0, 1 to reset the display on the keypad to 0. 0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle Restart the drive to update parameters. 1 : Reload Now The changed parameters are updated without restarting the drive. 2 : Cancel Reload Request Cancels CyPo [Cycle Power to Accept Changes]. ■ F6-35: CANopen Node ID Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-35 CANopenNodeID V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (03D0) Selection SetsthenodeaddressforCANopencommunication.Restartthedriveafteryouchangethe (0-126) Expert parametersetting. Note: Be sure to set an address that is different than all other node addresses. Do not set this parameter to 0. ■ F6-36: CANopen Communication Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F6-36 CANopenCommunication V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 (03D1) Speed SetstheCANopencommunicationsspeed.Restartthedriveafteryouchangetheparameter (0-8) Expert setting. 0 : Auto-detection The drive detects the network communication speed and automatically adjusts the communications speed. 1 : 10 kbps 2 : 20 kbps 3 : 50 kbps 4 : 125 kbps 5 : 250 kbps 6 : 500 kbps 7 : 800 kbps 8 : 1 Mbps 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 577
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-08 (036A) Expert | CommParameterReset @Initialize | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoinitializeF6-xxparameterwhenthedriveisinitializedwithA1-03[Initialize Parameters]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-15 (0B5B) | Comm.OptionParameters Reload | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheupdatemethodwhenyouchangeF6-xx[CommunicationOptions]. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-35 (03D0) Expert | CANopenNodeID Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenodeaddressforCANopencommunication.Restartthedriveafteryouchangethe parametersetting. | 0 (0-126) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| F6-36 (03D1) Expert | CANopenCommunication Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheCANopencommunicationsspeed.Restartthedriveafteryouchangetheparameter setting. | 6 (0-8) |
Source page
Page 578
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
H parameters are used to assign functions to external input and output terminals.
■ H1-01 to H1-10 Terminal S1 to S10 Function Selection The drive has ten MFDI terminals. Refer to Table 12.18 for drive default settings and functions.
Table 12.18 MFDI Default Settings and Functions No. Name Default Function H1-01 TerminalS1FunctionSelection 40 UpCommand H1-02 TerminalS2FunctionSelection 41 DownCommand H1-03 TerminalS3FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1
H1-04 TerminalS4FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1 H1-05 TerminalS5FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1 H1-06 TerminalS6FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1 H1-07 TerminalS7FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1 H1-08 TerminalS8FunctionSelection F NotUsed
H1-09 TerminalS9FunctionSelection F NotUsed H1-10 TerminalS10FunctionSelection F NotUsed *1 The drive default functions set for terminals S3 to S7 change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. Table 12.19 MFDI Default Settings and Functions for Terminals S3 to S7 d1-18=0or3 d1-18=1or2 d1-18=4 No. Name Default Function Default Function Default Function H1-03 T S e e r le m c i t n io a n lS3Function 24 A Ex lw te a r y n s a - l C F o a a u s l t t ) (NO- 50 NominalSpeed 50 NominalSpeed
H1-04 T S e e r le m c i t n io a n lS4Function 14 FaultReset 54 InspectionOperation F NotUsed H1-05 T S e e r le m c i t n io a n lS5Function 3 M 1 ulti-StepSpeedReference 51 IntermediateSpeed F NotUsed
H1-06 T S e e r le m c i t n io a n lS6Function 4 M 2 ulti-StepSpeedReference 53 LevelingSpeed 53 LevelingSpeed
H1-07 T S e e r le m c i t n io a n lS7Function 5 M 3 ulti-StepSpeedReference F NotUsed BA LandingZone Refer to the Table 12.20 and use H1-xx [MFDI Function Selection] to set the function.
Table 12.20 MFDI Setting Values SettingValue Function Reference SettingValue Function Reference 3 Multi-StepSpeedReference1 583 16 Motor2Selection 585 4 Multi-StepSpeedReference2 583 17*1 EmergencyStop(N.C.) 586 5 Multi-StepSpeedReference3 583 18 TimerFunction 586
6 JogReferenceSelection 583 1A Accel/DecelRampSelection2 587 7 Accel/DecelRampSelection1 584 20to2F*1 ExternalFault 587 8*1 BaseblockCommand(N.O.) 584 30 CreepCancel 587 9*1 BaseblockCommand(N.C.) 584 40*1 UpCommand 588 F*1 NotUsed 584 41*1 DownCommand 588
14 FaultReset 585 4B*1 ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NO) 588 15*1 EmergencyStop(N.O.) 585 4C*1 ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NC) 588
578 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name | Default | Function |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-01 | TerminalS1FunctionSelection | 40 | UpCommand |
| H1-02 | TerminalS2FunctionSelection | 41 | DownCommand |
| H1-03 | TerminalS3FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H1-04 | TerminalS4FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H1-05 | TerminalS5FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H1-06 | TerminalS6FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H1-07 | TerminalS7FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H1-08 | TerminalS8FunctionSelection | F | NotUsed |
| H1-09 | TerminalS9FunctionSelection | F | NotUsed |
| H1-10 | TerminalS10FunctionSelection | F | NotUsed |
| No. | Name | d1-18=0or3 | Column | d1-18=1or2 | Column | d1-18=4 | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Default | Function | Default | Function | Default | Function | ||
| H1-03 | TerminalS3Function Selection | 24 | ExternalFault(NO- Always-Coast) | 50 | NominalSpeed | 50 | NominalSpeed |
| H1-04 | TerminalS4Function Selection | 14 | FaultReset | 54 | InspectionOperation | F | NotUsed |
| H1-05 | TerminalS5Function Selection | 3 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 1 | 51 | IntermediateSpeed | F | NotUsed |
| H1-06 | TerminalS6Function Selection | 4 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 2 | 53 | LevelingSpeed | 53 | LevelingSpeed |
| H1-07 | TerminalS7Function Selection | 5 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 3 | F | NotUsed | BA | LandingZone |
| SettingValue | Function | Reference |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Multi-StepSpeedReference1 | 583 |
| 4 | Multi-StepSpeedReference2 | 583 |
| 5 | Multi-StepSpeedReference3 | 583 |
| 6 | JogReferenceSelection | 583 |
| 7 | Accel/DecelRampSelection1 | 584 |
| 8*1 | BaseblockCommand(N.O.) | 584 |
| 9*1 | BaseblockCommand(N.C.) | 584 |
| F*1 | NotUsed | 584 |
| 14 | FaultReset | 585 |
| 15*1 | EmergencyStop(N.O.) | 585 |
| SettingValue | Function | Reference |
|---|---|---|
| 16 | Motor2Selection | 585 |
| 17*1 | EmergencyStop(N.C.) | 586 |
| 18 | TimerFunction | 586 |
| 1A | Accel/DecelRampSelection2 | 587 |
| 20to2F*1 | ExternalFault | 587 |
| 30 | CreepCancel | 587 |
| 40*1 | UpCommand | 588 |
| 41*1 | DownCommand | 588 |
| 4B*1 | ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NO) | 588 |
| 4C*1 | ShortCircuitMCFeedback(NC) | 588 |
Source page
Page 579
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Reference SettingValue Function Reference 50 NominalSpeed 589 5C StopDistanceCorrection 590 51 IntermediateSpeed 589 5D BrakeTrqReq 590 52 RelevelingSpeed 589 67 CommunicationsTestMode 591 53 LevelingSpeed 589 79*1 BrakeFeedback 591 54 InspectionOperation 589 BA LandingZone 591 55 RescueOperation 589 BB Standby 591 56*1 MotorContactorFeedbackN.O. 589 BC WakeUp 591 57 HighSpeedLimitUp 590 103to1BC InverseInputsof3toBC 58 HighSpeedLimitDown 590 i S n e v t e s r t s h e e ly f . u T n o ct s io e n lec o t f t t h h e e f s u e n le c c ti t o e n d f M or F i D n I ve to rs o e p i e n r p a u te t, 592 entertwodigits03toBCforthe“xx”in”1xx”. 5A*1 MotorContactorFeedbackN.C. 590 5B*1 BrakeFeedbackN.C. 590 *1 Inverse input is not available. ■ H1-01: Terminal S1 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-01 TerminalS1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 40 (0438) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS1. (F,40) Expert ■ H1-02: Terminal S2 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-02 TerminalS2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 41 (0439) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS2. (F,41) Expert ■ H1-03: Terminal S3 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-03 TerminalS3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 (0400) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS3. (0-1FF) Note: The drive default settings and functions set for the terminal S3 changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the default setting is 24 [External Fault (NO-Always-Coast)]. •When d1-18 = 1, 2, or 4 [High speed has priority, Leveling speed has priority, or Smart Replacement], the default setting is 50 [Nominal Speed]. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. ■ H1-04: Terminal S4 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-04 TerminalS4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 (0401) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS4. (0-1FF) Note: The drive default settings and functions set for the terminal S4 changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the default setting is 14 [Fault Reset]. •When d1-18 = 1 or 2, [High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], the default setting is 54 [Inspection Operation]. •When d1-18 = 4 [Smart Replacement], the default setting is F [Not Used]. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 579
| SettingValue | Function | Reference |
|---|---|---|
| 50 | NominalSpeed | 589 |
| 51 | IntermediateSpeed | 589 |
| 52 | RelevelingSpeed | 589 |
| 53 | LevelingSpeed | 589 |
| 54 | InspectionOperation | 589 |
| 55 | RescueOperation | 589 |
| 56*1 | MotorContactorFeedbackN.O. | 589 |
| 57 | HighSpeedLimitUp | 590 |
| 58 | HighSpeedLimitDown | 590 |
| 5A*1 | MotorContactorFeedbackN.C. | 590 |
| 5B*1 | BrakeFeedbackN.C. | 590 |
| SettingValue | Function | Reference |
|---|---|---|
| 5C | StopDistanceCorrection | 590 |
| 5D | BrakeTrqReq | 590 |
| 67 | CommunicationsTestMode | 591 |
| 79*1 | BrakeFeedback | 591 |
| BA | LandingZone | 591 |
| BB | Standby | 591 |
| BC | WakeUp | 591 |
| 103to1BC | InverseInputsof3toBC SetsthefunctionoftheselectedMFDItooperate inversely.Toselectthefunctionforinverseinput, entertwodigits03toBCforthe“xx”in”1xx”. | 592 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-01 (0438) Expert | TerminalS1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS1. | 40 (F,40) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-02 (0439) Expert | TerminalS2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS2. | 41 (F,41) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-03 (0400) | TerminalS3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS3. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-04 (0401) | TerminalS4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS4. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 580
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ H1-05: Terminal S5 Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-05 TerminalS5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 (0402) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS5. (0-1FF) Note: The drive default settings and functions set for the terminal S5 changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the default setting is 3 [Multi-Step Speed Reference 1]. •When d1-18 = 1 or 2, [High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], the default setting is 51 [Intermediate Speed]. •When d1-18 = 4 [Smart Replacement], the default setting is F [Not Used]. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. ■ H1-06: Terminal S6 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-06 TerminalS6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 (0403) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS6. (0-1FF) Note: The drive default settings and functions set for the terminal S6 changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the default setting is 4 [Multi-Step Speed Reference 2]. •When d1-18 = 1, 2, or 4 [High speed has priority, Leveling speed has priority, or Smart Replacement], the default setting is 53 [Leveling Speed]. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. ■ H1-07: Terminal S7 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-07 TerminalS7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyd1-18 (0404) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS7. (0-1FF) Note: The drive default settings and functions set for the terminal S7 changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the default setting is 5 [Multi-Step Speed Reference 3]. •When d1-18 = 1 or 2, [High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], the default setting is F [Not Used]. •When d1-18 = 4 [Smart Replacement], the default setting is BA [Landing Zone]. Refer to Table 12.19 for more information. ■ H1-08: Terminal S8 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-08 TerminalS8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0405) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS8. (0-1FF) ■ H1-09: Terminal S9 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-09 TerminalS9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0406) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS9. (0-1FF)
580 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-05 (0402) | TerminalS5Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS5. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-06 (0403) | TerminalS6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS6. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-07 (0404) | TerminalS7Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS7. | Determinedbyd1-18 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-08 (0405) | TerminalS8Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS8. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-09 (0406) | TerminalS9Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS9. | F (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 581
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ H1-10: Terminal S10 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-10 TerminalS10Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0407) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS10. (0-1FF) ■ H1-21: Terminal S1 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-21 TerminalS1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B70) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS1. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S1 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-01 [Terminal S1 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-21 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-22: Terminal S2 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-22 TerminalS2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B71) Select2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS2. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S2 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-02 [Terminal S2 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-22 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-23: Terminal S3 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-23 TerminalS3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B72) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS3. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S3 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-03 [Terminal S3 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-23 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-24: Terminal S4 Function Selection 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-24 TerminalS4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B73) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS4. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S4 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-04 [Terminal S4 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-24 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 581
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-10 (0407) | TerminalS10Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDIterminalS10. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-21 (0B70) Expert | TerminalS1Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS1. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-22 (0B71) Expert | TerminalS2Function Select2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS2. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-23 (0B72) Expert | TerminalS3Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS3. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-24 (0B73) Expert | TerminalS4Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS4. | F (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 582
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ H1-25: Terminal S5 Function Select 2
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-25 TerminalS5Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B74) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS5. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S5 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-05 [Terminal S5 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-25 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-26: Terminal S6 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-26 TerminalS6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B75) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS6. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S6 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-06 [Terminal S6 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-26 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-27: Terminal S7 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-27 TerminalS7Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B76) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS7. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S7 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-07 [Terminal S7 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-27 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-28: Terminal S8 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-28 TerminalS8Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B77) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS8. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S8 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-08 [Terminal S8 Function Selection] and the function set to H1-28 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-29: Terminal S9 Function Select 2
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-29 TerminalS9Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B78) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS9. (0-1FF) Expert
582 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-25 (0B74) Expert | TerminalS5Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS5. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-26 (0B75) Expert | TerminalS6Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS6. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-27 (0B76) Expert | TerminalS7Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS7. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-28 (0B77) Expert | TerminalS8Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS8. | F (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-29 (0B78) Expert | TerminalS9Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS9. | F (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 583
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S9 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-09 [Terminal S9 Function Selection] and the unction set to H1-29 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ■ H1-30: Terminal S10 Function Select 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H1-30 TerminalS10Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (0B79) Selection2 SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS10. (0-1FF) Expert Note: You cannot set 40 [Up Command] and 41 [Down Command] to this parameter. When MFDI terminal S10 activates, it will operate the function set to H1-10 [Terminal S10 Function Selection] and the unction set to H1-30 at the same time. When the setting value is F, the function is disabled. ◆ MFDI Setting Values Select a function set with H1-01 to H1-10. ■ 3: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 SettingValue Function Description 3 Multi-StepSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. Note: Refer to Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) on page 167 for more information. ■ 4: Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 SettingValue Function Description 4 Multi-StepSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. Note: Refer to Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) on page 167 for more information. ■ 5: Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 SettingValue Function Description 5 Multi-StepSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. Note: Refer to Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) on page 167 for more information. ■ 6: Jog Reference Selection SettingValue Function Description 6 JogReferenceSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection1≠Analog Input]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1-02 to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. When b1-01 ≠ 1, the JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) will be activated every time an input terminal set for H1-xx = 6 closes. Note: When d1-18 = 1 or 2 [High speed has priority or Leveling speed has priority], the JOG Frequency Reference (JOG command) is disabled. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 583
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H1-30 (0B79) Expert | TerminalS10Function Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesecondfunctionforMFDIterminalS10. | F (0-1FF) |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 4 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5 | Multi-StepSpeedReference 3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usesspeedreferencesd1-01tod1-08tosetamulti-stepspeedreference. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 6 | JogReferenceSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetousetheJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand).Whenb1-01≠1[SpeedReferenceSelection1≠Analog Input]andd1-18=0or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2(d1-02 to08)],theJOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)canbeused. |
Source page
Page 584
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Table 12.21 Speed Reference Priority and Jog Frequency d1-18Setting JogFrequency 0 Multi-speedreferencestakepriority,andthelevelingspeedsetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]isusedfortheJOGSpeedReference(JOGcommand). 1 JOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)cannotbeused.
2 JOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)cannotbeused. 3 Multi-speedreferencestakepriority,andthelevelingspeedsetind1-26isusedfortheJOGSpeedReference(JOGcommand). ■ 7: Accel/Decel Ramp Selection 1
SettingValue Function Description 7 Accel/DecelRamp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Selection1 SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1-03,C1-04]. Note: Refer to C1: Accel & Decel Ramp on page 522 for more information.
■ 8: Baseblock Command (N.O.)
Figure 12.23 Baseblock Command Time Chart ON : Baseblock (drive output stop) OFF : Normal operation
■ 9: Baseblock Command (N.C.)
SettingValue Function Description F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.
584 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| d1-18Setting | JogFrequency |
|---|---|
| 0 | Multi-speedreferencestakepriority,andthelevelingspeedsetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]isusedfortheJOGSpeedReference(JOGcommand). |
| 1 | JOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)cannotbeused. |
| 2 | JOGFrequencyReference(JOGcommand)cannotbeused. |
| 3 | Multi-speedreferencestakepriority,andthelevelingspeedsetind1-26isusedfortheJOGSpeedReference(JOGcommand). |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 7 | Accel/DecelRamp Selection1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp1[C1-01,C1-02]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp2[C1-03,C1-04]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 8 | BaseblockCommand(N. O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 9 | BaseblockCommand(N. C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandthatstopsdriveoutputandcoaststhemotortostopwhentheinputterminalisOFF. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. |
Source page
Page 585
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 14 | FaultReset S | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthecommandtoresetthecurrentfaultwhentheUp/Downcommandisinactive. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 15 | EmergencyStop(N.O.) S w | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinputterminalisON hilethedriveisoperating. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 16 | Motor2Selection S | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthecommandforthedrivetooperatemotor1ormotor2.Stopthemotorsbeforeswitching. |
Source page
Page 586
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Table 12.22 Parameters that Switch between Motor 1 and Motor 2 Motor2Selection Parameter OFF(Motor1) ON(Motor2) C1-xx[Accel&DecelRamp] C1-01toC1-04 C1-12,C1-13 E1-xx,E3-xx[V/fPatterns] E1-xx,E2-xx E3-xx,E4-xx E2-xx,E4-xx[MotorParameters] Note: •You can use only A1-02 = 0 [Control Method Selection = V/f Control] as the control method for motor 2. •The drive can also use d1-27 [Motor 2 Speed Reference] to operate motor 1 in V/f Control. Refer to Motor Switch Selection for more information. •When you use two motors, the drive applies the protective function set in L1-01 [Motor Overload (oL1) Protection] to motor 1 and motor 2. •You cannot switch between motors 1 and 2 during run. If you try to switch motors when they are running, it will cause a rUn [Motor Switch during Run] error. •When you switch from motor 1 to motor 2, make sure that motor 2 is operating. •When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], you cannot switch between motors. ■ 17: Emergency Stop (N.C.) SettingValue Function Description 17 EmergencyStop(N.C.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinputterminalisON whilethedriveisoperating. If you cancel the emergency stop input, the drive will not restart the motor until you meet these conditions: • Fully stop the motor • Cancel the Up/Down command • Cancel the Emergency Stop command Note: •To use the N.O. switch to input the Emergency Stop command, set 15 (Emergency Stop (N.O.)). •Refer to C1-09: Emergency Stop Ramp on page 525 for more information. •Set C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp] to a correct deceleration ramp. If the deceleration ramp is too fast, it can cause an overvoltage fault and failure to stop the motor from coasting. Figure 12.24 shows an example of how Emergency Stop operates.
Figure 12.24 Emergency Stop Ramp Chart ■ 18: Timer Function
SettingValue Function Description
18 TimerFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithTimerOutput[H2-xx=12]. Note: Refer to b4: Timer Function on page 516 for more information.
586 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Parameter | Motor2Selection | Column |
|---|---|---|
| OFF(Motor1) | ON(Motor2) | |
| C1-xx[Accel&DecelRamp] | C1-01toC1-04 | C1-12,C1-13 |
| E1-xx,E3-xx[V/fPatterns] E2-xx,E4-xx[MotorParameters] | E1-xx,E2-xx | E3-xx,E4-xx |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 17 | EmergencyStop(N.C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoramptostopinthedecelerationrampsetinC1-09[EmergencyStopRamp]whentheinputterminalisON whilethedriveisoperating. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | TimerFunction | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtostartthetimerfunction.UsethissettingwithTimerOutput[H2-xx=12]. |
Source page
Page 587
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1A | Accel/DecelRamp Selection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedrivetouseAcceleration/DecelerationRamp3[C1-05,C1-06]orAcceleration/DecelerationRamp4[C1-07,C1-08]. SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=7[Accel/DecelRampSelection1]together. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 20to2F | ExternalFault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsacommandtostopthedrivewhenafailureorfaultoccursonanexternaldevice. |
| Setting | SignalInputMethodfrom PeripheralDevices*1 | Column | ExternalFaultDetectionMethod *2 | Column | StoppingMethod | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| N.O. | N.C. | Always Detected | Detected duringRUN Only | RamptoStop (Fault) | CoasttoStop (Fault) | Emergency Stop(Fault) | Continuous Operation (AlarmOnly) | |
| 20 | x | - | x | - | x | - | - | - |
| 21 | - | x | x | - | x | - | - | - |
| 22 | x | - | - | x | x | - | - | - |
| 23 | - | x | - | x | x | - | - | - |
| 24 | x | - | x | - | - | x | - | - |
| 25 | - | x | x | - | - | x | - | - |
| 26 | x | - | - | x | - | x | - | - |
| 27 | - | x | - | x | - | x | - | - |
| 28 | x | - | x | - | - | - | x | - |
| 29 | - | x | x | - | - | - | x | - |
| 2A | x | - | - | x | - | - | x | - |
| 2B | - | x | - | x | - | - | x | - |
| 2C | x | - | x | - | - | - | - | x |
| 2D | - | x | x | - | - | - | - | x |
| 2E | x | - | - | x | - | - | - | x |
| 2F | - | x | - | x | - | - | - | x |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 30 | CreepCancel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocancelthecreepoperationwhentheterminalisOFF. |
Source page
Page 588
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
ON : The drive continues the creep operation. OFF : The drive cancels the creep operation (N.C.). Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information.
■ 40: Up Command
SettingValue Function Description 40 UpCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Expert SetstheUpcommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=41[DownCommand]together. ON : Up OFF : Stop Note: •If you turn ON the Up command terminal and the Down command terminal, it will cause an EF [Up/Down Command Input Error] alarm and the motor will ramp to stop. •Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Up command to terminal S1.
Figure 12.25 2-Wire Sequence Wiring Example
■ 41: Down Command
SettingValue Function Description 41 DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Expert SetstheDowncommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=40[UpCommand]together. ON : Down OFF : Stop Note: •If you turn ON the Up command terminal and the Down command terminal, it will cause an EF [Up/Down Command Input Error] alarm and the motor will ramp to stop. •Initialize the drive with a 2-wire sequence to set the Down command to terminal S2. ■ 4B: Short Circuit MCFeedback (NO)
SettingValue Function Description 4B ShortCircuitMCFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (NO) SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotordoesnothaveashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON : The motor does not have a short circuit. OFF : The motor has a short circuit.
Refer to Short Circuit Braking Function on page 199 for more information. ■ 4C: Short Circuit MCFeedback (NC)
SettingValue Function Description 4C ShortCircuitMCFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (NC) SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotorhasashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. ON : The motor has a short circuit. OFF : The motor does not have a short circuit. Refer to Short Circuit Braking Function on page 199 for more information.
588 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 40 Expert | UpCommand | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheUpcommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=41[DownCommand]together. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 41 Expert | DownCommand | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDowncommandfor2-wiresequence1.SetthisfunctionandH1-xx=40[UpCommand]together. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 4B | ShortCircuitMCFeedback (NO) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotordoesnothaveashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 4C | ShortCircuitMCFeedback (NC) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthemotorhasashortcircuitwhentheterminalisON. |
Source page
Page 589
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ 50: Nominal Speed SettingValue Function Description 50 NominalSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: The operation conditions change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes. Refer to Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2) on page 168 for more information. ■ 51: Intermediate Speed SettingValue Function Description 51 IntermediateSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisON.Setthis function,50[NominalSpeed],and52[RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeedreferencesetind1-21 [IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. Note: The operation conditions change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes. Refer to Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2) on page 168 for more information. ■ 52: Releveling Speed SettingValue Function Description 52 RelevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: The operation conditions change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes. Refer to Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2) on page 168 for more information. ■ 53: Leveling Speed SettingValue Function Description 53 LevelingSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. Note: The operation conditions change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes. Refer to Separate Speed Inputs (d1-18 = 1 or 2) on page 168 for more information. ■ 54: Inspection Operation SettingValue Function Description 54 InspectionOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalisON. To use the Inspection Operation, this terminal must be activated before you enter the Up or Down command. Refer to Inspection Operation on page 171 for more information. ■ 55: Rescue Operation SettingValue Function Description 55 RescueOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisON. Refer to Rescue Operation on page 179 for more information. ■ 56: Motor Contactor Feedback N.O. SettingValue Function Description 56 MotorContactorFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM N.O. SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisclosedwhentheterminalisON. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 589
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 50 | NominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-19[NominalSpeed]whentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 51 | IntermediateSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-20[IntermediateSpeed1]whentheterminalisON.Setthis function,50[NominalSpeed],and52[RelevelingSpeed]togethertoswitchbetweenthespeedreferencesetind1-21 [IntermediateSpeed2]andd1-22[IntermediateSpeed3]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 52 | RelevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-23[RelevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 53 | LevelingSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-26[LevelingSpeed]whentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 54 | InspectionOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtooperateatthespeedreferencesetind1-24[InspectionOperationSpeed]whentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 55 | RescueOperation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtostarttheRescueOperationwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 56 | MotorContactorFeedback N.O. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisclosedwhentheterminalisON. |
Source page
Page 590
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
The drive uses this input signal to detect the status of output signal from an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 51 [Output Contactor Control]. ON : The electromagnetic contactor is closed (N.O.). OFF : The electromagnetic contactor is open.
■ 57: High Speed Limit Up SettingValue Function Description
57 HighSpeedLimitUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalisON. The drive applies no speed limit when the elevator car goes down. ■ 58: High Speed Limit Down
SettingValue Function Description 58 HighSpeedLimitDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalisON. The drive applies no speed limit when the elevator car goes up.
■ 5A: Motor Contactor Feedback N.C.
SettingValue Function Description 5A MotorContactorFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM N.C. SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisopenwhentheterminalisON. The drive uses this input signal to detect the status of output signal from an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 51 [Output Contactor Control]. ON : The electromagnetic contactor is open. OFF : The electromagnetic contactor is closed (N.C.).
■ 5B: Brake Feedback N.C. SettingValue Function Description
5B BrakeFeedbackN.C. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisappliedwhentheterminalisON. The drive uses this input signal to examine the brake operation when an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] is activated. ON : The brake is applied. OFF : The brake is released (N.C.). ■ 5C: Stop Distance Correction
SettingValue Function Description 5C StopDistanceCorrection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisON. When S5-10 = 1 [Leveling Stop Method Selection = Direct Landing] and this terminal is activated, the drive will stop the elevator car at the designated floor with greater accuracy. Refer to “Leveling Stop Method” for more information.
■ 5D: Brake Trq Req
SettingValue Function Description 5D BrakeTrqReq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhentheterminalis ON. When the Up/Down command is turned ON while this input terminal is activated during zero-speed detection, the drive starts the Brake Torque Check. Note: You cannot set this function for H1-21 [Terminal S1 Function Select 2] to H1-30 [Terminal S10 Function Select 2].
590 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 57 | HighSpeedLimitUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarintheupdirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 58 | HighSpeedLimitDown | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsacommandtolimitthespeedoftheelevatorcarinthedowndirectiontothelevelingspeedwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5A | MotorContactorFeedback N.C. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthattheelectromagneticcontactorisopenwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5B | BrakeFeedbackN.C. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisappliedwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5C | StopDistanceCorrection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtocompensatethestoppingdistancetoimprovethelandingaccuracywhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5D | BrakeTrqReq | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoswitchthedriveoperationfromnormaloperationtotheBrakeTorqueCheckModewhentheterminalis ON. |
Source page
Page 591
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ON : The drive requests to start the Brake Torque Check. OFF : The drive operates normally. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ 67: Communications Test Mode SettingValue Function Description 67 CommunicationsTestMode V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. The Self-Diagnostics function connects the transmission terminal of the control terminal block to the reception terminal. The function transmits the data that the drive sent to make sure that the drive can communicate correctly. Note: Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 267 for the self-diagnostics procedure. ■ 79: Brake Feedback N.O. SettingValue Function Description 79 BrakeFeedbackN.O. V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisreleasedwhentheterminalisON. The drive uses this input signal to examine the brake operation when an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] is activated. ON : The brake is released (N.O.). OFF : The brake is applied. ■ BA: Landing Zone SettingValue Function Description BA LandingZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequenceafterthe decelerationhasbeencompleted. Note: You cannot this function in these conditions: •When you select a 2nd motor while d1-27 [Motor 2 Speed Reference] ≠ 0 •During Inspection Operation •During Rescue Operation •During Light Load Search ■ BB: Standby SettingValue Function Description BB Standby V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor! StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisON. Note: When you use this function, also set H2-xx = 65 or 165 for an MFDO terminal. If you do not set any MFDO terminals, the drive detects oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error]. ON : The drive moves on the Standby Mode. OFF : The drive operates normally. Refer to b8: Energy Saving on page 519 for more information about the Standby Mode. ■ BC: Wake Up SettingValue Function Description BC WakeUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDO terminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisON.Whenthedriveisnotin StandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. Note: You can set this function for H1-21 [Terminal S1 Function Select 2] to H1-30 [Terminal S10 Function Select 2]. ON : The drive returns from the Standby Mode. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 591
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 67 | CommunicationsTestMode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setthefunctionforthedrivetoself-testRS-485serialcommunicationsoperation. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 79 | BrakeFeedbackN.O. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtodetectthatthebrakeisreleasedwhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| BA | LandingZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommandtodeactivateallpendingspeedselections(speedreference=0Hz),andstartBrakeSequenceafterthe decelerationhasbeencompleted. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| BB | Standby | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor! StandbyOutput]tomoveontotheStandbyModewhentheterminalisON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| BC | WakeUp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommandtoreturnthedriveoperationfromtheStandbyModeanddeactivatethedigitaloutputfromtheMFDO terminalsetforH2-xx=65or165[StandbyOutputor!StandbyOutput]whentheterminalisON.Whenthedriveisnotin StandbyMode,thedrivewillignorethiscommand. |
Source page
Page 592
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Refer to b8: Energy Saving on page 519 for more information about the Stand by Mode. ■ 101 to 1BC: Inverse Input of 1 to BC
SettingValue Function Description 101to1BC InverseInputsof1toBC SetsthefunctionoftheselectedMFDItooperateinversely.Toselectthefunction,enter“1xx”,wherethe“xx”isthefunction settingvalue. For example, to use the inverse input of 3 [Multi-Step Speed Reference 1], set H1-xx = 103. Note: You cannot use inverse input for all functions. Refer to Table 12.20 for more information.
◆ H2: Digital Outputs
H2 parameters set the MFDO terminal functions. ■ H2-01 to H2-05 Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, P1-C1, P2-C2 Function Selection
The drive has five MFDO terminals. Table 12.24 shows the default function settings for the terminals. Table 12.24 MFDO Terminals Default Function Settings
No. Name Default Function H2-01 TermM1-M2FunctionSelection 50 BrakeControl H2-02 TermM3-M4FunctionSelection Determinedbyd1-18 *1 H2-03 TermM5-M6FunctionSelection 6 DriveReady
H2-04 TermP1-C1FunctionSelection 37 DuringFrequencyOutput H2-05 TermP2-C2FunctionSelection F NotUsed *1 The drive default function set for terminals M3-M4 change when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: • When d1-18 ≠ 4 [Smart Replacement], the default function setting is 51 [Output Contactor Control]. • When d1-18 = 4, the default function setting is 74 [Slow Down]. Refer to Table 12.25 to set H2-xx [MFDO Function Selection]. Table 12.25 MFDO Setting Values
SettingValue Function Ref. SettingValue Function Ref. 0 DuringRun 594 18 TorqueDetection2(N.O.) 600 1 ZeroSpeed 594 1A DuringDownDirection 600 2 SpeedAgree1 594 1B*1 DuringBaseblock(N.C.) 600
3 User-SetSpeedAgree1 595 1C Motor2Selected 600 4 SpeedDetection1 595 1E ResetEnabled 601 5 SpeedDetection2 596 1F MotorOverloadAlarm(oL1) 601 6 DriveReady 596 20 DriveOverheatPre-Alarm(oH) 601 7 DCBusUndervoltage 596 21 SafeTorqueOFF 601 8*1 DuringBaseblock(N.O.) 597 2F MaintenanceNotification 601
9 SpeedReferencefromKeypad 597 30 DuringTorqueLimit 602 A Up/DownCommandSource 597 33 ZeroServoComplete 602 B TorqueDetection1(N.O.) 597 37 DuringFrequencyOutput 602 E Fault 597 47 InputPhaseLoss 602 F*1 NotUsed 597 4E BrakingTransistorFault(rr) 602
10 Alarm 597 50 BrakeControl 602 11 FaultResetCommandActive 598 51 OutputContactorControl 603 12 TimerOutput 598 52 DoorZone 603 13 SpeedAgree2 598 54 LightLoadDirection 603 14 User-SetSpeedAgree2 598 55 LightLoadDetectionActive 603
15 SpeedDetection3 599 58 SafeDisableActive 603 16 SpeedDetection4 599 5C MotorCurrentMonitor 603
592 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 101to1BC | InverseInputsof1toBC | SetsthefunctionoftheselectedMFDItooperateinversely.Toselectthefunction,enter“1xx”,wherethe“xx”isthefunction settingvalue. |
| No. | Name | Default | Function |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-01 | TermM1-M2FunctionSelection | 50 | BrakeControl |
| H2-02 | TermM3-M4FunctionSelection | Determinedbyd1-18 | *1 |
| H2-03 | TermM5-M6FunctionSelection | 6 | DriveReady |
| H2-04 | TermP1-C1FunctionSelection | 37 | DuringFrequencyOutput |
| H2-05 | TermP2-C2FunctionSelection | F | NotUsed |
| SettingValue | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | DuringRun | 594 |
| 1 | ZeroSpeed | 594 |
| 2 | SpeedAgree1 | 594 |
| 3 | User-SetSpeedAgree1 | 595 |
| 4 | SpeedDetection1 | 595 |
| 5 | SpeedDetection2 | 596 |
| 6 | DriveReady | 596 |
| 7 | DCBusUndervoltage | 596 |
| 8*1 | DuringBaseblock(N.O.) | 597 |
| 9 | SpeedReferencefromKeypad | 597 |
| A | Up/DownCommandSource | 597 |
| B | TorqueDetection1(N.O.) | 597 |
| E | Fault | 597 |
| F*1 | NotUsed | 597 |
| 10 | Alarm | 597 |
| 11 | FaultResetCommandActive | 598 |
| 12 | TimerOutput | 598 |
| 13 | SpeedAgree2 | 598 |
| 14 | User-SetSpeedAgree2 | 598 |
| 15 | SpeedDetection3 | 599 |
| 16 | SpeedDetection4 | 599 |
| SettingValue | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | TorqueDetection2(N.O.) | 600 |
| 1A | DuringDownDirection | 600 |
| 1B*1 | DuringBaseblock(N.C.) | 600 |
| 1C | Motor2Selected | 600 |
| 1E | ResetEnabled | 601 |
| 1F | MotorOverloadAlarm(oL1) | 601 |
| 20 | DriveOverheatPre-Alarm(oH) | 601 |
| 21 | SafeTorqueOFF | 601 |
| 2F | MaintenanceNotification | 601 |
| 30 | DuringTorqueLimit | 602 |
| 33 | ZeroServoComplete | 602 |
| 37 | DuringFrequencyOutput | 602 |
| 47 | InputPhaseLoss | 602 |
| 4E | BrakingTransistorFault(rr) | 602 |
| 50 | BrakeControl | 602 |
| 51 | OutputContactorControl | 603 |
| 52 | DoorZone | 603 |
| 54 | LightLoadDirection | 603 |
| 55 | LightLoadDetectionActive | 603 |
| 58 | SafeDisableActive | 603 |
| 5C | MotorCurrentMonitor | 603 |
Source page
Page 593
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions SettingValue Function Ref. SettingValue Function Ref. 5D DuringBrakeTorqueCheck 604 75 TDCCPulseOutput 606 5E BrakeToruqueCheckComplete 604 76 TDCCAlarmLevelReached 606 60 InternalCoolingFanFailure 604 77 TDCCFaultLevelReached 606 61 PolePositionDetectionComplete 604 78 ShortCircuitBrakeRelease 606 65 StandbyOutput 604 7A DuringUpDirection 607 69 ExternalPower24VSupply 605 InverseOutputsof0to7A SetsaninverseoutputofthefunctionfortheMFDO. 6A DataLoggerError 605 100to17A Puta1atthefrontofthefunctionsettingtoset 607 inverseoutput.Forexample,set133forinverse 74 SlowDown 605 outputof33[ZeroServoComplete]. *1 Inverse output is not available. ■ H2-01: Term M1-M2 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H2-01 TermM1-M2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50 (040B) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM1-M2. (0-1FF) Note: When you do not use the terminal or when you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to F [Not Used]. ■ H2-02: Term M3-M4 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H2-02 TermM3-M4Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 51 (040C) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM3-M4. (0-1FF) Note: •The default setting changes when the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting changes: -When d1-18 ≠ 4 [Smart Replacement], the default function setting is 51 [Output Contactor Control]. -When d1-18 = 4, the default function setting is 74 [Slow Down]. •When you do not use the terminal or when you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to F [Not Used]. ■ H2-03: Term M5-M6 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H2-03 TermM5-M6Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6 (040D) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM5-M6. (0-1FF) Note: When you do not use the terminal or when you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to F [Not Used]. ■ H2-04: Term P1-C1 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H2-04 TermP1-C1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 37 (040E) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP1-C1. (0-1FF) Note: When you do not use the terminal or when you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to F [Not Used]. ■ H2-05: Term P2-C2 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H2-05 TermP2-C2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM F (040F) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP2-C2. (0-1FF) Note: When you do not use the terminal or when you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to F [Not Used]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 593
| SettingValue | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| 5D | DuringBrakeTorqueCheck | 604 |
| 5E | BrakeToruqueCheckComplete | 604 |
| 60 | InternalCoolingFanFailure | 604 |
| 61 | PolePositionDetectionComplete | 604 |
| 65 | StandbyOutput | 604 |
| 69 | ExternalPower24VSupply | 605 |
| 6A | DataLoggerError | 605 |
| 74 | SlowDown | 605 |
| SettingValue | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| 75 | TDCCPulseOutput | 606 |
| 76 | TDCCAlarmLevelReached | 606 |
| 77 | TDCCFaultLevelReached | 606 |
| 78 | ShortCircuitBrakeRelease | 606 |
| 7A | DuringUpDirection | 607 |
| 100to17A | InverseOutputsof0to7A SetsaninverseoutputofthefunctionfortheMFDO. Puta1atthefrontofthefunctionsettingtoset inverseoutput.Forexample,set133forinverse outputof33[ZeroServoComplete]. | 607 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-01 (040B) | TermM1-M2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM1-M2. | 50 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-02 (040C) | TermM3-M4Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM3-M4. | 51 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-03 (040D) | TermM5-M6Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalM5-M6. | 6 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-04 (040E) | TermP1-C1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP1-C1. | 37 (0-1FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H2-05 (040F) | TermP2-C2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFDOterminalP2-C2. | F (0-1FF) |
Source page
Page 594
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
◆ MFDO Setting Values
Selects the function configured to MFDO. ■ 0: During Run
SettingValue Function Description 0 DuringRun V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage.
Figure 12.26 Drive Running Time Chart ON : Drive is running
The drive is receiving an Up/Down command or outputting voltage. OFF : Drive is stopping ■ 1: Zero Speed
SettingValue Function Description 1 ZeroSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. Note: Parameter A1-02 [Control Method Selection] selects which parameter is the reference.
A1-02Setting ControlMethodSelection ParameterUsedastheReference 0 V/f E1-09 2 OLV E1-09
3 CLV S1-01 7 CLV/PM S1-01
Figure 12.27 Zero Speed Time Chart ON : Output speed < value of E1-09 or S1-01.
OFF : Output speed ≥ value of E1-09 or S1-01. ■ 2: Speed Agree 1
SettingValue Function Description 2 SpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalturnsonwhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]. Note: •The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM].
594 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | DuringRun T | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM heterminalactivateswhenyouinputanUp/Downcommandandwhenthedriveisoutputtingvoltage. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | ZeroSpeed T | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM heterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed<E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency]orS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]. |
| A1-02Setting | ControlMethodSelection | ParameterUsedastheReference |
|---|---|---|
| 0 V/f | E1-09 | |
| 2 OLV | E1-09 | |
| 3 CLV | S1-01 | |
| 7 CLV/PM | S1-01 |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | SpeedAgree1 T | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM heterminalturnsonwhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth]. |
Source page
Page 595
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions Figure 12.28 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart ON : The output speed is in the range of “speed reference ± L4-02”. OFF : The output speed does not align with the speed reference although the drive is running. ■ 3: User-Set Speed Agree 1 SettingValue Function Description 3 User-SetSpeedAgree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. Note: •The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the Up/Down detection level. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed is in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” and the range of speed reference ± L4- 02. OFF : The output speed is not in the range of “L4-01 ± L4-02” or the range of speed reference ± L4-02. Figure 12.29 User-Defined Speed Agree 1 Time Chart ■ 4: Speed Detection 1 SettingValue Function Description 4 SpeedDetection1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetection Width]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueofL4-01. Note: •The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the Up/Down detection level. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed < L4-01, or the output speed ≤ “L4-01 + L4-02” OFF : The output speed > “L4-01 + L4-02” 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 595
| SettingValue Functi | on Description |
|---|---|
| 3 User-SetSpeedA | gree1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]±L4-02[SpeedAgree DetectionWidth]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-02. |
| SettingValue Functi | on Description |
|---|---|
| 4 SpeedDetection | 1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel]+L4-02[SpeedAgreeDetection Width]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueofL4-01. |
Source page
Page 596
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 12.30 Speed Detection 1 Time Chart Note: Figure 12.30 shows the result of the configuration when L4-07 = 1 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = Detection Always Enabled]. The default setting of L4-07 is 0 [No detection during baseblock]. When the speed agreement detection selection is “No Detection during Baseblock”, the terminal is deactivated when the drive output stops. ■ 5: Speed Detection 2
SettingValue Function Description 5 SpeedDetection2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminal staysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. Note: •The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. The drive uses the L4-01 value as the Up/Down detection level. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed > L4-01 OFF : The output speed < “L4-01 - L4-02”, or the output speed ≤ L4-01
Figure 12.31 Speed Detection 2 Time Chart ■ 6: Drive Ready
SettingValue Function Description 6 DriveReady V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. The terminal deactivates in these conditions: • When the power supply is OFF • During a fault
• When there is problem with the control power supply • When there is a parameter setting error and the drive cannot operate although there is an Up/Down command • When you enter an Up/Down command and it immediately triggers an overvoltage or undervoltage fault because the drive has an overvoltage or undervoltage fault during stop • When the drive is in Programming Mode and will not accept an Up/Down command • When the Safe Disable function is active ■ 7: DC Bus Undervoltage
SettingValue Function Description 7 DCBusUndervoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05[Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsoactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbusvoltage.
596 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5 | SpeedDetection2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-01[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel].Aftertheterminalactivates,theterminal staysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-01-L4-02”. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 6 | DriveReady | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyandrunning. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 7 | DCBusUndervoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheDCbusvoltageorcontrolcircuitpowersupplyisatthevoltagesetinL2-05[Undervoltage DetectionLvl(Uv1)]orless.TheterminalalsoactivateswhenthereisafaultwiththeDCbusvoltage. |
Source page
Page 597
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ON : The DC bus voltage ≤ L2-05 OFF : The DC bus voltage > L2-05 ■ 8: During Baseblock (N.O.) SettingValue Function Description 8 DuringBaseblock(N.O.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitchinganddoesnot makeDCbusvoltage. ON : During baseblock OFF : The drive is not in baseblock. ■ 9: Speed Reference from Keypad SettingValue Function Description 9 SpeedReferencefrom V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Keypad Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. ON : The keypad is the speed reference source. OFF : b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1] is the speed reference source. ■ A: Up/Down Command Source SettingValue Function Description A Up/DownCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Source ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. ON : The keypad is the Up/Down command source. OFF : Parameter b1-02 [Up/Down Command Selection 1] is the Up/Down command source. ■ B: Torque Detection 1 (N.O.) SettingValue Function Description B TorqueDetection1(N.O.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. ON : The output current/torque > L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1], or the output current/torque < L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. Note: •When L6-01 = 5, 6, 7, or 8 [Torque Detection Selection 1 = UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only, UL @ RUN - Alarm only, UL @ Speed Agree - Fault, or UL @ RUN - Fault], the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03. •Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 630 for more information. ■ E: Fault SettingValue Function Description E Fault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. Note: The terminal will not activate for CPF00 and CPF01 [Control Circuit Error] faults. ■ F: Not Used SettingValue Function Description F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.AlsousethissettingasthePLCcontactoutputvia MEMOBUS/Modbusorthecommunicationoption.ThissignaldoesnotfunctionifyoudonotconfiguresignalsfromthePLC. ■ 10: Alarm SettingValue Function Description 10 Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 597
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 8 | DuringBaseblock(N.O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitchinganddoesnot makeDCbusvoltage. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 9 | SpeedReferencefrom Keypad | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Showstheselectedspeedreferencesource. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| A | Up/DownCommand Source | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ShowstheselectedUp/Downcommandsource. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| B | TorqueDetection1(N.O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| E | Fault | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsafault. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode.AlsousethissettingasthePLCcontactoutputvia MEMOBUS/Modbusorthecommunicationoption.ThissignaldoesnotfunctionifyoudonotconfiguresignalsfromthePLC. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 10 | Alarm | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaminorfault. |
Source page
Page 598
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ 11: Fault Reset Command Active
SettingValue Function Description 11 FaultResetCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Active TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serialcommunications,or thecommunicationoption. ■ 12: Timer Output SettingValue Function Description
12 TimerOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=18[MFDIFunctionSelection=Timer Function]. Note: Refer to Timer Function Operation on page 516 for more information. ■ 13: Speed Agree 2 SettingValue Function Description
13 SpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth (+/-)]. Note: •The detection function operates in the two motor rotation directions. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed is in the range of “speed reference ± L4-04”. OFF : The output speed is not in the range of “speed reference ± L4-04”.
Figure 12.32 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
■ 14: User-Set Speed Agree 2
SettingValue Function Description 14 User-SetSpeedAgree2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4-04[Speed AgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. Note: •The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed is in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” and the range of speed reference ± L4- 04. OFF : The output speed is not in the range of “L4-03 ± L4-04” or the range of speed reference ± L4-04.
598 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 11 | FaultResetCommand Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivestheResetcommandfromthecontrolcircuitterminal,serialcommunications,or thecommunicationoption. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 12 | TimerOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheterminalasthetimeroutput.UsethissettingwiththetimerinputsetinH1-xx=18[MFDIFunctionSelection=Timer Function]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 13 | SpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04[SpeedAgreeDetectionWidth (+/-)]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 14 | User-SetSpeedAgree2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeedisintherangeofL4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]±L4-04[Speed AgreeDetectionWidth(+/-)]andintherangeofthespeedreference±L4-04. |
Source page
Page 599
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions Figure 12.33 Example of User-set Speed Agree 2 (L4-03 Is Positive) ■ 15: Speed Detection 3 SettingValue Function Description 15 SpeedDetection3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[SpeedAgreeDetection Width(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueofL4-03. Note: •The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction. •The drive outputs the motor speed status when A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed < L4-03, or the output speed ≤ “L4-03 + L4-04” OFF : The output speed > “L4-03 + L4-04” Figure 12.34 Example of Speed Detection 3 (Value of L4-03 Is Positive) Note: Figure 12.34 shows the time chart when L4-07 = 1 [Speed Agree Detection Selection = Detection Always Enabled]. The default setting of L4-07 is 0 [No detection during baseblock]. When the speed agreement detection selection is “No Detection during Baseblock”, the terminal is deactivated when the drive output stops. ■ 16: Speed Detection 4 SettingValue Function Description 16 SpeedDetection4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminalactivates,the terminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. Note: •The detection level set in L4-03 is a signed value. The drive will only detect in one direction. •The drive outputs the motor speed status if A1-02 = 3, 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV, CLV/PM]. ON : The output speed > L4-03 OFF : The output speed < “L4-03 - L4-04”, or the output speed ≤ L4-03 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 599
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 15 | SpeedDetection3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivateswhentheoutputspeed>“L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)]+L4-04[SpeedAgreeDetection Width(+/-)]”.Aftertheterminaldeactivates,theterminalstaysdeactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueofL4-03. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 16 | SpeedDetection4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheoutputspeed>L4-03[SpeedAgreeDetectionLevel(+/-)].Aftertheterminalactivates,the terminalstaysactivateduntiltheoutputspeedisatthevalueof“L4-03-L4-04”. |
Source page
Page 600
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 12.35 Example of Speed Detection 4 (Value of L4-03 Is Positive) ■ 18: Torque Detection 2 (N.O.)
SettingValue Function Description 18 TorqueDetection2(N.O.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. Use the L6 [Torque Detection] parameters to set torque detection.
ON : The output current/torque > L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], or the output current/torque < L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2]. Note: •When L6-04 = 5, 6, 7, or 8 [Torque Detection Selection 2 = UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only, UL @ RUN - Alarm only, UL @ Speed Agree - Fault, or UL @ RUN - Fault], the drive will detect when the output current/torque is less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06. •Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 630 for more information. ■ 1A: During Down Direction
SettingValue Function Description 1A DuringDownDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. ON : The motor is operating in the Down direction. OFF : The motor is operating in the Up direction or the motor stopped.
Figure 12.36 Down Direction Output Time Chart ■ 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)
SettingValue Function Description 1B DuringBaseblock(N.C.) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitchinganddoes notmakeDCbusvoltage. ON : The drive is not in baseblock. OFF : During baseblock
■ 1C: Motor 2 Selected
SettingValue Function Description 1C Motor2Selected V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. ON : Motor 2 Selected
600 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 18 | TorqueDetection2(N.O.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsovertorqueorundertorque. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1A | DuringDownDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheDowndirection. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1B | DuringBaseblock(N.C.) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminaldeactivatesduringbaseblock.Whenthedriveisinbaseblock,thedriveoutputtransistorstopsswitchinganddoes notmakeDCbusvoltage. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1C | Motor2Selected | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenyouselectmotor2. |
Source page
Page 601
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions OFF : Motor 1 Selected ■ 1E: Reset Enabled SettingValue Function Description 1E ResetEnabled V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. The Automatic Fault Reset function lets the drive automatically clear a fault. The terminal deactivates when: • The drive has automatically cleared the fault and has tried to reset • The Automatic Fault Reset function detects the fault again because there were too many reset attempts as specified by L5-01 [Number of Auto Reset Attempts] Note: Refer to L5: Automatic Fault Reset on page 628 for more information. ■ 1F: Motor Overload Alarm (oL1) SettingValue Function Description 1F MotorOverloadAlarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (oL1) Theterminalactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionisaminimumof 90%ofthedetectionlevel. Note: Refer to “L1-01: Motor Overload (oL1) Protection” for more information. ■ 20: Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH) SettingValue Function Description 20 DriveOverheatPre-Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (oH) TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarmLevel]. Note: Refer to L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level on page 635 for more information. ■ 21: Safe Torque OFF SettingValue Function Description 21 SafeTorqueOFF V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperatingcorrectlyandwhen terminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). ON : Safety stop state Terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF (Open) (safety stop state). OFF : Safety circuit fault or RUN/READY Terminal H1-HC or terminal H2-HC is OFF (Open) (safety circuit fault), or the two terminals are ON or have short circuited (RUN/READY). ■ 2F: Maintenance Notification SettingValue Function Description 2F MaintenanceNotification V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. Tells the user about the maintenance period for these items: • IGBT • Cooling fan • Capacitor • Soft charge bypass relay Note: Refer to Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors on page 355 for more information. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 601
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1E | ResetEnabled | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivetriestoresetafterafaulthasoccurred. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1F | MotorOverloadAlarm (oL1) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheelectronicthermalprotectionvalueofthemotoroverloadprotectivefunctionisaminimumof 90%ofthedetectionlevel. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 20 | DriveOverheatPre-Alarm (oH) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveheatsinktemperatureisatthelevelsetwithL8-02[OverheatAlarmLevel]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 21 | SafeTorqueOFF | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivates(safetystopstate)whenthesafetycircuitandsafetydiagnosiscircuitareoperatingcorrectlyandwhen terminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF(Open). |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 2F | MaintenanceNotification | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhendrivecomponentsareattheirestimatedmaintenanceperiod. |
Source page
Page 602
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ 30: During Torque Limit
SettingValue Function Description 30 DuringTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,orH3-10[MFAI FunctionSelection]. Note: Refer to L7: Torque Limit on page 633 for more information. ■ 33: Zero Servo Complete
SettingValue Function Description 33 ZeroServoComplete V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth]duringPosition Lockatstartorstop. ■ 37: During Frequency Output SettingValue Function Description
37 DuringFrequencyOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. ON : The drive is outputting frequency. OFF : The drive is not outputting frequency. Note: The terminal deactivates in these conditions: •During Stop •During Baseblock •During DC Injection Braking (initial excitation) •During Short Circuit Braking •Pole Position Detection Complete
Figure 12.37 Active Frequency Output Time Chart ■ 47: Input Phase Loss
SettingValue Function Description
47 InputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThisterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. ■ 4E: Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
SettingValue Function Description 4E BrakingTransistorFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM (rr) Theterminalactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[DynamicBrakingTransistor Fault]fault. ■ 50: Brake Control SettingValue Function Description
50 BrakeControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequencefortheelevator application. ON : The terminal outputs the signal to release the brake.
602 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 30 | DuringTorqueLimit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthetorquereferenceisthetorquelimitsetwithL7parameters,H3-02,H3-06,orH3-10[MFAI FunctionSelection]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 33 | ZeroServoComplete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotorrotorpositionisintherangesetwithS3-04[PositionLockBandwidth]duringPosition Lockatstartorstop. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 37 | DuringFrequencyOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedriveoutputsfrequency. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 47 | InputPhaseLoss | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ThisterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 4E | BrakingTransistorFault (rr) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhentheinternalbrakingtransistoroverheatsandthedrivedetectsanrr[DynamicBrakingTransistor Fault]fault. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 50 | BrakeControl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoreleasethebrake.Usethissettinginthebrakesequencefortheelevator application. |
Source page
Page 603
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions OFF : The brake is applied. Refer to Brake Sequence on page 172 for more information. ■ 51: Output Contactor Control SettingValue Function Description 51 OutputContactorControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethissettingtoopen andclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. ON : The terminal outputs the signal to close the electromagnetic contactor on the output side. OFF : The electromagnetic contactor is open. ■ 52: Door Zone SettingValue Function Description 52 DoorZone V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontrollershouldopenthe elevatordoor. ■ 54: Light Load Direction SettingValue Function Description 54 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoadDirectionSearch duringemergencyoperation. ON : The light load direction is up. OFF : The light load direction is down. Refer to Light Load Direction Search Function on page 190 for more information. ■ 55: Light Load Detection Active SettingValue Function Description 55 LightLoadDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Active TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. The terminal deactivates during the Light Load Direction Search. When the search is complete, the terminal activates again. ON : The drive is ready for Light Load Direction Search. OFF : The Light Load Direction Search is in progress. Refer to Light Load Direction Search Function on page 190 for more information. ■ 58: Safe Disable Active SettingValue Function Description 58 SafeDisableActive V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.Theterminal deactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. ON : Either or both of the Safe Disable Input terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are OFF. The drive is in a baseblock state. OFF : Both of the Safe Disable Input terminals H1-HC and H2-HC are ON. The drive operates normally. Refer to Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Keypad Display on page 252 for more information. ■ 5C: Motor Current Monitor SettingValue Function Description 5C MotorCurrentMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethedriveoutput shutsoff. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 603
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 51 | OutputContactorControl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenitsendsthesignaltoclosetheelectromagneticcontactortothecontroller.Usethissettingtoopen andclosetheelectromagneticcontactor. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 52 | DoorZone | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthespeedhasreachedthevaluesetinL4-13[DoorZoneLevel],andthecontrollershouldopenthe elevatordoor. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 54 | LightLoadDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivatesordeactivateswhenthedrivehasdetectedthelightloaddirectionwiththeLightLoadDirectionSearch duringemergencyoperation. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 55 | LightLoadDetection Active | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedriveisreadyforLightLoadDirectionSearch. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 58 | SafeDisableActive | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswheneitherorbothoftheSafeDisableInputterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareOFF.Theterminal deactivateswhenbothoftheterminalsH1-HCandH2-HCareON. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5C | MotorCurrentMonitor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsthemotorcurrent≤L8-99[CurrentMonitoringLevel]whilethedriveoutput shutsoff. |
Source page
Page 604
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ 5D: During Brake Torque Check
SettingValue Function Description 5D DuringBrakeTorqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5D[BrakeTrqReq]activates. ON : The Brake Torque Check Request is ON. OFF : The Brake Torque Check Request is OFF and the Up/Down command is OFF. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information.
■ 5E: Brake Toruque Check Complete
SettingValue Function Description 5E BrakeToruqueCheck V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Complete TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[MotorTorqueRampUp Time]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. ON : The Brake Torque Check has completed successfully. OFF : The Brake Torque Check Request is OFF and the Up/Down command is OFF. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ 60: Internal Cooling Fan Failure
SettingValue Function Description 60 InternalCoolingFan V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Failure Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. ■ 61: Pole Position Detection Complete
SettingValue Function Description 61 PolePositionDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Complete TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagneticpolepositionof thePMmotor. Refer to Initial Rotor Pole Position Search Settings for more information about Motor Pole Position Search. Use this setting in applications where the motor speed feedback is supplied from a non-absolute encoder (e.g., incremental) and where the drive brake sequence is not utilized. Design the external brake sequence to interlock the brake as long as the Motor Pole Position Search has not finished. In this case, the external brake sequence should be designed to interlock the brake during Motor Pole Position Search.
Figure 12.38 Motor Pole Search Status Time Chart *1 The search process takes 0.5 s to 5.0 s depending on the settings of n8-35 [Initial Pole Detection Method] and n8-86 [Pole Search Error Detection Sel]. ■ 65: Standby Output
SettingValue Function Description 65 StandbyOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime],orwhenthe MFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=BBor1BB[MFDIFunctionSelection=Standbyor!Standby]activates.
604 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5D | DuringBrakeTorqueCheck | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5D[BrakeTrqReq]activates. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 5E | BrakeToruqueCheck Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedidtheBrakeTorqueCheckoperationforthetimeof“S5-33[MotorTorqueRampUp Time]+S5-35[BrakeTorqueCheckRunTime]”andthecheckhascompletedsuccessfully. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 60 | InternalCoolingFan Failure | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsacoolingfanfailureinthedrive. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 61 | PolePositionDetection Complete | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivereceivesanUp/Downcommandandthedrivedetectsthemotormagneticpolepositionof thePMmotor. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 65 | StandbyOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivatesafterthedrivestopsoperatingandafterthetimesetinb8-51[StandbyModeWaitTime],orwhenthe MFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=BBor1BB[MFDIFunctionSelection=Standbyor!Standby]activates. |
Source page
Page 605
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions Figure 12.39 When H1-xx = BB or 1BB Activates Figure 12.40 When the Drive Baseblock Continues for b8-51 ON : During Standby Mode OFF : The drive is not in Standby Mode. Refer to Standby Mode on page 519 for more information about the Standby Mode. ■ 69: External Power 24V Supply SettingValue Function Description 69 ExternalPower24VSupply V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. ON : The external 24V power supply is supplying power. OFF : The external 24V power supply is not supplying power. ■ 6A: Data Logger Error SettingValue Function Description 6A DataLoggerError V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. ■ 74: Slow Down SettingValue Function Description 74 SlowDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed]activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx= 50[NominalSpeed],51[IntermediateSpeed],or52[RelevelingSpeed]activated. ON : The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 53 activates after the terminal set for H1-xx = 50, 51, or 52 activated. OFF : The MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 0 [During Run] deactivates and the drive is stopped. This function is necessary as a feedback signal to the controller to delay the open command for the motor contactors until DC Braking has been completed. Only with this signal, the controller activates the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BA [Landing Zone] which is finally used to remove the internal Run command so that the motor ramps down to DC braking at stop. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 605
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 69 | ExternalPower24VSupply | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Theterminalactivateswhenthereisanexternal24VpowersupplybetweenterminalsPS-AC. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 6A | DataLoggerError | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthedrivedetectsaLoG[ComError/AbnormalSDcard]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 74 | SlowDown | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=53[LevelingSpeed]activatesaftertheterminalsetforH1-xx= 50[NominalSpeed],51[IntermediateSpeed],or52[RelevelingSpeed]activated. |
Source page
Page 606
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 12.41 Slow Down Sequence ■ 75: TDCC Pulse Output
SettingValue Function Description 75 TDCCPulseOutput V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Witheverydirectionchangeof theelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberofdirectionchanges. Note: This function is available only when o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled]. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ 76: TDCC Alarm Level Reached
SettingValue Function Description 76 TDCCAlarmLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Reached TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41[TravelDirect CounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. Note: This function is available only when o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled]. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ 77: TDCC Fault Level Reached
SettingValue Function Description
77 TDCCFaultLevelReached V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsaTCF[TDCC Fault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replaceelevatorropes. Note: This function is available only when o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled]. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ 78: Short Circuit Brake Release
SettingValue Function Description 78 ShortCircuitBrakeRelease V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx= 9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. When the drive receives the STo or Baseblock Command signal, the drive will deactivate this output signal after the time set in S1-10 [Up/Down Command Delay Time]. When you set H1-xx = 4B [Short Circuit MCFeedback (NO)] or 4C [Short Circuit MCFeedback (NC)] for an MFDI terminal, the drive activates the PWM 20 ms after the drive receives the Short Circuit MFFeedback signal and after the time set in S1-10 elapses from the drive receives the Up/Down command. ON : The STo or Baseblock Command signal is removed. OFF : The STo or Baseblock Command signal is input. Refer to Short Circuit Braking Function on page 199 for more information.
606 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 75 | TDCCPulseOutput | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenitoutputsthepulseforTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC).Witheverydirectionchangeof theelevatorcar,theterminaloutputstheTDCCpulsefor0.5stocountdownthenumberofdirectionchanges. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 76 | TDCCAlarmLevel Reached | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreachedthevaluesetino4-41[TravelDirect CounterAlarmLevel],andthedrivedetectsaTCA[TDCCAlarm]. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 77 | TDCCFaultLevelReach | ed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhentheTravelDirectionChangeCounter(TDCC)hasreached0,andthedrivedetectsaTCF[TDCC Fault].Thisoutputsignalshowsthatthelifetimeofelevatorropeshavebeenexpired.Replaceelevatorropes. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 78 | ShortCircuitBrakeRelea | se V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenyouremovetheSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]ortheinputsignalfromtheMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx= 9[BaseblockCommand(N.C.)]. |
Source page
Page 607
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 7A | DuringUpDirection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheterminalactivateswhenthemotoroperatesintheUpdirection. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 100to17A | InverseOutputsof0to7A i | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM CausesinverseoutputofthefunctionfortheselectedMFDO.Usesthelasttwodigitsof1xxtoselectwhichfunctionto nverselyoutput. |
| Setting Value | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | SpeedReference | 611 |
| 2 | AuxiliarySpeedReference1 | 612 |
| 3 | AuxiliarySpeedReference2 | 612 |
| Setting Value | Function | Ref. |
|---|---|---|
| E | MotorTemperature(PTCInput) | 612 |
| 14 | TorqueCompensation | 612 |
| 1F | NotUsed | 612 |
Source page
Page 608
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Example AnalogInput SettingofTerminalA1 SpeedReference Settings Speedreference • H3-02=0[TerminalA1Function • Whenyouinputa10Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe200%. se w tt i i t n h g th a e dj g u a s i t n ed • S H e 3 le -0 c 3 ti : o 2 n 0 = 0. S 0 p [ e T e e d rm R i e n fe a r l e A n 1 ce G ] ain W • h W en h y e o n u y i o n u pu in t p a u 5 ta V 5 o V rm si o g r n e a s l i , g t n h a e l s , p E e 1 e - d 04 re [ f M ere a n x c im e u w m ill O b u e tp 1 u 0 t 0 F % r . equency]willlimitthedriveoutputandthespeed Setting=200%] referencewillbe100%. • H3-04=0.0[TerminalA1Bias Setting=0.0%]
Speedreference • H3-02=0[SpeedReference] • Whenyouinputa0Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe-25%. withthenegative • H3-03=100.0[100.0%] • WhenH3-01=0[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0)]: numberbiasset • H3-04=-25.0[-25.0%] - Whenyouinputa0Vto2Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe0%. - Whenyouinputa2Vto10Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe0%to100%. • WhenH3-01=1[-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]: - Whenyouinputa0Vto2Vsignal,itenablessignalsofpositiveandnegativepolaritiesandthemotor rotatesindowndirection.
■ H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-01 TerminalA1SignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0410) Select SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA1. (0,1) 0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0) The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%. 1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference) The voltage signal is -10 Vdc to 10 Vdc. Signals of both positive and negative polarities are enabled. When the drive uses this setting as the speed reference, an Up command will run the motor in down direction and a Down command will run the motor in up direction. The gain and bias settings will cause the signal to be a negative number. ■ H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-02 TerminalA1Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0434) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA1. (0-1F)
608 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Example AnalogInput Settings | SettingofTerminalA1 | SpeedReference |
|---|---|---|
| Speedreference withthegain settingadjusted | • H3-02=0[TerminalA1Function Selection=SpeedReference] • H3-03:200.0[TerminalA1Gain Setting=200%] • H3-04=0.0[TerminalA1Bias Setting=0.0%] | • Whenyouinputa10Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe200%. • Whenyouinputa5Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe100%. Whenyouinputa5Vormoresignal,E1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]willlimitthedriveoutputandthespeed referencewillbe100%. |
| Speedreference withthenegative numberbiasset | • H3-02=0[SpeedReference] • H3-03=100.0[100.0%] • H3-04=-25.0[-25.0%] | • Whenyouinputa0Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe-25%. • WhenH3-01=0[TerminalA1SignalLevelSelect=0to10V(LowerLimitat0)]: - Whenyouinputa0Vto2Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe0%. - Whenyouinputa2Vto10Vsignal,thespeedreferencewillbe0%to100%. • WhenH3-01=1[-10to+10V(BipolarReference)]: - Whenyouinputa0Vto2Vsignal,itenablessignalsofpositiveandnegativepolaritiesandthemotor rotatesindowndirection. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-01 (0410) | TerminalA1SignalLevel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA1. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-02 (0434) | TerminalA1Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA1. | 0 (0-1F) |
Source page
Page 609
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ H3-03: Terminal A1 Gain Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-03 TerminalA1GainSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (0411) SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 10 V is input, this parameter sets the reference quantity for the function set for terminal A1 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-04 [Terminal A1 Bias Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1. ■ H3-04: Terminal A1 Bias Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-04 TerminalA1BiasSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0412) SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 0 V is input, this parameter sets the bias for the function set for terminal A1 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-03 [Terminal A1 Gain Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1. ■ H3-05: Terminal A3 Signal Level Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-05 TerminalA3SignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0413) Select SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA3. (0,1) 0 : 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0) The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%. 1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference) The voltage signal is -10 Vdc to 10 Vdc. Signals of both positive and negative polarities are enabled. When the drive uses this setting as the speed reference, an Up command will run the motor in down direction and a Down command will run the motor in up direction. The gain and bias settings will cause the signal to be a negative number. ■ H3-06: Terminal A3 Function Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-06 TerminalA3Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1F (0414) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA3. (0-1F) Note: When terminal A3 is the PTC input terminal: •Set H3-06 = E [Motor Temperature (PTC input)]. •Set DIP switch S4 to the PTC side. ■ H3-07: Terminal A3 Gain Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-07 TerminalA3GainSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (0415) SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 10 V is input, this parameter sets the reference quantity for the function set for terminal A3 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-08 [Terminal A3 Bias Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A3. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 609
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-03 (0411) RUN | TerminalA1GainSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-04 (0412) RUN | TerminalA1BiasSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA1. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-05 (0413) | TerminalA3SignalLevel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA3. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-06 (0414) | TerminalA3Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA3. | 1F (0-1F) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-07 (0415) RUN | TerminalA3GainSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
Source page
Page 610
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ H3-08: Terminal A3 Bias Setting
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-08 TerminalA3BiasSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0416) SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 0 V is input, this parameter sets the bias for the function set for terminal A3 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-07 [Terminal A3 Gain Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A3. ■ H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-09 TerminalA2SignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0417) Select SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA2. (0-3) 0 : 0-10V (LowLim=0) The voltage signal is 0 Vdc to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%. 1 : -10 to +10V (Bipolar Reference) The voltage signal is -10 Vdc to 10 Vdc. Signals of both positive and negative polarities are enabled. When the drive uses this setting as the speed reference, an Up command will run the motor in down direction and a Down command will run the motor in up direction. The gain and bias settings will cause the signal to be a negative number. 2 : 4 to 20 mA The current signal is 4 mA to 20 mA. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%. 3 : 0 to 20 mA The current signal is 0 mA to 20 mA. The minimum input level limit is 0%. The drive will read a negative input signal caused by gain and bias settings as 0%. Note: When H3-09 = 0, 1, set DIP switch S1 to the V side (voltage). When H3-09 = 2, 3, set DIP switch S1 to the I side (current). The default setting is the I side (current). ■ H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-10 TerminalA2Function V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1F (0418) Selection SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA2. (0-1F) ■ H3-11: Terminal A2 Gain Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-11 TerminalA2GainSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (0419) SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 10 V (or 20 mA) is input, this parameter sets the reference quantity for the function set for terminal A2 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-12 [Terminal A2 Bias Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2.
610 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-08 (0416) RUN | TerminalA3BiasSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA3. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-09 (0417) | TerminalA2SignalLevel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheinputsignallevelforMFAIterminalA2. | 0 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-10 (0418) | TerminalA2Function Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionforMFAIterminalA2. | 1F (0-1F) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-11 (0419) RUN | TerminalA2GainSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
Source page
Page 611
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ H3-12: Terminal A2 Bias Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-12 TerminalA2BiasSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (041A) SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN When 0 V (4 mA or 0 mA) is input, this parameter sets the bias for the function set for terminal A2 as a percentage. Use this parameter and H3-11 [Terminal A2 Gain Setting] to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. ■ H3-13: Analog Input FilterTime Constant No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-13 AnalogInputFilterTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.03s (041B) Constant SetsthetimeconstantforprimarydelayfiltersonMFAIterminals. (0.00-2.00s) Apply the primary delay filter to the analog input to enable an analog input signal without the use of high- frequency noise components. An analog input filter prevents irregular drive control. Drive operation becomes more stable as the programmed time becomes longer, but it also becomes less responsive to quickly changing analog signals. ■ H3-16: Terminal A1 Offset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-16 TerminalA1Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02F0) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA1.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (-500-+500) thissetting. Adds the offset value for the analog input value. For voltage input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal of 0 V is input. ■ H3-17: Terminal A2 Offset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-17 TerminalA2Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02F1) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA2.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (-500-+500) thissetting. Adds the offset value for the analog input value. For voltage input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal of 0 V is input. For current input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal of 4 mA [H3-09 = 2] or 0 mA [H3-09 = 3] is input. ■ H3-18: Terminal A3 Offset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H3-18 TerminalA3Offset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02F2) SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA3.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (-500-+500) thissetting. Adds the offset value for the analog input value. For voltage input, this parameter will set the offset when a signal of 0 V is input. ◆ MFAI Setting Values This section gives information about the functions set with H3-02, H3-06, and H3-10. ■ 0: Speed Reference SettingValue Function Description 0 SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheinputvaluefromtheMFAIterminalsetwiththisfunctionbecomesthemasterspeedreference. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 611
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-12 (041A) RUN | TerminalA2BiasSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasoftheanalogsignalinputtoMFAIterminalA2. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-13 (041B) | AnalogInputFilterTime Constant | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantforprimarydelayfiltersonMFAIterminals. | 0.03s (0.00-2.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-16 (02F0) | TerminalA1Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA1.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-17 (02F1) | TerminalA2Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA2.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H3-18 (02F2) | TerminalA3Offset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoffsetlevelforanalogsignalsinputtoterminalA3.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. | 0 (-500-+500) |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 0 | SpeedReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM TheinputvaluefromtheMFAIterminalsetwiththisfunctionbecomesthemasterspeedreference. |
Source page
Page 612
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
• You can copy the configuration to more than one of the analog input terminals A1 through A3. When you set more than one analog input terminal with the master speed reference, the sum value becomes the frequency bias. • If you use this function to set the analog input value as the master speed reference, set b1-01 = 1 [Speed Reference Selection 1 = Analog Input]. This setting value is the default value for terminals A1 and A2. • The speed reference is the sum of the input values for terminals A1 and A2 when they are used at the same time. For example, when a 20% bias is input to terminal A2 while a speed reference of 50% is input from terminal A1, the calculated speed reference will be 70% of the maximum output speed. ■ 2: Auxiliary Speed Reference 1
SettingValue Function Description 2 AuxiliarySpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 SetsReference2throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference1)fromthe analoginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]settingisasetting valueof100%. Refer to Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) on page 167 for more information. ■ 3: Auxiliary Speed Reference 2 SettingValue Function Description 3 AuxiliarySpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 SetsReference3throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference2)fromthe analoginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]settingisasetting valueof100%. Refer to Speed Selection Using Digital Inputs (b1-01 = 0) on page 167 for more information. ■ E: Motor Temperature (PTC Input)
SettingValue Function Description E MotorTemperature(PTC V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Input) UsesthemotorPositiveTemperatureCoefficient(PTC)thermistortopreventheatdamagetothemotorasapercentageofthe currentvaluewhenthe10Vanalogsignalisinput. • You can use the Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) thermistor as an auxiliary or alternative detection function for oL1 [Motor Overload] problems to help prevent heat damage to motors. If the PTC input signal is more than the overload alarm level, oH3 [Motor Overheat (PTC Input)] will flash on the keypad. • When the drive detects oH3, the motor stops with the setting in L1-03 [Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select]. When the drive detects oH4, the motor stops with the setting in L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select]. When the drive incorrectly detects motor overheating problems, set L1-05 [Motor Thermistor Filter Time]. Refer to Motor Protection Using Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistors for more information. ■ 14: Torque Compensation SettingValue Function Description
14 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Entersthetorquecompensationvalueifthemotorratedtorqueis100%. This function allows an analog signal to the input terminal adjust the amount of torque compensation to handle and unbalance at start when elevators sensors indicate that a large load has been added to the car. This helps to minimize shock and jerking at start. To use this function, an analog signal from a load sensor is necessary. Refer to Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation on page 173 for more information. ■ 1F: Not Used
SettingValue Function Description 1F NotUsed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. When you set a terminal that you do not use to 1F, you can use the signal that is input to that terminal as the PLC analog signal input from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option.
612 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 2 | AuxiliarySpeedReference 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsReference2throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference1)fromthe analoginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]settingisasetting valueof100%. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 3 | AuxiliarySpeedReference 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsReference3throughmulti-stepspeedreferencetoenablethecommandreference(AuxiliarySpeedReference2)fromthe analoginputterminalsethere.ThisvalueisapercentagewheretheE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]settingisasetting valueof100%. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| E | MotorTemperature(PTC Input) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM UsesthemotorPositiveTemperatureCoefficient(PTC)thermistortopreventheatdamagetothemotorasapercentageofthe currentvaluewhenthe10Vanalogsignalisinput. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 14 | TorqueCompensation | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Entersthetorquecompensationvalueifthemotorratedtorqueis100%. |
| SettingValue | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1F | NotUsed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usethissettingforunusedterminalsortouseterminalsinthroughmode. |
Source page
Page 613
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ◆ H4: Analog Outputs H4 parameters set the drive analog monitors. These parameters select monitor parameters, adjust gain and bias, and select output signal levels. ■ Calibrate Meters Connected to MFAO Terminals FM and AM To calibrate the meters connected to terminals FM and AM, use these parameters: • H4-02 [Terminal FM Analog Output Gain] • H4-03 [Terminal FM Analog Output Bias] • H4-05 [Terminal AM Analog Output Gain] • H4-06 [Terminal AM Analog Output Bias] Set these parameters where the output voltage of 10 V is 100% of the signal level. No. Name Range Default H4-02 TerminalFMAnalogOutputGain -999.9-+999.9% 100.0% H4-03 TerminalFMAnalogOutputBias -999.9-+999.9% 0.0% H4-05 TerminalAMAnalogOutputGain -999.9-+999.9% 50.0% H4-06 TerminalAMAnalogOutputBias -999.9-+999.9% 0.0% 0:0to10Vdc H4-07 TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect 0 1:-10to+10Vdc 0:0to10Vdc H4-08 TerminalAMSignalLevelSelect 0 1:-10to+10Vdc Figure 12.43 and Figure 12.44 show the gain and bias. Figure 12.43 Analog Output Gain/Bias Configuration Example 1 For example, when the parameter value set to analog output is 0, and a 3 V signal is output to terminal FM, H4-03 [Terminal FM Analog Output Bias] is set to 30%. Figure 12.44 Analog Output Gain/Bias Configuration Example 2 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 613
| No. | Name | Range | Default |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-02 | TerminalFMAnalogOutputGain | -999.9-+999.9% 100 | .0% |
| H4-03 | TerminalFMAnalogOutputBias | -999.9-+999.9% 0.0 | % |
| H4-05 | TerminalAMAnalogOutputGain | -999.9-+999.9% 50. | 0% |
| H4-06 | TerminalAMAnalogOutputBias | -999.9-+999.9% 0.0 | % |
| H4-07 | TerminalFMSignalLevelSelect | 0:0to10Vdc 0 1:-10to+10Vdc | |
| H4-08 | TerminalAMSignalLevelSelect | 0:0to10Vdc 0 1:-10to+10Vdc |
Source page
Page 614
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Calibrate Terminal FM Stop the drive to calibrate meters. Use this procedure to calibrate: 1. Show H4-02 [Terminal FM Analog Output Gain] on the keypad. Terminal FM outputs the analog signal when the monitor item that you set in H4-01 [Terminal FM Analog Output Select] is 100%. 2. Adjust H4-02 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal FM. 3. Show H4-03 [Terminal FM Analog Output Bias] on the keypad. Terminal FM outputs the analog signal when the monitor item that you set in H4-01 is 0%. 4. Adjust H4-03 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal FM. Calibrate Terminal AM Stop the drive to calibrate meters. Use this procedure to calibrate: 1. Show H4-05 [Terminal AM Analog Output Gain] on the keypad. Terminal AM outputs the analog signal when the monitor item that you set in H4-04 [Terminal AM Analog Output Select] is 100%. 2. Adjust H4-05 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal AM. 3. Show H4-06 [Terminal AM Analog Output Bias] on the keypad. Terminal AM outputs the analog signal when the monitor item that you set in H4-04 is 0%. 4. Adjust H4-06 while referencing the meter scale connected to terminal AM.
■ H4-01: Terminal FM Analog Output Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-01 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 (041D) OutputSelect SetsthemonitornumbertosendfromMFAOterminalFM. (000-999) Expert Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-01 = 102 to monitor U1-02 [Output Speed]. Note: •You cannot use all of the monitors in all of the control methods. •When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can set the terminal FM output level from the PLC through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option. ■ H4-02: Terminal FM Analog Output Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-02 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (041E) OutputGain SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Expert The analog signal output from the FM terminal is a maximum of ±10 V. Select the signal level with H4-07 [Terminal FM Signal Level Select]. ■ H4-03: Terminal FM Analog Output Bias No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-03 TerminalFMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (041F) OutputBias SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Expert The analog signal output from the FM terminal is a maximum of ±10 V. Select the signal level with H4-07 [Terminal FM Signal Level Select]. ■ H4-04: Terminal AM Analog Output Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-04 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 (0420) OutputSelect SetsthemonitoringnumbertobeoutputfromtheMFAOterminalAM. (000-999) Expert 614 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-01 (041D) Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitornumbertosendfromMFAOterminalFM. | 102 (000-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-02 (041E) RUN Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. | 100.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-03 (041F) RUN Expert | TerminalFMAnalog OutputBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalFM. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-04 (0420) Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemonitoringnumbertobeoutputfromtheMFAOterminalAM. | 103 (000-999) |
Source page
Page 615
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions Set the x-xx part of the Ux-xx [Monitor]. For example, set H4-04 = 103 to monitor U1-03 [Output Current]. Note: •You cannot use all of the monitors in all of the control methods. •When you use the terminal in through mode, set this parameter to 000 or 031. You can set the terminal AM output level from the PLC through MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or the communication option. ■ H4-05: Terminal AM Analog Output Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-05 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% (0421) OutputGain SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Expert The analog signal output from the AM terminal is a maximum of ±10 V. Select the signal level with H4-08 [Terminal AM Signal Level Select]. Example settings: When the output current of a monitoring item is 100% (continuous rated output current of the drive) in these examples, the voltage of AM terminal outputs at 5 V (50% of 10 V). Subsequently, the output current at the time the AM terminal outputs a maximum voltage of 10 V will be 200% of the continuous rated output current. • H4-04 = 103 [Terminal AM Analog Output Select = Output Current] • H4-05 = 50.0% • H4-06 = 0.0% [Terminal AM Analog Output Bias = 0.0%] • H4-08 = 0 [0 to 10 V] ■ H4-06: Terminal AM Analog Output Bias No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-06 TerminalAMAnalog V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0422) OutputBias SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. (-999.9-+999.9%) RUN Expert The analog signal output from the AM terminal is a maximum of ±10 V. Select the signal level with H4-08 [Terminal AM Signal Level Select]. ■ H4-07: Terminal FM Signal Level Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-07 TerminalFMSignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0423) Select SetstheMFAOterminalFMoutputsignallevel. (0,1) Expert 0 : 0 to 10 Vdc 1 : -10 to +10 Vdc ■ H4-08: Terminal AM Signal Level Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H4-08 TerminalAMSignalLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0424) Select SetstheMFAOterminalAMoutputsignallevel. (0,1) Expert 0 : 0 to 10 Vdc 1 : -10 to +10 Vdc ■ H4-20: Analog Power Monitor 100% Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) ( H 0B 4- 5 2 3 0 ) A 10 n 0 a % log Le P v o e w l erMonitor Set V s / t f helev O e L l V at10V CL w V hen C U LV 1 / - P 0 M 8[OutputPower]issetforanalogoutput. (0.00 0 - .0 6 0 50 k . W 00kW) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 615
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-05 (0421) RUN Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. | 50.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-06 (0422) RUN Expert | TerminalAMAnalog OutputBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebiasofthemonitorsignalthatissentfromMFAOterminalAM. | 0.0% (-999.9-+999.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-07 (0423) Expert | TerminalFMSignalLevel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheMFAOterminalFMoutputsignallevel. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-08 (0424) Expert | TerminalAMSignalLevel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheMFAOterminalAMoutputsignallevel. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H4-20 (0B53) | AnalogPowerMonitor 100%Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelat10VwhenU1-08[OutputPower]issetforanalogoutput. | 0.00kW (0.00-650.00kW) |
Source page
Page 616
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
Note: •When H4-20 = 0.00 kW, the output power monitor 10 V level = motor rated power. The setting changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: -A1-02 = 0, 2, 3 [V/f, OLV, CLV]: E2-11 [Motor Rated Power] -A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM]: E5-02 [PM Motor Rated Power] ◆ H5: Serial Communication
H5 parameters configure the drive to use serial communications. You can use the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol over the RS-485 port (terminals D+ and D-) in the drive to use serial communication with programmable controllers (PLC). ■ H5-01: Drive Node Address
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-01 DriveNodeAddress V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0425) Setsthecommunicationslaveaddressfordrives. (0-FF) Expert Note: •Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting. •Setting 0 will not let the drive respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. To enable the drive to communicate with the controller (master) over MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, you must set the drive with a slave address. Set H5-01 ≠ 0. Set a node address that is different from the master and other slave devices. ■ H5-02: Communication Speed Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-02 CommunicationSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (0426) Selection SetsthecommunicationsspeedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. (0-8) Expert Note: Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting. 0 : 1200 bps 1 : 2400 bps 2 : 4800 bps 3 : 9600 bps 4 : 19.2 kbps 5 : 38.4 kbps 6 : 57.6 kbps 7 : 76.8 kbps 8 : 115.2 kbps
■ H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-03 CommunicationParity V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0427) Selection SetsthecommunicationsparityusedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. (0-2) Expert Note: Re-energize the drive or set H5-20 = 1 [Communication Parameters Reload = Reload Now] after you change the parameter setting. 0 : No parity 1 : Even parity 2 : Odd parity
616 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-01 (0425) Expert | DriveNodeAddress | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecommunicationslaveaddressfordrives. | 1 (0-FF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-02 (0426) Expert | CommunicationSpeed Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationsspeedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | 3 (0-8) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-03 (0427) Expert | CommunicationParity Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecommunicationsparityusedforMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | 0 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 617
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ H5-04: Communication Error Stop Method No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-04 CommunicationErrorStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (0428) Method SetsthemotorStoppingMethodwhenthedrivedetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError] (0-3) Expert issues. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only The keypad shows CE and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ H5-05: Comm Fault Detection Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-05 CommFaultDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0429) Selection SetsthefunctionthatdetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issuesduringMEMOBUS/ (0,1) Expert Modbuscommunications. If the drive does not receive data from the master during the time set in H5-09 [CE Detection Time], it will detect a CE error. 0 : Disabled Does not detect CE. The drive continues operation. 1 : Enabled Detects CE. If the drive detects CE, it will operate as specified by the setting of H5-04 [Communication Error Stop Method]. ■ H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-06 DriveTransmitWaitTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5ms (042A) Setsthetimetowaittosendaresponsemessageafterthedrivereceivesacommandmessage (5-65ms) Expert fromthemaster. Figure 12.45 Drive Transmit Wait Time ■ H5-09: CE Detection Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-09 CEDetectionTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.0s (0435) SetsthedetectiontimeforCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issueswhencommunication (0.0-10.0s) Expert stops. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 617
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-04 (0428) Expert | CommunicationErrorStop Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemotorStoppingMethodwhenthedrivedetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError] issues. | 3 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-05 (0429) Expert | CommFaultDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctionthatdetectsCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issuesduringMEMOBUS/ Modbuscommunications. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-06 (042A) Expert | DriveTransmitWaitTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimetowaittosendaresponsemessageafterthedrivereceivesacommandmessage fromthemaster. | 5ms (5-65ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-09 (0435) Expert | CEDetectionTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforCE[ModbusCommunicationError]issueswhencommunication stops. | 2.0s (0.0-10.0s) |
Source page
Page 618
12.8 H: Terminal Functions
■ H5-10: Modbus Register 0025H Unit Sel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-10 ModbusRegister0025H V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0436) UnitSel SetstheunitofmeasureusedfortheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsmonitorregister (0,1) Expert 0025H(outputvoltagereferencemonitor). 0 : 0.1 V units 1 : 1 V units ■ H5-11: Comm ENTER Command Mode No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-11 CommENTERCommand V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (043C) Mode SetsthefunctiontomaketheEntercommandnecessarytochangeparametersthrough (0,1) Expert MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. 0 : ENTER Command Required You must use the Enter command to enable changes to parameters. Make all parameter changes then input the Enter command. 1 : ENTER Command Not Required It is not necessary to input the Enter command to change parameters. ■ H5-18: Motor Speed Filter over Comms No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-18 MotorSpeedFilterover V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms (11A2) Comms SetsthefiltertimeconstantusedwhenmonitoringmotorspeedduringMEMOBUS/Modbus (0-100ms) communicationsorwithacommunicationoption. Sets the filter time constant when you monitor the output speed or speed feedback during MEMOBUS/Modbus communications or use of the communication option. These are the MEMOBUS registers: • 003E (Output Speed) • 003F (Output Speed) • 0044 (U1-05: Speed Feedback) • 00AC (U1-05: Speed Feedback) • 00AD (U1-05: Speed Feedback) ■ H5-20: Communication Parameters Reload
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-20 CommunicationParameters V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B57) Reload SetsthefunctiontoimmediatelyenableupdatedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications (0,1) parameters. 0 : Reload at Next Power Cycle 1 : Reload Now Note: •The setting value automatically returns to H5-20 = 0 after you enable MEMOBUS/Modbus communications parameter changes. •The setting values of these parameters are enabled: -H5-01 [Drive Node Address] -H5-02 [Communication Speed Selection] -H5-03 [Communication Parity Selection] -H5-06 [Drive Transmit Wait Time]
618 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-10 (0436) Expert | ModbusRegister0025H UnitSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheunitofmeasureusedfortheMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsmonitorregister 0025H(outputvoltagereferencemonitor). | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-11 (043C) Expert | CommENTERCommand Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontomaketheEntercommandnecessarytochangeparametersthrough MEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-18 (11A2) | MotorSpeedFilterover Comms | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefiltertimeconstantusedwhenmonitoringmotorspeedduringMEMOBUS/Modbus communicationsorwithacommunicationoption. | 0ms (0-100ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-20 (0B57) | CommunicationParameters Reload | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoimmediatelyenableupdatedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunications parameters. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 619
sliateDretemaraP 12.8 H: Terminal Functions ■ H5-25: Function 5A Register 1 Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-25 Function5ARegister1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0044(U1-05) (1589) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen (0000-FF) RUN respondingtothemasterdevice. ■ H5-26: Function 5A Register 2 Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-26 Function5ARegister2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0045(U1-06) (158A) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen (0000-FF) RUN respondingtothemasterdevice. ■ H5-27: Function 5A Register 3 Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-27 Function5ARegister3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0042(U1-03) (158B) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen (0000-FF) RUN respondingtothemasterdevice. ■ H5-28: Function 5A Register 4 Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-28 Function5ARegister4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0049(U1-10) (158C) Selection ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen (0000-FF) RUN respondingtothemasterdevice. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 619
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-25 (1589) RUN | Function5ARegister1 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen respondingtothemasterdevice. | 0044(U1-05) (0000-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-26 (158A) RUN | Function5ARegister2 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen respondingtothemasterdevice. | 0045(U1-06) (0000-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-27 (158B) RUN | Function5ARegister3 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen respondingtothemasterdevice. | 0042(U1-03) (0000-FFFF) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| H5-28 (158C) RUN | Function5ARegister4 Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ReturnsthecontentsofthespecifiedMEMOBUS/Modbuscommunicationsregisterwhen respondingtothemasterdevice. | 0049(U1-10) (0000-FFFF) |
Source page
Page 620
12.9 L: Protection Functions
12.9 L: Protection Functions
L parameters set these functions: • Motor Overload Protection • Undervoltage Detection • Stall Prevention • Speed Detection
• Automatic Fault Reset • Detection of Overtorque/Undertorque • Torque Limit • Hardware Protection
◆ L1: Motor Protection L1 parameters set the motor overload protection function.
■ Motor Protection Using Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistors The temperature resistance characteristics of three PTC thermistors in the motor stator winding protect the motor from overheat.
The PTC thermistor must have the characteristics shown in Figure 12.46 for each motor phase.
Figure 12.46 PTC Thermistor Temperature and Resistance When the PTC input signal input to the drive is more than the overload alarm level, the drive detects oH3 [Motor Overheat (PTC Input)]. The drive continues the operation set in L1-03 [Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select]. By factory default, oH3 flashes on the keypad and the drive continues operation. The overheat fault level triggers an oH4 [Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)] fault, and outputs a fault signal. The drive outputs a fault signal, and uses the stop method set in L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select] to stop the motor. Note: PTC is an acronym for Positive Temperature Coefficient. Figure 12.47 shows the configuration procedure when you use terminal A3. 1. Connect the PTC thermistor input from the motor to analog input terminal A3 on the drive.
Figure 12.47 Connect Motor PTC 2. Set drive DIP switch S4 to PTC.
620 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 621
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions 3. Set these MFAI terminals: • Set H3-05 = 0 [Terminal A3 Signal Level Select = 0 to 10V (Lower Limit at 0)]. • Set H3-06 = E [Terminal A3 Function Selection = Motor Temperature (PTC input)]. 4. Set these L1 parameters: • L1-03 [Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select] • L1-04 [Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select] • L1-05 [Motor Thermistor Filter Time] ■ L1-01: Motor Overload (oL1) Protection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-01 MotorOverload(oL1) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0480) Protection Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. (0-3,5,6) Note: •The default setting and setting range change when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: -When A1-02 = 0, 2, 3 [V/f, OLV, CLV], the default setting is 1, and the setting range is 0 to 3, 6. -When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the default setting is 5, and the setting range is 0, 5. •When only one motor is connected to a drive, set L1-01 = 1 to 6 [Enabled]. External thermal relays are not necessary in these conditions. This parameter enables and disables the motor overload protection with electronic thermal protectors. The cooling capability of the motor changes when the speed control range of the motor changes. Use an electronic thermal protector that aligns with the permitted load characteristics of the motor to select motor protection. The electronic thermal protector of the drive uses these items to calculate motor overload tolerance and supply overload protection for the motor: • Output current • Output speed • Motor thermal characteristics • Time characteristics If the drive detects motor overload, the drive will trigger an oL1 [Motor Overload] and stop the drive output. Set H2-01 = 1F [Term M1-M2 Function Selection = Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)] to set a motor overload alarm. If the motor overload level is more than 90% of the oL1 detection level, the output terminal activates and triggers an overload alarm. 0 : Disabled 1 : Variable Torque Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 60 Hz base frequency. The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range. OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthan60Hz,the power.Operateata60Hzbasefrequencytomaximize drivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersafaultrelay themotorcoolingability. outputandthemotorcoaststostop. 2 : Constant Torque 10:1 Speed Range 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 621
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-01 (0480) | MotorOverload(oL1) Protection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotoroverloadprotectionwithelectronicthermalprotectors. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0-3,5,6) |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline power.Operateata60Hzbasefrequencytomaximize themotorcoolingability. | Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthan60Hz,the drivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersafaultrelay outputandthemotorcoaststostop. |
Source page
Page 622
12.9 L: Protection Functions
Use this setting for drive-dedicated motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:10. The speed control for this motor is 10% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 10% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.
OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat10%to100%base temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow frequency.Operatingslowerthan10%speedat100% speedrange(10%basefrequency). loadwillcausemotoroverload.
3 : Constant Torque 100:1 SpeedRange Use this setting for vector motors with a speed range for constant torque of 1:100.
The speed control for this motor is 1% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 1% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload. OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat1%to100%base temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow frequency.Operatingslowerthan1%speedat100%load speedrange(1%basefrequency). willcausemotoroverload.
5 : PM Constant Torque Use this setting with a PM motor for constant torque that has a speed range for constant torque of 1:500. The speed control for this motor is 0.2% to 100% when at 100% load. Operating slower than 0.2% speed at 100% load will cause motor overload.
OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat0.2%to100%rated temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speed.Operatingslowerthan0.2%speedat100%load speedrange(0.2%basefrequency). willcausemotoroverload.
6 : Variable Torque (50Hz) Use this setting for general-purpose motors with a 50 Hz base frequency. The overload tolerance decreases as motor speed decreases because the cooling fan speed decreases and the ability of the motor to cool decreases in the low speed range. The overload tolerance characteristics of the motor change the trigger point for the electronic thermal protector. This provides motor overheat protection from low speed to high speed across the full speed range.
622 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(10%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat10%to100%base frequency.Operatingslowerthan10%speedat100% loadwillcausemotoroverload. |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(1%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat1%to100%base frequency.Operatingslowerthan1%speedat100%load willcausemotoroverload. |
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtowithstandincreased temperaturesduringcontinuousoperationinthelow speedrange(0.2%basefrequency). | Themotoroperatescontinuouslyat0.2%to100%rated speed.Operatingslowerthan0.2%speedat100%load willcausemotoroverload. |
Source page
Page 623
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions OverloadCharacteristics LoadTolerance CoolingCapability (at100%motorload) Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialline Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthancommercial power.Operateata50Hzbasefrequencytomaximize linepower,thedrivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersa themotorcoolingability. faultrelayoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. ■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-02 MotorOverloadProtection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0min (0481) Time Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetopreventdamagetothe (0.1-5.0min) Expert motor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Set the overload tolerance time to the length of time that the motor can operate at 150% load from continuous operation at 100% load. When the motor operates at 150% load continuously for 1 minute after continuous operation at 100% load (hot start), the default setting triggers the electronic thermal protector. Figure 12.48 shows an example of the electronic thermal protector operation time. Motor overload protection operates in the range between a cold start and a hot start. This example shows a general-purpose motor operating at the base frequency with L1-02 set to 1.0 min. • Cold start Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when the overload occurs immediately after starting operation from a complete stop. • Hot start Shows the motor protection operation time characteristics when overload occurs from continuous operation below the motor rated current. Figure 12.48 Protection Operation Time for a General-purpose Motor at Rated Output Speed ■ L1-03: Motor Thermistor oH Alarm Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-03 MotorThermistoroH V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (0482) AlarmSelect SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3[Motor (0-3) Expert OverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. 0 : Ramp to Stop 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 623
| LoadTolerance | CoolingCapability | OverloadCharacteristics (at100%motorload) |
|---|---|---|
| Thismotorisdesignedtooperatewithcommercialli power.Operateata50Hzbasefrequencytomaximiz themotorcoolingability. | ne Ifthemotoroperatesatfrequencieslessthancommercial e linepower,thedrivewilldetectoL1.Thedrivetriggersa faultrelayoutputandthemotorcoaststostop. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-02 (0481) Expert | MotorOverloadProte Time | ction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoperationtimefortheelectronicthermalprotectorofthedrivetopreventdamagetothe motor.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0min (0.1-5.0min) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-03 (0482) Expert | MotorThermistoroH AlarmSelect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsdriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignalenteredintothedriveisattheoH3[Motor OverheatAlarm]detectionlevel. | 3 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 624
12.9 L: Protection Functions
The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oH3 and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ L1-04: Motor Thermistor oH Fault Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-04 MotorThermistoroHFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0483) Select SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[MotorOverheat (0-2) Expert Fault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. 0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns OFF and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. ■ L1-05: Motor Thermistor Filter Time
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-05 MotorThermistorFilter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.20s (0484) Time SetstheprimarydelaytimeconstantforthePTCinputsignalenteredtothedrive.Thisparameter (0.00-10.00s) Expert preventsaccidentalmotoroverheatfaults. ■ L1-08: oL1 Current Level for Motor 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-08 oL1CurrentLevelfor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0A (1103) Motor1 Setsthereferencecurrentforthemotor1thermaloverloaddetection.Whenthecurrentlevel>0.0 (0.0-2250.0A) Expert A,youcannotsetthisvalue<10%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. When L1-08 = 0.0 A, the drive uses E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to detect the motor overload protection. In PM control mode, the drive uses E5-03 [PM Motor Rated Current (FLA)] to detect the motor overload protection. When L1-08 ≠ 0.0 A, the set value is the reference for motor overload protection. Note: •The display units are different for different models: -Models 2022 to 2041, 4012 to 4023: 0.01 A -Models 2059 to 2519, 4030 to 4380: 0.1 A •When the current level > 0.0 A, you cannot set this value < 10% of the continuous rated output current.
624 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-04 (0483) Expert | MotorThermistoroHFault Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveoperationwhenthePTCinputsignaltothedriveisattheoH4[MotorOverheat Fault(PTCInput)]detectionlevel. | 1 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-05 (0484) Expert | MotorThermistorFilter Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheprimarydelaytimeconstantforthePTCinputsignalenteredtothedrive.Thisparameter preventsaccidentalmotoroverheatfaults. | 0.20s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-08 (1103) Expert | oL1CurrentLevelfor Motor1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthereferencecurrentforthemotor1thermaloverloaddetection.Whenthecurrentlevel>0.0 A,youcannotsetthisvalue<10%ofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | 0.0A (0.0-2250.0A) |
Source page
Page 625
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions ■ L1-13: Motor Overload Memory Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L1-13 MotorOverloadMemory V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (046D) Selection Setsthefunctionthatkeepsthecurrentelectronicthermalprotectorvaluewhenthedrivestops (0,1) receivingpower. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Sets if the drive will calculate the motor again when the drive is energized again. ◆ L2: Undervoltage Detection L2 parameter sets the Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] detection level. ■ L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Lvl (Uv1) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L2-05 UndervoltageDetectionLvl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04and (0489) (Uv1) SetsthevoltageatwhichaUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]faultistriggered.Usuallyitisnot E1-01 Expert necessarytochangethissetting. (200VClass:150-210V, 400VClass:300-420V) NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. When you set this parameter to a value lower than the default, you must install an AC reactor on the input side of the power supply. If you do not install an AC reactor, it will cause damage to the drive circuitry. ◆ L3: Stall Prevention L3 parameters set the Stall Prevention function and overvoltage suppression function. ■ Stall Prevention If the load is too heavy or the acceleration and deceleration ramps are too fast, the motor can slip too much because it cannot work at the same rate as the speed reference. If the motor stalls during acceleration, current increases as the slip increases to cause an oC [Overcurrent], oL2 [Drive Overload], or oL1 [Motor Overload] and the drive will stop. If the motor stalls during deceleration, too much regenerative power will flow back into the DC bus capacitors, and cause the drive to detect an ov [Overvoltage] fault and stop. The stall prevention function will let the motor get to the set speed without stalling and it is not necessary for you to change the acceleration or deceleration ramp settings. You can set a separate stall prevention functions for acceleration, operating at constant speeds, and deceleration. ■ L3-01: Stall Prevention during Accel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L3-01 StallPreventionduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (048F) Accel SetsthemethodoftheStallPreventionDuringAcceleration. (0,1,3) Expert Stall prevention during acceleration prevents the stalling and stopping of motors when the drive detects oC [Overcurrent], oL2 [Drive Overload], or oL1 [Motor Overload] when you apply a large load during acceleration or when you set sudden acceleration ramps related to load inertia. 0 : Disabled The Stall Prevention function does not operate during acceleration, and acceleration occurs for the set acceleration ramp. If the acceleration ramp is too fast, the motor does not fully accelerate during the set time, which causes the drive to detect oL1 or oL2 and the motor to stop. 1 : Enabled Enables the Stall Prevention During Acceleration function. Operation is different for different control methods. When the output current is more than the value set in L3-02 [Stall Prevent Level during Accel], the drive stops acceleration. The drive stops deceleration when the output current is less than L3-02 - 15%. The Stall Prevention function level automatically decreases for constant output ranges. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 625
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L1-13 (046D) | MotorOverloadMemory Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatkeepsthecurrentelectronicthermalprotectorvaluewhenthedrivestops receivingpower. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L2-05 (0489) Expert | UndervoltageDetectionLvl (Uv1) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthevoltageatwhichaUv1[DCBusUndervoltage]faultistriggered.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | Determinedbyo2-04and E1-01 (200VClass:150-210V, 400VClass:300-420V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L3-01 (048F) Expert | StallPreventionduring Accel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodoftheStallPreventionDuringAcceleration. | 1 (0,1,3) |
Source page
Page 626
12.9 L: Protection Functions
Figure 12.49 Stall Prevention During Acceleration when Using Induction Motors 3 : Current Limit Method This function uses the L3-02 value to limit the output current and automatically adjust the acceleration rate. When the load (output current) increases to more than the current limit level during acceleration, the drive automatically adjusts the acceleration rate.
Figure 12.50 Current Limit Acceleration ■ L3-02: Stall Prevent Level during Accel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L3-02 StallPreventLevelduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyL8-38 (0490) Accel SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoactivatetheStallPreventionfunctionduringaccelerationasa (0-171%) Expert percentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. Note: If you use a motor that is small compared to the drive and the motor stalls, decrease the setting value. ■ L3-05: Stall Prevention during RUN No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L3-05 StallPreventionduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0493) RUN SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableStallPreventionDuringRun. (0-2) Expert Stall Prevention function during run prevents the motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when an oL1 [Motor Overload] occurs while the motor is running at constant speed. Note: An output speed lower than 6 Hz will disable Stall Prevention during Run. The L3-05 and L3-06 [Stall Prevent Level during Run] settings do not have an effect. 0 : Disabled
626 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L3-02 (0490) Expert | StallPreventLevelduring Accel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoactivatetheStallPreventionfunctionduringaccelerationasa percentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | DeterminedbyL8-38 (0-171%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L3-05 (0493) Expert | StallPreventionduring RUN | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableStallPreventionDuringRun. | 1 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 627
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions The drive runs at the set speed reference. A heavy load can cause the drive to detect oC [Overcurrent] or oL1 and stall the motor. 1 : Deceleration Ramp 1 (C1-02) The drive will decelerate at deceleration ramp set in C1-02 [Deceleration Ramp 1] when the current is more than the Stall Prevention level set in L3-06. When the current level is less than the “L3-06 setting value - 2%” for 100 ms, the drive accelerates again at the active acceleration ramp until it reaches the set speed reference. 2 : Deceleration Ramp 2 (C1-04) This setting functions the same as Setting 1 [Deceleration Ramp 1 (C1-02)]. When the Stall Prevention function is enabled, the drive decelerates with the value set in C1-04 [Deceleration Ramp 2]. ■ L3-06: Stall Prevent Level during Run No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L3-06 StallPreventLevelduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyL8-38 (0494) Run SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoenabletheStallPreventionfunctionduringoperationasa (30-171%) Expert percentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. Note: This parameter is applicable when L3-05 = 1, 2 [Stall Prevention during RUN = Deceleration Ramp 1 (C1-02), Deceleration Ramp 2 (C1-04)]. ◆ L4: Speed Detection L4 parameters set the output of signals to the MFDO terminals, for example speed agree and speed detection. The drive detects motor speed in CLVor CLV/PM control methods. ■ L4-01: Speed Agree Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-01 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (0499) Level SetstheleveltodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5[MFDO (0.0-100.0%) Expert 2 F ] u . nctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection1,SpeedDetection ■ L4-02: Speed Agree Detection Width No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-02 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4.0% (049A) Width SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5[MFDO (0.0-40.0%) Expert 2 F ] u . nctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection1,SpeedDetection ■ L4-03: Speed Agree Detection Level(+/-) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-03 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (049B) Level(+/-) SetsthespeedagreedetectionlevelormotorspeeddetectionlevelwhenH2-01toH2-05=13, (-100.0-+100.0%) Expert 3 1 , 4, Sp 1 e 5 e , d 16 D [ e M te F ct D io O n4 F ] u . nctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,SpeedDetection ■ L4-04: Speed Agree Detection Width(+/-) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-04 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4.0% (049C) Width(+/-) SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=13,14,15,16 (0.0-40.0%) Expert [ D M et F e D ct O ion F 4 u ] n . ctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,SpeedDetection3,Speed 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 627
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L3-06 (0494) Expert | StallPreventLevelduring Run | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoutputcurrentleveltoenabletheStallPreventionfunctionduringoperationasa percentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | DeterminedbyL8-38 (30-171%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-01 (0499) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheleveltodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5[MFDO FunctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection1,SpeedDetection 2]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-02 (049A) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Width | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=2,3,4,5[MFDO FunctionSelection=SpeedAgree1,User-setSpeedAgree1,SpeedDetection1,SpeedDetection 2]. | 4.0% (0.0-40.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-03 (049B) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Level(+/-) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedagreedetectionlevelormotorspeeddetectionlevelwhenH2-01toH2-05=13, 14,15,16[MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,SpeedDetection 3,SpeedDetection4]. | 0.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-04 (049C) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Width(+/-) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthewidthtodetectspeedagreeormotorspeedwhenH2-01toH2-05=13,14,15,16 [MFDOFunctionSelection=SpeedAgree2,User-setSpeedAgree2,SpeedDetection3,Speed Detection4]. | 4.0% (0.0-40.0%) |
Source page
Page 628
12.9 L: Protection Functions
■ L4-05: Spd Ref Loss Detection Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-05 SpdRefLossDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (049D) Selection Setstheoperationwhenthedrivedetectsalossofspeedreference. (0,1) Expert Enables the detection of a loss of an analog speed reference when the speed reference is input from the MFAI terminals (A1, A2, and A3). If the speed reference is less than 10% in 400 ms, the drive detects speed reference loss.
Figure 12.51 Detection of Speed Reference Loss 0 : Stop The drive follows the speed reference and stops the motor.
1 : Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference) The drive continues to operate at the speed reference value set in L4-06 [Speed Reference @Loss of Ref]. When you return the external speed reference value, the drive continues to operate with the speed reference. ■ L4-06: Speed Reference @Loss of Ref
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-06 SpeedReference@Lossof V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80.0% (04C2) Ref Setsthespeedreferenceasapercentagetocontinuedriveoperationafteritdetectsaspeed (0.0-100.0%) Expert referenceloss.Thevalueisapercentageofthespeedreferencebeforethedrivedetectedtheloss. Set L4-05 = 1 [Spd Ref Loss Detection Selection = Run at (L4-06 x Last Reference)] to enable this parameter. ■ L4-07: Speed Agree Detection Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-07 SpeedAgreeDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0470) Selection Setstheconditionthatactivatesspeeddetection. (0,1) Expert 0 : No Detection during Baseblock Detects the speed while the drive is operating. When the drive turns off its output, it will not detect speed. 1 : Detection Always Enabled ■ L4-13: Door Zone Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L4-13 DoorZoneLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (04F6) Setsthespeedlevelfortheelevatordoortoopen.Whentheelevatorcardeceleratestothespeed (0.0-100.0%) Expert l D ev o e o l r s Z e o t n in e] th w is il p l a b r e am ac e ti t v er e , . anMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=52[MFDOFunctionSelection= The drive outputs the Door Zone signal when one of these conditions and speed reference < L4-13 are true at the same time: • The drive is in the baseblock state • The drive is during DC Injection Braking • The soft start output < L4-13
◆ L5: Automatic Fault Reset The Automatic Fault Reset function tries to keep machines operating when the drive detects a transient fault.
The drive can do a self-diagnostic check and continue the operation after a fault. When the self-diagnostic check does not show any faults, the drive will reset faults automatically and it will be ready to restart. The motor will not
628 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-05 (049D) Expert | SpdRefLossDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoperationwhenthedrivedetectsalossofspeedreference. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-06 (04C2) Expert | SpeedReference@Lossof Ref | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedreferenceasapercentagetocontinuedriveoperationafteritdetectsaspeed referenceloss.Thevalueisapercentageofthespeedreferencebeforethedrivedetectedtheloss. | 80.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-07 (0470) Expert | SpeedAgreeDetection Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionthatactivatesspeeddetection. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L4-13 (04F6) Expert | DoorZoneLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedlevelfortheelevatordoortoopen.Whentheelevatorcardeceleratestothespeed levelsetinthisparameter,anMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=52[MFDOFunctionSelection= DoorZone]willbeactive. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
Source page
Page 629
| Fault | Name |
|---|---|
| GF G | roundFault |
| LF O | utputPhaseLoss |
| oC O | vercurrent |
| oH1 H | eatsinkOverheat |
| oL1 M | otorOverload |
| oL2 D | riveOverload |
| oL3 O | vertorqueDetection1 |
| oL4 O | vertorqueDetection2 |
| Fault | Name |
|---|---|
| ov | Overvoltage |
| rr | DynamicBrakingTransistorFault |
| SE1 | MotorContactorResponseError |
| SE2 | StartingCurrentError |
| SE3 | OutputCurrentError |
| UL3 | UndertorqueDetection1 |
| UL4 | UndertorqueDetection2 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L5-01 (049E) Expert | NumberofAutoReset Attempts | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberoftimesthatthedrivewilltrytodoAutomaticFaultResetin10.0s. | 0 (0-10times) |
Source page
Page 630
12.9 L: Protection Functions
■ L5-02: Fault Output during Auto Reset
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L5-02 FaultOutputduringAuto V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (049F) Reset SetswhethertheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=E[Fault]sendssignalswhenthedrivetriesto (0,1) Expert reset. 0 : No fault output 1 : Fault output is set ■ L5-06: Undervoltage Fault Reset Select No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L5-06 UndervoltageFaultReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0522) Select SetswhetheralimitshouldbeplacedonthenumberofresetattemptsafteraUv1[DCBus (0,1) Expert Undervoltage]fault. 0 : Same as L5-01 condition 1 : Always automatically reset Uv1 Automatic Fault Reset Operation in Uv1 Detection • To activate the fault relay outputs MA-MC and MB-MC during Automatic Fault Reset, set L5-02 = 1 [Fault Output during Auto Reset = Fault output is set]. • If a fault shown in Table 12.27 occurs when L5-06 = 1, the drive counts the number of Auto Reset attempts according to the L5-01 setting. • If the momentary power loss occurs when L5-06 = 1, the drive always repeats the Automatic Fault Reset sequence as shown in Figure 12.53. If the power loss occurs, use batteries to do Rescue Operation.
Figure 12.53 Uv1 Automatic Fault Reset Sequence
◆ L6: Torque Detection
The overtorque/undertorque detection function prevents damage to machinery and loads. Overtorque is when there is too much load on the machine. If the motor current or output torque is at the overtorque detection level for the overtorque detection time, the drive will output an alarm and turn off the output. Undertorque is when a load suddenly decreases. When the motor current or output torque is at the undertorque detection level for the undertorque detection time, the drive will output an alarm and turn off the output. You can use the undertorque detection function to detect unusual operation of the electromagnetic contactor on the drive output side, for example. Note: If there is oC [Overcurrent] or oL1 [Motor Overload], the drive can stop during overtorque conditions. Use torque detection to identify overload conditions before the drive detects oC or oL1 and stops. Use this function to detect issues that occur in the application.
■ Parameter Settings You can individually set the two overtorque/undertorque detection functions with the drive. Use the information in Table 12.28 to set the parameters.
630 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L5-02 (049F) Expert | FaultOutputduringAuto Reset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhethertheMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=E[Fault]sendssignalswhenthedrivetriesto reset. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L5-06 (0522) Expert | UndervoltageFaultReset Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhetheralimitshouldbeplacedonthenumberofresetattemptsafteraUv1[DCBus Undervoltage]fault. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 631
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions Table 12.28 Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Parameters ConfigurationParameter Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection1 Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection2 MFDOFunctionSelect H2-01toH2-05=B H2-01toH2-05=18 • TerminalM1-M2 N.O.:Activatedwhendetected N.O.:Activatedwhendetected • TerminalM3-M4 • TerminalM5-M6 • TerminalP1-C1 • TerminalP2-C2 Detectionconditionsandselectionofoperationafter L6-01 L6-04 detection DetectionLevel L6-02 L6-05 DetectionTime L6-03 L6-06 Note: The drive sets the Overtorque/Undertorque detection level in these conditions: •V/f: Current level (continuous rated output current of the drive = 100%) •OLV, CLV, CLV/PM: Motor torque (Motor rated torque = 100%) ■ Time Chart for Detection of Overtorque/Undertorque Overtorque Detection Time Chart When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects overtorque if the motor current or motor torque is at the detection level set in L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for the time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. Parameter L6-01 [Torque Detection Selection 1] sets the operation after detection. When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set L6-04 [Torque Detection Selection 2], L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2], and L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2]. Use H2-01 to H2-05 [MFDO Function Selection] to set the terminal that outputs the alarm. Figure 12.54 Overtorque Detection Time Chart Note: The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the continuous rated output current of the drive or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/undertorque detection function. Undertorque Detection Time Chart When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 1, the drive detects undertorque if the motor current or motor torque is less than or equal to the detection level set in L6-02 for the time set in L6-03. Parameter L6-01 sets the operation after detection. When you use Overtorque/Undertorque Detection 2, set the operation in L6-04, L6-05, and L6-06. Use H2-01 to H2-05 [MFDO Function Selection] to set the terminal that outputs the alarm. Figure 12.55 Undertorque Detection Time Chart Note: The drive applies a hysteresis of approximately 10% of the continuous rated output current of the drive or the motor rated torque to the overtorque/undertorque detection function. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 631
| ConfigurationParameter | Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection1 | Overtorque/UndertorqueDetection2 |
|---|---|---|
| MFDOFunctionSelect H • TerminalM1-M2 N • TerminalM3-M4 • TerminalM5-M6 • TerminalP1-C1 • TerminalP2-C2 | 2-01toH2-05=B .O.:Activatedwhendetected | H2-01toH2-05=18 N.O.:Activatedwhendetected |
| Detectionconditionsandselectionofoperationafter L detection | 6-01 | L6-04 |
| DetectionLevel L | 6-02 | L6-05 |
| DetectionTime L | 6-03 | L6-06 |
Source page
Page 632
12.9 L: Protection Functions
■ L6-01: Torque Detection Selection 1
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-01 TorqueDetectionSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (04A1) 1 Setstorquedetectionconditionsthatwilltriggeranovertorqueorundertorqueresponsefromthe (0-8) Expert drive. The drive detects overtorque if the motor current or output torque is more than the level set in L6-02 [Torque Detection Level 1] for the length of time set in L6-03 [Torque Detection Time 1]. The drive detects undertorque if the motor current or output torque is less than the level set in L6-02 for the length the time set in L6-03. 0 : Disabled The drive will not detect overtorque or undertorque. 1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only The drive detects overtorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 [Overtorque Detection 1] and operation continues. 2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL3 and operation continues. 3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault The drive detects overtorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL3 and operation stops. 4 : oL @ RUN - Fault When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL3 and operation stops. 5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only The drive detects undertorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL3 [Undertorque Detection 1] and operation continues. 6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL3 and operation continues. 7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault The drive detects undertorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL3 and operation stops. 8 : UL @ RUN - Fault
When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL3 and operation stops. ■ L6-02: Torque Detection Level 1
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-02 TorqueDetectionLevel1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 171% (04A2) SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1.InV/fcontrol,continuousrated (0-300%) Expert outputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque=100%value. ■ L6-03: Torque Detection Time 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-03 TorqueDetectionTime1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.1s (04A3) SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1. (0.0-10.0s) Expert
632 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-01 (04A1) Expert | TorqueDetectionSelection 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstorquedetectionconditionsthatwilltriggeranovertorqueorundertorqueresponsefromthe drive. | 0 (0-8) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-02 (04A2) Expert | TorqueDetectionLevel1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1.InV/fcontrol,continuousrated outputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque=100%value. | 171% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-03 (04A3) Expert | TorqueDetectionTime1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection1. | 0.1s (0.0-10.0s) |
Source page
Page 633
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions ■ L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-04 TorqueDetectionSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (04A4) 2 Setsthespeedrangethatdetectsovertorqueandundertorqueandtheoperationofdrives (0-8) Expert (operationstatus)afterdetection. The drive detects overtorque if the motor current or output torque is more than the level set in L6-05 [Torque Detection Level 2] for the length of time set in L6-06 [Torque Detection Time 2]. The drive detects undertorque if the motor current or output torque is less than the level set in L6-05 for the length the time set in L6-06. 0 : Disabled The drive will not detect overtorque or undertorque. 1 : oL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only The drive detects overtorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL4 [Overtorque Detection 2] and operation continues. 2 : oL @ RUN - Alarm only When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL4 and operation continues. 3 : oL @ Speed Agree - Fault The drive detects overtorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs an oL4 [Overtorque Detection 2] and operation stops. 4 : oL @ RUN - Fault When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects overtorque. The drive outputs an oL4 and operation stops. 5 : UL @ Speed Agree - Alarm only The drive detects undertorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL4 [Undertorque Detection 2] and operation continues. 6 : UL @ RUN - Alarm only When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL4 and operation continues. 7 : UL @ Speed Agree - Fault The drive detects undertorque when the output speed aligns with the speed reference. Detection does not occur during acceleration/deceleration. The drive outputs a UL4 and operation stops. 8 : UL @ RUN - Fault When the Up/Down command is enabled, the drive constantly detects undertorque. The drive outputs a UL4 and operation stops ■ L6-05: Torque Detection Level 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-05 TorqueDetectionLevel2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 171% (04A5) SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2.InV/fcontrol,continuousrated (0-300%) Expert outputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque=100%value. ■ L6-06: Torque Detection Time 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L6-06 TorqueDetectionTime2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.1s (04A6) SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2. (0.0-10.0s) Expert ◆ L7: Torque Limit The torque limit function limits the internal torque reference for the drive to limit the quantity of torque generated by the motor to a constant quantity. This function keeps the torque applied to loads and regenerative torque less than a set quantity. This function also prevents damage to machinery and increases the reliability of continuous 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 633
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-04 (04A4) Expert | TorqueDetectionSelection 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthespeedrangethatdetectsovertorqueandundertorqueandtheoperationofdrives (operationstatus)afterdetection. | 0 (0-8) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-05 (04A5) Expert | TorqueDetectionLevel2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2.InV/fcontrol,continuousrated outputcurrent=100%value.Invectorcontrol,motorratedtorque=100%value. | 171% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L6-06 (04A6) Expert | TorqueDetectionTime2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectiontimeforOvertorque/UndertorqueDetection2. | 0.1s (0.0-10.0s) |
Source page
Page 634
12.9 L: Protection Functions
operation. You can set torque limits individually for the four quadrants, which include torque direction (motoring/ regeneration) and direction of motor rotation (forward/reverse). When the torque reference value is at the set torque limit, the MFDO terminal set for During Torque Limit [H2-xx = 30] activates. Note: •The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The drive limits torque to 150% of the continuous rated output current. The actual output torque is not more than the limits of the continuous rated output current when you set the torque limit to a high value. •When you use torque limits for lifting applications, do not lower the torque limit value too much. When the torque limit function is triggered, falls and rollbacks can occur because of sudden acceleration stops and stalls of the motor. ■ Configuring Settings Use one of these methods to set torque limits: • Individually set the four torque limit quadrants using L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit]. • Use a communication option to set all four torque limit quadrants together.
Figure 12.56 shows the configuration method for each quadrant.
Figure 12.56 Torque Limits and Analog Input Setting Parameters
Note: •When L7-01 to L7-04 and analog inputs or communication option torque limits set torque limits for the same quadrant, he drive enables the lower value. In this example of parameter settings, the torque limit for quadrant 1 is 130% and the torque limit for quadrants 2, 3, and 4 is 150%. Settings: L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and MFAI torque limit = 150% •The drive output current limits maximum output torque. The torque limit is 150% of the continuous rated output current. The actual output torque is not more than the limits of the continuous rated output current when you set the torque limit to a high value. ■ L7-01: Forward Torque Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L7-01 ForwardTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% (04A7) Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorratedtorqueisthe (0-300%) RUN 100%value. Expert Note: •You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent]. •If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall. ■ L7-02: Reverse Torque Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L7-02 ReverseTorqueLimit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% (04A8) Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorratedtorqueisthe (0-300%) RUN 100%value. Expert Note: •You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent]. •If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall. 634 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L7-01 (04A7) RUN Expert | ForwardTorqueLimit S 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorratedtorqueisthe 00%value. | 300% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L7-02 (04A8) RUN Expert | ReverseTorqueLimit S 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM etsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedmotoringasapercentage,wheremotorratedtorqueisthe 00%value. | 300% (0-300%) |
Source page
Page 635
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions ■ L7-03: Forward Regenerative Trq Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L7-03 ForwardRegenerativeTrq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% (04A9) Limit Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthemotorrated (0-300%) RUN torque. Expert Note: •You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent]. •If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall. ■ L7-04: Reverse Regenerative Trq Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L7-04 ReverseRegenerativeTrq V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300% (04AA) Limit Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthemotorrated (0-300%) RUN torque. Expert Note: •You must think about drive capacity when a large quantity of torque is necessary. If you set the value too high, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent]. •If you set the value too low with large loads, the motor can stall. ■ L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L7-16 TorqueLimitProcessat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (044D) Start Assignsatimefiltertoallowthetorquelimittobuildatstart. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled There is torque limit at start without a delay time. Use this setting to maximize the response time when sudden acceleration or deceleration at start is necessary. 1 : Enabled There is a delay time of 64 ms at start to build the torque limit. ◆ L8: Drive Protection L8 parameters set protective functions that prevent faults such as overheating, phase loss, and ground faults. ■ L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-02 OverheatAlarmLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (04AE) SetstheoHdetectionlevelintemperature. (50-150°C) Expert If the heatsink temperature is more than the temperature set in this parameter, the drive detects an overheat pre- alarm. To enable this function, set one of H2-01 to H2-05 = 20 [MFDO Function Selection = Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)]. If the temperature increases to the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 [Heatsink Overheat] fault and stop operation. ■ L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-03 OverheatPre-Alarm V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (04AF) Selection SetstheoperationofdriveswhenanoHalarmisdetected. (0-3) 12 Expert YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 635
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L7-03 (04A9) RUN Expert | ForwardRegenerativeTrq Limit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforforwardregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthemotorrated torque. | 300% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L7-04 (04AA) RUN Expert | ReverseRegenerativeTrq Limit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquelimitvalueforreversedregenerativeconditionsasapercentageofthemotorrated torque. | 300% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L7-16 (044D) Expert | TorqueLimitProcessat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Assignsatimefiltertoallowthetorquelimittobuildatstart. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-02 (04AE) Expert | OverheatAlarmLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoHdetectionlevelintemperature. | Determinedbyo2-04 (50-150°C) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-03 (04AF) Expert | OverheatPre-Alarm Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoperationofdriveswhenanoHalarmisdetected. | 3 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 636
12.9 L: Protection Functions
0 : Ramp to Stop The drive ramps the motor to stop in the deceleration ramp. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 1 : Coast to Stop The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 2 : Emergency Stop (Use C1-09) The drive stops the motor in the deceleration ramp set in C1-09 [Emergency Stop Ramp]. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC turns ON, and MB-MC turns OFF. 3 : Alarm Only
The keypad shows oH and the drive continues operation. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. ■ L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Sel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-05 InputPhaseLossProtection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (04B1) Sel Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableinputphaselossdetection. (0-3) 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 2 : Enable During Run 3 : Enable at Constant Speed The drive measures ripples in DC bus voltage to detect input phase loss. When the drive detects input phase loss, the motor coasts to stop. The drive detects phase loss when power supply phase loss occurs or the main circuit capacitor becomes unusable, which causes PF [Input Phase Loss] to show on the keypad. Disable the detection of the input power supply phase loss function in these conditions: • The output current is less than 30% of the continuous rated output current of the drive. • One of the input terminals set for H1-xx = 55 [MFDI Function Selection = Rescue Operation] is activated.
■ L8-06: Input Phase Loss Detection Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-06 InputPhaseLossDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (04B2) Level SetsthelevelforinputphaselossdetectionwhenarippleisobservedintheDCbus.Thedrive (0.0-50.0%) Expert v d a e l t u ec e ts of P t F he [I v n o p l u ta t g P e h r a ip se pl L e o > ss L ] 8 i - f 0 t 6 h . edifferencebetweenthemaximumvalueandtheminimum Detection level = 100% = Voltage class × √2 ■ L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Sel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-07 OutputPhaseLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (04B3) ProtectionSel Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableoutputphaselossdetection.ThedrivedetectsLF[Output (0,1) PhaseLoss]ifthereisaphaselossonone(ormorethanone)oftheU,V,orWphasesonthe outputside. Note: •The drive can incorrectly start output phase loss detection in these conditions: -The motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. -The drive is operating a PM motor with a small load. •When L8-07 = 1, set these parameters: -S1-02 [DC Injection Current at Start] > 15% (when A1-02 = 0, 2 [Conrtol Method Selection = V/f or OLV]) -S1-04 [DC Inj/Pos LockTime at Start] > 100 ms If you set these parameters incorrectly, the drive can incorrectly start output phase loss detection. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 636 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-05 (04B1) | InputPhaseLossProtection Sel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableinputphaselossdetection. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-06 (04B2) Expert | InputPhaseLossDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelforinputphaselossdetectionwhenarippleisobservedintheDCbus.Thedrive detectsPF[InputPhaseLoss]ifthedifferencebetweenthemaximumvalueandtheminimum valueofthevoltageripple>L8-06. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.0-50.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-07 (04B3) | OutputPhaseLoss ProtectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisableoutputphaselossdetection.ThedrivedetectsLF[Output PhaseLoss]ifthereisaphaselossonone(ormorethanone)oftheU,V,orWphasesonthe outputside. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 637
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions If the drive loses one or more output phases, it will trigger LF. The output turns off and the motor coasts to stop. ■ L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-09 OutputGroundFault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (04B5) Detection Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisablegroundfaultprotection. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled The drive will not detect ground faults. 1 : Enabled If there is high leakage current or a ground short circuit in one or two output phases, the drive will detect GF [Ground Fault]. Note: If the ground path impedance is low, the drive can detect oC [Overcurrent], SC [Short Circuit/IGBT Failure], or ov [Overvoltage] instead of GF. ■ L8-10: Heatsink Fan Operation Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-10 HeatsinkFanOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (04B6) Selection Setsoperationoftheheatsinkcoolingfan. (0-2) 0 : During Run, w/ L8-11 Off-Delay The drive turns on the fan when an Up/Down command is active. When you release the Up/Down command and the delay time set in L8-11 [Heatsink Fan Off-Delay Time] is expired, the fan stops. This setting extends the fan lifetime. 1 : Always On The fan turns on when you supply power to the drive. 2 : Temperature-Dependent Fan Ctrl. The fan turns on when the drive detects that the main circuit is overheating. ■ L8-11: Heatsink Fan Off-Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-11 HeatsinkFanOff-Delay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60s (04B7) Time Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillwaitbeforeitstopsthecoolingfanafteritcancelsthe (0-300s) Expert U O p ff / - D D o e w la n y] c . ommandwhenL8-10=0[HeatsinkFanOperationSelection=DuringRun,w/L8-11 ■ L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-12 AmbientTemperature V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 40°C (04B8) Setting Setstheambienttemperatureofthedriveinstallationarea. (-10°C-+50°C) Expert The drive automatically adjusts the continuous rated output current to the best value as specified by the set temperature. Set the ambient temperature of the area where you install the drive to a value that is more than the drive rating. ■ L8-15: Drive oL2 @ Low Speed Protection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-15 DriveoL2@LowSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (04BB) Protection SetsthefunctiontodecreasethedriveoverloadlevelatwhichthedrivewilltriggeroL2[Drive (0,1) Expert t O ra v n e s r i l s o t a o d rs ] . duringlowspeedoperation(6Hzorslower)topreventdamagetothemaincircuit 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 637
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-09 (04B5) Expert | OutputGroundFault Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoenableanddisablegroundfaultprotection. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-10 (04B6) | HeatsinkFanOperation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsoperationoftheheatsinkcoolingfan. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-11 (04B7) Expert | HeatsinkFanOff-Delay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewillwaitbeforeitstopsthecoolingfanafteritcancelsthe Up/DowncommandwhenL8-10=0[HeatsinkFanOperationSelection=DuringRun,w/L8-11 Off-Delay]. | 60s (0-300s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-12 (04B8) Expert | AmbientTemperature Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheambienttemperatureofthedriveinstallationarea. | 40°C (-10°C-+50°C) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-15 (04BB) Expert | DriveoL2@LowSpeed Protection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontodecreasethedriveoverloadlevelatwhichthedrivewilltriggeroL2[Drive Overload]duringlowspeedoperation(6Hzorslower)topreventdamagetothemaincircuit transistors. | 1 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 638
12.9 L: Protection Functions
Note: Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative before disabling this function at low speeds. If you frequently operate drives with high output current in low speed ranges, it can cause heat stress and decrease the life span of drive IGBTs. 0 : Disabled (No Additional Derate) The drive does not decrease the overload protection level. 1 : Enabled (Reduced oL2 Level) When the drive detects oL2 during low speed operation, it automatically decreases the overload detection level. At zero speed, the drive derates the overload by 50%.
■ L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-27 OvercurrentDetectionGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300.0% (04DD) SetsthePMmotorovercurrentdetectionlevelasapercentageofthemotorratedcurrentvalue. (0.0-1000.0%) Expert Note: •The overcurrent detection function detects the lower of these two values: -Drive overcurrent level -Motor rated current × L8-27 / 100 •Set L7-xx [Torque Limit] parameters to a smaller value than the setting of L8-27. •This function is disabled when you set L8-27 = 0.0. Under usual circumstances, do not set L8-27 = 0.0. If the continuous rated output current of the drive is much higher than the motor rated current, PM motor magnets can demagnetize when current flows at the drive overcurrent detection level. ■ L8-29: Output Unbalance Detection Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-29 OutputUnbalance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (04DF) DetectionSel SetsthefunctiontodetectLF2[OutputCurrentImbalance]. (0,1) Expert This function prevents damage to PM motors. Current unbalance can heat a PM motor and demagnetize the magnets. When the current is unbalanced, the drive will detect LF2 to stop the motor and prevent damage to the motor. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ L8-35: Installation Method Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-35 InstallationMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (04EC) Selection Setsthetypeofdriveinstallation. (0) Expert Note: •Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] does not initialize this parameter. •This parameter is set to the correct value when the drive is shipped. 0 : IP20/OpenChassis Enc/Ex Heatsink Use this setting to install IP20/External Heatsink drives or when the heatsink (cooling fin) is outside the enclosure panel. Make sure that there is 30 mm (1.18 in) minimum of space between drives or between the drive and side of the enclosure panel.
638 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-27 (04DD) Expert | OvercurrentDetectionGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePMmotorovercurrentdetectionlevelasapercentageofthemotorratedcurrentvalue. | 300.0% (0.0-1000.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-29 (04DF) Expert | OutputUnbalance DetectionSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontodetectLF2[OutputCurrentImbalance]. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-35 (04EC) Expert | InstallationMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetypeofdriveinstallation. | 0 (0) |
Source page
Page 639
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions ■ L8-38: Automatic Torque Boost Function No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-38 AutomaticTorqueBoost V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (04EF) Function SetstheoperationofAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction.Whentheoutputcurrent,integrated (0,3) overloadvalue,orheatsinktemperaturearemorethanaspecifiedlevel,thedriveincreasesthe outputcurrentlimitanddecreasesthecarrierfrequency.Whenyousetthisparameterto0 [Disabled]togiveprioritytooperationswithlowaudiblenoise,selectalargercapacitydriveto preventinsufficienttorqueifnecessary.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. When the output current is at a specified level, the drive automatically decreases the carrier frequency to the value set in L8-39 [Reduced Carrier Frequency]. When the drive decreases the carrier frequency, it also increases the overload tolerance, and the drive can output more torque. When the drive is stopped (in baseblock), the carrier frequency goes back to the value set in C6-03 [Carrier Frequency]. The drive also automatically decreases the carrier frequency when: • The integrated drive overload value is more than C6-34 [Carrier Freq Reduce Start Level] • The drive heatsink temperature is more than a specified level When the drive decreases the carrier frequency, the overload capacity for oL2 [Drive Overload] or overheat capacity for oH [Heatsink Overheat] increases temporarily. It lets the drive operate through transient load/ temperature peaks and not trip. 0 : Disabled The drive will not change the carrier frequency, rated current, or startup current at high loads. If the frequency of operation or ambient temperature cause too much heat in the drive, it automatically decreases the rated current and the maximum current. Note: Load conditions or operation conditions can cause insufficient motor torque. Select a larger capacity drive to prevent insufficient torque if necessary. 3 : Enabled The drive automatically decreases the carrier frequency at high loads to increase the startup current. When the drive is hot, it also automatically decreases the carrier frequency to keep the rated current and startup current. Note: When the drive decreases the carrier frequency, the motor will make a large audible noise. In separate technical data, Yaskawa summarized the differences in rated current and startup current when the output frequency, setting of the Automatic Torque Boost function, or drive temperature condition change. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information. Note: If insufficient torque or oL2 occurs when you enable this function, decrease L8-39 [Reduced Carrier Frequency]. ■ L8-39: Reduced Carrier Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-39 ReducedCarrierFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (04F0) SetsthedecreasedcarrierfrequencyusedbyAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction. (2.0-Determinedbyo2-04 Expert kHz) When L8-38 = 3 [Automatic Torque Boost Function = Enabled], the drive decreases the carrier frequency to the value set in this parameter. ■ L8-55: Internal DB TransistorProtection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-55 InternalDB V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (045F) TransistorProtection Setstheprotectionfunctionfortheinternalbrakingtransistor. (0-2) Expert 0 : RF Disabled/BOL Disabled Disables braking transistor protection. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 639
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-38 (04EF) | AutomaticTorqueBoost Function | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheoperationofAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction.Whentheoutputcurrent,integrated overloadvalue,orheatsinktemperaturearemorethanaspecifiedlevel,thedriveincreasesthe outputcurrentlimitanddecreasesthecarrierfrequency.Whenyousetthisparameterto0 [Disabled]togiveprioritytooperationswithlowaudiblenoise,selectalargercapacitydriveto preventinsufficienttorqueifnecessary.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 3 (0,3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-39 (04F0) Expert | ReducedCarrierFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecreasedcarrierfrequencyusedbyAutomaticTorqueBoostfunction. | Determinedbyo2-04 (2.0-Determinedbyo2-04 kHz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-55 (045F) Expert | InternalDB TransistorProtection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheprotectionfunctionfortheinternalbrakingtransistor. | 1 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 640
12.9 L: Protection Functions
Use this setting, if enabling the braking transistor can cause an rF [Braking Resistor Fault] in these conditions: • With a regenerative converter, for example D1000. • With a regenerative unit, for example R1000. • When connecting braking resistor options to the drive, for example CDBR units. • Without an internal braking transistor. 1 : RF Enabled/BOL Enabled
Protects internal braking transistor when using a braking transistor or optional braking resistors. These models have a built-in braking transistor: • 2022 to 2144 • 4012 to 4188 2 : RF Disabled/BOL Enabled Protects internal braking transistor when using a braking transistor or optional braking resistors, but rF detection is disabled.
■ L8-88: Safe Disable Operation Mode
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-88 SafeDisableOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (02F5) Mode SetsthedriveoperationwhentheSafeDisableinputisactivated. (0,1) Expert 0 : Mode 0 (Alarm-On, Ready-Off) 1 : Mode 1 (Alarm-Off, Ready-On) When the Safe Disable Input is triggered, the keypad alarm displays and the corresponding output terminal will react as shown in Table 12.29. Table 12.29 LED and Output Status for Each L8-88 Setting L8-88Setting SafeDi S s e a l b e l c e ti O o p n eration AlarmDisp D la is y a d b u le ringSafety AlarmOutput(H2-xx=10) DriveReady(H2-xx=6) STo OFF OFF OFF 0 SToF ON OFF flashes STo OFF OFF ON 1 SToF OFF ON flashes ■ L8-89: Current Monitoring Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-89 CurrentMonitoring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B97) Selection SetstheCurrentMonitoringfunction. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled The drive will add the L8-99 [Current Monitoring Level] setting to the conditions required to deactivate the Output Contactor Control command (H2-xx = 51) at stop. ■ L8-99: Current Monitoring Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) L8-99 CurrentMonitoringLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0% (0B98) Setsthecurrentmonitoringlevelasapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. (0.0-50.0%) Expert
640 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-88 (02F5) Expert | SafeDisableOperation Mode | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveoperationwhentheSafeDisableinputisactivated. | 1 (0,1) |
| L8-88Setting | SafeDisableOperation Selection | AlarmDisplayduringSafety Disable | AlarmOutput(H2-xx=10) | DriveReady(H2-xx=6) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | STo | OFF | OFF | OFF |
| SToF | flashes | ON | OFF | |
| 1 | STo | OFF | OFF | ON |
| SToF | flashes | OFF | ON |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-89 (0B97) Expert | CurrentMonitoring Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheCurrentMonitoringfunction. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| L8-99 (0B98) Expert | CurrentMonitoringLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecurrentmonitoringlevelasapercentageofthecontinuousratedoutputcurrent. | 10.0% (0.0-50.0%) |
Source page
Page 641
sliateDretemaraP 12.9 L: Protection Functions When L8-89 = 1 [Current Monitoring Selection = Enabled], the Output Contactor Control command (H2-xx = 51) deactivates when the output current is equal to or below the set level. The drive will also use this parameter to activate the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 5C [Motor Current Monitor]. 12
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 641
Source page
Page 642
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
n parameters set these functions: • Hunting Prevention • Automatic Frequency Regulator (AFR) Control • Feed Forward Control • Online tuning function for motor line-to-line resistance
• PM motor control functions ◆ n1: Hunting Prevention
The Hunting Prevention function will not let low inertia or operation with a light load cause hunting. Hunting frequently occurs when you have a high carrier frequency and an output speed less than 30 Hz.
■ n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n1-01 HuntingPrevention V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (0580) Selection Setsthefunctiontopreventhunting. (0-2) Expert When drive response is more important than the decrease of motor vibration, disable this function. If hunting occurs, or if you use a high carrier frequency or SwingPWM, set this parameter to 2 for better hunting prevention. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled (Normal) 2 : Enabled (High Carrier Frequency) ■ n1-08: Current Detection Method No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n1-08 CurrentDetectionMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (1105) Setshowthedrivedecreasesthemotorvibrationthatiscausedbyleakagecurrent.Usuallyitis (0,1) Expert notnecessarytochangethisparameter. 0 : 2-Phases 1 : 3-Phases Note: Set this parameter to 1 to suppress motor vibrations caused by leakage current when the wiring distance is long. ■ n1-16: Hunting Prevention High Fc Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n1-16 HuntingPreventionHighFc V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 (0BFB) Gain Setsthegainforthehuntingpreventionfunction.Thisparameterfunctionsbestwithahighcarrier (0.00-2.50) Expert frequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. Set n1-01 = 2 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled (High Carrier Frequency)] to enable this function. If the motor oscillates, set n1-01 = 2. If that does not have an effect, increase this parameter in 0.2-unit increments. ■ n1-17: Hunting Prevent High Fc Filter
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n1-17 HuntingPreventHighFc V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms (0BFC) Filter Setstheresponsivenessofthehuntingpreventionfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (0-1000ms) Expert thisparameter.
642 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n1-01 (0580) Expert | HuntingPrevention Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontopreventhunting. | 2 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n1-08 (1105) Expert | CurrentDetectionMethod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setshowthedrivedecreasesthemotorvibrationthatiscausedbyleakagecurrent.Usuallyitis notnecessarytochangethisparameter. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n1-16 (0BFB) Expert | HuntingPreventionHighFc Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthegainforthehuntingpreventionfunction.Thisparameterfunctionsbestwithahighcarrier frequency.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethisparameter. | 0.50 (0.00-2.50) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n1-17 (0BFC) Expert | HuntingPreventHighFc Filter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheresponsivenessofthehuntingpreventionfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thisparameter. | 500ms (0-1000ms) |
Source page
Page 643
sliateDretemaraP 12.10 n: Special Adjustment When n1-01 = 2 [Hunting Prevention Selection = Enabled (High Carrier Frequency)], if the motor stalls when the load changes, increase the value set in this parameter in 100 ms increments. If you set n1-01 = 2 and you cannot suppress hunting, increase the value set in this parameter in 100 ms increments. ◆ n2: Auto Freq Regulator (AFR) The speed feedback detection reduction function (or AFR: Automatic Frequency Regulator) helps the speed become stable when you suddenly apply or remove a load. Note: Before you change n2-xx parameters, do one of these procedures: •Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern correctly. •Do Rotational Auto-Tuning. ■ n2-01: Automatic Freq Regulator Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n2-01 AutomaticFreqRegulator V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 (0584) Gain SetsthegainoftheAFRfunctionasamagnificationvalue.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (0.00-10.00) Expert thissetting. Adjust this parameter in these conditions: • If hunting or oscillation occurs with light loads, increase the setting value in 0.05-unit increments and examine the response. • When torque is not sufficient with heavy loads or to make the torque or speed response better, decrease the setting value in 0.05-unit increments and examine the response. ■ n2-02: Automatic Freq Regulator Time 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n2-02 AutomaticFreqRegulator V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50ms (0585) Time1 SetsthetimeconstantthatsetstherateofchangefortheAFRfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (0-2000ms) Expert tochangethissetting. Adjust this parameter in these conditions: • If there is hunting or oscillation with a light load, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments and examine the response. If the load inertia is large, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments and examine the response. • If torque is not sufficient with a heavy load or if you must increase torque or speed responsiveness, decrease the setting value in 10 ms increments and examine the response. Note: •Set n2-02 ≤ n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2]. If n2-02 > n2-03, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error]. •When you change the value in n2-02, also change the value in C4-02 [Torque Compensation Delay Time] by the same ratio. ■ n2-03: Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n2-03 AutomaticFreqRegulator V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 750ms (0586) Time2 SetsthetimeconstantthatsetsthespeeddifferenceoftheAFRfunction.Usethisparameterfor (0-2000ms) Expert speedsearchesorregeneration.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Adjust this parameter in these conditions: • If the drive detects ov [Overvoltage] when acceleration stops under high-inertia loads, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments. If the drive detects ov when the load changes suddenly, increase the setting value in 50 ms increments. • To increase the responsiveness of torque and speed, decrease the setting value in 10 ms increments and examine the response. Note: Set n2-02 ≤ n2-03 [Automatic Freq Regulator Time 2]. If n2-02 > n2-03, the drive will detect oPE08 [Parameter Selection Error]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 643
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n2-01 (0584) Expert | AutomaticFreqRegulator Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainoftheAFRfunctionasamagnificationvalue.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting. | 1.00 (0.00-10.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n2-02 (0585) Expert | AutomaticFreqRegulator Time1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantthatsetstherateofchangefortheAFRfunction.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 50ms (0-2000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n2-03 (0586) Expert | AutomaticFreqRegulator Time2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeconstantthatsetsthespeeddifferenceoftheAFRfunction.Usethisparameterfor speedsearchesorregeneration.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 750ms (0-2000ms) |
Source page
Page 644
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
◆ n5: Feed Forward Control
Feed forward control increases the responsiveness of acceleration and deceleration as specified by the speed reference. Use feed forward control for applications where a high speed control proportional gain setting in C5-01, C5-03, and C5-13 [ASR Proportional Gain] would lead to problems with overshoot, undershoot, or oscillation. When you use this function in CLV control, it also helps prevent overshoot. Refer to Figure 12.57. Refer to Figure 12.58 for more information about parameters related to feed forward control. Set A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLVor CLV/PM] to enable feed forward control. Note: •You cannot use feed forward control to increase responsiveness in applications where you apply loads externally during run at constant speed. •When you use the Droop control function, set n5-01 = 0 [Feed Forward Control Selection = Disabled]. •You cannot use feed forward control with motor 2.
Figure 12.57 Suppress Overshooting with Feed Forward Control
Figure 12.58 Configure Feed Forward Control ■ Before You Use Feed Forward Control
Do one of these procedures before you use feed forward control. • Run Auto-Tuning to set motor parameters. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, manually set motor parameters with the information on the motor nameplate or test reports. Set the E2 parameters for induction motors. Set the E5 parameters for PM motors. • Set C5 parameters [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)] individually to adjust the speed control loop (ASR). • Refer to Figure 12.58 and set the parameters related to feed forward control individually. ■ Speed Feedback Compensation
When you enable the Speed Feedback Compensation, it can reduce oscillation and increase responsiveness to the speed reference by compensating for phase delay.
644 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 645
sliateDretemaraP 12.10 n: Special Adjustment Note: 1. Set n5-07 = 1 [Speed Feedback Compensation Sel = Enabled] to use the Speed Feedback Compensation. 2. Set C5-17 [Motor Inertia] and C5-18 [Load Inertia Ratio] to the correct values before you use the Speed Feedback Compensation. 3. If the value of C5-17 × C5-18 is relatively large, the estimated speed will be very slow. 4. Decrease the value of C5-17 × C5-18 if oscillation is a problem. 5. Set C5-18 ≥ 1.1 to enable the Speed Feedback Compensation. If you set C5-18 ≤ 1.0, the Speed Feedback Compensation is disabled. How to Adjust the Speed Feedback Compensation Follow this procedure to set up the Speed Feedback Compensation: 1. Set the drive for Closed Loop Vector for PM motors. 2. Enter the correct data from the motor nameplate and the motor test report to the E5-xx parameters [PM Motor Settings]. 3. Set all C5-xx parameters [Auto Speed Regulator (ASR)] to their most appropriate values. 4. Set n5-07 = 2 [Speed Feedback Compensation Sel = Test Mode] to operate the Speed Feedback Compensation in test mode. 5. Connect the ropes to the motor. 6. Start operating the elevator while looking at the Speed Feedback Compensation output monitor shown in U6- 56 [SpdFbkCmp Output] and the motor speed feedback shown in U1-05 [Speed Feedback]. 7. Adjust n5-08 [Speed Fdbk Comp ProportionalGain] and C5-18 [Load Inertia Ratio] to make the monitor values in U6-56 and U1-05 relatively low. Figure 12.59 shows a block diagram for the Speed Feedback Compensation. Figure 12.59 Speed Feedback Compensation Operation ■ n5-01: Feed Forward Control Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n5-01 FeedForwardControl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (05B0) Selection Setsthefeedforwardfunction. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ n5-02: Motor Inertia Acceleration Ramp No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n5-02 MotorInertiaAcceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (05B1) Ramp Setsthelengthoftimeforthemotortoacceleratefromthestoppedtothemaximumfrequency (0.001-10.000s) Expert withasinglemotorattheratedtorque. Calculate the motor acceleration ramp as shown here or measure the motor acceleration ramp and set n5-02 to this value. Calculate the Motor Acceleration Ramp Use this formula to find the motor acceleration ramp: 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 645
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n5-01 (05B0) Expert | FeedForwardControl Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefeedforwardfunction. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n5-02 (05B1) Expert | MotorInertiaAcceleration Ramp | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelengthoftimeforthemotortoacceleratefromthestoppedtothemaximumfrequency withasinglemotorattheratedtorque. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.001-10.000s) |
Source page
Page 646
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
• JMotor = Moment of inertia of motor (kg m2)
• nrated = Motor rated speed (min-1, r/min) • Trated = Motor rated torque (N m) You can also use this formula to find the motor acceleration ramp:
• frated = Motor rated frequency (Hz) • P = Number of motor poles Calculate the Motor Acceleration Ramp Use this procedure to calculate the motor acceleration ramp: 1. Use A1-02 [Control Method Selection] to set the control method. 2. Disconnect the motor and load.
3. Run Auto-Tuning to set motor parameters. When you cannot do Auto-Tuning, manually set motor parameters with the information on the motor nameplate or test reports. Set the E2 parameters for induction motors. Set the E5 parameters for PM motors. 4. Set C5 parameters [Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)]. 5. Set C1-01 [Acceleration Ramp 1] = 0. 6. Set L7-01 [Forward Torque Limit] to 100%. 7. Set the speed reference to the same value as the motor rated speed. 8. Measure the length of time for the motor to reach the rated speed. Show U1-05 [Speed Feedback] on the keypad and enter the Up/Down command. 9. Stop the motor. 10. Set n5-02 to the measured motor acceleration ramp value. Reset all of the parameters that you changed to the previous setting values. ■ n5-03: Feed Forward Control Gain
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n5-03 FeedForwardControlGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 (05B2) Setstheratiobetweenloadinertiaandmotorinertia.InertiaTuningautomaticallysetstheFeed (0.00-100.00) Expert ForwardControlGainvalue. Use this procedure to set n5-03: Set n5-02 [Motor Inertia Acceleration Ramp]. 1. Connect the motor and load. 2. Set C1-01 [Acceleration Ramp 1] = 0. 3. Use L7-01 to L7-04 [Torque Limit] to set the expected test run torque limit levels. 4. Set the speed reference as specified by the high speed range of the machine. 5. Measure the length of time for the motor to reach the command reference speed. Show U1-05 [Speed Feedback] on the keypad and enter the Up/Down command. 6. Stop the motor. 7. Replace the values in the this formula and set n5-03 to the value of the formula.
646 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n5-03 (05B2) Expert | FeedForwardControlGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratiobetweenloadinertiaandmotorinertia.InertiaTuningautomaticallysetstheFeed ForwardControlGainvalue. | 1.00 (0.00-100.00) |
Source page
Page 647
sliateDretemaraP 12.10 n: Special Adjustment Reset all of the parameters that you changed to the previous setting values. Note: •If response to the speed reference is slow, increase the value set in n5-03. •Increase the value set in n5-03 when response to the speed reference is slow. -The speed is overshooting. -A negative torque reference is output when acceleration ends. ■ n5-07: Speed Feedback Compensation Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n5-07 SpeedFeedback V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0170) CompensationSel SetstheSpeedFeedbackCompensationoperation. (0-2) Expert Enabling the Speed Feedback Compensation can help stop motor oscillation that results from setting C5-01 [ASR Proportional Gain 1] to a high value for faster speed response. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 2 : Test Mode ■ n5-08: Speed Fdbk Comp ProportionalGain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n5-08 SpeedFdbkComp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.00 (0171) ProportionalGain SetstheproportionalgainfortheSpeedFeedbackCompensation.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto (0.00-300.00) Expert changethissetting. Increasing the setting to improve responsiveness relative to the load. Decrease the setting if oscillation occurs. ◆ n6: Online Tuning n6 parameters are used to set the online tuning function for motor line-to-line resistance. The Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance is used to prevent degradation of speed control accuracy due to motor temperature fluctuation and motor stalls due to insufficient torque. ■ n6-01: Online Tuning Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n6-01 OnlineTuningSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (0570) SetsthetypeofmotordatathatOnlineTuningusesforOLVcontrol. (0-2) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Line-to-Line Resistance Tuning The drive adjusts the motor line-to-line resistance during run. This procedure is applicable for speed values 6 Hz and less. It also adjusts the motor resistance value to increase the overload capacity in the low speed range. 2 : Voltage Correction Tuning The drive adjusts the output voltage during run to increase overload tolerance and minimize the effects of high temperatures on speed precision. Note: Setting 2 is enabled only when b8-01 = 0 [Energy Saving Control Selection = Disabled]. ■ n6-05: Online Tuning Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n6-05 OnlineTuningGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 (05C7) Setsthecompensationgainwhenn6-01=2[OnlineTuningSelection=VoltageCorrection (0.1-50.0) Expert Tuning].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. When you use a motor that has a large secondary circuit time constant, decrease the setting value. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 647
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n5-07 (0170) Expert | SpeedFeedback CompensationSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheSpeedFeedbackCompensationoperation. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n5-08 (0171) Expert | SpeedFdbkComp ProportionalGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheSpeedFeedbackCompensation.Usuallyitisnotnecessaryto changethissetting. | 3.00 (0.00-300.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n6-01 (0570) Expert | OnlineTuningSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofmotordatathatOnlineTuningusesforOLVcontrol. | 2 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n6-05 (05C7) Expert | OnlineTuningGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecompensationgainwhenn6-01=2[OnlineTuningSelection=VoltageCorrection Tuning].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 1.0 (0.1-50.0) |
Source page
Page 648
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
If the drive detects oL1 [Motor Overload], increase the setting value in 0.1-unit increments.
◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning n8 parameters are used to make adjustments when controlling PM motors.
■ Initial Rotor Pole Position Search Settings When a PM motor with a non-absolute encoder such as an incremental encoder with a PG-X3 option is used, the drive needs to search for the rotor pole position before it can operate the motor. The drive always does this search when:
• The Up/Down command is issued for the first time after the power has been switched on. • One of these faults occurred: - dv1 [Z Pulse Fault] - dv2 [Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection]
- dv3 [Inversion Detection] - dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection] - dv6 [Over Jerk]
- dv7 [Polarity Judge Timeout] - PGo [Encoder (PG) Feedback Loss] - PGoH [Encoder (PG) Hardware Fault] • An Up/Down command issued after the setting of parameter n8-35 had been changed.
With default settings, if initial rotor pole position search fails when n8-86 = 1 [Pole Search Error Detection Sel = Enabled], the drive will detect a dv8 [PM Rotor Position DetectionError] fault. In this case, the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] will not open. When you do not use the brake sequence of the drive, include the MFDO signal set for H2-xx = 61 [Pole Position Detection Complete] to open the brake can only if motor pole position search has been finished successfully. ■ n8-01: Pole Position Detection Current
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-01 PolePositionDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50% (0540) Current SetstheInitialRotorPositionEstimatedCurrentasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRated (0-100%) Expert Current(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. The drive uses the Initial Rotor Position Estimated Current to detect the initial position of rotors. Use the “Si” value on the motor nameplate, if available. ■ n8-02: Pole Alignment Current Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-02 PoleAlignmentCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% (0541) Level SetsthecurrentatthetimeofpolarattractionasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRated (0-150%) Expert Current(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. The drive uses the polar pull-in current to attract the rotor after it detects the initial rotor position. When you increase the value of n8-02, the starting torque also increases. • If the motor does not track correctly at the time of the polar attraction, increase the value in 10% increments. If you set the value too high, the drive will detect oL2 [Drive Overload]. • If the motor oscillates at the time of the polar attraction, decrease the value in 10% increments. Note: When A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], do Rotational Auto-Tuning or Encoder Tuning to enable this function.
648 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-01 (0540) Expert | PolePositionDetection Current | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheInitialRotorPositionEstimatedCurrentasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRated Current(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 50% (0-100%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-02 (0541) Expert | PoleAlignmentCurrent Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecurrentatthetimeofpolarattractionasapercentagewhereE5-03[PMMotorRated Current(FLA)]=100%.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 80% (0-150%) |
Source page
Page 649
sliateDretemaraP 12.10 n: Special Adjustment ■ n8-09: IniHarm Jdg Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-09 IniHarmJdgTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms (0548) Setsthejudgmenttimeforinitialmagneticpoleestimation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange (100-2000ms) Expert t r h an is g s e e n tt o in t g to .W be h e e r n ro it n i e s o n u e sl c y es j s u a d r g y e t d o . shortenthetakttime,itispossibletoshortenitwithinthe Note: This parameter is available only for High Frequency Injection. ■ n8-35: Initial Pole Detection Method No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-35 InitialPoleDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0562) Method Setshowthedrivedetectsthepositionoftherotoratstart. (1,2) Expert When you set A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], the initial motor magnetic pole detection operates the first time after you energize the drive. After the first time, the drive uses the encoder signal to calculate the rotor position and the drive saves the value until you de-energize the drive. If you use an absolute value encoder, the initial motor magnetic pole detection will not operate. 1 : High Frequency Injection Injects high frequency to detect the rotor position. This setting can cause a loud excitation sound when the motor starts. 2 : Pulse Injection Inputs the pulse signal to the motor to detect the rotor position. ■ n8-36: HFI Frequency Level for L Tuning No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-36 HFIFrequencyLevelforL V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500Hz (0563) Tuning Setstheinjectionfrequencyforhighfrequencyinjection. (25-1000Hz) Expert Note: Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] to enable this parameter. ■ n8-37: HFI Voltage Amplitude Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-37 HFIVoltageAmplitude V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 20.0% (0564) Level Setsthehighfrequencyinjectionamplitudeasapercentagewhere200V=100%for200Vclass (0.0-99.9%) Expert d se ri t v ti e n s g. and400V=100%fora400Vclassdrives.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis Note: Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] to enable this parameter. ■ n8-41: HFI P Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-41 HFIPGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.5 (0568) Setstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. (-10.0-+10.0) Expert Note: •Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] to enable this parameter. •Set n8-41 > 0.0 for IPM motors. Set this parameter as follows: • If there is oscillation or hunting, decrease the setting value in 0.5-unit increments. • When it is necessary to track load changes, increase the setting value in 0.5-unit increments. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 649
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-09 (0548) Expert | IniHarmJdgTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthejudgmenttimeforinitialmagneticpoleestimation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochange thissetting.Whenitisnecessarytoshortenthetakttime,itispossibletoshortenitwithinthe rangenottobeerroneouslyjudged. | 1000ms (100-2000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-35 (0562) Expert | InitialPoleDetection Method | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setshowthedrivedetectsthepositionoftherotoratstart. | 1 (1,2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-36 (0563) Expert | HFIFrequencyLevelforL Tuning | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinjectionfrequencyforhighfrequencyinjection. | 500Hz (25-1000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-37 (0564) Expert | HFIVoltageAmplitude Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthehighfrequencyinjectionamplitudeasapercentagewhere200V=100%for200Vclass drivesand400V=100%fora400Vclassdrives.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethis setting. | 20.0% (0.0-99.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-41 (0568) Expert | HFIPGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation. | 2.5 (-10.0-+10.0) |
Source page
Page 650
12.10 n: Special Adjustment
■ n8-42: HFI I Time
650 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-42 (0569) Expert | HFIITime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimation.Usuallyitisnot necessarytochangethissetting. | 0.00s (0.00-9.99s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-62 (057D) Expert | OutputVoltageLimitLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheoutputvoltagelimittopreventsaturationoftheoutputvoltage.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethisparameter. | 200VClass:200.0V,400 VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-240.0, 400VClass:0.0-480.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-81 (02D0) Expert | HighFreqInjection@ Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefrequencyusedforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperation. | 130Hz (25-1000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-82 (02D1) Expert | HighFreqInject Amplitude@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamplitudeforHighFrequencyInjectionduringRescueOperationasapercentageofthe voltageclass. | 15.0% (0.1-99.9%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-84 (02D3) Expert | PolarityDetectionCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecurrentthatthedriveusestoestimatetheinitialmotormagneticpoleasapercentage whereE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]=100%. | DeterminedbyC6-23 (0-150%) |
Source page
Page 651
sliateDretemaraP 12.10 n: Special Adjustment ■ n8-86: Pole Search Error Detection Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) n8-86 PoleSearchErrorDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (02D5) Sel SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheInitialPoleSearcherrordetection. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled The rotor pole position search is executed one time. The drive uses the detected rotor position to start. If the detected position is wrong, an error occurs when the drive tries to run the motor. The initial pole search takes approximately 1.5 s. 1 : Enabled The rotor pole position search is executed multiple times. The drive uses the detected rotor position to start only when there is no difference between the search results. If the detected position is wrong, the drive detects a dv8 [PM Rotor Position DetectionError] fault. The initial pole search takes approximately 1.5 s to 5.0 s. ◆ nA: PM Motor Control Tuning nA parameters make adjustments for controlling PM motors. ■ nA-05: HFI P Gain @ Rescue No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) nA-05 HFIPGain@Rescue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2.5 (312E) SetstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescueOperation. (-10.0-+10.0) Expert Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] to enable this parameter. If the Initial Pole Detection fails at Rescue Operation, set this parameter as follows: • If there is oscillation or hunting, decrease the setting value in 0.5-unit increments. • When it is necessary to track load changes, increase the setting value in 0.5-unit increments. ■ nA-06: HFI I Time @ Rescue No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) nA-06 HFIITime@Rescue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 (312F) SetstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescue (0.00-9.99) Expert Operation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. Note: Set n8-35 = 1 [Initial Pole Detection Method = High Frequency Injection] to enable this parameter. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 651
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| n8-86 (02D5) Expert | PoleSearchErrorDetection Sel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheInitialPoleSearcherrordetection. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| nA-05 (312E) Expert | HFIPGain@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheresponsegainforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescueOperation. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 2.5 (-10.0-+10.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| nA-06 (312F) Expert | HFIITime@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintegraltimeconstantforthehighfrequencyinjectionspeedestimationatRescue Operation.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.00 (0.00-9.99) |
Source page
Page 652
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
o parameters set keypad functions. Note: You cannot set these parameters with the optional LED keypad.
Table 12.30 Parameters You Cannot Set with the LED Keypad No. Name No. Name o1-05 LCDContrastAdjustment o3-07 AutoParameterBackupInterval o1-24too1-35 CustomMonitor1to12 o4-22 TimeFormat
o1-36 LCDBacklightBrightness o4-23 DateFormat o1-37 LCDBacklightON/OFFSelection o4-24 bATDetectionSelection o1-38 LCDBacklightOff-Delay o5-01 LogStart/StopSelection o1-39 ShowInitialSetupScreen o5-02 LogSamplingInterval o3-04 SelectBackup/RestoreLocation o5-03too5-12 LogMonitorData1to10
o3-06 AutoParameterBackupSelection ◆ o1: Keypad Display
o1 parameters select the parameters shown on the initial keypad screen and to configure the parameter setting units and display units. These parameters also adjust the backlight and contrast of the LCD display.
■ o1-01: User Monitor Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-01 UserMonitorSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 106 (0500) SetstheUmonitorfortheDriveMode.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLEDkeypad. (104-999) RUN Expert When the drive is in Drive Mode, push on the keypad to cycle through this data: speed reference → rotational direction → output speed → output current → o1-01 selection. Set the x-xx part of Ux-xx that is shown in the fifth position in Drive Mode. For example, to show U1-05 [Speed Feedback], set o1-01 = 105. Note: The monitors that you can select are different for different control methods. ■ o1-02: Monitor Selection at Power-up No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-02 MonitorSelectionatPower- V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0501) up Setsthemonitoritemthatthekeypadscreenshowsafteryouenergizethedrive.Referto“U: (1-5) RUN M pa o ra n m ito et r e s r ”f is or on in ly fo a rm va a i t l i a o b n le a w bo it u h t a th n e L m E o D ni k to ey r p it a e d m . sthatthekeypadscreencanshow.This Expert 1 : Speed Reference (U1-01) 2 : Direction 3 : Output Speed (U1-02) 4 : Output Current (U1-03) 5 : User Monitor (o1-01) Shows the monitor item selected in o1-01 [User Monitor Selection].
652 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Name |
|---|---|
| o1-05 | LCDContrastAdjustment |
| o1-24too1-35 | CustomMonitor1to12 |
| o1-36 | LCDBacklightBrightness |
| o1-37 | LCDBacklightON/OFFSelection |
| o1-38 | LCDBacklightOff-Delay |
| o1-39 | ShowInitialSetupScreen |
| o3-04 | SelectBackup/RestoreLocation |
| o3-06 | AutoParameterBackupSelection |
| No. | Name |
|---|---|
| o3-07 | AutoParameterBackupInterval |
| o4-22 | TimeFormat |
| o4-23 | DateFormat |
| o4-24 | bATDetectionSelection |
| o5-01 | LogStart/StopSelection |
| o5-02 | LogSamplingInterval |
| o5-03too5-12 | LogMonitorData1to10 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-01 (0500) RUN Expert | UserMonitorSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheUmonitorfortheDriveMode.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLEDkeypad. | 106 (104-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-02 (0501) RUN Expert | MonitorSelectionatPower- up | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemonitoritemthatthekeypadscreenshowsafteryouenergizethedrive.Referto“U: Monitors”forinformationaboutthemonitoritemsthatthekeypadscreencanshow.This parameterisonlyavailablewithanLEDkeypad. | 1 (1-5) |
Source page
Page 653
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings ■ o1-03: Speed Display Unit Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-03 SpeedDisplayUnit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0502) Selection Setsthedisplayunitsforthespeedreferenceandoutputspeed. (0-6) Note: •The units of these parameters change when this parameter changes: -d1-01 to d1-08 [Reference 1 to 8] -U1-01 [Speed Reference] -U1-02 [Output Speed] -U1-05 [Speed Feedback] -U1-16 [SFS Output Speed] -U4-14 [PeakHold Output Speed] -U6-27 [FeedFwd Estimate Spd] •For monitor 2, the setting value is always 0 [0.01 Hz]. 0 : 0.01 Hz 1 : 0.01% (100% = E1-04) E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] is 100%. 2 : min-1 (r/min) units The drive uses the maximum output speed and number of motor poles to calculate this value automatically. Note: When you set o1-03 = 2, make sure that you set the number of motor poles in these parameters: •E2-04 [Motor Pole Count] •E4-04 [Motor 2 Motor Poles] •E5-04 [PM Motor Pole Count] 3 : User Units (o1-10 & o1-11) The drive uses o1-10 [User Units Maximum Value] and o1-11 [User Units Decimal Position] to set the unit of measure. The value of parameter o1-10 is the value when you remove the decimal point from the maximum output speed. Parameter o1-11 is to the number of digits after the decimal point in the maximum output speed. To display a maximum output speed of 100.00, set parameters to these values: • o1-10 = 10000 • o1-11 = 2 [Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)] 4 : Elevator Unit1 - m/s, s, s The drive shows speed in m/s, and acceleration/deceleration rate and jerk in s. 5 : Elevator Unit2 - m/(s, s^2, s^3) The drive shows speed in m/s, acceleration/deceleration rate in m/s2, and jerk in m/s3. 6 : Elevator Unit3-ft/(min,s^2,s^3) The drive shows speed in ft/min, acceleration/deceleration rate in ft/s2, and jerk in ft/s3. Refer to Keypad Display Unit Selection on page 131 and Defaults and Setting Ranges Changed by o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] on page 500 for more information. ■ o1-04: V/f Pattern Display Unit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-04 V/fPatternDisplayUnit V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0503) SetsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsettheV/fpatternfrequency. (0,1) Expert 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 653
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-03 (0502) | SpeedDisplayUnit Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedisplayunitsforthespeedreferenceandoutputspeed. | 1 (0-6) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-04 (0503) Expert | V/fPatternDisplayUnit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsettheV/fpatternfrequency. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 654
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
Note: •Select the setting unit of these parameters: -E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] -E1-06 [Base Frequency] -E1-07 [Mid Point A Frequency] -E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency] -E1-11 [Mid Point B Frequency] •For monitor 2, the setting value is always 0 [Hz Unit]. 0 : Hz 1 : Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) When you set o1-04 = 1, make sure that you set the number of motor poles in these parameters: • E2-04 [Motor Pole Count] • E5-04 [PM Motor Pole Count]
■ o1-05: LCD Contrast Adjustment No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-05 LCDContrastAdjustment V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5 (0504) SetsthecontrastoftheLCDdisplayonthekeypad. (0-10) RUN Expert When you decrease the setting value, the contrast of the LCD display decreases. When you increase the setting value, the contrast increases. ■ o1-10: User Units Maximum Value No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-10 UserUnitsMaximumValue V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 6000 (0520) Setsthevaluethatthedriveshowsasthemaximumoutputspeed. (1-60000) Expert To display a maximum output speed of 100.00, set parameters to these values: • o1-10 = 10000 • o1-11 = 2 [User Units Decimal Position = Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX)] Note: Set o1-03 = 3 [Speed Display Unit Selection = User Units (o1-10 & o1-11)] before you set o1-10 and o1-11. ■ o1-11: User Units Decimal Position
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-11 UserUnitsDecimal V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (0521) Position Setsthenumberofdecimalplacesforspeedreferenceandmonitorvalues. (0-3) Expert 0 : No Decimal Places (XXXXX) 1 : One Decimal Places (XX.X) 2 : Two Decimal Places (XXX.XX) 3 : Three Decimal Places (XX.XXX) Note: Set o1-03 = 3 [Speed Display Unit Selection = User Units (o1-10 & o1-11)] before you set o1-10 [User Units Maximum Value] and o1- 11. ■ o1-12: Length Units No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-12 LengthUnits V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0739) Setstheunitsusedfordistancecontrolandforthesheavediameter. (0,1)
654 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-05 (0504) RUN Expert | LCDContrastAdjustment | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecontrastoftheLCDdisplayonthekeypad. | 5 (0-10) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-10 (0520) Expert | UserUnitsMaximumValue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevaluethatthedriveshowsasthemaximumoutputspeed. | 6000 (1-60000) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-11 (0521) Expert | UserUnitsDecimal Position | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofdecimalplacesforspeedreferenceandmonitorvalues. | 2 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-12 (0739) | LengthUnits | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheunitsusedfordistancecontrolandforthesheavediameter. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 655
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-18 (1205) | SpeedofElevatorCar | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecarspeedatwhichtheelevatorwilltravel(asspecifiedinthecontractbetweenarchitect andliftbuilder);usuallyNominalSpeed. | 0.00m/s (0.00-10.00m/s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-19 (1206) | ElevatorMotorSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorspeedthatcorrespondstothevaluesetino1-18[SpeedofElevatorCar]. | 0.00rpm (0.00-6000.0rpm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-20 (0575) | SheaveDiameter | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetractionsheavediameterfordisplayunitcalculations. | 400mm (80-2000mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-21 (0576) | RopingRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheropingratio. | 2 (1-4) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-22 (0577) | MechanicalGearRatio | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratioofthegearinstalledfordisplayunitcalculations. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.10-100.00) |
Source page
Page 656
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
■ o1-23: Safe Torque Off Display Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-23 SafeTorqueOffDisplay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0174) Select SetsthefunctiontohideSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]onthekeypadduringsafetyinput. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled The keypad shows STo on the keypad. 1 : Enabled The keypad does not show STo on the keypad. ■ o1-24 to o1-35: Custom Monitor 1 to 12 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-24too1-35: CustomMonitor1to12 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (11AD-11B8) Setsamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitors.Thisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusingan (0,101-999) RUN LCDkeypad. These parameters save the monitor items selected by the LCD keypad [Custom Monitor]. Note: •You can show a maximum of three selected monitors on one LCD keypad screen. -When you select only one monitor, the text size of this monitor increases. For example, when o1-25 to o1-35 = 0, the text size of the monitor saved in o1-24 increases. -When you select two monitors, the text size of these monitors increase. -When you select four or more monitors, the fourth monitor and all additional monitors are shown on the next screens. •You can set all monitors to parameters o1-24 to o1-35. •The default settings change when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: Monitors ParameterNo. A1-02=0 A1-02=2,3,7 [V/f] [OLV,CLV,CLV/PM] o1-24 U1-01[SpeedReference] U1-01[SpeedReference] o1-25 U1-02[OutputSpeed] U1-05[SpeedFeedback] o1-26 U1-03[OutputCurrent] U1-03[OutputCurrent] o1-27 U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] U1-02[OutputSpeed] o1-28 U1-12[DriveStatus] U1-12[DriveStatus] o1-29 U1-06[OutputVoltageRef] U1-06[OutputVoltageRef] o1-30 U1-07[DCBusVoltage] U1-07[DCBusVoltage] o1-31 U1-08[OutputPower] U1-09[TorqueReference]
o1-32 U4-13[PeakHoldCurrent] U4-13[PeakHoldCurrent] o1-33 U1-40[InputTermStatus1] U1-40[InputTermStatus1] o1-34 U1-41[InputTermStatus2] U1-41[InputTermStatus2] o1-35 U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus] U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus]
■ o1-36: LCD Backlight Brightness
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-36 LCDBacklightBrightness V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3 (11B9) SetstheintensityoftheLCDkeypadbacklight. (1-5) RUN When you decrease the setting value, the intensity of the backlight decreases.
656 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-23 (0174) Expert | SafeTorqueOffDisplay Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontohideSTo[SafeTorqueOFF]onthekeypadduringsafetyinput. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-24too1-35: (11AD-11B8) RUN | CustomMonitor1to12 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsamaximumof12monitorsasusermonitors.Thisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusingan LCDkeypad. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0,101-999) |
| ParameterNo. | Monitors | Column |
|---|---|---|
| A1-02=0 [V/f] | A1-02=2,3,7 [OLV,CLV,CLV/PM] | |
| o1-24 | U1-01[SpeedReference] | U1-01[SpeedReference] |
| o1-25 | U1-02[OutputSpeed] | U1-05[SpeedFeedback] |
| o1-26 | U1-03[OutputCurrent] | U1-03[OutputCurrent] |
| o1-27 | U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] | U1-02[OutputSpeed] |
| o1-28 | U1-12[DriveStatus] | U1-12[DriveStatus] |
| o1-29 | U1-06[OutputVoltageRef] | U1-06[OutputVoltageRef] |
| o1-30 | U1-07[DCBusVoltage] | U1-07[DCBusVoltage] |
| o1-31 | U1-08[OutputPower] | U1-09[TorqueReference] |
| o1-32 | U4-13[PeakHoldCurrent] | U4-13[PeakHoldCurrent] |
| o1-33 | U1-40[InputTermStatus1] | U1-40[InputTermStatus1] |
| o1-34 | U1-41[InputTermStatus2] | U1-41[InputTermStatus2] |
| o1-35 | U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus] | U1-11[OutputTerminalStatus] |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-36 (11B9) RUN | LCDBacklightBrightness | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintensityoftheLCDkeypadbacklight. | 3 (1-5) |
Source page
Page 657
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings ■ o1-37: LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-37 LCDBacklightON/OFF V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (11BA) Selection SetstheautomaticshutofffunctionfortheLCDbacklight. (0,1) RUN Note: Use o1-36 [LCD Backlight Brightness] to adjust the intensity of the LCD backlight. 0 : OFF The backlight will automatically turn off after the time set in o1-38 [LCD Backlight Off-Delay] is expired. When the backlight is off, push a key on the keypad to temporarily turn the backlight on. After the backlight turns on, it will turn off automatically after the time set in o1-38 is expired. Note: When the backlight is off, push a key on the keypad to temporarily turn the backlight on. Push any key to start keypad operation. Push to turn the backlight on, then push again to enter an Up/Down command to the drive. 1 : ON The backlight will always be ON. ■ o1-38: LCD Backlight Off-Delay No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-38 LCDBacklightOff-Delay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 300s (11BB) SetsthetimeuntiltheLCDbacklightautomaticallyturnsoff. (10-600s) RUN Expert When o1-37 = 0 [LCD Backlight ON/OFF Selection= OFF], the backlight will automatically turn off after the time set in o1-38 expires. When the backlight is off, push a key on the keypad to temporarily turn the backlight on. After the backlight turns on, it will turn off automatically after the time set in o1-38 is expired. ■ o1-39: Show Initial Setup Screen No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-39 ShowInitialSetupScreen V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (11BC) SetsthefunctiontoshowtheLCDkeypadinitialsetupscreeneachtimeyouenergizethedrive. (0,1) RUN ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLCDkeypad. Expert The initial setup screen shows a menu where you can select the display language, set the date, time, and other basic settings. When you set this parameter to 0, the drive will not show this screen each time you energize the drive. 0 : No The drive will not show the initial setup display screen each time you energize the drive. The drive will show the Home screen. 1 : Yes When you input the Up/Down command before you energize the drive or when the you turn on the Up/Down command while the drive shows the initial setup screen, the drive will replace the initial setup screen with the Home screen. ■ o1-58: Motor Power Unit Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o1-58 MotorPowerUnitSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (3125) Setsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsetthemotorratedpower. (0,1) The drive shows these parameter values in the set units: 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 657
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-37 (11BA) RUN | LCDBacklightON/OFF Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheautomaticshutofffunctionfortheLCDbacklight. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-38 (11BB) RUN Expert | LCDBacklightOff-Delay | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimeuntiltheLCDbacklightautomaticallyturnsoff. | 300s (10-600s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-39 (11BC) RUN Expert | ShowInitialSetupScreen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoshowtheLCDkeypadinitialsetupscreeneachtimeyouenergizethedrive. ThisparameterisonlyavailablewithanLCDkeypad. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o1-58 (3125) | MotorPowerUnitSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthesettingunitsforparametersthatsetthemotorratedpower. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 658
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
• E2-11 [Motor Rated Power] • E5-02 [PM Motor Rated Power] • T1-02 [Motor Rated Power] • T2-04 [PM Motor Rated Power] 0 : kW Shows the motor output in kW units. 1 : HP
Shows the motor output in HP units.
◆ o2: Keypad Operation ■ o2-01: LO/RE Key Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-01 LO/REKeyFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0505) Selection (0,1) Setsthefunctionthatletsyouuse toswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTEModes. Expert 0 : Disabled You cannot use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes. 1 : Enabled You can use to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE Modes when the drive is stopped. When LOCAL Mode is selected, on the keypad will come on. ■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-02 STOPKeyFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0506) Selection (0,1) Expert Setsthefunctiontouse onthekeypadtostopthedrivewhentheUp/Downcommand sourceforthedriveisREMOTE(external)andnotassignedtothekeypad. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled stays enabled when the Up/Down command source has not been assigned to the keypad. To start the drive again after you push to stop operation, turn the external Up/Down command OFF and ON again. ■ o2-03: User Parameter Default Value No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-03 UserParameterDefault V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0507) Value Setsthefunctiontokeepthesettingsofchangedparametersasuserparameterdefaultstouse (0-2) Expert duringinitialization. When you set o2-03 = 1 [Set defaults], the drive saves changed parameter settings as user parameter setting values in a part of the memory that is isolated from drive parameters. When you set A1-03 = 1110 [Initialize Parameters = User Initialization] to initialize the drive, the drive resets the internal parameter setting values to those user parameter setting values. 0 : No change 1 : Set defaults Saves changed parameter setting values as user default settings. Set o2-03 = 1 then push to save the user parameter setting values. After the drive saves the setting value, o2- 03 automatically resets to 0. 2 : Clear all
658 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-01 (0505) Expert | LO/REKeyFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatletsyouuse toswitchbetweenLOCALandREMOTEModes. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-02 (0506) Expert | STOPKeyFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontouse onthekeypadtostopthedrivewhentheUp/Downcommand sourceforthedriveisREMOTE(external)andnotassignedtothekeypad. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-03 (0507) Expert | UserParameterDefault Value | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontokeepthesettingsofchangedparametersasuserparameterdefaultstouse duringinitialization. | 0 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 659
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings Deletes all of the saved user parameter setting values. Set o2-03 = 2 then push to clear the user parameter setting values. The drive will automatically reset o2-03 to 0. If you delete the user parameter setting values, you cannot set A1-03 = 1110 to initialize parameters. ■ o2-04: Drive Model (KVA) Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-04 DriveModel(KVA) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0508) Selection SetstheDriveModelcode.Setthisparameterafterreplacingthecontrolboard. Determinedbythedrive Expert (-) NOTICE: Set o2-04 [Drive Model (KVA) Selection] correctly. If you set this parameter incorrectly, it will decrease drive performance, cause the protection function to operate incorrectly, and cause damage to the drive. Note: When the setting value of o2-04 changes, related parameter setting values also change. Refer to Defaults by Drive Model on page 494 for more information. These tables list the relation between o2-04 setting values and drive models. Table 12.31 Three-Phase 200 V Class DriveModel o2-04Setting DriveModel o2-04Setting 2022 68 2144 72 2031 6A 2181 73 2041 6B 2225 74 2059 6D 2269 75 2075 6E 2354 76 2094 6F 2432 77 2110 70 2519 78 Table 12.32 Three-Phase 400 V Class DriveModel o2-04Setting DriveModel o2-04Setting 4012 97 4094 A2 4019 99 4114 A3 4023 9A 4140 A4 4030 9C 4188 A5 4039 9D 4225 A6 4049 9E 4270 A7 4056 9F 4325 A8 4075 A1 4380 A9 ■ o2-06: Keypad Disconnect Detection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-06 KeypadDisconnect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (050A) Detection Setsthefunctionthatstopsthedriveifyoudisconnectthekeypadconnectioncablefromthedrive (0,1) Expert orifyoudamagethecablewhilethekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. This parameter continues to operate if the keypad installed to the drive becomes disconnected. This parameter is enabled in these conditions: • When b1-02 = 0 [Up/Down Command Selection 1 = Keypad] • In LOCAL Mode 0 : Disabled The drive continues operation when it detects a keypad disconnection. 1 : Enabled 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 659
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-04 (0508) Expert | DriveModel(KVA) Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDriveModelcode.Setthisparameterafterreplacingthecontrolboard. | 0 Determinedbythedrive (-) |
| DriveModel | o2-04Setting |
|---|---|
| 2022 | 68 |
| 2031 | 6A |
| 2041 | 6B |
| 2059 | 6D |
| 2075 | 6E |
| 2094 | 6F |
| 2110 | 70 |
| DriveModel | o2-04Setting |
|---|---|
| 2144 | 72 |
| 2181 | 73 |
| 2225 | 74 |
| 2269 | 75 |
| 2354 | 76 |
| 2432 | 77 |
| 2519 | 78 |
| DriveModel | o2-04Setting |
|---|---|
| 4012 | 97 |
| 4019 | 99 |
| 4023 | 9A |
| 4030 | 9C |
| 4039 | 9D |
| 4049 | 9E |
| 4056 | 9F |
| 4075 | A1 |
| DriveModel | o2-04Setting |
|---|---|
| 4094 | A2 |
| 4114 | A3 |
| 4140 | A4 |
| 4188 | A5 |
| 4225 | A6 |
| 4270 | A7 |
| 4325 | A8 |
| 4380 | A9 |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-06 (050A) Expert | KeypadDisconnect Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatstopsthedriveifyoudisconnectthekeypadconnectioncablefromthedrive orifyoudamagethecablewhilethekeypadistheUp/Downcommandsource. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 660
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
The drive stops operation, detects oPr [Keypad Connection Fault], and the motor coasts to stop when the drive detects a keypad disconnection. ■ o2-09: Reserved
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-09 Reserved - - (050D) Expert ■ o2-23: External 24V Powerloss Detection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-23 External24VPowerloss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (11F8) Detection Setsthefunctiontogiveawarningifthebackupexternal24Vpowersupplyturnsoffwhenthe (0,1) RUN maincircuitpowersupplyisinoperation. Expert Note: The drive will not run when it is operating from one 24-Vexternal power supply. 0 : Disabled The drive does not detect the loss of the 24-Vexternal power supply. 1 : Enabled The keypad shows the L24v [Loss of External Power 24 Supply] indicator if the drive detects the loss of the 24-V external power supply. Note: A minor fault signal is not output from H2-xx = 10 [MFDO Function Selection = Alarm]. ■ o2-26: Alarm Display at Ext. 24V Power No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o2-26 AlarmDisplayatExt.24V V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1563) Power Whenyouconnectabackupexternal24Vpowersupply,thisparametersetsthefunctionto (0,1) Expert triggeranalarmwhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. 0 : Disabled The drive will not detect EP24v [External Power 24V Supply] if the main circuit power supply voltage decreases. The [Ready] light on the LED Status Ring flashes quickly to identify that drive operation is not possible. 1 : Enabled The drive detects EP24v when the main circuit power supply voltage decreases. Note: A minor fault signal is not output from H2-xx = 10 [MFDO Function Selection = Alarm]. ◆ o3: Copy Keypad Function
o3 parameters set the operation of the parameter backup function.
■ o3-01: Copy Keypad Function Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o3-01 CopyKeypadFunction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0515) Selection Setsthefunctionthatsavesandcopiesdriveparameterstoadifferentdrivewiththekeypad. (0-3) 0 : Copy Select 1 : Backup (drive → keypad) The parameter setting values are read from the drive and saved in the keypad. 2 : Restore (keypad → drive) Copies the parameter setting values saved in the keypad to a different drive.
660 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-09 (050D) Expert | Reserved | - | - |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-23 (11F8) RUN Expert | External24VPowerloss Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontogiveawarningifthebackupexternal24Vpowersupplyturnsoffwhenthe maincircuitpowersupplyisinoperation. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o2-26 (1563) Expert | AlarmDisplayatExt.24V Power | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Whenyouconnectabackupexternal24Vpowersupply,thisparametersetsthefunctionto triggeranalarmwhenthemaincircuitpowersupplyvoltagedecreases. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o3-01 (0515) | CopyKeypadFunction Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatsavesandcopiesdriveparameterstoadifferentdrivewiththekeypad. | 0 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 661
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings 3 : Verify (check for mismatch) Makes sure that the parameter setting values in the drive agree with the parameters saved in the keypad. ■ o3-02: Copy Allowed Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o3-02 CopyAllowedSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0516) Setsthecopyfunctionwheno3-01=1[CopyKeypadFunctionSelection=Backup(drive→ (0,1) keypad)]. Note: When you select [Parameter Backup] on the keypad menu screen to do the backup function, the drive automatically sets o3-02 = 1. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ o3-04: Select Backup/Restore Location No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o3-04 SelectBackup/Restore V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0B3E) Location Setsthestoragelocationfordriveparameterswhenyoubackupandrestoreparameters.This (0-3) parameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. You can use the LCD keypad to make a maximum of 4 parameter backup sets. 0 : Memory Location 1 1 : Memory Location 2 2 : Memory Location 3 3 : Memory Location 4 ■ o3-06: Auto Parameter Backup Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o3-06 AutoParameterBackup V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0BDE) Selection Setsthefunctionthatautomaticallybacksupparameters.Thisparameterisonlyavailablewhen (0,1) Expert usinganLCDkeypad. When you connect the drive and keypad, parameters set to the drive are automatically backed up to the keypad as specified by the setting of parameters o3-06 and o3-07. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Note: When you replace the LCD keypad then energize the drive, the keypad shows the restore operation screen automatically to restore the drive configuration with the parameters backed up to the LCD keypad. If you connect an LCD keypad that does not have parameter backup data, the keypad will not show the restore operation screen. ■ o3-07: Auto Parameter Backup Interval No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o3-07 AutoParameterBackup V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0BDF) Interval Setstheintervalatwhichtheautomaticparameterbackupfunctionsavesparametersfromthe (0-3) Expert drivetothekeypad. The drive saves parameter settings to the keypad at these times: 1. After you energize the drive and the auto backup period passes. 2. When you use ROM enter or the keypad to change parameters, the drive saves those changes in the drive, waits for the auto backup period to pass, then saves those parameters in the keypad. Note: The drive can write data to the keypad a maximum of 100,000 times. If you write data to the keypad more than 100,000 times, you must replace the keypad. 0 : Every 10 minutes 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 661
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o3-02 (0516) | CopyAllowedSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthecopyfunctionwheno3-01=1[CopyKeypadFunctionSelection=Backup(drive→ keypad)]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o3-04 (0B3E) | SelectBackup/Restore Location | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoragelocationfordriveparameterswhenyoubackupandrestoreparameters.This parameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o3-06 (0BDE) Expert | AutoParameterBackup Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctionthatautomaticallybacksupparameters.Thisparameterisonlyavailablewhen usinganLCDkeypad. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o3-07 (0BDF) Expert | AutoParameterBackup Interval | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheintervalatwhichtheautomaticparameterbackupfunctionsavesparametersfromthe drivetothekeypad. | 1 (0-3) |
Source page
Page 662
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
1 : Every 30 minutes 2 : Every 60 minutes 3 : Every 12 hours
◆ o4: Maintenance Monitors
o4 parameters set the expected service life to help you know when to replace parts. The drive will show an alarm to tell you when the replacement part interval is near. ■ Travel Direction Change Counter
The Travel Direction Change Counter counts the number of travel direction changes of the elevator car and notifies the time to replace the rope when the counter value reaches the specified value. This function helps to save the necessary device to monitor the rope bending changes (travel direction changes) when you use some special elevator ropes with limited lifetime. To enable this function, set o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled]. This counter counts down from the value set in o4-42 [TravelDirectChange Cnt PresetLvl]. You must calculate the maximum allowable number of direction changes for the ropes according to EN 81-50 or other applicable definitions and set a correct value to o4-42. When the travel direction of the elevator car changes, the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 75 [TDCC Pulse Output] outputs the TDCC pulse for 0.5 s to decrease the counter value. Use U4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh] and U4-64 [RemainDirect ChngLow] to monitor the current remaining counter value. When the counter value reaches o4-41 [Travel Direct Counter AlarmLevel], the drive detects a TCA [TDCC Alarm]. The drive can continue to operate the elevator until the counter value reaches 0. When the counter value reaches 0, the drive detects a TCF [TDCC Fault] after it completes the current travel and stops operation. The drive cannot operate the elevator until you replace the rope and reset the counter value. A password handling procedure ensures that the drive is not used more than the allowable maximum number of direction changes. For manipulation prevention purposes, these two types of counter are available: • Total counter Counts the total number of direction changes throughout the complete operation lifetime of the inverter drive. • Preset action counter Counts the number of counter preset actions. These counters cannot be preset, and when the function is enabled, resetting is only possible using a special procedure which requires knowledge of the TDCC password.
Note: •You can use this function only in combination with an analog frequency reference when the MFDI signals give the direction instead of the speed reference polarity. The drive takes the direction from an Up or Down command only and does not take it from the polarity of the speed reference. •To judge the necessity of rope replacement, always check the actual counter value. The drive has U4-68 [Est. Time To Service], but this is a supporting auxiliary function that is not safe and might fail. •The estimation requires using the Real Time Clock (RTC) function of the drive which is active only with a battery being installed in the operator panel. Set up the Travel Direction Change Counter and Password for the First Time 1. Set o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled]. When you change to o4-40 = 1, the keypad shows a TCS [TDCC Setup] alarm. 2. Calculate the maximum allowable number of travel direction changes for the ropes according to the applicable norms, then set a correct value to o4-42 [TravelDirectChange Cnt PresetLvl] in units of 1000. After you set the value, o4-42 changes back to “0”. 3. Check the set value in U4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh] and U4-64 [RemainDirect ChngLow] (current value of the TDCC down counter). Note: You can check the last value you set in U4-60 [Last Dir Chng Preset] in units of 1000. This monitor stays at that value until next preset action while the down counter counts. 4. Set password to o4-44 [Travel Direct ChgCntr Passwd Set]. After you set password, o4-44 changes back to “0”. 5. Set the same password again to o4-44. After you set password, o4-44 changes to “1”. This indicates that the password has been set. 662 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 663
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings 6. Log the function activation and the related data including these values in the maintenance logbook of the facility: • “Total TDCC” shown in U4-67 [TotalDirChng High] and U4-66 [TotalDirChng Low] • U4-69 [Total TDCC Presets] Edit Travel Direction Change Counter Parameters 1. Enter the correct password in o4-44 [Travel Direct ChgCntr Passwd Set]. 2. When o4-44 changes to “2”, it indicates that the entered password was correct and TDCC parameters can be edited now. After you re-energize the drive or if you enter a wrong password in o4-44, o4-44 is shown again with value “1”. It indicates that the parameter lock is active again. Note: If you forgot the password, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative. Travel Direction Change Counter Setup after Rope Replacement 1. Follow the same steps as described in “Edit Travel Direction Change Counter Parameters”. 2. Calculate the maximum allowable number of travel direction changes for the ropes according to the applicable norms, then set a correct value to o4-42 [TravelDirectChange Cnt PresetLvl] in units of 1000. After you set the value, o4-42 changes back to “0”. 3. Check the set value in U4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh] and U4-64 [RemainDirect ChngLow] (current value of the TDCC down counter). Note: You can check the last value you set in U4-60 [Last Dir Chng Preset] in units of 1000. This monitor stays at that value until next preset action while the down counter counts. 4. Log the executed action and the related data including these values in the maintenance logbook of the facility: • “Total TDCC” shown in U4-67 [TotalDirChng High] and U4-66 [TotalDirChng Low] • “Total TDCC Presets Counter” shown in U4-69 [Total TDCC Presets] Replace Broken Drive with Enabled and Password-Protected Travel Direction Change Counter When you replace the broken drive, do these steps: 1. Check these values and note them with a calendar date of the drive replacement action in the maintenance logbook of the facility: • The current counter values shown in U4-65 [RemainDirectChngHigh] and U4-64 [RemainDirect ChngLow] • “Total TDCC” shown in U4-67 [TotalDirChng High] and U4-66 [TotalDirChng Low] • “Total TDCC Presets Counter” shown in U4-69 [Total TDCC Presets] • “TDCC Alarm Level” set in o4-41 [Travel Direct Counter AlarmLevel] 2. Set parameters except for the Travel Direction Change Counter parameters to the new drive, then do a test run. Note: When the drive size is the same, you can use the copy function of the LCD keypad to transfer the parameter settings to the new drive. 3. Set o4-40 = 1 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Enabled] to enable the Travel Direction Change Counter. 4. Set the desired password twice in o4-44 [Travel Direct ChgCntr Passwd Set]. After you set password, o4-44 changes to “1”. This indicates that the password has been set. 5. Round the value of U4-65 and U4-64 to units of 1000, then set the rounded value in o4-42 [TravelDirectChange Cnt PresetLvl]. Example: When the rounded value is 33000 direction changes, set o4-42 = “33k”. Then, U4-65 shows “33k” and U4-64 shows “0”. 6. Set o4-41 to the value of the old drive in units of 1000 direction changes to transfer the “TDCC Alarm Level” to the new drive. 7. Check these values shown in the new drive monitors after TDCC activation and note them in the logbook together with the information about the replacement action: • “Total TDCC” shown in U4-67 and U4-66 • “Total TDCC Presets Counter” shown in U4-69 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 663
Source page
Page 664
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
Note: •When the drive is new, “Total TDCC Presets Counter” will show “1”. This indicates that just executed preset action. When you have not done travels with the new drive, “Total TDCC” will show “0”. •The “Total TDCC Presets Counter” (counts number of counter preset actions) and the “Total TDCC” cannot be reset or changed. •It is not necessary to apply the values of the replaced drive for “Total TDCC” and “Total TDCC Presets Counter” monitors to the new drive. Important is only to log the values during each maintenance action. • When you check the differences between the current values and the previously logged values, you can detect a manipulation. Check whether the number of direction changes since the last maintenance action matches the given drop of the value in TDCC monitors U4-65 and U4-64. There should never be undocumented changes of the “Total TDCC Presets Counter”. These checks let you know, for example, that someone who knows the TDCC password resets the counter without approval. • The “Total TDCC” would wrap to 0 when being incremented from 65535999. The “Total TDCC Presets Counter” would wrap to 0 when being incremented from 63. • Yaskawa recommends to log the counter values from time to time during maintenance. If you cannot energize the drive anymore or cannot read the monitor values when you replace the broken drive, the person responsible for elevator safety has to judge whether the rope replacement is necessary or whether the counter values can be estimated. Clear U4-68 [Est. Time To Service] 1. Follow the same steps as described in “Edit Travel Direction Change Counter Parameters”. 2. Set o4-40 = 0 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Disabled]. Note: This resets the value of U4-68 and deletes the password, but counter values are preserved. 3. Set o4-40 = 1 [Enabled]. When you change to o4-40 = 1, the keypad shows a TCS [TDCC Setup] alarm. 4. Set password to o4-44 [Travel Direct ChgCntr Passwd Set]. After you set password, o4-44 changes back to “0”. 5. Set the same password again to o4-44. After you set password, o4-44 changes to “1”. This indicates that the password has been set. Note: The number of days in U4-68 will be shown as 65535 until actual calculation data is available. 6. Log the action and the related data in the maintenance logbook of the facility. Update Drive Software 1. Note the TDCC related data as described in “Replace Broken Drive with Enabled and Password-Protected Travel Direction Change Counter”. 2. Follow the same steps as described in “Edit Travel Direction Change Counter Parameters”. 3. Set o4-40 = 0 [Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl = Disabled]. 4. Flash the software 5. Initialize the drive as described in the related instructions for a software update. If the keypad shows CPF06 [Control Circuit Error (EEPROM memory Data Error)], follow the instructions in this manual. 6. Commission TDCC function as described for a new drive in “Replace Broken Drive with Enabled and Password-Protected Travel Direction Change Counter”. 7. Log the action and the related data in the maintenance logbook of the facility. ■ o4-01: Elapsed Operating Time Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-01 ElapsedOperatingTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0h (050B) Setting Setstheinitialvalueofthecumulativedriveoperationtimein10-hourunits. (0-9999h) Expert When you select o4-01 on the keypad, it will show the current value of U4-01 in units of 10 hours (h). When you change the setting of o4-01 through the monitor, the U4-01 count starts again as specified by the setting of o4-01. Note: Set this parameter in 10-hour (h) units. When o4-01 = 30, U4-01 [Cumulative Ope Time] = 300 h.
664 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-01 (050B) Expert | ElapsedOperatingTime Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheinitialvalueofthecumulativedriveoperationtimein10-hourunits. | 0h (0-9999h) |
Source page
Page 665
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings ■ o4-02: Elapsed Operating Time Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-02 ElapsedOperatingTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (050C) Selection Setstheconditionthatcountsthecumulativeoperationtime. (0,1) Expert 0 : U4-01 Shows Total Power-up Time Counts the time from when the drive is energized to when it is de-energized. 1 : U4-01 Shows Total RUN Time Counts the time that the drive outputs voltage. ■ o4-03: Fan Operation Time Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-03 FanOperationTimeSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0h (050E) Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10-hour (0-9999h) Expert units. Use monitor U4-03 [Cooling Fan Ope Time] to view the total operation time of the cooling fan. When you replace a cooling fan, set o4-03 = 0 to reset U4-03. Select o4-03 on the keypad to show the current value of U4-03 in 10-hour (h) units. If you use the monitor to change o4-03, the recount of U4-03 starts with the o4-03 setting. Note: The drive sets o4-03 in 10-hour (h) units. When o4-03 = 30, U4-03 [Cooling Fan Ope Time] will show “300 h”. ■ o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-05 CapacitorMaintenance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% (051D) Setting SetstheU4-05[CapacitorMaintenance]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert When you replace a drive, set o4-05 = 0 to reset U4-05. When the o4-05 setting changes, the count of U4-05 starts again as specified by the setting of o4-05. After you complete the configuration, o4-05 automatically resets to 0. Note: The maintenance period changes for different operating environments. ■ o4-07: Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-07 SoftchargeRelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% (0523) MaintenanceSet SetstheU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert When you replace a drive, set o4-07 = 0 to reset U4-06. When the o4-07 setting changes, the count of U4-06 starts again as specified by the setting of o4-07. After you complete the configuration, o4-07 automatically resets to 0. Note: The maintenance period changes for different operating environments. ■ o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-09 IGBTMaintenanceSetting V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0% (0525) SetstheU4-07[IGBTMaintenance]monitorvalue. (0-150%) Expert 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 665
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-02 (050C) Expert | ElapsedOperatingTime Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionthatcountsthecumulativeoperationtime. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-03 (050E) Expert | FanOperationTimeSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthevaluefromwhichtostartthecumulativedrivecoolingfanoperationtimein10-hour units. | 0h (0-9999h) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-05 (051D) Expert | CapacitorMaintenance Setting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-05[CapacitorMaintenance]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-07 (0523) Expert | SoftchargeRelay MaintenanceSet | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-06[PreChargeRelayMainte]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-09 (0525) Expert | IGBTMaintenanceSetting | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheU4-07[IGBTMaintenance]monitorvalue. | 0% (0-150%) |
Source page
Page 666
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
When you replace a drive, set o4-09 = 0 to reset U4-07. When the o4-09 setting changes, the count of U4-07 starts again as specified by the setting of o4-09. After you complete the configuration, o4-09 automatically resets to 0. Note: The maintenance period changes for different operating environments. ■ o4-11: Fault Trace/History Initialize
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-11 FaultTrace/History V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0510) Initialize ResetstherecordsofMonitorsU2-xx[FaultTrace],U3-xx[FaultHistory],andU9-xx[Fault (0,1) Expert Trace]. Note: When you initialize the drive with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters], the drive will not reset the records for U2-xx, U3-xx, and U9-xx. 0 : Disabled Keeps the records of Monitors U2-xx, U3-xx, and U9-xx. 1 : Enabled Resets the records for Monitors U2-xx, U3-xx, and U9-xx. After the reset, the drive automatically resets to o4-11 = 0. ■ o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-12 kWhMonitorInitialization V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0512) ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]andU4-11[kWh,Upper5Digits]. (0,1) Expert Note: When you initialize the drive with A1-03 [Initialize Parameters], the drive will not reset U4-10 and U4-11. 0 : No Reset Keeps the monitor values for U4-10 and U4-11. 1 : Reset Resets the values of U4-10 and U4-11. After the reset, the drive automatically resets o4-12 to 0. ■ o4-13: Number of Travels Counter Reset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-13 NumberofTravelsCounter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0528) Reset ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-24[NumberofTravels(Low)]andU4-25[NumberofTravels (0,1) Expert (High)]. 0 : No Reset Keeps the monitor values for U4-24 and U4-25. 1 : Reset Resets the values of U4-24 and U4-25. After the reset, the drive automatically resets o4-13 to 0. ■ o4-15: Maintenance Alarm Snooze Period
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-15 MaintenanceAlarmSnooze V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2% (0537) Period Setsthesnoozeperiodofmaintenancealarmsasapercentageofthelifetimeofthecomponent. (0-20%) Expert d A e f t t e e r r m a in m e a s in th te e n l a e n v c e e lt a h la a r t m wi o ll u t t r p i u g t g h e a r s th b e ee n n ex t t ri a g l g a e rm red fo a r n t d he th s e a a m la e rm com is p r o es n e e t n , t t . h T is h p e a s r a a m m e et a e l r armwill betriggeredbythedetectionlevelthattriggeredtheoriginalalarmplusthelevelsetino4-15. Note: Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] does not initialize this parameter.
666 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-11 (0510) Expert | FaultTrace/History Initialize | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetstherecordsofMonitorsU2-xx[FaultTrace],U3-xx[FaultHistory],andU9-xx[Fault Trace]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-12 (0512) Expert | kWhMonitorInitialization | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-10[kWh,Lower4Digits]andU4-11[kWh,Upper5Digits]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-13 (0528) Expert | NumberofTravelsCounter Reset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM ResetsthemonitorvaluesforU4-24[NumberofTravels(Low)]andU4-25[NumberofTravels (High)]. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-15 (0537) Expert | MaintenanceAlarmSnooze Period | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthesnoozeperiodofmaintenancealarmsasapercentageofthelifetimeofthecomponent. Afteramaintenancealarmoutputhasbeentriggeredandthealarmisreset,thisparameter determinesthelevelthatwilltriggerthenextalarmforthesamecomponent.Thesamealarmwill betriggeredbythedetectionlevelthattriggeredtheoriginalalarmplusthelevelsetino4-15. | 2% (0-20%) |
Source page
Page 667
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings ■ o4-16: Maintenance Monitoring Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-16 MaintenanceMonitoring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 (0176) Selection Setsthefunctiontousebit0tobit3to1(ON)or0(OFF)toenableanddisablefourMaintenance (0000-1111) Expert [ M So o f n t i C to h r a s r . g F e r B o y m pa le s f s t R t e o la ri y g M ht, a t i h n e te d T i i g m it e s ], se L t T L -2 T- [ 4 C [ a I p G a B c T ito M r a M in a t i e n n te a n n a c n e c T e im Ti e m ], e L ], T a - n 3 dLT-1[Cooling FanMaintenanceTime]inorder. Note: Parameter A1-03 [Initialize Parameters] does not initialize this parameter. All bits = 0 : Maintenance Monitors are disabled bit 0 : LT1 (cooling fan) bit 1 : LT2 (DC bus capacitors) bit 2 : LT3 (soft-charge bypass relay) bit 3 : LT4 (IGBT) IGBTs have passed 90% of the their life expectancy. ■ o4-22: Time Format No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-22 TimeFormat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (154F) Setsthetimedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (0-2) RUN Sets the display of the time shown in the upper-left of the LCD keypad screen. 0 : 24 Hour Clock 1 : 12 Hour Clock 2 : 12 Hour JP Clock ■ o4-23: Date Format No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-23 DateFormat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1550) Setsthedatedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (0-2) RUN Sets the date format that the drive uses for the fault history and other records. 0 : YY/M/D 1 : D/M/YY 2 : M/D/YY Note: The Fault History in the Monitor Mode shows when faults occurred. Refer to Show Fault History on page 139 for more information. ■ o4-24: bAT Detection Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-24 bATDetectionSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (310F) SetsoperationwhenthedrivedetectsbAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage]andTiM[KeypadTime (0-2) RUN NotSet]. Expert 0 : Disable The drive will not detect bAT or TiM. 1 : Enable (Alarm Detected) TiM or bAT shows on the keypad, and operation continues. The output terminal set for Alarm [H2-01 to H2-05 = 10] activates. 2 : Enable (Fault Detected) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 667
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-16 (0176) Expert | MaintenanceMonitoring Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontousebit0tobit3to1(ON)or0(OFF)toenableanddisablefourMaintenance Monitors.Fromlefttoright,thedigitssetLT-4[IGBTMaintenanceTime],LT-3 [SoftChargeBypassRelayMainteTime],LT-2[CapacitorMaintenanceTime],andLT-1[Cooling FanMaintenanceTime]inorder. | 1000 (0000-1111) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-22 (154F) RUN | TimeFormat | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-23 (1550) RUN | DateFormat | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatedisplayformat.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-24 (310F) RUN Expert | bATDetectionSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsoperationwhenthedrivedetectsbAT[KeypadBatteryLowVoltage]andTiM[KeypadTime NotSet]. | 0 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 668
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
The drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop. Fault relay output terminal MA-MC activates, and MB- MC deactivates. ■ o4-40: Travel Direct Change CounterEnbl
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-40 TravelDirectChange V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (303D) CounterEnbl SetsthefunctiontoenabletheTravelDirectionChangeCounter. (0,1) Note: The DriveWizard does not show this parameter. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ o4-41: Travel Direct Counter AlarmLevel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-41 TravelDirectCounter V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50 (303E) AlarmLevel SetsthedetectionlevelforTCA[TDCCAlarm]inunitsof1000directionchanges.Whenyou (0-10000) wanttosetonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000. Note: The DriveWizard does not show this parameter. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ o4-42: TravelDirectChange Cnt PresetLvl No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-42 TravelDirectChangeCnt V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (303F) PresetLvl Setsthenumberofallowabledirectionchangesafteraropechangeinunitsof1000direction (0-65535) changes.Whenyouwanttosettoonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000.The directioncounterissettotheinputvalueandtheparameterischangedbackto0. Note: The DriveWizard does not show this parameter. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ■ o4-44: Travel Direct ChgCntr Passwd Set No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o4-44 TravelDirectChgCntr V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (3041) PasswdSet SetsthepasswordtousetheTravelDirectionChangeCounter.Thepasswordneedstobeentered (0-FF) twice(identically).Theactivepasswordlocksparameterso4-40[TravelDirectChange CounterEnbl]too4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]fromeditingandstartstheTravel DirectionChangecountingprocess.Thepasswordcanonlybesetwheno4-40isenabled.When thesamepasswordisenteredagain,theparametersareunlockedagain. Note: •The DriveWizard does not show this parameter. •This parameter is always set back to 0 after a user input. •If you set o4-40 = 1 [Enabled] but you do not define the password, the drive detects TCS [TDCC Setup]. This alarm has higher priority than TCA [TDCC Alarm]. Refer to Travel Direction Change Counter on page 662 for more information. ◆ o5: Log Function The data log function saves drive status information as a CSV file in the microSD memory card in the keypad. Monitors Ux-xx are the source of data log information. You can record a maximum of 10 monitors. Change the LCD keypad screen from the main menu to the Diagnostic Tools screen and select the data log function. Set the number of the monitor to record and the sampling time, then start to record the data log.
668 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-40 (303D) | TravelDirectChange CounterEnbl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenabletheTravelDirectionChangeCounter. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-41 (303E) | TravelDirectCounter AlarmLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedetectionlevelforTCA[TDCCAlarm]inunitsof1000directionchanges.Whenyou wanttosetonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000. | 50 (0-10000) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-42 (303F) | TravelDirectChangeCnt PresetLvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofallowabledirectionchangesafteraropechangeinunitsof1000direction changes.Whenyouwanttosettoonemilliondirectionchanges,setthisparameter=1000.The directioncounterissettotheinputvalueandtheparameterischangedbackto0. | 0 (0-65535) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o4-44 (3041) | TravelDirectChgCntr PasswdSet | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepasswordtousetheTravelDirectionChangeCounter.Thepasswordneedstobeentered twice(identically).Theactivepasswordlocksparameterso4-40[TravelDirectChange CounterEnbl]too4-42[TravelDirectChangeCntPresetLvl]fromeditingandstartstheTravel DirectionChangecountingprocess.Thepasswordcanonlybesetwheno4-40isenabled.When thesamepasswordisenteredagain,theparametersareunlockedagain. | 0 (0-FFFF) |
Source page
Page 669
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings Table 12.33 Setting Parameters for Data Log Items No. Name Default DataLogMonitors o5-03 LogMonitorData1 101 U1-01[SpeedReference] o5-04 LogMonitorData2 102 U1-02[OutputSpeed] o5-05 LogMonitorData3 103 U1-03[OutputCurrent] o5-06 LogMonitorData4 107 U1-07[DCBusVoltage] o5-07 LogMonitorData5 A1-02=0,2:000 A1-02=0,2:Notselected A1-02=3,7:109 A1-02=3,7:U1-09[TorqueReference] o5-08 LogMonitorData6 A1-02=0,2:116 A1-02=0,2:U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] A1-02=3,7:105 A1-02=3,7:U1-05[SpeedFeedback] o5-09 LogMonitorData7 110 U1-10[InputTerminalStatus] o5-10 LogMonitorData8 112 U1-12[DriveStatus] o5-11 LogMonitorData9 000 Notselected o5-12 LogMonitorData10 000 Notselected Note: •Do not de-energize the drive or disconnect the keypad from the drive during log transfer communication. A loss of connection can cause the log function to fail after you restore power or connect the keypad. •You can use a microSDHC card that has a maximum of 32 GB capacity. ■ Log File Specifications Item Specification Filestoragelocation Afoldercalled[Log_File]iscreatedintherootdirectoryofthemicroSDcard. Filename GLOG0xxx.csv Note: [xxx]identifiesa3-digitdecimalnumber Maximumnumberoffiles 999(GLOG0001.csvtoGLOG0999.csv) Charactercode ASCIIcode Linebreakcode <CR><LF> Separatingcharacter [,](Commas) Headerrows FirstRow:Driveinformationincludingthedrivemodel,softwareversion,controlmethod,andsamplingtime SecondRow:Logdatainformationincludingthemonitornumber,numberdecimalpoints,andunitcode ■ Log File Configuration The [Log_Files] folder is created in the root directory of the microSD memory card. This is where the log data is stored as CSV files. Log data files are created in this configuration. The number of rows changes when the number of selected monitors change. FirstRow Driveinformation SecondRow Logdatainformation ThirdRow Logdata1 : Logdata2 : Logdata3 : : LastRow Logdatan First Row: Drive Information This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the first row of log data. Example of generated data: 00,0012,160107111230,LA700,VSLA01010,2,62,1000,000001 No. Item C N h u a m ra b c e t r e o rs f Example Description 1 Attribute 2 00 [00]showsthattherecordisadriveinformationrecord. 2 Filenumber 4 0012 Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameof thelogdatainhexadecimalformat. Examplefilenameof[GLOG0018.csv]:018(Dec.)=0012(Hex.) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 669
| No. | Name | Default | DataLogMonitors |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-03 | LogMonitorData1 | 101 | U1-01[SpeedReference] |
| o5-04 | LogMonitorData2 | 102 | U1-02[OutputSpeed] |
| o5-05 | LogMonitorData3 | 103 | U1-03[OutputCurrent] |
| o5-06 | LogMonitorData4 | 107 | U1-07[DCBusVoltage] |
| o5-07 | LogMonitorData5 | A1-02=0,2:000 A1-02=3,7:109 | A1-02=0,2:Notselected A1-02=3,7:U1-09[TorqueReference] |
| o5-08 | LogMonitorData6 | A1-02=0,2:116 A1-02=3,7:105 | A1-02=0,2:U1-16[SFSOutputSpeed] A1-02=3,7:U1-05[SpeedFeedback] |
| o5-09 | LogMonitorData7 | 110 | U1-10[InputTerminalStatus] |
| o5-10 | LogMonitorData8 | 112 | U1-12[DriveStatus] |
| o5-11 | LogMonitorData9 | 000 | Notselected |
| o5-12 | LogMonitorData10 | 000 | Notselected |
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Filestoragelocation | Afoldercalled[Log_File]iscreatedintherootdirectoryofthemicroSDcard. |
| Filename | GLOG0xxx.csv Note: [xxx]identifiesa3-digitdecimalnumber |
| Maximumnumberoffiles | 999(GLOG0001.csvtoGLOG0999.csv) |
| Charactercode | ASCIIcode |
| Linebreakcode | <CR><LF> |
| Separatingcharacter | [,](Commas) |
| Headerrows | FirstRow:Driveinformationincludingthedrivemodel,softwareversion,controlmethod,andsamplingtime SecondRow:Logdatainformationincludingthemonitornumber,numberdecimalpoints,andunitcode |
| FirstRow | Driveinformation |
|---|---|
| SecondRow | Logdatainformation |
| ThirdRow | Logdata1 |
| : | Logdata2 |
| : | Logdata3 |
| : | : |
| LastRow | Logdatan |
| No. | Item | Numberof Characters | Example | Description |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Attribute | 2 | 00 | [00]showsthattherecordisadriveinformationrecord. |
| 2 | Filenumber | 4 | 0012 | Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameof thelogdatainhexadecimalformat. Examplefilenameof[GLOG0018.csv]:018(Dec.)=0012(Hex.) |
Source page
Page 670
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
No. Item C N h u a m ra b c e t r e o rs f Example Description
3 Timestamp*1 12 160107111230 Datalogdatawasretrieved(YMDHMS) ・Date:20YY/MM/DD ・Timein24-hourformat:HH:MM:SS Exampledataof[160107111230]:11:12:30onJanuary7,2016 4 Model 5 LA700 Drivemodelinformation 5 Softwarenumber 9 VSLA01010 Drivesoftwarenumber 6 ControlMethodSelection 1 2 Settingvalue(Hex.)ofA1-02[ControlMethodSelection] 7 Drivecapacity 2 62 Settingvalue(Hex.)ofo2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection] 8 Samplingtime 5 1000 Settingvalue(Dec.)ofo5-02[LogSamplingInterval] (Maximum) Unit:ms 9 Rownumber 6 000001 Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile *1 If you do not set the time in the keypad, the text string of [000000000000] is generated to show the time. Second Row: Log Data Information This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the second row of log data. Example of generated data: 01,0012,160107111230,0101,0201,0102,0201,0103,0206,0107,0005,0108,0209,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0 000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,000002
No. Item C N h u a m ra b c e t r e o rs f Description
1 Attribute 2 [01]showsthattherecordisalogdatainformationrecord. 2 Filenumber 4 Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameofthelogdatainhexadecimal format. 3 Timestamp 12 Datalogdatawasretrieved(YMDHMS) 4 MonitorNumber1*1 4 Monitornumberselectedbyo5-03[LogMonitorData1] Example:0101(Dec.)forU1-01 5 MonitorUnit1*2 4 Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-03 ExamplewhenU1-01=30.00Hz: Numberofdecimalplaces=2,Hzunitcode=01,monitorunit1=0201(Hex.) 6 Monitornumber2 4 Monitornumber(Dec.)settoo5-04[LogMonitorData10] 7 MonitorUnit2 4 Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-04 : : : : 22 Monitornumber10 4 Monitornumber(Dec.)settoo5-12[LogMonitorData10] 23 MonitorUnit10 4 Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-12 24-27 Reserved 4 -
28 Rownumber 6 Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile *1 If there is no data log monitor selected, the text string of [0000] is generated. *2 Refer to Table 12.34 for information about unit codes. Table 12.34 Unit Codes UnitCode(Hex.) Unit UnitCode(Hex.) Unit UnitCode(Hex.) Unit UnitCode(Hex.) Unit 00 - 08 PPR 10 H 18 0H 01 Hz 09 kW 11 V 19 -
02 RPM 0A Ω 12 us 1A - 03 % 0B ms 13 min 1B - 04 VAC 0C kHz 14 °C 1C - 05 VDC 0D PSI 15 W 1D - 06 A 0E MPM 16 kWH 1E -
07 sec 0F FPM 17 MWH 1F - Third and Subsequent Rows: Log Data This example shows the data text strings and data generated for the third row of log data.
670 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. | Item | Numberof Characters | Example | Description |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 3 | Timestamp*1 | 12 | 160107111230 | Datalogdatawasretrieved(YYMMDDHHMMSS) ・Date:20YY/MM/DD ・Timein24-hourformat:HH:MM:SS Exampledataof[160107111230]:11:12:30onJanuary7,2016 |
| 4 | Model | 5 | LA700 | Drivemodelinformation |
| 5 | Softwarenumber | 9 | VSLA01010 | Drivesoftwarenumber |
| 6 | ControlMethodSelection | 1 | 2 | Settingvalue(Hex.)ofA1-02[ControlMethodSelection] |
| 7 | Drivecapacity | 2 | 62 | Settingvalue(Hex.)ofo2-04[DriveModel(KVA)Selection] |
| 8 | Samplingtime | 5 (Maximum) | 1000 | Settingvalue(Dec.)ofo5-02[LogSamplingInterval] Unit:ms |
| 9 | Rownumber | 6 | 000001 | Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile |
| No. | Item | Numberof Characters | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Attribute | 2 | [01]showsthattherecordisalogdatainformationrecord. |
| 2 | Filenumber | 4 | Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameofthelogdatainhexadecimal format. |
| 3 | Timestamp | 12 | Datalogdatawasretrieved(YYMMDDHHMMSS) |
| 4 | MonitorNumber1*1 | 4 | Monitornumberselectedbyo5-03[LogMonitorData1] Example:0101(Dec.)forU1-01 |
| 5 | MonitorUnit1*2 | 4 | Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-03 ExamplewhenU1-01=30.00Hz: Numberofdecimalplaces=2,Hzunitcode=01,monitorunit1=0201(Hex.) |
| 6 | Monitornumber2 | 4 | Monitornumber(Dec.)settoo5-04[LogMonitorData10] |
| 7 | MonitorUnit2 | 4 | Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-04 |
| : | : | : | : |
| 22 | Monitornumber10 | 4 | Monitornumber(Dec.)settoo5-12[LogMonitorData10] |
| 23 | MonitorUnit10 | 4 | Unitcodeandnumberofdecimalplacesusedforthemonitorselectedwitho5-12 |
| 24-27 | Reserved | 4 | - |
| 28 | Rownumber | 6 | Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile |
| UnitCode(Hex.) | Unit | UnitCode(Hex.) | Unit | UnitCode(Hex.) | Unit | UnitCode(Hex.) | Unit |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 00 | - | 08 | PPR | 10 | H | 18 | 0H |
| 01 | Hz | 09 | kW | 11 | V | 19 | - |
| 02 | RPM | 0A | Ω | 12 | us | 1A | - |
| 03 | % | 0B | ms | 13 | min | 1B | - |
| 04 | VAC | 0C | kHz | 14 | °C | 1C | - |
| 05 | VDC | 0D | PSI | 15 | W | 1D | - |
| 06 | A | 0E | MPM | 16 | kWH | 1E | - |
| 07 | sec | 0F | FPM | 17 | MWH | 1F | - |
Source page
Page 671
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings Example of generated data: 02,0012,160107111239,1770,1770,00BE,0118,0028,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,0000,00000C No. Item C N h u a m ra b c e t r e o rs f Description 1 Attribute 2 [02]showsthattherecordisamonitordatarecord. 2 Filenumber 4 Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameofthelogdatainhexadecimal format. 3 Timestamp 12 Datalogdatawasretrieved(YMDHMS) 4 LogMonitorData1 4 Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-03[LogMonitorData1] 5 LogMonitorData2 4 Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-04[LogMonitorData2] : : : : 13 LogMonitorData10 4 Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-12[LogMonitorData10] 14 Reserved 4 - 15 Encodingdata 4 LogMonitorData1to10CodeData(Hex.) Bits0to9showtheencodingoflogmonitordata1to10.Abitvalueof1showsthatthedatarepresentsanegative value.(Logmonitordata1to10areabsolutevaluedatawithoutencoding) Examplewhenlogmonitordata2,5,and8shownegativevalues:Bits1,4,and7havevaluesof1,andtheencoding data=0010010010(Bin.)=0092(Hex.) 16 Rownumber 6 Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile ■ o5-01: Log Start/Stop Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-01 LogStart/StopSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1551) Setsthedatalogfunction.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (0,1) RUN Expert 0 : OFF Stops the data log. 1 : ON Starts the data log as specified by the sampling cycle set in o5-02 [Log Sampling Interval]. ■ o5-02: Log Sampling Interval No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-02 LogSamplingInterval V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100ms (1552) Setsthedatalogsamplingcycle.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (100-60000ms) RUN Expert ■ o5-03: Log Monitor Data 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-03 LogMonitorData1 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 101 (1553) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to display U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-03 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 671
| No. | Item | Numberof Characters | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Attribute | 2 | [02]showsthattherecordisamonitordatarecord. |
| 2 | Filenumber | 4 | Generatesthe[xxx]part(a3-digitdecimalnumber)ofthe[GLOG0xxx.csv]filenameofthelogdatainhexadecimal format. |
| 3 | Timestamp | 12 | Datalogdatawasretrieved(YYMMDDHHMMSS) |
| 4 | LogMonitorData1 | 4 | Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-03[LogMonitorData1] |
| 5 | LogMonitorData2 | 4 | Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-04[LogMonitorData2] |
| : | : | : | : |
| 13 | LogMonitorData10 | 4 | Logmonitordata(Hex.)ofthemonitorselectedwitho5-12[LogMonitorData10] |
| 14 | Reserved | 4 | - |
| 15 | Encodingdata | 4 | LogMonitorData1to10CodeData(Hex.) Bits0to9showtheencodingoflogmonitordata1to10.Abitvalueof1showsthatthedatarepresentsanegative value.(Logmonitordata1to10areabsolutevaluedatawithoutencoding) Examplewhenlogmonitordata2,5,and8shownegativevalues:Bits1,4,and7havevaluesof1,andtheencoding data=0010010010(Bin.)=0092(Hex.) |
| 16 | Rownumber | 6 | Rownumber(Hex.)inthedatalogfile |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-01 (1551) RUN Expert | LogStart/StopSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogfunction.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-02 (1552) RUN Expert | LogSamplingInterval | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogsamplingcycle.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 100ms (100-60000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-03 (1553) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 101 (000,101-999) |
Source page
Page 672
12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings
■ o5-04: Log Monitor Data 2
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-04 LogMonitorData2 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 102 (1554) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you will log. For example, to show U1-02 [Output Speed], set o5-04 = 102. When it is not necessary to set data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-05: Log Monitor Data 3 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-05 LogMonitorData3 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 103 (1555) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to show U1-03 [Output Current], set o5-05 = 103. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-06: Log Monitor Data 4 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-06 LogMonitorData4 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 107 (1556) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to show U1-07 [DC Bus Voltage], set o5-06 = 107. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-07: Log Monitor Data 5 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-07 LogMonitorData5 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (1557) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: •The default setting changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: -A1-02 = 0, 2 [V/f, OLV]: 000 -A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]: 109 •Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to show U1-08 [Output Power], set o5-07 = 108. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-08: Log Monitor Data 6 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-08 LogMonitorData6 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (1558) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert 672 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-04 (1554) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 102 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-05 (1555) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData3 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 103 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-06 (1556) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData4 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 107 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-07 (1557) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData5 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-08 (1558) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData6 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (000,101-999) |
Source page
Page 673
sliateDretemaraP 12.11 o: Keypad-Related Settings Note: •The default setting changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: -A1-02 = 0, 2 [V/f, OLV]: 116 -A1-02 = 3, 7 [CLV, CLV/PM]: 105 •Set the U monitor number you will log. For example, to display U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-08 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set o5-08 = 000. ■ o5-09: Log Monitor Data 7 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-09 LogMonitorData7 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 110 (1559) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you will log. For example, to show U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-09 = 101. When it is not necessary to set data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-10: Log Monitor Data 8 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-10 LogMonitorData8 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 112 (155A) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to display U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-10 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-11: Log Monitor Data 9 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-11 LogMonitorData9 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (155B) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to display U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-11 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. ■ o5-12: Log Monitor Data 10 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) o5-12 LogMonitorData10 V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (155C) Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. (000,101-999) RUN Expert Note: Set the U monitor number you want to log. For example, to display U1-01 [Speed Reference], set o5-12 = 101. When it is not necessary to set a data log monitor, set this parameter to 000. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 673
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-09 (1559) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData7 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 110 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-10 (155A) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData8 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 112 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-11 (155B) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData9 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (000,101-999) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| o5-12 (155C) RUN Expert | LogMonitorData10 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedatalogmonitor.ThisparameterisonlyavailablewhenusinganLCDkeypad. | 0 (000,101-999) |
Source page
Page 674
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
S parameters set the these functions and faults for the elevator application: • Braking sequence • Slip Compensation for elevators • Start/Stop optimization • Rescue Operation
• Elevator-related faults ◆ S1: Brake/Contactor Sequence
S1 parameters set the brake sequence and contactor sequence. The drive supports these two types of brake sequence:
• The brake sequence that uses an MFAI terminal set for H3-xx = 14 [MFAI Function Selection = Torque Compensation] to control torque compensation at start • The brake sequence that does not set the torque compensation level at start Refer to Brake Sequence on page 172 for more information. ■ S1-01: Zero Speed Level at Stop
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-01 ZeroSpeedLevelatStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0680) SetsthespeedtobeginapplyingDCInjection(orPositionLock)whenb1-03=0[Stopping (0.000-9.999%) MethodSelection=RamptoStop]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. When the control method selected in A1-02 [Control Method Selection] changes, the S1-01 function changes. ParameterSettings FunctionsofS1-01 A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV] ParameterS1-01setsthespeedtostartDCInjectionBrakingatstop.Whentheoutputspeed≤S1-01,thedrivewill injectthequantityofDCcurrentsetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]intothemotorforthetimesetinS1-05 [DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop].
Figure 12.60 DC Injection Braking at Stop Note: WhenS1-01≤E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency],thedrivewillstartDCInjectionBrakingfromthefrequency setinE1-09. A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM] ParameterS1-01setsthespeedtostartZeroSpeedControlatstop.Whentheoutputspeed≤S1-01,thedrivewilldo ZeroSpeedControlforthetimesetinS1-05.
Figure 12.61 Zero Speed Control at Stop Note: WhenS1-01≤E1-09,thedrivewillstartZeroSpeedControlfromthefrequencysetinE1-09. ■ S1-02: DC Injection Current at Start
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-02 DCInjectionCurrentat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 57% (0681) Start SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstartasapercentageofthecontinuousrated (0-100%) outputcurrent.
674 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-01 (0680) | ZeroSpeedLevelatStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedtobeginapplyingDCInjection(orPositionLock)whenb1-03=0[Stopping MethodSelection=RamptoStop]asapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.000-9.999%) |
| ParameterSettings | FunctionsofS1-01 |
|---|---|
| A1-02=0,2[V/f,OLV] | ParameterS1-01setsthespeedtostartDCInjectionBrakingatstop.Whentheoutputspeed≤S1-01,thedrivewill injectthequantityofDCcurrentsetinS1-03[DCInjectionCurrentatStop]intothemotorforthetimesetinS1-05 [DCInj/PosLockTimeatStop]. Figure12.60 DCInjectionBrakingatStop Note: WhenS1-01≤E1-09[MinimumOutputFrequency],thedrivewillstartDCInjectionBrakingfromthefrequency setinE1-09. |
| A1-02=3,7[CLV,CLV/PM] | ParameterS1-01setsthespeedtostartZeroSpeedControlatstop.Whentheoutputspeed≤S1-01,thedrivewilldo ZeroSpeedControlforthetimesetinS1-05. Figure12.61 ZeroSpeedControlatStop Note: WhenS1-01≤E1-09,thedrivewillstartZeroSpeedControlfromthefrequencysetinE1-09. |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-02 (0681) | DCInjectionCurrentat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstartasapercentageofthecontinuousrated outputcurrent. | 57% (0-100%) |
Source page
Page 675
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters ■ S1-03: DC Injection Current at Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-03 DCInjectionCurrentat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 57% (0682) Stop SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstopasapercentageofthecontinuousrated (0-100%) outputcurrent. ■ S1-04: DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-04 DCInj/PosLockTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.40s (0683) Start SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstart.WhenA1-02=3or7[Control (0.00-10.00s) MethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldo PositionLockatstart.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00s. ■ S1-05: DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-05 DCInj/PosLockTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.60s (0684) Stop SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstop.WhenA1-02=3or7[Control (0.00-10.00s) MethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldo PositionLockatstop.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00s. ■ S1-06: Brake Release Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-06 BrakeReleaseDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.20s (0685) SetsthedelaytimebetweenthestartofDCinjection/PositionLockandtheactivationofan (0.00-10.00s) MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=BrakeControl]toreleasethe brakeatthebeginningoftheride. Adjust this parameter if there is not enough time to develop the appropriate amount of motor flux. When you increase the value of this parameter, also increase the value set in S1-04 [DC Inj/Pos LockTime at Start]. ■ S1-07: Brake Close Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-07 BrakeCloseDelayTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s (0686) SetsthedelaytimebetweenreachingZeroSpeedsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]andthe (0.00s-S1-05) deactivationofanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=Brake Control]toapplythebrakeattheendoftheride. Note: The maximum value for this parameter is the value set in S1-05 [DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Stop]. If you set S1-05 < S1-07, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. ■ S1-10: Up/Down Command Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-10 Up/DownCommandDelay V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s (0687) Time SetsthedelaytimeuntilthedrivestartsoperationafteritreceivesanUp/Downcommand.You (0.00-1.00s) mustsetenoughtimeforthemotorcontactorontheoutputsidetobeactive. ■ S1-11: Output Contactor Open Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-11 OutputContactorOpen V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.10s (0688) DelayTime SetsthedelaytimetodeactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51[MFDOFunction (0.00-1.00s) Selection=OutputContactorControl]toreleasethemotorcontactorafterthedrivehasstopped andshutofftheoutput. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 675
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-03 (0682) | DCInjectionCurrentat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofcurrenttouseforDCInjectionatstopasapercentageofthecontinuousrated outputcurrent. | 57% (0-100%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-04 (0683) | DCInj/PosLockTimeat Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstart.WhenA1-02=3or7[Control MethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldo PositionLockatstart.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00s. | 0.40s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-05 (0684) | DCInj/PosLockTimeat Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldoDCInjectionatstop.WhenA1-02=3or7[Control MethodSelection=CLVorCLV/PM],thisparametersetsthelengthoftimethatthedrivewilldo PositionLockatstop.Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.00s. | 0.60s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-06 (0685) | BrakeReleaseDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimebetweenthestartofDCinjection/PositionLockandtheactivationofan MFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=BrakeControl]toreleasethe brakeatthebeginningoftheride. | 0.20s (0.00-10.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-07 (0686) | BrakeCloseDelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimebetweenreachingZeroSpeedsetinS1-01[ZeroSpeedLevelatStop]andthe deactivationofanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=50[MFDOFunctionSelection=Brake Control]toapplythebrakeattheendoftheride. | 0.10s (0.00s-S1-05) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-10 (0687) | Up/DownCommandDelay Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeuntilthedrivestartsoperationafteritreceivesanUp/Downcommand.You mustsetenoughtimeforthemotorcontactorontheoutputsidetobeactive. | 0.10s (0.00-1.00s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-11 (0688) | OutputContactorOpen DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimetodeactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51[MFDOFunction Selection=OutputContactorControl]toreleasethemotorcontactorafterthedrivehasstopped andshutofftheoutput. | 0.10s (0.00-1.00s) |
Source page
Page 676
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S1-12: Output Contactor During Autotune
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S2-01 MotorRatedSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1380rpm (068F) Setsthemotorratedspeed. (300-1800rpm) ■ S2-02: Slip Comp Gain during Motoring No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S2-02 SlipCompGainduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.7 (0690) Motoring Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringmotoring.Thiscanhelpimprovethe (0.0-5.0) RUN accuracyofleveling. ■ S2-03: Slip Comp Gain during Regen No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S2-03 SlipCompGainduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0 (0691) Regen Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringregeneration.Thiscanhelpimprovethe (0.0-5.0) RUN accuracyofleveling.
676 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-12 (06E0) | OutputContactorDuring Autotune | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoautomaticallyactivateanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=51[Output ContactorControl]whenthedrivestartsAuto-Tuning. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S1-26 (06D7) | EmergencyStopStartLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheEmergencyStopStartLevelasapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency]. | 10.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S2-01 (068F) | MotorRatedSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorratedspeed. | 1380rpm (300-1800rpm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S2-02 (0690) RUN | SlipCompGainduring Motoring | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringmotoring.Thiscanhelpimprovethe accuracyofleveling. | 0.7 (0.0-5.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S2-03 (0691) RUN | SlipCompGainduring Regen | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheslipcompensationforlevelingspeedduringregeneration.Thiscanhelpimprovethe accuracyofleveling. | 1.0 (0.0-5.0) |
Source page
Page 677
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters ■ S2-05: Slip Comp Torq Detect Delay Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S2-05 SlipCompTorqDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms (0693) DelayTime Setsadelaytimebeforedetectingtorqueforslipcompensation. (0-10000ms) ■ S2-06: Slip Comp Torq Detect FilterTime No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S2-06 SlipCompTorqDetect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms (0694) FilterTime Setsthefiltertimeconstantappliedtothetorquesignalusedfortheslipcompensationvalue (0-2000ms) calculation. ◆ S3: Start/Stop Optimization S3 parameters set the Anti-Roll Back (ARB) functions. ■ S3-02: Position Lock Gain 2 at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-02 PositionLockGain2at V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 (0698) Start Setsgainlevel2forthePositionLockfunction.PositionLockatstartcompensatesthemotor (0.00-100.00) RUN torquetokeepthecarpositiontopreventrollbackwhenthebrakeisreleased. This parameter sets gain to adjust the internal torque reference directly (Anti-Rollback function). If there is a problem with rollback when the brake is released, increase the value. If motor oscillation occurs during Position Lock, decrease the value. Note: •Check the C5-xx [Auto Speed Regulator (ASR)] parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock gain. •When you set A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], a dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection] fault may occur. To correct this, increase the value of this parameter, or increase the value set in F1-19 [Deviation 4 Detection Selection]. ■ S3-03: Position Lock Gain at Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-03 PositionLockGainatStop V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5 (0699) SetsthePositionLockgainatstop.PositionLockatstopcompensatesthemotortorquetokeep (0-100) RUN thecarpositionuntilthebrakeisfullyapplied. Position Lock at stop compensates the motor torque when the motor speed reaches the larger value of S1-01 [Zero Speed Level at Stop] or E1-09 [Minimum Output Frequency]. To increase the ability of the drive to hold the car in place, increase the value. If motor oscillation occurs during Position Lock, decrease the value. Note: •Check the C5-xx [Auto Speed Regulator (ASR)] parameters to make sure the speed control loop settings are correct before making any adjustments to the Position Lock gain. •When you set A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM], a dv4 [Inversion Prevention Detection] fault may occur. To correct this, increase the value set in S3-02 [Position Lock Gain 2 at Start], or increase the value set in F1-19 [Deviation 4 Detection Selection]. ■ S3-04: Position Lock Bandwidth No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-04 PositionLockBandwidth V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10 (069A) SetsthebandwidtharoundthestoppositioninwhichanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=33[Zero (0-16383) ServoComplete]activates. The drive outputs the Zero Servo Complete signal when the elevator car moves from the Position Lock start point to the position of ±S3-04. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 677
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S2-05 (0693) | SlipCompTorqDetect DelayTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsadelaytimebeforedetectingtorqueforslipcompensation. | 1000ms (0-10000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S2-06 (0694) | SlipCompTorqDetect FilterTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefiltertimeconstantappliedtothetorquesignalusedfortheslipcompensationvalue calculation. | 500ms (0-2000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-02 (0698) RUN | PositionLockGain2at Start | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsgainlevel2forthePositionLockfunction.PositionLockatstartcompensatesthemotor torquetokeepthecarpositiontopreventrollbackwhenthebrakeisreleased. | 0.00 (0.00-100.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-03 (0699) RUN | PositionLockGainatStop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthePositionLockgainatstop.PositionLockatstopcompensatesthemotortorquetokeep thecarpositionuntilthebrakeisfullyapplied. | 5 (0-100) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-04 (069A) | PositionLockBandwidth | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthebandwidtharoundthestoppositioninwhichanMFDOterminalsetforH2-xx=33[Zero ServoComplete]activates. | 10 (0-16383) |
Source page
Page 678
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S3-10: Torque Compensation Ramp Time
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-10 TorqueCompensation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms (069B) RampTime Setsatimeconstantforthetorquereferencetoreach300%.ThisparameterisenabledwhenH3- (0-5000ms) Expert xx=14[MFAIFunctionSelection=TorqueCompensation]. ■ S3-11: Id Bias No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-11 IdBias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 5.0% (069C) Setsthemotord-axiscurrentflowingduringstartupin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthe (0.0-100.0%) Expert motorratedcurrent. ■ S3-12: Torque Comp. Bias in Down Direct No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-12 TorqueComp.Biasin V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (069D) DownDirect Setsthebiasaddedtotorquecompensationvaluefromtheloadcellwhentheelevatorcarmoves (-40.0-+40.0%) Expert downwardin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. Refer to Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation on page 173 for more information. ■ S3-14: Torque Comp Fadeout Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-14 TorqueCompFadeout V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0Hz (069F) Speed SetsthespeedlevelfortorquecompensationtodiminishduringthetimesetinS3-15[Torque (0.0-200.0Hz) Expert CompFadeoutTime].Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.0Hz. ■ S3-15: Torque Comp Fadeout Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-15 TorqueCompFadeoutTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000ms (06A0) Setsthetimefortorquecompensationtodiminishwhenthemotorspeedreachesthelevelsetin (0-5000ms) Expert S3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]. ■ S3-16: Torque Limit Reduction Time@Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-16 TorqueLimitReduction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100ms (06A1) Time@Stop SetsthetimetodecreasethetorquelimitrateafterPositionLockatstopcompletes. (0-10000ms) After Position Lock at stop, the drive uses the rate of “Torque 300% / S3-16” to decrease the torque limit to 0. ■ S3-20: Dwell 2 Speed Reference No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-20 Dwell2SpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (06A2) SetsthespeedreferencefortheDwell2function. (0.00-100.00%) Expert Dwell 2 function is enabled when S3-20 ≠ 0.00%. When you enter an Up/Down command, the drive accelerates the operation speed to the speed reference set in this parameter at the selected acceleration ramp. When the speed is more than the value set in S3-21 [Dwell 2 End Speed], the drive accelerates the operation speed at the selected acceleration ramp and jerk. Note: •If you set S3-21 > S3-20, the drive detects oPE18 [Online Tuning Param Setting Err]. •When S3-21 ≠ 0.00%, the drive does not switch the acceleration ramps at the speed set in C1-11 [Accel/Decel Ramp Switchover Spd]. 678 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-10 (069B) Expert | TorqueCompensation RampTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsatimeconstantforthetorquereferencetoreach300%.ThisparameterisenabledwhenH3- xx=14[MFAIFunctionSelection=TorqueCompensation]. | 500ms (0-5000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-11 (069C) Expert | IdBias | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotord-axiscurrentflowingduringstartupin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthe motorratedcurrent. | 5.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-12 (069D) Expert | TorqueComp.Biasin DownDirect | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebiasaddedtotorquecompensationvaluefromtheloadcellwhentheelevatorcarmoves downwardin0.1%incrementsasapercentageofthemotorratedtorque. | 0.0% (-40.0-+40.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-14 (069F) Expert | TorqueCompFadeout Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedlevelfortorquecompensationtodiminishduringthetimesetinS3-15[Torque CompFadeoutTime].Thisparameterisdisabledwhensetto0.0Hz. | 0.0Hz (0.0-200.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-15 (06A0) Expert | TorqueCompFadeoutTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimefortorquecompensationtodiminishwhenthemotorspeedreachesthelevelsetin S3-14[TorqueCompFadeoutSpeed]. | 1000ms (0-5000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-16 (06A1) | TorqueLimitReduction Time@Stop | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetodecreasethetorquelimitrateafterPositionLockatstopcompletes. | 100ms (0-10000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-20 (06A2) Expert | Dwell2SpeedReference | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencefortheDwell2function. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
Source page
Page 679
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters Figure 12.62 Dwell Speed Reference at Start ■ S3-21: Dwell 2 End Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-21 Dwell2EndSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (06A5) SetsthespeedatwhichthedriveendstheDwell2function. (0.00-100.00%) Expert Note: When S3-21 ≠ 0.00%, the drive does not switch the acceleration ramps at the speed set in C1-11 [Accel/Decel Ramp Switchover Spd]. ■ S3-27: Load1 Torque Compensation Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-27 Load1Torque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM -50.0% (06BD) CompensationLevel Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition1. (-100.0-+100.0%) Set the torque compensation value that is necessary to prevent the elevator car from moving when the brake is released with 0% load. Figure 12.63 shows the Torque Compensation at Start settings with S3-27 to S3-30. The solid line in Figure 12.63 indicates the torque compensation at start when the elevator moves up or down. Figure 12.63 Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction After setting load conditions 1 and 2, do a trial run. If required, S3-12 [Torque Comp. Bias in Down Direct] can be set up to add a bias to the load sensor input when riding in a Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and down direction). Figure 12.64 illustrates the effect of torque compensation on the settings of S3-12 and S3-27 to S3-30. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 679
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-21 (06A5) Expert | Dwell2EndSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedatwhichthedriveendstheDwell2function. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-27 (06BD) | Load1Torque CompensationLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition1. | -50.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) |
Source page
Page 680
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
Figure 12.64 Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction Refer to Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start on page 174 for more information.
■ S3-28: Load2 Torque Compensation Level
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-28 Load2Torque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50.0% (06BE) CompensationLevel Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition2. (-100.0-+100.0%) Set the torque compensation value that is necessary to prevent the elevator car from moving when the brake is released with a large load of 50% or more. Refer to Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start on page 174 for more information. ■ S3-29: Load 1 Analog Input Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-29 Load1AnalogInputLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (06BF) Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition1. (-100.0-+100.0%) Set this parameter as a percentage of the analog input voltage from the load sensor with 0% load. Refer to Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start on page 174 for more information. ■ S3-30: Load 2 Analog Input Level
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-30 Load2AnalogInputLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100.0% (06C0) Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition2. (-100.0-+100.0%) Set this parameter as a percentage of the analog input voltage from the load sensor with the load condition of S3- 28 [Load2 Torque Compensation Level]. Refer to Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start on page 174 for more information. ■ S3-34: Position Lock Torque Bias 1 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-34 PositionLockTorqueBias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (06C4) 1 SetsanintermediatevalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-RollbackwhenthedrivedoesPosition (0.0-100.0%) Expert Lockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting.
680 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-28 (06BE) | Load2Torque CompensationLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetorquecompensationvalueforloadcondition2. | 50.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-29 (06BF) | Load1AnalogInputLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition1. | 0.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-30 (06C0) | Load2AnalogInputLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheanalogsignallevelfromtheloadcellforloadcondition2. | 100.0% (-100.0-+100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-34 (06C4) Expert | PositionLockTorqueBias 1 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsanintermediatevalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-RollbackwhenthedrivedoesPosition Lockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
Source page
Page 681
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters ■ S3-35: Position Lock Torque Bias 2 No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-35 PositionLockTorqueBias V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (06C5) 2 SetsamaximumvalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-RollbackwhenthedrivedoesPosition (0.0-100.0%) Expert Lockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. ■ S3-37: Torque Bias 1 Pos.Dev. Lvl No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-37 TorqueBias1Pos.Dev.Lvl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms (06C7) SetsthepositiondeviationlevelatwhichS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]activates.Usually (0-32767ms) Expert itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. ■ S3-38: Torque Bias 2 Pos.Dev. Lvl No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-38 TorqueBias2Pos.Dev.Lvl V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0ms (06C8) SetsthepositiondeviationlevelwhenthedriveshouldswitchfromtheAnti-Rollbacktorquebias (0-32767ms) Expert B se i t a i s n 2 S ] 3 . - U 3 s 4 u [ a P ll o y s i i t ti i o s n n L ot oc n k ec T e o s r s q a u ry e t B o ia c s ha 1 n ] g t e o t t h h i e s t s o e r t q ti u n e g b . iassetinS3-35[PositionLockTorque ■ S3-39: Position Lock Integral Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-39 PositionLockIntegralGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00 (06C9) SetsthedriveresponsivenessforAnti-RollbackduringPositionLock.Usuallyitisnotnecessary (-30.00-+30.00) tochangethissetting. If there is still too much deviation from the Position Lock start position after you have already adjusted Position Lock gain 1 and gain 2, increase the value. If motor oscillation occurs during Position Lock, decrease the value. ■ S3-40: Position Lock Movement Detection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-40 PositionLockMovement V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (06CA) Detection SetstheamountofpulsesformovementdetectionduringAnti-Rollback. (0-100) Expert ■ S3-41: PosLock Gain2 Reduction Factor No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-41 PosLockGain2Reduction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.50 (06CB) Factor SetsareductionfactorfortheAnti-RollbackGainsetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]. (0.00-1.00) Expert If the motor rotation (i.e., car movement) is below the movement detection level set in S3-40 [Position Lock Movement Detection], the drive will reduce the Anti-Rollback gain according to the gain reduction level set in S3- 41. ■ S3-52: ACR P Gain at Normal Run No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-52 ACRPGainatNormalRun V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 (1A9F) SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatorgainatnormaloperation. (0-5000) Expert 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 681
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-35 (06C5) Expert | PositionLockTorqueBias 2 | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsamaximumvalueforthetorquebiasusedforAnti-RollbackwhenthedrivedoesPosition Lockatstart.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-37 (06C7) Expert | TorqueBias1Pos.Dev.Lvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepositiondeviationlevelatwhichS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]activates.Usually itisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0ms (0-32767ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-38 (06C8) Expert | TorqueBias2Pos.Dev.Lvl | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthepositiondeviationlevelwhenthedriveshouldswitchfromtheAnti-Rollbacktorquebias setinS3-34[PositionLockTorqueBias1]tothetorquebiassetinS3-35[PositionLockTorque Bias2].Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 0ms (0-32767ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-39 (06C9) | PositionLockIntegralGain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedriveresponsivenessforAnti-RollbackduringPositionLock.Usuallyitisnotnecessary tochangethissetting. | 0.00 (-30.00-+30.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-40 (06CA) Expert | PositionLockMovement Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheamountofpulsesformovementdetectionduringAnti-Rollback. | 1 (0-100) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-41 (06CB) Expert | PosLockGain2Reduction Factor | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsareductionfactorfortheAnti-RollbackGainsetinS3-02[PositionLockGain2atStart]. | 0.50 (0.00-1.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-52 (1A9F) Expert | ACRPGainatNormalRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatorgainatnormaloperation. | 1000 (0-5000) |
Source page
Page 682
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S3-53: ACR Integral Time at Normal Run
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-53 ACRIntegralTimeat V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0ms (1AA0) NormalRun SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratnormaloperation. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert ■ S3-54: ACR P Gain at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-54 ACRPGainatStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1000 (1AA1) SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. (0-5000) Expert The drive switches ACR proportional gain from the value set in S3-52 [ACR P Gain at Normal Run] to the value set in S3-54 during S1-04 [DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Start]. ■ S3-55: ACR Integral Time at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-55 ACRIntegralTimeatStart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10.0ms (1AA2) SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. (0.0-100.0ms) Expert The drive switches ACR integral time from the value set in S3-53 [ACR Integral Time at Normal Run] to the value set in S3-55 during S1-04 [DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Start]. ◆ S4: Rescue Operation S4 parameters set Rescue Operation. If the power outage occurs, this function switches to a backup battery or Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) to travel the elevator to the nearest floor. Refer to Rescue Operation on page 179 for more information. ■ S4-01: Light Load Direction Search Sel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-01 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06A6) SearchSel SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0-3) 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled for Motor 1 and Motor 2 2 : Enabled for Motor 1 only 3 : Enabled - Advanced Refer to Light Load Direction Search Function on page 190 for more information. ■ S4-02: Light Load Search Method
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-02 LightLoadSearchMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (06A7) SetsthemethodusedtodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0,1) Expert 0 : Output Current 1 : Regenerative Direction Detection
682 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-53 (1AA0) Expert | ACRIntegralTimeat NormalRun | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratnormaloperation. | 10.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-54 (1AA1) Expert | ACRPGainatStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheproportionalgainfortheAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. | 1000 (0-5000) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S3-55 (1AA2) Expert | ACRIntegralTimeatStart | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheintegraltimeforAutomaticCurrentRegulatoratstart. | 10.0ms (0.0-100.0ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-01 (06A6) | LightLoadDirection SearchSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheLightLoadDirectionSearch. | 0 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-02 (06A7) Expert | LightLoadSearchMethod | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemethodusedtodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. | 1 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 683
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters ■ S4-03: Light Load Direction Search Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-03 LightLoadDirection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.0s (06A8) SearchTime SetsthetimetodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0.0-5.0s) Refer to Light Load Direction Search Function on page 190 for more information. ■ S4-04: Light Load Search Speed Ref. No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-04 LightLoadSearchSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (06A9) Ref. SetsthespeedreferencetouseduringLightLoadDirectionSearch. (0.00-20.00%) Note: The default setting changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: •When A1-02 = 7 [CLV/PM], the default setting is 10.00%. •When A1-02 ≠ 7, the default setting is 5.00%. Refer to Light Load Direction Search Function on page 190 for more information. ■ S4-05: Rescue Operation Torque Limit No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-05 RescueOperationTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100% (06AA) Limit SetsthetorquelimitusedduringRescueOperation. (0-300%) Expert ■ S4-06: Rescue Power Supply Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-06 RescuePowerSupply V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06CC) Selection Setsthetypeofbackuppowersupplythedriveshouldswitchtowhenthepowergoesout. (0-2) Expert 0 : Battery 1 : Single Phase UPS 2 : Three Phase UPS ■ S4-07: UPS Power Rating No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-07 UPSPowerRating V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0kVA (06CD) SetsthecapacityoftheUPS. (0.0-100.0kVA) Expert ■ S4-08: UPS Speed Limit Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-08 UPSSpeedLimitSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 2 (06CE) SetshowaspeedlimitshouldbeappliedtotheRescueOperationspeedsetinS4-15[Rescue (0-2) Expert SpeedReferenceSelection]whenthedriveusesaUPStodoRescueOperation. The drive calculates the appropriate speed limit based on the UPS capacity set in S4-07 [UPS Power Rating]. This speed limit helps prevent voltage saturation and motor stall during Rescue Operation. Note: This parameter is enabled only when S4-06 = 1, 2 [Rescue Power Supply Selection = Single Phase UPS, Three Phase UPS]. 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled during Light Load Search 2 : Enabled 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 683
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-03 (06A8) | LightLoadDirection SearchTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetodoLightLoadDirectionSearch. | 1.0s (0.0-5.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-04 (06A9) | LightLoadSearchSpeed Ref. | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferencetouseduringLightLoadDirectionSearch. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (0.00-20.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-05 (06AA) Expert | RescueOperationTorque Limit | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetorquelimitusedduringRescueOperation. | 100% (0-300%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-06 (06CC) Expert | RescuePowerSupply Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetypeofbackuppowersupplythedriveshouldswitchtowhenthepowergoesout. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-07 (06CD) Expert | UPSPowerRating | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthecapacityoftheUPS. | 0.0kVA (0.0-100.0kVA) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-08 (06CE) Expert | UPSSpeedLimitSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetshowaspeedlimitshouldbeappliedtotheRescueOperationspeedsetinS4-15[Rescue SpeedReferenceSelection]whenthedriveusesaUPStodoRescueOperation. | 2 (0-2) |
Source page
Page 684
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S4-12: DC Bus Voltage during Rescue
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-12 DCBusVoltageduring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0V (06D2) Rescue SetstheDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperation. (0-1150V) Expert ■ S4-13: PowerSupply Reduction Lvl@Rescue No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-13 PowerSupplyReduction V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 80% (06D3) Lvl@Rescue SetsthelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsaPF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError]fault. (10-100%) Expert The drive detects PF5 in these conditions: • During Rescue Operation, DC bus voltage < “S4-12 [DC Bus Voltage during Rescue] × (S4-13 - 10%)” • 100 ms after the Rescue Operation has started, the DC bus voltage does not increase to the value of S4-12 ×S4- 13 before the motor starts ■ S4-15: Rescue Speed Reference Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-15 RescueSpeedReference V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06DA) Selection SetsthespeedreferenceusedforRescueOperation. (0,1) 0 : D1-25 The drive uses the value set in d1-25 [Rescue Operation Speed] as speed reference for Rescue Operation. 1 : Selected Speed The drive uses the selected speed as speed reference for Rescue Operation according to the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting. • When d1-18 = 0, 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08), Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the drive uses the multi-step speed. • When d1-18 = 1, 2 [High speed has priority, Leveling speed has priority], the drive uses the speed set in these parameters: - d1-19 [Nominal Speed] - d1-20 to d1-22 [Intermediate Speed 1 to Intermediate Speed 3] - d1-23 [Releveling Speed] - d1-26 [Leveling Speed]
■ S4-20: Light Load Search Dir Override No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-20 LightLoadSearchDir V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (1A9D) Override SetstheevacuationinLightLoadDirectiondeterminedbydrive. (0,1) Expert Note: This parameter is enabled only when S4-01 = 3 [Light Load Direction Search Sel = Advanced Search (Motor 1)]. 0 : Disabled The elevator controller decides direction by S1/S2. 1 : Enabled The drive can override S1/S2 direction of the elevator controller.
◆ S5: Elevator Functionality S5 parameters set these functions:
684 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-12 (06D2) Expert | DCBusVoltageduring Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheDCbusvoltageduringRescueOperation. | 0V (0-1150V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-13 (06D3) Expert | PowerSupplyReduction Lvl@Rescue | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelatwhichthedrivedetectsaPF5[RescuePowerSupplyLowError]fault. | 80% (10-100%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-15 (06DA) | RescueSpeedReference Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceusedforRescueOperation. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S4-20 (1A9D) Expert | LightLoadSearchDir Override | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheevacuationinLightLoadDirectiondeterminedbydrive. | 1 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 685
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters • Short Floor Operation • Direct Landing • Brake Torque Check ■ Short Floor Function Short Floor automatically adjusts to decrease the operation time at d1-26 [Leveling Speed] when the drive receives the command from an MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 53 [Leveling Speed] before the motor speed reaches d1-19 [Nominal Speed]. This function is enabled when S5-01 = 1 [Short Floor Operation Selection = Standard Short Floor]. The drive calculates the distance to decelerate from d1-19 to d1-26 and automatically decreases the speed to d1-26. Note: This function is not available during Rescue Operation and Inspection Operation. Area S in Figure 12.65 indicates the distance to a stop from d1-19. Figure 12.65 Speed During Normal Operation *1 When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the drive recognizes a speed reference lower than d1-28 [Leveling Speed Detection Level] as the leveling speed. Short Floor has two operation patterns: • When you set d1-26 after the speed reaches 40% of d1-19, the drive keeps the speed for the time until the distance reaches area S. • When you set d1-26 before the speed reaches 40% of d1-19, the drive accelerates to 40% of d1-19 and keeps the speed for the time until the distance reaches area S, then decelerates to d1-26. Figure 12.66 Short Floor Function *1 When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the drive recognizes a speed reference lower than d1-28 [Leveling Speed Detection Level] as the leveling speed. Advance Short Floor Advanced Short Floor controls the operation time to arrive at a designated floor to a minimum. The drive calculates the optimal speed based on these values when it receives the command from an MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 53 [Leveling Speed] to decrease the operation time at d1-26 [Leveling Speed]: • The set speed reference • Jerk characteristics • S5-03 [Short Floor Constant Speed Time] Note: This function is not available during Rescue Operation and Inspection Operation. Table 12.35 shows the operation examples of the Short Floor and Advance Short Floor functions. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 685
Source page
Page 686
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
Table 12.35 Short Floor Operation Examples LevelingSpeedInputTiming ShortFloor AdvancedShortFloor
Constantspeedoperationatratedspeed (normalstopsequence)
Duringacceleration
Constantspeed ra o t p e e d ra sp ti e o e n d atlessthanthe Notavailable
686 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| LevelingSpeedInputTiming | ShortFloor | AdvancedShortFloor |
|---|---|---|
| Constantspeedoperationatratedspeed (normalstopsequence) | ||
| Duringacceleration | ||
| Constantspeedoperationatlessthanthe ratedspeed | Notavailable | |
| Beforestart | Operatesatthelevelingspeed. |
Source page
Page 687
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters Stop Distance Control is disabled when any one of these functions are selected: • Analog speed reference • Rescue Operation • Inspection Operation • During Motor 2 selection Direct Landing When S5-10 = 1 [Direct Landing], the drive controls the distance from the start of deceleration to the stop and brings the elevator car to the specified floor without leveling speed. The drive activates Direct Landing when the conditions listed in Table 12.36 are correct. When the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 5C [Stop Distance Correction] activates during Direct Landing, the drive will switch the remaining distance to the stop distance set in S5-12 [Up Stopping Distance] for forward run (Upward direction) or S5-19 [Down Stopping Distance] for reverse run (Down direction). Direct Landing will end when data from the encoder indicates that the stopping distance is 0. Figure 12.67 shows a Direct Landing Operation example. Table 12.36 Conditions for Direct Landing d1-18Settings DirectLandingStartConditions [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] d1-18=0,3 Speedreference≥E1-04×S5-13andtheUp/Downcommandisnotactiveorthespeed [Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08),Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)] referenceis0.*1 d1-18=1 [Highspeedhaspriority] TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,thespeedreferenceis0,orthelevelingspeed d1-18=2 referencehasbeenselectedbyoneoftheMFDIterminals(H1-xx). [Levelingspeedhaspriority] *1 If U4-42 [Remaining Distance] > S5-18 [Digital Input 5C Accept Distance], or S5-12 or S5-19 = 0 when the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 5C activates, the drive ignores the signal input. Figure 12.67 Operation Sequence Example for Direct Landing *1 If U4-42 > S5-18, or S5-12 or S5-19 = 0 when the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 5C activates, the drive ignores the signal input. *2 Area S1 is the deceleration distance (S5-11) which depends on motor speed from the start of deceleration to stop. Area S2 is the stopping distance (Up: S5-12 Down: S5-19) from the point at which the Stop Distance Correction signal is entered to when the car arrives at the specified floor. Table 12.37 shows the conditions for Direct Landing and the deceleration distance for each speed level when S5- 10 = 1 or 3 [Direct Landing or Direct + Leveling]. Table 12.37 Direct Landing Conditions and Deceleration Distance for Each Speed Level SpeedLevel DecelerationDistance(S1) MinimumDecelerationDistance(S2) DirectLandingConditions High S5-11 U4-43 Motorspeed(U1-05)>S5-15>S5-17≥S5-13 Middle S5-14 U4-47 S5-16≥Motorspeed(U1-05)≥S5-13 Low S5-15 U4-48 S5-17≥Motorspeed(U1-05)≥S5-13 - Normaloperation Normaloperation Motorspeed(U1-05)<S5-13 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 687
| d1-18Settings [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] | DirectLandingStartConditions |
|---|---|
| d1-18=0,3 [Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08),Multi-speedMode2(d1-02to08)] | Speedreference≥E1-04×S5-13andtheUp/Downcommandisnotactiveorthespeed referenceis0.*1 |
| d1-18=1 [Highspeedhaspriority] | TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,thespeedreferenceis0,orthelevelingspeed referencehasbeenselectedbyoneoftheMFDIterminals(H1-xx). |
| d1-18=2 [Levelingspeedhaspriority] |
| SpeedLevel | DecelerationDistance(S1) | MinimumDecelerationDistance(S2) | DirectLandingConditions |
|---|---|---|---|
| High | S5-11 | U4-43 | Motorspeed(U1-05)>S5-15>S5-17≥S5-13 |
| Middle | S5-14 | U4-47 | S5-16≥Motorspeed(U1-05)≥S5-13 |
| Low | S5-15 | U4-48 | S5-17≥Motorspeed(U1-05)≥S5-13 |
| - | Normaloperation | Normaloperation | Motorspeed(U1-05)<S5-13 |
Source page
Page 688
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
When you manually change the parameters shown in Table 12.38, the drive automatically changes the settings of S5-11 [Deceleration Distance@High Speed], S5-14 [Decel Distance @ Mid Speed], and S5-15 [Decel Distance @ Low Speed]. Table 12.38 Automatic Setting Change for S5-11, S5-14, and S5-15 ManuallyChangedParameters ChangeofSettings
ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-11=U4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)]. E1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency] U4-43showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofE1-04. ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-14=U4-47[Min.Dec.Distance(M)]. S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel] U4-47showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofS5-16. TheactualDirectLandingStartSpeedLevelforMiddleSpeedwillalsobeS5-16. ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-15=U4-48[Min.Dec.Distance(L)]. S5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel] U4-48showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofS5-17. TheactualDirectLandingStartSpeedLevelforLowSpeedwillalsobeS5-17. When you use a high speed elevator, the value of U4-43 can be more than the floor height. Use S5-14 to S5-17 to stop the elevator at the target floor even if the deceleration distance is more than one floor. You can set three deceleration distances depending on the speed at which distance control starts. Table 12.39 shows the relationship between the Direct Landing Start Speed Levels and deceleration distances. Table 12.39 Switching Pattern of Deceleration Distances SpeedLevel DecelerationDistance DirectLandingStartSpeedLevelPattern S5-11 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13≥(S5-16=S5-17=0) S5-11 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-16>S5-17≥S5-13 High S5-11 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-16≥S5-13>S5-17 S5-11 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13>S5-16>S5-17 S5-14 E1-04≥S5-16≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-17≥S5-13 Middle S5-14 E1-04≥S5-16≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13>S5-17 Low S5-15 E1-04≥S5-16>S5-17≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13 Normaldeceleration - S5-13>DirectLandingStartSpeed Leveling Distance Control When S5-10 = 2 [LevelingDistCtrl], Leveling Distance Control uses the leveling speed reference for the remaining distance to arrive at the specified floor. The drive activates Leveling Distance Control when the conditions listed in Table 12.40 are correct. Figure 12.68 shows a Leveling Distance Control Operation example. Table 12.40 Conditions for Leveling Distance Control d1-18Settings MFDITerminalSettings LevelingDistanceControlStartConditions [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] d1-18=0,3 [Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08),Multi- - TheUp/Downcommandisnotactiveorthespeedreferenceis0. speedMode2(d1-02to08)] Levelingspeedreferenceisselected(H1-xx=53[Leveling TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,orallinputterminalsset d1-18=1 Speed]). forH1-xx=50to53areopen. [Highspeedhaspriority] Levelingspeedreferenceisnotselected(H1-xx≠53). Up/Downcommandisnotactive. Nominalspeedreferenceisselected(H1-xx=50[Nominal TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,orallinputterminalsset d1-18=2 Speed]). forH1-xx=50to53areopen. [Levelingspeedhaspriority] Nominalspeedreferenceisnotselected(H1-xx≠50). Up/Downcommandisnotactive.
688 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| ManuallyChangedParameters | ChangeofSettings |
|---|---|
| E1-04[MaximumOutputFrequency] | ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-11=U4-43[Min.Dec.Distance(H)]. U4-43showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofE1-04. |
| S5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel] | ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-14=U4-47[Min.Dec.Distance(M)]. U4-47showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofS5-16. TheactualDirectLandingStartSpeedLevelforMiddleSpeedwillalsobeS5-16. |
| S5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel] | ThedriveautomaticallysetsS5-15=U4-48[Min.Dec.Distance(L)]. U4-48showstheminimumdecelerationdistancewhenthedrivedeceleratestostopfromthespeedofS5-17. TheactualDirectLandingStartSpeedLevelforLowSpeedwillalsobeS5-17. |
| SpeedLevel | DecelerationDistance | DirectLandingStartSpeedLevelPattern |
|---|---|---|
| High | S5-11 | 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13≥(S5-16=S5-17=0) |
| S5-11 | 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-16>S5-17≥S5-13 | |
| S5-11 | 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-16≥S5-13>S5-17 | |
| S5-11 | 100%(E1-04)≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13>S5-16>S5-17 | |
| Middle | S5-14 | E1-04≥S5-16≥DirectLandingStartSpeed>S5-17≥S5-13 |
| S5-14 | E1-04≥S5-16≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13>S5-17 | |
| Low | S5-15 | E1-04≥S5-16>S5-17≥DirectLandingStartSpeed≥S5-13 |
| Normaldeceleration | - | S5-13>DirectLandingStartSpeed |
| d1-18Settings [SpeedReferenceSelectionMode] | MFDITerminalSettings | LevelingDistanceControlStartConditions |
|---|---|---|
| d1-18=0,3 [Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08),Multi- speedMode2(d1-02to08)] | - | TheUp/Downcommandisnotactiveorthespeedreferenceis0. |
| d1-18=1 [Highspeedhaspriority] | Levelingspeedreferenceisselected(H1-xx=53[Leveling Speed]). | TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,orallinputterminalsset forH1-xx=50to53areopen. |
| Levelingspeedreferenceisnotselected(H1-xx≠53). | Up/Downcommandisnotactive. | |
| d1-18=2 [Levelingspeedhaspriority] | Nominalspeedreferenceisselected(H1-xx=50[Nominal Speed]). | TheUp/Downcommandisnotactive,orallinputterminalsset forH1-xx=50to53areopen. |
| Nominalspeedreferenceisnotselected(H1-xx≠50). | Up/Downcommandisnotactive. |
Source page
Page 689
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters Figure 12.68 Operation Sequence Example for Leveling Distance Control *1 Area S is the stopping distance (S5-12) from the point at which leveling operation is complete to when the car arrives at the specified floor. Combination of Direct Landing and Leveling Distance Control When S5-10 = 3 [Direct + Leveling], the drive switches the operation from Direct Landing to constant speed operation at a specified speed, then it uses a specified deceleration distance or stop command to decelerate to stop. Figure 12.69 shows the Combination of Direct Landing and Leveling Distance Control Operation example. Figure 12.69 Operation Sequence Example for Combination of Direct Landing and Leveling Distance Control *1 The drive decelerates to stop so that Area S2 becomes the value set in S5-25 [Creep Distance]. When the speed reference becomes 0% or when the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 30 [Creep Cancel] (N.C.) deactivates, the drive cancels the creep operation and decelerates to stop. The drive starts Direct Landing when the value of U1-16 [SFS Output Speed] satisfies both of these conditions: • U1-16 ≥ S5-13 [Direct Landing Minimum Spd Level] • 0 < U1-16 ≤ S5-24 [Creep Start Speed] When the speed is at S5-24 or lower, the drive operates at the speed set in d1-xx [Speed Reference]. • When the drive uses S5-25 for deceleration from creep speed The drive decelerates from the creep speed and stops so that the deceleration distance becomes S5-25. Jerk characteristics are disabled in this case. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 689
Source page
Page 690
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
• When the drive does not use S5-25 for deceleration from creep speed When the speed reference becomes 0% or the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 30 (N.C.) deactivates during operation at the creep speed, the drive cancels creep operation and decelerates to stop. The drive uses C1-02 [Deceleration Ramp 1] for deceleration ramp, and uses C2-03 [Jerk @ Start of Decel] and C2-04 [Jerk @ End of Decel] for jerk characteristics in this case.
Note: •When the drive operation switches from Direct Landing to Leveling Distance Control, U1-01 [Speed Reference] shows the speed reference value at that time. •When S5-10 = 3, the drive ignores the MFDI signal set for H1-xx = 5C [Stop Distance Correction]. •When you change the speed reference and the conditions for distance control are satisfied, the speed reference at the start of distance control is enabled. When you try to change the speed reference again, the drive does not accept the change until it stops the operation. ■ S5-01: Short Floor Operation Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-01 ShortFloorOperation V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06AB) Selection SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheShortFloorfunction. (0-2) Note: •The Short Floor and Advanced Short Floor functions are not available during Rescue Operation and Inspection Operation. •You must not use Short Floor or Advanced Short Floor when you configured the analog input terminals to supply the speed reference. •When d1-18 = 0 or 3 [Speed Reference Selection Mode = Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) or Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], and when the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 53 [Leveling Speed] deactivates during Short Floor or Advanced Short Floor, the drive will accelerate or decelerate to the specified speed reference at the specified acceleration or deceleration rate. 0 : Disabled 1 : Standard Short Floor 2 : Advance Short Floor ■ S5-02: Short Floor Nominal Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-02 ShortFloorNominalSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0% (06AC) SetsthenominalspeedusedtocalculatethedistancefortheShortFloorfunctionwhend1-18=0 (0.0-100.0%) or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)]. ■ S5-03: Short Floor Constant Speed Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-03 ShortFloorConstantSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0s (06AD) Time SetstheminimumtimeoftheconstantspeedoperationwhenS5-01=2[ShortFloorOperation (0.0-2.0s) Expert Selection=AdvanceShortFloor]. ■ S5-04: Distance Calc Acc Time Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-04 DistanceCalcAccTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150.0% (06AE) Gain SetsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkataccelerationforanoptimumspeedcalculationwhenS5-01 (50.0-200.0%) Expert =2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. 690 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-01 (06AB) | ShortFloorOperation Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheShortFloorfunction. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-02 (06AC) | ShortFloorNominalSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenominalspeedusedtocalculatethedistancefortheShortFloorfunctionwhend1-18=0 or3[SpeedReferenceSelectionMode=Multi-speedMode1(d1-01to08)orMulti-speedMode2 (d1-02to08)]. | 0.0% (0.0-100.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-03 (06AD) Expert | ShortFloorConstantSpeed Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheminimumtimeoftheconstantspeedoperationwhenS5-01=2[ShortFloorOperation Selection=AdvanceShortFloor]. | 0.0s (0.0-2.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-04 (06AE) Expert | DistanceCalcAccTime Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkataccelerationforanoptimumspeedcalculationwhenS5-01 =2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. | 150.0% (50.0-200.0%) |
Source page
Page 691
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters • If the leveling time is too short or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too fast, increase the setting value of S5-04 and S5-05 [Distance Calc Dec Time Gain]. • If the leveling time is too long or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too slow, decrease the setting value of S5-04 and S5-05. Note: If the setting value is too low, it may trigger an overrun because of faster optimum speeds and shortened leveling times. You must not set this gain lower than 100%. ■ S5-05: Distance Calc Dec Time Gain No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-05 DistanceCalcDecTime V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150.0% (06AF) Gain SetsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkatdecelerationandoptimumspeedcalculationwhenS5-01= (50.0-200.0%) Expert 2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. • If the leveling time is too short or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too fast, increase the setting value of S5-04 [Distance Calc Acc Time Gain] and S5-05. • If the leveling time is too long or if the optimum speed calculated by the drive is too slow, decrease the setting value of S5-04 and S5-05. Note: If the setting value is too low, it may trigger an overrun because of faster optimum speeds and shortened leveling times. You must not set this gain lower than 100%. ■ S5-10: Leveling Stop Method Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-10 LevelingStopMethod V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06B0) Selection Setsthestoppingmethod. (0-3) Expert 0 : Speed Control 1 : Direct Landing When the distance from the deceleration start point of the elevator to the landing point is constant, the drive can directly stop the elevator at the target floor without the leveling time. 2 : LevelingDistCtrl When the distance from the elevator stop signal input point to the landing point is constant, the drive can do distance control from the stop signal input point to the landing point. 3 : Direct + Leveling The drive uses the combination of Direction Landing and Leveling Distance Control. In this method, the drive can compensate the deviation of stop position caused by the slip of elevator ropes. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-11: Deceleration Distance@High Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-11 Deceleration V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm (06B1) Distance@HighSpeed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. (0-32767mm) Expert Note: •Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 0.00 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 655.00 in. •Set a value larger than U4-43 [Min.Dec.Distance (H)] to this parameter. If you set S5-11 < U4-43, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 691
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-05 (06AF) Expert | DistanceCalcDecTime Gain | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthegainusedtoadjustthejerkatdecelerationandoptimumspeedcalculationwhenS5-01= 2[ShortFloorOperationSelection=AdvanceShortFloor]. | 150.0% (50.0-200.0%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-10 (06B0) Expert | LevelingStopMethod Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoppingmethod. | 0 (0-3) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-11 (06B1) Expert | Deceleration Distance@HighSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenStopDistanceControlisenabled. | 0mm (0-32767mm) |
Source page
Page 692
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S5-12: Up Stopping Distance
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-12 UpStoppingDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150mm (06B2) SetsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorintheupdirectionandwhenStop (0-10000mm) RUN DistanceControlisenabled. Expert Note: •Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 5.91 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 393.00 in. •Set a value larger than U4-44 [Min.Stop Distance] to this parameter. If you set S5-12 < U4-44, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-13: Direct Landing Minimum Spd Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-13 DirectLandingMinimum V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 8.00% (06D6) SpdLevel SetsthespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput (0.00-100.00%) Expert Frequency]. Direct Landing is disabled when the starting speed for Direct Landing is the value of E1-04 × S5-13 or less. Note: •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. •When S5-10 = 3 [Direct + Leveling], if you set S5-13 ≤ S5-24 [Creep Start Speed], the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-14: Decel Distance @ Mid Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-14 DecelDistance@Mid V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm (06EF) Speed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel]orless. (0-32767mm) Expert Note: •Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 0.00 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 655.00 in. •Set a value larger than U4-47 [Min.Dec.Distance (M)] to this parameter. If you set S5-14 < U4-47, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-15: Decel Distance @ Low Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-15 DecelDistance@Low V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm (06D8) Speed SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel]orless. (0-32767mm) Expert Note: •Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 0.00 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 655.00 in. •Set a value larger than U4-48 [Min.Dec.Distance (L)] to this parameter. If you set S5-15 < U4-48, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information.
692 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-12 (06B2) RUN Expert | UpStoppingDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorintheupdirectionandwhenStop DistanceControlisenabled. | 150mm (0-10000mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-13 (06D6) Expert | DirectLandingMinimum SpdLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[MaximumOutput Frequency]. | 8.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-14 (06EF) Expert | DecelDistance@Mid Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-16[DirectLandingMidSpeedLevel]orless. | 0mm (0-32767mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-15 (06D8) Expert | DecelDistance@Low Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedecelerationdistancewhenthespeedisS5-17[DirectLandingLowSpeedLevel]orless. | 0mm (0-32767mm) |
Source page
Page 693
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters ■ S5-16: Direct Landing Mid Speed Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-16 DirectLandingMidSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (06D9) Level SetsthemiddlespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum (0.00-100.00%) Expert OutputFrequency]. When the Direct Landing start speed is S5-16 or less, the deceleration distance is S5-14 [Decel Distance @ Mid Speed]. When the setting value is less than S5-13 [Direct Landing Minimum Spd Level], Direct Landing is disabled. Note: •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. •If you set S5-16 ≥ S5-17 [Direct Landing Low Speed Level] and when S5-17 ≠ 0.00%, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-17: Direct Landing Low Speed Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-17 DirectLandingLowSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00% (06DB) Level SetsthelowspeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum (0.00-100.00%) Expert OutputFrequency]. When the direct landing start speed is S5-17 or less, the deceleration distance is S5-15 [Decel Distance @ Low Speed]. When the setting value is less than S5-13 [Direct Landing Minimum Spd Level], Direct Landing is disabled. Note: •Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. •If you set S5-17 ≤ S5-16 [Direct Landing Mid Speed Level] and when S5-17 ≠ 0.00%, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-18: Digital Input 5C Accept Distance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-18 DigitalInput5CAccept V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500mm (06DC) Distance SettheremainingdistanceatwhichthesignalfromanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5C[Stop (0-32767mm) Expert DistanceCorrection]isapplicable. When the drive receives the signal of H1-xx = 5C, the signal is applicable when U4-42 [Remaining Distance] ≤ S5-18, and the signal is inapplicable when U4-42 >S5-18. Note: Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 19.69 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 655.00 in. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-19: Down Stopping Distance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-19 DownStoppingDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150mm (06DD) Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorinthedowndirectionandwhen (0-10000mm) RUN StopDistanceControlisenabled. Expert Note: •Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 5.91 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 393.00 in. •Set a value larger than U4-44 [Min.Stop Distance] to this parameter. If you set S5-19 < U4-44, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 693
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-16 (06D9) Expert | DirectLandingMidSpeed Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemiddlespeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-17 (06DB) Expert | DirectLandingLowSpeed Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelowspeedlevelforthestartofDirectLandingasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. | 0.00% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-18 (06DC) Expert | DigitalInput5CAccept Distance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SettheremainingdistanceatwhichthesignalfromanMFDIterminalsetforH1-xx=5C[Stop DistanceCorrection]isapplicable. | 500mm (0-32767mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-19 (06DD) RUN Expert | DownStoppingDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestoppingdistancewhenthemotoroperatestheelevatorinthedowndirectionandwhen StopDistanceControlisenabled. | 150mm (0-10000mm) |
Source page
Page 694
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S5-20: Feed Forward P Gain @Direct-Land
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-20 FeedForwardPGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.00 (06DE) @Direct-Land Setstheproportionalgainoffeedforwardcontroltobeswitchedduringdistancecontrol. (0.01-100.00) Expert After S5-21 [Feed Forward Gain Switching Time] passes from the start of deceleration in distance control, the drive switches the proportional gain of feed forward control from n5-03 [Feed Forward Control Gain] to S5-20. ■ S5-21: Feed Forward Gain Switching Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-21 FeedForwardGain V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.100s (06DF) SwitchingTime Setsthetimetoswitchthefeedforwardcontrolgainfromn5-03[FeedForwardControlGain]to (0.001-10.000s) Expert S5-20[FeedForwardPGain@Direct-Land]. ■ S5-24: Creep Start Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-24 CreepStartSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1.20% (06E3) SetsthespeedatwhichcreepmovementstartswhenS5-10=3[LevelingStopMethodSelection (0.00-100.00%) Expert =Direct+Leveling]. • Parameter o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] sets the units for this parameter. • When S5-10 = 3 [Direct + Leveling], if you set S5-24 ≥ S5-13 [Direct Landing Minimum Spd Level], the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-25: Creep Distance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-25 CreepDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500mm (06E4) Setsthedistancefromcreepspeedtostop. (0-10000mm) Expert Note: Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 19.69 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 393.00 in. Refer to Stop Distance Control on page 686 for more information. ■ S5-26: Adjuster for Dec Distance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-26 AdjusterforDecDistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0mm (06E5) SetsthevaluetodecreasethedecelerationdistanceinDirectLandingwhenS5-10=3[Leveling (-500-+500mm) Expert StopMethodSelection=Direct+Leveling]. The drive adds the value of this parameter to the deceleration distance set in S5-11 [Deceleration Distance@High Speed], S5-14 [Decel Distance @ Mid Speed], or S5-15 [Decel Distance @ Low Speed] and uses the value as the final deceleration distance. Note: Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 0.00 in, and the setting range is -19.69 in to +19.69 in. ■ S5-30: Brake Torque Check Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-30 BrakeTorqueCheckSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0% (06E9) SetsthespeedreferenceatBrakeTorqueCheckfunctionasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum (0.0-20.0%) Expert OutputFrequency]. 694 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-20 (06DE) Expert | FeedForwardPGain @Direct-Land | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheproportionalgainoffeedforwardcontroltobeswitchedduringdistancecontrol. | 1.00 (0.01-100.00) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-21 (06DF) Expert | FeedForwardGain SwitchingTime | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthetimetoswitchthefeedforwardcontrolgainfromn5-03[FeedForwardControlGain]to S5-20[FeedForwardPGain@Direct-Land]. | 0.100s (0.001-10.000s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-24 (06E3) Expert | CreepStartSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedatwhichcreepmovementstartswhenS5-10=3[LevelingStopMethodSelection =Direct+Leveling]. | 1.20% (0.00-100.00%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-25 (06E4) Expert | CreepDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthedistancefromcreepspeedtostop. | 500mm (0-10000mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-26 (06E5) Expert | AdjusterforDecDistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthevaluetodecreasethedecelerationdistanceinDirectLandingwhenS5-10=3[Leveling StopMethodSelection=Direct+Leveling]. | 0mm (-500-+500mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-30 (06E9) Expert | BrakeTorqueCheckSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceatBrakeTorqueCheckfunctionasapercentageofE1-04[Maximum OutputFrequency]. | 3.0% (0.0-20.0%) |
Source page
Page 695
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ S5-31: Car Movement @ Brake T Check No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-31 CarMovement@BrakeT V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60mm (06EA) Check Setstheallowableamountofcarmovementduringthebraketorquecheck. (0-100mm) Note: Parameter o1-12 [Length Units] sets the units for this parameter. When o1-12 = 1 [Inch Units], the default setting is 2.36 in, and the setting range is 0.00 in to 3.93 in. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ S5-32: Applying Motor Torque During BTC No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-32 ApplyingMotorTorque V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 100% (06EB) DuringBTC Setstheamountoftorqueappliedduringthebraketorquecheckasapercentageofthemotor (50-200%) ratedtorque. Note: If you set a value larger than the torque limit of the drive, the drive detects oPE21 [Elevator Parameter Setting Fault]. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ S5-33: Motor Torque Ramp Up Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-33 MotorTorqueRampUp V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s (06EC) Time SetstherampuptimetoincreasethemotortorquetothevaluesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotor (0.0-3.0s) TorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ S5-34: Motor Torque Ramp Down Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-34 MotorTorqueRampDown V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.5s (06ED) Time SetstherampdowntimetodecreasethemotortorquefromthevaluesetinS5-32[Applying (0.0-3.0s) MotorTorqueDuringBTC]to0%duringthebraketorquecheck. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ■ S5-35: Brake Torque Check Run Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S5-35 BrakeTorqueCheckRun V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 3.0s (06EE) Time SetsthetimetooperatethedriveatthemotortorquevaluesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotorTorque (0.0-10.0s) DuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. Refer to Brake Torque Check Function on page 175 for more information. ◆ S6: Elevator Error Detection S6 parameters set these faults/alarms detection functions: • SE1 [Motor Contactor Response Error] to SE4 [Brake Response Error] • Overacceleration • Speed Reference Loss • Restart after Baseblock 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 695
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-31 (06EA) | CarMovement@BrakeT Check | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheallowableamountofcarmovementduringthebraketorquecheck. | 60mm (0-100mm) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-32 (06EB) | ApplyingMotorTorque DuringBTC | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheamountoftorqueappliedduringthebraketorquecheckasapercentageofthemotor ratedtorque. | 100% (50-200%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-33 (06EC) | MotorTorqueRampUp Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampuptimetoincreasethemotortorquetothevaluesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotor TorqueDuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. | 0.5s (0.0-3.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-34 (06ED) | MotorTorqueRampDown Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstherampdowntimetodecreasethemotortorquefromthevaluesetinS5-32[Applying MotorTorqueDuringBTC]to0%duringthebraketorquecheck. | 0.5s (0.0-3.0s) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S5-35 (06EE) | BrakeTorqueCheckRun Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetimetooperatethedriveatthemotortorquevaluesetinS5-32[ApplyingMotorTorque DuringBTC]duringthebraketorquecheck. | 3.0s (0.0-10.0s) |
Source page
Page 696
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
■ S6-01: Mtr Contact Error(SE1) Reset Sel
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-01 MtrContactError(SE1) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06B3) ResetSel SetswhenthedriveshoulddetectSE1[MotorContactorResponseError]andtheconditionof (0-2) faultreset. After you set the contactor control output, if there is no response from the motor contactor in the time set in S1-10 [Up/Down Command Delay Time], the drive detects SE1. 0 : Manual Reset at Stop You can manually reset SE1 when the drive is stopped. 1 : Auto Reset at Stop The drive automatically resets SE1 when the drive is stopped. 2 : No SE1 Detection The drive never detects SE1. ■ S6-02: Start I Error(SE2) Detect DelayT No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-02 StartIError(SE2)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms (06B4) DelayT SetsthedelaytimeforSE2[StartingCurrentError]detection. (0-10000ms) After the drive received the Up/Down command and the times of S1-06 [Brake Release Delay Time] + S6-02 [Start I Error(SE2) Detect DelayT] have passed, if the drive output current is less than 25%, the drive detects SE2. ■ S6-03: Start I Error(SE2) Detect Level
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-03 StartIError(SE2)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 25% (06B5) Level SetsthelevelofcurrentappliedtothemotorwhentheBrakeControlcommandisactivated,asa (0-100%) percentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. After the drive received the Up/Down command and the times of S1-06 [Brake Release Delay Time] + S6-02 [Start I Error(SE2) Detect DelayT] have passed, if the drive output current is less than the value set in S6-03, the drive detects SE2 [Starting Current Error]. ■ S6-04: Mtr I Error (SE3) Detect DelayT No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-04 MtrIError(SE3)Detect V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms (06B6) DelayT SetsadelaytimeforSE3[OutputCurrentError]detection. (0-5000ms) If the drive output current is less than 25% for the time set in S6-04, the drive detects SE3. ■ S6-05: BrakeSet Error(SE4) DetectDelayT No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-05 BrakeSetError(SE4) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 500ms (06B7) DetectDelayT SetsadelaytimeforSE4[BrakeResponseError]detection. (0-10000ms) If an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 [Brake Control] and an MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] or H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] do not match for the time set in S6-05, the drive detects SE4. When S6-07 = 0 [Brake Response Monitor Function = Disabled], if one of these conditions continues for the time set in S6-05, the drive detects SE4: • The state of the signals (release or close) of the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 79 do not match. • The state of the signals (release or close) of the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 5B do not match.
696 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-01 (06B3) | MtrContactError(SE1) ResetSel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetswhenthedriveshoulddetectSE1[MotorContactorResponseError]andtheconditionof faultreset. | 0 (0-2) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-02 (06B4) | StartIError(SE2)Detect DelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedelaytimeforSE2[StartingCurrentError]detection. | 200ms (0-10000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-03 (06B5) | StartIError(SE2)Detect Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthelevelofcurrentappliedtothemotorwhentheBrakeControlcommandisactivated,asa percentageofE2-03[MotorNo-LoadCurrent]. | 25% (0-100%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-04 (06B6) | MtrIError(SE3)Detect DelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytimeforSE3[OutputCurrentError]detection. | 200ms (0-5000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-05 (06B7) | BrakeSetError(SE4) DetectDelayT | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsadelaytimeforSE4[BrakeResponseError]detection. | 500ms (0-10000ms) |
Source page
Page 697
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters When S6-07 = 1 [Enabled], if one of these conditions continues for the time set in S6-05 when the drive starts up or while stopped, the drive detects SE4: Note: If you set H1-xx = 5B to the MFDI terminal, SE4 will be triggered by the terminal set for H1-xx = 5B, not the terminal set for H1-xx = 79. • The state of the signals (release or close) of one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79 do not match. • The state of the signals (release or close) of one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79 do not match. Note: The drive does not detect SE4 fault during hand evacuation. When the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 55 or 155 [Rescue Operation or ! Rescue Operation] is activated and no internal Run command is active (this includes Zero Servo operation or DC-Injection), SE4 detection is disabled. ■ S6-06: SE4 Detection Time During Run No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-06 SE4DetectionTimeDuring V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200ms (1A98) Run SetthetimetodetectSE4[BrakeResponseError]duringrunwhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponse (0-10000ms) Expert MonitorFunction=Enabled]. Note: •When S6-06 = 0 ms, the drive does not detect SE4. •If you set H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] to the MFDI terminal, SE4 will be triggered by the terminal set for H1-xx = 5B, not the terminal set for H1-xx = 79. If one of these conditions continues for the time set in S6-06 during run, the drive detects SE4: • The state of the signals (release or close) of one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and one of two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79 do not match. • The state of the signals (release or close) of one MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 50 and two MFDI terminals set for H1-xx = 79 do not match. ■ S6-07: Brake Response Monitor Function No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-07 BrakeResponseMonitor V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1A99) Function SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheBrakeResponseMonitorfunction. (0,1) To use this function, first enable this parameter, then set two MFDI terminals to H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N. O.] or H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.]. Example: • H1-07 = 5B and H1-08 = 5B • H1-07 = 79 and H1-08 = 79 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Note: When S6-07 = 1, if you use any of these settings for the MFDI terminals, the drive detects oPE03 [Multi-Function Input Setting Err]: •H1-xx = 79 [Brake Feedback N.O.] or H1-xx = 5B [Brake Feedback N.C.] are not set to any MFDI terminals. •H1-xx = 79 is set to only one MFDI terminal. •H1-xx = 5B is set to only one MFDI terminal. •H1-xx = 79 and H1-xx = 5B are each set to two MFDI terminals. •H1-xx = 79 or H1-xx = 5B is set to three or more MFDI terminals. ■ S6-08: SE4 Fault Reset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-08 SE4FaultReset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1A9A) SetsfaultresetmethodswhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorSelection=Enabled]andthe (0,1) drivedetectsSE4[BrakeResponseError].WhenS6-07=1,youcanresettheSE4faultonly whenS6-08=1. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 697
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-06 (1A98) Expert | SE4DetectionTimeDuring Run | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetthetimetodetectSE4[BrakeResponseError]duringrunwhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponse MonitorFunction=Enabled]. | 200ms (0-10000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-07 (1A99) | BrakeResponseMonitor Function | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisabletheBrakeResponseMonitorfunction. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-08 (1A9A) | SE4FaultReset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsfaultresetmethodswhenS6-07=1[BrakeResponseMonitorSelection=Enabled]andthe drivedetectsSE4[BrakeResponseError].WhenS6-07=1,youcanresettheSE4faultonly whenS6-08=1. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 698
12.12 S: Elevator Parameters
0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ S6-09: Brake Resp. Fault@Travel Select
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-09 BrakeResp.Fault@Travel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1AA3) Select SetsbehavioroftheBrakeResponseFaultduringtravel. (0,1) 0 : Fault@Detection The SE4 fault is triggered immediately. The drive ramps to stop, and the operation is locked. 1 : Alarm@Detection/Fault after Stop The SE4 alarm is triggered immediately. The drive continues operation after the SE4 detection. When the elevator car arrives at the specified floor, the SE4 alarm turns into the SE4 fault, and the operation is locked. ■ S6-10: Overacceleration Detection Level
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-10 OveraccelerationDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo1-03 (06B8) Level Setstheaccelerationratethattriggersthedv6[OverJerk]fault.Overaccelerationdetectionis (Determinedbyo1-03) disabledwhensetto0.0m/s2. Note: The default setting and the setting range change when o1-03 [Speed Display Unit Selection] changes: •When o1-03 = 0 to 5, the default setting is 1.5 m/s2, and the setting range is 0.0 to 20.0 m/s2. •When o1-03 = 6, the default is 5.0 ft/s2. and the setting range is 0.0 to 50.0 ft/s2. ■ S6-11: Overacceleration Detection Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-11 OveraccelerationDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 50ms (06B9) Time Setstheprimarydelaytimethattheaccelerationmustexceedtheoveraccelerationdetectionlevel (0-5000ms) beforeasdv6[OverJerk]istriggered.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. ■ S6-12: Overacceleration Detection Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-12 OveraccelerationDetection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06BA) Sel Setstheconditionsfordv6[OverJerk]detection. (0,1) Expert 0 : Always Enabled 1 : Enabled only During Run ■ S6-15: Speed Reference Loss Detection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-15 SpeedReferenceLoss V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (06BB) Detection SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableFrL[SpeedReferenceMissing]detection. (0,1) Expert 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled ■ S6-16: BaseBlock (BB) Restart Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-16 BaseBlock(BB)Restart V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (06BC) Selection Setsthefunctiontoletthedriverestartthemotorafterreturningtonormaloperationfrom (0,1) Expert B Sa a f s e eb T l o o r c q k ue st - a O te ff ( s H ta 1 t - e xx (S = af 8 e /9 D [ is B a a b s l e e b i l n o p c u k ts C H om 1 m an a d nd H ( 2 N e .O na . b )/ l B ed a ) se w b h lo il c e k t C he om U m p/ a D n o d w ( n N. c C o . m )] m )o a r nd fro is m stillactive. 698 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-09 (1AA3) | BrakeResp.Fault@Travel Select | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsbehavioroftheBrakeResponseFaultduringtravel. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-10 (06B8) | OveraccelerationDetection Level | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheaccelerationratethattriggersthedv6[OverJerk]fault.Overaccelerationdetectionis disabledwhensetto0.0m/s2. | Determinedbyo1-03 (Determinedbyo1-03) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-11 (06B9) | OveraccelerationDetection Time | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheprimarydelaytimethattheaccelerationmustexceedtheoveraccelerationdetectionlevel beforeasdv6[OverJerk]istriggered.Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 50ms (0-5000ms) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-12 (06BA) Expert | OveraccelerationDetection Sel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheconditionsfordv6[OverJerk]detection. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-15 (06BB) Expert | SpeedReferenceLoss Detection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableanddisableFrL[SpeedReferenceMissing]detection. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| S6-16 (06BC) Expert | BaseBlock(BB)Restart Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthefunctiontoletthedriverestartthemotorafterreturningtonormaloperationfrom Baseblockstate(H1-xx=8/9[BaseblockCommand(N.O.)/BaseblockCommand(N.C.)])orfrom SafeTorque-Offstate(SafeDisableinputsH1andH2enabled)whiletheUp/Downcommandis stillactive. | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 699
sliateDretemaraP 12.12 S: Elevator Parameters 0 : Disabled The drive does not restart the motor when leaving the Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off state even if an Up/Down command is still active. 1 : Enabled The drive restarts when the Up/Down command is still active while the Baseblock or Safe Torque-Off state is left. To use this function with the Safe Disable function, set L8-88 = 1 [Safe Disable Operation Mode = Mode 1 (Alarm-Off, Ready-On)]. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 699
Source page
Page 700
12.13 T: Auto-Tuning
12.13 T: Auto-Tuning
Numbers identifying the T parameters are displayed when an LED keypad is used. The names of the parameters are displayed on the LCD screen of the LCD keypad. Set the following. • Induction Motor Auto-Tuning • PM Motor Auto-Tuning
◆ T0: Tuning Mode Selection
■ T0-00: Tuning Mode Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T0-00 TuningModeSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (1197) SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. (0) 0 : Motor Parameter Tuning ◆ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning T1 parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: •The base frequency of drive dedicated motors and special motors for use with vector control may be lower than the base frequency of general-purpose motors, which is 50 Hz or 60 Hz. In such cases, this lower frequency is used as the value for E1-06 [Base Frequency] and E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency] after Auto-Tuning completes. If the maximum output frequency is too low and causes problems, change the setting of E1-04 after Auto-Tuning completes. •The following induction motor parameters are set automatically. -E1-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 1] -E2-xx [Motor Parameters] -E3-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 2] -E4-xx [Motor 2 Parameters] -F1-xx [Encoder Option Setup] (only with Closed Loop Vector Control) ■ T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-01 Auto-TuningMode V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyA1-02 (0701) Selection SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. (DeterminedbyA1-02) Note: The setting range changes when the A1-02 [Control Method Selection] setting changes: •A1-02 = 0 [V/f]: 0, 2 •A1-02 = 2, 3 [OLV, CLV]: 0 - 2 0 : Rotational Auto-Tuning 1 : Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 2 : Stationary Line-Line Resistance Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 160 for more information about the different types of Auto- Tuning. ■ T1-02: Motor Rated Power No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-02 MotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0702) Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthemotorratedoutputpower. (0.00-650.00kW)
700 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T0-00 (1197) | TuningModeSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. | 0 (0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-01 (0701) | Auto-TuningMode Selection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-Tuning. | DeterminedbyA1-02 (DeterminedbyA1-02) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-02 (0702) | MotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthemotorratedoutputpower. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) |
Source page
Page 701
sliateDretemaraP 12.13 T: Auto-Tuning ■ T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-03 MotorRatedVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200.0V, (0703) Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor.Enterthebasespeedvoltageforconstantoutputmotors. 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) If you do Auto-Tuning on a drive-dedicated motor or a specialized motor for vector control, the voltage or frequency can be lower than that of a general-purpose motor. Always compare the data from the nameplate or test report with the Auto-Tuning results and check for differences. Enter the voltage necessary to operate the motor in no-load conditions at rated speed for better control precision around rated speed. If the motor test report or the motor nameplate is not available, enter approximately 90% of the motor rated voltage. If the drive input power supply voltage is low, enter approximately 90% of the input voltage. When the input power supply voltage is low, the current will increase. Make sure that the main power supply capacity is correct and use a molded-case circuit breaker for the drive. ■ T1-04: Motor Rated Current No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-04 MotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0704) Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) Set the motor rated current between 50% and 100% of the continuous rated output current of the drive for the best performance. Enter the current at the motor base speed. ■ T1-05: Motor Base Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-05 MotorBaseFrequency V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 60.0Hz (0705) Setsthebasefrequency(Hz)ofthemotor. (0.0-590.0Hz) When Auto-Tuning is carried out, the value of T1-05 is set to E1-04 [Maximum Output Frequency]. If T1-05 < 40 Hz, E1-04 = 40 Hz. If you operate the drive at a speed that is higher than the base frequency, set E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) to the maximum output frequency after you complete Auto-Tuning. ■ T1-06: Number of Motor Poles No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-06 NumberofMotorPoles V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 4 (0706) Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) ■ T1-07: Motor Base Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-07 MotorBaseSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1750min-1(r/min) (0707) SetsthemotorbasespeedforAuto-Tuning(min-1(r/min)). (0-35400min-1(r/min)) ■ T1-08: Encoder Pulse Count (PPR) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-08 EncoderPulseCount(PPR) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1024ppr (0708) SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. (0-60,000ppr) Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation. 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 701
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-03 (0703) | MotorRatedVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor.Enterthebasespeedvoltageforconstantoutputmotors. | 200VClass:200.0V, 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-04 (0704) | MotorRatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-05 (0705) | MotorBaseFrequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthebasefrequency(Hz)ofthemotor. | 60.0Hz (0.0-590.0Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-06 (0706) | NumberofMotorPoles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. | 4 (2-120) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-07 (0707) | MotorBaseSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthemotorbasespeedforAuto-Tuning(min-1(r/min)). | 1750min-1(r/min) (0-35400min-1(r/min)) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-08 (0708) | EncoderPulseCount(PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. | 1024ppr (0-60,000ppr) |
Source page
Page 702
12.13 T: Auto-Tuning
■ T1-09: Motor No-Load Current
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-09 MotorNo-LoadCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM - (0709) Setstheno-loadcurrentofthemotor. (0A-T1-04;max.of 2999.9) Note: The display units are different for different models: •2022 - 2041, 4012 - 4023: 0.01 A •2059 - 2519, 4030 - 4380: 0.1 A The value shown is the no-load current that the drive automatically calculates from the values set in T1-02 [Motor Rated Power] and T1-04 [Motor Rated Current]. Set the no-load current shown on the motor test report. If the motor test report is not available, do not change this parameter. ■ T1-10: Motor Rated Slip Frequency No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-10 MotorRatedSlip V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000Hz (070A) Frequency Setsmotorratedslip. (0.000-20.000Hz) Shows 0.000 Hz as the default value. Set the rated slip shown on the motor test report. If the motor test report is not available, do not change this parameter. ■ T1-12: Test Mode Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-12 TestModeSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BDB) SetsthefunctiontoenableTestModeafterStationaryAuto-Tuning.Whenyoucanoperatethe (0,1) motorwithalightloadattachedafterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,enablethisparameter. 0 : No 1 : Yes After Auto-Tuning, the drive automatically sets E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] and E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] when you operate the motor for the first time in Drive Mode. Note: After Auto-Tuning is complete and you set the drive to Drive Mode, operate the motor in these conditions: •Make sure that you connect all wiring between the drive and motor •Make sure that a mechanical brake on the motor shaft is not locked •Keep the motor-load ratio at 30% •Hold constant speed for longer than 1 second at a minimum of 30% of the speed set in E1-06 [Base Frequency] (the default setting is the same as the maximum frequency). ■ T1-13: No-Load Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T1-13 No-LoadVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM T1-03×0.85 (0BDC) Setstheno-loadvoltageofthemotor.Whentheno-loadvoltageatratedspeedisavailable,for (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, exampleonthemotortestreport,setthevoltageinthisparameter.Iftheno-loadvoltageisnot 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) available,donotchangethisparameter. Note: To get the same qualities as a Yaskawa 1000-series drive or previous series drive, set this parameter = T1-03 [Motor Rated Voltage]. ◆ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning T2 parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
702 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-09 (0709) | MotorNo-LoadCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadcurrentofthemotor. | - (0A-T1-04;max.of 2999.9) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-10 (070A) | MotorRatedSlip Frequency | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsmotorratedslip. | 0.000Hz (0.000-20.000Hz) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-12 (0BDB) | TestModeSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthefunctiontoenableTestModeafterStationaryAuto-Tuning.Whenyoucanoperatethe motorwithalightloadattachedafterStationaryAuto-Tuningiscomplete,enablethisparameter. | 0 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T1-13 (0BDC) | No-LoadVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheno-loadvoltageofthemotor.Whentheno-loadvoltageatratedspeedisavailable,for exampleonthemotortestreport,setthevoltageinthisparameter.Iftheno-loadvoltageisnot available,donotchangethisparameter. | T1-03×0.85 (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
Source page
Page 703
sliateDretemaraP 12.13 T: Auto-Tuning Note: The drive automatically sets these PM motor parameters: •E1-xx [V/f Pattern for Motor 1] •E5-xx [PM Motor Settings] •F1-xx [Encoder Option Setup] Only when A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = PM Closed Loop Vector] ■ T2-01: PM Auto-Tuning Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-01 PMAuto-TuningSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0750) SetsthetypeofAuto-TuningforPMmotors. (0,1,3,4) Note: Do Stationary Auto-Tuning first while the motor brake is closed. If you want to improve the accuracy of back-EMF and Encoder Offset value, do Rotational Auto-tuning. 0 : Manual Entry w/ Motor Data Sheet 1 : Stationary (Ld, Lq, R, back-EMF, Encoder offset) 3 : Stationary Encoder Offset Tuning 4 : Rotational (Only back-EMF, Encoder offset) Refer to Auto-Tuning for Motor Parameters for PM Motor on page 161 for more information about different types of Auto-Tuning. ■ T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-04 PMMotorRatedPower V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0730) Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthePMmotorratedoutputpower. (0.00-650.00kW) ■ T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-05 PMMotorRatedVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 200VClass:200.0V, (0732) Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor. 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) ■ T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-06 PMMotorRatedCurrent V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Determinedbyo2-04 (0733) Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) ■ T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-08 NumberofPMMotorPoles V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 12 (0734) Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. (2-120) Note: When you connect the PG-E3 option, the maximum value for this parameter is 48. ■ T2-09: PM Motor Base Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-09 PMMotorBaseSpeed V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 150min-1(r/min) (0731) Setsthemotorbasespeed(min-1(r/min)). (0-24000min-1(r/min)) 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 703
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-01 (0750) | PMAuto-TuningSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthetypeofAuto-TuningforPMmotors. | 0 (0,1,3,4) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-04 (0730) | PMMotorRatedPower | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Usestheunitssetino1-58[MotorPowerUnitSelection]tosetthePMmotorratedoutputpower. | Determinedbyo2-04 (0.00-650.00kW) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-05 (0732) | PMMotorRatedVoltage | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedvoltage(V)ofthemotor. | 200VClass:200.0V, 400VClass:400.0V (200VClass:0.0-255.0V, 400VClass:0.0-510.0V) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-06 (0733) | PMMotorRatedCurrent | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheratedcurrent(A)ofthemotor. | Determinedbyo2-04 (10%to200%ofthe continuousratedoutput current) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-08 (0734) | NumberofPMMotorPoles | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthenumberofmotorpoles. | 12 (2-120) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-09 (0731) | PMMotorBaseSpeed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorbasespeed(min-1(r/min)). | 150min-1(r/min) (0-24000min-1(r/min)) |
Source page
Page 704
12.13 T: Auto-Tuning
■ T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-10 PMMotorStatorResistance V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.000Ω (0754) Setsthestatorresistanceforeachmotorphase. (0.000-65.000Ω) ■ T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-11 PMMotord-Axis V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00mH (0735) Inductance Setsthed-axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. (0.00-600.00mH) ■ T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-12 PMMotorq-Axis V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.00mH (0736) Inductance Setstheq-Axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. (0.00-600.00mH) ■ T2-13: Back-EMF Units Selection No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-13 Back-EMFUnitsSelection V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1 (0755) Setstheunitsthatthedriveusestosettheinducedvoltageconstant. (0,1) 0 : mV/(rev/min) 1 : mV/(rad/s) Note: •When T2-13 = 0, the drive will use E5-24 [PM Back-EMF L-LVrms (mV/rpm)] and will automatically set E5-09 [PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] = 0.0. •When T2-13 = 1, the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-24 = 0.0. ■ T2-14: Back-EMF Voltage Constant (Ke) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-14 Back-EMFVoltage V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM DeterminedbyT2-13 (0737) Constant(Ke) Setsthemotorinducedvoltageconstant(Ke). (0.0-6500.0) ■ T2-15: Pull-In Current Level No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-15 Pull-InCurrentLevel V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 30% (0756) Setsthelevelofthepull-incurrentasapercentageofE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]. (0-120%) Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. If the load inertia is high, increase the setting value. ■ T2-16: Encoder Pulse Count (PPR) No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-16 EncoderPulseCount(PPR) V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 1024ppr (0738) SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. (1-15000ppr) Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation. ■ T2-17: Encoder Z-Pulse Offset No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-17 EncoderZ-PulseOffset V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0.0° (0757) SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset(Δθ)(pulsegenerator,encoder)thatislistedonthemotor (-180.0-+180.0°) nameplate. 704 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-10 (0754) | PMMotorStatorResistance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthestatorresistanceforeachmotorphase. | 0.000Ω (0.000-65.000Ω) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-11 (0735) | PMMotord-Axis Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthed-axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. | 0.00mH (0.00-600.00mH) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-12 (0736) | PMMotorq-Axis Inductance | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheq-Axisinductanceofthemotoronaperphasebasis. | 0.00mH (0.00-600.00mH) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-13 (0755) | Back-EMFUnitsSelection | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setstheunitsthatthedriveusestosettheinducedvoltageconstant. | 1 (0,1) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-14 (0737) | Back-EMFVoltage Constant(Ke) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthemotorinducedvoltageconstant(Ke). | DeterminedbyT2-13 (0.0-6500.0) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-15 (0756) | Pull-InCurrentLevel | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM Setsthelevelofthepull-incurrentasapercentageofE5-03[PMMotorRatedCurrent(FLA)]. Usuallyitisnotnecessarytochangethissetting. | 30% (0-120%) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-16 (0738) | EncoderPulseCount(PPR) | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthenumberofPG(pulsegenerator,encoder)pulses. | 1024ppr (1-15000ppr) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-17 (0757) | EncoderZ-PulseOffset | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetstheencoderZ-pulseoffset(Δθ)(pulsegenerator,encoder)thatislistedonthemotor nameplate. | 0.0° (-180.0-+180.0°) |
Source page
Page 705
sliateDretemaraP 12.13 T: Auto-Tuning If you do not know the quantity of encoder (pulse generator, encoder) Z-pulse offset, or if you replaced the encoder, do Encoder Tuning and correct for the offset (Δθ) from the Z phase. ■ T2-18: SINCOS Encoder Tuning Speed No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-18 SINCOSEncoderTuning V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 10min-1(r/min) (0BB0) Speed SetsthespeedreferenceforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=1,3,or4 (1-30min-1(r/min)) [PMAuto-TuningSelection=Stationary(Ld,Lq,R),EncoderTuning,orRotational(Ld,Lq,R, back-EMF)]). ■ T2-19: SINCOS Encoder Tuning Direction No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) T2-19 SINCOSEncoderTuning V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM 0 (0BB1) Direction SetsthedirectionofmotorrotationforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=3 (0,1) or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF)]). 0 : Pulse A leads in Up Direction 1 : Pulse B leads in Up Direction 12 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 705
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-18 (0BB0) | SINCOSEncoderTuning Speed | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthespeedreferenceforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=1,3,or4 [PMAuto-TuningSelection=Stationary(Ld,Lq,R),EncoderTuning,orRotational(Ld,Lq,R, back-EMF)]). | 10min-1(r/min) (1-30min-1(r/min)) |
| No. (Hex.) | Name | Description | Default (Range) |
|---|---|---|---|
| T2-19 (0BB1) | SINCOSEncoderTuning Direction | V/f OLV CLV CLV/PM SetsthedirectionofmotorrotationforAuto-TuningofPG-E3encodercharacteristics(T2-01=3 or4[PMAuto-TuningSelection=EncoderTuningorRotational(Ld,Lq,R,back-EMF)]). | 0 (0,1) |
Source page
Page 706
Index Base voltage Parameter .........................................................547 Basic operation Get started ........................................................124 Symbols bAT Numerics Fault ...............................................................300 24 V power supply Minor Fault.......................................................325 Power supply input terminals................................... 84 Battery A Disposal...........................................................383 AC reactor Replacement......................................................378 Wiring.............................................................104 Specifications ....................................................378 Acceleration and deceleration ramp bb.......................................................................325 Switching by external input....................................522 bCE Acceleration and deceleration ramps Fault ...............................................................300 Switching by output speed .....................................523 Minor Fault.......................................................325 Switcing by Motor 2 Selection commands...................523 boL Acceleration ramp Fault ...............................................................300 Parameter .........................................................522 Minor Fault.......................................................325 Unit of measurement setting ...................................526 brA .....................................................................300 AFR Braking Resistor Parameter .........................................................643 Wiring.............................................................. 95 Alarm ............................................................294, 325 brTC ALM indicator.................................................. 116, 118 Minor Fault.......................................................325 Altitude bUS Derating...........................................................395 Detection conditions ............................................576 Environment....................................................... 32 Fault ...............................................................300 Ambient humidity..................................................... 32 Minor Fault.......................................................325 Ambient Temperature Setting ....................................... 32 Operation Selection after Detection...........................575 Parameter .........................................................637 bUSy ...................................................................326 Analog input C Function selection for terminals A1 through A3 ............607 CALL ..................................................................326 Analog Output Capacitor Maintenance Setting.....................................665 Gain/Bias Adjustment...........................................613 Carrier frequency Monitor Parameter Selection...................................613 Derating...........................................................394 Signal Level Selection ..........................................613 Parameter .........................................................536 Terminal AM Monitor Selection...............................614 CDBR type braking unit Terminal FM Monitor Selection...............................614 Connect multiple units........................................... 99 ASR Wiring.............................................................. 95 Fine tuning........................................................532 CE Parameter .........................................................531 Detection Selection..............................................617 Vector Control Adjustment Procedure........................532 Detection Time...................................................617 Auto-Tuning...........................................................160 Fault ...............................................................301 Induction Motor..................................................160 Minor Fault.......................................................326 InductionMotor Parameters ....................................700 Operation Selection after Detection...........................617 PM Motor Parameters...........................................702 CF PM Motors........................................................161 Fault ...............................................................301 Precautions .......................................................162 Checklist Procedure .........................................................142 Test run............................................................203 Rotational Auto-Tuning Precautions..........................163 Circulation Fan Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance Replacement......................................................356 precautions.................................................164 Communication option Stationary Auto-Tuning Precautions..........................163 Parameter .........................................................575 Stator resistance Auto-Tuning precautions...................164 Control circuit terminal block Auto-Tuning Error .............................................294, 337 Replacement......................................................373 Automatic Fault Reset Control circuit terminals Parameter .........................................................628 Configuration of terminal block................................ 86 Automatic Torque Boost Function.................................639 I/O terminals function selection switches ..................... 90 B Terminal functions................................................ 82 Backlight Wire gauge......................................................... 87 Timing of shut-off ...............................................147 Wiring.............................................................. 81 Backup Wiring procedure for terminal block........................... 88 Parameters (drive to keypad)...................................150 Control method Backup function ......................................................660 Selection ..........................................................506 Base frequency Cooling Fan Parameter .........................................................546 Activation Conditions Setting..................................637 Base Frequency Estimated Lifespan..............................................354 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................550 Off Delay Timer .................................................637 706 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 707
Replacement......................................................356 Operation Selection after Detection...........................558 Copy Function Error...........................................294, 341 dFPS....................................................................341 CPF00..................................................................301 DI-A3 CPF01..................................................................301 Parameter .........................................................565 CPF02..................................................................301 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults...................................342 CPF03..................................................................301 Digital input option CPF06..................................................................302 Parameter .........................................................565 CPF07..................................................................302 Digital output option CPF08..................................................................302 Parameter .........................................................572 CPF10..................................................................302 DIP switch.............................................................. 90 CPF11..................................................................302 Disposal CPF12..................................................................302 Battery.............................................................383 CPF13..................................................................302 Drive...............................................................383 CPF14..................................................................302 microSD card.....................................................383 CPF16..................................................................303 Packing material.................................................383 CPF17..................................................................303 DO-A3 CPF18..................................................................303 Parameter .........................................................572 CPF19..................................................................303 Drive CPF20..................................................................303 Control Circuit Terminal Block Replacement ...............373 CPF21..................................................................303 Disposal...........................................................383 CPF22..................................................................303 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions (IP20/UL Open CPF23..................................................................303 Type)..................................................396-403 CPF24..................................................................303 Initialization......................................................506 CPF26..................................................................304 Initialize Parameters.............................................506 CPF27..................................................................304 Inspection.........................................................352 CPF28..................................................................304 Long-Term Storage..............................................380 CPF29..................................................................304 Rating (200 V) ...................................................387 CPF30..................................................................304 Rating (400 V) ...................................................389 CPF31..................................................................304 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Select...................................652 CPF32..................................................................304 Drive Model Selection...............................................659 CPF33..................................................................304 Drive watt loss......................................................... 37 CPF34..................................................................304 Droop Control CPF35..................................................................305 Parameter .........................................................518 CPF36..................................................................305 dv1......................................................................305 CPF37..................................................................305 dv2......................................................................305 CPF38..................................................................305 dv3......................................................................306 CPF39..................................................................305 Detection condition settings....................................559 CPyE...................................................................341 dv4......................................................................306 Crimp ferrule........................................................... 87 Detection condition settings....................................560 CrST....................................................................326 dv6......................................................................306 CSEr....................................................................341 dv7......................................................................307 Cumulative Operation TimeSetting................................664 dv8......................................................................307 CyPo ...................................................................326 Dwell function D Parameter .........................................................517 Data log................................................................145 E Monitor selection................................................145 EF.......................................................................327 Sampling time....................................................146 EF0 Start procedure...................................................144 Detection conditions ............................................576 Stop procedure...................................................144 Fault ...............................................................307 DC reactor Minor Fault.......................................................327 Wiring.............................................................104 Operation Selection after Detection...........................576 Deceleration ramp EF10 Parameter .........................................................522 Fault ...............................................................308 Unit of measurement setting ...................................526 Minor Fault.......................................................328 Delete EF3 Delete Backed-up Parameters..................................153 Fault ...............................................................307 Derating................................................................638 Minor Fault.......................................................327 Altitude............................................................395 EF4 Ambient Temperature Setting..................................637 Fault ...............................................................307 Carrier frequency ................................................394 Minor Fault.......................................................327 Enclosure Type...................................................638 EF5 External Cooling Fin............................................638 Fault ...............................................................308 dEv Minor Fault.......................................................327 Detection level...................................................559 EF6 Detection time....................................................559 Fault ...............................................................308 Fault ...............................................................305 Minor Fault.......................................................327 Minor Fault.......................................................326 EF7 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 707
Source page
Page 708
Fault ...............................................................308 Fan Operation Time Setting.........................................665 Minor Fault.......................................................327 FAn1....................................................................309 EF8 Fault..............................................................294, 300 Fault ...............................................................308 Fault code Minor Fault.......................................................328 MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................286 EF9 Fault Code List .......................................................295 Fault ...............................................................308 Fault history Minor Fault.......................................................328 Display procedure ...............................................139 Elapsed Operating Time Selection.................................665 Fault Reset.............................................................342 Electrolytic Capacitor Feed Forward Control Estimated Lifespan..............................................354 Parameter .........................................................644 Emergency Stop Ramp Field Forcing Parameter .........................................................525 Parameter .........................................................543 Enclosure Type Field weakening Derating...........................................................638 Parameter .........................................................543 Encoder Auto-Tuning................................................161 Firmware update lock................................................509 Encoder option Frequency reference Parameter .........................................................556 Making changes using keypad.................................133 End1....................................................................337 FrL......................................................................309 End10 ..................................................................337 Fuse rating.............................................................108 End2....................................................................337 G End3....................................................................337 Getting set up .........................................................124 End4....................................................................337 GF ......................................................................309 End5....................................................................337 Protection Functions ............................................637 End6....................................................................337 Ground End7....................................................................337 Drive................................................................ 71 End8....................................................................337 Ground Fault Detection End9....................................................................337 Protection Functions ............................................637 Energy-saving control H Parameter .........................................................519 Enter command.......................................................267 HCA....................................................................328 EP24v..................................................................328 HOME screen.........................................................133 Er-01 ...................................................................338 Horsepower ...........................................................657 Er-02 ...................................................................338 How to read the model number...................................... 25 Er-03 ...................................................................338 Humidity Er-04 ...................................................................338 Environment....................................................... 32 Er-05 ...................................................................338 I Er-08 ...................................................................339 iFEr.....................................................................341 Er-09 ...................................................................339 IGBT Maintenance Setting..........................................665 Er-10 ...................................................................339 Induction Motor Er-11 ...................................................................339 Auto-Tuning......................................................160 Er-12 ...................................................................339 Input Phase Detection Er-13 ...................................................................339 Protection Functions ............................................636 Er-14 ...................................................................339 Input voltage Er-18 ...................................................................339 Parameter .........................................................545 Er-19 ...................................................................340 Inspection Er-20 ...................................................................340 Drive...............................................................352 Er-21 ...................................................................340 Installation Er-22 ...................................................................340 Front cover ........................................................ 45 Er-23 ...................................................................340 Keypad............................................................. 39 Er-24 ...................................................................340 Terminal cover .................................................... 45 Er-25 ...................................................................340 Installation dimensions ............................................... 50 Err ......................................................................308 Installation environment.............................................. 32 Error Code List .......................................................295 Interlock Exterior and mounting dimensions Circuit example..................................................166 Installation dimensions .......................................... 50 Internal Drive Braking Transistor Panel cut out dimensions ........................................ 50 Protection Functions ............................................639 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions (IP20/UL Open Type) J Drive.........................................................396-403 Jerk External 24 V power supply Parameter .........................................................527 Power supply input terminals................................... 84 Jog operation..........................................................133 External Cooling Fin JOG operation.........................................................133 Derating...........................................................638 Jumper switch.......................................................... 90 F K FAn Keypad Fault ...............................................................309 Backlight setting.................................................147 Minor Fault.......................................................328 708 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 709
Battery Replacement............................................378 Loopback test ....................................................263 Data log setting ..................................................145 Minor fault code .................................................288 Display drive information ......................................149 Monitor data......................................................272 Display software version .......................................149 Register reading..................................................263 External dimensions.............................................. 40 Register writing..................................................264 HOME screen....................................................133 Self-diagnosis ....................................................267 Installation......................................................... 39 Wiring.............................................................258 Installation on control panel..................................... 40 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Language selection........................................154, 505 Serial communication terminals................................ 86 LED status........................................................116 Setting for termination resistor ................................. 92 Method of operation.............................................116 microSD card Remove ............................................................ 39 Disposal...........................................................383 Set date and time.................................................155 Insertion slot......................................................116 Set time ...........................................................155 Mid point B frequency Setup Wizard.....................................................157 Parameter .........................................................547 Start/stop data logging ..........................................144 Mid point B voltage Keypad Display.......................................................652 Parameter .........................................................547 Keypad Display Selection...........................................653 Middle Output Frequency Keypad Operation....................................................658 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................551 Keypad-related settings..............................................652 Parameter .........................................................546 kWh Monitor Initialization..........................................666 Middle Output Frequency Voltage L Motor 2 Parameters..............................................551 Parameter .........................................................546 L24v....................................................................329 Minimum output frequency Language selection...................................................505 Parameter .........................................................546 Procedure .........................................................154 Minimum Output Frequency LCD contrast adjustment............................................654 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................551 LF.......................................................................309 Induction Motor Protective function ..............................................636 Motor Parameters................................................547 LF2.....................................................................309 Minimum Output Voltage Protection Functions ............................................638 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................551 LKEB type braking resistor unit Parameter .........................................................547 Wiring.............................................................. 95 Minor Fault......................................................294, 325 LoG.....................................................................329 Minor fault code LO/RE Key Function Selection ....................................658 MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................288 LOCAL/REMOTE indicator.................................. 116, 118 Minor Fault Code List ...............................................295 LT-1 ....................................................................329 Modbus LT-2 ....................................................................329 Broadcast Messages.............................................285 LT-3 ....................................................................329 Command data...................................................268 LT-4 ....................................................................329 Communication error code.....................................288 M Communication specifications.................................258 Magnetic Flux Compensation Enter command ..................................................267 Parameter .........................................................516 Fault code.........................................................286 Main circuit terminals Loopback test ....................................................263 Configuration of terminal block................................ 59 Minor fault code .................................................288 Line voltage drop................................................. 64 Monitor data......................................................272 Wire gauge......................................................... 64 Register reading..................................................263 Wiring.............................................................. 59 Register writing..................................................264 Wiring procedure for terminal block........................... 75 Self-diagnosis ....................................................267 Main menu Wiring.............................................................258 Display procedure ...............................................133 Molded-case circuit breaker ........................................101 Maintenance Period..................................................662 Monitors Maximum Output Frequency Data log setting ............................................145-146 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................550 Display procedure ...............................................139 Parameter .........................................................546 Set custom monitors.............................................140 Maximum Output Voltage Show custom monitors..........................................141 Motor 2 Parameters..............................................550 Start/stop data logging ..........................................144 Parameter .........................................................546 Motor MCCB .................................................................101 Change direction of motor rotation............................133 MCF....................................................................310 Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor .......620 MEMOBUS Wiring.............................................................. 59 Broadcast Messages.............................................285 Wiring distance ................................................... 71 Command data...................................................268 Motor 2 Communication error code.....................................288 Base Frequency..................................................550 Communication specifications.................................258 Leakage Inductance .............................................553 Enter command ..................................................267 Line-to-Line Resistance ........................................552 Fault code.........................................................286 Maximum Output Frequency ..................................550 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 709
Source page
Page 710
Maximum Output Voltage......................................550 oFA35..................................................................313 Middle Output Frequency ......................................551 oFA36..................................................................313 Middle Output Frequency Voltage ............................551 oFA37..................................................................313 Minimum Output Frequency...................................551 oFA38..................................................................313 Minimum Output Voltage ......................................551 oFA39..................................................................313 No-load Current..................................................552 oFA40..................................................................313 Number of motor poles .........................................552 oFA41..................................................................314 Rated current.....................................................551 oFA42..................................................................314 Rated Slip.........................................................552 oFA43..................................................................314 V/f Pattern........................................................550 oFb00 ..................................................................314 Motor Overheating oFb01 ..................................................................314 Operation During Detection of Alarms.................243, 623 oFb02 ..................................................................314 Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input)...244, 624 oFb03 ..................................................................314 Motor Overload oFb04 ..................................................................314 Electric Thermal Protection Operation Time ..........243, 623 oFb05 ..................................................................314 Protection Functions ......................................241, 621 oFb06 ..................................................................315 Motor parameters oFb10 ..................................................................315 Motor 2............................................................551 oFb11...................................................................315 Motor 2 number of motor poles ...............................552 oFb12 ..................................................................315 Motor Parameters...............................................545, 547 oFb13 ..................................................................315 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance...................................553 oFb14 ..................................................................315 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance..............................552 oFb15 ..................................................................315 Motor 2 No-load Current.......................................552 oFb16 ..................................................................315 Motor 2 rated Current...........................................551 oFb17 ..................................................................315 Motor 2 Rated Slip ..............................................552 oFC00..................................................................316 Motor parameters (induction motors)..............................547 oFC01..................................................................316 Leakage Inductance .............................................549 oFC02..................................................................316 Line-to-Line Resistance ........................................548 oFC03..................................................................316 Motor Iron Loss..................................................549 oFC04..................................................................316 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1....................549 oFC05..................................................................316 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2....................549 oFC06..................................................................316 Motor rated power (kW)........................................549 oFC10..................................................................316 No-load Current..................................................548 oFC11..................................................................317 Number of motor poles .........................................548 oFC12..................................................................317 Rated current...............................................240, 547 oFC13..................................................................317 Rated Slip.........................................................548 oFC14..................................................................317 Motor Power Unit Selection ........................................657 oFC15..................................................................317 N oFC16..................................................................317 oFC17..................................................................317 Nameplate.............................................................. 25 oFC50..................................................................317 ndAT ...................................................................341 oFC51..................................................................317 Noise filter oFC52..................................................................317 Wiring.............................................................106 oFC53..................................................................318 NumOfRunCommands Counter Initial............................666 oFC54..................................................................318 O oFC55..................................................................318 oC.......................................................................310 Off-Delay Timer......................................................516 Overcurrent Detection Gain....................................638 oH oFA00..................................................................311 Alarm Settings ...................................................635 oFA01..................................................................311 Fault ...............................................................318 oFA02..................................................................311 Minor Fault.......................................................329 oFA03..................................................................311 oH1.....................................................................318 oFA04..................................................................311 oH3 oFA05..................................................................311 Fault ...............................................................318 oFA06..................................................................311 Minor Fault.......................................................330 oFA10..................................................................311 Operation During Detection of Alarms.................243, 623 oFA11..................................................................312 oH4.....................................................................319 oFA12..................................................................312 Operation During Detection of Faults (PTC Input)...244, 624 oFA13..................................................................312 oL1 .....................................................................319 oFA14..................................................................312 oL2 .....................................................................319 oFA15..................................................................312 Protection Functions ............................................637 oFA16..................................................................312 oL3 oFA17..................................................................312 Fault ...............................................................320 oFA30..................................................................312 Minor Fault.......................................................330 oFA31..................................................................312 oL4 oFA32..................................................................313 Fault ...............................................................320 oFA33..................................................................313 Minor Fault.......................................................330 oFA34..................................................................313 On-Delay Timer ......................................................516 710 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 711
Ope Select @Keypad is Disconnect ...............................659 Phase Order Selection ...............................................515 oPE01..................................................................334 PM motor parameters oPE02..................................................................334 d-Axis inductance ...............................................554 oPE03..................................................................334 Encoder Z pulse offset ..........................................554 oPE05..................................................................335 Induced voltage constant 1.....................................554 oPE06..................................................................335 Induced voltage constant 2.....................................555 oPE07..................................................................335 Motor rated current........................................240, 553 oPE08..................................................................335 Motor rated power...............................................553 oPE10..................................................................336 Number of motor poles .........................................553 oPE16..................................................................336 q-Axis inductance ...............................................554 oPE18..................................................................336 Stator resistance..................................................554 oPE20..................................................................336 PM Motor Parameters ...............................................553 oPE21..................................................................336 PM Motors oPr......................................................................320 Auto-Tuning......................................................161 Option card Fine Adjustment ...........................................648, 651 Parameter .........................................................556 Motor Parameters................................................553 Options.................................................................404 Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor............620 oS Power loss.............................................................. 37 Detection level...................................................558 Protection Functions Detection time....................................................559 DC bus undervoltage............................................625 Fault ...............................................................320 Drive Overheating...............................................635 Minor Fault.......................................................330 GF..................................................................637 Operation Select at Overspeed.................................557 Ground Fault Detection.........................................637 Output Phase Loss Detection Input Phase Detection...........................................636 Protective function ..............................................636 Internal Drive Braking Transistor .............................639 ov LF2 ................................................................638 Fault ...............................................................320 Motor Overheating ........................................243, 623 Minor Fault.......................................................330 Motor Overload............................................241, 621 ovEr ....................................................................331 oC..................................................................638 Overtorque detection oH3 ..........................................................243, 623 Parameter .........................................................630 oL2.................................................................637 P Overcurrent.......................................................638 Overload ..........................................................637 Panel cut out dimensions............................................. 50 PF..................................................................636 Parameter rr ...................................................................639 Access Level Selection .........................................505 Uv1 ................................................................625 Automatic selection .............................................510 Protective function Backup (drive to keypad).......................................150 Drive Overheating...............................................635 Changing setting values.........................................135 LF..................................................................636 Checking modified parameters ................................136 Motor Overheating (PTC Input).........................244, 624 Checking user custom parameters.............................134 oH..................................................................635 Delete Backed-up Parameters..................................153 oH4 ..........................................................244, 624 Restore (Auto Backup)..........................................159 Output Phase Loss Detection ..................................636 Restore (keypad to drive).......................................151 Restoring default settings.......................................137 R User-set ...........................................................509 Rating (200 V) Verify (keypad and drive) ......................................152 Drive...............................................................387 Parameter Setting Errors ......................................294, 334 Rating (400 V) PASS ...................................................................331 Drive...............................................................389 Password rdEr.....................................................................341 Setting.............................................................508 Remove Verification .......................................................508 Front cover ........................................................ 45 PC Keypad............................................................. 39 Connection procedure............................................ 94 Terminal cover .................................................... 45 Peripheral Devices ...................................................404 RESET key............................................................116 PF.................................................................321, 331 Residual Current Monitor/Residual Current Device Protection Functions ............................................636 RCM/RCD........................................................101 PF5 .....................................................................321 Wiring.............................................................101 PGo Restore Detection time....................................................559 Parameters (Auto Backup) .....................................159 Fault ...............................................................322 Parameters (keypad to drive)...................................151 Minor Fault.......................................................331 rF .......................................................................322 Operation Selection after Detection...........................557 RJ-45 connector ......................................................116 PGoH Rotational Auto-Tuning Detection level...................................................561 Induction Motor..................................................160 Fault ...............................................................322 PM Motors........................................................161 Level detection (PG1)...........................................560 Precautions .......................................................163 Minor Fault.......................................................331 rr........................................................................322 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 711
Source page
Page 712
Protection Functions ............................................639 Environment....................................................... 32 rUn .....................................................................331 Terminal block......................................................... 86 RUN indicator .................................................. 116, 118 Configuration of main circuit terminal block................. 59 RUN key...............................................................116 Control circuit terminal block functions....................... 82 S I/O terminals function selection switches ..................... 90 Terminal function selection.......................................... 91 Sampling time setting Terminal A1...................................................90-91 Data log...........................................................146 Terminal A2...................................................90-91 SC ......................................................................322 Terminal A3...................................................90, 92 SCE.....................................................................322 Terminal AM..................................................90, 92 SCF.....................................................................322 Terminal FM...................................................90, 92 SE.......................................................................332 Terminal screw SE1.....................................................................322 Screwdriver........................................................ 14 SE2.....................................................................323 Termination resistor SE3.....................................................................323 Setting switch ..................................................... 92 SE4.....................................................................323 Test run SE8.....................................................................323 Checklist..........................................................203 Serial communication terminals Procedure .........................................................124 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications ....................... 86 Thermal overload relay Serial Communications Connection........................................................102 Parameter .........................................................616 Tightening torque Set date and time Control circuit terminals......................................... 87 Operation .........................................................155 Main circuit terminals............................................ 64 Set time TiM Operation .........................................................155 Fault ...............................................................323 Setup Wizard Minor Fault.......................................................332 Operation .........................................................157 Timer function Slip compensation Parameter .........................................................516 Parameter .........................................................528 Torque Compensation Softcharge Relay Maintenance Set.................................665 Parameter .........................................................530 Software version Torque limit function Display procedure ...............................................149 Parameter .........................................................633 Speed Agreement Troubleshooting Parameter .........................................................627 Code Displayed..................................................295 Speed Detection No Code Displayed..............................................343 Parameter .........................................................627 Troubleshooting without Fault Display ...........................343 Speed reference Tuning..................................................................522 Command source correlation diagram........................539 LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection.......................511, 539 U Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE.................511, 539 U2, U3, U9 Initialization............................................666 Stall Prevention function UL3 Parameter .........................................................625 Fault ...............................................................324 Stationary Auto-Tuning Minor Fault.......................................................332 Induction Motor..................................................160 UL4 PM Motors........................................................161 Fault ...............................................................324 Precautions .......................................................163 Minor Fault.......................................................333 Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance............160 Undertorque detection Precautions .......................................................164 Parameter .........................................................630 Stator resistance Auto-Tuning......................................161 Unit of measurement setting Precautions .......................................................164 Acceleration and deceleration ramps..........................526 STo .....................................................................332 Unit selector...........................................................657 SToF....................................................................332 Up/Down command Stop command LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection.............................513 LOCAL/REMOTE Run selection.............................513 Switching between LOCAL/REMOTE.......................513 STOP key..............................................................116 USB port...............................................................116 STOP Key Function Selection......................................658 Connecting a PC.................................................. 94 Stopping Method Selection .........................................513 User Monitor Select afterPowerUp ................................652 Surge protective device User Parameter Default Value ......................................658 Connection........................................................105 User-Set Display Units Max Value ................................654 SvE.....................................................................323 User-SetDisplayUnits Dec Display................................654 T Uv ......................................................................333 Uv1.....................................................................324 TCA Detection level settings .........................................625 Minor Fault.......................................................332 Uv2.....................................................................324 TCF.....................................................................323 Uv3.....................................................................324 TCS Minor Fault.......................................................332 V Temperature vAEr....................................................................341 712 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
Source page
Page 713
V/f Pattern.............................................................545 Second Motor ....................................................550 V/f Pattern Display Unit.............................................653 Verify Parameters (keypad and drive).................................152 vFyE....................................................................341 Vibration-resistant..................................................... 32 voF Minor Fault.......................................................333 W WEEE..................................................................383 Wire gauge Control circuit terminals......................................... 87 Main circuit terminals............................................ 64 Voltage drop....................................................... 64 Wiring..................................................................101 AC reactor........................................................104 Braking Resistor.................................................. 95 Checklist..........................................................110 Control circuit terminal block................................... 88 Control circuit terminals......................................... 81 DC reactor........................................................104 Main circuit terminal block ..................................... 75 Main circuit terminals............................................ 59 MEMOBUS/Modbus............................................258 Motor............................................................... 59 Noise filter........................................................106 Thermal overload relay .........................................102 Wiring distance Drive and motor................................................... 71
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 713
Source page
Page 714
Revision History
Pu D b a li t c e a o ti f on R N e u v m is b io e n r Section RevisedContent Revision:Reviewedandcorrectedentiredocumentation. Addition: • 200Vclassdrivesaddedalongwithcorrespondingdata. December2023 1 All - Three-Phase200VClass:CIPR-LA70x2022to2519 • Largerdrivecapacitiesaddedalongwithcorrespondingdata. - Three-Phase400VClass:CIPR-LA70x4049to4380 October2023 - - FirstEdition
714 YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual
| Dateof Publication | Revision Number | Section | RevisedContent |
|---|---|---|---|
| December2023 | 1 | All | Revision:Reviewedandcorrectedentiredocumentation. Addition: • 200Vclassdrivesaddedalongwithcorrespondingdata. - Three-Phase200VClass:CIPR-LA70x2022to2519 • Largerdrivecapacitiesaddedalongwithcorrespondingdata. - Three-Phase400VClass:CIPR-LA70x4049to4380 |
| October2023 | - | - | FirstEdition |
Source page
Page 715
YASKAWA SIEPC7106172DB LA700 Series Technical Manual 715
Source page
Page 716
LA700 Series
Technical Manual
YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT) Philipp-Reis-Str. 6, 65795 Hattersheim 2121, Norman Drive South, Waukegan, 2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, am Main, Germany IL 60085, U.S.A. Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan Phone: +49-6196-569-300 +1-800-YASKAWA (927-5292) Phone: +81-930-25-2548 E-mail: support@yaskawa.eu.com www.yaskawa.com www.yaskawa.co.jp www.yaskawa.eu.com
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply. Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements. Contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative for more information about the contents of this manual. Original instructions. © 2023 YASKAWA Electric Corporation
SIEPC7106172D Revision: B <1>-0 December 2023 Published in Japan 23-2-11_YEU *SIEPC7106172D*
Source page
Page 717
YASKAWA AC Drive LA700
Supplemental Technical Manual
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing YASKAWA AC Drive LA700.
This supplemental technical manual contains correction of error and should be read to ensure proper usage. Read this manual together with the LA700 Technical Manual (SIEP C7106172DB, SIEP C7106172CA) that can be found on our documentation website. Always observe the safety messages and precautions to ensure correct application of the product.
Applicable Software Version
This manual applies to LA700 software versions S1011 or later. The software version is indicated on the nameplate affixed to the side of the product, and can be viewed by monitor U1-25.
Corrected Contents
Corrected Continuous Rated Output Current of 200V Class 10.2 Model Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Table 10.1 Rating (200 V Class) Model 2022 2031 2041 2059 2075 2094 2110 Rated Output 6.7 9.5 12.6 17.9 22.9 28.6 33.5 Capacity (kVA) Continuous Rated 17.5 25.0 33.0 47.0 60.0 75.0 88.0 Output Output Current (A) 15.3 21.9 28.9 41.1 52.5 65.6 77.0 50% ED Output 21.9 31.3 41.3 58.8 75.0 93.8 110.0 Current (A)
Table 10.2 Rating (200 V Class)
Model 2144 2181 2225 2269 2354 2432 2519 Rated Output 43.8 55.3 68.6 81.9 108.0 132.0 158.0 Capacity (kVA) Continuous Rated 115.0 145.0 180.0 215.0 283.0 346.0 415.0 Output Output Current (A) 100.6 126.9 157.5 188.1 247.6 302.4 363.2 50% ED Output 143.8 181.3 225.0 268.8 353.8 432.0 518.8 Current (A)
Document No.: EZZ024831 Prepared in June 2024
| Column | Model | Column | Column | Column | 2022 | Column | Column | 2031 | Column | Column | 2041 | Column | Column | 2059 | Column | Column | 2075 | Column | Column | 2094 | Column | Column | 2110 | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Output | Rated Output Capacity (kVA) | 6.7 | 9.5 | 12.6 | 17.9 | 22.9 | 28.6 | 33.5 | ||||||||||||||||
| Continuous Rated Output Current (A) | 17.5 15.3 | 25.0 21.9 | 33.0 28.9 | 47.0 41.1 | 60.0 52.5 | 75.0 65.6 | 88.0 77.0 | |||||||||||||||||
| 50% ED Output Current (A) | 21.9 | 31.3 | 41.3 | 58.8 | 75.0 | 93.8 | 110.0 |
| Column | Model | Column | Column | Column | 2144 | Column | Column | 2181 | Column | Column | 2225 | Column | Column | 2269 | Column | Column | 2354 | Column | Column | 2432 | Column | Column | 2519 | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Output | Rated Output Capacity (kVA) | 43.8 | 55.3 | 68.6 | 81.9 | 108.0 | 132.0 | 158.0 | ||||||||||||||||
| Continuous Rated Output Current (A) | 115.0 100.6 | 145.0 126.9 | 180.0 157.5 | 215.0 188.1 | 283.0 247.6 | 346.0 302.4 | 415.0 363.2 | |||||||||||||||||
| 50% ED Output Current (A) | 143.8 | 181.3 | 225.0 | 268.8 | 353.8 | 432.0 | 518.8 |
Source page
Page 718
YASKAWA AC Drive LA700
Supplemental Technical Manual
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing YASKAWA AC Drive LA700. This supplemental technical manual contains additional descriptions and should be read to ensure
proper usage. Read this manual together with the LA700 Technical Manual (SIEP C710617 2□□) that can be found on our documentation website. Always observe the safety messages and precautions to ensure correct application of the product.
Applicable Software Version
This manual applies to LA700 software versions S1012 or later. The software version is indicated on the nameplate affixed to the side of the product, and can be viewed by monitor U1-25.
Modified Contents
This supplemental manual contains the following modifications: 1. Parameter specification change 2. Additional note for dv6 3. Additional parameter for Back-EMF Setting Units Selection 4. BiSS support 5. Operation of the output voltage limit operating range when PM motor energy-saving mode is disabled has been improved 6. Additional description for DCP3
Document No.: EZZ024805
Prepared in December 2024 1
Source page
Page 719
Contents
1. Parameter specification change .........................................................................................................3
2. Additional troubleshooting for dv6 .....................................................................................................5 3. Additional parameter for Back-EMF Setting Units Selection ....................................................................5 4. BiSS support...................................................................................................................................7
5. Operation of the output voltage limit operating range when PM motor energy-saving mode is disabled has been improved ........................................................................................................................................... 11
6. Additional description for DCP3........................................................................................................ 12 6.1 DCP3 Mode - Supported General Features ........................................................................................ 12 6.2 Communication Specifications ......................................................................................................... 13
6.3 Communication with Lift Controllers ................................................................................................. 13 6.4 DCP Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................................................... 14 6.5 Connect Communications Cable and Enable DCP Communications ........................................................ 14
6.6 DCP Communication Messages ........................................................................................................ 15 6.7 Extended Status Information........................................................................................................... 16
6.8 DCP Speeds.................................................................................................................................. 17 6.9 Remote Display Functionality .......................................................................................................... 18 6.10 Lift Controller Remote Key Assignments............................................................................................ 19
6.11 Basic Recommended Commissioning Steps (DCP3)............................................................................. 20 6.12 DCP Overview Diagrams (DCP3) ...................................................................................................... 21
6.13 Related Parameters and Functions ................................................................................................... 23
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 2
Source page
Page 720
1. Parameter specification change
Changed access level of C3-01 in V/f control mode. ■C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C3-01 Slip Compensation 1.0 (020F) G ain Sets the gain for the slip compensation function. Usually it is not (0.0 - 2.5) RUN necessary to change this setting. Note: Correctly set these parameters before you change the slip compensation gain: • E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] • E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] • E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current]
Default value of C5-19 is changed from 10.0 to 5.0 only in CLV/PM.
■C5-19: ASR P Gain during Position Lock No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-19 ASR P Gain during A1-02=3: (0274) Position Lock Sets the Speed Control Loop Proportional gain used during 40.00 RUN Position Lock. A1-02=7: 5.00 (0.00 - 300.00)
Setting value of C5-29 is limited when BiSS sin/cos encoder is used. ■C5-29: Speed Control Response No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) C5-29 Speed Control 1 (0B18) Response Sets the level of speed control responsiveness. Usually it is not (0, 1) Expert necessary to change this setting. 0 : Standard 1 : High Performance 1
Note: When F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type]=3[BiSS Sin/Cos], you cannot set C5-29=0.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 3
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| C3-01 (020F) RUN | Slip Compensation Gain | Sets the gain for the slip compensation function. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. Note: Correctly set these parameters before you change the slip compensation gain: • E2-01 [Motor Rated Current (FLA)] • E2-02 [Motor Rated Slip] • E2-03 [Motor No-Load Current] | 1.0 (0.0 - 2.5) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| C5-19 (0274) RUN | ASR P Gain during Position Lock | Sets the Speed Control Loop Proportional gain used during Position Lock. | A1-02=3: 40.00 A1-02=7: 5.00 (0.00 - 300.00) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| C5-29 (0B18) Expert | Speed Control Response | Sets the level of speed control responsiveness. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. 0 : Standard 1 : High Performance 1 Note: When F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type]=3[BiSS Sin/Cos], you cannot set C5-29=0. | 1 (0, 1) |
Source page
Page 721
Default value of S1-04 is changed from 0.40s to 0.80s only in CLV/PM.
■S1-04: DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S1-04 DC Inj/Pos Lock A1-02=0,2,3: (0683) Time at Start Sets the length of time that the drive will do DC Injection at start. 0.40s When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV or A1-02=7: CLV/PM], this parameter sets the length of time that the drive will 0.80s do Position Lock at start. This parameter is disabled when set to (0.00 - 10.00s) 0 .00 s.
Default value of S3-02 is changed from 0.00 to 1.00 only in CLV/PM. ■S3-02: Position Lock Gain 2 at Start No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-02 Position Lock Gain A1-02=3: (0698) 2 at Start Sets gain level 2 for the Position Lock function. Position Lock at 0.00 RUN start compensates the motor torque to keep the car position to A1-02=7:
prevent rollback when the brake is released. 1.00 (0.00 - 100.00)
Default value of S3-16 is changed from 100ms to 300ms only in CLV/PM.
■S3-16: Torque Limit Reduction Time@Stop No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S3-16 Torque Limit A1-02=3: (06A1) Reduction Sets the time to decrease the torque limit rate after Position Lock 100ms Time@Stop at stop completes. A1-02=7: 300ms (0 - 10000ms)
Default value of S6-11 is changed from 50ms to 250ms. ■S6-11: Overacceleration Detection Time No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-11 Overacceleration 250ms (06B9) Detection Time Sets the primary delay time that the acceleration must exceed the (0 - 5000ms) overacceleration detection level before as dv6 [Over Jerk] is triggered. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 4
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S1-04 (0683) | DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Start | Sets the length of time that the drive will do DC Injection at start. When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV or CLV/PM], this parameter sets the length of time that the drive will do Position Lock at start. This parameter is disabled when set to 0.00 s. | A1-02=0,2,3: 0.40s A1-02=7: 0.80s (0.00 - 10.00s) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S3-02 (0698) RUN | Position Lock Gain 2 at Start | Sets gain level 2 for the Position Lock function. Position Lock at start compensates the motor torque to keep the car position to prevent rollback when the brake is released. | A1-02=3: 0.00 A1-02=7: 1.00 (0.00 - 100.00) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S3-16 (06A1) | Torque Limit Reduction Time@Stop | Sets the time to decrease the torque limit rate after Position Lock at stop completes. | A1-02=3: 100ms A1-02=7: 300ms (0 - 10000ms) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S6-11 (06B9) | Overacceleration Detection Time | Sets the primary delay time that the acceleration must exceed the overacceleration detection level before as dv6 [Over Jerk] is triggered. Usually it is not necessary to change this setting. | 250ms (0 - 5000ms) |
Source page
Page 722
Default value of S6-12 is changed from 0 to 1.
■S6-12: Overacceleration Detection Sel No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S6-12 Overacceleration 1 (06BA) Detection Sel Sets the conditions for dv6 [Over Jerk] detection. (0, 1) Expert 0 : Always Enabled 1 : Enabled only During Run
2. Additional troubleshooting for dv6
Code Name Causes Possible Solutions
dv6 Over Jerk ・Correctly set the value to o1-20, o1-21 o1-20[Sheave Diameter], o1-21[Roping and o1-22. Ratio] and o1-22[Mechanical Gear Ratio] are ・Set the value to o1-18 and o1-19 instead set incorrectly. of o1-20, o1-21 and o1-22.
3. Additional parameter for Back-EMF Setting Units Selection
Added E5-56 to select Back-EMF Setting Units.
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) E5-56 Back-EMF Setting 0 (1BF9) Units Selection Set the units of E5-09[PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] and (0, 1) E5-24[PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)].
0 : With decimal point
1 : No decimal point Note: When you set E5-56=1, the maximum range of E5-09 and E5-24 will be expanded from 6500.0 to 65000.
Related Auto-Tuning Error
Code Name Causes Possible Solutions Er-18 Back EMF The result of the induced voltage tuning was Set E5-56[Back-EMF Setting Units Error not in the applicable range. Selection] = 1[No decimal point].
Note:
Generally, in case of the lower rated speed motor, the induced voltage coefficient will be large. If the tuning result exceeds the upper limit, you can expand the upper limit by changing the settings of E5-56.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 5
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S6-12 (06BA) Expert | Overacceleration Detection Sel | Sets the conditions for dv6 [Over Jerk] detection. 0 : Always Enabled 1 : Enabled only During Run | 1 (0, 1) |
| Code | Name | Causes | Possible Solutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| dv6 | Over Jerk | o1-20[Sheave Diameter], o1-21[Roping Ratio] and o1-22[Mechanical Gear Ratio] are set incorrectly. | ・Correctly set the value to o1-20, o1-21 and o1-22. ・Set the value to o1-18 and o1-19 instead of o1-20, o1-21 and o1-22. |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| E5-56 (1BF9) | Back-EMF Setting Units Selection | Set the units of E5-09[PM Back-EMF Vpeak (mV/(rad/s))] and E5-24[PM Back-EMF L-L Vrms (mV/rpm)]. | 0 (0, 1) |
| Code | Name | Causes | Possible Solutions | Possible Solutions |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Er-18 | Back EMF Error | The result of the induced voltage tuning was not in the applicable range. | Set E5-56[Back-EMF Setting Units Selection] = 1[No decimal point]. Note: Generally, in case of the lower rated speed motor, the induced voltage coefficient will be large. If the tuning result exceeds the upper limit, you can expand the upper limit by changing the settings of E5-56. |
Source page
Page 723
Added description to note in F1-53. *Underlined part is added description No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-53 Encoder EEPROM 0 (02E0) Access Sets the function to save drive parameters to and load them from (0 - 3) Expert t he EEPROM of the encoder. 0 : No Action
1 : Save (Drive → Encoder) The drive saves the parameter settings to the EEPROM of the encoder. 2 : Load (Encoder → Drive)
The drive loads the saved parameter settings from the EEPROM of the encoder. 3 : Verify The drive examines whether the parameter settings in the drive agree with the parameters saved in the EEPROM
of the encoder. When you use this function, the drive saves parameters shown in Table 12.13 to and loads them from the
EEPROM of the encoder. When you set F1-53 = 1, 2, or 3, the drive will do the selected function, and it will show one of these messages on the keypad: [Save Completed]/[Load Completed]/[Verify Completed].
Note: •You can set this parameter from the keypad only. •When F1-50 ≠ 1 [PG-F3 Option Encoder Type ≠ EnDat Serial Only], the keypad will not show this parameter.
•When you start up the elevator, set F1-53 = 2 to load the saved drive parameters. •After you load parameters, set E5-56[Back-EMF Setting Units Selection] correctly, because E5-56 setting is not saved
to Encoder.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 6
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| F1-53 (02E0) Expert | Encoder EEPROM Access | Sets the function to save drive parameters to and load them from the EEPROM of the encoder. | 0 (0 - 3) |
Source page
Page 724
4. BiSS support
■ BiSS Option Overview
The PG-F3 Option allows the user to connect rotary encoders with BiSS-C communication protocol to Yaskawa LA700 drives. Read this document together with the PG-F3 Installation Manual.
■ About BiSS Option The PG-F3 Option is a custom BiSS Master and supports the following functions:
Items Specifications BiSS Serial + Sin/Cos type Compatible BiSS Encoder Supported encoder products Types Hohner Automaticos S.L., SMRS64-12104511-13 Incremental signal: 2048 ppr. Sin/cos EDS profiles BP1 version 1 / BP3 version 1
EDS common version version1 Single-turn Resolution:Max 21bit Multi-turn Not available Encoder Wiring Length 20 m(65 ft) maximum. Output voltage: 5 V ± 5%, 8 V ± 10% Encoder Power Supply (The power of BiSS Encoder must be turned on within 0.5 seconds after the drive
is turned on.) Maximum Input Frequency 20 kHz • No encoder commands such as “Reset”, “Preset” or similar are used • BiSS clock frequency for SCD frame transmission is determined by the encoder but is limited to 250~300 kHz. Note • Set the drive motor control mode to operate in the Closed Loop Vector Control
for PM Motors (A1-02 = 7) when using the PG-F3 Option. This means that you can use BiSS encoder only with PM motor. Refer to the drive Technical Manual for details.
■ Applicable Drives You can use the option with the following drive models:
Drive Series Software Version
LA700 PRG: 01012 or later
■ Applicable Options The BiSS protocol is supported from PG-F3 software versions PRG: 0105 or later.
Option Series Software Version
PG-F3 PRG: 0105 or later
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 7
| Column | Items | Column | Column | Specifications | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Compatible BiSS Encoder Types | BiSS Serial + Sin/Cos type | ||||
| Supported encoder products Hohner Automaticos S.L., SMRS64-12104511-13 Incremental signal: 2048 ppr. Sin/cos | |||||
| EDS profiles | BP1 version 1 / BP3 version 1 | ||||
| EDS common version | version1 | ||||
| Single-turn | Resolution:Max 21bit | ||||
| Multi-turn | Not available | ||||
| Encoder Wiring Length | 20 m(65 ft) maximum. | ||||
| Encoder Power Supply | Output voltage: 5 V ± 5%, 8 V ± 10% (The power of BiSS Encoder must be turned on within 0.5 seconds after the drive is turned on.) | ||||
| Maximum Input Frequency | 20 kHz | ||||
| Note | • No encoder commands such as “Reset”, “Preset” or similar are used • BiSS clock frequency for SCD frame transmission is determined by the encoder but is limited to 250~300 kHz. • Set the drive motor control mode to operate in the Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors (A1-02 = 7) when using the PG-F3 Option. This means that you can use BiSS encoder only with PM motor. Refer to the drive Technical Manual for details. |
| Compatible BiSS Encoder |
|---|
| Types |
| Drive Series | Software Version |
|---|---|
| LA700 | PRG: 01012 or later |
| Option Series | Software Version |
|---|---|
| PG-F3 | PRG: 0105 or later |
Source page
Page 725
Wire the Encoder
Wire the motor PG encoder to the terminal block on the option using a conductor cable recommended by the encoder manufacturer. If encoder has the “Sensor” signal, it must be connected to terminal IP on the PG-F3 option for cables longer than 10 m. Additionally, the “Sensor 0 V” must be connected to terminal IG.
<1> Ground the shield on the PG encoder side and the drive side. If noise problems arise in the PG encoder signal, remove the shield ground from one end of the signal line or remove the shield ground connection on both ends.
Figure 1 : PG-F3 Option and PG-Encoder Connection Diagram
■ Related Parameters
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-50 PG-F3 Option 0 (03D2) Encoder Type Sets the type of encoder connected to the PG-F3 option. (0 - 3)
0 : EnDat Sin/Cos 1 : EnDat Serial Only 2 : HIPERFACE
3 : BiSS Sin/Cos
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 8
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| F1-50 (03D2) | PG-F3 Option Encoder Type | Sets the type of encoder connected to the PG-F3 option. | 0 (0 - 3) |
Source page
Page 726
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) F1-52 Serial Encoder 0 (03D4) Comm Speed Sets the communication speed between the PG-F3 option and the (0 - 2) Expert s erial encoder. Note:
This function is enabled when F1-50 = 1 [EnDat Serial Only], 2[HIPERFACE]. When F1-50 = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos], set F1-52 = 0.
0 : 1M/9600bps/Internal 1 : 500k/19200bps 2 : 1M/38400bps
F1-52 Setting F1-50 Setting 0 1 2 0 200kHz 200kHz 200kHz 1 1MHz 500kHz 1MHz
2 9600bps 19200bps 38400bps 3 Internal * - -
* Communication speed is selected automatically based on BiSS encoder. And communication speed is limited to 250~300kHz.
■ Related Fault
Cod e Name Causes Possible Solutions oFC52 PG Encoder Parameter settings are not in ・Set C5-29[Speed Control Response] = 1 Communication Timeout the applicable setting range. [High Performance 1]. (Only when
F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) ・Set F1-52[Communication Speed Selection of Serial Encoder] = 0[Internal]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) oFC53 PG Encoder Parameter settings are not in ・Set C5-29[Speed Control Response] = 1
Communication Data Error the applicable setting range. [High Performance 1]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) ・Set F1-52[Communication Speed Selection of Serial Encoder] = 0[Internal]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos])
oFC54 PG Encoder Error PG-F3 option card received Replace the option card / Encoder. error message from encoder. PG-F3 option card is connected to an unsupported encoder.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 9
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| F1-52 (03D4) Expert | Serial Encoder Comm Speed | Sets the communication speed between the PG-F3 option and the serial encoder. | 0 (0 - 2) |
| F1-50 Setting | Column | F1-52 Setting | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0 | 1 | 2 | |||||||
| 0 | 200kHz | 200kHz | 200kHz | ||||||
| 1 | 1MHz | 500kHz | 1MHz | ||||||
| 2 | 9600bps | 19200bps | 38400bps | ||||||
| 3 | Internal * | - | - |
| Code | Name | Causes | Possible Solutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oFC52 | PG Encoder Communication Timeout | Parameter settings are not in the applicable setting range. | ・Set C5-29[Speed Control Response] = 1 [High Performance 1]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) ・Set F1-52[Communication Speed Selection of Serial Encoder] = 0[Internal]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) |
| oFC53 | PG Encoder Communication Data Error | Parameter settings are not in the applicable setting range. | ・Set C5-29[Speed Control Response] = 1 [High Performance 1]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) ・Set F1-52[Communication Speed Selection of Serial Encoder] = 0[Internal]. (Only when F1-50[PG-F3 Option Encoder Type] = 3[BiSS Sin/Cos]) |
| oFC54 | PG Encoder Error | PG-F3 option card received error message from encoder. PG-F3 option card is connected to an unsupported encoder. | Replace the option card / Encoder. |
Source page
Page 727
■ LED Indicator Status *Underlined part is added description
The LED Status Ring on the drive cover shows the drive operating status.
LED Status Description Illuminated The drive detects a fault. The drive detects: • An alarm • An oPE parameter setting error A ALM/ERR Flashing • An Auto-Tuning error Note: The LED will illuminate to identify a fault if the drive detects a fault and an alarm at the same time. OFF There are no drive faults or alarms. Illuminated The drive is operating or is prepared for operation. Flashing The drive is in STo [Safe Torque OFF] condition. The voltage of the main circuit power supply dropped, and only the external 24 V Flashing Quickly power supply provides the power to the drive. B READY • The drive detects a fault. • There is no fault and the drive received an Up/Down command, but the drive OFF cannot operate. For example, in Programming Mode or when is flashing. Illuminated The drive is in regular operation. • The drive is decelerating to stop. • The drive received an Up/Down command with a speed reference of 0 Hz, but the Flashing drive is not set for zero speed control. • The drive received a DC Injection Braking command. • The drive received an Up/Down command from the MFDI terminals and is switching to REMOTE Mode while the drive is in LOCAL Mode. • The drive received an Up/Down command from the MFDI terminals when the C RUN drive is not in Drive Mode. • The drive received an Emergency Stop command. Flashing Quickly • The safety function shuts off the drive output. • The user pushed on the keypad while the drive is operating in REMOTE Mode. • The software for the drive or option card is old, and does not support function. OFF The motor is stopped.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 10
| Column | LED | Column | Column | Column | Status | Column | Column | Description | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| A | ALM/ERR | Illuminated | The drive detects a fault. | ||||||
| Flashing | The drive detects: • An alarm • An oPE parameter setting error • An Auto-Tuning error Note: The LED will illuminate to identify a fault if the drive detects a fault and an alarm at the same time. | ||||||||
| OFF | There are no drive faults or alarms. | ||||||||
| B | READY | Illuminated | The drive is operating or is prepared for operation. | ||||||
| Flashing | The drive is in STo [Safe Torque OFF] condition. | ||||||||
| Flashing Quickly | The voltage of the main circuit power supply dropped, and only the external 24 V power supply provides the power to the drive. | ||||||||
| OFF | • The drive detects a fault. • There is no fault and the drive received an Up/Down command, but the drive cannot operate. For example, in Programming Mode or when is flashing. | ||||||||
| C | RUN | Illuminated | The drive is in regular operation. | ||||||
| Flashing | • The drive is decelerating to stop. • The drive received an Up/Down command with a speed reference of 0 Hz, but the drive is not set for zero speed control. • The drive received a DC Injection Braking command. | ||||||||
| Flashing Quickly | • The drive received an Up/Down command from the MFDI terminals and is switching to REMOTE Mode while the drive is in LOCAL Mode. • The drive received an Up/Down command from the MFDI terminals when the drive is not in Drive Mode. • The drive received an Emergency Stop command. • The safety function shuts off the drive output. • The user pushed on the keypad while the drive is operating in REMOTE Mode. • The software for the drive or option card is old, and does not support function. | ||||||||
| OFF | The motor is stopped. |
Source page
Page 728
◆Option Specifications Items Specifications
Model PG-F3 BiSS Serial + Sin/Cos type Compatible BiSS Encoder Supported encoder products Types Hohner Automaticos S.L., SMRS64-12104511-13 Multi-turn Not available Encoder Wiring Length 20 m(65 ft) maximum. Output voltage: 5 V ± 5%, 8 V ± 10% Encoder Power Supply Maximum Output Current: 330 mA (5 V), 150 mA (8 V) Compatible Control Modes CLV/PM Maximum Input Frequency 20 kHz Monitor for A and B phase output Pulse Monitor Output Matches RS-422 Level Encoder Disconnect Detection Software detection Ambient Temperature -10°C to 50°C (14°F to 122°F) Humidity 95% RH or lower with no condensation Storage Temperature -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) allowed for short-term transport of the product Indoors and free from: • Oil mist, corrosive gas, flammable gas, and dust • Radioactive materials or flammable materials, including wood Area of Use • Harmful gas or fluids • Salt • Direct sunlight • Falling foreign objects Altitude 1000 m (3280 ft) or lower
5. Operation of the output voltage limit operating range when PM motor
energy-saving mode is disabled has been improved
A function for suppressing shock has been added as shock sometimes occurs on some PM motors at the output voltage limit with b8-01=0 [Energy Saving Control Disabled] set. Sets the switch hysteresis of the q-axis current command referenced to the d-axis current command at nA-04 [Output Voltage Limit q-Axis Current Switch
Hysteresis]. Usually it is not necessary to change this parameter. No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) nA-04 Output Voltage -10% (1BF5) Limit q-Axis Sets the switch hysteresis of the q-axis current command (-20% - 0%) Expert Current Command referenced to the d-axis current command to suppress shock at Reference Switch the output voltage limit. Sets the switch hysteresis of the q-axis Hysteresis c urrent command as a percentage of motor rated current.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 11
| Column | Items | Column | Column | Specifications | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Model | PG-F3 | ||||
| Compatible BiSS Encoder Types | BiSS Serial + Sin/Cos type | ||||
| Supported encoder products Hohner Automaticos S.L., SMRS64-12104511-13 | |||||
| Multi-turn | Not available | ||||
| Encoder Wiring Length | 20 m(65 ft) maximum. | ||||
| Encoder Power Supply | Output voltage: 5 V ± 5%, 8 V ± 10% Maximum Output Current: 330 mA (5 V), 150 mA (8 V) | ||||
| Compatible Control Modes | CLV/PM | ||||
| Maximum Input Frequency | 20 kHz | ||||
| Pulse Monitor Output | Monitor for A and B phase output Matches RS-422 Level | ||||
| Encoder Disconnect Detection | Software detection | ||||
| Ambient Temperature | -10°C to 50°C (14°F to 122°F) | ||||
| Humidity | 95% RH or lower with no condensation | ||||
| Storage Temperature | -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) allowed for short-term transport of the product | ||||
| Area of Use | Indoors and free from: • Oil mist, corrosive gas, flammable gas, and dust • Radioactive materials or flammable materials, including wood • Harmful gas or fluids • Salt • Direct sunlight • Falling foreign objects | ||||
| Altitude | 1000 m (3280 ft) or lower |
| Compatible BiSS Encoder |
|---|
| Types |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| nA-04 (1BF5) Expert | Output Voltage Limit q-Axis Current Command Reference Switch Hysteresis | Sets the switch hysteresis of the q-axis current command referenced to the d-axis current command to suppress shock at the output voltage limit. Sets the switch hysteresis of the q-axis current command as a percentage of motor rated current. | -10% (-20% - 0%) |
Source page
Page 729
6. Additional description for DCP3
◆ DCP3 Overview The DCP protocol is used for the serial link between a lift controller and a drive controller using the RS485 interface.
Its advantages over a conventional control link are mainly: DCP3 (for lift controllers without absolute encoder system in the shaft) • Drive controller can transfer information to external devices via lift controller
• Digital inputs are controlled by serial link • Programming drive parameters using Remote Display functionality
6.1 DCP3 Mode - Supported General Features • DCP3 Travels as specified in DCP specification (revision: 1.0.0.14):
o Travels with all DCP speeds o Inspection travel with VI and V0 (velocity changeable during travel) o Releveling travel with and without electric stop o Travels at V4 and intermediate speeds followed by constant deceleration distance (chapter 10 DCP specification*) o Crawl travels (travels with leveling speed)
o Fast Start operation to energize the motor while doors are closing (chapter 12 DCP specification*) o Fast stop operation to quickly ramp down in emergency case (chapter 13 DCP specification*) • Extended Status (refer to chapter 6.7):
o Recommended direction (light load direction detection) in USV supply case o Motor and Drive overheat information • Extended Data Transmission (refer to table 2):
o I0 command support (inverter maker key: ‘YE’, country identifier ‘JA’) o I1 command support (all modes but with deceleration distance = 0 for DCP3) o I2 command support (fault reset only) o I3 command support (date and time set of inverter real time clock) o I6 command support (power supply = ‘U’ enables USV supply mode, Energy Saving Modes can switch on external contactor to switch on/off the drive)
o I8 command support (use multi-function analog input 1Ch and associated gain and bias to scale DCP pre-torque value) o I9 command (base protocol only)
• Deceleration Distance Monitors U5-5x to simplify DCP3 controller setup: o V0 Deceleration distance (U5-50) o ...
o V7 Deceleration distance (U5-57) o VN Deceleration distance (U5-58)
• Active DCP speed reference in clear text o Active speed: V0 → Message text “FreqRef(DCP-V0)” o ...
o Active speed: V7 → Message text “FreqRef(DCP-V7)” o Active speed: VN → Message text “FreqRef(DCP-VN)”
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 12
Source page
Page 730
o Active speed: VI → Message text “FreqRef(DCP-VI)” o Active speed: VF → Message text “FreqRef(DCP-VF)”
o Undefined (no speed command) → “FreqRef(DCP)”
* The latest DCP specification can be downloaded from the Kollmorgen website.
6.2 Communication Specifications
The following table lists the communication specification for DCP:
Table 1: DCP Communication Specifications
1.1.1.1. Item 1.1.1.2. Specification 1.1.1.3. Interface 1.1.1.4. RS-485 1.1.1.5. Synchronization method 1.1.1.6. Asynchronous (start-stop synchronization)
1.1.1.8. Communications speed: 38.4 kbps (fixed) 1.1.1.9. Data length: 8 bit (fixed) 1.1.1.7. Communications Parameter 1.1.1.10. Parity: no parity (fixed) 1.1.1.11. Stop bit: 1 bit (fixed)
1.1.1.12. Communication protocol 1.1.1.13. DCP 1.1.1.14. Communication cycle 1.1.1.15. 15 ms 1.1.1.16. No. of connectable units 1.1.1.17. 1 (fixed)
1.1.1.18. Timeout safety function 1.1.1.19. A DCE1 fault is triggered on the drive side if 10 successive messages are received incorrectly. During stop, 10 successive correct messages
reset the fault. This fault is not triggered during Stop. *For more information about DCP, contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
6.3 Communication with Lift Controllers This section describes the settings for the termination resistor and how to connect to DCP communications. It
operates using RS-485 interface (2-wire).
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 13
| Column | Item 1.1.1.2. | Column | Column | Specification | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Interface 1.1.1.4. | RS-485 | ||||
| Synchronization method 1.1.1.6. | Asynchronous (start-stop synchronization) | ||||
| 1.1.1.8. 1.1.1.9. Communications Parameter 1.1.1.10. 1.1.1.11. | Communications speed: 38.4 kbps (fixed) | ||||
| Data length: 8 bit (fixed) | |||||
| Parity: no parity (fixed) | |||||
| Stop bit: 1 bit (fixed) | |||||
| Communication protocol 1.1.1.13. | DCP | ||||
| Communication cycle 1.1.1.15. | 15 ms | ||||
| No. of connectable units 1.1.1.17. | 1 (fixed) | ||||
| Timeout safety function 1.1.1.19. | A DCE1 fault is triggered on the drive side if 10 successive messages are received incorrectly. During stop, 10 successive correct messages reset the fault. This fault is not triggered during Stop. |
Source page
Page 731
6.4 DCP Wiring Diagram
Describes the wiring for the drive unit using DCP communication with a lift controller.
PLC D+ D+ Drive D- D-
COM AC ON S2
Note:
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position to enable the termination resistor.
Figure 2 : DCP Wiring Diagram
6.5 Connect Communications Cable and Enable DCP Communications To initiate communication between lift controller and drive, follow the procedure below:
1. Connect the communication cable between controller and drive when the drive is de-energized. The connection terminal of the DCP communication is TB4.
Figure 3 : Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB4)
Note: Separate the communications wiring from the main circuit wiring, other wiring and power lines. Use shielded wires for the communications wiring and connect cable sheaths to the ground terminal of the drive. This prevents malfunction due to noise.
2. Confirm that the termination resistor is enabled on the drive by setting the DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
In DCP communications, the termination resistor for the drive needs to be enabled on the drive side. The termination resistor can be turned ON and OFF with DIP switch S2 on the terminal block. Set the DIP switch S2 as shown in the following drawing:
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 14
| D | + |
|---|---|
| D | - |
| CO | M |
| D | + |
|---|---|
| D | - |
| A | C |
Source page
Page 732
Use the tip of tweezers or a jig with a tip width of 0.8mm to set the DIP switch.
Figure 4 : DCP Communication Terminal and DIP Switch S2
3. Turn on the power.
4. Set the serial communication parameter H5-30 to 3 (DCP3). 1. H5-30 [Serial Communication Mode]
In the background, several parameters are set to prepare the drive for DCP operation:
o H5-02 [Serial Communication Baud Rate] = 5 [38400 bps] o b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1] = 6 [DCP] o b1-02 [Run Source Selection 1] = 6 [DCP] o d1-xx parameters are set to commonly used values (V4, V3, V2, VN, VI, V0) o S4-01 [Light Load Direction Search Sel] = 3 [Advanced Search] o S4-15 [Rescue Speed Reference Selection] = 1 [Selected Speed] o H1-03 to H1-10 defaults and values are set to Fh [Not Used]
5. Shut the power off and wait for the keypad display to go out completely.
6. Turn the power back on.
7. The drive is ready to begin communication with the lift controller.
6.6 DCP Communication Messages Each message is provided with a checksum byte. Faulty messages are repeated. Time-critical, high speed process
data (e.g., switch-off points, travel commands) are transferred by command and status byte. Non time-critical communication data (e.g., display content, keycode transfers) is communicated by Extended Data Communication (refer to Table2):
Table 2: DCP3 Extended Data Communication
Supported features for DCP3 (+) Command Remark Not supported features DCP3 (-) I0 (+) All When the drive has not received an I0 message and a travel sequence is initiated, it will show DCE2 fault and forces a timeout of 1 second. The controller must send a new initialization message after fault reset. U5-62 counts the number of correctly received I0 commands after power-up. I1 (+) All The drive will answer with manufacturer ID ‘YE’ and country identifier ‘JA’ (Japan). Monitor U5-63 shows the number of correctly received I1 commands after power-up. U5-64 shows the protocol type
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 15
| Command | Column | Supported features for DCP3 (+) | Column | Remark |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Not supported features DCP3 (-) | ||||
| I0 | (+) All | When the drive has not received an I0 message and a travel sequence is initiated, it will show DCE2 fault and forces a timeout of 1 second. The controller must send a new initialization message after fault reset. U5-62 counts the number of correctly received I0 commands after power-up. | ||
| I1 | (+) All | The drive will answer with manufacturer ID ‘YE’ and country identifier ‘JA’ (Japan). Monitor U5-63 shows the number of correctly received I1 commands after power-up. U5-64 shows the protocol type |
Source page
Page 733
status. I2 (+) Fault Reset The function ‘Maximum Torque’ and ‘Short-Circuiting of motor (-) Maximum Torque phases’ is not supported.
(-) Short-Circuit Motor Phases I3 (+) All Ensure that the real-time clock is set up correctly and a battery is installed in the keypad. I6 (+) Emergency Power Supply For indicating an emergency power supply condition to the (+) Energy Saving Mode drive, the controller must send an I6 command with Power Supply bit = ’U’ (Emergency supply) within 4 seconds after power-up to avoid an undervoltage fault (UV). In this
condition, the drive’s UV level is at 50V for 400V units and at 25V for 200V units. To activate Energy Saving Mode, set multi-function digital output 65h/165h to a D/O terminal. Monitor U5-65 shows the number of correctly received I6 commands after power-up.
Set S5-63 to 1 (DCP I8 Car Load Selection = Enabled). I8 (+) Weight Measurement Program multi-function analog input 14h to an unused analog input. Use the functions’ related parameters to adjust the pre-torque value. Note that the distance of the last travel (Extended Protocol) is I9 (+) Base Protocol not reported back in DCP3.
6.7 Extended Status Information
Table 3: Extended Status Bits
Extended Name Remark Status bit Speed for unlocking zone: 0 V unlock 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the
max. speed for unlocking zone (v ≥ 0.8 m/s) Border Speed:
1 V border 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the border speed S5-60 (v ≥ v border) Over Speed:
2 V over 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the overspeed S5-61 (v ≥ v border)
3 - 8 reserved 9 DC - bus Not supported
Recommended travel direction (after power failure): 10 Recommended direction 0: upward (counterweight heavier than car)
1: downward (car heavier than counterweight) 11 Motor temperature Motor temperature high (measured by PTC):
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 16
| Column | Column | status. |
|---|---|---|
| I2 | (+) Fault Reset (-) Maximum Torque (-) Short-Circuit Motor Phases | The function ‘Maximum Torque’ and ‘Short-Circuiting of motor phases’ is not supported. |
| I3 | (+) All | Ensure that the real-time clock is set up correctly and a battery is installed in the keypad. |
| I6 | (+) Emergency Power Supply (+) Energy Saving Mode | For indicating an emergency power supply condition to the drive, the controller must send an I6 command with Power Supply bit = ’U’ (Emergency supply) within 4 seconds after power-up to avoid an undervoltage fault (UV). In this condition, the drive’s UV level is at 50V for 400V units and at 25V for 200V units. To activate Energy Saving Mode, set multi-function digital output 65h/165h to a D/O terminal. Monitor U5-65 shows the number of correctly received I6 commands after power-up. |
| I8 | (+) Weight Measurement | Set S5-63 to 1 (DCP I8 Car Load Selection = Enabled). Program multi-function analog input 14h to an unused analog input. Use the functions’ related parameters to adjust the pre-torque value. |
| I9 | (+) Base Protocol | Note that the distance of the last travel (Extended Protocol) is not reported back in DCP3. |
| Column | Extended | Column | Name | Remark |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Status bit | ||||
| 0 | V unlock | Speed for unlocking zone: 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the max. speed for unlocking zone (v ≥ 0.8 m/s) | ||
| 1 | V border | Border Speed: 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the border speed S5-60 (v ≥ v border) | ||
| 2 | V over | Over Speed: 1: the actual speed is higher or equal to the overspeed S5-61 (v ≥ v border) | ||
| 3 - 8 | reserved | |||
| 9 | DC - bus | Not supported | ||
| 10 | Recommended direction | Recommended travel direction (after power failure): 0: upward (counterweight heavier than car) 1: downward (car heavier than counterweight) | ||
| 11 | Motor temperature | Motor temperature high (measured by PTC): |
Source page
Page 734
1: motor temperature beyond limit
Program analog function 0Eh to A1, A2, or A3. Use L1-03 to L1-05 for adjustment.
Drive temperature high (fin temperature): 12 Drive temperature 1: drive temperature beyond limit
Set the alarm level with L8-02. 13 - 14 reserved
15 1 Fixed to 1 to indicate extended status information
6.8 DCP Speeds Table 4: DCP Speeds and LA700 Display
DCP Speed Mode DCP Speed Mode Standard LA700 Speed Related LA700 LA700 DCP Name Bits Name Name Parameter Home Display
V0 Speed G0 V0 Leveling Speed d1-26 FreqRef(DCP-V0) VN Speed G1 VN Releveling Speed d1-23 FreqRef(DCP-VN) VF Speed G2 VF - - FreqRef(DCP-VF) V1 Speed G3 V1 Reference 4 d1-04 FreqRef(DCP-V1) Inspection Operation VI Speed G4 VI d1-24 Speed FreqRef(DCP-VI) V2 Speed G5 V2 Reference 3 d1-03 FreqRef(DCP-V2) V3 Speed G6 V3 Reference 2 d1-02 FreqRef(DCP-V3) V4 Speed G7 V4 Reference 1 d1-01 FreqRef(DCP-V4) V5 Speed G8 V5 Reference 7 d1-07 FreqRef(DCP-V5) V6 Speed G9 V6 Reference 6 d1-06 FreqRef(DCP-V6) V7 Speed G10 V7 Reference 5 d1-05 FreqRef(DCP-V7)
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 17
| Column | Column | 1: motor temperature beyond limit Program analog function 0Eh to A1, A2, or A3. Use L1-03 to L1-05 for adjustment. |
|---|---|---|
| 12 | Drive temperature | Drive temperature high (fin temperature): 1: drive temperature beyond limit Set the alarm level with L8-02. |
| 13 - 14 | reserved | |
| 15 | 1 | Fixed to 1 to indicate extended status information |
| Column | DCP Speed Mode | Column | Column | DCP Speed Mode | Column | Column | Standard LA700 Speed | Column | Column | Related LA700 | Column | Column | LA700 DCP Name | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Bits | Name | Name | Parameter | Home Display | ||||||||||
| G0 | V0 | Leveling Speed | d1-26 | V0 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V0) | ||||||||||
| G1 | VN | Releveling Speed | d1-23 | VN Speed FreqRef(DCP-VN) | ||||||||||
| G2 | VF | - | - | VF Speed FreqRef(DCP-VF) | ||||||||||
| G3 | V1 | Reference 4 | d1-04 | V1 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V1) | ||||||||||
| G4 | VI | Inspection Operation Speed | d1-24 | VI Speed FreqRef(DCP-VI) | ||||||||||
| G5 | V2 | Reference 3 | d1-03 | V2 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V2) | ||||||||||
| G6 | V3 | Reference 2 | d1-02 | V3 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V3) | ||||||||||
| G7 | V4 | Reference 1 | d1-01 | V4 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V4) | ||||||||||
| G8 | V5 | Reference 7 | d1-07 | V5 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V5) | ||||||||||
| G9 | V6 | Reference 6 | d1-06 | V6 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V6) | ||||||||||
| G10 | V7 | Reference 5 | d1-05 | V7 Speed FreqRef(DCP-V7) |
Source page
Page 735
6.9 Remote Display Functionality
This feature allows to display the drive’s menu structure on the lift controller’s display in order to program drive parameters when stopped or watch monitors during travel.
With setting o1-89 = 2 [Automatic], the drive adapts to the controller display automatically based on the lift
controller maker key.
Table 5: Inverter Maker Keys
Maker Key Manufacturer Display Format
‘B’ ’P’ Böhnke + Partner GmbH 4x16 1 ‘K’ ’N’ Kollmorgen Steuerungstechnik GmbH 4x16
‘N’ ’L’ NEW Lift Steuerungsbau GmbH 4x16 1 ‘L’ ’I’ Schneider Steuerungstechnik GmbH (LiSA) 4x16 1
‘S’ ’T’ Strack Lift Automation GmbH 2x16 1 The controller supports 20 characters. 16 are used, the remaining are filled with blanks.
Note that a keypad JVOP-KPLCA04□□□ or JVOP-KPLCC04□□□ with revision K or higher is required to support the Remote function. The Bluetooth keypad supports the Remote function only in LCD mode. Without the correct keypad or without any LCD keypad, limited operation is possible for parameter menu, monitor menu, and parameter verify menu (missing text messages not shown); the Drive Information display is available. For the main menu items, fixed English text messages might be shown.
Compared to using the drive’s LCD keypad, the DCP Remote functionality in general has the following restrictions:
• Run commands cannot be given • Programming-related menus are accessible only when stopped and no undervoltage (UV) alarm is pending
• The drive’s built-in Elevator Setup Wizard is not supported by the remote keypad
• Operation without the correct keypad (see above) is not supported
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 18
| Maker Key | Manufacturer | Display Format |
|---|---|---|
| ‘B’ ’P’ | Böhnke + Partner GmbH | 4x16 1 |
| ‘K’ ’N’ | Kollmorgen Steuerungstechnik GmbH | 4x16 |
| ‘N’ ’L’ | NEW Lift Steuerungsbau GmbH | 4x16 1 |
| ‘L’ ’I’ | Schneider Steuerungstechnik GmbH (LiSA) | 4x16 1 |
| ‘S’ ’T’ | Strack Lift Automation GmbH | 2x16 |
Source page
Page 736
6.10 Lift Controller Remote Key Assignments
The following table shows examples of controller key assignments during remote operation.
Table 6: Lift Controller Remote Key Assignments
Böhnke & Partner bp308 / bp408 Key Assignment Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment
Call / Info / > End Set >
OK > 8 > RESET >
Kollmorgen MPK-400 Key Assignment Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment
RESET + ESC > >
> - OK > 8 RESET
Schneider LiSA20 Key Assignment Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment
> > ESC Enter Info > > 8 RESET
Strack SLC4-20 Key Assignment Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment
> > > 8 RESET ESC CR Pres>s both
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 19
| Column | Böhnke & Partner bp308 / bp408 Key Assignment | Column | Column | Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Call / Info / End Set OK | > > > > 8 RESET > | ||||
| Kollmorgen MPK-400 Key Assignment | Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment | ||||
| RESET + ESC - OK | > > > > 8 RESET |
| Column | Schneider LiSA20 Key Assignment | Column | Column | Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ESC Enter Info | > > > > 8 RESET | ||||
| Strack SLC4-20 Key Assignment | Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment | ||||
| ESC CR | > > > 8 RESET Press both > |
Source page
Page 737
NEW FST-2XT Key Assignment Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment
Drive >
> t Enter u 8 > RESET
Shift >
6.11 Basic Recommended Commissioning Steps (DCP3)
1. Select inverter control method using A1-02 (CLV or PMCLV requires pulse counter feedback)
2. Perform Auto-Tuning (drive menu item “Auto-Tuning”)
3. Set H5-30 to 3 (DCP3) to activate DCP protocol on D+/D- terminals
4. Check correct rotation direction (drive menu item Diagnostic Tools -> Rotation Direction Troubleshoot -> Wrong Direction -> Execute trouble shoot)
5. Choose speed units (o1-03). If lift units are used (o1-03 ≥ 4), set o1-18 and o1-19 to define lift mechanics by the speed ratio between motor and lift car speed or by using dedicated mechanical parameters for sheave diameter, roping, and gear ratio (o1-2x)
6. Set desired elevator speeds (d1-xx), ramping times (C1-01/02), and jerks (C2-0x)
7. Set deceleration distances in the lift controller using U5-5x monitors
8. Adjust pre-torque function using S5-63 and analog input function 14h if required (including S3-27 to S3-30)
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 20
| Column | NEW FST-2XT Key Assignment | Column | Column | Yaskawa Remote Key Assignment | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Drive t Enter u Shift | > > > 8 RESET > |
Source page
Page 738
6.12 DCP Overview Diagrams (DCP3)
Master Message (lift controller)
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6
Command Byte Data Byte 1 Data Byte 2 Comm. Byte 1 Comm. Byte 2 Checksum 7 B 6 B 5 B 4 B 3 B 2 B 1 B 0 B 5 1 D 4 1 D 3 1 D 2 1 D 1 1 D 0 1 D 9 D 8 D 7 D 6 D 5 D 4 D 3 D 2 D 1 D 0 D
16bit-Remaining Distance (U5-37) (only in DCP4 if cmd. byte B3 = 0 and data Information type is set to 3 ) MSB LSB
e ga sse m ylpe r tsal n i ror Er )de rise d :1 ,la utc a :0 ( e cn a t D si e g n ahc de e S p )n w o d = 1 ,pu = 0 ( no itc e rid le v a Tr e d om de e S p hc tiw s ffo 0 v )3P C D n i yln o ( d n a m m o c le v a Tr e lb an e re llo rtno c e v D ir (only in DCP4 if cm M M d 1 . S S b 5 B B y b t e i t B - 3 R ( i = f e c m o 0 a m S a i m n p n a d i e n n d e g d a d b t D a y m t i I e s n o f t B o d a r 3 m e n = c a t e i o 1 n ( ) U t y 5 p - e 3 L i L s 7 S S s ) e B B t to 0 , 1 , or 2 ) n o itac in u m m o c atad d n e e E d xt lo rtno c d a p ye k eto m R e n o itac in u m m o c atad d n e e E d xt lo rtno c d a p ye k eto m R e n a fo tlu s er e h t si m u s kc e h c e T h se tyb fo no ita re po 5 R o O t X 1
Speed Mode (encoded in data bytes 1 and 2 when bit 3 set in Command Byte) Data Byte 1 (MSB) Data Byte 2 (LSB)
0x80 0x40 0x20 0x10 0x08 0x04 0x02 0x01 0x80 0x40 0x20 0x10 0x08 0x04 0x02 0x01 - - - - - V7 V6 V5 V4 V3 V2 VI V1 VF VN V0 Intermediate 4 Intermediate 5 Intermediate 6 Fast Intermediate 1 Intermediate 2 Inspection Intermediate 3 Fast start/stop Releveling Crawl
Figure 5 : Lift Controller Message Formats - Overview
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 21
| Master Message (lift controller) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Byte 1 | Byte 2 | Byte 3 | Byte 4 | Byte 5 | Byte 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Command Byte | Data Byte 1 | Data Byte 2 | Comm. Byte 1 | Comm. Byte 2 | Checksum | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 7 B | 6 B | 5 B | 4 B | 3 B | 2 B | 1 B | 0 B | 5 1 D | 4 1 D | 3 1 D | 2 1 D | 1 1 D | 0 1 D | 9 D | 8 D | 7 D | 6 D | 5 D | 4 D | 3 D | 2 D | 1 D | 0 D | n o ita c in u lo m r tn m o o c c d a a t a d p y e d k e d e t n o e m xt e E R | n o ita c in u lo m r tn m o o c c d a a t a d p y e d k e d e t n o e m xt e E R | n a f5 o o tlu t s 1 es re e ty h b t s fo i m n u s o ita k c re e h p o c R e hO TX |
| e g a s s e m y lp e r t s a l n i r o r Er | )d e ris e d :1 ,la u t c a :0 ( e c n a t s Di | e g n a h c d e e p S | )n w o d = 1 ,p u = 0 ( n o it c e rid le v a Tr | e d o m d e e p S | h c tiw s ffo 0 v | )3 P C D n i y ln o ( d n a m m o c le v a Tr | e lb a n e re llo rt n o c e v ir D | 16bit-Remaining Distance (U5-37) (only in DCP4 if cmd. byte B3 = 0 and data Information type is set to 3 ) MSB LSB | ||||||||||||||||||
| 15bit-Remaining Distance (U5-37) (only in DCP4 if cmd. byte B3 = 0 and data Information type is set to 0 , 1 , or 2 ) MSB LSB | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Speed mode (if command byte B3 = 1 ) MSB LSB |
| Speed Mode (encoded in data bytes 1 and 2 when bit 3 set in Command Byte) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Data Byte 1 (MSB) | Data Byte 2 (LSB) | ||||||||||||||
| 0x80 - | 0x40 - | 0x20 - | 0x10 - | 0x08 - | 0x04 V7 Intermediate 4 | 0x02 V6 Intermediate 5 | 0x01 V5 Intermediate 6 | 0x80 V4 Fast | 0x40 V3 Intermediate 1 | 0x20 V2 Intermediate 2 | 0x10 VI Inspection | 0x08 V1 Intermediate 3 | 0x04 VF Fast start/stop | 0x02 VN Releveling | 0x01 V0 Crawl |
Source page
Page 739
Slave Message (Drive Controller)
Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6
Status Byte Data Byte 1 Data Byte 2 Comm. Byte 1 Comm. Byte 2 Checksum
7S 6S 5S 4S 3S 2S 1S 0S 51 D 41 D 31 D 21 D 11 D 01 D 9 D 8 D 7 D 6 D 5 D 4 D 3 D 2 D 1 D 0 D 16bit Braking Distance (U5-38) (if data Information type is set to 3 ) MSB LSB 15bit Braking Distance (U5-38) 0 (if data Information type is set to 0 or 1) MSB LSB
e gasse m ylpe r tsal ni ror Er e ka rb lac in ah ce m n e Op /e d
c e n tp at e s c i c d a d e d r e i e s D S e p s/ m v 3 = , :0 > 0 e vitc a tlu Fa e m v r i a tc lA a e vitc a le va Tr yd ae r rello rtnoc e v D ir 1 de s u t N o de s u t N o eruta re p m e t re vo e virD eruta rep m e t re v o ro to M (i 1 f 5 d no itce rid de dne m m o c R e a b t i a t I n de tropp u s to N B fo r r a m k a d e vre s R e i t n io g n D t d e vre s R e y i p s e t i a s d e vre s R e n s c et e t d e vre s R e o (U 0 5 - d e vre s R e o 3 r 8 2 ) d e vre s R e ) de ep s O r e :0 v d B e d e r r : S o 0 e p s/ m => 8 , : V 0 0 n o itac inu m m o c a ta d d n d e E e xt lo rtno c d a p ye k eto m R e n o itacinu m m oc atad d n e e E d xt lo rtno c d a p ye k eto m R e n a fo tlu s er eh t si m u skce hc e T h no ita re po s 5 s s R o e o r t O t c y X 1 b a Figure 6 : Drive Controller Message Format - Overview Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 22
| Slave Message (Drive Controller) | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Byte 1 | Byte 2 | Byte 3 | Byte 4 | Byte 5 | Byte 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Status Byte | Data Byte 1 | Data Byte 2 | Comm. Byte 1 | Comm. Byte 2 | Checksum | |||||||||||||||||||||
| 7 S | 6 S | 5 S | 4 S | 3 S | 2 S | 1 S | 0 S | 5 1 D | 4 1 D | 3 1 D | 2 1 D | 1 1 D | 0 1 D | 9 D | 8 D | 7 D | 6 D | 5 D | 4 D | 3 D | 2 D | 1 D | 0 D | n o ita c in lo u m r tn m o o c c d a a ta p d y e d k d e e t n o e m xt e E R | n o ita c in lo u m r tn m o o c c d a a t a d p y e d k e d e t n o e m xt e E R | 5 n o a t fo 1 s tlu e s e t y b r s e s ho t r c s i a m u s n o ita k c re e h c p o R e h O TX |
| e g a s s e m y lp e r ts a l n i r o r Er | e k a rb la c in a h c e m n e p O | d e tp e c c a d e e p S / e c n a ts id d e r is e D | s / m 3 ,0 = > v :0 | e v itc a t lu a F | e v itc a m ra lA | e v itc a le v a Tr | y d a e r re llo rt n o c e v ir D | 16bit Braking Distance (U5-38) (if data Information type is set to 3 ) MSB LSB | ||||||||||||||||||
| 0 | 15bit Braking Distance (U5-38) (if data Information type is set to 0 or 1) MSB LSB | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1 | 15bit Braking Distance (U5-38) (if data Information type is set to 0 or 2 ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| d e s u to N | d e s u to N | e r u ta re p m e t re v o e v irD | e r u ta r e p m e t re v o r o to M | n o it c e rid d e d n e m m o c e R | d e tr o p p u s to N | d e v r e s e R | d e v r e s e R | d e v r e s e R | d e v r e s e R | d e v r e s e R | d e v r e s e R | d e e p s re v O :0 | d e e p S re d ro B :0 | s / m 8 ,0 = > V :0 |
Source page
Page 740
6.13 Related Parameters and Functions
Added parameters No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) H5-30 Serial 1 (3043) Communication (1, 3) Serial Communication Mode Mode 1: Memobus / Modbus 3: DCP3 Power must be cycled when H5-30 is changed from Memobus to any DCP mode or vice-versa. o1-89 Remote Operator 2 (31C3) Format (0 - 2) 0: 2 Lines 1: 4 Lines 2: Automatic Note:
With setting 2, in DCP3, the format is decided automatically depending on whether the given controller is known to support 4-line format. Users of controllers which are known to support 2
lines only may choose setting 1 to force 4-line mode. This may be useful in case of optional equipment for controllers, enabling 4-line
mode (e.g. Smartphone Apps, being connected via Bluetooth). S5-60 DCP Border Speed 120% (1A84) (0.0 - If inverter speed exceeds this speed, bit 1 of DCP Extended Status 150.0%) is set. S5-61 DCP Over Speed 120% (1A85) (0.0 - If inverter speed exceeds this speed, bit 2 of DCP Extended Status 150.0%) is set. S5-63 DCP I8 Car Load 0 (1A87) Selection (0 -1) 0: Disabled Standard 14h functionality is used. 1: Enabled DCP I8 telegram's L1:L3 (Car Load) information is used as virtual analog input value for function 14h [Torque Compensation]. This setting requires no physical signal connected to the selected analog input. S5-64 DCP I6/I8 7 (1A88) Configuration (0 - 7) Enables/Disables I6 and I8 command dependent internal functionalities (binary coding): 0: All I6 and I8 bits internally ineffective 1: Only I6 Energy Saving Mode bit effective 2: Only I6 Power Supply bit effective 4: Only I8 car load value effective Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 23
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| H5-30 (3043) | Serial Communication Mode | Serial Communication Mode 1: Memobus / Modbus 3: DCP3 Power must be cycled when H5-30 is changed from Memobus to any DCP mode or vice-versa. | 1 (1, 3) | ||||
| o1-89 (31C3) | Remote Operator Format | 0: 2 Lines 1: 4 Lines 2: Automatic Note: With setting 2, in DCP3, the format is decided automatically depending on whether the given controller is known to support 4-line format. Users of controllers which are known to support 2 lines only may choose setting 1 to force 4-line mode. This may be useful in case of optional equipment for controllers, enabling 4-line mode (e.g. Smartphone Apps, being connected via Bluetooth). | 2 (0 - 2) | ||||
| S5-60 (1A84) | DCP Border Speed | If inverter speed exceeds this speed, bit 1 of DCP Extended Status is set. | 120% (0.0 - 150.0%) | ||||
| S5-61 (1A85) | DCP Over Speed | If inverter speed exceeds this speed, bit 2 of DCP Extended Status is set. | 120% (0.0 - 150.0%) | ||||
| S5-63 (1A87) | DCP I8 Car Load Selection | 0: Disabled Standard 14h functionality is used. 1: Enabled DCP I8 telegram's L1:L3 (Car Load) information is used as virtual analog input value for function 14h [Torque Compensation]. This setting requires no physical signal connected to the selected analog input. | 0 (0 -1) | ||||
| S5-64 (1A88) | DCP I6/I8 Configuration | Enables/Disables I6 and I8 command dependent internal functionalities (binary coding): 0: All I6 and I8 bits internally ineffective 1: Only I6 Energy Saving Mode bit effective 2: Only I6 Power Supply bit effective 4: Only I8 car load value effective | 7 (0 - 7) |
Source page
Page 741
7: All I6 and I8 bits internally effective
4 2 1 I8 I6
1 1 1
Car Power ES Load Supply Mode
Added Standard Parameter Selection
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) b1-01 Speed Reference H5-30 = 1 : 0 (0180) Selection 1 H5-30 ≠ 1 : 6 Sets the input method for the speed reference. (0 - 6) 0 : Keypad 1 : Analog Input 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications 3 : Option PCB 6 : DCP b1-02 Up/Down H5-30 = 1 : 1 (0181) Command H5-30 ≠ 1 : 6 Sets the input method for the Up/Down command. Selection 1 (0 - 6) 0 : Keypad 1 : Digital Input 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications 3 : Option PCB 6 : DCP
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 24
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| b1-01 (0180) | Speed Reference Selection 1 | Sets the input method for the speed reference. 0 : Keypad 1 : Analog Input 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications 3 : Option PCB 6 : DCP | H5-30 = 1 : 0 H5-30 ≠ 1 : 6 (0 - 6) | ||||
| b1-02 (0181) | Up/Down Command Selection 1 | Sets the input method for the Up/Down command. 0 : Keypad 1 : Digital Input 2 : Memobus/Modbus Communications 3 : Option PCB 6 : DCP | H5-30 = 1 : 1 H5-30 ≠ 1 : 6 (0 - 6) |
Source page
Page 742
Modified Standard Parameters
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) d1-18 Speed Reference Not available (02C0) Selection Mode when H5-30=3 Sets the mode of speed reference selection by digital inputs. 0 : Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) 1 : High speed has priority 2 : Leveling speed has priority 3 : Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08) 4 : Smart Replacement S1-05 DC Inj/Pos Lock 0.60 s (0684) Time at Stop (0.00 - 10.00 Sets the length of time that the drive will do DC Injection at stop. s) When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV or CLV/PM], this parameter sets the length of time that the drive will do Position Lock at stop. This parameter is disabled when set to 0.00 s. When H5-30 = 3 is selected, the minimum time is S1-07 + 0.1 s.
Modified Standard Monitors
No. MFAO Signal Name Description (Hex.) Level U4-18 Speed Ref Source No signal (07DA) output Shows the selected speed reference source. available The keypad shows the speed reference source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules: X: Speed reference • 1: b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1] Y-nn: Speed reference source • 0-01: Keypad (d1-01 [Reference 1]) • 1-00: Analog input (unassigned) • 1-01: MFAI terminal A1 • 1-02: MFAI terminal A2 • 1-03: MFAI terminal A3 • 2-00: Multi-step speed reference (unassigned) • 2-02 to 2-08, 2-19 to 2-26: Multi-step speed reference (d1-02 to d1-08 [Reference 2 to 8], d1- 19 to d1-26 [Reference 19 to 26]) • 3-01: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications • 4-01: Communication option card • 9-01: DCP U4-21 Up/Down Cmd No signal (07DD) Source output Shows the selected Up/Down command source. available The keypad shows the Up/Down command source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules:
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 25
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| d1-18 (02C0) | Speed Reference Selection Mode | Sets the mode of speed reference selection by digital inputs. 0 : Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08) 1 : High speed has priority 2 : Leveling speed has priority 3 : Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08) 4 : Smart Replacement | Not available when H5-30=3 | ||||
| S1-05 (0684) | DC Inj/Pos Lock Time at Stop | Sets the length of time that the drive will do DC Injection at stop. When A1-02 = 3 or 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV or CLV/PM], this parameter sets the length of time that the drive will do Position Lock at stop. This parameter is disabled when set to 0.00 s. When H5-30 = 3 is selected, the minimum time is S1-07 + 0.1 s. | 0.60 s (0.00 - 10.00 s) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | MFAO Signal | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | Level | ||||||
| U4-18 (07DA) | Speed Ref Source | Shows the selected speed reference source. The keypad shows the speed reference source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules: X: Speed reference • 1: b1-01 [Speed Reference Selection 1] Y-nn: Speed reference source • 0-01: Keypad (d1-01 [Reference 1]) • 1-00: Analog input (unassigned) • 1-01: MFAI terminal A1 • 1-02: MFAI terminal A2 • 1-03: MFAI terminal A3 • 2-00: Multi-step speed reference (unassigned) • 2-02 to 2-08, 2-19 to 2-26: Multi-step speed reference (d1-02 to d1-08 [Reference 2 to 8], d1- 19 to d1-26 [Reference 19 to 26]) • 3-01: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications • 4-01: Communication option card • 9-01: DCP | No signal output available | ||||
| U4-21 (07DD) | Up/Down Cmd Source | Shows the selected Up/Down command source. The keypad shows the Up/Down command source as “XY-nn” as specified by these rules: | No signal output available |
Source page
Page 743
X: Up/Down command • 1: b1-02 [Up/Down Command Selection 1] Y: Up/Down command source • 0: Keypad
• 1: Control circuit terminal • 3: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications • 4: Communication option card • 9: DCP nn: Up/Down command limit status data • 00: No limit status. • 01: The Up/Down command was left ON when the drive
stopped in the Programming Mode. • 02: The Up/Down command was left ON when switching from LOCAL Mode to REMOTE Mode. • 03: The Up/Down command is in standby after the drive was energized until the soft charge bypass contactor turns ON.
Note: The drive will detect Uv1 [DC Bus Undervoltage] or Uv [Undervoltage] if the soft charge bypass contactor does not turn ON after 10 s. • 04: Restart after run stop is prohibited. • 05: Fast stop has been executed using the MFDI terminal. Or, the motor has ramped to stop by
pressing the STOP key on the keypad. • 07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer. • 08: Speed reference is below E1-09 [Minimum Output Speed] during baseblock. • 09: Waiting for the Enter command from PLC.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 26
Source page
Page 744
Added Standard Parameter Dependencies
The baud rate for DCP operation is specified as 38,400 baud. When DCP operation is selected by H5-30, the baud rate of the Memobus port, accessible via terminals D+, D- is automatically set to 38,400 baud. The values of the following parameters are changed automatically according to the settings of H5-30.
Dependent H5-30 = x Parameter 1 [Memobus/Modbus] 3 [DCP3] b1-01 0 [Operator Keypad] 6 [DCP] b1-02 1 [Control Circuit Terminal] 6 [DCP] Refer to 12.8 H: Terminal Functions H1-03 - H1-10 F [Not Used] in Technical Manual H3-02 0 [Frequency Bias] 1F [Not used] H5-02 3 [9600 Baud] 5 [38400 Baud] S4-01 0 [Disabled] 3 [Advanced] S4-15 0 [D1-25] 1 [Selected Speed via DCP]
Note:
1. Parameter values are set to above (default) values when H5-30 is changed. 2. Do a power cycle after you switched H5-30 ≠ 1 or after you switched back to H5-30 = 1 to let the new H5-02 setting take effect.
Added Standard Parameter Dependencies (Defaults)
H5-30 = x Dependent 1 [Memobus/Modbus] 3 [DCP3] 1 [Memobus/Modbus] 3 [DCP3] Parameter Default Value Parameter Texts d1-01 0.00% 100.00% Reference 1 V4 Speed d1-02 0.00% 64.00% Reference 2 V3 Speed d1-03 0.00% 40.00% Reference 3 V2 Speed d1-04 0.00% Reference 4 V1 Speed d1-05 0.00% Reference 5 V7 Speed d1-06 0.00% Reference 6 V6 Speed
d1-07 0.00% Reference 7 V5 Speed d1-23 0.00% 1.00% Releveling Speed VN Speed
d1-24 50.00% 25.00% Inspection Operation Speed VI Speed d1-26 8.00% 4.00% Leveling Speed V0 Speed
Note: d1 parameter texts are not changed in DriveWizard when H5-30 = 3. When you set DCP speed by DriveWizard, refer
to above table.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 27
| Column | Dependent | Column | Column | H5-30 = x | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Parameter | 1 [Memobus/Modbus] | 3 [DCP3] | ||||||
| b1-01 | 0 [Operator Keypad] | 6 [DCP] | ||||||
| b1-02 | 1 [Control Circuit Terminal] | 6 [DCP] | ||||||
| H1-03 - H1-10 | Refer to 12.8 H: Terminal Functions in Technical Manual | F [Not Used] | ||||||
| H3-02 | 0 [Frequency Bias] | 1F [Not used] | ||||||
| H5-02 | 3 [9600 Baud] | 5 [38400 Baud] | ||||||
| S4-01 | 0 [Disabled] | 3 [Advanced] | ||||||
| S4-15 | 0 [D1-25] | 1 [Selected Speed via DCP] |
| Dependent Parameter | Column | H5-30 = x | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 [Memobus/Modbus] | 3 [DCP3] | 1 [Memobus/Modbus] | 3 [DCP3] | |||||||||
| Default Value | Parameter Texts | |||||||||||
| d1-01 | 0.00% | 100.00% | Reference 1 | V4 Speed | ||||||||
| d1-02 | 0.00% | 64.00% | Reference 2 | V3 Speed | ||||||||
| d1-03 | 0.00% | 40.00% | Reference 3 | V2 Speed | ||||||||
| d1-04 | 0.00% | Reference 4 | V1 Speed | |||||||||
| d1-05 | 0.00% | Reference 5 | V7 Speed | |||||||||
| d1-06 | 0.00% | Reference 6 | V6 Speed | |||||||||
| d1-07 | 0.00% | Reference 7 | V5 Speed | |||||||||
| d1-23 | 0.00% | 1.00% | Releveling Speed | VN Speed | ||||||||
| d1-24 | 50.00% | 25.00% | Inspection Operation Speed | VI Speed | ||||||||
| d1-26 | 8.00% | 4.00% | Leveling Speed | V0 Speed |
| Dependent |
|---|
| Parameter |
Source page
Page 745
Added description to S4-15: Rescue Speed Reference Selection *Underlined part is added description
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-15 Rescue Speed 0 (06DA) Reference (0, 1) Selection Sets the speed reference used for Rescue Operation. 0 : D1-25 The drive uses the value set in d1-25 [Rescue Operation Speed] as speed reference for Rescue Operation. 1 : Selected Speed
When DCP is activated (H5-30 = 3), the speed reference is obtained by the DCP speed selection (selected by the lift controller). See note below.
When not in DCP mode (H5-30 = 1), the drive uses the selected speed as speed reference for Rescue Operation according to the d1-18 [Speed Reference Selection Mode] setting. • When d1-18 = 0, 3 [Multi-speed Mode1 (d1-01 to 08), Multi-speed Mode2 (d1-02 to 08)], the drive uses the
multi-step speed. • When d1-18 = 1, 2 [High speed has priority, Leveling speed has priority], the drive uses the speed set in these
parameters: - d1-19 [Nominal Speed] - d1-20 to d1-22 [Intermediate Speed 1 to Intermediate Speed 3]
- d1-23 [Releveling Speed] - d1-26 [Leveling Speed]
Note (for DCP3): Before a travel can be initiated in Rescue mode with reduced UPS-supplied DC bus voltage, an I6 = “U” command might be required from the lift controller in order to override undervoltage (UV) alarms in the drive. The command I6 = “U” is equal to activating the multi-function digital input 55h (Rescue Operation). Sending a command
I6 = “N” disables UV operation (corresponds to a de-activation of the 55h digital input function). I6 = “U” command can only be used if no D/I terminal is assigned to input function 55h. If 55h is programmed, I6 = “U” command is ignored.
Added Standard Monitors
No. MFAO Signal Name Description (Hex.) Level U5-50 Deceleration No signal (3056) Distance V0 output Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating Expert available from d1-26 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-51 Deceleration No signal (3057) Distance V1 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-04 speed. Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 28
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S4-15 (06DA) | Rescue Speed Reference Selection | Sets the speed reference used for Rescue Operation. | 0 (0, 1) |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | MFAO Signal | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | Level | ||||||
| U5-50 (3056) Expert | Deceleration Distance V0 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-26 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available | ||||
| U5-51 (3057) Expert | Deceleration Distance V1 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-04 speed. | No signal output available |
Source page
Page 746
Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in
U5-52 Deceleration No signal (3058) Distance V2 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-03 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-53 Deceleration No signal
(3059) Distance V3 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-02 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-54 Deceleration No signal (3149) Distance V4 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-01 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-55 Deceleration No signal
(314A) Distance V5 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-07 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-56 Deceleration No signal (314B) Distance V6 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-06 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in
U5-57 Deceleration No signal (314C) Distance V7 Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating output available Expert from d1-05 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 29
| Column | Column | Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | Column |
|---|---|---|---|
| U5-52 (3058) Expert | Deceleration Distance V2 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-03 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
| U5-53 (3059) Expert | Deceleration Distance V3 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-02 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
| U5-54 (3149) Expert | Deceleration Distance V4 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-01 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
| U5-55 (314A) Expert | Deceleration Distance V5 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-07 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
| U5-56 (314B) Expert | Deceleration Distance V6 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-06 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
| U5-57 (314C) Expert | Deceleration Distance V7 | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-05 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
Source page
Page 747
U5-58 Deceleration No signal output (314D) Distance VN Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating available Expert from d1-23 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in U5-60 Command Byte No signal (305E) First byte of DCP frame (Controller -> Drive) output available Expert B0: Drive Controller Enable B1: Travel Command B2: Stop Switch B3: Travel command transfer in data bytes B4: Travel Direction B5: Speed Change B6: Remaining Distance B7: Error in last reply message
U5-61 Status Byte No signal (305F) First byte of DCP frame (Drive -> Controller) output available Expert S0: Drive Controller Ready S1: Travel active S2: Alarm active S3: Fault active S4: Motor speed below 0.3 m/s S5: Distance accepted S6: Brake open S7: Error in last reply message
U5-62 I0 Message No signal (3060) Reception Counter Counts the valid I0 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts
U5-63 I1 Message No signal (3061) Reception Counter Counts the valid I1 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts U5-64 I1 Message No signal (3153) Request and Reply Shows Data Information Type Request (DIR) from controller, Data output available Expert Information Type (DI) acknowledged by inverter, Protocol Type Request (PTR) from controller, and acknowledged Protocol Type (PT). U5-64 = ABCD, A = DIR B = DI C = PTR
D = PT U5-65 I6 Message No signal (3154) Reception Counter output
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 30
| U5-58 (314D) Expert | Deceleration Distance VN | Shows the Deceleration Distance occurring when decelerating from d1-23 speed. Unit : When o1-12 [Length Units] changes, the display units for this parameter also change: • o1-12 =0 [Millimeter Unit] : 0.001 m • o1-12 =1 [Inch Units] : 0.1 in | No signal output available |
|---|---|---|---|
| U5-60 (305E) Expert | Command Byte | First byte of DCP frame (Controller -> Drive) B0: Drive Controller Enable B1: Travel Command B2: Stop Switch B3: Travel command transfer in data bytes B4: Travel Direction B5: Speed Change B6: Remaining Distance B7: Error in last reply message | No signal output available |
| U5-61 (305F) Expert | Status Byte | First byte of DCP frame (Drive -> Controller) S0: Drive Controller Ready S1: Travel active S2: Alarm active S3: Fault active S4: Motor speed below 0.3 m/s S5: Distance accepted S6: Brake open S7: Error in last reply message | No signal output available |
| U5-62 (3060) Expert | I0 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I0 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-63 (3061) Expert | I1 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I1 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-64 (3153) Expert | I1 Message Request and Reply | Shows Data Information Type Request (DIR) from controller, Data Information Type (DI) acknowledged by inverter, Protocol Type Request (PTR) from controller, and acknowledged Protocol Type (PT). U5-64 = ABCD, A = DIR B = DI C = PTR D = PT | No signal output available |
| U5-65 (3154) | I6 Message Reception Counter | No signal output |
Source page
Page 748
Expert Counts the valid I6 messages received by the drive. The counter available will roll after 65535 counts U5-71 I9 Message No signal
(315A) Reception Counter Counts the valid I9 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts U5-74 I2 Message No signal (314F) Reception Counter Counts the valid I2 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts U5-75 I3 Message No signal (3150) Reception Counter Counts the valid I3 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts U5-76 I8 Message No signal (3151) Reception Counter Counts the valid I8 messages received by the drive. The counter output available Expert will roll after 65535 counts U5-77 I8 Car Load Value No signal (3152) Received Shows the car load value received from the lift controller via I8 output available Expert message
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 31
| Expert | Column | Counts the valid I6 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | available |
|---|---|---|---|
| U5-71 (315A) Expert | I9 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I9 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-74 (314F) Expert | I2 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I2 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-75 (3150) Expert | I3 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I3 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-76 (3151) Expert | I8 Message Reception Counter | Counts the valid I8 messages received by the drive. The counter will roll after 65535 counts | No signal output available |
| U5-77 (3152) Expert | I8 Car Load Value Received | Shows the car load value received from the lift controller via I8 message | No signal output available |
Source page
Page 749
Changes to Standard Multi-Functions Digital Inputs (MFDI)
H5-30 = 1 H1-xx Setting H5-30 = 3 Function Name [Memobus / (Hex) [DCP3] Modbus] 3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 5 Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 6 JOG Reference Selection 16 Motor 2 Selection 50 Nominal Speed 51 Intermediate Speed Available Not available 52 Releveling Speed 53 Leveling Speed 54 Inspection Operation 57 High Speed Limit (Up)
58 High Speed Limit (Down) 5C Stop Distance Correction
Changes to Standard Multi-Function Digital Outputs (MFDO)
MFDO Availability by H5-30 Setting H5-30 = 1 H2-xx Setting H5-30 = 3 Function Name [Memobus / (Hex) [DCP3] Modbus] 1C (11C) Motor 2 Selection Available Not available MFDO Availability by S4-01 Setting
H2-xx Setting Function Name S4-01 < 3 S4-01 = 3 (Hex) 55 (155) Light Load Direction Detection Status Available Not available
Changes to Standard Multi-Function Analog Inputs MFAI Availability by H5-30 Setting
H5-30 = 1 H3-xx Setting H5-30 = 3 Function Name [Memobus / (Hex) [DCP3] Modbus] 0 Speed Reference Bias 2 Auxiliary Speed Reference 1 Available Not available 3 Auxiliary Speed Reference 2
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 32
| H1-xx Setting (Hex) | Function Name | Column | H5-30 = 1 | Column | H5-30 = 3 [DCP3] |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| [Memobus / | |||||
| Modbus] | |||||
| 3 | Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 | Available | Not available | ||
| 4 | Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 | ||||
| 5 | Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 | ||||
| 6 | JOG Reference Selection | ||||
| 16 | Motor 2 Selection | ||||
| 50 | Nominal Speed | ||||
| 51 | Intermediate Speed | ||||
| 52 | Releveling Speed | ||||
| 53 | Leveling Speed | ||||
| 54 | Inspection Operation | ||||
| 57 | High Speed Limit (Up) | ||||
| 58 | High Speed Limit (Down) | ||||
| 5C | Stop Distance Correction |
| H1-xx Setting |
|---|
| (Hex) |
| H5-30 = 3 |
|---|
| [DCP3] |
| H2-xx Setting (Hex) | Function Name | Column | H5-30 = 1 | Column | H5-30 = 3 [DCP3] |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| [Memobus / | |||||
| Modbus] | |||||
| 1C (11C) | Motor 2 Selection | Available | Not available |
| H2-xx Setting |
|---|
| (Hex) |
| H5-30 = 3 |
|---|
| [DCP3] |
| Column | H2-xx Setting | Column | Function Name | S4-01 < 3 | S4-01 = 3 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex) | |||||
| 55 (155) | Light Load Direction Detection Status | Available | Not available |
| H3-xx Setting (Hex) | Function Name | Column | H5-30 = 1 | Column | H5-30 = 3 [DCP3] |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| [Memobus / | |||||
| Modbus] | |||||
| 0 | Speed Reference Bias | Available | Not available | ||
| 2 | Auxiliary Speed Reference 1 | ||||
| 3 | Auxiliary Speed Reference 2 |
| H3-xx Setting |
|---|
| (Hex) |
| H5-30 = 3 |
|---|
| [DCP3] |
Source page
Page 750
Added Faults and Modified Errors
Co de Name Causes Possible Solutions DCE1 DCP Cyclic Redundancy A CRC check failed 10 times EMC countermeasures Error consecutively during RUN
DCE2 DCP Initialization Error A Run command was given Send I1 command although no valid initialization
command (I1) was received DOE1 DCP RUN Command at A Run command was given Remove Alarm Alarm although the inverter was in
alarm state DCK1 Wrong LCD Keypad Text message reading from LCD Connect correct LCD operator
keypad failed during Remote Keypad operation. Text read operation is possible with keypad
version JVOP-KPLCA04□□□ or JVOP-KPLCC04□□□ with revision K or higher.
Like for other alarms, the alarm display in the remote display can be skipped for 10s by pressing
any remote key besides Arrow Left (Arrow Left issues a fault
reset command). Unlike for other alarms, the time counter is reset (i.e. newly set to
10 s) if any remote key is pressed. This has no effect to the alarm’s display on LCD
operator.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 33
| Code | Name | Causes | Possible Solutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| DCE1 | DCP Cyclic Redundancy Error | A CRC check failed 10 times consecutively during RUN | EMC countermeasures |
| DCE2 | DCP Initialization Error | A Run command was given although no valid initialization command (I1) was received | Send I1 command |
| DOE1 | DCP RUN Command at Alarm | A Run command was given although the inverter was in alarm state | Remove Alarm |
| DCK1 | Wrong LCD Keypad | Text message reading from LCD keypad failed during Remote Keypad operation. Text read operation is possible with keypad version JVOP-KPLCA04□□□ or JVOP-KPLCC04□□□ with revision K or higher. Like for other alarms, the alarm display in the remote display can be skipped for 10s by pressing any remote key besides Arrow Left (Arrow Left issues a fault reset command). Unlike for other alarms, the time counter is reset (i.e. newly set to 10 s) if any remote key is pressed. This has no effect to the alarm’s display on LCD operator. | Connect correct LCD operator |
Source page
Page 751
Added oPE Errors
Co de Name Causes Possible Solutions
oPE21 Elevator Parameter Both b1-01[Speed Reference Set b1-01[Speed Reference Setting Fault Selection 1] and b1-02[Up/Down Selection 1] = 6[DCP], and
Command Selection 1] are not set b1-02[Up/Down Command to 6[DCP] when you set Selection 1] = 6[DCP] H5-30[Serial Communication Mode]
= 3[DCP]. S5-10[Leveling Stop Method Set S5-10[Leveling Stop Method Selection] is not set to 0[Speed Selection] = 0[Speed Control] Control] when you set H5-30[Serial
Communication Mode] = 3[DCP].
Added description to S4-20: Light Load Search Dir Override *Underlined part is added description
No. Default Name Description (Hex.) (Range) S4-20 Light Load Search 1 (1A9D) Dir Override (0, 1) Sets the evacuation in Light Load Direction determined by drive. Expert Note: This parameter is enabled only when S4-01 = 3 [Light Load Direction Search Sel = Advanced Search (Motor 1)] and DCP is off (H5-30 set to 1). 0 : Disabled The elevator controller decides direction by S1/S2.
1 : Enabled The drive can override S1/S2 direction of the elevator controller.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 34
| Code | Name | Causes | Possible Solutions |
|---|---|---|---|
| oPE21 | Elevator Parameter Setting Fault | Both b1-01[Speed Reference Selection 1] and b1-02[Up/Down Command Selection 1] are not set to 6[DCP] when you set H5-30[Serial Communication Mode] = 3[DCP]. | Set b1-01[Speed Reference Selection 1] = 6[DCP], and b1-02[Up/Down Command Selection 1] = 6[DCP] |
| S5-10[Leveling Stop Method Selection] is not set to 0[Speed Control] when you set H5-30[Serial Communication Mode] = 3[DCP]. | Set S5-10[Leveling Stop Method Selection] = 0[Speed Control] |
| Column | No. | Column | Name | Description | Column | Default | Column |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (Hex.) | (Range) | ||||||
| S4-20 (1A9D) Expert | Light Load Search Dir Override | Sets the evacuation in Light Load Direction determined by drive. | 1 (0, 1) |
Source page
Page 752
Added description to “b8: Energy Saving” subchapter *Underlined part is added description ◆ b8: Energy Saving
Energy-saving control improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient level. Set b8-01 [Energy Saving Control Selection], b8-16 [PM E-Save Coefficient Ki], and b8-17 [PM E-Save Coefficient Kt] when you use a PM motor. Note: •Energy-saving control is available only when A1-02 = 7 [Control Method Selection = CLV/PM] and A1-01 = 3 [Access Level Selection = Expert Level]. •Energy-saving control maximizes operation based on precise motor data set to the drive. Always do Auto-Tuning
and enter the correct information about the motor before you use the Energy-saving control.
■ Standby Mode The Standby Mode helps to decrease the power consumption of drive in standby condition (no operation longer than b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time]). Standby Mode waits for the drive to stop, uses the relay output of an MFDO terminal to shut off the input side electromagnetic contactor (MC), then shuts off the main circuit power supply. This can limit the standby power
consumption only to the drive control power supply including the option. When you use this function, connect an electromagnetic contactor to the drive input side, and connect the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 [Standby Output or !Standby Output]. When the MFDO terminal activates, the electromagnetic contactor must be OFF. Connect an external 24 V power supply directly to between terminals PS-AC for the control power supply of the drive. When you use Standby Mode, make sure that you lock the mechanical brake on the motor shaft.
Figure 7 : Necessary Configuration for Direct Connection
• When you enter the Up and Down commands from MFDIs or when you use MFDIs to return the operation from the Standby Mode, use another 24 V power supply isolated from the 24 V power supply connected to between the terminals PS-AC. • When you use the same 24 V power supply for 24V 1 and 24V 2 , use a semiconductor switch (photocoupler) for inputs to terminals S1 to S10 to decrease the effect of electrical noise.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 35
Source page
Page 753
Figure 8 : Sequence Example of Direct Connection
*1 The terminal Sx is one of the MFDI terminals S1 to S10.
Note:
•If the drive frequently moves between Standby Mode and Normal Mode, it can cause early wear on the electromagnetic contactor in the main circuit. The design life of the electromagnetic contactor in the drive main circuit is approximately 10 years when you turn it ON and OFF 48 times a day. •If you frequently open and close the electromagnetic contactor, it will decrease the service life of the drive.
The drive does these operations in Standby Mode: • To open or close the MFDO terminals set for H2-xx = 65 or 165
• To turn OFF the LCD backlight • To turn OFF all LEDs of the LED Status Ring • To stop the cooling fans
Conditions to Transit to Standby Mode When one of these conditions is true, the drive enters Standby Mode, and the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 activates: • There is an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165, and the MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BB or 1BB[Standby
or !Standby] activates • There is an MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165, and the drive receives the external baseblock signal for longer than b8-51 [Standby Mode Wait Time] (including the time after the drive is energized to before the operation starts) • When DCP is activated (H5-30 = 3), an I6 command with parameter Energy Saving Mode = ‘1’ or ‘2’ is received.
Conditions to Recover from Standby Mode
When one of these conditions is true, the drive recovers from Standby Mode, and the MFDO terminal set for H2-xx = 65 or 165 deactivates to turn ON the electromagnetic contactor for the main circuit power supply: • An external baseblock is canceled • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BB or 1BB deactivates • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = 40 or 41 [Up Command or Down Command] activates • The MFDI terminal set for H1-xx = BC or 1BC [Wake Up or !Wake Up] activates • The drive receives the Up/Down command from the keypad, MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, or
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 36
Source page
Page 754
communication option • When DCP is activated (H5-30 = 3), an I6 command with parameter Energy Saving Mode = ‘0’ (No Energy Saving Mode - Normal Operation) is received.
After the drive receives the request to recover to Normal Mode, it takes 3 s maximum to be ready for operation. When the drive has already received the Up/Down command at the time that the ON signal of the electromagnetic contactor is input, it operates in the requested operation mode at the same time that the ON signal of the electromagnetic contactor is input.
Added description to contents related to Torque Compensation *Underlined part is added description
MFAI Setting Values
Setting Function Description Value 14 Torque Compensation Enters the torque compensation value if the motor rated torque is 100%. This function allows an analog signal to the input terminal adjust the amount of torque compensation to handle and unbalance at start when elevators sensors indicate that a large load has been added to the car. This helps to
minimize shock and jerking at start. To use this function, an analog signal from a load sensor is necessary. In combination with DCP, analog input function 14h can be used to scale I8 telegram’s car load weight measurement value [L1:L3]. To do so, set S5-63 to 1 [DCP I8 Car Load Selection = Enabled]. In this case, the [L1:L3] value is used as virtual analog input value on the programmed analog input where 0% / 100% correspond to 0% / 100% analog input value. In this configuration, no physical input signal is connected to the analog input terminal. Parameters S3-27 to S3-30 can be used to scale the pre-torque value. Refer to Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation in LA700 Technical Manual : 4.8 Setup Procedure for Elevator
Applications for more information.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 37
| Column | Setting | Column | Function | Description |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Value | ||||
| 14 | Torque Compensation | Enters the torque compensation value if the motor rated torque is 100%. |
Source page
Page 755
■ Brake Sequence Using Torque Compensation
Adjusting the Torque Compensation at Start To use torque compensation at start, apply at least 50% of the maximum weight to the elevator car and set the drive according to the Load Condition 2 procedure below. If using a voltage signal to the analog input terminals as a load sensor, then that input signal will determine the rate of torque compensation applied according to S3-27 [Load1 Torque Compensation Level] and S3-28 [Load2 Torque Compensation Level].
Before the torque compensation function can be used, the analog input scaling must be adjusted to the load sensor output. This can be done by bringing the elevator into two different load conditions and teaching the corresponding analog input value and torque reference value to the drive. Note: 1. This torque compensation requires a closed loop control mode (CLV, CLV/PM). 2. The torque compensation value is limited to 120%.
Set an analog input terminal for torque compensation (H3-xx = 14) and proceed with the steps below. Procedure for Load Condition 1 (S3-27, S3-29) 1. Make sure the drive is wired properly. For instructions, refer to Improve Ride Comfort on page 201. 2. Set the speed reference to 0%. 3. Apply no weight to the elevator car. 4. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input is connected to (U1-13 [Terminal A1 Level] for terminal A1, U1-14 [Terminal A2 Level] for terminal A2, U1-15 [Terminal A3 Level] for terminal A3).
5. Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases. 6. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09 [Torque Reference]. 7. Stop the drive. 8. Set the value noted in step 4 to S3-29 [Load 1 Analog Input Level]. Set the value noted in step 6 to S3-27.
Procedure for Load Condition 2 (S3-28, S3-30)
1. Set the speed reference to 0%. 2. Apply load to the car has much as possible (at least 50% of the maximum weight). 3. Note the value of the analog input monitor for the load signal input connected to (U1-13 [Terminal A1 Level] for terminal A1, U1-14 [Terminal A2 Level] for terminal A2, U1-15 [Terminal A3 Level] for terminal A3). 4. Provide an elevator Up or Down command, using Inspection Operation or normal operation mode. The car should be held in place when the brake releases. 5. Note the drives internal torque reference monitor U1-09 [Torque Reference].
6. Stop the drive. 7. Set the value noted in step 3 to S3-30 [Load 2 Analog Input Level]. Set the value noted in step 5 to S3-28.
Figure 9 shows the Torque Compensation at Start settings with S3-27 to S3-30. The solid line in Figure 10 indicates the torque compensation at start when the elevator moves up or down.
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 38
Source page
Page 756
Figure 9 : Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction
After setting load conditions 1 and 2, do a trial run. If required, S3-12 [Torque Comp. Bias in Down Direct] can beset up to add a bias to the load sensor input when riding in a Down direction (default: 0.0%, same torque compensation characteristics in up and down direction). Figure 10 illustrates the effect of torque compensation on the settings of S3-12 and S3-27 to S3-30.
Figure 10 : Torque Compensation at Start for the Elevator in Up and Down Direction
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 39
Source page
Page 757
When using DCP to provide the Torque Compensation, the adjustment procedure for the Torque Compensation at
start is basically the same as for a load sensor. Instead of receiving the analog signal from the sensor, a DCP I8 command from the controller (visible in U5-77) is required to apply load conditions 1 and 2 of the adjustment procedure. Refer to Figure 11. Note that S5-63 needs to be set to 1 and S5-64 must be bigger than or equal to 4.
Terminal Ax Function Selection DCP I8 Car Load S5-63 = 14h [Torque Compensation] Selection
AIx 0 A/D Analog Input Voltage 1 U5-77 I8 Car Load Value Received D+ DCP I8 Telegram: [L1:L3] D-
Figure 11 : Torque Compensation via DCP
Document No.: EZZ024805 Prepared in December 2024 40
Technical data
Highlighted specifications
| Specification | Value | Page |
|---|---|---|
| Phrase | Definition | 14 |
| CLV | ClosedLoopVectorControl | 14 |
| CLV/PM | ClosedLoopVectorControlforPermanentMagnetMotors | 14 |
| Drive | YASKAWAACDriveLA700 | 14 |
| EDM | ExternalDeviceMonitor | 14 |
| IPMmotor | InteriorPermanentMagnetMotor | 14 |
| MFAI | Multi-FunctionAnalogInput | 14 |
| MFAO | Multi-FunctionAnalogOutput | 14 |
| MFDI | Multi-FunctionDigitalInput | 14 |
| MFDO | Multi-FunctionDigitalOutput | 14 |
| OLV | OpenLoopVectorControl | 14 |
| PMmotor | PermanentMagnetSynchronousMotor(genericnameforIPMmotorsandSPMmotors) | 14 |
| SIL | SafetyIntegrityLevel | 14 |
| SPMmotor | SurfacePermanentMagnetMotor | 14 |
| V/f | V/fControl | 14 |
| Icon | ScrewShape | 14 |
| Pictogram | Description | 20 |
| No. | Description | 26 |
| Model | MaximumApplicableMotorOutput kW | ContinuousRatedOutputCurrent*1 A | 50%EDOutputCurrent*1 A | 26 |
| ControlMethod Selection | OpenLoopV/fControl (V/f) | OpenLoopVector (OLV) | ClosedLoopVector (CLV) | PMClosedLoopVector Control (CLV/PM) | Notes | 28 |
| Controlled Motor | InductionMotor | PMMotor | - | 28 |
| ParameterSettings | A1-02=0 | A1-02=2 (Default) | A1-02=3 | A1-02=7 | - | 28 |
| BasicControl | V/f | OpenLoopCurrentVector Control | ClosedLoopCurrentVector Control | PMClosedLoopCurrent VectorControl(withspeed controller) | - | 28 |
| MainApplications | General-purposevariable speedcontrol | • General-purposevariable speedcontrol • Applicationsinwhich highperformanceis necessarywithout machineencoders | Veryhigh-performance controlwithmotorencoders Example:High-precision speedcontrol,torquelimits | Veryhigh-performancePM motorcontrolwithmotor encoders Example:High-precision speedcontrol,torquelimits | - | 28 |
| PGOptionCard | Notnecessary | Notnecessary | Necessary(PG-B3orPG- X3) | Necessary(PG-B3,PG-X3, PG-F3,orPG-E3) | - | 28 |
| MaximumOutput Frequency | 200Hz | 200Hz | 200Hz | 200Hz | - | 28 |
| SpeedControl Range | 1:40 | 1:200 | 1:1500 | 1:1500 | Thisistherangeofvariable control. Whenyouconnectandoperate motorsinthismode,thinkabout theincreaseinmotortemperature. | 28 |
| StartingTorque | 150%/3Hz | 200%/0.3Hz*1 | 200%/0min-1*1 | 200%/0min-1*1 | Thisisthemotortorquethatthe drivecansupplyatlowspeed duringstart-upandtherelated outputfrequency(rotationspeed). Whenalargequantityoftorqueis necessaryatlowspeed,youmust thinkaboutdrivecapacityand motorcapacity. | 28 |
| Auto-Tuning*2 | RotationalandStationary (usuallynotnecessary) | RotationalandStationary | RotationalandStationary | Stationary,Z-phase, Encoder,andRotational | Automaticallytuneselectrical motorparameters. | 28 |
| TorqueLimits*2 | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Controlsmaximummotortorqueto preventdamagetomachinesand loads. | 28 |
| AutomaticEnergy- savingControl*2 | No | No | No | Yes(IPMmotorsonly) | Automaticallyadjuststhevoltage thatthedriveappliestothemotor tomaximizemotorefficiencyfor smallandlargeloads. | 28 |
| FeedForward Control*2 | No | No | Yes | Yes | Compensateseffectsofthesystem inertiatoincreasethespeed precisionwhentheloadchanges. | 28 |
Related products
Products covered by this document
- CIPR-LA70C4012ABA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4012CBA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4019ABA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4019CBA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4023ABA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4023CBA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4030ABA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4030CBA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4039ABA-9600Product page
- CIPR-LA70C4039CBA-9600Product page